• Abstract and Figures
• Public Full-text

Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 The University at Albany, State University of Location: Located in the state capital, New York, is the senior campus of the SUNY UAlbany is within minutes of the State system. One of SUNY’s four university centers, Legislature, the courts, and headquarters for all University UAlbany offers undergraduate and graduate service agencies of the largest state education in a broad range of academic fields government in the nation. The city itself is a at the bachelor’s, master’s, and doctoral degree vibrant center for culture and entertainment. Its levels. centerpiece is the Nelson A. Rockefeller Empire State Plaza, a governmental center that at Albany Three traditional responsibilities guide includes the New York State Museum and UAlbany: teaching, research, and service. Library and major performing arts and Instructional excellence is assured through the convention facilities. Albany is also home to STATE UNIVERSITY OF NEW YORK quality of the faculty and a design of academic the Pepsi Arena, a 15,000-seat venue for major programs that affords students the greatest entertainment and sporting events. opportunity for intellectual growth. A The Capital Region (Albany, Schenectady, and challenging curriculum also provides students Troy), with a population of 750,000, is near with thorough training for meeting career General Information Saratoga, the Berkshires, the Catskills, and the objectives. Students are encouraged to Adirondack Mountains, areas famed for challenge themselves, to explore the world Officers recreational and cultural opportunities. about them, and then to accept the President: Karen R. Hitchcock responsibility that comes with scholarship and The University is 150 miles from New York Vice Presidents: Carlos Santiago, Provost and freedom. City, 165 miles from Boston, and 242 miles from Montreal. The main campus is located Vice President for Academic Affairs; Jeryl L. An active research program reflects aware-ness near the intersection of the New York State of the responsibility of contributing to the Mumpower, Interim Vice President for Thruway, the Adirondack Northway, and expansion of knowledge and understanding, and Research; Kathryn Lowery, Vice President for Interstate 90. Within five miles of the campus to enhancing the economic vitality of the state are an AMTRAK rail station, the Greyhound Finance and Business; James P. Doellefeld, and region. The University assists and encour- and Trailways bus depots, and Albany Vice President for Student Affairs; David ages undergraduate students as well as faculty International Airport, served by several major Gilbert, Vice President for Outreach; John to participate in scholarly and creative research airlines. Wolff, Chief Advancement Officer. and to make their results widely available. UAlbany enjoys a Carnegie Research Extensive University Council (2003-2004): Pierre L. University rating. Last year, the campus received Alric, Albany, Kevin M. Bronner, Ph.D., approximately $99 million in external funding Loudonville, John R. Fallon, Jr., Esq., New through its Research Foundation and Health Research, Inc. York City, Frank T. Gargano, Esq., Melville, Dr. Thomas J. Malesky, Schuylerville, The University also understands its special Unless otherwise noted, the Michael A. Montario, Howes Cave, George M. role as an intellectual, economic and cultural resource for the region. Faculty and student information provided in this Philip, Esq., (Chair), Albany, Daniel C. scholars are encouraged to share their bulletin should be utilized in the Tomson, Esq., New York City, Daniel intellectual expertise as speakers and following manner: Fingerman (elected student representative), consultants, and the University regularly Academic regulations are in effect Brittany Ekleberry (graduate student invites the community to use its resources and for all students during 2003-2004. representative), Professor Carolyn MacDonald facilities, and to attend the many seminars, Courses are described as they will exhibits and events that fill the UAlbany be offered during 2003-2004. (faculty representative), Anthony Giardina, calendar. Esq., (alumni representative) The general degree requirements, To meet each of these responsibilities, requirements for majors and minors Undergraduate Education: UAlbany maintains a wholehearted are effective for students who commitment to excellence. Dr. Sue R. Faerman, Dean of Undergraduate matriculate during 2003-2004. Studies The University is ranked 17th in research and The University at Albany does not Dr. Carson Carr, Jr., Associate Dean of scholarship among the nation's top public discriminate on the basis of age, Academic Support Services and Associate Vice universities. (Source: The Rise of American color, creed, disability, marital President for Academic Affairs Research Universities.) status, national origin, race, or sex. Inquiries concerning this policy Dr. Judith E. Johnson, Associate Dean of Nationally ranked programs include: should be directed to the Undergraduate Studies and Director of Criminal Justice — # 4 (US News) Affirmative Action Office. Honors Programs Information Technology — # 6 (US News) The calendars, curricula, and fees Dr. Judith Fetterley, Associate Dean of Public Finance — # 14 (US News) described in this bulletin are subject Undergraduate Studies and Director of the Public Administration — # 8 (US News) to change at any time by official General Education Program Public Affairs — # 12 (US News) action of the University at Albany. Public Policy — # 17 (US News) Mr. Richard L. Collier, Assistant Dean of Clinical Psychology — # 36 (US News) Undergraduate Studies and Editor, Social Welfare — # 19 (US News) UNDERGRADUATE BULLETIN Sociology — # 24 (US News) Education — # 42 (US News) Library Science — # 15 (US News) Management Information Systems — one of the nation's top 10 (Computerworld)

1 University at Albany Description: The University at Albany, the On the undergraduate level, the Office of the Outdoor recreation facilities include 24 tennis largest of 15 colleges in the Capital Region, Dean of Undergraduate Studies is responsible courts (12 with lights), 4 basketball and 6 enrolls approximately 17,000 students, for the coordination of the academic volleyball courts, an all-weather running track, including more than 5,200 graduate students. experience of undergraduate students and and several multipurpose playing areas. More than two-thirds of the University’s works closely with the deans and faculty of the Indoor athletic facilities are dominated the undergraduate students pursue post- individual schools and colleges in developing, Recreation and Convocation Center (RACC). baccalaureate study. The University now coordinating, and implementing undergraduate With an arena seating capacity of nearly 4,800, awards more than 150 doctorates a year in academic policy and curricula. Nondegree the facility is home to NCAA Division I Great disciplines in the arts and sciences and study at the undergraduate level is coordinated Dane basketball, and also houses a running professions. by the Office of General Studies. track, a modern fitness center, a fully equipped Nationally and internationally renowned The Campus: The Uptown Campus, designed athletic training complex with whirlpools and scholars are among the more than 920 faculty by noted architect Edward Durell Stone and other rehabilitative equipment, four members who are committed to maintaining completed in the mid 1960s, is located on the handball/racquetball courts, four squash the high academic standards which have western side of the city. The setting is courts, two main locker rooms, and ten smaller characterized Albany since its founding in highlighted by the “Academic Podium:” 13 team locker rooms. All facilities are 1844. A large number of our faculty have academic buildings on a common platform, all handicapped accessible and have designated earned the rank of Distinguished Professor, the connected by a continuous roof and a lower- seating areas for handicapped spectators. In the highest academic honor for a faculty member level corridor. In recent years, an aggressive Physical Education Center are a pool, locker in the State University of New York System. program of new construction has expanded the rooms, and several basketball, handball and Additionally, many of the academic Uptown Campus. An additional library and squash courts. departments have gained national prominence. new buildings for environmental science and Libraries: The University maintains three Finally, many of the faculty are integrally technology management, the life sciences, and libraries. Two located on the Uptown Campus, involved in meaningful community service sculpture, as well as residence halls have the University Library and the New Library efforts in the Capital Region and throughout recently been completed or are under Building, and on the Downtown Campus, the the state. construction. Dewey Graduate Library. All three libraries Accreditation: The University is chartered by Several schools and departments are located offer orientations, instruction, study carrels the Board of Regents of New York State, on the Downtown Campus, a classic Georgian- and study rooms. The libraries subscribe to which has registered all of its degrees and style complex, recently renovated, that served numerous electronic and hard copy journals programs and fully approved its professional from 1909-66 as the main campus. In 1996, and texts, and has more than two million book programs through the State Education UAlbany expanded to Rensselaer County with volumes. Access to electronic resources and Department. UAlbany is also a member of the the opening of the 58-acre East Campus. It is services, the book collection, and general Council of Graduate Schools in the United home to the School of Public Health, the information is through the Libraries web page States. It is fully accredited by: Center for Comparative Functional Genomics, http://library.albany.edu/. and a burgeoning business incubator program. The Middle States Association of Colleges The University Library contains the largest and Secondary Schools In addition to the Uptown Campus’s collection of circulating volumes, the American Psychological Association classrooms and laboratories, there are two Interactive Media Center, a collection of Council on Rehabilitation Education University Libraries and the Performing Arts computer hardware and software that support The Council on Social Work Education Center — boasting several theatres, recital the curriculum, and the Government The American Chemical Society halls, and rehearsal instructional space. The Documents Collection, a selective depository The American Library Association Fine Arts Building houses one of the finest for U.S. documents. The American Assembly of Collegiate museums in the Northeast. The new sculpture The New Library Building houses the M. E. Schools of Business building opened in 2002. Grenander Department of Special Collections The American Board on Counseling Five residence quadrangles on the Uptown and Archives and the Science Library. Services, Inc. Campus, each housing approximately 1,200 Its graduates are recognized by the American The Dewey Graduate Library on the students, include eight three-story halls and a Association of University Women. Downtown Campus supports graduate research 23-story tower. Each quadrangle has lounges, in the fields of public affairs, public recreation areas, and dining facilities. Nearby Organization: The University enrolls students administration and policy, criminal justice, Freedom Quadrangle has apartment-style in eight degree-granting schools and colleges. political science, social welfare and living, and Empire Commons provides single- The College Arts and Sciences and the Schools information science and policy. room apartment-style living for 1,200 students. of Business, Criminal Justice, Education, Housing is also available on Alumni Information Science and Policy, Public Quadrangle, located near the Downtown Affairs, and Social Welfare offer Campus. undergraduate and graduate programs. The School of Public Health offers graduate Other special facilities on the campus include a programs only. Several opportunities exist for National Weather Service meteorological joint degrees between schools and with other laboratory, a Computing Center, and a linear graduate programs. In 2001, UAlbany accelerator for physics research. established its new School of Nanosciences The hub of student activity is the Campus Center and Nanoengineering, which currently offers and its new extension, opened in September courses and will introduce degree programs in 1994. It includes lounges, meeting and dining the near future. rooms, a ballroom, a cafeteria, a barbershop, The Office of the Provost and Vice President for banking facilities, a convenience store, a Barnes Academic Affairs and the Office of the Vice & Noble bookstore, a computer store, and a President for Research jointly work with the variety of fast-food eateries. academic units in curricular and research areas.

2 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004

Information Technology Services (ITS) from 7:30 a.m. until 5:30 p.m. For further provides technology systems and support for information, please call 518-442-2660, or “JUST COMMUNITY” the University community. Reporting to the write to U-Kids Child Care Center, 1400 Office of the Chief Information Officer, ITS is Washington Avenue, Dutch Quad, Albany, PRINCIPLES: NY 12222. comprised of five units: Systems Management “The University at Albany, State University of and Operations, University Application New York, is an academic community Development, Telecommunications and dedicated to the ideals of justice. A university Information Security, Client Support Services, is above all a place where intellectual life is and Extended Learning. central and where faculty, staff, and students strive together for excellence in the pursuit of ITS provides an extensive array of information knowledge. It is a particular kind of technology tools and services. To see an community with special purposes. Moreover, overview of ITS supported services and this academic community, if it is to support products available for faculty, staff and our broader ideals, must also be just. students please refer to the ITS website at “ There is no definitive theory of justice. The www.albany.edu/its. On these pages you will differences in these theories are to be find information about email and LAN respected. However, among all democratic theories of justice, the principles of equality services, ITS accounts, classroom facilities and and liberty are basic. These principles are no in general, technology services available to less central to a free university. members of the University community. Alerts “ In a just community, the dignity of the and notices of service interruptions, as well as individual and respect for diversity are items of special interest are provided on the fundamental. Members of a just community web. From these pages you can also gather are committed to raising awareness of more information about the ITS organization. common ground and to the principles of respect, integrity, innovation, openness, justice To learn more about our faculty and student and responsibility. self-service web site MyUAlbany go to “Equality is a necessary part of any university www.albany.edu/myualbany. This is the that claims to be a democratic institution. ‘portal’ through which faculty and students Distinctions based on irrelevant differences are will access information in the student records ruled out. Ascriptive characteristics including database. Students use MyUAlbany to enroll but not limited to race, religion, gender, class, in classes, add or drop classes, view their disability, ethnic background, sexual academic record and update personal orientation, age or disability determine neither the value of individuals nor the legitimacy of information. Faculty can use MyUAlbany to their views. Only the merit of the individual as a generate class roster, enter grades and view participant in the life of the academic advisee information. community is worthy of consideration. Bigotry in any form is antithetical to the University’s The HelpDesk located in LC-27 is available to ideals on intellectual political, and moral assist with specific questions about grounds and must be challenged and rejected. technology. The Help Desk can be contacted “ Liberty is an equally precious academic by phone at 442-3700. Faculty and staff can direct email questions to [email protected]; principle because the free expression of ideas is students can send email to Student HelpDesk the central part of university life. To sustain the at [email protected]. advancement and dissemination of knowledge and understanding, the University must allow U-Kids Child Care Center: U-Kids Child Care the free expression of ideas, no matter how Center is a satellite of Campus Children’s outrageous. Protecting speech in all its forms, Center, Inc. and is located on UAlbany’s however, does not mean condoning all ideas or Uptown Campus. Its mission is to provide the actions. The University sets high standards for University community with the highest quality itself and denounces the violation of these care. The Center provides a diverse, standards in unequivocal terms. Harassment and educational, friendly, nutritional, and safe other behavior that intrudes upon the rights of environment that meets the needs of its others is unacceptable and subject to action children. The Center’s atmosphere encourages under the guidelines of the institution. children to learn through discovery, providing care with concern for each individual child’s “ There is no guarantee that the principles of needs, interests, and ability levels. Qualities of justice, once stated, are realized. The independence and interdependence are fostered University must constantly remind itself that as the children are guided through a program its mission and ethos must evolve within the rich with stimulating learning centers and context of justice. A just community is always creative activities. A special emphasis is made on guard against injustice, always struggling to to foster these qualities in a culturally, socially, move closer to the ideals of justice, always and economically diverse environment. asserting its dedication to justice. The assertion The Center operates Monday through Friday of justice takes place in every part of the 3 University at Albany community: in the classroom, the lecture hall, Freshman Admission the library, the residence hall, wherever UNDERGRADUATE The undergraduate program is designed for members of the University come together. It is students with well-defined interests or career the responsibility of all faculty, staff and ADMISSIONS objectives, as well as for those who wish to students to keep the ideals of justice uppermost explore a variety of fields before deciding on a in the minds of the members of the University Admission to the University is based on major. All accepted students are admitted to so that they may be achieved.” (Approved evidence of high school graduation or the the University and are enrolled in an open 1990; revised April 3, 2001 – University equivalent, quality of high school program major, (undeclared), or they can declare a Senate) record of achievement, and desirable personal business major. characteristics without regard to age, sex, race, High School Preparation: Candidates for color, creed, disability, marital status, or admission must present a minimum of 18 units national origin. The University welcomes from high school acceptable to the University. inquiries from qualified high school students, A college preparatory program is required with students interested in transferring from another the following considerations: Two (2) units of KEY DATES college or university, and adults who wish to mathematics must be presented by all begin or resume their undergraduate program. candidates, including elementary algebra and 1844 Founded as the New York State Students who wish to obtain additional at least one (1) additional unit of academic Normal School information about the University or the mathematics, or their equivalents. At least three (3) units of academic mathematics, 1909 Downtown campus opened admission processes and policies described below should call 518-442-5435 or write the including trigonometry, should be presented 1935 First residence halls opened, Pierce Undergraduate Admissions Office, by all candidates who plan to pursue a major in and Sayles Administration Building, Room 101, mathematics, the sciences, business 1962 Designated SUNY University Center University at Albany, State University of New administration, or public accounting. At least 1967 Uptown campus opened York, 1400 Washington Avenue, Albany, New two (2) units of laboratory science are desirable for all candidates. Foreign language 1976 Renamed University at Albany York 12222 or e-mail at [email protected]. study is desirable for all candidates. A 1983 NYS Writers Institute established concentrated study in one foreign language is 1992 Recreation and Convocation Center Group information sessions and tours are particularly recommended for all students opened available 7 days a week when classes are in planning to pursue a B.A. degree program. session. Please call (or e-mail) the Admissions 1996 University Foundation acquires new Office to make arrangements. Admission Decision: The decision on an East Campus for School of Public Health, application for admission will be based on the Application Procedure: Admission to most biotechnology and high-tech start-up following: programs is granted for the fall, spring, and businesses summer terms. Application materials are High School Record Since academic available in the fall preceding any of these performance in high school is considered to be the best predictor of academic success, the For more information concerning the rich admission dates. Application forms are available in all New York State high schools high school record will be examined in light of history, traditions and achievements of the and State University of New York two- and one’s overall high school average as reported University at Albany, please visit the four-year colleges. The University at Albany’s by the secondary school, courses taken, end- University’s web page: application is a two part process. Once a of-course Regents Examination grades and average (for New York State residents), and www.albany.edu candidate submits a completed Part I the Admissions office will send a supplemental rank in class. Acceptance is granted upon form (Part II) to be completed by the applicant. satisfactory completion of three years of high The Part II requests subjective information and school. An acceptance is conditional upon

an essay which provides the admissions continued success in the fourth year, proof of committee with additional information about graduation, and the submission of a complete the candidate. and satisfactory medical form to the Student Health Service. Standardized Test Scores. In Applications are also available by contacting addition to an evaluation of an applicant’s high the Admissions Office. school record, the University also uses the Interviews: A personal interview is not SAT or ACT standardized test results. (Special required as part of the admissions process. In tests are available for handicapped applicants. exceptional cases, those for whom the Also, Albany has alternate admissions criteria interview is required will be notified by letter. for handicapped applicants who are unable to take the required tests.) Standardized Test Policy: In all categories of Admissions Requirements: admission, standardized test scores are The following information relates to considered as merely one of several academic the requirements for specific variables used in the decision making process. applicants. Standardized test scores are used in concert with high school average, the quality of the academic program, and the student’s rank in class.

4 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 The University at Albany will use the highest This new option allows students to hear from department, and admissibility will be verbal and mathematics score from the SAT to all the schools to which they apply as well as determined through a combined review by the insure that these scores, in most cases, will receive their financial aid notices before department and the Admissions Office. benefit the applicant in the admissions process. having to make a decision on which institution Information concerning this option is sent to The University realizes that standardized test to select for their undergraduate program. traditional freshman applicants upon receipt of scores represent the results of a test battery the formal application. taken on a single day, while the high school Presidential Scholars Program: Multicultural Student Admission Program: record of an applicant represents academic The Presidential Scholars Program is designed Students may be eligible for admission to the commitment and achievement over a period of to recognize and nurture outstanding students; University through this special admissions three years. The Office of Undergraduate it offers participants the chance to study with program. The minimum academic criteria for Admissions is aware of this difference and other highly qualified undergraduates. consideration has been set at an eleventh-grade incorporates it into the decision making Scholars may participate in the Honors cumulative average of 85 and/or rank in the process. Questions about the use of Tutorials of the General Education Honors top one-half of one’s high school class at the standardized tests at the University may be Program during their freshman and sophomore end of grade 11, as well as SAT/ACT results directed to the Office of Undergraduate years. deemed acceptable by the University. Admissions at 1-800-293-SUNY. To be considered for the program, students Additionally, an autobiographical essay and The University generally receives these scores must first apply for admission to the recommendations may be required to assess a on computer tapes directly from the exam University at Albany. Students with the candidate’s background and life experiences sponsors, and matches them to other strongest academic credentials are then invited and to determine potential for success at the application data. Each applicant is encouraged, to participate in the Presidential Scholars University. therefore, to have the results released to us by program. Invitations are based on the Interested students of color are urged to apply the exam sponsors. These are to be received in applicants’ high school performance and early. Contact the Director of Admissions for the admissions office generally by mid combined SAT scores. For further information more detailed information on the multicultural February. regarding the program, contact the Director of student admission program. Recommendations of the applicant’s counselor, Undergraduate Admissions at 518-442-5435 or Educational Opportunities Program (EOP): teacher, and/or employer are welcome, but 1-800-293-7869. Freshman and transfer applicants judged to generally are not required. However, counselor Frederick Douglass have high capabilities and motivation for comments that will assist the Admissions Office college study, yet whose financial, cultural, in its review of the academic credentials should, Scholars Program: and social backgrounds have not allowed them of course, be submitted. The Frederick Douglass Scholars Program is to compete effectively for regular admission to Note: A decision as to admissibility cannot be designed to provide direct aid funding for the University, may be admitted into the EOP made until all required materials are submitted. undergraduate students who have program. All students must have earned a high Although it is the responsibility of the demonstrated high academic achievement and school diploma or its equivalent. Admission to applicant to see that all required credentials are are from underrepresented minority groups. the program is based on high school submitted on time, the Admissions Office does Scholars may participate in the honors tutorials performance, recommendations, and a formal send a reminder concerning missing of the General Education Honors Program assessment of financial eligibility according to credentials. during their freshman and sophomore years. legislated guidelines. The program is limited to undergraduates who Non-Binding Early Action Policy: Support services available to accepted EOP are members of historically underrepresented students include developmental courses in the The University at Albany no longer offers the minorities (African American/Black, Hispanic, basic skills areas, such as reading, study skills, traditional Early Decision program but rather a Native American, or Alaskan American) English, mathematics, and developmental much more equitable early notification option including permanent resident aliens, enrolled science; academic and personal counseling; referred to as the non-binding Early Action in a degree program who have demonstrated tutoring; and financial assistance. Students program. high academic achievement. carry a full load of regular and/or basic skill The University at Albany’s non-binding Early For further information, contact the Dean of courses and are considered full-time Action option allows students to apply to as Undergraduate Studies, LC 30 (518-442- University students. many institutions as they wish and students 3950). The application procedure should begin as admitted under this program need not finalize early as possible so that academic and st Special Admission their enrollment decision until May 1 . The financial evaluations, recommendations, and non-binding Early Action program has an Freshman applicants who do not meet the other arrangements can be completed well th, application deadline of November 15 and traditional admissions requirements should be before the student wishes to begin study. candidates meeting this deadline may expect aware that admission may be possible through Transfers are eligible for EOP admission only an admission decision before the first of the special admissions programs. Such programs if they have been enrolled previously in an year. are outlined briefly here. EOP, HEOP, College Discovery, SEEK, or Candidates who wish to receive an early Talented Student Admission Program: A EOP-type program elsewhere and meet all notification from the University at Albany must limited number of the total new freshman other transfer requirements. submit a completed application along with their spaces are set aside for freshman applicants Other Special Admissions: In addition to the $40.00 fee to the SUNY processing center and possessing an exceptional talent and/or special programs described previously, the indicate on the application their intent to participate extraordinary ability in a given area. The Director of Admissions is authorized, in the in the Early Action program at Albany. They must minimum academic criteria for consideration limited number of cases of applicants judged submit an official high school transcript and their has been set at an eleventh-grade cumulative to possess unusual maturity or valuable life SAT or ACT test scores. Further, it is recommended average of 80 and rank in the top one-half of experiences, to apply flexible subjective they complete and return to the Admissions Office one’s high school class at the end of grade 11, standards of admission rather than the usual Part II of the Undergraduate application as soon as as well as SAT/ACT results deemed objective, competitive standards. possible. acceptable by the University. The quality of special talent possessed by an applicant will be assessed and established by the participating 5 University at Albany Early Admission (Admission Prior to High School Graduation) The University is willing to enroll a limited number of early admission students. The guidelines for admission require the following: Each applicant will be required to present a minimum of 18 units of high school course work acceptable to the University, including laboratory science, mathematics, and foreign language study. It is expected that these students will have pursued both an enriched and accelerated secondary school program and will present courses in keeping with their expressed goals in the college program. Each applicant must have achieved at an outstanding level, generally considered to be in the area of a 90 percent or better high school average, with a corresponding rank in class within the top 10 percent. Those applicants who do not meet these qualitative guidelines must present convincing evidence that they possess a special talent and/or extraordinary ability in their chosen field of study. Each applicant must present standardized admissions test results at or above the 90th percentile. The high school guidance counselor must support the applicant’s request for “early admission” and must certify to the school’s willingness to grant the high school diploma upon successful completion of the freshman year. Courses necessary for fulfilling high school graduation requirements must be so designated by that counselor, and the student must agree to pursue such course work during the freshman year. Transfer Admission A sizable number of undergraduates transfer into the University from other colleges and universities each year. The University welcomes applications from all students who are completing work at other two- and four-year colleges. To be favorably considered one should have at least an overall C+ (2.5) average for all college work attempted. The cumulative average necessary for admission will vary, depending on the program and the quantitative background of the applicant. Admission to certain programs (majors) is competitive and is based not only on a required grade point average (GPA) but also on completion of a certain set of prerequisite core courses. The required GPA varies from year to year but generally a B is required for applicants to the accounting, business administration, criminal justice, and social welfare programs. GPA’s are computed using grades earned in all courses attempted. Applicants who lack in their high school program the mathematics requirement and other recommendations described in the section entitled “High School Preparation” should ensure their college course work has satisfied any deficiencies.

6 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 Students enrolled in EOP or EOP-type c) For students who matriculate Fall 2001 and programs at other colleges are encouraged to thereafter, no credit graded D from another TRANSFER ARTICULATION AGREEMENTS apply for transfer admission to our EOP institution will transfer.* The University at Albany has transfer program. * Except for the University’s writing articulation agreements with a number of New In addition to submitting the basic application requirements, for which a grade of C or York State community colleges. Those and supplement form, transfer applicants must higher or S is required, transfer work graded articulated programs provide the best possible also submit official transcripts of all work D+, D or D- in a course that applies to one vehicle for transferring to the University taken at any college or university since high or more of the University’s General because they were designed to provide transfer school graduation, whether or not they expect Education requirements may be applied students with a course specific four semester to receive transfer credit. Where only one toward fulfilling the requirements, even if outline of courses, which not only best transcript is offered, such a transcript should the student receives no graduation credit for prepares them for study on this campus, but include at least one year’s grades. Transfers the course. also serves to maximize their transferable may be admitted also on the basis of one credits. Students attending the community All transfer applicants are strongly encouraged semester of college course work, provided colleges where these agreements exist should to indicate the major they plan to pursue once their high school preparation meets the make early contact with their Transfer admitted to the University. Since Albany quantitative and qualitative requirements for Counseling Office for information and students, with few exceptions, are required to freshman admission. The transfer applicant is guidance. declare a major by the time they have not expected to take an admissions accumulated 42 graduation credits, and may Please note that the University offers examination. A decision as to admissibility declare a major after accumulating 24 prospective students the opportunity for joint cannot be made until the previously noted graduation credits, incoming transfer students admissions with several SUNY community items are submitted. If there are gaps in your with 24 or more credits are usually assigned to colleges. Please see section on Joint educational sequence, you will be asked to major departmental advisers for their initial Admissions. provide a brief list of your activities during programming. The prospective transfer student that period. JOINT ADMISSIONS should consult the section of this bulletin Minority students (African-American, entitled “Declaration of Major” for a list of Under the Joint Admissions Program, students Hispanics, and Native Americans) who wish to those majors that have specific restrictions, are admitted to the SUNY community college transfer from other colleges and universities and then consult the departmental description and acknowledged by the University as first are especially encouraged to apply. Contact the of the admission requirements for that year matriculants, with conditional acceptance Director of Admissions for more information. program. to the University after completion of their Associate’s in Arts or Associate’s in Science An estimate of the total number of credits The transfer student’s designated class degree. Students are assured that if they accepted for transfer will be made when standing (class year) is determined by the achieve the stipulated academic proficiency admission is granted. When the student number of credits accepted for transfer (see the and distribution requirements as detailed in the registers for the first time, he or she will be “Class Standing” section of this bulletin). Transfer Guide of the student’s first institution, provided with a tentative evaluation of course However, for many majors (combined it will be possible to complete their credits. The tentative evaluation is subject to major/minors in the sciences, for example) baccalaureate degree at the University at final approval and modification following the over all class standing should not be construed Albany in four additional semesters (or initial advisement and programming session. to mean that the student is necessarily on equivalent for part-time students). Candidates Transfer students are strongly urged to take schedule within the major/minor sequence. selected for the program will receive a letter of advantage of the Planning Conference where a This is especially true for students who acknowledgement from the Director of review of the evaluation of course work is transfer to the University from technical and Admissions at the University at Albany. offered. applied programs, or for those who change Students accepted through the Joint major interest and/or career goals at the time Admissions Program should work closely with TRANSFER GRADES: Courses are accepted for of transfer, as well as for those who will apply transfer credit provided that a grade of C- or a transfer counselor at their community to a Teacher Education Program. higher has been achieved. college. The students in the Joint Admissions The prospective transfer student should Program are expected to enroll at the a) For students who matriculated before Fall examine closely those sections of this bulletin University at Albany in the semester following 2000, credit earned with a grade of D or the which deal with minor requirements, residence completion of the associate degree. Students lowest passing grade will transfer only if requirements, the General Education must confirm their intent to enroll at the such credit is balanced by a B or A at the Requirements and with the Writing University by submitting a Joint Admissions same institution. D grades earned in courses Requirement. These are graduation Supplemental Application and official within the major/minor must be balanced by requirements in addition to those stipulated by transcript to the transfer counselor at their grades of B or A earned within the the major. community college early in the semester major/minor at the same institution. immediately prior to transfer to the University For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a maximum of b) For students who matriculate Fall 2000 at Albany. Students who enroll at a third 64 transfer credits from two-year colleges or through Summer 2001, prematriculation institution lose their automatic transfer and schools may be applied toward the credit earned with a grade of D or the lowest must have their total academic record reviewed baccalaureate degree requirements. The passing grade will transfer only if such credit for transfer consideration. maximum number of transfer credits from a is balanced by a B or A at the same four year school or from a combination of two- Requirements for the bachelor’s degree will be institution. D grades earned in courses within and four-year schools is 90. those in effect at the time the student transfers the major/minor must be balanced by grades to the University. of B or A earned within the major/minor at the same institution. Postmatriculation credit graded D will not transfer.*

7 University at Albany Medical Record Second, CLEP credit will not be awarded for Second Bachelor’s Degree: CLEP examinations if the student has After acceptance and prior to registration, each The University encourages students who have satisfactorily completed more advanced candidate will be required to file with the courses in the same field. already earned a bachelor’s degree and/or an Student Health Service a complete and advanced degree to pursue graduate studies in satisfactory medical record. Third, since the General Examinations and virtually all instances. Occasionally, when Subject Examinations are designed to test reasons can be demonstrated as to why a Credit by Examination lower-division study, students who have second bachelor’s degree is preferred and Students may be granted advanced placement completed either their sophomore year educationally sound, individuals could be and/or credit at any time that they can and/or 56 credits of undergraduate study admitted as matriculated students to an demonstrate the requisite proficiency. The cannot earn credits from either the General undergraduate program. In these limited cases, programs described here represent a variety of Examinations or the Subject Examinations. such requests will be reviewed by the opportunities for receiving credit for college Admissions Office in accordance with EXCEPTIONS: A student seeking an exception courses by examination prior to or while regulations of the Undergraduate Policy to this policy must petition the Dean of enrolled at the University. Some of the testing Manual. Undergraduate Studies. In that petition, the programs offer examinations in the same or student must include an explicit Students who have been approved to obtain a similar academic areas. Duplicating recommendation from the academic second bachelor’s degree from the University examinations, like duplicating courses, should department that grants the credits. In at Albany must be admitted as a matriculated be avoided. Credit for a course by examination addition, the student must provide a student by the Office of Undergraduate will be awarded only once, regardless of how compelling educational rationale detailing Admissions and must complete a minimum of many different exams for the same course are the reasons why an exception should be 30 credit hours as a matriculated student in taken. As a matter of policy, the first considered. residence at the University at Albany. examination pursued takes precedence over subsequent tests. NOTE: This policy applies to all Admission as a students who matriculate at the Nonmatriculated Student Advanced Placement Tests: The University University at Albany in Fall 1999 and grants advanced placement and/or credit to thereafter. The University at Albany may enroll qualified participants in the College Entrance individuals who are not seeking admission into Examination Board’s Advanced Placement an undergraduate degree program as (AP) Examination Program. Current Further information concerning CLEP can be nonmatriculated. The minimum requirement University policy is to award advanced obtained either from the Admissions Office at for non-degree admission is a high school placement with credit to those students with a this University or by contacting the Program diploma. Visiting students from other colleges score of 5, 4, or 3 on the AP examination. Director, College-Level Examination Program, as well as high school seniors may also apply Information about AP can be obtained from a Box 6600, Princeton, NJ 08541-6600. for non-degree study. All admissions falling student’s high school guidance counselor or by within this category are on a term-by-term writing to the Director, Advanced Placement The International basis. Please refer to the Office of General Program, College Entrance Examination Baccalaureate Studies section of this Bulletin for details. Board, 45 Columbus Avenue, New York, New A secondary education program with origins in York 10023. College and University Students: Europe, the International Baccalaureate see next section, Office of General College-Level Examination Program: The Program now being offered in some American Studies. College Entrance Examination Board has high schools is an upper-secondary-level developed a program containing Subject program with a core curriculum and Admission of International Examinations and General Examinations distribution requirements leading to a diploma Students known as the College-Level Examination or one or more certificates of examination. Program (CLEP). This program enables Similar to the British “A Level” examinations Students who desire admission to the individuals who have acquired their education and the French Baccalaureate, the IB program undergraduate programs and are citizens of in nontraditional ways to demonstrate their is a system of syllabuses, or course other countries should begin the application academic achievement. procedure as early as possible so that all descriptions, and examinations based on the necessary arrangements can be completed The University at Albany participates in the concept that general education at the upper- before the term begins. Special application CLEP program and currently will award credit secondary-level should encompass the materials should be used by those who are and/or placement for Subject Examinations development of all the main powers of the applying as international students. Early in the and General Examinations mind through which a person interprets, modifies, and enjoys the environment. preparation for admission, a careful i. that are equivalent to courses currently investigation of the financial requirements acceptable for transfer to the University at With these principles in mind, an international should be made with the Admissions Office. Albany, and group of educators has designed a program Students whose native language is other than ii. on which the student has scored at or which requires that each student become English are required to submit proof of English above the 50th percentile (i.e., equivalent to proficient in language and mathematics, the language competency through submission of the grade of C.) two most important tools of communication the scores of the Test of English as a Foreign and analysis; become familiar with at least one Students seeking to gain CLEP credit should Language (TOEFL) Exam administered by the subject that exemplifies the study of human be aware that the following three (3) Educational Testing Service, Princeton, New behavior and with another that involves restrictions apply: Jersey 08540. scientific inquiry; develop an acquaintance It may be necessary to rescind an acceptance if First, CLEP credit will not be awarded to with aesthetic and moral values; engage in the University finds that a student is no longer students who have satisfactorily completed a creative, aesthetic, social service, or physical financially independent to the extent certified course and then pass a CLEP examination activities; and participate in a common course on the formal application. covering substantially the same material. that reflects upon the truth, criteria, values, and inter-relations of the subjects under study.

8 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004

The six areas studied at the eleventh- and Credit for Work Done at Noncollegiate twelfth-grade level in the American high schools which employ the program are Institutions OFFICE OF In 1974, the New York State Education (1) Language A (first language); Department (SED) began a systematic GENERAL STUDIES (2) Language B (second language); evaluation of the formal learning experiences (3) Study of Man; sponsored by noncollegiate institutions; that is, Non-degree Status (4) Experimental Science; organizations whose primary focus is not (5) Mathematics; education. They include private industry, The Office of General Studies offers (6) Art, Music, Classical Language. professional associations, labor unions, extraordinary educational value by allowing A seventh course known as Theory of voluntary associations, and government admission into almost all undergraduate Knowledge is also included, and through it agencies. The publication A Guide to courses offered at the University for academic each student engages in creative, aesthetic, or Educational Programs in Noncollegiate credit. General Studies applicants must be high social activities. Organizations describes the available courses school graduates or hold a high school equivalency diploma and must be in good Three of the six subjects have to be offered at offered by each organization and includes academic standing for any college work done the Higher Level and three at the Subsidiary SED’s credit recommendation. during the 12 months prior to registration. Level. Courses are graded on a scale from 0 to The University will award transfer credit for General Studies applicants can also be degree- 7. The University at Albany will consider for work done through noncollegiate institutions seeking students from a college or university credit and/or placement on a course-by-course if: other than Albany. Finally, General Studies evaluation those IB subjects completed at the applicants may be high school seniors who Higher Level in which a score from 4 1. The course is listed in A Guide to excel in their high school coursework. (satisfactory) to 7 (excellent) is earned. Educational Programs in Noncollegiate Organizations Any student who was formerly matriculated at Because of the comprehensive nature of the the University at Albany who has not received courses in the IB program, and since it has 2. The course meets all present criteria and a baccalaureate degree is not permitted to been the University’s experience that exact standards for transferability, is comparable register through General Studies and should course equivalents are difficult to identify, to a University at Albany offering, and is refer to the section in this bulletin on credit is generally awarded on an elective collegiate in nature Readmission Procedures. basis. 3. The course is approved by the appropriate Individuals who already have a baccalaureate United States Armed Forces University academic department, school, or or higher degree may also register in Institute/Defense Activity for college undergraduate credit courses as a non-degree Nontraditional Education Requests for transfer credit should be made student through the Office of General Studies. Support initially to the Office of Undergraduate However, those wishing to obtain a second Admissions. The student making the request bachelor’s degree must be admitted as a The United States Armed Forces Institute must provide the Admissions Office with a matriculated student by Undergraduate (USAFI), an educational division of the course syllabus, an extended course outline, Admissions in order to comply with the 30 Department of Defense, once provided and any other supplementary material on the credit hour in-residence policy. Credit hours educational opportunities at various levels for course that might be required by the academic earned in General Studies may not apply personnel on active duty with all branches of department, school, or college. If a course towards this requirement. the military. College-level courses culminated receives departmental approval, it will in USAFI Subject Standardized Tests and End- generally be eligible for transfer credit in the Admission Information of-Course Tests. future, but will be subject to periodic review The Office of General Studies normally In 1974, in an administrative move, the by the approving department, college, or requires a campus visit to complete a simple Department of Defense discontinued the school. application and registration process each term. USAFI program and created the DANTES program, which is very similar in nature and Readmission Procedure Since non-degree applicants may be American citizens, permanent residents or nonresident purpose to USAFI. The guidelines used for A former student who wishes to be readmitted aliens, this office requires that nonresident USAFI courses are also used for the DANTES as an undergraduate should refer to the section program. on readmission policies and procedures under aliens visit the Office of International “Undergraduate Academic Regulations.” Education to obtain written authorization to be The University will award appropriate credit admitted and registered prior to visiting our for Subject Standardized Tests on which a office. percentile score of 50 or higher was earned and for End-of-Course Tests for which a rating General Studies Students: of S (Satisfactory) or D (with Distinction) was assigned, provided the courses are considered Those wishing to register for undergraduate equivalent to courses currently acceptable for courses but who are not currently attending transfer to this University. Information on school (high school or college) may apply for acceptable courses, score levels, and amounts admission through the Office of General of credit can be obtained from the Admissions Studies. The applicant must possess at least a Office. high school diploma or the equivalent in order to be admitted.

9 University at Albany All course prerequisites and any other special registers students falling in the non-degree Visiting Students: criteria or restrictions for course registration status, offers basic advisement information, College students wishing to register for apply to General Studies students. Evidence of assists students with withdrawals, conveys and previous college coursework may be required interprets University policies, regulations and undergraduate coursework and that are from for registration. procedures, encourages and works with an institution other than the University at nonmatriculated students in applying for Upon completion of initial admission or Albany may apply for admission through the degree status and refers students to other readmission, the University’s web-based Office of General Studies as a visiting student. University offices and services. The General registration system will become available for Visiting students are expected to return to their Studies staff is strongly committed to the use for all non-degree students. This system home college or university to complete their needs and concerns of traditional as well as will enable students to register or perform any degree program. It is the visiting students’ nontraditional students and are available for schedule adjustments they may require. Prior responsibility to ensure that the coursework phone and in-person consultation at convenient to using the registration system, students must taken at Albany will transfer back to their times throughout the year. Hours and services obtain an Advisement Verification Number home institution and be credited to their degree are announced in the General Studies (AVN) from the Office of General Studies. program at their home school. The Registrar’s newsletters and publications as well as on the Office will provide verification of visitor There are two academic semesters (fall and University website. status to officials at the students’ home spring) each year, and a summer session. All General Studies students may obtain a institution in order to assist them in the credit Students are encouraged to early register for University identification card and are entitled approval and/or financial aid certification. the coming term, which can occur as early as to many of the same privileges as other March for the summer and fall terms and University students, including use of the High School Students: October for the spring semester. Admission libraries, athletic facilities and campus and registration is done on a first-come, first- Students who attend school in the Albany area services. and who are in good standing can undertake served basis and enrollment is limited. University course work on a part-time, A General Studies student who fails to Location nonmatriculated basis concurrent with their complete the courses in which he/she is grade 12 secondary school program. Summer enrolled and to maintain a 2.0 cumulative The Office of General Studies is joined with coursework between grades 11 and 12 is also grade point average each semester may be Summer Sessions and is called the Office of allowable. High school students should apply subject to dismissal. After a student has General Studies and Summer Sessions. This for non-degree study through the Office of accrued or attempted nine or more credits as a office is located on the University’s main General Studies. General Studies student, the University campus in LI 85. The office can be accessed reserves the right to rescind continued via the stairway between the Library and the To apply, the visiting high school enrollment privileges for failure to maintain Business Administration Building or the stairway in front of the Library’s main sufficient academic progress which shall be student must: entrance. defined as falling below a 2.0 cumulative --obtain a Visiting High School Student grade point average or not completing For more information on non-degree study, Application from the Office of General coursework enrolled for. Continued enrollment visit, write or call the Office of General Studies. may be considered on the basis of submission Studies and Summer Sessions, LI 85, 1400 --attach to the application a current high school of an academic plan provided by the student Washington Avenue, Albany, NY 12222; transcript. and approved by either the Director of General phone: (518) 442-5140; fax: (518) 442-5149; --attach written support from the guidance Studies or the Dean of Undergraduate Studies. e-mail: [email protected]. counselor, who will be expected to: Matriculation to Degree Status attest to the student’s emotional and Each year, many General Studies students intellectual readiness for college coursework apply for admission to degree programs and state rank within the student’s class are accepted by the Undergraduate Admissions report standardized test results (preferably Office. Credits earned as a nonmatriculated PSAT or SAT scores, but Regents grades and student may be applied toward graduation other testing results will suffice) which requirements for specific majors. indicate that the student can reasonably be Requirements for admission to specific majors expected to compete academically with vary from department to department (see university students. appropriate academic department listings in --Meet any and all stated prerequisites for the this bulletin). course(s) in question. -- Home-schooled students are bound by the Applicants must apply to the University same guidelines as visiting high school formally through the Office of Undergraduate students. Admissions in accordance with procedures outlined in the Admissions section of this bulletin. Applicants must submit official Registration Information transcripts from all other colleges previously Upon admission, non-degree students can attended. Standardized admission test scores review course selections with an academic are not required. Minimum requirements for adviser who is available in the Office of admission include a high school or General Studies. The non-degree adviser may equivalency diploma and at least two units of guide students through general inquiries. academic mathematics (see Transfer However, program specific questions or those Admissions section in this bulletin). regarding possible matriculation criteria should be directed to the appropriate offices. Services The Office of General Studies staff admits and 10 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 APPLICATION PROCEDURE STUDY ABROAD FINANCIAL DEADLINES Students who plan to participate in a SUNY Study Abroad program are eligible to receive The University has established February 1, financial aid. No special application is AID 2004, as the final deadline for the submission required, but students are required to submit a of the 2003-2004 FAFSA information to the letter of acceptance into a Study Abroad The University at Albany is committed to the federal processor for the 2003-2004 academic year. In addition, the Office of Financial Aid program along with an estimate of program concept of helping students obtain the costs. Students who plan to participate in a resources necessary to meet their educational must receive a valid Student Aid Report by March 15, 2004. The Office of Financial Aid program at an institution outside the SUNY expenses. A variety of grants, loans, and will not process FAFSA information received system will be required to submit, in addition, student employment opportunities are after these deadlines. a consortium agreement (available from the available from various sources. The Office of Financial Aid) and a transfer credit application procedures and descriptions of the NEW STUDENTS permission form (available from academic various types of financial aid included in this New students must be accepted for admission advisers). These students will be eligible to section were accurate at the time of receive federal financial aid and may be publication. It should be kept in mind that to the University prior to being considered for financial aid. In order to receive priority eligible to receive State of New York financial aid programs are frequently modified assistance. by legislation. consideration for assistance administered by the University, all information required by the Most student financial assistance is awarded Admissions Office should be submitted on a VISITING STUDENTS on the basis of financial need. Simply stated, timely basis. In addition, students wishing to financial need is: apply for financial aid should submit the Visiting students not matriculated at the following forms: University are not eligible for financial aid Estimated Cost of Education (Student Expense from this institution. Budget) -Expected Family Contribution (EFC) 1. The FAFSA is the only form that initially CONDITIONS OF FINANCIAL =Financial Need must be submitted to be considered for financial assistance at the University. It should AID AWARDS The total cost of attendance is called a student be completed and submitted to the federal 1. You should complete and return the original expense budget, and is an estimate of the processor as soon as possible after January 1 of the award notice only if you plan to decline student’s direct and indirect educational regardless of whether or not the applicant has any of the student financial aid offered to you. expenses for an academic year. Direct heard from the Admissions Office. expenses are tuition, fees, room and meals for 2. Financial aid is awarded on an annual basis students who live on campus and only tuition 2. New York State residents will receive an and students must reapply each year by for students living off campus. The budgets Express TAP Application (ETA) from the submitting the Free Application for Federal also include allowances for estimated expenses New York State Higher Education Services Student Aid (FAFSA) or renewal FAFSA or for books and supplies, personal items, Corporation about one month after submitting by filing on line at www.fafsa.ed.gov. The transportation, and living expenses for off- the FAFSA if a New York State institution renewal form will be sent during the winter to campus students. Several different budgets are was listed on the FAFSA. The ETA should be the address you put on last year’s form. used to take differences among students into submitted after the student has determined the Regular FAFSA forms are available in this consideration. The following are examples of institution he or she plans to attend in the fall. office in January. The total amount of aid two budgets used to determine eligibility 3. Students who have been awarded a Federal offered may vary each year in relation to the during the 2003-2004 academic year: Stafford Loan and accepted it on the award student’s financial need and available funds. Student Expense Budgets 2003-2004 letter returned to the Office of Financial Aid 3. If requested, students, and, if dependent, will receive a Master Promissory Note (MPN) their families, should be prepared to submit Dependent Student Independent Student in the mail sometime early in the summer. This income and other documentation that may be Living On campus Living Off campus form must be completed before borrowers can requested by the Office of Financial Aid. receive the proceeds of the loan. Federal financial aid will not be credited to Tuition and Fees $ 4,820 $ 4,820 The Office of Financial Aid will begin making your account until we receive the required Room and Board* $ 6,923 NA awards to new students accepted for admission verification information. Do not send any Living Expenses NA $10,280 beginning in January or February. Awards are documentation unless it has been requested by this office. Books $800 $800 made on a rolling basis throughout the spring and summer as financial aid files become Personal/Travel 1,542 NA 4. Typically, one-half of any financial aid complete. received by a student is credited to the Total $14,085 $15,900 student’s account ten days prior to the RETURNING STUDENTS *Institutional charges subject to change every year. beginning of each semester or when funds become available. Out-of-state tuition is an additional $4900 for The FAFSA or Renewal FAFSA must be filed full-time undergraduate students. each year a student wishes to be considered for 5. Students must make Satisfactory Academic financial assistance. The Renewal FAFSA will Progress towards their degrees in order to The Expected Family Contribution (EFC) be sent in December or January each year to continue receiving financial aid. Under certain towards educational expenses is computed any student who applied for aid the prior year. circumstances, students may be granted a from the information students and, if The deadline for submitting the form in order waiver of the progress requirements. applicable, their families provided on the Free to receive priority consideration for aid is Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). usually in late April each year. New York 6. Amounts of aid from sources outside the The EFC is shown on the Student Aid Report State residents who receive TAP may be University are estimates, and are based on the (SAR) sent to applicants after the FAFSA has required to submit an ETA each year. best information available to us. They do not been processed by the federal processor. represent a guarantee of these funds by the SUMMER STUDY University. Students who plan to attend summer sessions 7. Students must inform the University of any at the University at Albany are eligible to student financial aid received from outside receive financial aid. In order to be considered sources that is not listed on the award letter. for aid students must have filed the FAFSA for This may result in an adjustment being made the upcoming academic year and the to the financial aid package. University at Albany Summer Information Sheet, which is available from the Office of Financial Aid. 11 University at Albany 8. All students planning to receive Federal Satisfactory Academic Progress Chart New York State Grant and Scholarship Perkins Loans or Federal Stafford Loans must have an entrance interview prior to the first New York State Grant and Scholarship Programs disbursement of loan proceeds. Stafford Loan entrance interviews can be completed on the Programs 1. Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) Mapping Your Future website. Perkins Loan Before being certified for a semester’s This grant program for New York State recipients will be contacted by the Office of payment, a student must have accrued a certain residents who are full-time undergraduate Financial Aid or the Office of Student number of credits and have a minimum grade students currently provides for annual awards Accounts regarding entrance interview point average at the end of the semester, as ranging from $500 to $5,000 or tuition, schedules. shown in the following chart. whichever is less. Awards are based on the 9. Students whose family financial family’s New York State net taxable income. If more than one member of the family is circumstances are adversely affected after Payment Credits Minimum GPA being awarded student financial aid should attending an approved post secondary visit with a financial aid counselor about the educational institution on a full-time basis, the situation. Depending on the circumstances, it First 0 0.00 net taxable income figure is reduced by $3,000 for the second person when the applicant’s may be possible to increase the financial aid Second 3 0.50 award. TAP award is computed and $2,000 for each Third 9 0.75 additional student. 10. Students who wish to question a decision made by the Office of Financial Aid should Fourth 18 1.20 Undergraduate students may receive TAP for send a letter of appeal to the Director of Fifth 30 2.00 four years of full-time study. Students enrolled Financial Aid. in approved five-year programs or in State Sixth 45 2.00 sponsored opportunity programs may receive Seventh 60 2.00 undergraduate aid for five years. Graduate INSTITUTIONAL AID Eighth 75 2.00 students may receive awards for four years, but no student may receive awards for more Ninth 90 2.00 than a total of eight years of undergraduate and Institutional Scholarships Tenth 105 2.00 graduate study. The Office of Financial Aid administers a number of scholarships. Eligibility Program Pursuit 2. Vietnam Veterans/Persian Gulf requirements and award amounts vary. In addition to meeting the criteria outlined on Veterans Tuition Awards Scholarships offered by other departments are the academic progress chart, State regulations listed elsewhere in this catalog. In order to be eligible for this award, a student require students who receive New York State must have served in the United States armed awards to be enrolled on a full-time basis and forces in Indochina between December 22, University Honors Scholarships complete a minimum number of credits each 1961 and May 7, 1975 or in the Persian Gulf semester with grades of A, B, C, D, E, S, U, or from August 2, 1990 to the end of such The Admissions Office awards a number of I. Students receiving a New York State award hostilities as evidenced by the receipt of the merit scholarships that are renewable for up to for the first time must complete six credits Southwest Asia Service Medal, been four years of study. The maximum award is each semester the first year of receipt of an discharged from the service under other than currently $3,400 for in-state residents and award, nine credits each semester of the dishonorable conditions, and be a New York $5,500 for out-of-state residents, but is subject second year, and a minimum of twelve credits State residents. In addition, the recipient must to change each year. Recipients are selected on in semester of the third and fourth years. complete the appropriate award supplement, the basis of high school grade point average Students who do not complete the minimum which is available from the Office of Financial and SAT scores. number of credits in a given semester are Aid or the New York State Higher Education ineligible for New York State financial aid in Services Corporation, and apply for a Tuition STATE FINANCIAL AID the following term or until additional credits Assistance Program (TAP) award if a full-time are completed to reach the minimum level. student or a Federal Pell Grant it a part-time Grades of “I” must be completed within one student. Full-time awards are $1,000 per Academic Criteria for State Awards semester to have the credits counted for New semester, and part-time awards are $500 per In order to retain eligibility for New York York State grant and scholarship purposes. semester or tuition, whichever is less. The total of all awards received cannot exceed $10,000. State scholarship and grant awards, students Waivers of the Progress Standards must be in “good academic standing”, which is 3. Regents Awards for Children of comprised of two components: “satisfactory Students who fall below the minimum criteria academic progress” and “pursuit of program”. stated previously may be eligible to receive Deceased and Disabled Veterans Satisfactory Academic Progress: one waiver of the satisfactory academic New York State residents who are children of progress or pursuit of program criteria during In order to make satisfactory progress towards certain deceased or disabled veterans will their undergraduate career. In addition, receive $450 per year, regardless of need, to a degree, students must accrue graduation students who lose TAP eligibility because they credits each semester and have the cumulative attend institutions within New York State. do not have a “C” average after receiving four Applications are available from high schools grade point average shown on the academic TAP payments may request a waiver of the progress chart in this section. Although the or the New York State Higher Education satisfactory academic progress standards. Services Corporation. Questions should be academic progress standards allow ten Sufficient and documented reasons must be semesters for completion of a bachelor’s referred to your high school guidance presented for the student’s inability to meet the counselor. degree, the maximum award period at the minimum standards. Procedures for granting undergraduate level is four years, except for waivers will follow University policies relating 4. Memorial Scholarships for children and students enrolled in approved five-year degree to the appeals procedure for academic Spouses of Deceased Police Officers and programs or the Educational Opportunity dismissal from the University. If granted, the Program. waiver becomes part of the student’s financial Firefighters aid record and the student is expected to make minimum progress thereafter.

12 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 This award provides financial assistance to the 8. Aid for Part-Time Study (APTS) 14. World Trade Center Memorial children and spouses of deceased police officers, firefighters, and volunteer firefighters This program provides tuition assistance to Scholarships who served in New York State and died of undergraduate New York State residents This award provides financial assistance to the injuries sustained in the line of duty. matriculated in a degree program and enrolled children, spouses, and financial dependents of Recipients must be full-time undergraduate for between three to eleven credits per deceased or severely and permanently disabled students. Those attending SUNY institutions semester. The family New York State taxable victims of the September 11, 2001 terrorist will receive scholarships that equal actual income cannot exceed $50,550 in the case of attacks or the subsequent rescue and recovery tuition and room and board costs plus an dependent students and $34,250 if the student operations. Undergraduates who are full-time allowance for books, supplies and is independent. Award amounts are determined matriculated students enrolled in an approved transportation. The scholarship is reduced by by the Office of Financial Aid and cannot program in New York and meet requirements any federal Pell grant or other federal or state- exceed tuition charges. Applications and for New York State grants and scholarships are funded scholarships or grants. Applications additional information are available from the eligible. Recipients need not be New York and more information are available from the Office of Financial Aid. State residents or U.S. citizens to receive the New York State Higher Education Services 9. New York National Guard Educational scholarship. The award covers up to four years Corporation. of full time undergraduate study and will pay Incentive Program 5. State Aid to Native Americans: SUNY tuition and mandatory fees, actual room Members in good standing of the New York and board charged to students living on Applications and additional information about State Army or Air National Guards or New campus or an allowance for these items for this program are available from the Native York State Naval Militia may receive commuter students, and allowances for books, American Education Unit, New York State scholarships of up to the average SUNY supplies, and transportation. The scholarship is Education Department, Albany, New York tuition rate to attend any SUNY or CUNY reduced by any federal, state, or private 12234. Applicants must be a member or the institutions, any New York community assistance awarded to the student to pay child of a member of one of the Native colleges or designated independent colleges. educational expenses. Applications are American Tribes in New York State, be a State The recipients must also be New York State available at www.hesc.com. resident attending an institution within the residents who are matriculated students in FEDERAL FINANCIAL AID State, and have graduated from high school or good standing enrolled on at least a half-time earned a General Equivalency Diploma. The basis. All recipients must apply for Tuition Academic Eligibility Criteria for Federal award is $1750 per year for up to five years of Assistance Program awards and federal Pell full-time study. Students registered for less grants. Additional information about the Awards than full-time study will receive approximately program is available from National Guard unit Federal regulations require students to make $75 for each credit hour. commanders. satisfactory progress towards a degree in order to receive any federal student aid, including 6. Educational Opportunity Program 10. Robert C. Byrd Honors Scholarship Federal Stafford Loans. Students may attempt (EOP) Grant up to 150% of the credits normally required to This competitive federal honors program complete a baccalaureate degree and retain New York State students who are educationally provides for scholarships of up to $1,500 per eligibility for federal student aid. At the and economically disadvantaged are admitted to year to academically talented high school University at Albany students must have the University’s Educational Opportunity students who are New York residents. It is earned 120 graduation credits to receive a Program (EOP) on the basis of their prospects for renewable for up to four years. Minimum Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science eligibility criteria are a high school average of degree. Thus, student may attempt up to 180 academic success. The University’s program credits and retain eligibility for federal student enrolls more than 650 new and continuing 95 and combined SAT scores of 1250 from the aid; however, students must also complete a students each year. An applicant must be: (1) a same test administration. percentage of credits attempted each year as New York State resident; and (2) academically shown on the academic progress chart. disadvantaged according to definitions 11. New York State Scholarships for Transfer credits are considered to be attempted promulgated by the State University; and (3) Academic Excellence credits for this purpose. Transfer students, economically disadvantaged according to regardless of the number of transfer credits guidelines approved by the Board of Regents and This program provides renewable scholarship accepted by the University, must complete a assistance in the amount of $500 or $1,500 to minimum of 50% of credits attempted during the Director of the Budget. Selection of eligible their first year at the university. applicants is made by University at Albany New York residents attending an institution personnel in accordance with the New York State within the State. Awards are based on student In addition, students must maintain a regulations that govern the program. The amount grades in certain Regents examinations. satisfactory cumulative grade point average. Academic retention standards are described in of financial assistance provided to eligible EOP 12. Americorps Education Award the Undergraduate Academic Regulations participants is dependent on financial need as section of this bulletin. Students on probation determined by the University and availability of New York residents participating in an may be eligible to receive financial aid, but are funds. Americorps program on a full-time basis (1700 subject to the University’s policy regarding hours of community service) will receive an review and dismissal for academic reasons. 7. Regents Professional Opportunity education award of $4,725 and may be eligible Aid recipients on probation and those with less Scholarships to receive a living allowance, health insurance, than a “C” average at the end of their second and child care. Part-time members who year of study or the equivalent will retain These scholarships provide up to $5,000 to complete 900 hours of service earn an eligibility for aid if they meet the requirements New York State residents studying in certain shown on the academic progress chart and are education award of $2,623 and in some cases allowed to continue their studies at the fields leading to licensure in a profession may receive a living allowance. approved by the Regents of the State of New University. York. Recipients must agree to practice their 13. Leaders of Tomorrow Scholarship Students who do not make satisfactory profession in New York State for at least one progress will lose their eligibility for federal year. Preference is given to economically This scholarship is sponsored by the New student aid, but may appeal to the University York State Lottery and is applicable only to for a waiver if they feel there are special disadvantaged students belonging to a minority tuition charges. It provides awards of $1,000 circumstances that affected their ability to group underrepresented in the professions. per year for four years of undergraduate study. make academic progress. Students receiving More information is available from the New Potential recipients are nominated by their waivers continue to be eligible for federal York State Education Department, Bureau of financial aid for an additional semester or one high schools on the basis of academic academic year, depending on individual Higher Education Testing. performance, participation in extracurricular circumstances. Questions regarding academic and community activities, and leadership progress should be directed to the Office of skills. Financial Aid and/or the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies.

13 University at Albany ACADEMIC PROGRESS CHART FOR 3. Federal PLUS Loan 8. Veterans Education Assistance FEDERAL FINANCIAL AID PLUS loans allow parents of dependent Program (VEAP) students to borrow from participating banks or TITLE IV PROGRAMS The Post-Vietnam Veteran’s Educational other lenders up to the difference between the Program (VEAP) is a benefit for veterans who student’s cost of education (the budget referred paid into VEAP while they were in the service. If Credits Attempted Then the following to earlier) and any financial aid awarded to the In order to be eligible, veterans must have student. The loan is not automatic; a credit Are Between: percentage of been discharged under conditions other than check is required. Repayment of principal and dishonorable, entered active duty after Graduation Credits interest begins within 60 days of receipt of the December 31, 1976 but before July 1, 1985, Must Be Completed loan. The interest rate is variable on an annual and completed twenty-four continuous months basis and may range from about 4% to 9.0%. 3 - 30 30% of active duty. There are some exceptions to A 3.0% origination fee is deducted from the the last requirement. Benefits are paid monthly 31 - 60 50% loan proceeds. Applications are available from and are based on the veteran’s contributions and 61 - 90 60% your lender. Veteran’s Administration matching amounts in 91 - 120 65% 4. Federal Supplemental Educational relation to the number of months contributions were made by the veteran, type of education 120 – 150 70% Opportunity Grant (FSEOG) being pursued, and the length of the educational 151 – 180 80% Students receiving this type of assistance must program. Contact the Veterans Administration for additional information. Quantitative progress towards the degree will have exceptional financial need. At the be measured once each year, usually at the end University at Albany, this grant normally 9. Montgomery GI Bill-Active Duty of the academic year. Students may restore ranges from $200 to $1,000 each year. eligibility for federal aid when they meet the This program provides for up to thirty-six standards shown on the chart. 5. Federal Perkins Loans months of educational benefits to eligible This loan is awarded to students with veterans. FEDERAL PROGRAMS substantial financial need. Undergraduate Basic eligibility criteria are an honorable 1. Federal Pell Grant students may borrow up to $4,000 each year discharge and a high school diploma or GED. depending on availability of funds, and a total In addition, the veteran must meet the criteria This federal grant program provides assistance of $20,000 for undergraduate studies. Interest set forth in one of three categories. These to matriculated students attending college at does not accrue and payments are not due on criteria are based on dates of active duty, least half-time (6 credits) and is designed to the loan during the in-school period. length of service, and special requirements help those from lower and certain middle- Repayment begins nine months after the specific to each particular category. Detailed income families. Eligibility is determined from student leaves school, and 5% simple interest information is available from the Veterans the information provided on the FAFSA. is charged on the unpaid balance of the loan. Administration. Award amounts will range up to $4,050 for the Under certain conditions, all or part of amount 2003-2004 academic year. borrowed may be canceled. 10. Montgomery GI Bill-Selected Reserve 2. Federal Stafford Loan 6. Federal Work Study Program Selected Reserve educational benefits are available to members of the Army, Navy, Air Any matriculated student aid applicant A work study award offers the recipient the Force, Marine Corps, and Coast Guard enrolled at least half-time may obtain this loan. opportunity to work on campus. The standard Reserves as well as the Army National Guard Students with need may obtain the loan on a hourly rate varies from $5.50 to $6.00, but and the Air Guard. It is the first Veteran’s subsidized basis, which means no interest may be higher depending on the type of work Administration program that makes accrues on the loan while the borrower is in performed and experience. Students are paid educational benefits available to reservists who school. Students who do not demonstrate by check every two weeks. have never served on active duty. Additional financial need may obtain the loan on an information about eligibility criteria and unsubsidized basis, which means they must 7. Bureau of Indian Affairs to Native monthly benefit amounts is available from pay interest while they are in school as well as Americans Higher Education Assistance your Reserve or Guard unit. during repayment. This loan is made by banks, Program credit unions, and other lending organizations. Veteran’s Administration Survivor’s and First-year students may borrow up to $2,625, Eligibility is restricted to students with Dependents’ Educational Assistance sophomores up to $3,500 and junior and financial need who are pursuing a four-year seniors up to $5,500 each year. Independent degree, are at least one-fourth American This education benefit is available to certain students who are first-year students or Indian, Eskimo, or Aleut and are enrolled veterans’ children who are at least eighteen sophomores may borrow an additional $4,000 members of a tribe, band or group recognized years old, veterans’ spouses, and surviving each year on an unsubsidized basis, and an by the Bureau of Indian Affairs Office. spouses who have not remarried. The veteran additional $5,000 each year as juniors or Application must be made each year. In must be totally and permanently disabled from seniors The maximum that may be borrowed addition, first-time applicants must obtain a service-related disability or died because of a for undergraduate study is $46,000. At the tribal certification from the appropriate bureau service-related disability. Eligible persons can time the loan is disbursed, an insurance fee and agency or tribal office which records receive benefits for up to forty-five months. origination fee (currently 3.0%) with have enrollment for the tribe. Additional information is available from the been deducted by the lender from the amount Veterans Administration. borrowed. The interest rate is variable on an annual basis and may range from about 3% to 8.25%. A Master Promissory Note (MPN) must be signed in order to receive the loan proceeds and will be sent by the New York State Higher Education Services Corporation to students who have accepted Federal Stafford Loans if they are first-time borrowers. Students with an MPN on file do not need to file another.

14 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004

Students who wish to appeal their out-of-state Students who register for courses and who do not designation should contact the Student Accounts Office file the appropriate form or do not drop before the 2003-2004 for an application and copy of the Board of Trustees end of the fourth week of classes are liable for their Guidelines. Applications for New York State residency full charges. Please refer to the “Withdrawing from ESTIMATED COSTS status for tuition billing purposes must be received in the University” and “Dropping Courses” sections of the Office of Student Accounts no later than the close of this bulletin for additional information. The following is a schedule of estimated expenses for business on the midterm date of a semester in order to For refund purposes, the first week of classes shall be full-time undergraduate students for the 2003-2004 be considered for residency status for that semester. academic year. Tuition and fees are prorated for part deemed to have ended when seven calendar days, time students. Please note that tuition and fee charges Failure to submit an application by the midterm including the first day of scheduled classes, have are subject to change by official action of the State date will result in full liability for tuition at the out- elapsed. The first day of classes as scheduled by the University of New York. Questions concerning these of-state tuition rate. campus shall be deemed to be the first day that any classes are offered. Refund schedules are subject to charges should be referred to the Student Accounts Estimated Cost Information* Office. change by official action of State University of New (A tuition increase, effective Fall 2003, is York. The amounts include direct expenses billed by the anticipated.) Official Withdrawal Percent of Tuition Student Accounts Office (e.g., Tuition, Fees, Room, Fall`` Spring or Drop Adjustment/Refund Board) and also indirect expenses that are not billed by 2003 2004 Student Accounts (e.g., Books, Travel). Although Tuition First Week 100% N.Y.S. indirect costs do not appear on the Student Accounts Second Week 70% invoice, both direct and indirect costs are used by the Residents $1,700.00 $1,700.00 Financial Aid Office in developing a student’s budget Out-of-State Third Week 50% and in making financial aid commitments. The total cost Residents 4,150.00 4,150.00 Fourth Week 30% (direct and indirect) for one semester of full-time Mandatory Fees Fifth Week 0% undergraduate study for a typical New York State University Fee 12.50 12.50 Resident student living on campus is approximately Student Example of refund to a student whose program drops below 12 $7,000 of which approximately $6,000 will be billed by Activity Fee 80.00 80.00 credits: the University. Intercollegiate Tuition charge for student Athletic Fee 150.00 150.00 taking13 credits $1,700.00 Payment Policies Comprehensive Student drops a 3-credit Following registration, students are billed by mail at Service Fee 467.50 467.50 International Student course during fourth week: their permanent addresses. To avoid late payment Insurance 258.25 258.25 fees, payment should be made by return mail at least Tuition charge as a part-time (mandatory for international students only) five business days prior to the due date printed on the student for the remaining *Room Rental 2,210.00 2,210.00 10 credits (10 cr. at $137.00) $1,370.00 invoice. Students must have proof of approved aid, *Board 1,382.00 1,382.00 waivers, or scholarships in order to defer payment. (19 meals/week non Kosher) Difference between amount Without satisfactory evidence to defer, students are originally charged as a full-time expected to pay charges up front and wait for Other Expenses student and reevaluated charges Class Dues 3.00 3.00 reimbursement when the aid, waiver or scholarship as a part-time student $330.00 funds are actually received. (optional) Alumni Assoc. 40.00 40.00 Adjustment/Refund percentage Students with unpaid financial obligations will have a Member (opt.) as provided by schedule of “hold” placed on their records, and will be unable to receive Five Quad 5.00 5.00 tuition during fourth week 30% grades or transcripts, register for future terms, or receive Contribution (opt.) Adjustment/Refund $99.00 diplomas. In addition, the University assesses a Late Accident/Sickness Payment Fee of up to $30 each time an invoice is issued and Insurance 470.00 643.00 Refund Policy for Recipients of Title IV (opt.) not paid or not covered by approved financial aid by the Financial Aid invoice due date. Invoices are issued on a monthly basis to Late Registration students with outstanding balances. Students with Fee 30.00 30.00 Eligibility for aid earned is based on the date of the outstanding charges from any SUNY unit are not permitted Late Payment 30.00 30.00 student’s withdrawal from the University. Payment (per invoice) to register at the University at Albany. Withdrawing students with federal Title IV aid may Books 400.00 400.00 have a portion of their aid returned to the individual Delinquent accounts are transferred to private collection Personal,. aid program, thus reducing the original amount of Travel, etc. 775.00 775.00 agencies and/or the New York State Attorney General’s aid awarded. Federal regulations determine the Office for collection. Delinquent accounts are subject to *Tuition and Fee Charges are Subject to Change by amount to be refunded and the order in which the interest and collection fee charges. Official Action of the State University of New York. programs are repaid. As of the date of this Residency for Tuition Rate Purposes Tuition Charge Adjustments/Refunds publication, federal regulations require that refunds be made in the following order: Unsubsidized Students are charged in-state or out-of-state tuition rates Students who officially depart from the University Stafford, Subsidized Stafford, PLUS, Perkins, Pell, based on their residency status. The Student Accounts or reduce the number of credits for which they are and SEOG. Office follows SUNY Board of Trustees policies in registered may be entitled to a proportionate refund determining residency for tuition rate purposes. of tuition paid or proportionate adjustment of tuition Generally, students are not considered in-state until they charges according to the schedule below. Refunds or have completed 12 months of residency in New York. adjustments of charges are based on the date the Please note, however, that the domicile (permanent departure form is officially received by the Office of home) of an unemancipated student is considered to be the Dean of Undergraduate Studies (LC 30) or the that of the parent or other legal guardian regardless of date the drop is officially processed by the the length of the student’s residency in New York. Registrar’s Office, not on the date of the last class attended.

15 University at Albany and seminars are offered in the Residence Halls Parent Services: Parent services are offered annually — study groups, movie nights, safety through the Department of Residential Life. STUDENT AFFAIRS seminars, resume writing, and language tables — Parent involvement is fostered through the to list just a few. There are also several different coordination of parent programs and services. The Division of Student Affairs “special interest” living options offered to These programs include individual parent students who wish to live with other students advisement and liaison services as well as Parents The Division of Student Affairs provides a with similar interests. All freshmen are assigned Weekend. Parent Services is located in the critical component to the mission of the to areas designed to enhance their first year Department of Residential Life in the basement University at Albany by providing the leadership experience, for building a solid foundation is a of Eastman Tower on State Quadrangle, and direction to ensure a healthy, safe and quality critical element for students to achieve in their (518/442-5875, or 1-800/4RESLIFE). learning environment for all of our students. The first year of college study. These living areas major programming areas within the Division of offer an environment for first year students that Student Affairs include: Residential Life; encourages community responsibility, positive University Health Center Financial Aid; Health Services; Counseling social interaction, solid academic preparation, The University Health Center is the primary Services; Career Development; Student Life; and support. health care facility for registered students. Athletics and Recreation; University Police; and Services include General Medical Clinic, Judicial Affairs. All students residing on campus have their own phone jack, number and voice mail system. This Women’s Health Clinic, Allergy Clinic, Self- phone service also offers individualized billing. Help Cold Clinic, psychiatric services, and a Office of the Vice President for All residence halls have been wired for cable pharmacy. Staff members provide health Student Affairs television, with student access to a wide variety education workshops and, in coordination with of cable programming, as well as 7 movie the Albany County Health Department, they The Vice President for Student Affairs has the channels. All residence halls are networked and provide public health services to the campus responsibility for the leadership and have the highest level of connectivity through an community. The center also offers clinical administration of all the departments within the ethernet connection. Students can explore and rotations to senior medical students and Residents Division of Student Affairs. The Office of the take full advantage of global information via the from the Albany Medical College. Located in the Vice President oversees all services, activities Internet. Additionally, the quads have a variety of Health Services Building, the University Health and programs designed to promote a positive total other amenities, including weight and fitness Center telephone number is 518/442-5454. educational experience for every student. In rooms, recreation areas and movie rooms. addition, the Vice President assists students and Freedom Quad, an apartment-style complex, Five Quad Volunteer parents with the resolution of matters of concern. offers a quiet, convenient environment for The Office of the Vice President is located in the graduate and upper division students. Empire Ambulance Service: University Administration Building 419 and staff Commons, our newest complex for graduate and Five-Quad Volunteer Ambulance Service is a in this office can be reached at (518) 437-4949. upper division students, offers apartment style student-operated, Student Association-funded living with private bedrooms, central air service consisting of more than 75 highly trained Financial Aid conditioning and washers and dryers in each volunteers who provide state-certified campus apartment. The community center offers private ambulance service on a seven days a week, 24 The Office of Financial Aid administers federal, meeting rooms, home theater, lounge space and hours a day basis, as well as coverage at major state, and certain institutional student financial state of the art fitness center. campus programming and athletic events. In assistance programs for undergraduate and The Department of Residential Life is located in addition, it sponsors extensive training and graduate students. In addition to overall college educational programs in CPR, advanced First financing and financial aid advisement, the office the basement of Eastman Tower on State Quadrangle, (518/442-5875.) Aid, and a variety of other topics. The phone manages a variety of funds, including the Federal number is 518/442-5555. Stafford and other federal loan programs, Federal Pell Grants, Federal Supplemental Educational New Student Orientation: Opportunity Grants, Federal Work-Study University Counseling Center employment, the New York State Tuition Orientation programs introduce new freshmen, Assistance Program and Educational Opportunity transfers, and their parents to the University and The University Counseling Center provides a Program, and University at Albany Benevolent assist students in making a smooth transition to range of education, prevention, and clinical Association Scholarships. It also coordinates the life at the University. Students entering the services to assist students in adjusting to Emergency Loan Fund. Advisement services are University as newly matriculated freshmen or university life and in meeting their educational available to all members of the University transfers for the fall semester are invited to and personal goals. Services include Community. The Office of Financial Aid is participate in a Summer Planning Conference. psychological counseling and short-term located in the basement of the Campus Center, Transfers attend a one-day program, while psychotherapy for emotional, social and Room B52, (518/442-5757, 442-5480). entering freshmen attend a two-day program that academic concerns as well as psychological includes a one-night stay in a Residence Hall. testing of academically underachieving students. Summer Planning Conference programs include Prevention education programs addressing a Residential Life presentations by University administrators, small broad range of health and mental health issues are group discussions, academic advisement and offered to the University community. University The Department of Residential Life seeks to personnel, parents, and students may also contact fulfill two primary missions: to provide registration for fall semester classes. Information sessions for parents of new students are offered psychologists by telephone or in person to consult reasonably-priced, well-maintained, safe housing about issues or problems that are negatively and to develop a positive living environment that concurrently with freshman programs and transfer programs. Students who are unable to affecting University students. In addition, the promotes the intellectual and academic growth of psychologists provide supervised training for students. attend a Summer Planning Conference attend an orientation program prior to the start of classes in doctoral students in the University’s Clinical and Students in the University’s Residence Halls have the fall. All freshmen also attend the Fall Counseling Psychology programs. The access to a wide variety of services and programs. Orientation for Frosh Program in the fall prior to Counseling Center, staffed by psychologists and a Trained professional and paraprofessional staff the beginning of classes. For new students health promotion specialist, is located on the members live in the Halls and provide services to enrolling in the spring semester, an orientation second floor of the Health and Counseling help promote a secure and positive environment. program also occurs prior to the start of that Building, (518/442-5800). Office hours are 8:30 Security Assistants provide evening safety patrols semester. AM to 5:00 PM, Monday through Friday. Please on every quadrangle. Additionally, each quad has call with questions and/or to make an a faculty member participating in the Faculty-In- The Orientation Office is located in the appointment. There is no charge for Counseling Residence program. This program offers students Department of Residential Life in the basement Center services. the opportunity to be actively involved outside of Eastman Tower on State Quadrangle, the classroom with a member of the faculty living (518/442-5875, or 1-800/4RESLIFE). in a Residence Hall. Over 700 different types of programs, workshops 16 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 MIDDLE EARTH PEER ASSISTANCE PROGRAM: A The Office of Student Activities is dedicated to Multicultural Student Affairs service of the Counseling Center is Middle student growth and development while diligently Earth. This peer assistance program trains working to ensure the success of each student This office provides special assistance and student volunteers to help other students. leader, organization and event. For more support for students of African American, Latino, Asian American and Native American descent. Middle Earth peers lend a listening ear, assist information stop by Campus Center 130, call with problem solving, and provide information The office also provides advice and guidance to or referrals. Middle Earth is open from noon to (518) 442-5566 or visit the Student Life website multicultural student groups, and sponsors and midnight, Monday through Thursday, and 24 at www.albany.edu/studentlife/studentactivities cosponsors a number of cultural programs and hours a day from noon on Friday until special events. Some of these include the Annual midnight on Sunday. Middle Earth also Campus Center Martin Luther King Jr./Black History Month provides training with the option of receiving Luncheon, the National Latino Collegiate course credits. Students interested in This facility is a hub of university activity. Conference, Asian Occasion, Pan-Caribbean volunteering can pick up an application at Student service offices, meeting facilities, plus Fashion Show and the Spellman Achievement Middle Earth, or call the business line at 442- the varied dining and retail operations make the Awards. For more information stop by the 5890. Campus Center a popular destination for most Campus Center room 137, call 442-5490 or visit members of the university community and is a our website: PROJECT SHAPE (Sexual Health and Peer center of daily campus life. The Campus Center http://www.albany.edu/studentlife/omsa/omsa.html Education): Project SHAPE is comprised of also hosts and facilitates an extensive schedule of student volunteers who assist the University’s meetings, programs and special events involving Coordinator for Health Promotion in both the university and local communities. Career Development Center (CDC) facilitating AIDS/HIV prevention programs for the campus community. Project SHAPE For more information, stop by Campus Center Room The Career Development Center (CDC) is not members complete an extensive training 137, call 442-5490 or visit the Student Life web site: just a place to go to get a job after graduation. program. Those interested in volunteering or http://www.albany.edu/studentlife/cc/cc.html. The CDC exists to help undergraduate students of learning more about Project SHAPE should all majors and class levels explore majors and call 442-5800. Disabled Student Services career options, make decisions about graduate study, and identify internship and full-time Disabled Student Services provides a broad range employment opportunities. CDC staff members Department of Student Life of personalized services to people with are available to assist students in specifying disabilities, including pre-admission information, career goals and expanding their knowledge of The Department of Student Life serves students orientation, assistance with registration, personal career alternatives through individual through an array of programs and services attendant referral, assistance with alternative consultation sessions. Working closely with designed to provide assistance and support and to testing, lending of tape recorders and adaptive academic departments, student organizations, and enrich the quality of student life. The department equipment, advocacy, and personal counseling. other student affairs departments, the CDC and its personnel are involved in organizing and The office also maintains a large multimedia provides educational opportunities and facilitating a variety of educational programs, library of disability resources and organizes workshops related to career planning. Housed providing counseling and advice to students and learning strategy groups. within the CDC is a library containing numerous student group leaders, conducting special events, resources for students to research major and sponsoring and co-sponsoring recreational and Disabled Student Services provides information and referrals for disability-related questions and career information and graduate school programs, social activities and providing clean, safe and as well as review part-time and full-time comfortable Campus Center facilities. Below are issues. In addition, the office makes recommendations to offices and departments employment and internship vacancies. The CDC brief descriptions of the individual Student Life also offers an extensive internet-based on-campus units. For more detailed information visit our web regarding reasonable accommodations. Particular emphasis is placed on assisting students in recruiting program for internships and full-time site at www.albany.edu/studentlife or stop by our employment. For more information, stop by or Campus Center offices in Room 130 and 137. developing their talents and abilities in preparation for professional and graduate training contact the office at ULB 69, (518) 442-5515, or and for employment. Disabled Student Services visit www.albany.edu/cdc Student Activities: also interacts with local, state and federal agencies concerned with disability issues. The University Police (UPD) The Office of Student Activities supports the office is located in the Campus Center, Room University community’s programmatic, 137, (518/442-5490) (518-442-3366-TDD) UPD is responsible for providing a safe and educational, recreational and social needs by secure campus environment, one in which sponsoring major events and programs while also Learning Disabled Student Services students, faculty and staff can pursue their enhancing the efforts of all student groups and educational and career goals with a minimum of Greek organizations by providing quality The Learning Disability Specialist is available to distraction and disruption from crime. It works advisement, assistance and effective leadership work with students who have been diagnosed as closely with the departments of Residential Life, development programs. having a learning disability (LD) or attention Health and Counseling, Physical Plant, and deficit/hyperactivity disorder (AD/HD). Students Campus Life to achieve the highest levels of The primary responsibilities of the office include: may schedule appointments for assistance with personal safety possible. UPD is staffed around Advisement for recognized student groups developing various study skills, receive coaching the clock with professional law enforcement including the Student Association in time management and setting goals, or test officers. They provide an extensive array of law Management of on-campus student events taking skills. The Learning Disability Specialist is enforcement and security services to the Oversight for Greek Affairs including 39 also responsible for reviewing documentation of University community, including mobile and foot fraternities and sororities the disability, insuring that it is complete and patrols, crime prevention education, traffic enforcement, crime reporting, and follow-up Offering effective student-leadership current. Other services include assistance in criminal investigations. UPD is located in the development programs developing self-advocacy skills, presenting workshops in various classroom and study skills University Police Building, (518/442-3132). Planning and coordinating major University and campus outreach and education programs events including Opening Weekend, about learning disabilities and attention deficit Homecoming, Fountain Day, The President’s /hyperactivity disorder. The Learning Disability Award for Undergraduate Leadership , Who’s Specialist is also available to meet with Who and Torch Night prospective students and their families who may Maintaining an up-to-date student events be considering attending the University of calendar Albany. The Office is located in Campus Center Sponsoring Purple and Gold and the Class 110. For more information call (518) 442-5566. Councils Visit our web page at http://www.albany.edu/ studentlife/ld/LDPage.htm or by email: [email protected].

17 University at Albany Department of Athletics & INTENSIVE ENGLISH Recreation INTERNATIONAL This department focuses on academic and student LANGUAGE TUDENT ERVICES development in a program that features S S intercollegiate athletics, club sports, intramural PROGRAM and recreational opportunities for students, (ISS) faculty and staff. Linda Leary, Coordinator Chisato Tada, Coordinator The University has a long-standing reputation of The Intensive English Language Program excellence in the athletic realm, producing (IELP) is designed for students who wish to The Office of International Student Services competitive varsity teams, successful coaches and (ISS) provides a broad range of advising and outstanding student-athletes recognized for their use more fluent English in their academic professional lives. Classes are communicative, referral services to over 1000 international accomplishments both on the field and in the students from nearly 100 countries. One of the classroom. Nineteen intercollegiate sports are integrating all language skills, and are taught offered for men and women. The list includes at the beginning, intermediate and advanced first contacts that undergraduate students have basketball, football, baseball, track and field, levels. with the University at Albany is receiving pre- cross country, softball, field hockey, golf, soccer, arrival materials from ISS and participating in tennis, volleyball and lacrosse. In addition to a full-time intensive program, its thorough orientation program. elective classes are offered one day per week For information on intercollegiate, club sports and include TOEFL preparation, accent ISS, in LI-84, is the primary contact office for and intramurals, one may contact the UAlbany assistance regarding such issues as: Sportsline at 442-DANE or the Intramural Office reduction, computer instruction, idiomatic at -442-5640. English, and technical writing. - Non-immigrant status The indoor and outdoor physical education Esl 001 Oral Communication for - Federal and State regulations design is among the most comprehensive in the International Students. Northeast. The Recreation and Convocation For those who wish to improve their speaking and - Visa programs Center, a state-of-the-art facility; the Physical pronunciation skills. - E-mail, web, listserv connection Education Building, which houses University Esl 002 Academic Writing for Gym; an air-supported bubble ("Dane Dome"); International Students. - Workshops on special topics and several athletic fields, which have been Will provide students with essential skills needed to - Health insurance and health care fenced and undergone surface reconditioning, are develop greater fluency in classroom writing. utilized for sporting and cultural activities. In - Host Family opportunities addition, there are 24 tennis courts (12 with Esl 003 Oral Communication for lighting), an in-line skating rink, International Students of Business - Social activities and trips racquetball/squash/handball courts, a swimming A course designed for advanced international pool, a dance studio, and a comprehensive fitness students that focuses on oral and listening skills - Improving English proficiency necessary for the business classroom. [This course is and weight training center. for matriculated international MBA students. - Personal finances The University began competing at the NCAA Esl 004 Oral Communication for - Income tax preparation Division I level in the 1999-2000 academic year. International UAlbany is affiliated with the America East - Access to other agencies supporting Conference and the football program competes in Teaching/Research/Graduate the Northeast Conference. Assistants international studies A course designed to improve functional spoken The Department is located in both the Recreation English and communication skills necessary for For further information, contact ISS by phone and Convocation Center and the Physical effective classroom teaching. at 518-442-5495 or by e-mail at: Education Building, (518-442-DANE). These classes are intended for University at [email protected]. Men's Sports Head Coach Albany matriculated undergraduate and Baseball Jon Mueller graduate international students. Off-campus Basketball Will Brown students may also participate if their spoken Cross Country Craig McVey English is at least at an intermediate level. The Football Bob Ford offering of these courses is contingent upon Indoor Track and Field Roberto Vives sufficient enrollment. All courses are non- Lacrosse Scott Marr credit, but offer 3-hour load equivalency for F- Outdoor Track and Field Roberto Vives 1 status. Soccer Johan Aarnio The IELP runs year round, concurrent with the University’s fall and spring semesters, and Women's Sports Head there is an 8-week summer session. Cultural Coach activities expand each student’s ability to use Basketball Trina Patterson English in a variety of situations. Cross Country Craig McVey For further information, contact the IELP by Field Hockey Deborah Fiore phone at 518-442-3870 or by e-mail at Golf Richard Sauers [email protected]. The Internet address Indoor Track and Field Roberto Vives is http://www.albany.edu/ielp Lacrosse Dennis Short Outdoor Track and Field Roberto Vives Soccer Kalekeni Banda Softball Chris Cannata Tennis Chrissy Short Volleyball Kelly Sheffield

18 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 The School of Public Health offers Advisement Services UNDERGRADUATE undergraduate electives in public health and Center/Undergraduate medical informatics. Studies ( A S C / U S ) STUDY The School of Social Welfare offers a combined major and minor sequence that The Advisement Services Center/ Undergraduate Studies (ASC/US) serves Undergraduate study is offered through the prepares students for beginning social work. This program serves the liberal education needs undergraduate students at the University faculties of each of the separate schools and through direct advisement services and by colleges comprising the University. for students interested in the social sciences and human services professions. Admission to this assisting faculty who work with students in The College of Arts and Sciences provides all major is competitive, and students have an advising relationship. The primary undergraduates with study in most of the complete specific requirements before applying responsibility of ASC/US is to provide for disciplines within the liberal arts and sciences. for admission. the academic advisement of freshmen, all Those students wishing to explore any of these students who have not yet declared a major, areas in depth may become majors within the The Interdisciplinary Studies Committee of and those undergraduates not yet accepted college. The college cooperates with the School the Undergraduate Academic Council works into restricted majors. with the academic colleges and schools to of Education in offering a program that prepares In addition to providing individual academic students for certification as teachers of develop and approve Faculty-Initiated Interdisciplinary Majors and Minors. The advisement, ASC/US currently has the academic subjects in the secondary schools. following responsibilities: Programs in the colleges lead to the degrees of approval of student-initiated majors and Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. minors is also under the jurisdiction of this 1. Serving as an academic advisement committee. In addition, the committee resource center for all undergraduates, The School of Business offers programs in recommends and monitors University-wide faculty, and staff; accounting and business administration. independent study, internships, special Admission to these programs is competitive, projects, and interdisciplinary topics courses. 2. Providing preprofessional (law and health open only to the best-qualified students who careers) advisement and support services; have completed 56 or more credits, including Office of the Dean of specific courses outlined in the School of 3. Coordinating the Hudson Mohawk Business section of this bulletin. Undergraduate Studies Association of Colleges and Universities’ Cross-Registration Program for The Dean of Undergraduate Studies is The School of Criminal Justice offers a multi- undergraduates who wish to study at other responsible for the coordination of the disciplinary degree program, focusing on the study schools in the association; of criminal behavior and society’s response to it. academic experience of undergraduate students Students take courses in criminal justice, as well as at this University. The dean works closely with 4. Coordination of 3+3 Albany Law program, in a disciplinary field related to criminal justice. the deans and faculty of the individual schools 3+2 engineering programs, early assurance Admission to this major is highly competitive, and and colleges and with the Undergraduate medical program, and early admission students must complete specific requirements Academic Council in developing, dental and optometry programs; before applying for admission. coordinating, and implementing undergraduate academic policy and curricula. The dean also Students who need assistance regarding their The School of Education provides the supervises the Advisement Services Center academic concerns are encouraged to contact professional education for students in the /Undergraduate Studies. Project Renaissance, the Advisement Services Center/Undergraduate College Arts and Science who plan to enter the The General Education Honors Program, Studies, LI-36 (518-442-3960), or visit their field of teaching in secondary schools. In Faculty Mentor Program, and Tutoring web page at www.Albany.Edu/Advisement. addition, the school offers courses of general Program are some of the many programs that interest appropriate for undergraduates who the dean oversees. The Office of Academic may not be preparing for teaching careers. The Office of Undergraduate Studies also Support Services The School of Information Science and provides coordination of and advisement for Policy houses the Faculty-Initiated independent study, student-initiated The following nine programs support new Interdisciplinary Major with a Concentration in interdisciplinary majors and minors, and undergraduates as they make their transition Information Science. This program draws on interdisciplinary courses including Washington, into the University at Albany community. These faculty expertise from across the University, NYS Senate and Assembly and other comprehensive support services include the offering courses in Computer Science, University-wide internships; implements study groups, academic early warning program, Communication, Linguistics and Cognitive undergraduate academic policies; and edits and University Tutors, independent tutoring Science, Philosophy and Psychology. Students publishes the Undergraduate Bulletin. program, faculty mentoring programs, study must obtain the approval of the program skills workshops, developmental courses, and director before they can officially declare this This office also provides assistance and the Educational Opportunities Program. program as their major. counseling to undergraduate students who are contemplating leaving the University, who Study Group Plan The Nelson A. Rockefeller College of Public seek to take a Leave for Approved Study at Affairs and Policy offers undergraduate another college or university, or who wish to In 29 freshman classes, the Office sponsors degree programs in political science and public re-enter the University after having been away study groups free of charge to all students. A policy. These programs focus on issues of from the University for a semester or more. It study group consists of several students in a politics, public policy and management in the also coordinates the degree in absentia process. given course who decide to meet on a regular public service in the local, state, federal and basis for discussions, analysis, and reviewing of We are eager to help all students who wish to international arena. The program in public course material. Participation in a study group explore academic issues and concerns. policy is a combined major and minor can be an excellent way to prepare for exams, Students may contact the dean in LC 30 (518- sequence, where students design an area of since participants must organize their thinking 442-3950. concentration. about course topics and present, or defend, their individual perspectives before the group. Study groups emphasize the student’s active involvement with course material. 19 University at Albany Participants are encouraged to re-examine The Registrar’s Office concepts, to question or to challenge each other Independent Tutoring Program The Registrar’s Office manages the process by with respect to course topics. Study groups can The Office of Academic Support Services also help to maintain a high level of interest and which courses, classrooms, academic space, provides the student community with an and final examinations are scheduled; grades enthusiasm towards course work and allow updated listing of academically successful students to examine ways in which the course is are recorded; students are registered and students who are available to tutor students enrolled; degrees are cleared and diplomas are personally meaningful or relevant to their on a one to one basis. These independent college goals. prepared. Records are maintained with tutors have taken the course in which they accuracy and security and issued to internal Coordinated by a graduate student who tutor and have received a B+ or higher. and external sources. The office is responsible serves as a facilitator, the objectives of the These independent tutors must have at least for assuring that academic policy is carried out student group concept are: 1) to clarify 3.0 cumulative academic average, secure and that data concerning registration and course material through restatement or faculty recommendations, pass the personal enrollment are collected and distributed to illustrations, using familiar terms and interview, and complete a tutoring appropriate campus offices. It works with concepts, and 2) to assist study group orientation. appropriate campus offices in the development members in learning course material and and implementation of student information achieving success in the course. Faculty Mentoring Program systems. Finally, it communicates with clientele both on and off campus by clarifying University Tutors Matriculating students at the University at policy, verifying enrollment and status, and by Albany are eligible to participate in one of the referring students and staff to the appropriate Each study group, in addition to the faculty mentoring programs. If enrolled in a person or office at the University or elsewhere. facilitator, will have two University Tutors program, it is expected that the student be on hand to assist with questions and willing to interact with a faculty or The Registrar’s Office is located in the problems. These tutors, who are professional staff member in a mentoring Campus Center, Room B-25, (518-442-5540). undergraduate honors students, will at times partnership. also offer individualized assistance to those University mentoring programs take many Academic Advisement study group students who seek special forms and address different groups including attention. Academic advisement services for the following: Presidential Scholars; academic undergraduate students are coordinated by the probationers; multicultural recruitment Advisement Services Center/Undergraduate Academic Early Warning System students; special talent admits; and other Studies (ASC/US). Freshmen, students who students, especially incoming freshmen The main objective of this Academic Early have not declared a major, and students seeking support. Warning System is to have professors intending to pursue a restricted major are identity students experiencing problems and For a new freshman or a continuing student advised either by the staff of ASC/US or by to encourage them to utilize available with academic needs, family or personal the staff of the Educational Opportunities academic and advising supportive services problems, the value of a trusted friend, Program (EOP). All students who are admitted in order to overcome their difficulties. This confidante, guide and role model is obvious. to the University through the Educational warning is in lieu of a mid-semester grade. For mentors, a one-to-one relationship can be Opportunities Program receive academic an opportunity to give another person the advisement from EOP counselors until they The designated university courses include the guidance and support they once received from declare a major or are accepted in a restricted following: A Bio 110, 111; A Chm 120, 121, their own mentors. major. 216A, 216B; A Phy 107, 108, 120, 124; A Csi 101, 201; A Psy 101, 210, 211; A Soc 115, Mentoring is not an easy job; it is not a job Freshmen and sophomores are encouraged to 221; A Eco 110, 111; A Mat 100, 101, 106, quickly accomplished. Yet helping and work closely with their academic advisers. 108, 111, 112, 113; and B Acc 211, 222. guiding a young person may be the most ASC/US staff are in regular contact with the important work a volunteer will ever do. University’s academic departments and During the fifth week of the semester, this programs to insure that advisers have pertinent composite list of potential failures will be and up-to-date information about school and circulated to the academic advisers of these Study Skills Workshops college offerings. The adviser is therefore able students so that they can encourage the Study skills workshops are offered free of to assist each student to plan and select a following help: 1) conference with faculty charge to all students, especially freshmen. course of study that is consistent with the member of particular course; 2) consultation These one hour sessions provide an student’s abilities, interests, achievements, and with academic/faculty adviser; 3) participation opportunity to acquire skills vital to future plans. Information about courses, in respective study group (all of the Academic achieving academic success. Titles of academic study at other institutions, Early Warning System courses are an integral workshops include time management, interpretation of the University’s academic part of the study group plan); and 4) textbook mastery, learning from lecture, policies, and referral to other University involvement with an independent tutor. Also, a memory enhancement, listening skills, Offices and persons for assistance with the staff member from the Office of Academic examination preparation, examination student’s concerns are part of the services Support Services will contact the students, strategies, multiple choice examination provided by academic advisers. advising them of their options. skills, and final exam preparation.

20 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 Normally, students are expected to declare their Pre-Law Advisement completed three semesters of course work at the intended major when they have earned 24 University at Albany; receive the Pre-Health graduation credits. By the time they have There is no single “best” program of study in Committee Evaluation and approval during the accumulated 42 graduation credits, students preparation for law school, and students are spring semester of the sophomore year; and must have officially declared a major. When encouraged to consider a variety of alternatives. complete a full two years of undergraduate study students have been accepted as a major, they are The Association of American Law Schools in order to apply to Albany Medical College at enrolled in the school or college offering study recommends a broad-based liberal arts the end of the sophomore year. Students in this in the desired major field. Declaration of the curriculum and considers the prescription of program must maintain a minimum cumulative major is directly linked to the assignment of particular courses unwise. Students seeking grade point average of 3.5 and achieve grades no academic advisers. When students are officially further clarification of pre-legal education should lower than a B in each prerequisite science enrolled in a specific major program, they read the statement on this subject adopted by the course. receive academic advisement from the faculty Association of American Law Schools or consult Students selected for admission will matriculate of the department or school offering that major. with prelaw advisers. at Albany Medical College after completion of To complement faculty advisement, ASC/US Students interested in law school should watch their undergraduate degree and four years of serves as an advisement resource for both for meetings of the Student Pre-Law Association study at the University at Albany. Students faculty and students needing clarification or and on-campus visits of law schools. pursuing this program should contact the pre- interpretation of University academic policies, Written information, such as law school catalogs, health adviser during their freshman year. For procedures, and programs. The Official Guide to U.S. Law Schools, LSAT details regarding criteria for admission and program requirements, contact the Advisement Specialized advisement opportunities are applications, and admission statistics for Albany Services Center/Undergraduate Studies, LI-36. provided by ASC/US for students who plan students, is available in the Advisement Services to apply to professional schools related to Center/ Joint Seven-Year Biology/Optometry Program allied health or law careers. Specific Undergraduate Studies, LI-36. The Joint Biology/Optometry Program is a information about preprofessional Special Opportunities cooperative program developed between the advisement is presented during the University at Albany and SUNY State College orientation programs for new students; and 3 + 3 Program with Albany Law School of of Optometry. In this program, students advisement resource material is available in Union University complete three years at the University at ASC/US for student use. Students may also This program offers a six-year bachelor’s and law Albany and then attend the SUNY State visit the advisement web page at degree program. A limited number of freshmen College of Optometry for four years. Credits www.Albany.Edu/Advisement. are selected for this program based primarily on from the first year at SUNY State College of Students are encouraged to meet with their high school record. Students who are selected for Optometry will transfer back to the University advisers on a regular basis and to review the this program and maintain the required standards at Albany for completion of the B.S. degree in advisement information materials that are are guaranteed a seat in the first-year class at Biology. After completion of the fourth year at provided by the staff of ASC/US. Albany Law after completing three years on this SUNY State College of Optometry, students campus. The bachelor’s degree is conferred upon may earn the O.D. degree in Optometry. Health Careers Advisement successful completion of the first year of study at Students apply for this program in the spring Approximately 50 students from the Albany Law School. Students are admitted to this semester of their freshman year. Any students University apply annually for admission to program either prior to beginning their freshman pursuing this program should request to be medical, osteopathic, dental, optometry, year or at the end of their freshman year. Further advised by the pre-health adviser during their podiatry, chiropractic, and veterinary schools. information regarding criteria for admission and freshman year. Further information may be There is little variation in the basic program requirements can be obtained from obtained by contacting the Advisement requirements for admission to the professional Dawn Kakumba, Advisement Services Services Center /Undergraduate Studies, LI- schools. The majority of these schools require Center/Undergraduate Studies, LI-36. 36 the General Biology sequence and one full 3–2 Engineering Programs Joint Seven-Year Biology/Dental Program year of study in chemistry, organic chemistry, physics, mathematics, and English. Many In these programs, students complete three years The Joint Biology/Dental Program is a health profession schools now strongly at the University at Albany and then transfer to cooperative program developed between the recommend or require that students complete one of the participating Schools of Engineering. University at Albany and Boston University humanities and/or social science courses as Two years of carefully planned study complete Goldman School of Dental Medicine. In this well. There is no special major for the requirements for the bachelor’s program at program, students complete three years at the preprofessional health careers students, and the Albany in physics or chemistry and the B.S. University at Albany and then attend Boston requirements for admission can be met through degree with a major in engineering at the University Goldman School of Dental a variety of majors available at the University. engineering school. Students must apply to the Medicine for four years. Credits from the first engineering school after their fifth semester of year at Boston University Goldman School of The Pre-Health Advisory Committee assists study at Albany. Participating Schools of Dental Medicine will transfer back to the students through formal meetings, counseling, Engineering are Binghamton University, SUNY University at Albany for completion of the and a library of materials and by preparing the New Paltz, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, and B.S. degree in Biology. After completion of Committee Evaluation during the spring Clarkson University. Further information may be the fourth year at Boston University Goldman semester prior to application. Currently this obtained by contacting the Advisement Services School of Dental Medicine, students may committee consists of four faculty members Center/Undergraduate Studies, LI-36. earn the D.M.D. Students apply for this and five professional staff members. Early Assurance of Admission to Albany program in the spring of the sophomore year. Resource materials, admission statistics, Medical College Any students pursuing this program should admission test applications, and procedural request to be advised by the pre-health information are available for University The Early Assurance Program is a cooperative adviser during the freshman year. Further students in the Advisement Services program developed between the University at information may be obtained by contacting Center/Undergraduate Studies, LI-36. Albany and the Albany Medical College. This the Advisement Services Center/ program provides an opportunity to submit an Undergraduate Studies, LI-36. early application for admission to Albany Medical College. Applicants must have 21 University at Albany Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s The following programs are currently Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s in Degree Programs registered by the State Education Department Public Administration and Policy for the combined Bachelor’s/Master’s in Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Degree Business Administration: Department of Public Administration and Programs: Undergraduate students of Policy: Public Policy/Public Administration recognized academic ability and educational College of Arts and Sciences: African/Afro- (General Program: B.A./M.P.A.) and School maturity have the opportunity of fulfilling American Studies (General Program: B.A.), of Criminal Justice (General Program: B.A.) integrated requirements of bachelor’s and Anthropology (General Program: B.A.), Art master’s degree programs within a rationally (General and Departmental Programs: B.A.), designed and effective framework at the Asian Studies (General Program: B.A.), beginning of their junior year. Combined Biology (General Program: B.A. degree only), Independent Study Chinese Studies (General Program: B.A.), programs require a minimum of 138 credits Independent study and research is and up to 12 graduate credits may be applied Economics (General Program: B.A. degree only), English (General Program: B.A.), considered advanced work which enables simultaneously to the requirements for the undergraduates to go beyond existing course baccalaureate. French (General Program: B.A.), Geography (General Program: B.A.), Greek and Roman work to investigate a topic or a hypothesis Students may be admitted to these combined Civilization (General Program: B.A.), History or a relationship either in the library or in programs at the beginning of their junior (General Program: B.A.), Interdisciplinary the laboratory. The work is supervised and year, or after the successful completion of Studies (General Program: B.A. or B.S.), evaluated by a faculty member and 56 credits.. A grade point average of 3.20 or Italian (General Program: B.A.), Latin culminates in a significant paper or report. higher and three supportive letters of American Studies (General Program: B.A.), Most academic units offer independent recommendation from faculty are required. Linguistics (General Program: B.A.), study courses with a variable credit option Students are considered undergraduates until Mathematics (General Program: B.A.), Music dependent on the extent of the intended they have accumulated 120 credits, satisfied (General and Departmental Programs: B.A.), project. If students have intended projects all degree requirements and been awarded Philosophy (General Program: B.A.), not clearly falling within one academic the baccalaureate degree. At that point, they Psychology (General Program: B.A.), Puerto discipline, they may receive independent are automatically considered as graduate Rican Studies (General Program: B.A.), study and research credit through U Uni students. In some cases, with careful Rhetoric and Communication (General 397. This university-wide offering requires planning, students may complete both their Program: B.A.), Russian (General Program: approval of the Interdisciplinary Studies bachelor’s and master’s degrees within nine B.A.), Russian and East European Studies Committee. Students interested in doing semesters. (General Program: B.A.), Sociology (General independent and creative study are encouraged to discuss with faculty members The following programs are currently Program: B.A.), Spanish (General Program: B.A.), Theatre (General Program: B.A.), their ideas and the feasibility of earning registered by the State Education credit. Department: atmospheric science, biology, Women’s Studies (General Program: B.A.). chemistry, computer science, computer School of Criminal Justice: Criminal Justice Since the appropriateness and need for a science and applied mathematics/computer (General Program: B.A.) student to pursue independent study and science, computer science and applied research is an individual matter, there are no mathematics/mathematics, criminal justice, Nelson A. Rockefeller College: Political further guidelines on this study. At times, economics/public administration, English, Science (General Program: B.A.) U Uni 397 has encompassed cross- French, geography, geology, history, Students interested in this option are disciplinary work cosponsored by faculty linguistics/teaching English to speakers of encouraged to contact the School of Business, members from more than one academic unit. other languages, mathematics, philosophy, BA-361, 442-4984 during their sophomore At other times, the U Uni 397 course has physics, political science, political year. been used to enable a senior to pursue an science/public administration, extensive, major research topic for which psychology/counseling, psychology/ Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s in the student’s academic department or school rehabilitation counseling, public policy, Health Policy & Management independent study courses would not carry rhetoric and communication, Russian, sufficient academic credit. Economics/Health Policy & Management sociology, sociology/public administration, (General Program: B.A./M.S.), Spanish, theatre, women’s studies, and any Economics/Health Policy & Management Supervised Research undergraduate major (except (General Program: B.S./M.S.), accounting)/library science. Supervised research for sophomores and Psychology/Health Policy & Management juniors enables undergraduates to work with Students interested in further information (General Program: B.A./M.S.), a member of the University faculty as a regarding the combined programs should Sociology/Health Policy & Management research apprentice. The work is supervised contact the appropriate program’s (General Program: BA/MS) and evaluated by a member of the teaching department chair or the Office of Combined Bachelor’s in Political faculty and culminates in a research paper or Undergraduate Studies, LC 30 (518-442- report. Information on U Uni 180, 3950). Science/Master’s in Public “Supervised Research” is available from the Administration and Policy Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s in Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies, LC 30. Business Administration Program Department of Public Administration and Policy: Public Policy/Public Administration See also the A Cas undergraduate research The early M.B.A. option is designed for (General Program: B.A./M.P.A.) and research methods courses in the College students majoring in selected areas of the of Arts and Sciences section of this bulletin. liberal arts and sciences who wish to obtain the M.B.A. degree in five years. Undergraduates at the University at Albany may apply for early admission to the School of Business M.B.A. program during their junior year.

22 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 The range of possible internship opportunities is Cross-registered students must be full-time Internships too great to list here. The more common undergraduate, matriculated students, and at least Internships give students an opportunity to internships pursued by previous students one-half of the credits for which a student is acquire practical “hands-on” experience in a through U Uni 390 have included work with: registered during a cross-registration semester field or area that interests them. Internships U.S. Congress, federal judiciary and numerous must be from course work offered on the Albany differ from independent study in that an federal executive agencies, various state campus. No extra tuition charge is assessed, but internship involves off-campus participation in agencies (Lt. Governor’s Office, Attorney students are responsible for any fees that may be the work of an agency, institution, or corporate General, Correctional Services, Division of required by the host institution for a particular body other than the University. The work is Criminal Justice, etc.), the New York Public course. Credits earned through cross-registration supervised and evaluated by a designated Interest Research Group, the Civil Liberties are recorded on the transcript with a cross- individual in the agency, institution, or Union, the Environmental Planning Lobby, registration course entry and the appropriate corporate body providing the internship. This Albany Medical Center, stock brokerage firms, number of credits earned recorded in the supervisor provides an evaluation of the law firms and media internships with local and “graduation credit” column. Grades earned at the student’s work to the Albany faculty member national television stations and corporations. other institutions are not recorded on the Albany responsible for the final evaluation and Further information and application forms for transcript. assignment of the appropriate academic grade. U Uni 390 may be obtained from the Office of Students seeking more information about the Undergraduate Studies, LC 30. participating institutions and the courses Internships are open only to qualified In addition to the credit-bearing internships, there available should contact the Advisement juniors and seniors who have an overall Services Center/Undergraduate Studies, LI-36. grade point average of 2.50 or higher. are also many opportunities for noncredit Students interested in correlating their internships, mostly during the summer, some of Office of International Education: Study academic study with practical experience are which pay the participants a stipend. Information Abroad and Exchanges on many of these programs and their application encouraged to explore the feasibility of Undergraduates may earn academic credit for a participating in an internship. process is available through the Career Development Center. semester, an academic year, or a summer in one Some majors, such as social welfare, require of many study abroad programs in most cultural fieldwork as part of their major requirements, Community and Public Service or geographic regions of the world. A description and these opportunities are open only to of the programs currently offered by The students who have been admitted in the major Through a community and public service University at Albany are described in the section program. In other cases, many academic program offered by the School of Social “International Education”. departments and schools offer internships Welfare, undergraduates may earn up to 6 Study abroad and exchanges information is involving experiences related to the academic credits through enrollment in R Ssw 290 and available in LI-66, by phone at (518) 442-3525, focus of the unit. These courses include 390. Through the program, students participate or by e-mail at intled.uamail.albany.edu (Web: opportunities in various aspects of the in volunteer work for a minimum of 100 hours http://www.albany.edu.intled). performing arts (A Arh 490, A Art 490, A Mus per semester (about 7 ½ hours per week) in one ROTC (Reserve Officers Training Corps) 490, A Thr 415), anthropology (A Ant 400), of many public or private agencies involving classics (A Cla 490), planning (A Pln 490A + different types of service to the community. A Albany undergraduate students have the B), computing (A Csi 490), atmospheric community and public service component is opportunity to enroll in the Air Force ROTC science (A Atm 490), business (B Bus 497, 498) also a feature of the Project Renaissance program at Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute or communication (A Com 390), sociology (A Soc Program. the Army ROTC program at Siena College 490), public affairs (R Pub 498; R Pos 338, through the Hudson-Mohawk Association of 434), news writing for papers or radio or Study at Other Institutions Colleges and Universities’ Cross-Registration television stations (A Jrl 400), archaeological Program. Military Science classes may provide fieldwork (A Ant 338), etc. Since not all courses are acceptable for transfer valuable management and leadership instruction credit, matriculated students wishing to take applicable in both the military and civilian The University also offers a total of 15 credits courses at other institutions for credit toward the environment. Leadership laboratory offers the for students participating in the following degree at this University should have prior essential elements of physical fitness in the special, formalized internships: Senate Session approval in writing from their academic context of dynamic and challenging leadership Assistant Program (U Uni 391), Assembly advisers. Such written approval must be filed training activities. Students should contact the Session Intern Program (U Uni 392), with the Office of the Registrar, and an official appropriate military science department on the Operational and Applied Communication transcript of work satisfactorily completed at the two campuses for precise information regarding Theory (A Com 392, 393), and the Empire other institution(s) must be received before course content, sequencing and summer State Youth Theatre Institute (A Cas 390). credit will be awarded. expectations. These latter established internships take advantage of Albany’s location in the state’s Credit may be earned through one of the All Army ROTC classes are conducted on capital. Albany is also affiliated with the following formally established programs. campus in the Physical Education Building Washington Center (see U Uni 393, WCLA where the Army ROTC offices are located. Cross-Registration: University at Albany Further information on the Army ROTC Internship) and American University’s undergraduate students may cross-register for Washington semester program, both of which Program is available in Room B74 of the courses at other campuses within this area while Physical Education Center. provide opportunities in Washington, D.C. enrolled at this institution. Through U Uni 390 (1–15 credits), students Course Enrollment and Credit: The procedure for Cross-registration enrollments obtaining University approval for enrollment in have obtained approval for full- or part-time elsewhere must be in courses not internships in a very wide variety of areas. For Army or Air Force ROTC courses is the same as available through the University at for any other cross-registration enrollment except these pursuits, it is assumed the student will Albany’s curriculum. This program is secure the opportunity on his or her own, find that a faculty adviser’s approval is not required available in fall and spring semesters for a ROTC course. The University permits appropriate faculty sponsorship, and then only. apply to the Interdisciplinary Studies students to earn and apply up to a maximum of Committee for approval of the desired credit. 12 degree credits as “Applied Elective” toward their Albany degree. This includes the Albany courses P Pad 110, 111, 210, and 211. 23 University at Albany Dean’s List For students matriculating before Fall 1997: HONORS, AWARDS A student shall receive the Dean’s For students matriculating Fall 1997 and Commendation for Part-Time Students for a AND PRIZES thereafter: A full-time student shall be placed particular semester if the student has met all of on the Dean’s List for a particular semester if the following criteria: the following conditions are met: Within the Departmental/Major award semester matriculated students must A matriculated student must have completed at Honors Programs have completed at Albany a minimum of 12 least 6 graduation credits at the University at graduation credits in courses graded A–E, and Albany within the given semester in courses In an effort to provide challenging and graded A–E and have been registered for fewer alternative curricular options to its best must have registered for those credits before the last day for adding semester courses. than 12 credits on the last day for adding undergraduates, the University has taken a semester courses. The student’s semester revitalized interest in encouraging its academic The student’s semester average must be 3.5 or average must be 3.25 or higher, with no grade departments and programs to offer high- higher for a sophomore, junior, or senior, and lower than C-. quality honors programs. The main focus of at least 3.25 for a freshman*, with no grade the honors degree is the honors project, which lower than a C, and with no incomplete (I) Phi Beta Kappa is conceived as an original piece of written grades. research or a creative project submitted in the Students compiling a distinguished academic senior year. Currently, honors programs exist * For the purposes of this policy “freshman” is record at University at Albany, State in the following majors: anthropology, art defined as a student whose admissions status is University of New York may be elected (departmental studio program), art history, freshman and who has completed no more than members of the venerable (founded 1776) atmospheric science, biology, chemistry, two full time semesters of study in the fall or honorary society, Phi Beta Kappa, in their Chinese studies, computer science (all three spring semester at the University at Albany. senior year; or, if they do especially well, in programs), East Asian studies For students matriculating before Fall 1997: their junior year. To be considered for election, (interdisciplinary), economics, English, A student shall be placed on the Dean’s List students must have the following: French, geography, geology, Greek and for a particular semester if that student has met A major in the liberal arts and sciences, with Roman civilization, history, Italian, Japanese all of the following criteria: not fewer than 90 credits of liberal work studies (interdisciplinary), Judaic studies, among the 120 credits needed for graduation. Latin American studies, linguistics, Within that semester the student must have mathematics, philosophy, physics, political completed at Albany a minimum of 12 Completed at least 3 full semesters of work, or science, psychology, public policy, Puerto graduation credits in courses graded A–E, and 45 credits, in residence at this University and Rican studies, rhetoric and communication, must have registered for those credits before be pursuing a program toward graduation. the last day for adding semester courses. The Russian, sociology, Spanish, theatre, and Students pursuing a double major with women’s studies. Descriptions of these student’s semester average must be 3.25 or higher, with no grade lower than C-. courses combined from such fields as programs may be found under the academic business, social welfare, or other unit offering the program. Dean’s Commendation for professional schools may be considered for Students who complete an honors program Part-Time Students election in their senior year, if their course may receive a special honors certificate upon work includes at least 90 credits in the For students matriculating Fall 1997 and the recommendation of their major liberal arts and sciences. Consideration will thereafter: A student shall receive the Dean’s department. be given to courses of a liberal nature, even Commendation for Part-Time Students for a though they may be offered outside the Degree with Honors particular semester if the student has met all of College of Arts and Sciences. the following criteria: University-wide honors are conferred at The breadth of a student’s program is graduation. A student will be graduated: Cum A matriculated student must have completed at important, as shown by the number and Laude with an average equal to or greater than least 6 graduation credits at the University at variety of courses taken outside the major. 3.25 but less than 3.50; Magna Cum Laude Albany within the given semester in courses Students are expected to have completed with an average equal to or greater than 3.50 graded A–E and have been registered for fewer some work in science and mathematics, the but less than 3.75; Summa Cum Laude with an than 12 credits on the last day for adding social and behavioral sciences, and the average equal to or greater than 3.75. semester courses. humanities, including a foreign language. HONORS RESIDENCE CRITERIA: For graduation The student’s semester average must be 3.5 or Every student is considered automatically. with honors, students must have completed a higher for a sophomore, junior, or senior, and Individual nomination is not necessary. The minimum of 56 credits in courses for which at least 3.25 for a freshman*, with no grade final choices are decided on by the full they registered at this University, including a lower than C, and with no incomplete (I) membership of the University at Albany, minimum of 40 University at Albany credits grades. State University of New York Chapter, graded on the A-E basis. * For the purposes of this policy “freshman” is Alpha Alpha of New York (e-mail: [email protected]). IMPLEMENTATION NOTE: These criteria apply to defined as a student whose admissions status is all undergraduates graduating in August 2000 freshman and who has completed no more than and thereafter. two full time semesters of study in the fall or spring semester at the University at Albany.

24 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 Presidential Awards for University at Albany Class of 1905 Bazzoni Fellowship: Awarded Undergraduate Research Scholarships, Awards, Prizes for outstanding achievement in the natural sciences. To encourage undergraduate scholarship and and Honors creative work, and to reward excellence and Delta Omega Scholarship Endowment: Scholarships and awards are listed Honoring the memory of the Delta Omega individual initiative, the University has alphabetically according to their affiliation: established the Presidential Awards. The Sorority, this scholarship is awarded to an nominees for the awards will be selected on outstanding female student enrolled in the the basis of a major paper or project produced College of Arts & Sciences Teacher Education program. by the student in conjunction with a course or Excellence in Scholarship Award Awarded: Academic Excellence in Mathematics: independent study, under the direction of an to a major in African/Afro-American studies Awarded annually to one or more graduating Albany faculty member. The project’s on the basis of scholarship, outstanding service seniors on the basis of scholastic achievement significance will be judged in terms of its to the department, and faculty support. academic quality and originality. in mathematics. Robert Fairbanks Memorial Fund: Short- American Institute of Chemists Award: A term loans designed to provide assistance to Chancellor’s Award for Student medal awarded to an outstanding graduating students in the field of economics. Excellence chemistry major, based on demonstrated Undergraduate and graduate students are record of leadership, ability, character, and Hazel English Ferris ’32 Scholarship: nominated for this distinction from across the scholastic achievement. Awarded in alternate years to upper division students majoring in Business in memory of entire State University of New York. The Eleanor Rosalie Bazzoni 1906 Fellowship: Professor George Morell York and in Theatre award is presented by the Chancellor to Awarded for outstanding achievement in in memory of Professor Agnes Futterer, based students who have demonstrated outstanding English, French, or German. academic achievement and have received on academic achievement. B’nai Zion Award Medal: Awarded annually national or international recognition for their Francine W. Frank Award in Linguistics: to the graduating student having the greatest efforts. Recipients of this high honor have Awarded annually to an outstanding proficiency in Hebrew. typically distinguished themselves in their graduating linguistics major. academic work and in a variety of other Glenn Bumpus ’75 Memorial Award: French Embassy Book Prizes: Each year, the domains including athletics, service, Awarded to senior students in the field of Cultural Attaché of the French Embassy publication, conference presentation, or artistic biological sciences in recognition of awards prizes of books to the best students in performance. outstanding achievement in undergraduate the Department of French. Endowed Presidential research and its communication. Agnes E. Futterer Award: Awarded annually Certificate of Achievement: Awarded to the Scholarships to the graduating senior who has made the junior who has maintained the highest For more information about the most significant contribution to theatre at the cumulative grade point average. The student University. Presidential Scholarships, please contact the shall be a major in the Department of Africana Office of Undergraduate Studies at 518-442- Studies. Agnes E. Futterer Memorial Fellowship: 3950. Awarded annually to an Albany graduate or Chemistry Faculty Award: Awarded to an graduating senior who was in residence at the Elena Rodrigues Anderson ’82 Presidential outstanding graduating chemistry major who University for at least two undergraduate Scholarship: Awarded to a Presidential has demonstrated high scholastic standing, years. The fellowship may be used for Scholarship recipient who maintains at least a good character, and potential for advancement graduate study in theatre or theatre-related 3.25 GPA. This scholarship is renewable up to in the chemical profession. fields at the University at Albany, at any other four years. Crippen Prize: Awarded to the outstanding accredited university, or in a recognized Edward Gallatin B. Hudson Presidential graduating senior in American History. theatre program. Scholarship: Awarded to full-time Candidates must have had at least 18 credits of Narayan Gokhale Award: Awarded annually undergraduate students who has demonstrated college level work in American Colonial and to the graduating atmospheric science major a strong academic record and shows financial United States history, at least 12 credits taken with the highest academic average. need. on the University at Albany campus. Andrea Hanan ’87 Music Scholarship: Erica ’86 and Michael Olin ’85 Presidential Celebration of Undergraduate Awarded annually to an undergraduate Scholarship Fund: Awarded to an incoming Achievement Awards: Awarded annually to entering the music program and/or a freshman who has shown extraordinary honor the work of undergraduate students in continuing first year music major on the basis academic talent and who has demonstrated a the College of Arts and Sciences who are of outstanding achievement. high degree of motivation. Scholarship is enrolled in a humanities or fine arts class. intended to be applied to tuition, room, rent, Mayfred Dutton Lucas, ’24 Scholarship: CRC Press Freshman Chemistry board and books in order to relieve recipient of Awarded to an outstanding mathematics major Achievement Award: Awarded annually at the costs of their education. Renewable up to committed to teaching at the high school level. the end of the spring semester to a freshman on four years. the basis of outstanding achievement in Merlin W. Hathaway Memorial Scholarship: Evan Michael Zahn ‘82, M.D. Presidential chemistry. Awarded for outstanding academic and athletic Scholarship: Awarded to either a junior or achievement, leadership, integrity, and Christopher DeCormier ’76 Memorial senior who is a member of the Presidential commitment to the University. Scholarship: Awarded annually to students Honors program. This scholarship is studying the Maya Language and/or culture Vivian C. Hopkins Scholarship Award: renewable. Recipient must be committed to a under the direction of the Institute for Awarded annually to an English major who health-related career, i.e., dentistry, medicine, Mesoamerican Studies, Department of has demonstrated outstanding scholastic ability etc. Anthropology. and character.

25 University at Albany Husted Fellowship Award: Awarded to a Arlene F. Steinberg ’71 Award: Awarded to Milton and Mary M. Danko Golden Rule graduate student who holds a bachelor’s the junior or senior English major who best Award: Awarded to a junior enrolled in degree from the University and has been in shows evidence of scholarly or creative the School of Business who gives or residence at the University for at least two contribution to the understanding of 20th- shares his/her most precious resource: years as an undergraduate. The fellowship may century fiction, poetry, or drama. time. Special consideration given to those be used for full-time graduate study at the who assist the impoverished, the Derk V. Tieszen Award: Awarded to a senior University at Albany or any other accredited alienated, the hungry and/or homeless. chemistry major on the basis of demonstrated university. Priority is given to candidates with Established by William D. Danko, Ph.D. achievement in chemistry, physics, and a demonstrated aptitude and interest in in memory of his parents. mathematics plus potential as a research worker teaching. and teacher of chemistry at an advanced level. Dean’s Award for Distinguished Academic Kappa Beta Scholarship: Based on merit, the Achievement by a Returning James Unger ’73 Memorial Award: scholarship is awarded every other year to a Undergraduate Student: Awarded to a Awarded annually by the Department of graduating senior selected by the Department School of Business graduating senior selected Political Science on the basis of the best of Judaic Studies who will continue graduate by the faculty on the basis of overall grade written work in political science submitted by or professional studies in some aspect of point, grade point average in the major, and an undergraduate. Judaic Studies. nonscholastic activities. Katherine Vario Memorial Scholarship: To Gordon Karp Award: Awarded to Deloitte and Touche /Accounting Club recognize and promote academic achievement undergraduate students in economics who best Award for Academic Achievement: in the areas of medicine for an undergraduate exemplify the intelligence, dedication and Awarded to a School of Business junior student who plans a career in medicine. accomplishment that marked the promising accounting major who has demonstrated high career of Gordon Karp, an undergraduate and Richard Wilkie Award for the Outstanding academic achievement. doctoral graduate of the University. Gordon Undergraduate Student in Communication: Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: Awarded received his B.A. in 1977 and his Ph.D. in Awarded annually at the end of the spring by the Zeta Psi chapter of the International 1986. semester to a graduating communication Business Fraternity of Delta Sigma Pi to the student who has achieved academic Arthur Long Teaching Assistant Award: School of Business graduating senior with the excellence, especially in argumentation and Awarded annually to a teaching assistant in the highest overall grade point average. public discourse. Department of Chemistry on the basis or a Departmental Award for the Outstanding genuine concern for the intellectual growth of Women’s Studies Award: Awarded to a Graduating Senior in Accounting: Awarded his/her students, high moral and ethical senior women’s studies major who has by the Department of Accounting to a character, and excellence in scholarship. combined outstanding academic achievement graduating senior accounting major in with contributions to the women’s community Leah Lovenheim Award: Awarded annually recognition of outstanding academic on- or off-campus. by the Department of English for the best achievement, professional activities, and student short story. Women’s Studies Stoneman-Van Vranken significant service to the School of Business Scholarship: is awarded to the Women’s and the University. Mayfred Dutton Lucas '24 Scholarship: Studies majors, minors, and/or those who have Awarded to a Math major committed to a Departmental Award for the Outstanding completed at least four Women’s Studies career as a high school teacher of mathematics. Graduating Senior in Finance: Awarded by courses. The winner is selected on the basis of the Department of Finance to a graduating Shields McIlwaine Award: Awarded annually outstanding performance in Women’s Studies senior finance major in recognition of by the Department of English for the best courses, significant contributions to the outstanding academic achievement, student poem. University and larger communities, dedication professional activities, and significant service to feminist principles, and overall academic Anna R. Oliver Memorial Scholarship: to the School of Business and the University. performance. The award is named for two Awarded annually by the Department of Albany alumnae whose lives epitomize Departmental Award for the Outstanding Physics to outstanding juniors or seniors. feminist concerns. Graduating Senior in Management Science Gertrude Hunter Parlin ’17 Teacher's and Information Systems: Awarded by the Scholarship: Provides annual scholarships for Department of Management Science to a students preparing for careers in teaching. School of Business graduating senior management science major in recognition of outstanding academic William Reedy Prize: Awarded annually by The Martha Bealler Altman Scholarship: To achievement, professional activities, and the History Department to an undergraduate provide assistance to full time undergraduate significant service to the School of Business student for the best paper submitted in any students, demonstrating academic merit and and the University. history course taken at the University during financial need, who are enrolled in the the preceding calendar year. University and are pursuing a degree in Departmental Award for the Outstanding Business. Established by Nolan T. Altman ’77. Graduating Senior in Marketing: Awarded William E. Rowley Award: Awarded annually by the Department of Marketing to a by the Journalism Program in the Department Harold L. Cannon Memorial Award for graduating senior marketing major in of English for the best journalistic writing by a Outstanding Academic Achievement and recognition of outstanding academic student. Service: Awarded to a School of Business student as selected by the faculty on the basis achievement, professional activities, and Ronald R. Schafer Scholarship Fund: of academic achievement and service to the significant service to the School of Business Awarded annually to a student demonstrating School of Business, the University, and/or the and the University. notable achievement or future promise in community. Margaret Yager Middleton ’29 Scholarship: journalism. Awarded annually to upper division students Mildred Schmidt Award: Awarded to the admitted to the School of Business based on graduating senior with the best academic high academic achievement. record in Latin.

26 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 Ernest and Florence Bensinger Milano ’36 Kappa Beta Scholarship: Based on merit, the has demonstrated financial need. Scholarship: Awarded to upper division scholarship is awarded every other year to a Class of 1972 Scholarship Award: Awarded to students in the School of Business based on graduating senior selected by the Department an Albany senior who, on the basis of both need high academic achievement. of Judaic Studies who will continue graduate and merit, is judged most deserving to pursue or professional studies in some aspect of New York State Society of Certified Public graduate study at this University. Judaic Studies. Accountants Award: Awarded to the senior Class of 1976 Scholarship: Awarded to an accounting major, as recommended by the Lambda Pi Eta: The Nu Alpha Chapter of undergraduate student who is in good department, with the highest overall Lambda Pi Eta is the national honor society academic standing and actively participating in accounting grade point average who is committed to fostering academic and athletics and/or other campus related extra- planning to pursue a career in public professional excellence in communication. curricular activity. accounting. Phi Gamma Nu: Scholarship Key Awarded Class of 1979 Scholarship: Awarded to an Irving H. Sabgher Memorial Award: for the by the National Professional Sorority in undergraduate student who is in good Outstanding Graduating Senior in Business to a School of Business graduating academic standing and who has demonstrated Management Awarded by the Department of senior woman selected by the faculty on the extreme financial need. Management to a graduating senior basis of overall grade point average, grade management major in recognition of point average in the major, and nonscholastic Class of 1980 Scholarship: Awarded to an outstanding academic achievement, activities. undergraduate who is in good academic professional activities, and significant service standing (3.0+ GPA) and demonstrates Pi Sigma Epsilon Scholarship Key: Awarded to the School of Business and the University. financial need. to a graduating School of Business senior who Wall Street Journal Award: Awarded to a exemplifies academic and professional Class of 1981 Scholarship: Awarded to an School of Business graduating senior selected excellence in the area of marketing. undergraduate who possesses a 3.5+ GPA, by the faculty on the basis of overall grade demonstrates financial need and is a New York point, grade point average in the major, and State resident. nonscholastic activities. Memorial, Alumni and Class of 1985 Scholarship: To provide an Harry Warshawsky ’80 Memorial Award for General Scholarship annual scholarship to one or more undergraduate Outstanding Academic Achievement and Awards students who possess a 3.0+ GPA and who have Service: Awarded to a School of Business demonstrated financial need. student selected by the Office of the Dean on Alumni Talented Student Scholarships: Class of 1986 Scholarship: Awarded to a the basis of scholastic achievement and service Awarded annually to those students who sophomore, junior or senior who possesses a GPA to the School of Business and the University demonstrate a superior intellectual, artistic, or of 3.5+ and has demonstrated financial need. and who exemplifies the outstanding personal performing talent in a single field of study. qualities of Harry Warshawsky. Awards are limited and are restricted to Sesquicentennial Class Council students entering the University for the first Scholarship (1994): To provide a merit based Martha Bealler Altman Scholarship: time. scholarship to a member of the senior class Established by Nolan T. Altman, Class of 1977 who has demonstrated leadership, maintained in memory of his Mother. Awarded to a Class of 1936 & 1941 Scholarship: a 3.0+ GPA, is commitment to community School of Business sophomore or junior Awarded to an undergraduate who is enrolled service and has been a student at the student selected by Mr. Altman on the basis of in the Academy of Initial Teacher Preparation University at Albany during both junior and scholastic achievement, activities, and within the Department of Educational Theory senior years. community service. and Practice, in good academic standing and who demonstrates financial need. Edna Craig ’21 Memorial Award: Awarded to Fraternity and Sorority Class of 1937 Memorial Scholarship: members of the senior class and/or other members Sponsored Scholarships Awarded to an undergraduate student who of the student body to provide assistance based on & Awards exhibits outstanding academic performance financial need and eligibility. and potential, with consideration to financial Alpha Pi Alpha Scholarships: Awarded Stanley Fink Legislative Internship need, and a commitment to pursue education Endowment: Awarded to juniors or seniors who annually to offspring of University at Albany, in the field of teaching. State University of New York Alpha Pi Alpha have completed at least 56 credits of academic members and other students who are full-time Class of 1939 Scholarship: Awarded to an work at the University at Albany and who matriculated students in attendance and who undergraduate student who exhibits demonstrate superior academic achievement with are in good academic standing at the outstanding academic performance and consideration to financial need. University. potential, and breadth of accomplishment, with Robyn Fishelberg Memorial Scholarship: consideration to financial need. Delta Omega Scholarship Endowment: Awarded to an undergraduate woman who Honoring the memory of the Delta Omega Class of 1952 Reunion Scholarship: Awarded demonstrates outstanding humanitarian Sorority, this scholarship is awarded to an to a junior or senior University at Albany student qualities through involvement in University outstanding female student enrolled in the who is outstanding in academic and extra- activities and community service. Teacher Education program. curricular activities. The award is issued each Florence Smith French ’33 Scholarship: In year in the name of one or more distinguished support of a full-time undergraduate student. Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: Awarded teaching faculty who were associated with the by the Zeta Psi chapter of the International College for Teachers during some or all of the Bruce B. and Louise Steen Gravitt ’38 Business Fraternity of Delta Sigma Pi to the period from 1948 to 1952, during the Scholarship: Supports a full-time School of Business graduating senior with the undergraduate years of the Class of 1952. undergraduate female student majoring in highest overall grade point average. Mathematics. Class of 1956 Scholarship: Awarded to an undergraduate student enrolled in the Howard & Rosalie Lefkowitz Memorial Academy of Initial Teacher Preparation within Fund: Awarded to an incoming freshman from the Department of Educational Theory and one of the five boroughs of New York City. Practice, in good academic standing and who This award is based primarily on financial 27 University at Albany need.

28 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 Dr. Theodore H. Fossieck – Milne School National Honoraries Scholarship: Awarded to newly admitted undergraduate students who are descendants of and Honor Societies STUDENT Milne School graduates or Milne School faculty. Membership in the following national RETENTION DATA Myskania Scholarship: To award full-time honoraries and honor societies is available to undergraduate students in recognition of their qualified students. Interested students should Approximately 85 percent of matriculated outstanding leadership and service to the contact the appropriate dean or department freshmen enroll for a second year of study. University. chair for further information. Approximately 52 percent of matriculated full- Ralph Sidman Memorial Scholarship: Alpha Kappa Delta: Alpha Kappa Delta is a time freshmen receive a baccalaureate degree Provides a scholarship to an undergraduate national honorary society in sociology. within four years of study; approximately 63 student from the Capital District who exhibits Alpha Phi Sigma: Alpha Phi Sigma is the percent within five years of study; and 64 outstanding academic performance and national criminal justice honor society. percent within six years of study. An additional potential with consideration to financial need. 28 percent transfer to another institution. Beta Gamma Sigma: Beta Gamma Sigma is The University at Albany Alumni Association the national honor society for students of For full-time transfers, approximately 63 Minerva Scholarship: Awarded to an incoming business administration and accounting. percent receive a baccalaureate degree within freshman student who demonstrates high four years of study at this University. academic standing, leadership qualities and who Dobro Slovo: Dobro Slovo is the national has financial need. Slavic honor society. Ada Craig Walker Award: Awarded to the Gamma Theta Upsilon: Gamma Theta Upsilon STUDENT senior woman who best typifies the ideals of is the International Honor Society in the University. Geography. CONSUMER Richard & Therese Wienecke Hudson ’32 Kappa Delta Pi: is an international honor Scholarship: In support of an incoming society in education. INFORMATION undergraduate student based on financial need. Phi Alpha: The Alpha Gamma Chapter of Phi Established by Richard and Therese Wienecke Federal regulations require the University to Alpha is an academic honorary society for '32. provide all prospective and enrolled students undergraduate social work/welfare majors. with information on subjects with which you Rockefeller College of Public Phi Alpha Theta: The Chi Delta Chapter of Phi should be familiar. This information can be Affairs & Policy Alpha Theta is an international honor society found at www.albany.edu/ir/rtk. in history. Anna Boochever DeBeer ’12 Scholarship: The subjects include student financial aid Awarded annually to graduate students at the Pi Delta Phi: Pi Delta Phi is a national honor (description of aid programs available, University in the fields of Criminal Justice, Public society in French. A series of scholarships are eligibility criteria, how to apply, the method of Affairs, Social Welfare or other areas of human offered to members of Pi Delta Phi in a award and distribution, satisfactory progress relations, or to assist dedicated and committed national competition. standards, loan terms and deferrals); tuition students who pursue academic careers in fields and other costs; refund and withdrawal Pi Sigma Alpha: Pi Sigma Alpha is a national policies; information about academic which enable them to work for the betterment of honorary society in political science. society. programs, personnel and facilities; facilities Psi Chi: Psi Chi is the national honor society and services available to disabled students; for students in psychology. retention and graduation rates; and athletic program participation rates and financial Sigma Delta Pi: The Eta Psi Chapter of Sigma support data. Also available is the University’s Delta Pi is a national Spanish honorary Annual Security Report which includes dedicated to promoting Spanish language and statistics for the previous three years culture in non-Spanish speaking countries. concerning reported crimes that occurred on Sigma Pi Sigma: Sigma Pi Sigma is a national campus, in certain off-campus buildings or honor society associated with the American property owned or controlled by the Institute of Physics. University, and on public property within, or immediately adjacent to and accessible from, Sigma Tau Delta: Sigma Tau Delta is a national the campus. The report also includes academic honor society for students of English. institutional policies concerning campus Sigma Xi: Sigma Xi, the Scientific Research security, such as policies concerning alcohol Society, is a national and international and drug use, crime prevention, the reporting honorary for those with research achievement. of crimes, sexual assault, and other matters. Undergraduates who have completed a Information regarding parent and student research project or publication of note are rights under the Family Educational Rights eligible. and Privacy Act (FERPA) with respect to access to and the release of student education records is also available. Inquiries or paper copies should be directed to RTK, Institutional Research, UAB321, 1400 Washington Avenue, Albany, NY 12222.

29 University at Albany It is every student’s responsibility to Cheating on Examinations become familiar with the standards of Giving or receiving unauthorized help before, UNDERGRADUATE academic integrity at the University. during, or after an examination. Examples of Claims of ignorance, of unintentional unauthorized help include collaboration of ACADEMIC error, or of academic or personal any sort during an examination (unless pressures are not sufficient reasons for specifically approved by the instructor); violations of academic integrity. REGULATIONS collaboration before an examination (when The following is a list of the types of such collaboration is specifically forbidden As one of the Councils of the University Senate, behaviors that are defined as examples of by the instructor); the use of notes, books, or the Undergraduate Academic Council academic dishonesty and are therefore other aids during an examination (unless recommends policy concerning undergraduate unacceptable. Attempts to commit such acts permitted by the instructor); arranging for academic programs and regulations. To assist in also fall under the term academic dishonesty another person to take an examination in academic governance, individual schools and and are subject to penalty. No set of one’s place; looking upon someone else’s colleges have collateral committees that can guidelines can, of course, define all possible examination during the examination period; recommend academic policy to this council. It is types or degrees of academic dishonesty; intentionally allowing another student to look the responsibility of each undergraduate student thus, the following descriptions should be upon one’s exam; the unauthorized to be knowledgeable concerning pertinent understood as examples of infractions rather discussing of test items during the academic policy. The University encourages than an exhaustive list. Individual faculty examination period; and the passing of any students to accept the widest responsibility for members and the judicial boards of the examination information to students who their academic programs. For clarification and University will continue to judge each case have not yet taken the examination. There can interpretation of the regulations contained in this according to its particular merit. be no conversation while an examination is in section, students should contact the Office of progress unless specifically authorized by the Undergraduate Studies, LC 30. Plagiarism instructor. Policy Exceptions Presenting as one’s own work the work of another person (for example, the words, ideas, Multiple Submission In rare cases and for extraordinary reasons, information, data, evidence, organizing Submitting substantial portions of the same exceptions to University, college, school, and principles, or style of presentation of someone work for credit more than once, without the department academic regulations may be else). Plagiarism includes paraphrasing or prior explicit consent of the instructor(s) to granted to individual students. A student who summarizing without acknowledgment, whom the material is being (or has in the past wishes an exception to an existing regulation submission of another student’s work as one’s been) submitted. should, in the case of a college, school or own, the purchase of prepared research or department regulation, consult with the head of completed papers or projects, and the Forgery the unit in question for the approved procedure unacknowledged use of research sources Imitating another person’s signature on for submitting an appeal. For exceptions to gathered by someone else. Failure to indicate academic or other official documents (e.g., University regulations, students should contact accurately the extent and precise nature of the signing of an adviser’s name to an the Committee on Academic Standing through one’s reliance on other sources is also a form academic advising form). the Office of Undergraduate Studies (LC 30). of plagiarism. The student is responsible for Sabotage Standards of Academic Integrity understanding the legitimate use of sources, the appropriate ways of acknowledging Destroying, damaging, or stealing of Throughout their history, institutions of higher academic, scholarly, or creative indebtedness, another’s work or working materials learning have viewed themselves and have been and the consequences for violating University (including lab experiments, computer viewed by society as a community of persons regulations. programs, term papers, or projects). not only seeking truth and knowledge, but seeking them in a truthful and ethical fashion. EXAMPLES OF PLAGIARISM INCLUDE: failure to Unauthorized Collaboration acknowledge the source(s) of even a few Indeed, the institution traditionally trusted by Collaborating on projects, papers, or other phrases, sentences, or paragraphs; failure to the public and the one to which it most often academic exercises which is regarded as acknowledge a quotation or paraphrase of turns when unbiased, factual information is inappropriate by the instructor(s). Although paragraph-length sections of a paper; failure to needed is the university. Thus, how a university the usual faculty assumption is that work acknowledge the source(s) of a major idea or behaves is as important as what it explores and submitted for credit is entirely one’s own, the source(s) for an ordering principle central learns. standards on appropriate and inappropriate to the paper’s or project’s structure; failure to collaboration vary widely among individual The University at Albany expects all members acknowledge the source (quoted, paraphrased, faculty and the different disciplines. of its community to conduct themselves in a or summarized) of major sections or passages Students who want to confer or collaborate manner befitting this tradition of honor and in the paper or project; the unacknowledged with one another on work receiving integrity. They are expected to assist the use of several major ideas or extensive reliance academic credit should make certain of the University by reporting suspected violations of on another person’s data, evidence, or critical instructor’s expectations and standards. academic integrity to appropriate faculty and/or method; submitting as one’s own work, work administration offices. Behavior that is borrowed, stolen, or purchased from someone Falsification detrimental to the University’s role as an else. educational institution is unacceptable and Misrepresenting material or fabricating requires attention by all citizens of its information in an academic exercise or community. assignment (for example, the false or misleading citation of sources, the falsification These guidelines, designed especially for of experimental or computer data, etc.). students, define a context of values within which individual and institutional decisions on academic integrity can be made.

30 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 Bribery Faculty members are expected to report in The University Judicial System was writing to the Offices of Graduate or established by the governing bodies of this Offering or giving any article of value or service Undergraduate Studies, as appropriate, all campus and is administratively the to an instructor in an attempt to receive a grade sanctions they impose, along with a brief responsibility of the Vice President for Student or other benefits not legitimately earned or not description of the incident. A copy of the Affairs. Any questions about the procedures of available to other students in the class. report is to be given to the student. These the University Judicial System may be secured Theft, Damage, or Misuse of Library or offices will maintain a copy of such reports for by inquiry to that office. Computer Resources the duration of a student’s enrollment at the University. Upon graduation or separation of Policy for Freedom of Expression Removing uncharged library materials from the the student from the University, these The University reaffirms its commitment to library, defacing or damaging library materials, confidential reports will be destroyed. the principle that the widest possible scope intentionally displacing or hoarding materials Violations of academic integrity by graduate for freedom of expression is the foundation within the library for one’s unauthorized private students are reported by faculty directly to the of an institution dedicated to vigorous use, or other abuse of reserve-book privileges. Office of Graduate Admissions and Policy for inquiry, robust debate, and the continuous Or, without authorization, using the appropriate action. This office replaces the search for a proper balance between freedom University’s or another person’s computer Office of Undergraduate Studies in all matters and order. The University seeks to foster an accounts, codes, passwords, or facilities; involving graduate student violations of environment in which persons who are on its damaging computer equipment; or interfering academic integrity. campus legitimately may express their views with the operation of the computing system of as widely and as passionately as possible; at the University. The Computing Center has Students who feel they have been erroneously the same time, the University pledges to established specific rules governing the use of penalized for an academic integrity infraction provide the greatest protection available for computing facilities. These rules are available at or think that a penalty is inappropriate may controversial, unpopular, dissident, or the Center and it is every student’s grieve these issues through procedures minority opinions. The University believes responsibility to become familiar with them. developed for each college, school, program, or department of the University. Copies of the that censorship is always suspect, that Penalties and Procedures for procedures are maintained in Deans’ offices, in intimidation is always repugnant, and that Violations of Academic Integrity the Office of Undergraduate Studies or attempts to discourage constitutionally Graduate Studies, and in the Office of the Vice protected expression may be antithetical to When a faculty member has information that a President for Student Affairs. A copy of the the University’s essential missions: to student has violated academic integrity in a disposition of any grievance arising in matters discover new knowledge and to educate. course or program for which he or she is of academic dishonesty will be attached to the responsible and determines that a violation has All persons on University-controlled faculty correspondence in the Offices of premises are bound by the Rules and occurred, he or she will inform the student and Undergraduate or Graduate Studies. impose an appropriate sanction. A faculty Regulations for Maintenance of Public member may make any one or a combination of When a student violates academic integrity in Order, which deal in part with freedom of the following responses to the infractions cited more than one academic exercise, whether expression (adopted by the Board of above: those infractions occurred during the same or Trustees of the of the State University of different periods of time or in the same or New York June 18,1969; amended Warning without further penalty; requiring different courses, the University regards the 1969,1980). Members of the University rewriting of a paper containing plagiarized offense as an especially serious subversion of community should familiarize themselves material; lowering of a paper or project grade by academic integrity. The matter becomes with those rules and regulations. In addition, one full grade or more; giving a failing grade on particularly severe when the student has been University faculty are protected by and a paper containing plagiarized material; giving a confronted with the first infraction before the bound by Article XI, Title 1, Sec. I of the failing grade on any examination in which second is committed. Whenever the Office of Policies of the Board of Trustees (adopted cheating occurred; withholding permission to Undergraduate or Graduate Studies receives a January 1987), entitled “Academic withdraw from the course after a penalty has second academic integrity report on a student, Freedom.” been imposed; lowering a course grade by one the Dean will request a hearing before the University officials or other members of the full grade or more; giving a failing grade in a University Judicial System. course; imposing a penalty uniquely designed University community in a position to review for the particular infraction. The Director of Libraries or the Computing posters, publications, speakers, performances, or Center, upon a finding of theft, damage, or any other form of expression may establish If a faculty member announces a failing grade in misuse of facilities or resources, will forward legitimate time, place, and manner regulations the course as a possible result of academic all such cases to the University Judicial for the maintenance of an orderly educational dishonesty, the student receiving such a penalty System for review and disposition, which can environment; however, they may not prohibit will not be permitted to withdraw from the include suspension or expulsion from the expression for any reason related to the content course unless the grievance or judicial system University. The Director of the Library or the of the expression, except as permitted in those rules in favor of the student. Computing Center may, in individual cases, narrow areas of expression devoid of federal or Any faculty member encountering matters of limit access to the library or computing center state constitutional protection. academic dishonesty in an academic program or pending action by the University Judicial Speakers invited to campus by University class for which he or she has responsibility may, System. In all other cases of academic groups or individuals, and other speakers who in addition to, or in lieu of, the actions cited dishonesty that come to the attention of any may be legitimately present on campus, will be above, refer a case to the University Judicial staff, faculty, or student, it is expected that the given the utmost protection to communicate System. After considering the case under the Dean of Undergraduate Studies will be their messages without disruptive harassment or procedures provided by the University, the notified of such infractions. The Dean of interference. Opponents to those speakers enjoy appropriate University judicial body will Undergraduate Studies will process all such the same protections for expressing their recommend the disposition of the case that can alleged matters of academic dishonesty and dissent. include disciplinary probation, suspension, or refer them to the University Judicial System. expulsion from the University.

31 University at Albany

All members of the University community 4) The right to consent to disclosures of are sent to their permanent addresses on file share the duty to support, protect, and extend personally identifiable information with the Registrar. Students are responsible the commitment to the principle of freedom of contained in the student's education for insuring that their permanent addresses expression, and to discuss this commitment records, except to the extent that FERPA are kept up-to-date by filing the appropriate with groups or individuals who seek to take form with the Registrar’s Office, Campus authorizes disclosure without consent. part in University life. While all persons may Center, Room B 25. One exception, which permits disclosure seek to peacefully discourage speech that may be unnecessarily offensive to particular without consent, is disclosure to school School or College Enrollment individuals or groups, speech that may be officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is defined as a Most students are advised in the Advisement antithetical to the University’s values, those Services Center/ person employed by the University in an persons must support the legal right of free Undergraduate Studies during their freshman administrative, supervisory, academic, or speech. year. When students have been accepted to a support staff position (including law Under Section 1.5 of its charge, the Council on major, they are enrolled in the school or enforcement unit and health staff); a college offering study in the desired major Academic Freedom and Ethics will serve as a person or company with whom the hearing body available to those members of field, these are the College of Arts and University has contracted (such as an Sciences and the Schools of Business, the University community who feel their attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a freedom of expression has been unfairly Criminal Justice, Public Affairs, and Social person serving on the Board of Trustees; Welfare. In line with policy developed by the suppressed. The Council will report its or assisting another school official in findings to the President for further review and Committee on Academic Standing, a particular performing his or her tasks. A school action. department, school or college within the official has a legitimate educational University may permit a student to enroll as a Notification of Rights under FERPA interest if the official needs to review an major who has not completed a minimum of education record in order to fulfill his or 24 graduation credits. Upon approval of the The Family Educational Rights and Privacy her professional responsibility. Committee on Academic Standing of the Act (FERPA) affords students certain rights Undergraduate Academic Council additional with respect to their education records. These 5) Upon request, the University conditions of initial and continued enrollment rights are: discloses education records without consent as a major may be required by individual to officials of another school in which a departments, schools, or colleges. 1) The right to inspect and review the student seeks or intends to enroll. student's education records within 45 days of Class Standing the day the University receives a request for 6) The right to file a complaint with the Students are classified by the Registrar’s Office access. Students should submit to the U.S. Department of Education concerning on the basis of graduation credits, as follows: registrar, dean, or head of the academic alleged failures by the University to comply department [or appropriate official] written with the requirements of FERPA. The name Freshmen Fewer than 24 crs and address of the Office that administers requests that identify the record(s) they wish Sophomore 24–55 crs to inspect. The University official will make FERPA is: Junior 56–87 crs arrangements for access and notify the Family Policy Compliance Office student of the time and place where the U.S. Department of Education Senior 88 or more crs records may be inspected. If the records are 400 Maryland Avenue SW Attendance not maintained by the University official to Washington, DC 20202-4605 whom the request was submitted, that Release of Student Information by Class attendance is a matter between the official shall advise the student of the correct Registrar instructor and the student. Instructors are official to whom the request should be obliged to announce and interpret specific addressed. The following is the policy of control of attendance policies to their classes at the student academic information to released by beginning of the term. 2) The right to request the amendment the Office of the Registrar: of the student's education records that the Absences from Examinations: Students are 1) Only the following information may be student believes is inaccurate or misleading. expected to attend all examinations, except for a released to any outside source not Students may ask the University to amend a compelling reason. A student who learns that officially connected to the State record that they believe is inaccurate or s/he will miss a full-class period, a mid-term University of New York or one of its misleading. They should write the examination, or a final examination must notify agents: University official responsible for the record, the instructor as soon as the conflict is noted. a) Any information listed as “directory clearly identify the part of the record they information” by the University. 1. If the cause of the absence is documented want changed, and specify why it is b) Dates of attendance hospitalization, a death in the immediate inaccurate or misleading. If the University c) If the student received a degree, and family, a personal emergency, or a religious decides not to amend the record as requested if so, which degree. observance, the professor must administer a by the student, the University will notify the 2) Any office of the State University of New make-up examination or offer an alternative student of the decision and advise the student York or its agent may have released to it mutually agreeable to the instructor and the of his or her right to a hearing regarding the any information kept on a student on a student. All documentation concerning request for amendment. Additional “need-to-know” basis absences must be presented to the instructor information regarding the hearing 3) No further information will be released as soon as possible, and in any case before procedures will be provided to the student without the written consent of the student. the end of the academic semester in which when notified of the right to a hearing. Absolutely no transcript of students’ the absence occurs. 3) records will be released outside the University without their signed authorization. Official Notifications to Students Official University notifications to students 32 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 2. If the cause of the absence is a major 5. In effectuating the provisions of this Syllabus Requirement academic conference at which the student section, it shall be the duty of the faculty has a significant participation, a varsity and of the administrative officials of each The instructor of every section of an undergraduate class at the University at athletic contest (excluding practice sessions institution of higher education to exercise Albany shall provide each student in the and intra-squad games), a field trip in the fullest measure of good faith. No section a printed or web-published copy of the another course, or some other compelling adverse or prejudicial effects shall result to syllabus for that section distributed during the reason, the student must notify the professor any student because of his availing himself first week of the class (preferably on the first involved as soon as possible, providing of the provisions of this section. regularly scheduled day the section meets) verification of the conflict. The instructor is 6. Any student who is aggrieved by the This syllabus must contain at least the expected to provide, if at all possible, an alleged failure of any faculty or information defined below. Each instructor alternative by which the student will not be administrative official to comply in good retains the right to modify the syllabus and penalized as a result of the conflict. faith with the provisions of this section give notice in class of any modifications in a Any conflicts between student and faculty in shall be entitled to maintain an action or timely fashion. Students are responsible to apprise themselves of such notices. This accepting the alternative may be presented for proceeding in the supreme court of the requirement becomes effective with the fall resolution to the Chair of the department in county in which such institution of higher 2002 semester. which the course is offered. The resolution education is located for the enforcement of proposed by the chair is advisory, leaving the his rights under this section. M I NI MU M C ONT E NT S OF A final decision to the faculty member. C L AS S SYL L AB US : 6-a. It shall be the responsibility of the Fraudulent excuses from examinations are administrative officials of each institution Catalog number and title of the course considered violations of academic integrity and of higher education to give written notice Term and call number of the section are grounds for academic or disciplinary to students of their rights under this section, Location(s) and meeting times of the section penalties. informing them that each student who is Instructor’s name and title Attendance: Section 224-a. of the Education Law: absent from school, because of his or her If applicable, name(s) of teaching assistants in the class 224-a. Students unable because of religious beliefs religious beliefs, must be given an Instructor’s contact information (e.g., e-mail to register or attend classes on certain days. equivalent opportunity to register for address, office phone number, office 1. No person shall be expelled from or be classes or make up any examination, study location, fax) refused admission as a student to an or work requirements which he or she may Instructor’s office hours institution of higher education for the have missed because of such absence on Course description, overview and reason that he or she is unable, because of any particular day or days. No fees of any objective(s) his or her religious beliefs, to register or kind shall be charged by the institution for If applicable, General Education attend classes or to participate in any making available to such student such category/categories met by the course and examination, study, or work requirement equivalent opportunity. how the course fulfills those General on a particular day or days. 7. As used in this section, the term “institution Education objectives Prerequisites of the course 2. Any student in an institution of higher of higher education” shall mean any The instructor should specifically indicate education who is unable, because of his or institution of higher education, recognized those prerequisites that are critical to her religious beliefs, to attend classes on a and approved by the regents of the success in the class and that are particular day or days shall, because of University of the state of New York, which enforceable. such absence on the particular day or days, provides a course of study leading to the Grading scheme be excused from any examination or any granting of a post-secondary degree or Whether the course is A-E or. S/U graded study or work requirements. diploma. Such term shall not include any Overall method by which grades will be institution which is operated, supervised or 3. It shall be the responsibility of the faculty and determined (“weights” of exams, class controlled by a church or by a religious or of the administrative officials of each participation, etc.) denominational organization whose institution of higher education to make Course requirements, including but not educational programs are principally limited to: available to each student who is absent from designed for the purpose of training Required textbooks school, because of his religious beliefs, an ministers or other religious functionaries or Other required materials, purchases; fees equivalent opportunity to register for classes for the purpose of propagating religious (when applicable) or make up any examination, study, or work doctrines. As used in this section, the term Projected date and time of class exams, requirements which he or she may have “religious belief” shall mean beliefs papers, projects, midterm, and final missed because of such absence on any associated with any corporation organized Attendance policies for the class particular day or days. No fees of any kind and operated exclusively for religious General paper, project, and test requirements shall be charged by the institution for making purposes, which is not disqualified for tax Requirement of Internet for course work, available to the said student such equivalent exemption under section 501 of the United when applicable opportunity. Safety policies (when applicable) States Code. 4. If registration, classes, examinations, study, or As amended by Laws of 1992, chapter 278 The course syllabus may also include such work requirements are held on Friday after four additional information as the instructor deems o’clock post meridian or on Saturday, similar appropriate or necessary. or makeup classes, examinations, study or work requirements or opportunity to register shall be made available on other days, where it is possible and practicable to do so. No special fees shall be charged for these classes, examinations, study or work requirements or registration held on other days.

33 University at Albany Course Enrollment consent to visit the course. An individual not 4. A student may not change from credit to matriculated at this University must first audit or from audit to credit after the last Students ordinarily enroll in courses at the contact the Office of General Studies and then day to add a course. level appropriate to their class. obtain consent of the individual instructor of 5. The formal audit option is limited to a Individual departments have the authority to the course. NOTE: Informal Audit is not maximum of two courses per term for require a C or S grade in courses that are allowed during Summer Session. each student. prerequisite for advanced courses in that area. Formal Audit: This category of audit allows Senior Enrollment in 100-Level Courses: any student to formally audit any course 6. An individual who formally audits a course Students with senior status (credits completed (except those listed here). The formal auditor must participate in appropriate ways as plus credits in progress equal to or exceeding pays regular tuition and fees, and the course is determined by the instructor. It will be the 88) shall be allowed into courses at the 100 entered on the transcript of the student with the responsibility of the student to ascertain from level only during the Program Adjustment grade of N (noncredit) or W (withdrawn) the instructor the degree of participation period as defined by the University Calendar. according to 6. as follows. required. The course will appear at the end of This restriction does not apply to Music Exceptions: Generally, the following types the term on the transcript of the student with a Performance courses and any summer session of courses cannot be formally audited: grade of N (noncredit). A formal auditor may courses. Other exceptions may be granted by practica, internships, research and withdraw from a course not later than one the Office of Undergraduate Studies (LC 30). independent study courses, field courses, week after the mid-semester date as stated in Graduate Courses for Undergraduate Credit: clinical courses, workshops, and foreign the academic calendar and be assigned a W. A A senior with a superior academic record study programs. Students who feel they student failing to participate satisfactorily will may register for a 500-level course for have an extraordinary need to audit these be withdrawn and assigned a W. courses must prepare a written rationale undergraduate credit with the approval of 7. Although not recommended, formally audited and submit it to the chair of the department the major department chair and the course undergraduate courses may be taken for instructor. In exceptional circumstances, in which the course is offered. Formal audit of graduate-level courses is restricted as graduation credit at a later date. Formally seniors may be authorized to register for audited graduate courses may not be taken 600-level graduate courses provided they outlined in 3. below. If a course is filled again for graduate credit. have completed most of the upper division and has auditors in it, a student wishing to undergraduate and other courses essential to take the course for credit may displace the Adding Courses their major and require a graduate course to auditor. All students must drop and add courses on strengthen it. To qualify for such enrollment Formal Audit Policies the senior must have a superior record, the Web via www.albany.edu/myualbany. particularly in his or her major field. To 1. The student must register for the courses From the first class day through the sixth register for a 600-level course, students during the program adjustment period. class day of the semester, enter myualbany must have the approval of their adviser and 2. Students must pay the regular tuition and on the web and enter the call number of the obtain the written consent of their fees based on their academic status. Fees course. If the course is closed or restricted, a department chair and the instructor offering and tuition will be based on the student’s Section Key Number from the instructor is the course. The department chair should also necessary. From the seventh class day arrange for copies of these consents to be total load, including courses formally audited. Credits taken by formal audit through the tenth class day of the semester, distributed to the persons involved and to be a Section Key Number (SKN) from the will not count toward full-time status for filed in the student’s official folder. instructor is required for all adds. Enter the purposes of academic retention. Graduate Courses for Graduate Credit: myualbany on the web, enter the call Seniors of high academic standing in the 3. Registration for the formally audited course number and the Section Key Number for the University may receive graduate credit for must be approved by the student’s academic course. graduate courses taken in excess of adviser (for nonmatriculated students, either Subject to the approval of the Dean of undergraduate requirements in the last the Office of General Studies or the Office Undergraduate Studies, after the tenth class semester of their senior year provided not of Admissions) and the course instructor. A day of the semester, a Section Key Number more than 6 credits are needed to complete the senior with a superior academic record may from the instructor must be obtained before student’s undergraduate program. Consent of formally audit a 500-level course with the the Program Adjustment can be accepted by the Dean of Graduate Studies is required and approval of the academic adviser, the major the Registrar’s Office. After the tenth class must be obtained in advance of registration to department chair, and the course instructor. day of the semester, all late adds must be receive such credit. Seniors who are permitted In exceptional circumstances, a senior may done in person at the Registrar’s Office, CC- to take courses for graduate credit in their be authorized to formally audit a 600-level B25. A fee will be charged for this Program last semester also must make formal graduate course provided the student has Adjustment. application for admission to a graduate completed most of the upper-division In the event permission to late add a course program and be accepted as a graduate undergraduate and other courses essential to student before registering for study in the after the tenth day of class is denied, a the major field. To formally audit a 600- final semester. student may appeal that decision for any level course, students must have the reason to the Committee on Academic Auditing Courses approval of their adviser and obtain the Standing of the Undergraduate Academic written consent of their department chair and Council. Informal Audit: This category of audit permits the instructor offering the course. The any student or resident of the state to visit any department chair will arrange for copies of course (except those listed here). The informal auditor visits courses without tuition, fees, these consents to be distributed to the examinations, grading, or credit; and no record persons involved and to be filed in the is maintained. The instructor determines the student’s official folder. level of participation of the informal auditor. A student matriculated at Albany confers with the instructor of the course and requests 34 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 A “class day” is here defined to be any day Policies to Deregister Students Credit Load from Monday through Friday in which classes are in session and the Registrar’s Failure to Attend Class A normal semester load is 15 credits. The Office is open. The above methods of Beginning on the seventh class day, instructors maximum number of credits for which a student adding a course apply to quarter (“8 week”) may deregister students who fail to attend registers in a semester is an individual matter. courses and summer session course work on class, explain absence, or officially drop The maximum credit load for a student in a a prorated basis, determined by the length of within the first six days of classes of a term given semester is determined with the advice the course in question. unless prior arrangements have been made by and consent of that student’s academic adviser. the student with the instructor. The policy to It is incumbent upon students to present a Dropping Courses deregister students is limited to the add period rationale to their academic adviser for registration for more than 15 credits. All students must drop and add courses on at the beginning of the semester. For courses the Web via www.albany.edu/myualbany. that meet only once each week, including No undergraduate may register for more laboratory courses, the instructor may than 19 credits. From the first class day through the tenth deregister students who do not attend the first class day of the semester, enter myualbany scheduled class. The Office of the Dean of Undergraduate on the web and enter the call number of the Studies (LC 30) may authorize students to course. During this time, a dropped course The above policy also applies to quarter (“8 register for more than 19 credits. Students will be removed from the student’s record. week”) courses and summer session courses must present compelling academic A “class day” is defined as in “Adding on a prorated basis, depending on the length of justification and have the approval of their Courses” above. the course in question. A “class day” is defined academic adviser or major department for a as in “Adding a Course” above. request to exceed 19 credits to be After the tenth class day through the “last considered. day to drop a course” (as specified in the Beginning with the Spring 2000 semester: For Academic Calendar) a student may drop a courses that meet only once each week, Repeating Courses course entering myualbany on the web and including laboratory courses, the instructor entering the call number of the course. may deregister students who do not attend the Courses that can be repeated for graduation During this time, a dropped course will first scheduled class. credit are so indicated within the course descriptions contained in this bulletin. remain on the student’s record and an WARNING: Not all faculty exercise this indicator of W will be entered in the grade prerogative. The fact that you didn’t attend The following shall apply to students who column. The W will be entered regardless of doesn’t guarantee that your professor dropped enroll more than one time in a course that whether the student has ever attended a you from the course. Students must take the cannot be repeated for credit: class. responsibility for dropping a course by using 1. Appropriate registrations in the course, as If a faculty member announces a failing the telephone registration system if they wish to avoid an E or U in that course. of the last day to add a course in a term as grade in the course as a possible result of specified in the academic calendar, shall be academic dishonesty, the student receiving Lack of Prerequisite(s) listed on the student’s Academic Record; such a penalty will not be permitted to Students may be deregistered who lack the all A–E grades for such courses will be withdraw from the course unless the prerequisite(s) of the course at any time within computed in the average. grievance or judicial system rules in favor of the term or quarter the course is being taught. the student. The Registrar will assign students who have 2. The total graduation credit applicable A student still enrolled in a class after the been deregistered after the program adjustment toward the student’s degree shall only be “last day to drop” is expected to fulfill the period a grade of W for the course. the credit for which that course has been assigned; i.e., graduation credit for the course requirements. The grade recorded Transfer of Credit After for the course shall be determined on this course can only be counted once. Matriculation basis. A student who registers for a course Repeating Courses to Meet Program but never attends or ceases attendance Since not all courses are acceptable for transfer Admission Requirements before the tenth class day, as reported by credit, students wishing to take courses at other the instructor, yet does not officially drop institutions for credit toward the degree at this For the purposes of calculating admissions the course shall have an indicator of Z University should have prior approval in writing requirements into restricted majors or listed in the grade column on his/her from their academic advisers. Such written programs, once a student has received the record. The above methods of dropping a approval must be filed with The Registrar’s grade of B- or higher in a course, no future course apply to quarter (“8 week”) courses Office, and an official transcript of work grade in that course or its equivalent will be and summer session course work on a satisfactorily completed at the other used in determining the student’s average prorated basis, determined by the length of institution(s) must be received by that office for admission to that major or program. the course in question. before credit will be awarded. A maximum of An “equivalent” course, for purposes of this Exceptions to this policy may be granted 64 transfer credits from two-year colleges or policy, is any course for which the student by the Committee on Academic Standing of schools may be applied toward the cannot receive credit by virtue of his or her the Undergraduate Academic Council. baccalaureate degree requirements. having satisfactorily completed the original Note: Students receiving financial Full-Time, Part-Time Defined course. assistance through state awards should A student registered for a minimum of 12 refer to Academic Criteria for State credits within the semester is classified as a Awards in the Financial Aid and Estimated full-time student. Students registered for Costs sections of this bulletin before fewer than 12 credits are classified as part- withdrawing from courses. time students for the semester.

35 University at Albany Final Examinations Grading General Policy: In many courses, final The undergraduate grading system for the examinations are an integral part of the learning University will include the following grades: and evaluative process. Some courses, by virtue of A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D-, E. the structure, material, or style of presentation, do The normative grading pattern is A–E. not require a final examination. The following However, students may receive S/U grades policy in no way requires an instructor to in two circumstances: administer a final examination. In sections and/or courses that have been Final examinations in semester-long designated by departments or schools as undergraduate courses in the University are to S/U graded. be given only during the scheduled final examination period in accordance with the In courses normally graded A–E in which official schedule of examinations as published the student selects S*/U* grading. by the Registrar’s Office. Students who matriculated in Fall 1991 and The term “final examination” as used here shall be thereafter are limited to a maximum of 2 courses defined as any examination of more than one-half of S* by student selection, and these courses must hour’s duration that is given in the terminal phase be below the 300-level. These 2 courses of S* of a course. As defined, “final examinations” may may be in addition to all S grades received in be either comprehensive, covering the majority of department or school designated S/U graded the content of a course, or limited to only a portion sections or courses. Note: in specific courses of the content of a course. approved by the UAC Curriculum Committee, a department, school, or program may require A–E No examinations of more than one-half hour’s grading for majors. See also “Grading Option duration are to be given during the last five Deadline” below. regularly scheduled class days of a semester. Instructors seeking any exceptions to the above A–E grades are defined as follows: A– policy must submit a written request through their Excellent, B–Good, C–Fair, D–Poor, and E– respective department chair to their college dean, Failure. The grade of E is a failing grade or directly to their dean in those schools with no and cannot be used to fulfill graduation departmental structure. If the dean approves the requirements. exceptions, the instructor must notify the class of For students matriculating before Fall the new scheduled final examination date at least 1997: The grade of D can be used to fulfill three weeks before the last regularly scheduled graduation requirements only if it is class day of the semester. At the end of each balanced at the same institution by credit semester, each college and school dean must with the grades of A or B. Note that, for submit to the vice president for academic affairs a each credit of B one credit of D is balanced, summary of all exceptions granted to the final and for each credit of A two credits of D are examination policy. balanced. For balancing purposes, pluses The above regulations notwithstanding, the and minuses associated with a grade are instructor in any course should always retain the ignored. freedom to reschedule a final examination for an Beginning with the Fall 1997 semester, the individual student should such a student present a grade of S is defined as equivalent to the case of unquestionable hardship in his or her grade of C or higher and is acceptable to scheduled examinations. Such rescheduling fulfill graduation requirements. The grade of should, however, be done in the final U (C- or lower) is unsatisfactory and is not examination period if at all possible. acceptable to fulfill graduation Three Finals on One Day: If a student has three requirements. examinations in one day as a result of a Transfer D Grades: departmental exam or of the official rescheduling of an examination after the initial final examination 1. Students matriculating before Fall 2000 can schedule has been published, then that student has transfer in D’s if they are balanced at the the right to be given a makeup examination for the same institution by a grade of B or better, departmental or rescheduled examination. The whether the transfer course was taken before request for such an exam must be made to the or after they matriculated. instructor in the appropriate course no later than 2. Students matriculating in Fall 2000 through two weeks before the last day of classes of the Summer 2001 can transfer in balanced D’s given semester. If possible, the makeup from prematriculation course work, but they examination should be given within the final cannot transfer any D’s for postmatriculation examination period. transfer courses. Retention of Exams: Each instructor shall retain 3. Students matriculating in Fall 2001 and the final examination papers in his/her courses for thereafter cannot transfer in any grades of D. one semester so those students wishing to see their papers may do so. This regulation does not 4. However, except for the University’s apply in those instances in which the instructor writing requirements, for which a grade of C chooses to return the papers to the students at the or higher or S is required, transfer work end of the course. graded D in a course that applies to one or more of the University’s General Education 36 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004 requirements may be applied toward A grade of A, A-, B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, Academic Retention fulfilling the requirements, even if the D, D-, E, S, or U may not be changed to a student receives no graduation credit for the grade of I. On a case-by-case basis and for Standards course. good cause, the Office of the Dean of Since the University requires that students Undergraduate Studies continues to have the Additionally, the following grades may be have a cumulative grade point average of power to allow grade changes for reasons assigned: 2.0 and an average of 2.0 in the major and deemed legitimate. the minor in order to earn a bachelor’s I Incomplete. No graduation credit. A Grading Option Deadline degree, the grade point average is an temporary grade requested by the student and important indicator of the ability to achieve assigned by the instructor only when the Students may change their option (A–E or S/U) a bachelor’s degree. Thus, the following student has nearly completed the course for courses not departmentally designated for S/U policies are in effect for students whose requirements but because of circumstances grading until two weeks after the last day to add performance indicates that they are in beyond the student’s control the work is not courses. Changes in grading selections cannot be danger of failing to meet the conditions completed. The date for the completion of the authorized beyond the date specified. The necessary to earn a degree. work is specified by the instructor, but may grading option may be changed by filing the not be longer than one month before the end appropriate form with The Registrar’s Office by IMPLEMENTATION NOTE: Although these of the semester following that in which the the date specified in the academic calendar. revised policies have been implemented for incomplete is received. The instructor assigns When discussing with an instructor their progress all undergraduates, entirely replacing the the appropriate academic grade no later than in a course, students should inform the instructor former Academic Probation, Terminal the stated deadline, or extends the existing if they are taking the course S/U. Academic Probation, and Academic incomplete grade to the next semester. Any Dismissal standards for both non-EOP and grade of I existing after the stated deadline Academic Average EOP students, no student who matriculated prior to fall 2000 shall be dismissed or shall be automatically changed to E or U The grades of A, A- B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, deregistered under the new standards if that according to whether or not the student is D+, D, D-, and E shall be the only grades student’s record under the former standards enrolled for A–E or S/U grading. Except for used to determine an average. Grades shall would not have resulted in dismissal or extenuating circumstances approved by the be weighted as follows: A = 4.0, A- = 3.7, deregistration, respectively. Office of Undergraduate Studies, these B+ =3.3, B = 3.0, B- = 2.7, C+ = 2.3, C = converted grades may not be later changed. 2.0, C- = 1.7, D+ = 1.3, D = 1.0, D- = 0.7, Academic Warning (Students receiving financial assistance and E = 0.0. The student’s academic average through state awards should refer to is the result of the following calculation: A student whose semester grade point Academic Criteria for State Awards in the average falls below a 2.0 (but above a 1.0) expenses and financial aid section of this 1. The number of credits for courses will receive an Academic Warning from the bulletin before requesting grades of I.) receiving A–E grades is totaled. Dean of Undergraduate Studies, with a copy 2. Each grade’s weight is multiplied by the sent to the academic adviser. This action N Noncredit. number of credits for the course will not subject the student to any further W An indicator assigned by the appropriate receiving that grade. penalty but is intended to remind the student administrative officer indicating a student 3. The results of these multiplications are of the University’s policies as well as to withdrew from the University, withdrew totaled to yield a weighted total. inform the student of the resources available from an entire course load for a summer 4. The weighted total is divided by the total to ensure good progress in achieving an session, or dropped a course after the last number of credits receiving A–E grades undergraduate degree. day to add. For information and to yield an academic average. Academic Probation completeness, the W is placed on the Student Academic Record permanent academic record. The W is not 1) A student whose cumulative grade point used in any computation of quality point or A student’s official progress records are average falls below a 2.0 will be placed on cumulative average totals. maintained in the files of The Registrar’s Academic Probation for the following Office. A printed report of the student’s Z An indicator assigned by the appropriate semester. A student placed on academic grades for the semester is sent to each probation will be notified by the Dean of administrative officer indicating a student student at the end of each term of enrollment enrolled in a course, never attended or failed Undergraduate Studies, with a copy sent to to the permanent address on file with the the academic adviser, and will be advised of to attend after the last day to add, and took Registrar’s Office. no official action to drop the course. For the resources available to assist students in information and completeness, the Z is improving their academic standing. placed on the permanent academic record. 2) Students on Academic Probation will be The Z is not used in any computation of expected to improve their academic quality point or cumulative average totals. performance immediately. They must raise the cumulative GPA to at least 2.0 to be Grade Changes removed from academic probation. Students An instructor may not permit students in an who fail to meet this condition will be undergraduate course to submit additional placed on Terminal Probation in the work or to be reexamined for the purpose of following semester. improving their grades after the course has been completed. Also, The Registrar’s Office may not enter a change of grade without the approval of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies, except, of course, for changes of I to a final grade.

37 University at Albany Terminal Probation Good Academic Standing Each school and college shall have established procedures for considering 1) A student will be placed on Terminal The term “in good academic standing” student academic grievances. Copies of the Probation for the following semester if (satisfactory academic standing) means that established procedures shall be available to either of the following occur: a student is making satisfactory progress students upon request. Students should the student’s semester GPA is below 1.0 toward a degree and is eligible or has been contact the office of the dean of the allowed to register and take academic academic unit involved if further the student has a cumulative GPA below course work at this campus for the current 2.0 for a second semester information is desired or the Office of the term. Students placed on “Academic Dean of Undergraduate Studies, LC 30. 2) Students on Terminal Probation for a Probation” or “Terminal Academic semester are in danger of academic Probation” are considered to be in good Students challenging an academic grade dismissal at the end of that semester. academic standing since they are making must first discuss their grievances with the Therefore, as a condition of continuing their satisfactory progress toward a degree and instructor involved. If not resolved to the enrollment at Albany, they must complete are still authorized to continue studying student’s satisfaction at this level, the an “Academic Improvement Plan” to toward their degrees. Academic Probation grievance must then be discussed with the improve their academic performance in only serves as an academic warning that a appropriate department chair. Failure to consultation with their academic adviser, student is in danger of not meeting obtain satisfactory resolution at this level and must file this plan with the Office of the minimum academic retention standards and shall lead to the school or college review as Dean of Undergraduate Studies by the end being terminated from the University. Only stated in its procedures. Any such requests of the Add/Drop period. (Failure to file this those students who are officially on the school or college level must be form could result in immediate terminated from the University are appropriately reviewed and a decision deregistration from the University.) considered not to be in good academic rendered. standing. 3) If the student achieves a semester GPA Leave for Approved Study (The above definition should not be and cumulative GPA of at least 2.0, the 1. Students may apply for permission to confused with the academic standing student will be removed from Terminal pursue a Leave with the Office of the Dean criteria for eligibility for New York State Probation. of Undergraduate Studies, LC 30, 518-442- financial awards as detailed in the 5821. That office shall ascertain that the 4) If the student’s semester GPA is at least a Financial Aid section of this publication.) 2.0 but the cumulative GPA remains below student has been informed of University 2.0, the student will remain on Terminal Academic Grievances residency requirements, including major, Probation and must continue to meet the minor and senior residency minima. The Committee on Academic Standing of conditions described in section 2) above. Students interested in pursuing an approved the Undergraduate Academic Council is The student must raise the cumulative GPA leave must submit an application and other responsible for insuring and reviewing to at least 2.0 to be removed from Terminal necessary paperwork prior to the beginning procedures for individual student academic Probation. of the semester following their departure grievances at the school and college level. from the University. Completion of the 5) If the student earns a semester GPA Most academic grievances are expected to semester prior to the commencement of the below a 2.0 while on Terminal Probation, be resolved at the school or college level. leave is required. the student will be dismissed. However, if (1) the student feels due process was not followed at the school or 2. Study must be in an approved program at Academic Dismissal college level or if (2) the student feels the another college or university. Academic dismissal will occur only if a decision rendered at the school or college 3. A leave for approved study is granted for student has been on Terminal Probation and level warrants further review, the student only one semester and can be granted for a fails to earn a semester GPA of at least 2.0. may address a petition to the Committee on maximum of two semesters. A request for a The student’s record will have the notation Academic Standing of the UAC for a leave implies an intent to return to the “Academic Dismissal.” Students who have review of the case The action of this University in the next successive semester been academically dismissed have the right committee is final except in grievances after completion of the leave. to seek reinstatement to the University by arising out of grades assigned due to submitting a written petition to the violations of academic integrity. CAS 4. Adviser approval is necessary for the Committee on Academic Standing through action on academic integrity grievances leave to be approved. If the student was the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate will be reviewed by and must be approved admitted through the EOP program, Studies, LC 30. by the Vice President for Academic Affairs approval of the EOP director is necessary. before implementation. 5. A student may pursue part-time or full- Academic Dismissal Policy for If the case has also been submitted to the time course work during the leave. Educational Opportunities Program student judicial system for University Students 6. A student who has satisfied the previous action, the Vice President for Academic conditions and whose University at Albany Students enrolled at the University through Affairs will consult for the Vice President cumulative average, as well as the GPA in the Educational Opportunities Program will for Student Affairs before rendering a final the major and minor, is at least 2.00 at the be granted an additional semester on decision. time the proposed leave would begin will be Academic Probation before they are subject granted a Leave for Approved Study. to Terminal Probation, even if their cumulative GPA is below a 2.0.

38 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004

7. A student who has satisfied the previous c. Students who voluntarily leave the Questions regarding financial conditions and whose University at Albany University with a cumulative grade point obligations or refunds as a cumulative average is less than 2.00 at the average of less than 2.00 will be withdrawn time the proposed leave would begin has the effective with the date they initiate their result of leaving the University right to seek prior approval for a Leave for departure. should be directed to the Approved Study by written petition to the d. A student with a cumulative grade point Office of Student Accounts in Committee on Academic Standing. average of less than 2.0 who withdraws CC 26 or by calling (518-442- 8. Academically dismissed students are not from the University one week or more after 3202). Students living in eligible for leaves for approved study. the mid-point of the semester is not eligible residence halls who find it for readmission for the following semester. necessary to leave the Withdrawing from the University Should the student wish to petition for University must contact the Students may voluntarily depart from the readmission for the next term, the petition University up to and including the last day must be submitted to the Office of the Office of Residential Life in of classes in a semester as indicated by the Dean of Undergraduate Studies no later State Quad, or call (518-442- academic calendar. than the last day of finals as published in 5875). the Academic Calendar for the semester in The date of departure is generally defined which the withdrawal was initiated. (See as the date the student signs a departure Academic Calendar.) form in the Office of the Dean for Return/Readmission Procedure Undergraduate Studies (LC 30). For e. Grade assignment will be based on the Formerly matriculated undergraduates students seeking to depart due to medical/ following: If the departure drops occur by who left the University with a minimum psychological reasons, the date of departure the last date to drop without receiving W’s, cumulative grade point average of 2.00 will be set by the Office of the Dean of no grade will be recorded. If the departure may automatically return within six Undergraduate Studies, in consultation with drops occur after that date, a grade of W semesters from the date of departure. the University Health Center or University will be assigned for each currently Counseling Center, as appropriate. registered course through the last day of Students who were academically classes for the semester. After the last day dismissed or whose University at Albany Drops will be done for each currently of classes, the appropriate academic grade cumulative grade point average is less registered course reflecting the departure will be assigned by the instructor for each than a 2.00 must petition the Committee date. After the last day of classes, the registered course, regardless of class on Academic Standing as part of the appropriate academic grade will be assigned attendance. Academic retention standards readmission process. Applications for by the instructor for each registered course, will be applied. readmission as well as petition forms are regardless of class attendance. Academic available from the Office of the Dean of retention standards will be applied. f. Retroactive departure/drop dates normally Undergraduates Studies, LC 30 will not be granted. Requests for exceptions (518-442-5821). Departures due to medical/ psychological will be considered by the Undergraduate reasons must be recommended by the Dean’s Office (LC 30) only for The appropriate subcommittee of the University Health Center or University extraordinary, fully documented Committee on Admissions and Academic Counseling Center upon review of circumstances. Standing will make a recommendation documentation supplied by a licensed health concerning the readmission of any student care practitioner or treatment facility. In g. A student who registers and receives who was dismissed for academic reasons order for action to be taken on an grades of “Z” for all course work for the and/or whose cumulative grade point application for readmission submitted by a semester will incur full financial liability. average at the University is less than 2.00. student who departed for h. Departures from the University due to The admitting officer of the University medical/psychological reasons, clearance medical reasons, active military duty and may find it necessary to deny readmission must be granted by the University Health disciplinary suspensions or disciplinary to a student for whom there has been a Center or University Counseling Center. dismissals must be administered by the positive recommendation, but the admitting officer of the University shall POLICIES CONCERNING WITHDRAWING Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies (LC 30) not readmit any student contrary to the FROM THE UNIVERSITY recommendation of the subcommittee of i. A student eligible for an automatic return The following are the withdrawal policies the Committee on Admissions and who fails to register after a period of six Academic Standing. and procedures currently in effect for semesters will be administratively matriculated undergraduates: withdrawn by the University. Such action Readmission is based upon the student’s a. A student withdrawing from an entire will require submission of a readmission prior academic record as well as semester’s course load must complete a application should the student wish to return recommendations from other involved Departure Form in the Office of the Dean of at a future time. offices. Undergraduate Studies. Returning students who left on academic b. Students who voluntarily leave the probation, terminal probation, or who University with a cumulative grade point were on special conditions at the time of average of 2.00 or above may automatically departure will return to the University return within six semesters from the date of under the same academic probationary departure. conditions.

39 University at Albany Students who resume study within a six semester period of time will meet degree requirements indicated in the Undergraduate Bulletin in effect upon their initial matriculation. Students who resume study after a six-semester period of time will meet degree requirements as indicated by the Undergraduate Bulletin in effect when they return. Students with previous holds or obligations to the University should take measures to clear these obligations as soon as possible. Returning students who have not been dismissed and who left the University with a cumulative grade point average of 2.00 or better return to the same major being pursued at the time of departure, unless a change of major is initiated. Formerly matriculated undergraduates who have not yet completed a Baccalaureate degree may only return to the University as matriculated undergraduates. Any requests for exception to this policy will be considered by the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies. Degrees in Absentia Formerly matriculated undergraduates who have almost completed their degree and cannot return here to finish remaining requirements may apply for permission to finish their degree in absentia. Their cumulative University at Albany grade point average, as well as their GPA in the major and minor, must be at least a 2.00. In addition, a waiver of residence requirement(s) and departmental support may be necessary. An application as well as other necessary forms for this process are available upon request by calling 518-42-5821 or writing the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies (LC 30).

40 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004

REQUIREMENTS FOR Bachelor of Science Residence Requirements Requirements The University requires degree candidates to earn a minimum of 30 of their last 60 THE BACHELOR’S 1. A minimum of 120 credits. graduation credits in courses at the Albany DEGREE 2. At least 60 credits in the liberal arts and campus. Degree candidates who complete two sciences. approved study abroad semesters during their The University awards the degree of Bachelor 3. The completion of the general education junior or senior year must earn a minimum of of Arts (B.A.) or Bachelor of Science (B.S.) requirements. [The specific general 30 of their last 69 credits in courses at the to those matriculated students who have education requirements are determined by Albany campus. An “approved” study abroad completed an approved sequence of courses the student’s matriculation date and basis program is any program from which the and study totaling a minimum of 120 credits of admission to the University—see the University accepts credits. and who, by vote of the faculty, are certified General Education section of this as having fulfilled all degree requirements. bulletin.] Major and Minor Residence Credits Matriculated students may fulfill their degree 4. The completion of a writing requirement Major Residence requirements while classified as either full- whereby students must satisfactorily For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of time or part-time students for individual complete with grades of C or higher [for 18 graduation credits, including 12 credits at academic semesters. The following B.A. and students matriculating Fall 1997 or or above the 300 level, must be completed in B.S. degree requirements must be fulfilled by thereafter; otherwise C- or higher], or S, the major on the Albany campus, or through a all students matriculating in 2003-2004. two writing intensive courses, including at least one at or above the 300 level State University of New York sponsored Study (courses meeting this requirement as Abroad Program sponsored by a university center Bachelor of Arts Requirements identified in the course description). or four-year liberal arts college. Study abroad 5. 30–42 credits, in a major which has been course work completed at SUNY Community, 1. A minimum of 120 credits. registered with the education department Agriculture, or Technology Colleges may not 2. At least 90 credits in the liberal arts and of the state of New York. generally be used to satisfy this requirement. sciences. 6. The completion of a minor consisting of Minor Residence 3. The completion of the general education 18–24 graduation credits which must requirements. [The specific general include a minimum of 9 graduation credits For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 6 education requirements are determined by in course work requiring one or more graduation credits of advanced courses (courses the student’s matriculation date and basis prerequisite courses or courses at or above at or above the 300 level or courses which of admission to the University—see the the 300 level. The minor requirements require a prerequisite) must be completed in the General Education section of this may be combined with the major minor on the Albany campus, or through a State bulletin.] requirement but the total may not exceed University of New York sponsored study 66 graduation credits. 4. The completion of a writing requirement abroad program sponsored by a university whereby students must satisfactorily 7. 24 credits in professional courses for the center or four-year liberal arts college. Study complete with grades of C or higher [for candidate desiring state certification in abroad course work completed at SUNY students matriculating Fall 1997 or education. Community, Agriculture, or Technology thereafter; otherwise C- or higher], or S, Colleges may not generally be used to satisfy two writing intensive courses, including Grade Point Average this requirement. at least one at or above the 300 level (courses meeting this requirement as Required for Degree Combined Major/Minor Residence identified in the course description). To be eligible for graduation from the For the B.A. and B.S. degrees, a minimum of 24 5. 30–36 credits in a major that has been University, matriculated students must have graduation credits, including 12 credits at or registered with the education department achieved a cumulative grade point average of above the 300 level, must be completed in a of the state of New York. at least 2.00 in all course grades earned at the combined major and minor program on the University. Albany campus, or through a State University of 6. The completion of a minor consisting of New York sponsored study abroad program 18–24 graduation credits which must include a minimum of 9 graduation credits Grade Point Average in the Major sponsored by a university center or four-year liberal arts college. Study abroad course work in course work requiring one or more For students matriculating Fall 1997 and prerequisite courses or courses at or above completed at SUNY Community, Agriculture, the 300 level. The minor requirements thereafter: Students must achieve a minimum or Technology Colleges may not generally be may be combined with the major grade point average of at least 2.0 in all used to satisfy this requirement. requirements but the total may not exceed University at Albany course work used to fulfill 60 graduation credits. requirements in the major, combined major/minor, or departmental major. Graduation Application 7. 24 credits in professional courses for the candidate desiring state certification in Degrees are awarded during the fall, spring and education. Grade Point Average in the Minor summer terms. The student must file a degree For students matriculating Fall 1997 and application with the Registrar’s Office (CC B thereafter: Students must achieve a minimum 25) in accordance with the date specified in the grade point average of at least 2.0 in all official University academic calendar for the University at Albany course work used to fulfill term in which all degree requirements will be requirements in the minor(s). completed. All incomplete grades and grades not reported must be resolved before the degree can be awarded. If reasonable attempts to contact the instructor fail, the student with an incomplete or “blank” (not reported) grade may appeal to the Committee on Academic Standing or, if that body is unable to meet to resolve the issue in timely fashion, to the Dean of 41 University at Albany Undergraduate Studies. charged for administering the examination. thereafter cannot transfer in any grades of D. A degree review will be conducted at the end of 3. Credit completed with the grades of A, A-, each term for those students who have properly B+, B, B-, C+, C, C-, D+, D, D- or S. An applied for graduation. The Registrar’s Office academic unit may award credit with an A–E will notify the student in writing if the degree is or S/U grade only in a University at Albany not awarded because the degree requirements course for which the student was formally have not been met. If the student has completed registered in a fall or spring semester or all requirements for the degree, a confirming summer session in accordance with postcard will be sent verifying the diploma has established registration and program been ordered. adjustment procedures and deadlines. 4. Some transfer D grades, in accordance with Waiver of Requirements the following policies: In rare and exceptional cases, a waiver of the For students who matriculated before requirements listed in this section may be Fall 2000, credit earned with a grade of granted to an individual student. Petitions for D or the lowest passing grade will waiver of major or minor requirements should transfer only if such credit is balanced be addressed to the academic unit offering the by a B or A at the same institution. One major or minor. Petitions for waiver of any credit earned with the grade of B balances other requirements in this section should be one credit earned with the grade of D, and addressed to the Committee on Academic one credit earned with the grade of A Standing of the Undergraduate Academic balances two credits with the grade of D. Council and submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Studies, LC 30. For students who matriculate Fall 2000 through Summer 2001, prematriculation credit earned with a Degree Credits in grade of D or the lowest passing grade Physical Education will transfer only if such credit is balanced by a B or A at the same A maximum of 6 credits in physical education institution. D grades earned in courses activity courses below the 300 level may be within the major/minor must be applied toward the minimum requirements for the balanced by grades of B or A earned bachelor’s degree. The University no longer offers within the major/minor at the same physical education courses for academic credit. institution. Postmatriculation credit graded D will not transfer. Graduation Credits For students who matriculate Fall A student must earn a minimum of 120 2001 and thereafter, no credit graded acceptable graduation credits to be eligible for D from another institution will graduation from the University. Acceptable transfer. graduation credit is as follows: 1. Credit accepted by transfer. Major and Minor Credits 2. Credit earned through approved proficiency For students matriculating Fall 1997 and examinations. Such credit may be awarded on thereafter: A University at Albany grade of D- the basis of a student’s performance on such is minimally acceptable for graduation credit external examinations as CLEP, RCE, AP, in the major and minor. Note, however, that a USAFI, etc., or an examination established for 2.0 average within each major and minor is a this purpose by a University at Albany requirement for graduation. department, school or program. Proficiency For credits acquired at other institutions examination credit shall be clearly and for University at Albany credits for distinguished as such on a student’s academic students matriculating before Fall 1997: A record, and shall have no bearing on a student may fulfill the requirements of a student’s academic average. Proficiency major or a minor or a combined major and examination credits shall not count within a minor by earning graduation credit as semester load, hence shall not be counted defined previously, except that credit with when determining whether a student is full- the grade of D may be used to fulfill the time or part-time, and shall not be applied to requirements of a major, minor, or University, major or minor residence combined major/minor only if balanced at requirements or semester retention standards. the same institution by credit with grades Any academic unit at the University may of A or B earned within the major, minor, award proficiency credit by examination or combined major/minor respectively. provided it does so openly and applies standards consistently to all students seeking Students matriculating in Fall 2000 credit. In no case may award of credit be through Summer 2001 can transfer in contingent upon auditing a course (formally balanced D’s from prematriculation course or informally), private tutelage (paid or work, but they cannot transfer any D’s for otherwise), or participation in University or postmatriculation transfer courses. extracurricular activities or productions; Students matriculating in Fall 2001 and however, the payment of a modest fee may be 42 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004

LIBERAL ARTS AND SCIENCES COURSES The following undergraduate courses offered by the specified school or college during 2003- 2004 are considered liberal arts and sciences courses for the purposes of degree requirements for the B.A. and B.S. degrees. College of Arts and Sciences: All courses except A Csi 198, A Eaj 423, A Eco 495, A Heb 450, A Mat 204, A Mus 315, A Thr 315 School of Business: B Bus 250, B Law 200, B Law 220, B Mgt 341, B Mgt 481, B Mkt 351, B Msi 215, B Msi 220 School of Criminal Justice: All courses School of Education: E Edu 275, 375; E Est 120, 300, 301, 497; E Psy 420, 460; E Tap 402, 455 School of Information Science and Policy: R Isp 100, 301, 361, 499Z School of Public Affairs: All R Pad courses except R Pad 110, 111, 210, 211 All R Pos and R Pub courses School of Social Welfare: R Ssw 200, 210, 220, 299M, 301, 320, 322, 350, 408, 409, 421, 450, 499 Division of Physical Education, Athletics, and Recreation: no courses School of Public Health: H Epi 460; H Sph 201 General Education Honors Program Tutorials: All courses University-wide Courses: All U Fsp courses; all U Uni courses except U Uni 100; U Unl 205, U Unl 206

The chart on the following page lists all University at Albany majors and whether the major leads to a B.A. or B.S. degree. The charts on the page after that list all the “BAMA” programs—combined baccalaureate + master’s programs that are designed to assist students interested in obtaining a graduate degree as quickly as possible.

43 University at Albany

UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS HEGIS Code B.A. Deg B.S. Deg General Prog Teaching Prog Sc hool of Busine ss: Accounting 0502 X X Business Administration 0506 X X Sc hool of Cr imi nal Justic e : Criminal Justice 2105 X X Colle ge of Ar ts and Sc ie nce s: Actuarial and Mathematical Sciences 1799 X X African/Afro-American Studies 2211 X X Anthropology 2202 X X Art 1002 X X Asian Studies 0301 X X Atmospheric Science 1913 X X Biology 0401 X X X Chemistry 1905 X X X Chinese Studies 1107 X X Computer Science 0701 X X X Computer Science & Applied Mathematics 0701 X X Economics 2204 X X X English 1501 X X French 1102 X X Geography 2206 X X Geology 1914 X X Greek & Roman Civilization 2205 X X History 2205 X X Interdisciplinary Majors (Art History) 4901 X X (Biochemistry & Molecular Biology) 4901 X X (Broadcast Meteorology) 4901 X X (Earth and Atmospheric Sciences) 4901 X X (East Asian Studies) 4901 X X (Environmental Science) 4901 X X (Human Biology) 4901 X X (Japanese Studies) 4901 X X (Medieval & Renaissance Studies) 4901 X X (Religious Studies) 4901 X X (Urban Studies and Planning) 4901 X X Italian 1104 X X Judaic Studies 0399 X X Latin American Studies 0308 X X Linguistics 1505 X X Mathematics 1701 X X X Music 1005 X X Philosophy 1509 X X Physics 1902 X X Psychology 2001 X X Puerto Rican Studies 0399 X X Rhetoric and Communication 1506 X X Russian 1106 X X Russian & East European Studies 0307 X X Sociology 2208 X X Spanish 1105 X X Theatre 1007 X X Women’s Studies 4903 X X School of Information Science & Policy: Interdisciplinary Major (Information Science) 4901 X X Gr aduate Sc hool of Pub lic Affair s: Political Science 2207 X X Public Policy 2102 X X Sc hool of Soc ial We lfare : Social Welfare 2104 X X Univ er sity-Wide : Interdisciplinary Studies 4901 X X X

44 Undergraduate Bulletin 2003-2004

Combined Bachelor’s/Master's in Business Administration (M.B.A.) Programs Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s Degree Programs Majors HEGIS Codes Degrees Majors HEGIS Codes Degrees College of Arts and Sciences Atmos Sci/Atmos Sci 1913/1913 B.S./M.S. African/Afro-American Studies 2211/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Biology/Biology 0401/0401 B.S./M.S. Anthropology 2202/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Chemistry/Chemistry 1905/1905 B.S./M.S. Art 1002/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Computer Science/ Asian Studies 0301/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Computer Science 0701/0701 B.S./M.S. Biology 0401/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Computer Science and Chinese Studies 1107/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Applied Math/Mathematics 0701/1701 B.S./M.A. Economics 2204/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Criminal Justice/ English 1501/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Criminal Justice 2105/2105 B.A./M.A. French 1102/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Economics/Public Geography 2206/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Administration 2204/2102 B.S./M.P.A. Greek & Roman Civilization 2205/0506 B.A./M.B.A. English/English 1501/1501 B.A./M.A. History 2205/0506 B.A./M.B.A. French/French 1102/1102 B.A./M.A. Interdisciplinary Studies 4901/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Geography/Geography 2206/2206 B.A./M.A. Interdisciplinary Studies 4901/0506 B.S./M.B.A. Geology/Geology 1914/1914 B.S./M.S. Italian 1104/0506 B.A./M.B.A. History/History 2205/2205 B.A./M.A. Linguistics/Teaching English to Speakers of Latin American Studies 0308/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Other Languages 1505/1508 B.A./M.S. Linguistics 1505/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Mathematics/Mathematics 1701/1701 B.A./M.A. Mathematics 1701/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Mathematics/Mathematics 1701/1701 B.S./M.A. Music 1105/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Philosophy/Philosophy 1509/1509 B.A./M.A. Philosophy 1509/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Physics/Physics 1902/1902 B.S./M.S. Psychology 2001/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Political Sci/Political Sci 2207/2207 B.A./M.A. Puerto Rican Studies 0399/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Political Sci/Public Admin 2207/2102 B.A./M.P.A. Psychology/Counseling 2001/0826 B.A./M.S. Rhetoric and Communication 1506/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Psychology/Rehab Counseling 2001/2199 B.A./M.S. Russian 1106/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Public Policy/Public Policy 2102/2102 B.A./M.A. Russian and East European St 0307/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Rhetoric & Communication/ Sociology 2208/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Rhetoric & Communication 1506/1506 B.A./M.A. Spanish 1105/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Russian/Russian 1106/1106 B.A./M.A. Theatre 1107/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Sociology/Public Admin 2208/2102 B.A./M.P.A. Women’s Studies 4903/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Sociology/Sociology 2208/2208 B.A./M.A. School of Criminal Justice Spanish/Spanish 1105/1105 B.A./M.A. Criminal Justice 2105/0506 B.A./M.B.A Theatre/Theatre 1007/1007 B.A./M A. Nelson A. Rockefeller College Women’s St/Women’s St 4903/4903 B.A./M.A. Political Science 2207/0506 B.A./M.B.A. Any undergraduate B.A. major (except Accounting)/ Library Science 1/1601 B.A./M.A. Any undergraduate B.S. major (except Accounting)/ Library Science 1/4901 B.A./M.S. Combined Bachelor’s/Master's in Health Policy 1 HEGIS code depends on undergraduate major. and Management Programs Majors HEGIS Codes Degrees College of Arts and Sciences Economics/Health Policy and Management 2204/1214 B.A./M.S. Economics/Health Policy and Management 2204/1214 B.S./M.S. Psychology/Health Policy and Management 2001/1214 B.A./M.S. Sociology/Health Policy and Management 2208/1214 B.A./M.S.

45 University at Albany

In the development of an Interdisciplinary REGULATIONS Multiple Majors Major the student and prospective faculty sponsors are asked to insure its intellectual CONCERNING Students may elect more than one major, merit by considering the following questions: designating which is to be considered the Will the proposed major make it possible to AJORS “first major,” the “second major,” etc. The undertake future disciplined inquiry such as M first major listed shall be from the that which is found in graduate or professional department from which the student elects The University offers majors in both a General study? Will the plan promote mastery of the to receive advisement. The faculty of the methodological tools relevant to the subject Program and a Teacher Education Program school or college that offers the first through the schools and colleges indicated here. matter? Are there sufficient bodies of scholarly major shall recommend the student for the literature to allow for in-depth study in the In addition, there currently exist unique appropriate degree. For example, a student departmental program majors in art, music, and major’s disciplines” Will the plan allow for completing the three majors Geology, gaining significant knowledge to read and theatre that complement the regular University History, and Philosophy would receive a major options in each of these areas. evaluate professional and scholarly literature B.S. degree if the first major were in the major’s disciplines? Some majors are available through an honors Geology or a B.A. degree if the first major program or a combined bachelor’s/master’s were History or Philosophy. The following information will assist in the degree program. formulation of a major. For each major, students must complete Non-Duplication of Existing Majors: The Approved faculty-initiated interdisciplinary the major requirements as outlined in this bulletin. However, for a student with two proposed major must involve course work majors are also included in the University’s in at least two different departments or curricular offerings. In addition, students may or more majors, a specific course that is applicable to more than one of the majors schools. Moreover, the proposal must not design their own interdisciplinary major in duplicate or nearly duplicate opportunities accordance with procedures established by the may be applied toward each of the majors to which it is applicable. For example, a available to University at Albany students Interdisciplinary Studies Committee of the through existing major programs. Undergraduate Academic Council. student with two majors in Accounting and Economics may “double count” Coherence: The proposed major must Declaration of Major calculus and some economics courses, consist of a coherent, integrated program of applying the credits toward both majors; if studies. As with any other major, there Freshmen and transfer students are admitted to the student also had a third major in must be some relationship between courses the University and not to a particular department, Computer Science, the calculus course to be undertaken as well as sufficient depth college, or school. Normally, students are A Mat 112 would “triple count,” applying of study in the area under consideration. It expected to declare their intended major when to all three majors. would also be helpful to know if models they have earned 24 graduation credits. By the NOTE: The display of more than the first exist on other campuses for the proposed time they have accumulated 42 graduation major. This information will assist the credits, students must have officially declared a and second majors on the student’s official transcript will not be possible student in constructing a program of major or have applied for admission to a studies and the citation of an existing restricted major. For most majors, students need before fall 2003. Until the full listing becomes possible, students desiring to program, will support the application for only complete a Declaration of Major form with such a major. their advisers and a minimum of 24 graduation declare a third or subsequent major must credits to be officially enrolled in the school or do so in the Office of the Dean of Credits: The proposed major must consist college offering their major. Other majors, Undergraduate Studies, LC 30. Once of at least 36 but not more than 66 credits. however, are restricted in the sense that students satisfactory completion of the third or If the major includes fewer than 54 credits, must be granted formal departmental or school additional majors has been verified, a the student will be applying for a major approval or satisfy stated admissions criteria separate official document will be issued only and will need a separate minor to meet before being officially classified as that major. by the Dean of Undergraduate Studies minimum graduation requirements. If the verifying which additional majors (beyond major includes 54 or more credits, the Currently, admission to the following majors is the first two) have been completed. restricted: accounting, business administration, student will be applying for a combined criminal justice, mathematics, psychology, The Student-Initiated major and minor program and, therefore, rhetoric and communication, and social welfare. Interdisciplinary Major no separate minor will be needed. In addition, students must obtain approval to Upper Division Course Work: At least one enter the Teacher Education Program, Faculty- In addition to existing majors offered by half of the credits in the proposed major Initiated Interdisciplinary Majors in Biochemistry the University’s departments, schools and must be at the 300 level or above . and Molecular Biology, Information Science, and programs, a “Student-Initiated the special departmental program majors in art or Interdisciplinary Major” option is available Independent Study: The proposed major music. through the Undergraduate Academic may include a maximum of 25 % of Council’s Interdisciplinary Studies independent study course work. Selection to these restricted majors will differ Committee. This option is designed to depending on the degree of competition B.A. or B.S. Degree: The course work in allow highly motivated students to meet generated by other applicants and/or the the Interdisciplinary major, will normally special educational goals not available completion of specific course requirements. For dictate the type of bachelor’s degree to be from the many existing majors at the further details on the specific requirements and earned by the student. University. selection processes for each of these majors, please refer to the appropriate department or school description in this bulletin.

46 University at Albany Faculty Sponsorship: The proposal must If the student does elect one or more minors, have a primary and a secondary faculty the same course may be “double counted” sponsor. The primary sponsor must also REGULATIONS toward the major (or even more than one of agree to serve as the student’s major the majors) and toward one of the minors. adviser for the proposed program. The two CONCERNING (“Double counting” among minors is never sponsors must be members of the teaching allowed.) faculty and must come from two different MINORS Similarly, if the student in a “combined major academic units (departments or schools) and minor program” elects one or more offering courses included in the major. Minors Defined, Titles minors, the same course may be “double Student who believe they might like to counted” toward the “minor” requirements of construct their own major should begin A minor consists of 18–24 graduation the combined major and toward one of the plans as soon as possible, but the credits which must include a minimum of 9 minors. Naturally, students in a combined application for the major cannot be filed graduation credits of “advanced course major and minor program who complete one until the student has completed at least 30 work” (defined as course work requiring at or more discrete minors nevertheless must graduation credits. least one prerequisite course and/or courses complete all requirements in the combined at or above the 300 level.) major program. Once a student has tentatively decided on the theme for the proposed study, the No student may use a minor title that is the NOTE: For students with two or more Undergraduate Bulletin should be reviewed same as the title of the student’s major. majors, the display of more than the first and to verify that no existing major Only the following are acceptable minor titles second majors on the student’s official encompasses that theme. The Bulletin and to appear on the academic record: transcript will not be possible before fall the Schedule of Classes should also be used 2003. Until the full listing becomes possible, to identify possible courses which might be “Combined with Major” for approved students with multiple majors desiring to included in the proposed major and, based combined major and minor programs declare one or more minors must do so in the on the courses they teach, possible faculty Titles approved by the Curriculum Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies, who might be willing to serve as sponsors Committee or by the Interdisciplinary LC 30. Once satisfactory completion of the for the major. Studies Committee of the Undergraduate minor(s) has been verified, a separate official document will be issued by the Dean of Before deciding on all the details of the Academic Council Undergraduate Studies verifying which minor proposed major, the student should speak “Interdisciplinary” if approved by the or minors have been completed. with several faculty for the following Interdisciplinary Studies Committee of the reasons: (a) to determine the likelihood of Undergraduate Academic Council finding two faculty sponsors for the Multiple Minors program; (b) to solicit suggestions on how Students Required to Students may declare two or more minors, to further refine, limit, or expand the but the same course may not be applied to chosen theme; (c) to solicit further Complete a Minor: more than one of the minors. (I.e., “double suggestions of individual courses or A student is required to complete a minor if counting” among minors is never allowed.) sequences of courses which might be the student has only one major and that However, the same course may be applied included in the major; and (d) to determine major is neither an approved “combined to one of the minors and to one (or more) whether or not the student’s goals in major and minor” nor an approved of the applicable majors. creating the major are likely to be met by “departmental major.” the combination of course chosen. NOTE: For students with one major and If the student with a single, non-combined, more than two minors, the display of more Further information and application non-departmental major has only one than the first and second minors on the procedures and forms may be obtained by minor, the same course may not be used to student’s official transcript will not be contacting Mr. Richard Collier in the fulfill the requirements of both the major possible before fall 2003. Until the full Office of the Dean of Undergraduate and the discrete minor. I.e., no “double listing becomes possible, students with one Studies, LC 30 (518-437-3747). counting” between the major and minor is major desiring to declare a third or allowed. subsequent minor must do so in the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies, LC However, if that student has two or more 30. Once satisfactory completion of the minors, the same course may be “double additional minor(s) has been verified, a counted” toward the major and one of the separate official document will be issued minors. (“Double counting” among minors by the Dean of Undergraduate Studies is never allowed.) verifying which additional minor or minors have been completed. [For students with Students Not Required to multiple majors and multiple minors, see Complete a Minor: the note at the end of in the preceding section “Students Not Required to A student with two or more majors or a Complete a Minor.”] major that is either an approved “combined major and minor” or an approved “departmental major” is not required to have a discrete minor, but the student may elect to have one or more minors listed on the academic record.

47 University at Albany

ATMOSPHERIC SCIENCE A minimum of 19 for computer science in the major. PPROVED INORS graduation credits from course work with an A M CHEMISTRY A minimum of 22 graduation A Atm prefix, including A Atm 210 or 210Z, credits as follows: A Chm 120N and 121N, Listed here are the minor titles that have been 211; and at least 6 credits from all 300-level 122A and B, 216A and B, 217A and B, 225 approved by the Undergraduate Academic and higher A Atm courses; A Atm 490, 497, and an additional 3 credits from A Chm 320 Council. Action of the Council also mandates 499 are excluded. Appropriate prerequisite 441A, 342, 340A. that the following may not be used as a minor courses in mathematics and physics are title: social welfare. necessary to complete the required minor CHINESE STUDIES A minimum of 21 graduation courses. credits of which 15 must be A Eac 102L, AFRICANA STUDIES A minimum of 18 201L, and 202L. The remaining 6 credits may graduation credits (9 or more of which must be BIOETHICS A minimum of 18 graduation credits be earned from any A Eac or A Eas course in course work at or above the 300 level) including an introductory ethics course (A Phi except A Eac 101L and A Eas 220. including one course from among the 114L or 115L or 212L); an introductory course following: A Aas 142, 219 or 219Z, 286, 287 in biology (A Bio 110F or 110N); Moral COGNITIVE SCIENCE A minimum of 18 and 490. Problems in Medicine (A Phi 338); 3 credits at graduation credits, (9 credits or more of which 300-level or higher in ethical and/or political must be in course work at or above the 300 ANTHROPOLOGY A minimum of 18 graduation theory (A Phi 320, 321, 326, 425, 474 or R Pos level and/or in courses requiring a credits (9 or more of which must be in course 301, 302, 306, 307, 308, 310); and 6 credits prerequisite) to include: A Lin 301, 3 courses work at or above the 300 level). Students are from advanced related courses, Professor from: A Csi 201N, A Lin 321, A Phi 210L, required to take A Ant 100 and one of the Bonnie Steinbock. A Psy 365; and 6 credits from the following following core courses: A Ant 110N, 104, list: A Csi 101N, 201N, 210, 310, 409; A Lin 106M, 108M or 108G, or A Ant 220M. Advanced related courses include: A Ant 312, 322, 421, or 421Z, 422; A Phi 332, 415, 418, 360, 361, 364, 365, 418, 450; A Bio 205, 212, ART A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or 422, 432; A Psy 210, 211, 381, 382, or 382Z. 214, 311N, 318, A Eco 381; A Gog 310N, more of which must be in course work at or A Phi 417; A Psy 329, A Psy 385, 386, 387; COMPUTER SCIENCE A minimum of 19 above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring A Soc 359M; R Crj 405, 428; R Pos 328, graduation credits of which at least 13 credits at least one prerequisite course) from course U Uni 310N. must have an A Csi prefix. The courses taken work with an A Art prefix. Six (6) of the must include A Csi 201N, 310 and any other required 18 credits may be from courses with Advanced related graduate courses include: A Csi course at the 300-level or higher; plus at an A Arh prefix or from other courses that A Ant 511, 512, 516, 517, 518; A Bio 511, least 9 credits from the following list of have been approved for the faculty-initiated 519, A Eco 509, 511, 512, A Phi 505, 506, courses: one but not both of A Csi 101N and interdisciplinary major in art history. 517, H Epi 501, 502, H Hpm 501, 511, R Pos B Msi 215 ; any other course with an A Csi 502, R Pub 502. Students may use other ART HISTORY A minimum of 18 graduation prefix; A Phy 353, 454; A Mat 220, 313, 367, courses to fulfill the related courses credits (9 or more of which must be in course 372 or 372Z, 374, 401; A Phi 432; any one of requirement at the discretion of the director of work at or above the 300 level and/or in A Atm 498, A Bio 440, A Chm 411. courses requiring at least one prerequisite the program. course) including A Arh 170L and 171L, and 6 CRIMINAL JUSTICE STUDIES A minimum of 18 BIOLOGY A minimum of 18 graduation credits, additional credits from course work with an graduation credits (9 credits or more of which including A Bio 110N or 110F, 111N, 212. A Arh prefix. The remaining 6 credits may be must be in course work at or above the 300 Additional credits are selected from biology selected from: A Arh courses; A Ant 268L; level and/or in courses requiring a courses that yield biology credit toward the A Cas 240; A Cla 207L, A Cla 208L, 209L, prerequisite) in course work from among the 301, 302, 303 (or 303Z), 307, 310, 311, 401, biology major. 402, 403, 405, 406, 407, 490 and 497; A Eac following: any R Crj courses; A Soc 283M, 280L; A His 263E, 264E, 302Z, 303Z 364Z; BUSINESS A minimum of 18 graduation credits 380, 381. Students are advised that only one of A Rel 200L; and A Thr 380L. as follows: B Acc 211; B Msi 215 (or A Csi R Crj 200 and A Soc 381 may be taken for 101N, or A Csi 201N); A Mat108 (or A Eco credit. ASIAN STUDIES A minimum of 21 graduation 320, or B Msi 220); and any three of the credits (9 or more of which must be in course ECONOMICS A minimum of 18 graduation following courses: B Acc 222; B Bus 250; work at or above the 300 level and/or in credits (9 or more of which must be in course B Fin 300, B Law 321, B Mgt 341, B Mkt 310, courses requiring at least one prerequisite work at or above the 300 level) from course and B Msi 330. course) including A His 176, A His 177 or work with an A Eco prefix including: A Eco 177Z and one of the following courses: A His Students majoring in criminal justice, 110M and 111M and one of A Eco 300 or 301. 381 or 381Z or 382 or 382Z. The remaining 12 economics, linguistics, mathematics, credits to be selected from the following EDUCATIONAL STUDIES A minimum of 18 psychology, public affairs or sociology who courses, must include at least one course in at graduation credits from course work offered by complete a statistics course in the major may least two of the following regions: South Asia, the School of Education, including a minimum of substitute either B Law 200 or 220 for the East Asia, Southwest Asia. 12 graduation credits in course work at or above statistics requirement in the Business minor. South Asia: A His 377 or 377Z, 378 or 378Z, the 300 level. For those interested in pursuing a A Phi 342, R Pos 358, (graduate courses: Students majoring in computer science who teaching career, the following are strongly A His 578, R Pos 558). complete A Csi 201N in the major may recommended: E Tap 201, E Psy 200, E Edu substitute either B Law 200 or B Law 220 for 390, E Edu 375, E Spe 460. Additionally, East Asia: A His 379 or 379Z, 380 or the B Msi 215 basic programming requirement students are strongly urged to consider a second 380Z, A Eac 210L, A Eac 211L, A Eac 212L. in the Business minor. minor in an areas appropriate to the NYS A Eac 220, A Phi 344, A Phi 346. Learning Standards and compatible with the Students majoring in rhetoric and student’s major. The following courses are not Southwest Asia: A His 383 or 383Z; R Pos communication who complete B Msi 220, acceptable for the minor: E Cpy 301, 302, 303; 359; A Jst 341Z; A His 381 or 381Z and 382 A Mat 108, B Msi 215, A Csi 101N, or A Csi and courses designated as “methods” and or 382Z; A Ant 243. 201N in their major may substitute either “student teaching”. Other: A Ant 332, colloquia, independent B Law 200 or 220 in the Business minor. When study, or independent research courses as both the statistics and computer requirements ELECTRONICS A minimum of 20 graduation appropriate, to be approved by the director of are involved, either B Law 200 or 220 may credits as follows: A Phy 140N, 150N, 155, Asian studies. substitute for statistics in the Business minor 240, 315, 316, and 353. and an additional major course may substitute 48 University at Albany

ENGLISH A minimum of 18 graduation credits taken in a department other than history. (9 or more of which must be in course work at INTERNATIONAL PERSPECTIVES A minimum of or above the 300 level from course work with 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must an A Eng prefix. be in course work at or above the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at least one FILM STUDIES A minimum of 18 graduation prerequisite course). Approval of the Director credits (9 or more of which must be in course of International Education is required along work at or above the 300 level and/or in courses with satisfactory completion of one of the requiring at least one prerequisite course) following three tracks: including A Arh 260 and 15 credits from the following: A Arh 261; 262; 361, 362; 363, 460; Third-World Track: a) 3 credits from A Ant 108M or 108G, A Cas 491; A Com 378 (when the topic focuses upon 150; film); A Eas 140L; A Eng 243 (when the topic b) 3 credits from A Aas 150, A Aas 287or focuses upon film), 243Z; A Fre 338 or 415; A His 287, A Ant 145 or A His 145 or A Ita 318; A Lcs314 or A Spn 318; A Lcs 315, A Lcs 145, A Ant 243 or A Jst 243, A Eco A Rus 280, A Rus 380; A Thr 230L; A Wss 399 361 or A Lcs 361, A Fre 208, A Fre 281, (when the topic focuses upon film). Other A His 158 or 158Z, A His 177 or 177Z, courses, transfer work, specific topics courses, A Lcs 100 or 100Z; etc. may also be used if approved by the director c) 6 credits from Theory Courses: A Ant 361 of the program. Advisement is conducted by the or 361Z,, A Cas 141; A Eco 330 or 330Z; A Gog 160 R Pos 350 or R Pub 350; director of the program in the Art Department. d) 6 credits from Geographic Region Courses: FRENCH A minimum of 18 graduation credits A Aas 269 or A Ant 269 or A Lcs 269, from course work with an A Fre prefix above A Aas 270 or A Gog 270, A Aas 322, A Fre 101L including A Fre 241E. No more A Aas 342 or A Ant 342, A Ant 146 or 146Z or A Lcs 150 or 150Z, A Lcs 250 or than 3 credits of courses conducted in English 250Z, A Ant 341M or 341G or A Lcs may be used to satisfy the requirements of the 341M or 341G; A Eac 470Z or A Gog minor. Students who begin their French studies 470Z; A Gog 250/250Z or 250,A His 170 at or above the 200 level are encouraged to or A Lcs 102, A His 367L or 367Z, A His meet with the coordinator of advisement for 369/369Z or A Lcs 369, A His 371 or 371Z French Studies, in constructing a minor. or A Lcs 371; A Lcs 115 or A Por 115, R Pos 355. GEOGRAPHY A minimum of 18 graduation Appropriate courses, from SUNY overseas credits (9 or more of which must be in course academic programs, may be substituted for work at or above the 300 level and/or in some of the courses listed. NOTE: No more courses requiring at least one prerequisite than 6 credits with the same prefix may be course) from course work with an A Gog used in this track. prefix. Social and Political Systems Track: GEOLOGY A minimum of 20 graduation credits. a) 6 credits in A Rus 162 or 162Z and R Pos Required courses include A Geo 100N or 102M; 100F, 106, 230 or 230Z, 250; and 9 credits at b) 12 credits from A Eco 313 or 313Z; A His or above the 300 level and/or in Geology 353 or 353Z, 355 or 355Z; A Jst 359 or courses requiring at least one prerequisite R Pos 359; R Pos 310, 350 or R Pub 350, course. 452Z. Appropriate courses from the SUNY overseas GREEK AND ROMAN CIVILIZATION A minimum of academic program in Denmark may be 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must substituted for some of the courses listed be in course work at or above the 300 level above, such as Eastern Europe in and/or in courses requiring at least one Transition, R Pos 30E, European Political prerequisite course) from among the following: Philosophy and Ideologies, A Phi 30E or any course with an A Cla, A Clc, A Clg, or A Cll R Pos 30E, The EEC: The Politics and prefix; A Phi 310. Economics of European Integration, A Eco HEBREW A minimum of 18 graduation credits 30E or R Pos 30E. in course work with an A Heb prefix above the NOTE: Political Science majors should not 102L level. Students who begin with A Heb choose this track because of the excessive 101L and/or 102L must complete 15 concentration in Political Science courses. graduation credits above the 102L level. No Global Issues Track: more than 4 credits of A Heb 450 may be 18 credits from A Aas 150, 240 or A Lcs 240 applied to the minor. or A Wss 240; A Ant 100, 361 or 361Z, HISTORY A minimum of 18 graduation credits 363, 381 or 381Z or A Wss 381 or 381Z; (9 or more of which must be in course work at A Atm 102N, 300Z; A Bio 311N or A Gog or above the 300 level) in course work with an 310N or U Uni 310N; A Eco 330 or 330Z; A His prefix including no more than 12 credits A His 296, 366, or 366Z 454 or 454Z, 455 from any one of the four geographic areas of or 455Z, 456 or 456Z, , 460 or 460Z; concentration listed in the Undergraduate A Soc 344 or 344Z or A Wss 344 or 344Z; Bulletin. A student may, on petition to the A Wss 360, 433 or 433Z or R Pos 433Z; Director of Undergraduate Studies in the E Edu 375; R Pos 472Z, 473Z; R Pub 395 history department, count toward the minor or R Pos 395. NOTE: No more than 6 one relevant course of no more than 4 credits credits with the same prefix may be used in 49 University at Albany this track.

ITALIAN A minimum of 18 graduation credits from course work with an A Ita prefix above A Ita 100L, including A Ita 206, 207, 301 or 301Z.

JAPANESE STUDIES A minimum of 21 graduation credits of which 15 must be A Eaj 102L, 201L, and 202L. The remaining 6 credits may be earned from any A Eaj or A Eas course except A Eaj 101L, 130 and A Eas 220.

JOURNALISM A minimum of 18 graduation credits, including A Jrl 300 or 300Z and an advanced-level writing course to be selected from the following: A Eng 300Z, 308Z, 309Z (for students interested in scientific, political or economic journalistic writing) or 400Z. The remaining credits are to be selected from other writing courses cited above and/or from A Jrl 364, 365, 397, 400; R Pos 205, 365, 427Z; A Com 238, 265, 336 (when the topic is “Rhetoric of the New Journalism”); A Soc 255, and independent study in various departments when the subject involves journalism. Students may include other courses to prepare themselves for a specialized branch of journalism, but no more than two courses in this category may be included in the minimum 18 credits for the minor. Approval of the director is required for such courses to be included. Skill in writing is a specific requirement for the minor. This must be demonstrated by the end of the junior year through submission of a substantial sample of the student’s writing to the director of the journalism program. Therefore, the signature of the director is required for students wishing to declare this minor. On the basis of the student’s previous experience and ability, the requirement of A Jrl 300 may be waived by the director of the program.

JUDAIC STUDIES A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in course work at or above the 300 level) from course work in the Department of Judaic Studies or other relevant departments. No more than 4 credits from among A Heb 450 or A Jst 450 or 490 may be applied to the minor.

KOREAN STUDIES A minimum of 21 graduation credits of which 15 must be A Eak 102L, 201L and 202L. The remaining 6 credits may be earned from any A Eak or A Eas course except A Eak 101L and A Eas 220.

LATIN AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN STUDIES A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in course work at or above the 300 level) to include A Lcs 100 or 100Z; 150 or 150Z, 201 or 302; A Lcs 102 or 269; and 9 additional credits in course work with an A Lcs prefix.

50 University at Albany

LIBRARY AND INFORMATION SCIENCE A minimum MUSIC A minimum of 20 graduation credits RELIGIOUS STUDIES A minimum of 18 of 18 graduation credits including A Csi 101 or to include A Mus 140, 141, 142, 143; one graduation credits (9 or more of which must 201 or B Msi 215; R Isp 523 (various suffixes); course chosen from 185, 186, 187, or 287; be in course work at or above the 300 level R Isp 601; R Isp 602, and two additional R Isp 230L, 231L and one 3 credit elective chosen and/or in courses requiring at least one electives at the 500 level or higher, as advised. from: A Mus 320, 321, 325, 326, 327, 328, prerequisite course) including A Phi 214 and 334L, 338L 350, 352, 360, 373, 398, 425, one of the following methodological courses: LINGUISTICS A minimum of 18 graduation 432Z, 433Z, 435Z, 436, 455, 497. All A Ant 363, A Phi 322. Of the remaining credits, including A Lin 220M, A Lin 321 or students registered for A Mus 140 must credits, 6 credits must be chosen from core 322, and 6 additional credits in courses with satisfactorily pass a departmental aptitude courses, the remainder from either core or an A Lin prefix. (A Lin 289 may not be used examination in music administered during the supplementary courses or, with the approval to satisfy the requirements for the minor.) first scheduled meeting of the course in the of the director of the program, other course The remaining credits may be selected from fall semester. A noncredit piano proficiency offerings. No more than 9 credits from any courses with an A Lin prefix or from the exam is given to all students entering A Mus one department may be included in the following courses which are approved 140. Those deficient in this area will be minimum 18 credits required for the minor. electives within the linguistics major: A Ant required to enroll in an appropriate level of 424; A Clc 125; A Com 373, 465; A Csi Core Courses A Rel 100L, 299, 397, 499; Functional Piano (A Mus 165 or 166). A 101N, 201N, or 310; A Eng 311L; A Fre 306, A Aas 341; 363; A Clc 402; A Clc 403; grade of C- or higher in A Mus 166 will 406, 450; A Heb 203; A Phi 210L, 332, 415, A Eac 344; A Eng 221; A Heb 203, 390; satisfy this requirement. Credit in A Mus 165 432; A Por 402; A Psy 365, 381; A Spn 401, A His 235 or 235Z, 324; A Jst 150, 280, and/or 166 will not apply toward the music 402, 405; one of the following: A Gog 396, 281Z, 335, 430; A Phi 216, 322, 342, 344, minor. A Psy 210, A Mat 108, or A Soc 221. 346, 412; A Spn 313. In addition, special PHILOSOPHY A minimum of 18 graduation topics courses (e.g., A Eng 378, A Jst 326, MATHEMATICS A minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must be in course A Jst 499, A Phi 340, A Psy 450 or 450Z) credits in courses with an A Mat prefix work at or above the 300 level and/or in may be included when the given topic numbered 105 or higher. These credits must courses requiring at least one prerequisite directly concerns religious studies. include a minimum of 12 credits at or above course) from course work with an A Phi the 200 level. Supplementary courses: A Ant 243, 364; prefix, including at least two of the A Arh 303 (or 303Z); A Eac 199; A Cla 207E MEDICAL ANTHROPOLOGY A minimum of 18 following: A Phi 110L, 210L, 212L, 310, or 207L; A Clc 105E or 105L; A Clg 103L or graduation credits (9 or more of which must 312. A Rel 103L, A Clg 104L or A Rel 104L; be in course work at or above the 300 level PHYSICS A minimum of 19 graduation credits A Cll 403; A Eng 289, 348; A Gog 402 or and/or in courses requiring at least one as follows: A Phy 140N, 150N, 240, and 250; 402Z; A His 339, 381, 425A, 463; A Cas prerequisite course) as follows: A Ant 110N; and at least two courses with an A Phy prefix 160Z, 222; A Ita 421; A Jst 251, 252, 253, at least 6 credits from the series A Ant 119N, at the 300-level or above. 341Z, 342Z, 343 or 343Z; A Phy 201E or 364, 365, 418 or 418Z, and 450Z; at least 3 201L; A Rus 251L; R Ssw 220. credits from the series A Ant 311, 311Z, 319, POLITICAL SCIENCE A minimum of 18 414, or 414Z; additional courses may include graduation credits (9 or more of which must RHETORIC AND COMMUNICATION A minimum the following: A Bio 117N, 209N, 308, 407; be in course work at or above the 300 level of 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which and A Soc 359M. and/or in courses requiring at least one must be in course work at or above the 300 prerequisite course) from course work with level and/or in courses requiring at least one MEDIEVAL & RENAISSANCE STUDIES A an R Pos prefix, including R Pos 101M. prerequisite course) from course work with minimum of 18 graduation credits (9 or more an A Com prefix. of which must be in course work at or above PORTUGUESE A minimum of 18 graduation the 300 level and/or in courses requiring at credits from course work with an A Por RUSSIAN AND EAST EUROPEAN STUDIES A least one prerequisite course) including 3 prefix. minimum of 18 graduation credits from among credits from History courses, 3 credits from the following with no more than 6 credits from PSYCHOLOGY A minimum of 18 graduation Literature and Philosophy courses, 3 credits any one prefix: A Gog 371; A His 352 or credits (9 or more of which must be in course from Art and Music courses. The remaining 9 352Z, 353 or 353Z, 354 or 354Z, 355 or 355Z; work at or above the 300 level and/or in credits are to be selected from any of the R Pos 354, 356, 452Z; A Rus 161 or 161Z, courses requiring at least one prerequisite approved courses listed below. 251L, 252L, 253L. course) from course work with an A Psy History Core Courses: A His 336, 337, 338, prefix, including A Psy 101M or 102M. RUSSIAN A minimum of 18 graduation credits 391 (when appropriate). in courses with A Rus prefix as advised with at PUBLIC POLICY 18 credits, including. R Pub History Elective Courses: A His 235 or 235Z; least 9 credits in course work at the 300 level 140, R Pad 303, R Pad 329, R Pub 340/R Pos A Jst 343 or 343Z; A Spn 313. or above and/or in courses requiring at least 340, and two courses chosen from the Literature and Philosophy Courses: A Eng one prerequisite course. following courses: R Pad 204, R Pad 302, 289, 291, 341, 345, 348, 421, 422, 425; A Fre R Pub 303/R Pad 304, R Pad 307, R Pub 316, SOCIOLOGY A minimum of 18 graduation 361, 362; A Ita 421, 441; A Jst 430; A Phi R Pub 321, R Pad 324, R Pub 325 or R Pos credits (9 or more of which must be in course 311, 312; A Spn 311, 482. 325, R Pub 328 or R Pos 328, R Pub 330, work at or above the 300 level) from course Art and Music Courses: A Arh 331, 332, 341, R Pub 399, R Pad 414/R Pub 414, R Pad 424. work with an A Soc prefix, including A Soc 342; A Mus 205L, 230, 287 (when 115M or 115G. appropriate). SPANISH A minimum of 18 graduation credits from course work with an A Spn prefix above A Spn 100L, including A Spn 205 or 206, 207, and 301 or 301Z.

51 University at Albany STATISTICS A minimum of 18 hours graduation URBAN EDUCATION A minimum of 21 Student-Initiated credits in courses with an A Mat prefix graduation credits, including the 12-credit core Interdisciplinary Minors numbered 105 or above, including either (1) (E Edu 275 or A Rel 275; E Edu 375; E Edu A Mat 367, 368, and 369 or (2) A Mat 367, 400 or E Edu 401; E Edu 427) and 9 elective A student wishing a minor for which no 467, and 468. NOTE: This minor is not open credits as advised by the minor adviser in the existing title is appropriate must submit a to students with a major in Mathematics. Office of Urban Education (442-5250). proposed minor to the Interdisciplinary Studies Committee. The subject area and the TEACHER EDUCATION As of the spring 2002 The following are examples of some courses combination of courses must be semester, the Teacher Education minor is no that might be used as electives in this minor: interdisciplinary in nature and must have been longer accepting applications, Undergraduate A Aas 221, 240, 331, 333, 370, 440; A Ant approved by the student’s major adviser before students are advised that to obtain teacher 119N, 146, 343, 351/351Z, 372/372Z, 424; consideration by the Interdisciplinary Studies certification at the University at Albany, A Com 371; A Eas 321M; A Eco 341/341Z; Committee. If approved, the minor will be students must complete a BA/BS with an A Gog 125M, 220M, 321M; A His 300/300Z, listed as “Interdisciplinary” on the Academic appropriate academic major plus and 318/318Z, 325/325Z; A Lcs 201, 240, 282M, Record. appropriate MA/MS in Education. These 302, 321M; A Pln 220M, 425; A Soc 282M, changes are due to revisions in the New York 371/371Z, 373, 375, 440Z; A Spn 322; A Wss The proposed minor must consist of 18-24 State Education Department regulations for 240. Other courses, transfer work, specific graduation credits which must include a teacher certification, and a decision to provide topics courses, etc. may also be used if minimum of 9 credits in course work requiring the best quality teacher education programs. approved by the minor adviser in the Office of one or more prerequisite courses or courses at Students currently in the minor are advised Urban Education (Ed B20). or above the 300 level. they must successfully complete all URBAN STUDIES AND PLANNING A minimum of For an interdisciplinary minor, there must be requirements for their major and the Teacher 18 graduation credits (9 or more of which must course work from at least two different Education minor by December, 2003 if they be in course work at or above the 300 level) as departments/programs/schools; it must have a wish to obtain provisional teacher follows: A Gog 125M, A Gog 225 or 225Z, faculty sponsor who is familiar with the focus certification. and either A Gog 220M or A Pln 220M; and 3 of the minor. Students interested in teaching as a profession courses from A Ant 334, 372 or 372Z; A Eas Further information and application should contact the Academy for Initial Teacher 321M; A Eco 341 or 341Z, 456Z; E Edu 400, Preparation at 442-5144 to discuss their 401, 427; A Gog 321M, 324, 330, 480 495, procedures may be obtained by contacting options. See the section titled “Undergraduate 496; A His 303Z, 317 or 317Z, 318 or 318Z; Mr. Richard Collier in the Office of the Certification Requirements” in this bulletin for A Lcs 321M; A Pln 315Z, 320 or 320Z, 330, Dean of Undergraduate Studies, LC 30, the teacher education minor requirements. 425, 426, 430, 432, 436, 437, 443, 449, 451, 518-437-3747. 452 (formerly 450), 455, 456, 474, 475, 476, THEATRE A minimum of 18 graduation credits 485, 490a, 490b, 497; R Pos 321, 323, 424; from course work with an A Thr prefix, 9 or R Pub 321; A Soc 371, 373, 375, 473Z. more of which must be in courses at or above the 300 level. Internship credits (A Thr 390 WOMEN’S STUDIES A minimum of 18 and 490) may not be used to satisfy minor graduation credits (9 or more of which must be requirements. in course work at or above the 300 level), including either A Wss 101/101Z or A Wss Students are urged to seek departmental 220/220M or A Wss 240/240Z. In addition to advisement in planning their minors and in A Wss prefix courses, any course cross-listed selecting courses. General suggestions for with Wss (from Africana Studies, planning a minor follow: Anthropology, Art, Classics, East Asian Students interested in performance are advised Studies, English, Judaic Studies, Latin to take A Thr 130 or 135 or 235L, 221L or American and Caribbean Studies, Philosophy, 222L, 240, and 9 credits from the following: Political Science, or Sociology) will count A Thr 300, 310, 320, 322 or 322Z, 340, 341, towards the requirement, as will A His 256 and 343, 345, 350, 351, 406Z, 440, 446, 447, and A His 293. Special Topics courses in other 449. departments that focus on women’s issues are also acceptable with the approval of the Chair Students interested in design and technical of the Women’s Studies Department or when theatre are advised to take A Thr 130 or 135, offered as A Wss 299, 399, or 498. and 15 credits from the following, 9 of which must be at or above the 300 level: A Thr 210Z, 235L, 250, 260, 263, 270, 280, 315, 360, 365, 370, 371, 375, 380L, 385, 386, 448, 465and 470. Students interested in literature, history and theory are advised to take A Thr 221L and 222L and 12 credits from the following, 9 of which must be at or above the 300 level: A Thr 210Z, 225L, 320, 322 or 322Z, 406Z, 430, 455, and 456.

52 University at Albany Characteristics of General Requirements of the Program THE NEW Education Courses Disciplinary Perspectives: GENERAL To be approved for inclusion in the General Arts (min. 3 crs) Education Program, courses should Humanities (min. 3 crs) DUCATION contribute to the following objectives to Natural Sciences (min. 6 crs) E the extent that they are applicable in the Social Sciences (min. 6 crs) different disciplines: PROGRAM Cultural and Historical Perspectives: General education offers introductions to the U.S. Historical Perspectives (min. 3 crs) The New General Education Program central topics of disciplines and Europe (min. 3 crs) applies to all students admitted to the interdisciplinary fields. Approved courses also Regions beyond Europe (min. 3 crs) University with basis of admission may satisfy major or minor requirements, but Global and Cross-Cultural “FRESHMAN” in fall 2000 and thereafter their primary purpose is to inform students Studies (min. 3 crs) and with basis of admission “TRANSFER” who do not plan to pursue more advanced U.S. Diversity and in fall 2002 and thereafter. Lists of coursework in that field. courses that meet each requirement will Pluralism (min. 3 crs) General education offers explicit rather be provided to students in the fall. Communication & Reasoning Competencies: than tacit understandings of the Information Literacy (1 course) All other students should refer to the procedures, practices, methodology and Oral Discourse (1 course) section of the Undergraduate Bulletin fundamental assumptions of disciplines Written Discourse: entitled “The Continuing (1992) and interdisciplinary fields. Approved Lower-level Writing (1 course) General Education Program.” courses seek to explain what it means to Upper-level Writing (1 course) The New General Education Program at the be practitioners of disciplines and fields University at Albany proposes a set of by encouraging both faculty and students Mathematics and Statistics: knowledge areas, perspectives, and to reflect about the nature of disciplinary one semester of collegiate study, or the competencies considered by the University to knowledge. This characteristic is equivalent, of mathematics at or above the be central to the intellectual development of particularly relevant to courses within the level of pre-calculus and/or probability, every undergraduate. The Program is divided category of Disciplinary Perspectives. statistics, and data analysis into three areas–Disciplinary Perspectives, General education recognizes multiple Foreign Language: Cultural and Historical Perspectives, and perspectives on the subject matter, two semesters of collegiate study, or the Communication and Reasoning reflecting our pluralistic culture equivalent, of a foreign language Competencies. In addition, there are within and beyond the university. requirements in Mathematics and Statistics and in Foreign Language. The characteristics of General education emphasizes active While the majority of General Education courses are and the rationale and goals for the specific learning in an engaged environment that at the 100 and 200 level, particularly in the category requirements of the General Education enables students to be producers as well of Disciplinary Perspectives, the General Education Program are discussed in greater detail below. as consumers of knowledge. At the Program at the University at Albany is conceived as University at Albany, a public research extending throughout the four years of In conjunction with students’ majors and university, engaged learning may involve undergraduate study. Indeed, certain requirements, minors, the General Education Program is student participation in cutting-edge such as those in U.S. History, Global and Cross- designed to develop capacities for critical research, but all courses seek to engage Cultural Studies, and Oral Discourse, may be more thinking and judgment. Whether selecting and students in the active generation and appropriately completed during the junior and senior pursuing a major or choosing how to fulfill a evaluation of knowledge." year. Students are encouraged, however, to complete General Education category, students need to the requirements in the category of Disciplinary think critically about why and how choices General education promotes critical inquiry into the assumptions, goals, and Perspectives during their first two years. In addition, contribute to one's education at the University. the Information Literacy and the lower- level writing As Albany continually seeks to improve its methods of various fields of academic study; it aims to develop the interpretive, requirement are expected to be completed within the programs, students are not discouraged from freshman or sophomore year. questioning the value of any given analytic, and evaluative competencies requirement, since developing the capacity for characteristic of critical thinking. Students may not use the same course to fulfill both the Arts and the Humanities categories. such questioning is a key goal of general The General Education Program at the education. Otherwise, if a course fulfills more than one University at Albany consists of a category, students may use the course to fulfill all Students are also encouraged to reflect on their minimum of 30 credits of coursework of those categories. Although such “double general education program as a whole, to in the following areas: disciplinary counting” may reduce the number of credits explore the relation of requirements to each perspectives, cultural and historical needed to fulfill General Education, to graduate other, to measure any given course against the perspectives, communication and reasoning from the University each student must have stated goals for its specific category and for competencies, mathematics and statistics, satisfactorily completed a minimum of thirty (30) the program, and to use the experience of and foreign language. graduation credits in courses designated as General general education to develop their own Education requirements. If a course fulfilling a understanding of what constitutes a General Education category also meets a major or meaningful university education. T h e G e n e r a l E d u c a t i o n P r o g r a m i s minor requirement, there is no prohibition against s u m m a r i z e d i n t h e f o l l o w i n g t a b l e : counting the course toward General Education and the major or minor.

53 University at Albany Overview of General The U.S. Diversity and Pluralism requirement HUMANITIES: Approved courses are concerned Education Categories reflects the University at Albany’s long- with defining and disputing that which is standing commitment to respect for difference, understood to be quintessentially "human": The humanities and arts, natural sciences, and to civic dialogue as a means of negotiating studying language, texts, thought, and culture; social sciences are commonly considered to be conflicts in cultural and political values arising their definition, interpretation, and historical the core of a liberal arts education. Courses in the from human diversity, to understanding the development; and their reflection of human category of Disciplinary Perspectives are relation of cultural pluralism to political values, beliefs, and traditions. Courses in a designed to familiarize students with the democracy, and to the development of socially variety of disciplines explicate the underlying objectives, assumptions, subject matters, responsible citizens. Courses in this category are assumptions, methods of study, practices, methods, and boundaries of knowledge organized designed to introduce students to the diversity of theories, and disputes appropriate to those in terms of academic disciplines. Requirements in cultures that make up the United States, as well disciplines. this category seek to introduce students to a broad as to the historical, political, and economic Approved courses generally fall into one of range of disciplinary and forces that have led these cultures to develop three categories (all open to majors and non- interdisciplinary perspectives and areas of differently and to be accorded different majors): knowledge. significance. Approved courses frequently focus (1) introductions to basic materials and on key issues of current concern (e.g., the gay Equally central to a liberal arts education is an methods in the disciplines; rights movement), setting these issues in the understanding of history—the recognition that the (2) introductions to subfields or groupings of context of how a democratic society defines world we inhabit today had its origins in and has materials in the disciplines; majorities and minorities and understands the been shaped by the events of the past, and that to (3) literature and culture courses taught in a rights and responsibilities of each. understand our current situation we must try as foreign language higher than the third- best we can to understand the past. Of similar The General Education Program is designed to semester level. importance is an understanding of the origins, provide students with a set of competencies NATURAL SCIENCES: Approved courses show development and significance of human cultures, essential both for academic success and for how understandings of natural phenomena are and the recognition of cultural distinctiveness and becoming effective citizens of the 21st century, obtained using the scientific method, including multiplicity. Courses in the category of Cultural including the requirement in Mathematics and data collection, hypothesis development, and Historical Perspectives are d e s i g n e d t o Statistics, the Information Literacy requirement, employment of mathematical analysis, and i n c r e a s e s t u d e n t s ’ understanding of the and the Written and Oral Discourse critical evaluation of evidence. Courses history of this nation (U.S.), of its cultural requirements. diversity (U.S. Diversity and Pluralism), of provide an overview of major principles and histories and cultures that have played a major Def i ni ti on of E ach Gen eral concepts underpinning a discipline's current role in the development of the U.S. (Europe), and E du cati on Category base of knowledge and discuss major topics at of cultures and histories beyond those of the U.S. the current frontiers of disciplinary knowledge. and Europe (Regions beyond Europe). D I S C I P L I N A R Y P E R S P E C T I V E S Courses show how answers to fundamental C A T E G O R I E S questions in science can change the world in In addition, these courses seek to introduce which we live and often explore how social students to the complex intersections of the THE ARTS: Approved courses provide issues can influence scientific research. local and global, and to the different instruction in or about a medium of creative Opportunities for scientific inquiry within perspectives that emerge from a focus on the expression. Courses may focus on the physical laboratory and/or field settings may be national, the regional, the global, and the practice and techniques of the medium, on its provided. cross-cultural. 21st century students will critical and theoretical interpretation, on its inhabit an environment increasingly historical development, or on a combination of Approved courses generally fall into one of characterized by global dynamics in which these approaches. Courses explicate the three categories: decisions made in the United States will methods used to study and critique the medium (1) introductions to scientific disciplines, affect the lives of people elsewhere and as a vital element of personal or cultural designed for majors, non-majors, or both; decisions made elsewhere will affect the expression and exchange. (2) introductions to disciplinary subfields, lives of people in the United States. designed for majors, non-majors, or both; Approved courses generally fall into one of (3) courses open to majors and non-majors Moreover, they will inhabit an environment four categories (for majors and/or non-majors): increasingly shaped by forces that transcend on broad topics that are addressed by one or Courses about the development and more scientific disciplines and which may national borders and that are reconfiguring interpretation of a medium: the globe’s regions and cultures in the focus on the application of science to (1) introductions to the disciplines; practical issues. service of various economic and political (2) introductions to subfields in the interests. Courses approved for Global and disciplines; SOCIAL SCIENCES: Approved courses provide Cross-Cultural Studies provide students with Courses on the physical practice of a theory and instruction on the role of an opportunity to examine the global forces medium (studio art, creative writing, music institutions, groups and individuals in society. that give rise to and shape nations, cultures composition or performance, dance, and The focus of these courses is on the interaction and regions, and to explore the larger theatre acting, directing or stagecraft): of social, economic, political, geographic, perspectives that emerge from cross-cultural (3) instructional courses on the skills and linguistic, religious, and/or cultural factors, comparisons. The Foreign Language methods required and their critical with emphasis on the ways humans understand requirement is also designed to enhance evaluation; the complex nature of their existence. Courses students' global awareness and to expand (4) courses focussed upon performance. include discussion of skills and practices used their knowledge of different cultures. by the social sciences: data collection, Note: The requirement calls for three credits. hypothesis development, employment of In the case of categories 3 and 4 (skills and mathematical analysis, and critical evaluation performance), where approved courses may of evidence. Opportunities to experience social bear only one or two credits, the requirement science methods in the field may be provided. may be fulfilled through two or three courses with a minimum total of three credits.

54 University at Albany

Approved courses generally fall into one of REGIONS BEYOND EUROPE: Approved The course should focus on the three categories: courses focus on specific cultures (other than t h e o r i e s , h i s t o r i e s, d yn a mi c s , (1) introductions to the various disciplines of those of the United States and Europe) or the mechanisms, and results of human and the social sciences; world's regions. Courses emphasize the social diversity, drawing on the (2) introductions to disciplinary subfields, features and processes whereby cultures and experience of specific groups to designed for majors, non-majors, or both; regions gain their specific identity. Approved illustrate those principles. Thus, (3) courses open to majors and non-majors courses will offer an explicitly historical whatever specific cultural heritages the on broad topics that are addressed by one or organization, and will balance topical focus students study should be placed in the more social scientific disciplines. with chronological breadth. Courses may larger context of cultural diversity. also engage students in considerations of the C U LT U R A L A N D H IS T O R IC A L “local” as opposed to the “global.” COMMUNICATION AND REASONING P E R S P E C T IV E S C A T E G O R IE S COMPETENCIES CATEGORIES GLOBAL AND CROSS-CULTURAL STUDIES: U.S.: Approved courses focus on specific Approved courses engage students in INFORMATION LITERACY: Approved courses narratives or themes in the historical comparative and integrative analyses. Courses introduce students to various ways in which unfolding of the United States, including offer global perspectives on historical or information is organized and structured and political, economic, social, cultural and/or contemporary events or comparisons between to the process of finding, using, producing, intellectual dimensions. All courses will societies or regions. Courses emphasize the and distributing information in a variety of feature an explicitly historical dynamic interaction between and among media formats, including traditional print as organization; deal with topics of national, cultures and regions and the global forces that well as computer databases. Students acquire as opposed to regional or local, import; give rise to and define cultures and regions. experience with resources available on the and consider a topic of sufficient Internet and learn to evaluate the quality of U.S. DIVERSITY AND PLURALISM: Approved specificity for the course to be coherent, courses must meet each of the following six information, to use information ethically and but over a period long enough to ensure criteria: professionally, and to adjust to rapidly that the historical dynamic is clearly changing technology tools. Students must visible. Students should acquire The course should relate directly to complete this requirement within the knowledge of substance and methods for contemporary United States experiences of freshman or sophomore year. comprehending the narratives or themes students or contain components that presented. compare, on a fairly regular basis, aspects of Approved Criteria for Information Literacy other cultures to those experiences. Courses: Courses that satisfy the Certain of these courses will balance Information Literacy requirement will have topical focus and chronological breadth. A The course should compare and relate three characteristics: student who has achieved a score of 85 or aspects of racial and/or ethnic diversity, above on the Regents Examination i n including gender-related concerns, to the Classroom activities on finding, evaluating, “ U n i t e d S t a t e s H i s t o r y a n d topic of the course. In this context, the terms citing, and using information in print and Government” will be considered to have “racial” and “ethnic” may include groups electronic sources from the University fulfilled the chronological breadth that are self- and/or societally-defined on Libraries, World Wide Web, and other criterion. Therefore, such a student has such bases as nationality, religion, etc. sources. Courses should address questions the choice of fulfilling the requirement by concerning the ethical use of information, The course should provide substantial completing a course chosen from the basic copyrights, and other related issues that knowledge of diversity as expressed list available to all students or from a list promote critical reflection. through sociopolitical, ideological, of more specialized courses. Each of the a e s t h e t i c , o r o t h e r a s p e c t s o f Assignments, course work, or tutorials that more specialized courses covers to some human endeavor. This criterion is make extensive use of the University extent a knowledge of common i n t e n t i o n a l l y d e fi n e d b r o a d l y t o Libraries, World Wide Web, and other institutions in American society and how accommodate a variety of approaches. It is information sources. Assignments should they have affected different groups, not a requirement or expectation that the include finding, evaluating, and citing provides an understanding of America's content will focus on controversy or those information sources. evolving relationship with the rest of the aspects that result in conflict with other world, and deals substantially with issues At least one research project that requires persons, groups, or cultures; see, however, of American history. students to find, evaluate, cite, and use the next criterion. information presented in diverse formats EUROPE: Approved courses focus on the The course should provide sufficient from multiple sources and to integrate this development and distinctive features of knowledge to permit the student to information within a single textual, visual, or the institutions, economies, societies, and understand better the sources and digital document. cultures of Europe. Approved courses manifestations of controversy and offer either an explicitly historical WRITTEN DISCOURSE: Students must conflicts in cultural values arising from approach or emphasize the narratives satisfactorily complete with grades of C or human diversity. whereby European cultures have come to higher or S a lower division Writing gain their specific identity. Preferably, Opportunities for student writing and Intensive course, which is expected to be approved courses will have a broad discussion are central to the objectives of the completed within the freshman or cultural or historical perspective; c o u r s e s program. The course should include at least sophomore year, and a Writing Intensive wi t h a mo r e n a r r o w c h r o n o l o gi c a l one writing component. For discussions course at or above the 300 level, normally fo c u s o r a mo r e specialized narrative to be effective, classes of sixty or more completed within the student’s major. These topic will relate these interests to larger students should require discussion sections, courses use writing as an important tool in issues in the history and cultural breakout sessions, in-class groups or the discipline studied and are not designed development of Europe. comparable mechanisms permitting primarily to teach the technical aspects of discussions within groups of twenty writing. The emphasis is on using writing as students. a means of sharpening critical thinking in and understanding of the subject.

55 University at Albany Approved courses must meet each of the 5) A discussion within a group, where each Transition and Implementation following four criteria: member will be required to make 3-5 “paragraph-length” contributions in the A. Students admitted to the University whose A Substantial Body of Finished Work: course of the discussion. basis of admission is “FRESHMAN”: This is generally expected to be a total of 20+ double-spaced pages in at least Students will be made aware of the criteria that The new requirements will apply to all two, preferably more, submissions. It will be used for evaluation of these students whose basis of admission is may be in a variety of forms—journal, performances, such as contact/ relationship “freshman” who matriculate at the University reports, essays, research papers, etc.— with the audience, vocal punctuation and in Fall 2000 or thereafter. not all of which need to be graded. expressiveness, oral language style suited to B. Students admitted to the University whose the exercise, appropriate volume and pace of Opportunity for Students to Receive basis of admission is “TRANSFER”: speech, poise and comfort, vocal fluency, eye Assistance in Progress: Such assistance contact. The final grade in oral intensive The new requirements do not apply to students may take several forms, from visits to the courses will include the grade for oral whose basis of admission is “transfer” who Writing Center (HU-140) to conferences performance as a key component. matriculated at an accredited college or with the instructor. university prior to Fall 2000; these students Opportunity to Revise Some Pieces: As instead are required to meet the “Continuing” revision is an essential characteristic of MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS (1992) General Education requirements for good writing, students should be able to CATEGORY transfer students. revise some portion of their work. Approved courses introduce students to or The new requirements will apply to all other Response to Student Writing: Such extend their knowledge of pre-calculus, students whose basis of admission is response may take several forms—from calculus, discrete mathematics, probability, “transfer” and who matriculate at the extended comments from the instructor statistics and/or data analysis. Courses may be University in Fall 2002 or thereafter. to peer evaluation in student groups. It offered in the Department of Mathematics and For at least the next four years, the Office is expected, however, that the Statistics and in other departments that have of Undergraduate Studies will provide instructor will respond in detail to expertise in quantitative reasoning and data through the print and web ve r s i o n s o f some extended work of the student. analysis and that offer appropriate courses, t h e U n d e r g r a d u a t e Bulletin and particularly in statistics or discrete structures. Note: Transfer students who enter the through other media as deemed necessary, University with credit for an “English A student who has achieved a score of 85 a full description for both the current and Composition” course or a two-semester or above on the Regents Examination in the new general education requirements. combined literature and writing course “Mathematics Course III” or on a Students who feel their placement within will be considered to have completed the recognized standardized examination either system of general e d u c a t i o n lower-level writing intensive requirement indicating readiness to enter pre-calculus r e q u i r e me n t s i s inappropriate to their at this University. will be considered to have fulfilled this circumstances or may cause undue requirement. hardship may appeal to the General ORAL DISCOURSE: Approved courses provide Education Committee through the Office opportunities for students to develop the oral FOREIGN LANGUAGE CATEGORY of Undergraduate Studies. communication skills they need to participate more effectively in public and academic Basic proficiency in the understanding In accordance with the Trustees’ debates and discussions. Courses offer and use of an ancient or modern human policies, if a student from a SUNY state- opportunities to participate in a variety of language other than English as operated campus or SUNY communication contexts and to reflect on the demonstrated by: community college has fulfilled, as principles and theory relevant to specific oral determined by the policies of the other the satisfactory completion of the SUNY campus, one or more of the communication activities. Approved second college semester (i.e., level courses include instruction on Trustees-mandated general educational Elementary II) of foreign language categories, the University at Albany will presentation, as well as feedback and study or its equivalent; or evaluation of oral performance. also consider the student to have passing a Regents “Checkpoint B” fulfilled that category or those Approved courses generally have a minimum Examination or a Regents-approved categories. This is true even if 1) Albany of two exercises in which oral performance is equivalent with a score of 85 or above; requires more credits or courses for the required and graded. An oral or given category; 2) the requirement is perfor mance exercise can be fulfilled by a course whose Albany accomplished in any of the following demonstration of competency in a equivalent does not fulfill the same activities, either live or in a crafted recording: l a n g u a g e o t h e r t h a n E n g l i s h , requirement; 3) the student received a including languages not currently non-transferable but minimally passing 1) A stand-up monologue presentation of a offered for formal instruction at this minimum of 3-5 minutes grade in the course; 4) due to limits on university; or total transferable credits, the student is 2) A debate where each participant speaks satisfactory completion of at least one unable to include that course among for a minimum of 3-5 minutes college semester in a study abroad program those transferred to Albany; 5) the 3) A question and answer dialogic process in a country where English is not the primary student was waived from the requirement where the student fields a succession of language of instruction. based on high school achievement or questions or asks a succession of other standards different from those questions that build on and comment employed by Albany; or 6) the student upon prior answers was covered by a blanket waiver of the requirement by the SUNY Provost 4) because the other SUNY campus was not yet able to implement the given requirement.

56 University at Albany The same principle of reciprocity should C. Transfer Credit D Grades: The General Education Committee will apply to students who transfer from non- review approved courses on a regular Except for the Universit y’ s writin g SUNY schools. If a course approved for cycle of three years. At the end of the requirements, for which a grade of transfer from a non-SUNY school is review process, the committee will C or higher or S is required, either deemed to be equivalent to a University continue the course for another three- pre- or postmatriculation transfer at Albany course that meets a general year cycle, suggest revisions necessary work graded D+, D or D- in a education requirement, the student shall for its continuance, or designate the course that applies to one or more be considered to have fulfilled the course to be discontinued as a general of the Universit y’s General Albany general education category education course, effective at the end of Education requirements ma y be represented by that course. This is true the spring term of the next academic applied toward ful filling the even if 1) Albany requires more credits year. Any decision to discontinue a requirements, even if the student or courses for the given category; 2) the course must provide sufficient receives no graduation credit for the student receives a n o n - t r a n s f e r a b l e opportunity for appeal and revision. course. b u t m i n i m a l l y passing grade in the course; or 3) due to limits on total transferable credits, the student is unable Administration of the to include that course among those Program transferred to Albany. The Dean of Undergraduate Studies is The foregoing conditions only apply to responsible for the administration of the prematriculation credits. program, including interpretation of The only exception to the policies legislation, assessing the number of outlined above are the University’s seats required and communicating that Global and Cross-Cultural Studies information to Deans, evaluation of requirement, the U.S. Diversity a n d courses, faculty development and P l u r a l i s m r e q u i r e me n t , an d t h e program assessment. The Dean shall u p p e r d i vi s i o n W r i t i n g In t e n s i ve also have the explicit authority to grant r e q u i r e me n t . T h e s e requirements shall waivers and make appropriate be considered “local” campus substitutions for individual students, requirements, independent of the SUNY and to decertify courses that do not meet Trustees’ system of General Education, the program’s standards. The Dean shall and shall be required of all students have sufficient material and human whose basis of admission is “transfer” resources to meet these responsibilities. who matriculate at the University in fall The General Education Committee, 2002 or thereafter. Students may appointed by the Dean, will advise the continue to present credit for courses Dean on these matters. The General the University d e e m s e q u i v a l e n t t o Education Committee shall have t h e s e requirements, but for the transfer between 12 and 15 members, with broad course to fulfill the upper division representation across the University, writing requirement it must be and shall be chaired by the Associate completed with a grade of C or better or Dean for Undergraduate Studies with a grade of S. specific responsibility for the General Students who feel they have not been Education Program. appropriately accorded equivalence for Course proposals originate in any given course or courses are departments or programs, pass through encouraged to consult with their appropriate College curriculum academic adviser; if the academic committees, and are reviewed by the adviser determines that the student General Education Committee. It is the has not been awarded appropriate responsibility of the Dean and of the equivalency, the student or the adviser General Education Committee to insure may then appeal the decision through that course proposals meet the values established procedures. Students who and criteria of the general education believe their transfer work or academic program. New course proposals must circumstances may justify a waiver or also be approved by the Undergraduate substitution for part of the general Academic Council of the University education requirements may appeal to the Senate; revisions to existing courses General Education Committee through designed to qualify them for the general the Office of Undergraduate Studies (LC education program will be reviewed 30). As the new requirements are only by the General Education implemented, the units considering Committee pursuant to the procedure transfer equivalencies should, if there outline above. is demonstrable ambiguity, decide in favor of the transfer student.

57 University at Albany

New General Education: Course A Thr 225L American Theatre History Lists by Category: A Thr 230L Great Drama on Film & Video A Thr 235L Fundamentals of Theatrical Arts Design A Ant 268L Ethnology of Pre-Columbian Art A Thr 322L Development of Theatre and A Arh 170L Survey of Art in the Western Drama III World I A Thr 380L History of Costume A Arh 171L Survey of Art in the Western World II Humanities A Arh 230 The Art of Medieval A Aas 142L African/African-American Knighthood Literature A Arh 260 Introduction to Cinema A Ant 175L Anthropology and Folklore A Arh 265 History of Photography A Ant 268L Ethnology Pre-Columbian Art A Arh 266 Photography from 1970 to A Cla 207L Egyptian Archaeology Present A Cla 208L Greek Archaeology A Arh 274 Islamic Art and Architecture A Cla 209 Roman Archaeology A Arh 280 Chinese Painting A Clc 105L Myths of the Greek World A Cla 207L Egyptian Archaeology A Clc 110L Classical Roots: Great Ideas of A Cla 208L Greek Archaeology Greece and Rome A Cla 209 Roman Archaeology A Clc 223L Masterpieces of Greek Tragedy A Eas 140 East Asian Cinema and Comedy A Eac 280 Chinese Painting A Eac 150L China Through Western Eyes A Eng 102 Introduction to Creative Writing A Eac 170 China: Its Culture and Heritage A Eng 233 Modern Drama A Eac 210L Survey of Classical Chinese Lit A Eng 325 American Drama in Translation I A His 263E Art, Music, and History A A Eac 211L Survey of Classical Chinese Lit Multimedia Approach I in Translation II A His 264E Art, Music, and History A A Eac 212L Modern Chinese Literature in Multimedia Approach II Translation A Lcs 216L Music and Society in Latin A Eaj 170 Japan: Its Culture and Heritage America A Eaj 210L Survey of Traditional Japanese A Lcs 268L Ethnology of Pre-Columbian Art Literature A Lcs 315L Latin America through Film A Eaj 212L Modern Japanese Literature in A Mus 100L Introduction to Music Translation A Mus 102L The Golden Age of Piano Music A Eas 103L Sources of East Asian A Mus 115L Jazz: America's Music Civilizations I A Mus 170L Secondary Performance A Eas 104L Sources of East Asian A Mus 178L Major Performance Study I Civilizations II A Mus 180L Chamber Ensembles A Eng 121L Reading Literature A Mus 182L Percussion Ensemble A Eng 122L Reading Prose Fiction A Mus 184L Jazz Ensemble A Eng 123L Reading Drama A Mus 185L Univ-Community Symphony A Eng 124L Reading Poetry A Mus 186L Univ-Community Symphonic A Eng 144L Reading Shakespeare Band A Eng 215L Methods of Literary Criticism A Mus 187L The University Chorale A Eng 222L Masterpieces of Literature A Mus 208L Introduction to Opera A Eng 223L Short Story A Mus 211L The Concerto A Eng 226L Study of Literary Theme, Form, A Mus 212L Chamber Music or Mode A Mus 213L Survey of Symphonic Music A Eng 232L Modern Novel A Mus 214L American Music A Eng 233L Modern Drama A Mus 216L Music and Society in Latin A Eng 234L Modern Poetry America A Eng 241L Popular Literature A Mus 230 Music History I A Eng 242L Science Fiction A Mus 231 Music History II A Eng 260L Forms of Poetry A Mus 270L Secondary Performance A Eng 261L American Poetic Tradition A Mus 278L Major Performance Study III A Eng 291L The English Literary Tradition I A Mus 287L University Chamber Singers A Eng 292L The English Literary Tradition II A Mus 289L Electronic Music Ensemble A Eng 295L Classics of Western Literature I: A Mus 320 Intro to Music Composition Epic to Modern Drama A Mus 325 Electronic Music A Eng 296L Classics of Western Literature A Mus 334L Survey of American Music II: Epic to Modern Novel A Mus 338L Survey of Opera A Eng 325L American Drama A Thr 107L Introduction to Dramatic Art A Eng 362L Critical Approaches to Women A Thr 120 Understanding Design for the in Literature Performing Arts A Eng 368L Women Writers A Thr 221L Devlpmt of Theatre & Drama I A Fre 201 Perspectives on the Modern A Thr 222L Devlpmt of Theatre & Drama II World: Medieval Women A Thr 224L Contemporary Issues in Modern A Fre 241L Introduction to French Studies Drama A Fre 361 Readings in French Literature 58 University at Albany A His 263E Art, Music, and History a Natural Sciences Multimedia Approach I A Ant 110N Introduction to Human A His 264E Art, Music, and History a Evolution Multimedia Approach II A Ant 111N Introduction to the Primates A His 297 Religion in Society and History A Ant 119N The City and Human Health A Ita 223L Introduction to Literary Methods A Atm 100N The Atmosphere A Jst 231 Modern Jewish Thought A Atm 101N The Upper Atmosphere A Jst 242 The Bible as Literature A Atm 102N Science and Major A Jst 272 Modern Hebrew Literature in Environmental Issues Translation A Atm 105N Oceanus and Gala A Jst 273 The Arab in Israeli Literature A Atm 107 The Oceans A Jst 274 Love & Sex in Hebrew A Bio 102N General Biological Sciences Literature A Bio 110F General Biology I A Jst 373/Z The Arab in Israeli Literature A Bio 110N General Biology I A Jst 374/Z Love & Sex in Hebrew A Bio 111N General Biology II Literature A Bio 117N Nutrition A Lcs 216L Music & Society in Latin America A Bio 208N Marine Biology A Lcs 268L Ethnology Pre-Columbian Art A Bio 209N The Human Organism A Lcs 315L Latin America through Film A Bio 230N People and Resources in A Mus 216L Music & Society in Latin America Ecological Perspective A Phi 110L Introduction to Philosophical A Bio 241N The Biology of Sex Problems A Chm 100N Chemical ABCs: Atoms, Bonds, A Phi 111L The Mind and the World Citizen Consumers, Chemistry A Phi 112L Introduction to Reasoning and of Cancer Analysis A Chm 120N General Chemistry I A Phi 114L Morals and Society A Chm 121N General Chemistry II A Phi 115L Moral Choices A Geo 100F Planet Earth A Phi 116L World Views A Geo 100N Planet Earth A Phi 210L Introduction to Logic A Geo 105N Environmental Geology A Phi 212L Introduction to Ethical Theory A Geo 190N Earth Resources: Problems and A Phi 218L Understanding Science Choices A Rel 100L Introduction to Study of Religion A Geo 201N Environmental Analysis A Rel 116L World Views A Gog 101N Introduction to the Physical A Rel 175L Anthropology and Folklore Environment A Rel 200L Introduction to the Bible A Gog 201N Environmental Analysis A Rel 231 Modern Jewish Thought A Gog 304N Introduction to Climatology A Rel 297L Religion and Society in History A Phy 100N Contemporary Astronomy: A Rus 171L Women in Russian Culture Cosmic Connection A Rus 251L Masterpieces of 19th-Century A Phy 102N Applicatns Modern Physics in Russian Literature Art History and Archaeology A Rus 252L Masterpieces of 20th-Century A Phy 103N Exploration of Space Russian Literature A Phy 104N Physical Science for Humanists A Rus 253L Contemporary Russian Lit A Phy 105N General Physics I A Rus 261L Dostoevsky and Tolstoy in A Phy 108N General Physics II English Translation A Phy 140N Introductory Physics I A Rus 354L The Russian Novel in Its A Phy 150N Introductory Physics II Western Context A Phy 202N Environmental Physics A Spn 223L Intro to Literary Methods U Uni 154N Human Identity and A Spn 312 Representative Spanish Authors Technology II II U Uni 158N Human Identity and A Thr 221L Development of Theatre and Technology II Drama I A Wss 109N Women, Biology and Health A Thr 222L Development of Theatre and Drama II Social Sciences A Thr 224L Issues Modern Drama A Ant 108M Cultural Anthropology A Thr 225L American Theatre History A Ant 131M Ancient People of the World A Thr 230L Great Drama on Film & Video A Ant 160M Symbol and Human Nature A Wss 362L Critical Approaches to Women A Ant 220M Introduction to Linguistics in Literature A Ant 240M The North American Indian A Wss 368L Women Writers A Ant 341M Ethnology of Mesoamerica R Pos 103 Political Theory A Cla 131M Ancient People of the World R Pos 306 Contemporary Democratic A Com 100M Human Communication Theory A Eac 160M China: People and Places in the U Uni 101 Foundations of Great Ideas I Land of One Billion U Uni 151L Human Identity and A Eas 321M Exploring the Multicultural City Technology I A Eco 110M Principles of Economics I: U Uni 156L Human Identity and Microeconomics Technology I A Eco 111M Principles of Economics II: Macroeconomics 59 University at Albany A Eco 202M The American Economy: Its A His 321 American Social History to Civil Structure and Institutions War A Eng 217M Introduction to Linguistics A His 322 American Social History: Civil A Gog 102M Introduction to Human War to Present Geography A His 327 The Roles of Law in American A Gog 160M China: People and Places in the History Land of One Billion A His 328 Lawyers in American Life, 1607 A Gog 220M Introduction to Urban to Present Geography A Gog 321M Exploring the Multicultural City The following courses have been approved for A His 220M Public Policy in Modern students who received an 85 or above on the America NYS Regents Exam to fulfill the U.S. A Lcs 282M Race and Ethnicity Historical Perspectives General Education A Lcs 321M Exploring the Multicultural City Requirement A Lin 220M Introduction to Linguistics A Aas 213 History of Civil Rights A Lcs 341M Ethnology of Mesoamerica Movement A Pln 220M Introductory Urban Planning A Aas 220 Black and White in America A Psy 101M Introduction to Psychology A Ant 351 Ethnicity in North America A Psy 102M Advanced Introduction to A Eas 180 Asian America Psychology A Gog 125 The American City A Soc 115M Introduction to Sociology A Gog 180 Asian America A Soc 180G Social Problems A Gog 240 Patterns of American A Soc 180M Social Problems Immigration A Soc 210M Sociology of Culture A Gog 356 Geography of the United States A Soc 262M Sociology of Gender A His 100 American Political and Social A Soc 282 Race and Ethnicity History I A Soc 283 Juvenile Delinquency A His 101 American Political and Social A Soc 359G Medical Sociology History II A Soc 359M Medical Sociology A His 300 History of American Indians A Wss 220G Perspectives on Women A His 311 History of American Foreign A Wss 220M Perspectives on Women Policy I A Wss 262M Sociology of Gender A His 312 History of American Foreign E Aps 400 United States Educational Policy II Governance, Policy, and A His 313 Constitutional History of the Administration United States R Pos 101M American Politics A His 316 Workers and Work in America: R Pos 102M Comparative and International 1600-Present Politics A His 317 History of the American City to R Pos 103M Political Theory 1860 R Pos 240M Introduction to Public Policy A His 318 History of the American City R Pos 340M Introduction to Political since 1860 Analysis A His 321 American Social History to Civil U Uni 152M Human Identity and War Technology I A His 322 American Social History: Civil U Uni 157M Human Identity and War to Present Technology II A His 325 The Quest for Equality in American History United States Historical Perspectives A His 327 The Roles of Law in American The following courses have been approved for History ALL students to fulfill the U.S. Historical A His 328 Lawyers in American Life, 1607 Perspectives General Education Requirement: to Present A His 100 American Political and Social A Jst 221 The American Jewish History I Experience A His 101 American Political and Social A Jst 260 Jews and the Immigrant History II Experience in America R Pos 101 American Politics A Jst 351 Ethnicity in North America A His 311 History of American Foreign A Wss 106 U.S. Women Who Changed Our Policy I World A His 312 History of American Foreign A Wss 260 History of Women and Social Policy II Change A His 317 History of the American City to R Pos 101 American Politics 1860 R Pos 426 American Constitutional Law A His 318 History of the American City since 1860

60 University at Albany Europe A His 287 Africa in Modern World (Aas R Pos 371 International Relations: Practice A Arh 170 Survey of Art in Western World I 287) R Pos 374 America and Asia: Whose A Arh 171 Survey of Art in Western World II A His 364Z Culture and French Revolution Leadership? A Clc 110 Great Ideas of Greece and Rome A Jst 243 Peoples and Cultures of the R Pos 385 Vietnam: The Politics of A Clc 133 History of Ancient Greece Middle East (Ant 243) Intervention A Clc 134 History of Ancient Rome A Jst 251 Early Israel & Biblical Civiliztn R Pos 461 Comparative Ethnicity A Clc 301 Rome and Mediterranean World A Jst 257 Jews, War and Revolution: West R Pos 473 Economic Relations in the A Clc 310 Women in Antiquity (Wss 311) European Jewry, 1770-1918 Global System A Fre 201 Perspectives on the Modern A His 258 Jews, War and Revolution: East World: Medieval Women European Jewry, 1772-1918 U.S. Diversity and Pluralism A Fre 360 Evolution of French Literature A Jst 285 Hero and Antihero in Scripture A Aas 142L African/African-American and Civilization A Lcs 100/Z Cultures of Latin America Literature A His 130 History European Civilization I A Lcs 102 Intro Caribbean History (His 170) A Aas 213 History of the Civil Rights A His 131 History European Civilization II A Lcs 233 Aztec, Incas & Mayans (Ant 233) Movement A His 235 Early Medieval Christianity A Lcs 269 Caribbean: Peoples, Histories, A Aas 220 Black and White in America A His 253 Medieval Jews Among Muslims Cultures (Aas/Ant 269) A Aas 240 Classism, Racism & Sexism: and Christians (Jst/Rel 253) A Lcs 341 Ethnology of Mesoamerica (Ant Issues A His 263 Art, Music, and History I 341) A Ant 100* Culture, Society, and Biology A His 264 Art, Music, and History II A Rel 285 Hero and Antihero in Scripture A Ant 172 Community and Self A His 275 Anti-Semitism in Historical R Pos 373 Government and Politics in the A Ant 351 Ethnicity in North America Perspective (Jst 275) Republic of China A Cas 125 Diversity of Voices in Literature A Jst 252 Jews, Hellenism, and Early & the Arts Christianity (Rel 252) Global and Cross-Cultural Perspectives A Cas 131 Diversity and Equity in America A Jst 253 Medieval Jews Among Muslims A Ant 108 Cultural Anthropology A Cas 141* Concepts of Race and Culture in and Christians (His/Rel 253) A Cas 103 Perspectives on Globalization the Modern World A Jst 275 Anti-Semitism in Historical A Cas 141 Concepts of Race and Culture in A Cas 150* Cultural Diversity and the Perspective (His 275) the Modern World Human Condition A Mus 230 Music History I A Cas 150 Cultural Diversity and the A Cas 240 Images & Issues of Diversity in A Mus 231 Music History II Human Condition Visual Arts A Rel 252 Jews Hellenism, and Early A Com 371 Theories of Intercultural A Com 371* Theories of Intercultural Christianity (Jst 252) Communication Communication A Rel 253 Medieval Jews Among Muslims A Eco 130 Third World Economies: An A Eas 180 Asian America and Christians (His/Jst 253) Interdisciplinary Profile A Eco 130* The Third World Economies: A Rus 161 Russian Civilization A Gog 102 Introduction to Human Geography Interdisciplinary Profile A Thr 221 Development of Theatre and A Gog 225 World Cities A Eng 240 Growing Up in America Drama I A His 158 The World in the 20th Century A Fre 208 New World Cultural Diversity A Thr 222 Development of Theatre and A His 255 The Holocaust: Lessons in A Fre 281 Francophone Cultures: New Drama II Legacies (Jst 255) World and Third World A Wss 311 Women in Antiquity A His 275 Anti-Semitism in Historical A Gog 125M The American City R Pos 301 History of Political Theory I Perspective (Jst 275) A Gog 180 Asian America R Pos 302 History of Political Theory II A His 291 Messiah/Messianism in Judaism A Gog 240 Patterns of American Immigration and Christianity (Jst/Rel 291) A His 158* The World in the 20th Century Regions Beyond Europe A His 293 History of Women in the A His 225 Hollywood and the Jews A Aas 269 Caribbean: Peoples, Histories, Americas A His 275 Antisemitism in Historical Cultures (Lcs/Ant 269) A His 297 Religion and Society in History Perspective A Aas 286 African Civilizations (His 286) (Rel 297) A Jst 155 Judaism: Traditions & Practices A Aas 287 Africa in Modern World (His 287) A Jst 150 Survey of Jewish Civilization A Jst 221 The American Jewish Experience A Ant 233 Aztec, Incas & Mayans (Lcs 233) A Jst 254 Jews in Modern World (Rel 254) A Jst 225 Hollywood and the Jews A Ant 236 American Indian Archaeology A Jst 255 The Holocaust: Lessons in A Jst 260 Jews and Immigrant Experience A Ant 240 The North American Indian Legacies (His 255) in America A Ant 243 Peoples and Cultures of the A Jst 275 Anti-Semitism in Historical A Jst 270 Jewish-Christian Relations Middle East (Jst 243) Perspective (His 275) A Jst 275 Antisemitism in Historical A Ant 269 Caribbean: Peoples, Histories, A Jst 291 Messiah/Messianism in Judaism Perspective Cultures (Lcs/Aas 269) and Christianity (His/Rel 291) A Jst 351 Jewish American Ethnic Groups A Ant 341 Ethnology of Mesoamerica (Lcs A Lcs 359 Globalization in the Americas A Lcs 201 Hispanic Cultures in the U.S. 341) A Phi 214 World Religions (Rel 214) A Lcs 216L* Music&Society in Latin Am A Eac 170 China: Its Culture and Heritage A Pln 320 International & Urban Planning A Lcs 240 Classism, Racism, and Sexism : A Eaj 170 Japan: Its Culture and Heritage A Rel 214 World Religions (Phi 214) Issues A Eas 103 Sources of East Asian Civ I A Rel 254 Jews in Modern World (Jst 254) A Lcs 282 Race and Ethnicity A Eas 104 Sources of East Asian Civ II A Rel 291 Messiah/Messianism in Judaism A Lcs 302 Las Culturas Latinas en los A His 170 Intro Caribbean History (Lcs and Christianity (His/Jst 291) Estados Unidos 102) A Rel 297 Religion and Society in History A Lcs 375 Latino Politics in the U.S. A His 176 Cultures & Societies of Asia I (His 297) A Mus 216L* Music&Society in Latin Am A His 177 Cultures & Societies of Asia II A Wss 308 Global Perspectives on Women A Phi 214* World Religions A His 257 Jews, War and Revolution: West R Pos 102 Comparative and International A Phi 328 Philosophy and Race European Jewry, 1770-1918 Politics A Rel 100L* Intro to the Study of Religion A His 258 Jews, War and Revolution: East R Pos 355 Government and Politics in Sub- A Rel 155 Judaism: Traditions & Practices European Jewry, 1772-1918 Saharan Africa A Rel 214* World Religions A His 286 African Civilizations (Aas 286) R Pos 370 International Relations: Theory A Rel 270 Jewish-Christian Relations 61 University at Albany A Rel 275 Social Morality and Citizenship A Eak 301 Advanced Korean I A Mat 106 Survey of Calculus Educ in a Pluralistic Society A Eak 302 Advanced Korean II A Mat 108 Elementary Statistics A Soc 262M Sociology of Gender A Eas 190 Confucianism & Samurai Ethic A Mat 109 Applied Matrix Algebra A Soc 282 Race and Ethnicity A Eas 321 M Exploring the Multicultural City A Mat 111 Algebra and Calculus II A Soc 375 U.S. Urban Neighborhood A Eng 300 Z* Expository Writing A Mat 112 Calculus Diversity A Eng 301 Z* Critical Writing A Mat 118 Honors Calculus A Spn 322 Las Culturas Latinas en los A Eng 302 Z* Creative Writing A Phi 210 Introduction to Logic Estados Unidos A Eng 303 Z* Forms of Argumentative and A Psy 210 Statistical Methods in R Ssw 220 Value Issues in Social Welfare Persuasive Writing (Rhetoric) Psychology A Thr 228 Voices Diversity Contemp Amer A Eng 304 Z* Forms of Creative Writing (Poetics) A Soc 221 Statistics for Sociologists Theatre/Drama A Fre 218 France Today B Msi 220 Introduction to Business A Wss 101 Introduction to Feminisms A Fre 221 Intermediate French I Statistics A Wss 106 U.S. Women Who Changed the A Fre 222 Intermediate French II O Eop 13A Math I World A Fre 270 Beginning French for Business O Eop 13B Math II A Wss 202 Intro to Lesbian and Gay Studies A Fre 350 Conversation and Writing O Eop 13C Math III A Wss 240 Classism, Racism and Sexism : A Fre 460 Art/Soc Early Mod France R Pos 416 Research Models in Political Issues A Geo 350 Environmental Geochemistry Science I A Wss 262M Sociology of Gender A Gog 321 M Exploring the Multicultural City E Edu 275 Social Morality and Citizenship A Gog 330 Principles of Environmental Mgt Foreign Language Ed in a Pluralistic Society A Gog 344 World Population A Clg 102 Elementary Greek II E Edu 375 Social Responsibility & Citizenship A Ita 206 Intermediate Conversation and A Cll 102 Elementary Latin II Ed in Pluralistic Society Oral Grammar A Dch 102 Elementary Dutch II E Spe 460 Intro Human Exceptionality A Jrl 350 Journalistic Interviewing A Eac 102 Elementary Chinese II R Crj 210 Policies of Crime in A Jst 285 Hero and Antihero in Scripture A Eaj 102 Elementary Japanese II Heterogeneous Societies A Lcs 321 M Exploring the Multicultural City A Eak 102 Elementary Korean II U Uni 153 Human Identity and Tech II A Lin 423 Linguistic Structures A Fre 102 Beginning French II U Uni 230 An Introduction to Disability A Mus 320 L Music History A Heb 102 Elementary Hebrew II Studies A Mus 455 Form & Analysis in Tonal Music A Ita 101 Elementary Italian II * Counts toward this requirement only if A Phi 425 Contemporary Ethical Theory A Pol 102 Elementary Polish II taken before Fall 2004. A Pln 320/Z International Urban Planning A Por 101 Elementary Portuguese II A Pln 330/Z Principles of Environmental Mgt A Por 102 Intensive Elementary Portuguese Information Literacy A Rel 285 Hero and Antihero in Scripture A Rus 102 Elementary Russian II A Com 265 Intro to Communication Theory A Rus 311 Russian Conversation A Rus 104 Russian for Bilingual A Csi 198T Microcomputer Consulting A Rus 312 Russian Conversation: The Press Students II Service in the University A Soc 359D Topics Sem Medical Sociology A Rus 105 Intensive Introduction to Library A Soc 470D Topics Sem Sociology of Families Russian A Eac 160M/G China: People and Places in the A Spn 206 Intermediate Conversation and A Spn 101 Elementary Spanish II Land of One Billion Oral Grammar A Spn 105 Intensive for Bilinguals I A Eas 205 East Asian Research and A Thr 240 Acting I A Ukr 102 Elementary Ukrainian II Bibliographic Methods A Thr 242 Voice I A Gog 160M/GChina: People and Places in the A Thr 310 Reader's Theatre Land of One Billion A Thr 340 Acting II A Lin 100M Understanding Language A Thr 341 Acting III NOTE: More than one printed and R Isp 100 Internet and Information Access A Thr 343 Voice II electronic version of R Isp 301 Intro to Information Science A Thr 440 Acting IV approved course lists for the U Uni 100 The Freshmen Year Experience A Wss 322 Feminist Pedagogy in Practice New General Education (U Uni 15_) Four-Course Project B Mgt 481 Strategic Management Program appeared in the Renaissance Sequence R Isp 499Z Senior Seminar Information past year. Students who U Unl 205 Information Literacy Science believed they were fulfilling a U Uni 153 Human Identity and Tech I requirement by taking a Oral Discourse U Uni 157 Human Identity and Tech II course which no longer A Aas 490 Senior Seminar U Uni 301 Foundations of Great Ideas II appears on the list for that A Ant 423 Linguistic Structures * If taken Fall 2003 or thereafter. requirement category should A Arh 450 Art/Soc Early Mod France bring this to the attention of A Arh 499 Research Seminar Art History Writing Intensive the Dean of Undergraduate Writing Intensive courses are designated by the A Art 305 Intermediate Drawing Studies, LC 30. A Atm 321 Physical Meteorology suffix letters E, F, G, and Z. A 100- or 200-level A Bio 212 Introductory Genetics course with one of those suffixes may be used to A Com 203 Speech Composition and meet the lower division requirements; a 300-level or Presentation above course with one of those suffixes, the upper A Com 212 Argumentation and Debate division requirement. A Eac 210L Survey of Classical Chinese Lit in Translation I A Eac 211L Survey of Classical Chinese Lit Mathematics and Statistics in Translation II R Crj 281 Introduction to Statistics in A Eac 212L Modern Chinese Literature in Criminal Justice Translation A Eco 210 Tools of Economics A Eaj 301 Advanced Japanese I A Mat 101 Algebra And Calculus A Eaj 302 Advanced Japanese II A Mat 105 Finite Mathematics 62 University at Albany The General Education Committee continues to receive applications from faculty who wish their courses to count toward one or more of the New General Education categories. Although the printed copy of the Undergraduate Bulletin only comes out once a year, as new courses are approved for categories they will be added to the University’s New General Education web page: http://www.albany.edu/gened/newgene d.html

63 University at Albany

3. those intended to promote understanding A Ant 269 Caribbean: People, History & THE CONTINUING of the world’s cultural diversity and Culture historical change; A Ant 341 Ethnology of Mesoamerica (1992) GENERAL A Arh 280 Chinese Painting 4. those intended to develop writing A Bio 311 World Food Crisis DUCATION abilities as a means of composing, A Cas 220 Literature of the World I E learning, and sharing disciplinary A Cas 221 Literature of the World II knowledge. A Cas 348 America’s Radical Past: 1848-77 PROGRAM A Cla 131 Ancient Peoples of the World Requirements A Cla 207 Egyptian Archaeology The Continuing (1992) General A Cla 208 Greek Archaeology Education Program applies to all A minimum of 24 graduation credits as A Cla 209 Roman Archaeology students admitted to the University with follows: *A Cla 210 The Art & Archaeology of Cyprus basis of admission “FRESHMAN” Courses in the disciplines (18 credits)— A Clc 105 Myths of the Greek World before fall 2000 and with basis of Students must complete two approved courses A Clc 110 Classical Roots: Great Ideas of Greece & Rome admission “TRANSFER” before fall (6 credits) in each of the following categories: Humanities and the Arts, Natural Sciences, A Clc 125 Latin&Greek Elements in English 2002. Social Sciences. A Clc 133 History of Ancient Greece A Clc 134 History of Ancient Rome All other students should refer to the An approved course in Cultural and Historical A Clc 300 The Greeks & Their Neighbors section of the Undergraduate Bulletin Perspectives (3 credits) A Clc 301 Rome & Mediterranean World entitled “The New General Education An approved course in Human Diversity (3 A Clc 310 Women in Antiquity Program.” credits) A Clg 101 Elementary Greek I A Clg 102 Elementary Greek II In addition, for students matriculating Fall The General Education Program at the A Clg 103 Intro to New Testament Greek I 1997 and thereafter, a student must complete A Clg 104 Intro to New Testament Greek II University at Albany promotes breadth, two approved writing intensive courses, with coherence, critical inquiry, and public *A Clg 203 Intro to Greek Literature I minimum grades of C or higher or S, at least *A Clg 204 Intro to Greek Literature II responsibility in the intellectual life of every one of the courses must be at or above the 300 undergraduate. A Cll 101 Elementary Latin I level. For students matriculating before Fall A Cll 102 Elementary Latin II It promotes breadth through a distribution of 1997, a student must complete two approved *A Cll 200 Intermediate Latin I courses in the humanities, the natural writing intensive courses, with minimum A Cll 201 Intro to Latin Literature I sciences, and the social sciences. grades of C- or higher or S, at least one of the A Cll 202 Intro to Latin Literature II courses must be at or above the 300 level. It promotes coherence by emphasizing A Dch 101 Elementary Dutch I A Dch 102 Elementary Dutch II historical, social, aesthetic, and If more than one category is listed for a philosophical contexts that shape knowledge A Dch 201 Intermediate Dutch I and culture. particular course, that course satisfies more A Dch 202 Intermediate Dutch II than one General Education requirement. A Eac 101 Elementary Chinese I It promotes critical inquiry into the A Eac 102 Elementary Chinese II assumptions, goals, and methods of various A Eac 150 China Through Western Eyes academic fields of study. Continuing General Education: A Eac 160 China: People & Places in the It promotes public responsibility by Course Lists by Category: Land of One Billion emphasizing cultural pluralism, human NOTE: For some categories suffix letters were A Eac 170 China: Its Culture & Heritage diversity, a respect for difference, and a intended to indicate that a course fulfills a *A Eac 200 Intermediate Chinese commitment to civic dialogue. General Education requirement, but there have A Eac 201 Intermediate Chinese I been many exceptions. A course listed below A Eac 202 Intermediate Chinese II In addition, general education aims to A Eac 210 Survey of Classical Chinese Lit develop the reasoning abilities, the writing, will satisfy the requirement indicated, without regard to any suffix letters. Therefore, in the in Translation I reading, and computational abilities, the A Eac 211 Survey of Classical Chinese Lit interpretive, analytic, and synthesizing lists that follow, all suffix letters have been intentionally omitted. in Translation II abilities, central to the intellectual life of the A Eac 212 Modern Chinese Lit in University. *Italicized courses = former courses Translation The majority of General Education courses or former course numbers. A Eac 280 Chinese Painting are at the 100 and 200 level. Students are CULTURAL AND HISTORICAL A Eaj 101 Elementary Japanese I encouraged to complete the requirements in PERSPECTIVES A Eaj 102 Elementary Japanese II their first two years. A Aas 220 Black & White in America A Eaj 170 Japan: Its Culture & Heritage A Aas 269 Caribbean: Peoples, History, & A Eaj 201 Intermediate Japanese II The program includes four interrelated kinds A Eaj 202 Intermediate Japanese II of courses: Culture A Aas 286 African Civilizations A Eaj 210 Survey of Traditional Japanese 1. those intended to introduce the variety of A Aas 287 Africa in the Modern World Literature disciplines comprising a university; A Ant 131 Ancient Peoples of the World A Eaj 212 Modern Japanese Lit in Trans A Ant 146 Puerto Rico: People, History, A Eak 101 Elementary Korean I 2. those intended to promote understanding Culture A Eak 102 Elementary Korean II of the diversity of social groups and A Ant 233 Aztecs, Incas & Mayas A Eak 201 Intermediate Korean I practices in American society; A Ant 236 American Indian Archaeology A Eak 202 Intermediate Korean II A Ant 240 The North American Indian A Eas 103 Sources of East Asian Civ I A Ant 243 Peoples & Cultures of Mid East A Eas 104 Sources of East Asian Civ II A Eas 140L Introduction to East Asian Cinema A Eas 177 Cultures & Societies of Asia II 64 University at Albany A Eas 180 Asian America *A Ita 201 Intermediate Italian II A Soc 210 Sociology of Culture A Eas 270 Women in East Asian Lit A Jst 150 Survey of Jewish Civilization A Spn 100 Elementary Spanish I A Eas 321 Exploring the Multicultural City A Jst 242 The Bible as Literature A Spn 101 Elementary Spanish II A Eas 350 Geography & Development in A Jst 243 Peoples & Cultures of Middle A Spn 103 Intermediate Spanish I Pacific Asia East A Spn 104 Intermediate Spanish II A Eng 221 The Bible as Literature A Jst 248 Women in Jewish Life & Lit A Spn 105 Spanish for Bilinguals I A Fre 101 Beginning French I A Jst 251 Early Israel & Biblical Civ *A Spn 200 Intermediate Spanish I A Fre 102 Beginning French II A Jst 252 Jews, Hellenism, & Early *A Spn 201 Intermediate Spanish II *A Fre 200 Intermediate French I Christianity A Spn 314 Rise & Fall of Spanish Empire *A Fre 210 Intermediate French II A Jst 253 Medieval Jews Among Muslims A Spn 315 Conflict&Progress Mod Spain A Fre 218 French Culture in English & Christians A Spn 317 Latin-American Civilization A Fre 221 Intermediate French I A Jst 254 The Jews in the Modern World A Thr 221 Development of Theatre/Drama A Fre 222 Intermediate French II A Jst 255 The Holocaust: Lessons & I A Fre 238 Classics of French Cinema in Legacies A Thr 222 Development of Theatre/Drama English A Jst 272 Modern Hebrew Lit in II A Fre 315 Intro to French Cinema Translation A Thr 224 Contemporary Issues in Modern *A Ger 101 Elementary German I A Jst 275 Antisemitism in Historical Drama *A Ger 102 Elementary German II Perspective A Thr 225 American Theatre History *A Ger 200 Intermediate German I A Jst 291 Messiah and Messianism in A Ukr 101 Elementary Ukrainian I *A Ger 201 Intermediate German I Judaism & Christianity A Ukr 102 Elementary Ukrainian II *A Ger 202 Intermediate German II A Lcs 100 Cultures of Latin America A Wss 171 Women in Russian Culture *A Ger 207 Intermediate German II A Lcs 102 Intro to Caribbean History A Wss 248 Women in Jewish Life & Lit A Gog 102 Intro to Human Geography A Lcs 150 Puerto Rico: People, History, A Wss 260 History of Women & Social *A Gog 120 World Cities Culture Change A Gog 160 China: People & Places in the A Lcs 216 Music & Society in Latin America A Wss 270 Women in East Asian Lit Land of One Billion A Lcs 233 Aztecs, Incas & Mayas A Wss 308 Global Perspectives on Women A Gog 180 Asian America A Lcs 250 Geography of Latin America A Wss 311 Women in Antiquity A Gog 220 Introductory Urban Geography A Lcs 269 Caribbean: Peoples, History, & E Edu 275 Social Morality & Citizenship *A Gog 221 Geographic Explorations in Culture Education in a Pluralistic Society Multicultural City A Lcs 315 Latin America Through Film U Uni 101 Foundations of Great Ideas I A Gog 225 World Cities A Lcs 317 Latin American Civilization U Uni 155 Project Ren 1: Human Identity A Gog 250 Geography of Latin America A Lcs 321 Exploring the Multicultural City U Uni 310 World Food Crisis A Gog 310 World Food Crisis A Mus 216 Music & Society in Latin America A Gog 321 Exploring the Multicultural City A Phi 116 World Views HUMAN DIVERSITY A Gog 350 Geography & Development in A Phi 214 World Religions A Aas 142 African/African-American Lit Pacific Asia A Pln 220 Introductory Urban Planning A Aas 213 History Civil Rights Movement A Heb 101 Elementary Hebrew I A Pol 101 Elementary Polish I A Aas 220 Black & White in America A Heb 102 Elementary Hebrew II A Pol 102 Elementary Polish II A Aas 240 Classism, Racism & Sexism: A Heb 201 Intermediate Hebrew I A Por 100 Elementary Portuguese I Issues A Heb 202 Intermediate Hebrew II A Por 101 Elementary Portuguese II A Ant 100 Culture, Society, & Biology *A Hfa 348 America’s Radical Past: 1848-77 A Por 102 Intensive Elementary Portuguese A Ant 172 Community & Self A His 100 American Political & Social A Por 201 Intermediate Portuguese A Ant 351 Ethnicity in North America History I A Rel 100 Intro to the Study of Religion *A Ant 371 Theories Intercultural A His 101 American Political & Social A Rel 103 Intro to New Testament Greek I Communication History II A Rel 104 Intro to New Testament Greek II A Cas 125 Diversity of Voices in Literature A His 130 History of European Civ I A Rel 116 World Views & the Arts A His 131 History of European Civ II A Rel 214 World Religions A Cas 131 Diversity & Equity in America A His 170 Intro to Caribbean History A Rel 221 The Bible as Literature A Cas 141 Concepts of Race & Culture in A His 176 Cultures & Societies of Asia I A Rel 252 Jews, Hellenism, & Early the Modern World A His 177 Cultures & Societies of Asia II Christianity A Cas 150 Cultural Diversity & Human A His 235 Early & Medieval Christianity A Rel 253 Medieval Jews Among Muslims Condition A His 253 Medieval Jews Among Muslims & Christians A Cas 240 Images & Issues of Diversity in & Christians A Rel 254 The Jews in the Modern World the Visual Arts A His 255 The Holocaust: Lessons & A Rel 275 Social Morality & Citizenship A Com 371 Theories of Intercultural Legacies Education in Plur Society Communication A His 275 Antisemitism in Historical A Rel 291 Messianism in Judaism & A Eas 180 Asian America Perspective Christianity A Eco 130 The Third World Economies A His 286 African Civilizations A Rus 101 Elementary Russian I A Eng 240 Growing Up in America A His 287 Africa in the Modern World A Rus 102 Elementary Russian II A Fre 208 New World Cultural Diversity A His 292 Trials in History A Rus 103 Russian for Bilingual Students I A Fre 281 Francophone Cultures: New A His 293 History of Women in the A Rus 104 Russian for Bilingual Students II World & Third World Americas A Rus 105 Intensive Introductory Russian A Gog 125 The American City A His 316 Workers & Work in America: A Rus 161 Russian Civilization A Gog 180 Asian America 1600-Present A Rus 162 The Rise & Fall of Soviet Civ *A Gog 221 Geographic Explorations in A Ita 100 Elementary Italian I A Rus 171 Women in Russian Culture Multicultural City A Ita 101 Elementary Italian II *A Rus 200 Intermediate Russian I A Gog 240 Patterns of American A Ita 103 Intermediate Italian I A Rus 201 Intermediate Russian I Immigration A Ita 104 Intermediate Italian II A Rus 202 Intermediate Russian II *A Ita 200 Intermediate Italian *A Rus 203 Intermediate Russian II 65 University at Albany *A Hfa 125 Diversity of Voices in Literature HUMANITIES AND THE ARTS A Eng 215 Methods of Literary Criticism & the Arts A Aas 142 African/African-American Lit A Eng 222 Masterpieces of Literature *A Hfa 150 Cultural Diversity & Human A Ant 175 Anthropology & Folklore A Eng 223 Short Story Condition A Ant 268 Ethnology of Pre-Columbian Art A Eng 226 Studies of a Literary Theme, *A Hfa 240 Images & Issues of Diversity in A Arh 170 Survey of Art in Western World I Form, or Mode the Visual Arts A Arh 171 Survey of Art in Western World II A Eng 232 Modern Novel A His 158 The World in the 20th Century A Arh 280 Chinese Painting A Eng 233 Modern Drama A His 225 Hollywood and the Jews A Cas 202 Understanding the Arts A Eng 234 Modern Poetry A His 275 Antisemitism in Historical A Cas 220 Literature of the World I A Eng 241 Popular Literature Perspective A Cas 221 Literature of the World II A Eng 242 Science Fiction A Jst 155 Judaism: Traditions & Practices A Cas 360 Passion & Choice A Eng 260 Forms of Poetry A Jst 221 The American Jewish Experience A Cla 207 Egyptian Archaeology A Eng 261 American Poetic Tradition A Jst 225 Hollywood and the Jews A Cla 208 Greek Archaeology A Eng 291 The English Literary Tradition I A Jst 260 Jews & Immigrant Experience in A Cla 209 Roman Archaeology A Eng 292 The English Literary Tradition II America *A Cla 210 The Art & Archaeology of Cyprus A Eng 295 Classics of Western Lit I: Epic A Jst 270 Jewish-Christian Relations A Clc 105 Myths of the Greek World to Modern Drama A Jst 275 Antisemitism in Historical A Clc 110 Classical Roots: Great Ideas of A Eng 296 Classics of Western Lit II: Epic Perspective Greece & Rome to Modern Novel A Jst 351 Jewish American Ethnic Groups A Clc 223 Masterpieces of Greek Tragedy & A Eng 311 History of the English Language A Lcs 201 Hispanic Cultures in the United Comedy A Eng 325 American Drama States A Clg 101 Elementary Greek I A Eng 362 Critical Approaches to Women in A Lcs 216 Music & Society in Latin America A Clg 102 Elementary Greek II Literature A Lcs 240 Classism, Racism, & Sexism: A Clg 103 Intro to New Testament Greek I A Eng 368 Women Writers Issues A Clg 104 Intro to New Testament Greek II A Fre 101 Beginning French I A Lcs 282 Race & Ethnicity *A Clg 203 Intro to Greek Literature I A Fre 102 Beginning French II A Lcs 302 Las Culturas Latinas en los *A Clg 204 Intro to Greek Literature II *A Fre 200 Intermediate French I Estados Unidos A Cll 101 Elementary Latin I *A Fre 210 Intermediate French II *A Lcs 383 Social Psych of Ethnic Relations A Cll 102 Elementary Latin II A Fre 221 Intermediate French I A Mus 216 Music & Society in Latin America *A Cll 200 Intermediate Latin I A Fre 222 Intermediate French II A Phi 214 World Religions A Cll 201 Intro to Latin Literature I A Fre 241 Intro to French Studies A Phi 328 Philosophy & Race A Cll 202 Intro to Latin Literature II *A Ger 101 Elementary German I *A Psy 383 Social Psych of Ethnic Relations A Dch 101 Elementary Dutch I *A Ger 102 Elementary German II A Rel 100 Intro to the Study of Religion A Dch 102 Elementary Dutch II *A Ger 200 Intermediate German I A Rel 155 Judaism: Traditions & Practices A Dch 201 Intermediate Dutch I *A Ger 201 Intermediate German I A Rel 214 World Religions A Dch 202 Intermediate Dutch II *A Ger 202 Intermediate German II A Rel 270 Jewish-Christian Relations A Dch 308 Into to Lit of Netherlands *A Ger 207 Intermediate German II A Rel 275 Social Morality & Citizenship A Eac 101 Elementary Chinese I *A Ger 225 From Goethe to Thomas Mann Education A Eac 102 Elementary Chinese II *A Ger 240 Hermann Hesse: Life & Work *A Sbs 131 Diversity & Equity in America A Eac 150 China Through Western Eyes *A Ger 247 Goethe’s Faust in Translation *A Sbs 141 Concepts of Race & Culture in A Eac 170 China: Its Culture & Heritage A Heb 101 Elementary Hebrew I the Modern World *A Eac 200 Intermediate Chinese A Heb 102 Elementary Hebrew II A Soc 262 Sociology of Gender A Eac 201 Intermediate Chinese I A Heb 201 Intermediate Hebrew I A Soc 282 Race & Ethnicity A Eac 202 Intermediate Chinese II A Heb 202 Intermediate Hebrew II A Soc 375 U.S. Urban Neighborhood A Eac 210 Survey of Classical Chinese Lit *A Hfa 202 Understanding the Arts Diversity in Translation I *A Hfa 250 Creative Minds A Spn 322 Las Culturas Latinas en los A Eac 211 Survey of Classical Chinese Lit *A Hfa 360 Passion & Choice Estados Unidos in Translation II A His 263 Art, Music, & History: A A Thr 228 Voices Diversity Contemp Amer A Eac 212 Modern Chinese Lit in Multimedia Approach I Theatre/Drama Translation A His 264 Art, Music, & History: A A Wss 101 Intro to Feminisms A Eac 280 Chinese Painting Multimedia Approach II A Wss 106 U.S. Women Who Changed Our A Eaj 101 Elementary Japanese I A His 297 Religion & Society in History World A Eaj 102 Elementary Japanese II A Ita 100 Elementary Italian I A Wss 202 Intro to Lesbian & Gay Studies A Eaj 170 Japan: Its Culture & Heritage A Ita 101 Elementary Italian II *A Wss 210 Intro to Feminism A Eaj 201 Intermediate Japanese II A Ita 103 Intermediate Italian I A Wss 240 Classism, Racism, & Sexism: A Eaj 202 Intermediate Japanese II A Ita 104 Intermediate Italian II Issues A Eaj 210 Survey Trad Japanese Lit *A Ita 200 Intermediate Italian I A Wss 262 Sociology of Gender A Eaj 212 Modern Japanese Lit in Trans *A Ita 201 Intermediate Italian II E Edu 275 Social Morality & Citizenship A Eak 101 Elementary Korean I A Ita 223 Intro to Literary Methods Education in a Pluralistic Society A Eak 102 Elementary Korean II A Lcs 216 Music & Society in Latin America E Edu 375 Social Responsibility and A Eak 201 Intermediate Korean I A Lcs 268 Ethnology of Pre-Columbian Art Citizenship Education in a A Eak 202 Intermediate Korean II A Lcs 275 Four Caribbean Writers Pluralistic Society A Eas 103 Sources of East Asian Civ I A Lcs 315 Latin America through Film R Crj 210 Policies of Crime in A Eas 104 Sources of East Asian Civ II A Mus 100 Intro to Music Heterogeneous Societies A Eas 140L Introduction to East Asian Cinema A Mus 102 “Golden Age” of Piano Music R Ssw 220 Value Issues in Social Welfare A Eng 121 Reading Literature A Mus 115 Jazz: America’s Music U Uni 153 Project Ren 2: Human Identity A Eng 122 Reading Prose Fiction A Mus 125 Russia: Its Music & Its People U Uni 230 An Intro to Disability Studies A Eng 123 Reading Drama A Mus 208 Intro to Opera A Eng 124 Reading Poetry A Mus 211 The Concerto A Eng 144 Reading Shakespeare A Mus 212 Chamber Music 66 University at Albany A Mus 213 Survey of Symphonic Music A Thr 225 American Theatre History A Phy 140 Introductory Physics I A Mus 214 American Music *A Thr 227 Comparative Genres Drama & A Phy 150 Introductory Physics II A Mus 216 Music & Society in Latin America Theatre A Phy 202 Environmental Physics A Mus 217 Women & Music A Thr 230 Great Drama on Film & Video A Wss 109 Women, Biology & Health A Mus 230 Music History I A Thr 235 Fundamentals of Theatrical U Uni 154 Project Renaissance 2 A Mus 231 Music History II Design U Uni 158 Project Renaissance 2 A Mus 334 Survey of American Music *A Thr 241 Performance: Physicality of U Uni 160 Math, Art, & the Creative Process A Mus 338 Survey of Opera Communication U Uni 310 World Food Crisis A Phi 110 Intro to Philosophical Problems A Thr 380 History of Costume A Phi 111 The Mind and the World A Ukr 101 Elementary Ukrainian I SOCIAL SCIENCES A Phi 112 Critical Thinking A Ukr 102 Elementary Ukrainian II A Ant 106 Linguistic Anthropology A Phi 114 Morals & Society A Wss 171 Women in Russian Culture A Ant 108 Cultural Anthropology A Phi 115 Moral Choices A Wss 217 Women & Music A Ant 131 Ancient Peoples of the World A Phi 116 World Views A Wss 362 Critical Approaches to Women in A Ant 160 Symbol & Human Nature A Phi 210 Intro to Logic Literature *A Ant 200 Cultural Anthropology A Phi 212 Intro to Ethical Theory A Wss 368 Women Writers A Ant 220 Intro to Linguistics A Phi 218 Understanding Science E Tap 233 Landmarks in Literacy *A Ant 221 Linguistic Anthropology A Phy 201 Physics & Buddhism *U Uni 102 Foundations of Great Ideas II A Ant 240 The North American Indian A Pol 101 Elementary Polish I U Uni 151 Project Ren 1: Human Identity A Ant 341 Ethnology of Mesoamerica A Pol 102 Elementary Polish II U Uni 156 Project Renaissance 1: A Cla 131 Ancient Peoples of the World A Por 100 Elementary Portuguese I Technology A Com 100 Human Communication: A Por 101 Elementary Portuguese II U Uni 301 Foundations of Great Ideas II Language & Social Action A Por 102 Intensive Elementary Portuguese A Eac 160 China: People & Places in the A Por 201 Intermediate Portuguese NATURAL SCIENCES Land of One Billion A Rel 100 Intro to the Study of Religion A Ant 110 Intro to Human Evolution A Eas 321 Exploring the Multicultural City A Rel 103 Intro to New Testament Greek I A Ant 111 Intro to the Primates *A Eco 102 The American Economy A Rel 104 Intro to New Testament Greek II A Ant 119 The City & Human Health A Eco 202 The American Economy: Its A Rel 116 World Views A Atm 100 The Atmosphere Structure & Institutions A Rel 175 Anthropology & Folklore A Atm 101 The Upper Atmosphere A Eco 110 Principles of Eco I: A Rel 200 Intro to the Bible A Atm 102 Science & Major Environ Issues Microeconomics A Rel 201 Physics & Buddhism A Atm 105 Oceanus & Gaia A Eco 111 Principles of Eco II: A Rel 297 Religion & Society in History A Atm 107 The Oceans Macroeconomics A Rus 101 Elementary Russian I A Bio 102 General Biological Sciences A Eng 217 Intro to Linguistics A Rus 102 Elementary Russian II A Bio 110 General Biology I A Gog 102 Intro to Human Geography A Rus 103 Russian for Bilingual Students I A Bio 111 General Biology II A Gog 125 The American City A Rus 104 Russian for Bilingual Students II A Bio 117 Nutrition A Gog 155 Geography & Contemporary A Rus 105 Intensive Introductory Russian *A Bio 207 Cells: Modern Cell Biology Affairs A Rus 125 Russia: Its Music & Its People A Bio 208 Marine Biology A Gog 160 China: People & Places in the A Rus 171 Women in Russian Culture A Bio 209 The Human Organism Land of One Billion *A Rus 200 Intermediate Russian I A Bio 230 People & Resources in A Gog 220 Introductory Urban Geography A Rus 201 Intermediate Russian I Ecological Perspective *A Gog 221 Geographic Explorations in A Rus 202 Intermediate Russian II A Bio 241 The Biology of Sex Multicultural City *A Rus 203 Intermediate Russian II A Bio 311 World Food Crisis A Gog 321 Exploring the Multicultural City A Rus 251 Masterpieces of 19th-Century A Chm 100 Chemical ABCs: Atoms, Bonds, A His 220 Public Policy in Modern America Russian Literature Citizen Consumers A Lcs 282 Race & Ethnicity A Rus 252 Masterpieces of 20th-Century A Chm 110 The DNA Double Helix & the A Lcs 321 Exploring the Multicultural City Russian Literature Chemistry of Cancer A Lcs 341 Ethnology of Mesoamerica A Rus 253 Contemporary Russian Lit A Chm 120 General Chemistry I A Lin 100 Understanding Language A Rus 261 Dostoevsky & Tolstoy in A Chm 121 General Chemistry II A Lin 220 Intro to Linguistics English Translation A Csi 101 Elements of Computing A Pln 220 Introductory Urban Planning A Rus 354 The Russian Novel in Its A Csi 120 Computational Principles & A Psy 101 Intro to Psychology Western Context Issues A Psy 102 Advanced Intro to Psychology A Spn 100 Elementary Spanish I A Csi 201 Intro to Computer Science A Soc 115 Intro to Sociology A Spn 101 Elementary Spanish II A Geo 100 Planet Earth A Soc 180 Social Problems A Spn 103 Intermediate Spanish I A Geo 105 Environmental Geology if taken A Soc 210 Sociology of Culture A Spn 104 Intermediate Spanish II Fall 1997 or thereafter A Soc 262 Sociology of Gender A Spn 105 Spanish for Bilinguals I A Geo 190 Earth Resources: Problems & A Soc 270 Social & Demographic Change *A Spn 200 Intermediate Spanish I Choices A Soc 282 Race & Ethnicity *A Spn 201 Intermediate Spanish II A Gog 101 Intro to the Physical Environment A Soc 283 Juvenile Delinquency A Spn 223 Intro to Literary Methods A Gog 310 World Food Crisis A Soc 359 Medical Sociology A Spn 312 Representative Spanish Authors A Mat 102 Mathematics by Visualization A Wss 220 Perspectives on Women II A Phy 100 Contemporary Astronomy: A Wss 262 Sociology of Gender A Thr 107 Intro to Dramatic Art Cosmic Connection R Pos 101 American Politics A Thr 120 Understanding Design for the A Phy 103 Exploration of Space R Pos 102 Comparative & International Performing Arts A Phy 104 Physical Science for Humanists Politics A Thr 221 Devlpmt Theatre & Drama I A Phy 105 General Physics I R Pos 103 Political Theory A Thr 222 Devlpmt Theatre & Drama II A Phy 108 General Physics II R Ssw 299 Families: Middle Age & Late A Thr 224 Contemporary Issues in Modern *A Phy 120 Introductory Physics I Life Drama *A Phy 124 Introductory Physics II U Uni 152 Project Renaissance 1: 67 University at Albany Technology A course shall be considered for designation as U Uni 157 Project Ren 2: Human Identity “Human Diversity Requirement” by the Exceptions to the General Approved courses for the Curriculum Committee, subject to Education Requirements General Education requirements Undergraduate Academic Council approval, under the following criteria: Transfer students who are recipients of an have these features: Associate of Arts (A.A.) or Associate of 1. They should relate directly to Science (A.S.) degree from a State of New 1. They offer general, non-specialized contemporary United States experiences York operated campus, a SUNY or CUNY introduction to central topics in a discipline of students or contain components that community college shall be considered to or interdisciplinary field; while they may compare, on a fairly regular basis, have completed all lower division satisfy major or minor requirements, their aspects of other cultures to those University at Albany General Education purpose is to serve students who do not experiences. Requirements (this does not include the intend to pursue more advanced work; upper-level writing requirement). 2. They should compare and relate aspects 2. They encourage reflectiveness about of racial and/or ethnic diversity, In addition, transfer students who are disciplinary knowledge; they explain what including gender-related concerns, to recipients of an Associate of Applied it means to be a practitioner of a discipline; the topic of the course. In this context, Science (A.A.S.) or an Associate in they convey explicit rather than tacit the terms “racial” and “ethnic” may Occupational Science (A.O.S.) degree from a State of New York operated campus, a understanding of the nature and importance include groups of self- and/or societally SUNY or CUNY community college shall of a discipline; defined on such bases as nationality, be considered to have completed all lower 3. They encourage active rather than passive religion, etc. division University at Albany General learning; they attend, as appropriate, to 3. They should provide substantial Education Requirements (this does not reasoning and/or aesthetic aptitudes, and to knowledge of diversity as expressed include the upper-level writing reading, writing, and computational through sociopolitical ideological, requirement) if all the following conditions abilities; aesthetic, or other aspects of human are met for the associate degree: 4. They are sensitive to the multiple endeavor. This criterion is intentionally • the student has satisfactorily completed perspectives of a pluralistic culture both defined broadly to accommodate a a minimum of 30 credits that are within and beyond the university. variety of approaches. It is not a acceptable to Albany as “liberal arts and requirement or expectation that the sciences” courses (consult the section of content will focus on controversy or this bulletin entitled Liberal Arts and Cultural and Historical Perspectives: those aspects that result in conflict with Science Courses); Approved courses in this category share the other persons, groups, or cultures; see, however, the next criterion. • the associate program included a writing features described above while also involving requirement and the student fulfilled the students in the study of cultures, civilizations, or 4. They should provide sufficient requirement; geographic regions as they change through time, knowledge to permit the student to providing students with knowledge of various understand better the sources and • the student satisfactorily completed at critical approaches to interpreting history and manifestations of controversy and least one course in each the following with an understanding of diverse cultural conflicts in cultural values arising from areas: literature or fine arts; social or vantage points and world views. human diversity. behavioral sciences; and physical or life sciences. 5. Opportunities for student writing and Human Diversity Requirement: discussion are central to the objectives By action of the Dean of Undergraduate of the program. Courses should include Studies, all transfer students shall be All students entering the University in Fall exempted from all lower division General at least one writing component. For 1990 semester and thereafter are required, as Education requirements IF they have discussions to be effective, classes of part of their undergraduate degree satisfactorily completed PRIOR TO requirements, to complete a course from an sixty or more students should require MATRICULATION at Albany all of the approved list of ‘Human Diversity’ courses. discussion sections, breakout sessions, following: in-class groups or comparable Courses approved for this requirement may, mechanisms permitting discussions at least 30 credits which are acceptable but need not, also be applicable to other within groups of twenty students. to the University at Albany as “liberal arts General Education requirements. Ideally, and sciences” courses; students should satisfy the requirement with a 6. Courses should focus on the theories, course that deals with a culture other than their histories, dynamics, mechanisms, and one course in literature or in the fine own. Students who are waived from the results of human and social diversity, arts or in a humanities department or with General Education requirements, by virtue of drawing on the experience of specific General Education suffix “L” or “E”; having completed an Associates of Arts (A.A.) groups to illustrate those principles. one course in a social science or a or Associates of Science (A.S.) at an Thus, whatever specific cultural behavioral science or in a behavioral accredited institution are also waived from heritages the students study should be Human Diversity. Students may still wish, science department or with General placed in the larger context of cultural Education suffix “M” or “G”; however, to take a human diversity course to diversity. enhance and broaden their education.

68 University at Albany one course in a physical science or a life 2) Opportunity for Students to Receive science or in a natural or physical science Assistance in Progress department or with General Education Such assistance may take several forms, suffix “N” or “F”; and from visits to the Writing Center (HU- a satisfactorily completed writing 140) to conferences with the instructor. course These exemptions DO NOT apply to any upper division General Education 3) Opportunity to Revise Some Pieces courses or categories of courses required of As revision is an essential characteristic all Albany undergraduates, currently the of good writing, students should be able requirement of a Writing Intensive course to revise some portion of their work. at the 300 level or above. 4) Response to Student Writing Writing: Transfer students who enter the University at Albany with credit for an Such response may take several forms— English Composition course or a two- from extended comments from the semester sequence combined literature and instructor to peer evaluation in student writing course will be considered to have groups. It is expected, however, that the completed the lower level writing intensive instructor will respond in detail to some requirement at this University. extended work of the student. In exceptional circumstances, individual Transfer students who enter the University exceptions to the general education with credit for an “English Composition” requirements may be granted by the course or a two-semester combined Curriculum and Honors Committee of the literature and writing course will be Undergraduate Academic Council. Students considered to have completed the lower- seeking additional information regarding or level writing intensive requirement at this requesting an exception to the general University. education requirements, for example, by virtue of having completed an associates’ degree at a non-state operated institution should contact the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate Studies (LC 30).

Effective Date The General Education requirements must be satisfied by all students matriculating in Fall 1993 and thereafter. Writing Across the Curriculum All students matriculating Fall 1997 and thereafter must satisfactorily complete with grades of C or higher, or S, two writing intensive courses, including at least one at or above the 300 level. (All students matriculating before Fall 1997 must satisfactorily complete with grades of C- or higher, or S, two writing intensive courses, including at least one at or above the 300 level.) A writing intensive course uses writing as an important tool in the discipline studied, and is not designed primarily to teach the technical aspects of writing. The emphasis is on using writing as a means of sharpening thinking in and understanding of the subject. Criteria 1) A Substantial Body of Finished Work This is generally expected to be a total of 20+ double spaced pages in at least two, preferably more submissions. It may be in a variety of forms—journal, reports, essays, research papers, etc.—not all of which need to be graded.

69 University at Albany The subject or departmental designation PROGRAMS AND consists of three letters representing an Letter Suffixes for abbreviation for the subject or the General Education Courses department offering the course. COURSES For the “Continuing General Education Program,” courses approved in some Information concerning specific programs of Course Levels general education categories and/or as study may be found by referring to the writing intensive courses are usually sections in this bulletin headed University- Students ordinarily enroll in courses at the level appropriate to their class. The course identified by the following letter suffixes Wide Offerings, College of Arts and Science, after the course number. School of Business, School of Criminal number is a three-digit number assigned to Justice, School of Education, Educational the course by the academic unit offering L, I Humanities and the Arts the course. The first digit reflects the level Opportunities Program, Office of General M Social Sciences Studies, School of Information Science, at which the course is taught. Office of International Programs, Nelson A. Some courses are given the designation a N Natural Sciences Rockefeller College of Public Affairs and or b after the course number, indicating the E Humanities and the Arts Policy, School of Public Health, and School first and second half, respectively, of a of Social Welfare). two-semester sequence. The level + Writing designations are noted here. F Natural Sciences Unit of Academic Credit 000-099 Noncredit courses [Exception: + Writing Generally, one credit represents the transfer courses having no counterpart at G Social Sciences equivalent of one hour of lecture or recitation the University are sometimes evaluated as or at least two hours of laboratory work each AHIS010, AENG030, etc., meaning 100- +Writing week for one semester or the equivalent in level History elective, 300-level English Z Writing Intensive honors study. elective, and so on.]] The number following each course title; 100-299 Lower-division courses, with e.g., (3), indicates the credits offered for 200-299 primarily for sophomores. The “New General Education Program” that course. Courses designed to present a large body of also employs the suffixes E, F, G, and Z to information without expecting a mastery of identify writing intensive courses. The Significance of Course Number detail (e.g., survey courses in history or other suffixes are not used; instead, literature) or to present general theoretical students and advisers refer to lists for each Each course offered by the University is or methodological approaches (e.g., category. assigned a designation and a number foundation courses in the social, natural according to a plan that is outlined here. and physical sciences) or to teach skills or At the end of course descriptions in this The specific course designation and techniques at an introductory level (e.g., bulletin, the following abbreviations are number appears in the bulletin directly in general physical education) are considered used, within brackets, to indicate any of the front of the course title. to be lower division. Lower-division New General Education Requirement courses may be expected to include categories met by the course: Each course designation consists of three elementary and may include intermediate [AR] = Arts separate units: (1) the school designation; (2) levels of subject matter competency but not the subject or departmental designation; and advanced levels. [BE] = Regions Beyond Europe (3) the course number. 300-499 Upper-division courses, with [DP] = U.S. Diversity and Pluralism The school or college offering a course is 400-499 primarily for seniors. Courses [EU] = Europe identified by a single letter as noted here. offered primarily for those who are in the A College of Arts and Sciences third and fourth years of their university [FL] = Foreign Language education. The content should go beyond B School of Business [GC] = Global/Cross-Cultural the introductory or survey level and, in the D former Division of Physical judgment of the faculty, will require prior [HU] = Humanities Education, Athletics, and Recreation academic achievement and experience. [IL] = Information Literacy E School of Education 500-599 First-year graduate courses (open [MS] = Mathematics/Statistics G International Studies to seniors with appropriate background and consent of major department chairs and the [NS] = Natural Sciences H School of Public Health course instructors). [OD] = Oral Discourse O Educational Opportunities Program 600-699 First-year graduate courses (open [SS] = Social Sciences R School of Criminal Justice, School of to superior seniors with the approval of Information Science and Policy, their advisers and the written consent of [US] = U.S. History Rockefeller College of Public Affairs their department chairs and the course [US*] = U.S. History expanded list and Policy, and School of Social instructors). Welfare [WI] = Writing Intensive 700+ Advanced graduate courses T former General Education Honors ordinarily beyond the master’s degree and Program Honors Tutorials open only to graduate students. U University-Wide Offerings X Regional Cross-Registration

70 University at Albany Equivalent Courses If a course is cross-listed (considered equivalent) with a course from another department or school, the equivalent course is listed in parentheses after the course number with an equals sign. Therefore, if a course fulfills a requirement for a major, minor, or general education category, all courses cross-listed with that course shall be considered to fulfill the same requirement. Students who have received graduation credit for a cross-listed course may not also receive graduation credit for the equivalent courses(s) listed in parentheses. If a course has had its number changed within the past four years, the prior number is listed in parentheses after the current course number. Unless expressly allowed to do so in the course description, students who have received graduation credit for a course under a previous course number may not also receive graduation credit for the same course under a new course number.

Repeatable Courses If a course may be repeated for graduation credit, this will be indicated in the course description. Sometimes the repeatability is restricted and this is also indicated in the course description: “may be repeated once for credit,” “may be repeated if topic differs,” etc. If the description does not indicate the course can be repeated for credit, then a student who takes and passes the same course more than once will only receive graduation credit for that course once.

71 University at Albany

Department of Communication Department of Mathematics THE UNIVERSITY IN A Com 238 Introduction to Mass and Statistics THE Communication A Mat 100 Precalculus Math Department of Computer Science A Mat 101 Algebra and Calculus HIGH SCHOOL A Csi 101N Elements of Computing A Mat 108 Elementary Statistics A Csi 102 Microcomputer Software A Mat 112 Calculus I PROGRAM A Csi 201N Introduction to Computer A Mat 113 Calculus II Science A Mat 214 Calculus of Several Variables Gregory I. Stevens, Ph.D., Director Department of East Asian Studies A Mat 220 Linear Algebra Grace D. Kelly, M.L.S., M.A. Associate A Eac 201L Intermediate Chinese Department of Music Director Department of Economics A Mus 100L Introduction to Music The University in the High School A Eco 110M Principles of Economics I– A Mus 110 Basic Music Theory Program, under the direction and Microeconomics A Mus 140 Theory I4 sponsorship of the College of Arts and A Eco 111M Principles of Economics II– Department of Physics Sciences, is a partnership program Macroeconomics A Phy 100N Contemporary Astronomy-the between the University at Albany and participating secondary schools A Eco 202M The American Economy: Its Cosmic Connection throughout New York State. Structure and Institutions A Phy 105N General Physics I Department of English A Phy 108N General Physics II The Program allows qualified students to earn college credit while still in high A Eng 121L Reading Literature A Phy 140N Introductory Physics I school. By entering college with A Eng 122L Reading Prose Fiction A Phy 150N Introductory Physics II previously earned credits, they can hasten A Eng 123L Reading Drama Department of Political Science their graduation from college or explore a A Eng 124L Reading Poetry R Pos 101M American Politics wider range of academic areas during a A Eng 144L Reading Shakespeare Department of Psychology regular college sequence. A Eng 222L Masterpieces of Literature A Psy 101M Introduction to Psychology The following course work is currently A Eng 226L Study of a Theme: Form or A Psy 203 Psychology of Child available to program participants (see individual department, schools, or Mode Development programs for course descriptions).The “S- A Eng 243 Literature and Film Department of Sociology U’ option is not available in UHS courses. A Eng 296 Classics of Western Literature A Soc 115M Introduction to Sociology Other courses may be considered upon II: Ancient Epic to Modern Novel Department of Theatre request: Department of History A Thr 107L Department of Art A His 100 American Political and Social A Thr 140A Fundamentals of Acting A Art 105 Beginning Drawing History I A Thr 201Z Play Analysis A Art 110 Two Dimensional Design A His 101 American Political and Social Humanities Topics A Art 115 Three Dimensional Design History II A Cas 198 Special Topics in the Department of Earth and Atmospheric A His 130 History of European Humanities Science Civilization I School of Criminal Justice A Atm 100N The Atmosphere Department of Judaic Studies R Crj 202 Introduction to Law and A Geo 100N Planet Earth A Jst 221 The American Jewish Criminal Justice A Geo 102N Planet Earth and Physical Experience School of Public Health Geology Laboratory Department of Languages, Literatures H Sph 201 Introduction to Public Department of Biological Sciences and Cultures Health A Bio 100 Contemporary Biology A Fre 221I or L Intermediate French I Science Research A Bio 102N General Biological Sciences A Fre 222I or L Intermediate French II A Cas 109 Intermediate Science Research A Bio 117N Nutrition A Ita 103L Intermediate Italian I A Cas 110 Intermediate Methods of School of Business A Ita 104L Intermediate Italian II Research B Acc 211 Financial Accounting A Rus 201L Intermediate Russian I A Cas 209 Advanced Science Research Department of Chemistry A Rus 202L Intermediate Russian II A Cas 210 Advanced Methods of Research A Chm 100N Chemical ABC’s: Atoms, A Spn 103I or L Intermediate Spanish I Bonds, and Citizen Consumers A Spn 104I or L Intermediate Spanish II A Chm 120N General Chemistry I A Spn 105L Spanish for Bilinguals I A Chm 121N General Chemistry II A Spn 205 Spanish for Bilinguals II Department of Classics A Clc 110L Classical Roots: Great ideas of Greece and Rome A Cll 102L Elementary Latin II A Cll 201L Introduction to Latin Literature I

72 University at Albany

In addition, the college is responsible for A Cas 109 Intermediate Science THE COLLEGE OF interdisciplinary majors with concentrations Research (2) in art history, biochemistry and molecular Students learn research methodology in the natural biology, earth and atmospheric science, East and social sciences by accessing scientific databases, ARTS AND by using on-line bibliographic search techniques, Asian studies, human biology, Japanese consulting doctoral-level research scholars, CIENCES studies, medieval and Renaissance studies, developing hypotheses and performing experiments S and religious studies; and for minor to test them, and by writing research papers and programs in cognitive science, film studies, making presentations at scientific symposia. It is Dean expected that the students will have done many of Joan Wick- Pelletier journalism, Hebrew, Japanese studies, and these activities in the prerequisite high school Portuguese. course, and in this course emphasis in placed upon Associate Dean, Academics the formulation of hypotheses and initiation of Jeanette Altarriba experiments in consultation with mentors. Prerequisite(s): completion of one year of an Associate Dean, Research For purposes of degree requirements for the approved course in science research at the high- Lawrence Schell B.A. and B.S. degrees, the following school level; permission of instructor; may not be undergraduate courses offered by the college taken by students enrolled in college. Offered Assistant Dean, Facilities Management are defined as liberal arts and sciences: all summer session only. Elizabeth Gaffney courses except A Csi 198, A Eaj 423, A Eco A Cas 110 Intermediate Methods of Assistant Dean, Administrative Services 495, A Heb 450, A Mat 204, A Mus 315, Research (4) A Rus 395, A Thr 315. Students learn research methodology in the natural Dona Parker and social sciences by accessing scientific databases Assistant Dean, Budget and Personnel Courses in this section are preceded by the by using on-line bibliographic search techniques, prefix letter A. consulting doctoral-level research scholars, Steven Galime developing hypotheses and performing experiments to test them, and writing research papers and making Assistant Dean, Academic Program Foreign Language Study presentations at scientific symposia. It is expected Gregory Stevens that the students will have done many of these Placement Policies activities in the prerequisite high school course, and Director, CAS Computing Services in this course emphasis is placed upon performing Brian Macherone Foreign language placement is based on a experiments in consultation with mentors. Students student’s current level of competence, as are expected to spend at least three hours per week determined by placement procedures outside of class. Prerequisite(s): Completion of one developed by the University’s foreign year of an approved course in science research at the The College of Arts and Sciences comprises high-school level; permission of instructor; may not the students and faculty of 25 departments language departments. Regulations covering be taken by students enrolled in college; available offering majors and minors, as well as those foreign language placement and credit may for year-long course of study only. working in a variety of cooperative be obtained from departmental offices A Cas 111 Beginning Fundamentals interdisciplinary programs. These include offering the language in question. of Research (2) the arts, computational sciences, humanistic The department, through a departmental Students learn research methodology in the natural studies, physical sciences, and social and social sciences. Students access scientific representative, will assess the active skills in databases by using on-line bibliographic search sciences. Study in the Arts and Sciences that language and will make a final techniques, consult doctoral level research scholars, provides students with a liberal education, placement decision for each student no later develop hypotheses and perform experiments to test including knowledge and skills applicable to than the second class meeting of the course them, and write research papers and make further study and to occupations in a great presentations at scientific symposia. This course being recommended. A student may not earn emphasizes the first group of these activities, up to variety of fields. graduation credit for a course in a language the actual performance of experiments, but some The presence of research faculty and sequence if it is a prerequisite to a course students may go further. Students are expected to for which graduation credit has already been spend at least three hours working on class work per graduate students in the programs of the week outside of class. May be repeated once for College affords undergraduate students the earned. credit. opportunity to study with scholars and Students earning advanced placement credits A Cas 125 A Diversity of Voices in researchers working at the cutting edge of from high school will be expected to register Literature and the Arts: Creating their disciplines. Qualified advanced for the next course in the language Ourselves and Our Cultures (3) undergraduates, in accordance with sequence. Those earning credit in University Examines the emergence of American literary and University policy, may enroll in in the High School course work must other creative endeavors from the diverse appropriate graduate courses. consult with the appropriate department experiences and heritages of the American peoples. The course focuses on creative works that explore Fields of study leading to majors in the College chair for placement in the next course in that and create representations of the self in relation to are actuarial and mathematical sciences, language’s sequence. individual and group identity, and on the ways that cultural values and ideologies influence creative Africana studies, anthropology, art, Asian expression. [DP] studies, atmospheric science, biology, chemistry, Chinese studies, computer science, A Cas 131 Diversity and Equity in computer science and applied mathematics, America (3) Courses in Arts and Sciences What are the sources, extent, and consequences of economics, English, French, geography, diversity in American society? Using various geology, Greek and Roman civilization, history, A Cas 101 Understanding Language approaches in the social and behavioral sciences, this Italian, Judaic studies, Latin American studies, (3) course compares the American beliefs about equality linguistics, mathematics, music, philosophy, Non-technical introduction to the nature and role of with evidence of unequal treatment of groups physics, psychology, Puerto Rican studies, human language in everyday life. Topics include labeled on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender, and factors which give rise to regional and social religion. The course also considers how group rhetoric and communication, Russian, Russian varieties, ways in which language is exploited (for conformity, stereotyping, and prejudice affect and East European studies, sociology, Spanish, example, in advertising and government,) and individuals in their everyday lives. [DP] theatre, urban studies and planning, and linguistic aspects of such fields as education, women’s studies. literature and computer science. Enrollment limited to freshmen and sophomores. May not be offered in 2003-2004.

73 University at Albany A Cas 103 Perspectives on A Cas 210 Advanced Methods of A Cas 390 New York State Theatre Globalization (3) Research (2) Institute Internship (1–15) An introduction to multidisciplinary perspectives on Continuation of work undertaken in A Cas 110 or A full- or part-time program involving academic globalization processes including, among other equivalent with emphasis placed upon the study through classes, individualized instruction and topics, the economic configuration of the world communication of results. Students are expected to written projects, and supervised applied experiences economy, the changing nature of the state, the spend at least three hours per week outside of class. structured around the Institute’s theatrical transformation of home and households in Prerequisite(s): Satisfactory completion of A Cas productions and its residencies in New York State transnationalism, biological constraints and 110 or completion of two years of an approved schools. These internships emphasize environmental problems, and the impact of and science research course at the high school level; interdisciplinary learning about the arts in society, in responses to globalization throughout the world. The permission of instructor; may not be taken by the education of children, and the arts’ aesthetic, course presents the perspectives of the social students enrolled in college; students must be technical, and business aspects. Internships are sciences, humanities and natural sciences, and enrolled throughout an entire academic year to open only to qualified juniors and seniors who encourages discussion and critical thinking. This is a obtain credit. have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or team-taught course. [GC] higher. Open to qualified majors in diverse fields or A Cas 211 Intermediate undeclared majors through a competitive selection A Cas 141 Concepts of Race and Fundamentals of Research (2) process. Applications should be made to the Arts Culture in the Modern World (3) Students learn research methodology in the natural and Sciences faculty coordinator by November 1 or This course considers the complex dynamics of and social sciences. Students access scientific April 1 for the following terms. Prerequisite(s): global human diversity from the vantage point of the databases by using on-line bibliographic search permission of instructor. S/U graded. various social sciences. It explores the use of race, techniques, consult doctoral level research scholars, nationality, ethnicity, culture, and gender as focal develop hypotheses and perform experiments to test A Cas 497 & 497Z Special Topics in concepts in the critical analysis of human behavior them, and write research papers and make the Humanities (1–4) and interaction in the modern world. Cross-cultural presentations at scientific symposia. In this course Special group studies which provide students and and cross-national aspects of these issues are of emphasis is placed upon performing experiments faculty with the opportunity to explore, on an central concern to the course. [DP if taken before and the communication of results. Students are advanced level, significant themes, issues, and Fall 2004; GC] expected to spend at least three hours per week problems from a broadly humanistic and working on class work outside of class. May be interdisciplinary perspective. A Cas 497Z is the A Cas 150 Cultural Diversity and repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): completion writing intensive version of 497; A Cas 497 and/or the Human Condition (3) of A Cas 111. 497Z may be repeated for credit provided the topic Interdisciplinary study of selected cultures or differs. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class societies focusing on six themes: family and social A Cas 220L Literatures of the World standing or permission of instructor. [WI] structure; religion and cultural values and I (3) traditions; art and nature; continuity; change and Major works in English translation from literatures of their global implications; work and play; health, ancient Mediterranean (Judaic, Graeco-Roman), ecology, science/technology. Each semester two or China, Italy, France, Germany, Spain, and more cultures, including at least one non-Western francophone world. The first-semester course feeds culture, will be compared and contrasted with each into the second-semester course, but either semester other and with contemporary U.S. experiences. may be taken alone. The course is team taught by Examples will include Brazil, China, France, India, faculty from the respective literature departments. Mexico, Peru, Russia and West Africa. May be May not be offered during 2003-2004. repeated once for credit when content differs. May be taken only by freshmen and sophomores. [DP, if A Cas 221L Literatures of the World taken before Fall 2004; GC] II (3) Major works in English translation from more recent . [WI] literatures of Hebrew, China, Italy, France, A Cas 198 Special Topics in the Germany, Spain, and francophone worlds. The first Humanities (1–4) semester course feeds into the second semester Special group studies which provide students and course, but either semester may be taken alone. The faculty with the opportunity to explore significant course is team taught by faculty from the respective themes, issues and problems from a broadly literature departments. May not be offered during humanistic and interdisciplinary perspective. May be 2003-2004. repeated for credit provided the subject matter is not A Cas 240 Images and Issues of repeated. Diversity in the Visual Arts (3) This course will look at the visual arts produced in selected subcultures and will consider the ways in A Cas 202L Understanding the Arts which such social identities as race, class, gender (3) and age are represented. The course focuses on the Interdisciplinary course designed to foster an relationship of artists and their work to cultural and awareness and understanding of the significance of critical history, on social conditions under which great works of Western art, music and literature. these artists create, and the effect of these conditions Students will study how to perceive and analyze on the themes, content, forms and shape of the works of art drawn from various periods. Categories reality in their art. [DP] include: architecture, sculpture, painting, music, drama, poetry and fiction. A Cas 360E Passion and Choice (3) Through film drama, fiction and philosophy, this A Cas 209 Advanced Science team-taught course will focus generally on the inner Research (2) and outer dynamics of the individual as he/she Continuation of work undertaken in A Cas 109 or interacts with the world and culture, and will take up equivalent with emphasis placed upon the such issues as the authority of reason versus the completion of experiments in consultation with authority of the passions; personal responsibility mentors. Students will consult with their teachers as versus allegiance to society; wealth as redemption necessary, but will not meet in a formal classroom and corruption; finding one’s personal myth; and period. Prerequisite(s): Satisfactory completion of gender identity and the quest for happiness. May not A Cas 109 or completion of two years of an be offered during 2003-2004.[WI] approved science research course at the high school level; permission of instructor; may not be taken by students enrolled in college; offered summer session only.

74 University at Albany

Students are prepared for careers in teaching, DEPARTMENT OF counseling, state and local social welfare programs, urban planning, administrative AFRICANA STUDIES program direction, and international relations.

Faculty Special Programs and Opportunities Professors Allen Ballard, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Undergraduate students in the department Harvard University are provided an opportunity to apply theory Iris Berger, Ph.D. through community projects, both within University of Wisconsin formal courses and other such special Leonard A. Slade, Jr., Ph.D., L.H.D. programs that may be designed by the University of Illinois department. Students participating in the latter Jogindar S. Uppal, Ph.D. may work directly with New York legislators or University of Minnesota legislative committees. For further information Associate Professors contact the Department. Students are also Helen R. Desfosses, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) provided an ongoing colloquium series Boston University featuring locally and nationally known George A. Levesque, Ph.D. African and African-American scholars. The State University of New York senior seminar enables students and faculty to at Binghamton explore common research interests. Kwadwo A. Sarfoh, Ph.D. University of Cincinnati Degree Requirements for the Marcia E. Sutherland, Ph.D. Major in African/Afro-American Howard University Studies Adjunct Associate Professor Kirk Smith, M.A. General Program B.A: A minimum of 36 Shenandoah University credits (at least 12 credits of which must be at Assistant Professors the 300 level or above) including A Aas 142, Sharon Parkinson, Ph.D. 219 or 219Z, 286 or 287, and 490. The Purdue University additional department courses, as advised, Oscar Williams, Ph.D. must include 6 credits at the 200 level and 6 The Ohio State University credits at the 300 level or above. Adjuncts (estimated): 6 Graduate Assistants (estimated): 10 Courses The objective of the department is to provide a A Aas 110 (= A Thr 110) The Black multi- and interdisciplinary education in Theatre in America (3) African/African-American studies and related Study of the historic background of Black involvement in the American theatre and of the role fields. Students are expected to possess the and functioning of the Black theatre in knowledge and skills necessary to understand Contemporary American society. Only one of A Aas the social, political, economic, psychological, 110 and A Thr 110 may be taken for credit. and historical consequences of institutional A Aas 142L African/African- arrangements as they affect the life experiences American Literature (3) of African/African-American people. Survey of Black authors from diverse cultures and an analysis of their relationship to Black thought. The department offers full programs leading [DP HU] to the B.A. and M.A. degrees. Students may A Aas 150 Life in the Third World (3) specialize in African studies and African- Introduction to cultural variation and fragmentation American studies. Sub-areas in African among third-world developing communities. Some studies are the history, economics, politics, lectures and discussions are led by third-world and culture of the following regions: Eastern graduate students. Whenever possible, distinguished visitors from third-world countries are also involved Africa, Central Africa, West Africa, and in the course. Southern Africa. Sub-areas in African- American studies include: African-American A Aas 209 (= A Mus 209) Black history and culture, urban economic American Music (3) An introduction to Black American Music. Study development, central city politics and will include music from West Africa as well as institutions, African-American literature and musical/social influences throughout American criticism, and urban planning. Though the history. Musical styles will include spirituals, major concentrations are Africa and the gospel, blues, jazz and classical. United States, students may design programs A Aas 213 History of Civil Rights that will enhance their knowledge of other Movement (3) Black cultures; e.g., the Caribbean and This course is designed to introduce the student to Haitian. the historical development and maturation of the movement for civil rights in the United States. It will examine the development of resistance movements and the philosophies of those involved within the movements during the antebellum, Post Civil war and contemporary times. [DP US*]

75 University at Albany A Aas 219 Introduction to A Aas 275 (= A Arh 275) African Art A Aas 342 (= A Ant 342) Sub- African/African-American History (3) (3) Saharan Africa: Peoples and Survey of the cultural and historical background of Study of art produced on the west coast and central Cultures (3) African-American from their African heritage to region of sub-Saharan Africa. Includes a wide range Culture areas of Africa south of the Sahara. their present role in American society. A Aas 219Z of artistic styles, with particular attention given to Historical and geographic background studies of is the writing intensive version of A Aas 219; only artifact designs and to their functional or ceremonial selected societies. Culture change and contact during one may be taken for credit. use in particular societies. Also explores the impact the colonial and postcolonial periods. Only one of of African art on European and American A Aas 219Z Introduction to A Aas 342 & A Ant 342 may be taken for credit. Modernism. Prerequisite(s): A Aas 286. African/African-American History (3) A Aas 219Z is the writing intensive version of A Aas 286 (= A His 286) African A Aas 345 The Black Novel: Black A Aas 219; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] Civilizations (3) Perspectives (3) Africa from prehistoric times to 1800 with emphasis A Aas 220 Black and White in Systematic study of the novel written by Black on sub-Saharan Africa, the development of Americans from the Harlem Renaissance to the America (3) indigenous states and their response to Western and present. The novels studied express the cultural, In America Blacks and Whites have been Eastern contacts. Only one of A Aas 286 & A His political, and socio-historical consciousness of the organically connected by the space of national 286 may be taken for credit. [BE] writers to demonstrate their awareness of the geography and centuries of time. With current struggle of Black people. Prerequisite(s): A Aas 142. events an ever-present concern, this course A Aas 287 (= A His 287) Africa in the explores the cultural significance and the social Modern World (3) A Aas 355Z Introduction to African meaning of the long and ever-changing relations Africa since 1800: exploration. the end of the slave and African-American Poetry (3) between black and white Americans and its import trade, the development of interior states, European Intensive study of poetry drawn from the black for the national welfare. [DP US*] partition, the colonial period, and the rise of experience. Emphasis on aesthetic forms, meanings, independent Africa. Only one of A Aas 287 & A His A Aas 220Z (formerly T Aas 220Z) tone, diction, imagery, symbol, sentences, rhythm, 287 may be taken for credit. [BE] rhyme, allusion, etc. Common characteristics of Black and White in America (4) black poetry will also be discussed. [WI] A Aas 220Z is the Writing Intensive version of A Aas 311 History of Slavery in the A Aas 220. Only one may be taken for graduation Western Hemisphere (3) A Aas 370 The Psychology of the credit. [WI] The institution of slavery and its effects in the Black Experience (3) Western Hemisphere, its origins, bases of A Aas 221 The Economic Structure of In-depth examination of the extant psychological continuance, and contemporary residuals. literature on blacks. Analyzes varying themes, the Black Community (3) Prerequisite(s): A His 100 or 100Z, and 101 or theories, perspectives, and research that relate to the Analysis of old and contemporary models of Black 101Z. psychology of blacks. Focuses on the contemporary entrepreneurship and formal economic organization A Aas 320 Black Nationalism: work of black behavioral scientists involved in the and its effect in the community. quest for scholarly self-determination and for Political Perspective in Africa (3) A Aas 224 Cities as People (3) redefinition of the psychological fabric of the black Examination of selected freedom movements in experience. Selected topics are identity, personality, Survey of the human aspects of the urban Black Africa with a focus upon one-party politics motivation, achievement, and mental health. environment, historically and in practical terms today, and the continuing tensions between socialism and Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. with an emphasis upon the central city’s opportunity democracy. Prerequisite(s): A Aas 219 or 219Z. for field research in urban life. A Aas 375 Black Popular Culture (3) A Aas 322 Developing African A Aas 240 (= A Lcs 240 and A Wss The course explores the historical and contemporary Nations (3) constructions of “blackness” within the popular 240) Classism, Racism and Sexism: Systems analysis of the contemporary social, realms of film, television, and popular music and the Issues (3) political, cultural, and economic institutions crucial relationship of those constructs to the realities of Analysis of the connections between and among to the economic maturation of developing African African-American life and culture. classism, racism and sexism, their mutually nations. Prerequisite(s): A Aas 219 or 219Z; A Aas reinforcing nature, and the tensions arising from 286 and 287 recommended. A Aas 386 (= A His 386) Race and their interrelations. Emphasizes the ideological and Conflict in South Africa (3) personal aspects of these phenomena as well as the A Aas 325 Introduction to Research Study of the historical origins and development of institutional guises in American society. Only one of Methods (3) racial conflict in South Africa with a concentration on A Aas 240, A Lcs 240, & A Wss 240 may be taken An introduction to paradigms, theories and models economic, political, social and religious change in the for credit. [DP] on research and the Black community. Emphasis 20th century. Topics will include changing state will be placed on methodological concerns of structures and ideologies, the impact of A Aas 267 (= A Arh 267) African- validity, reliability, instrument development, data industrialization, transformations of rural and urban American Art of the Twentieth & collection, data analysis and reporting of research life, African religious movements, political and Twenty-First Centuries (3) outcomes. The ethics of research on people of religious connections with Black Americans, gender Study of paintings and drawings by African African descent will be discussed. relations, and changing forms of popular resistance th st against white domination. Only one of A Aas 386 & American artists in the 20 and 21 centuries and of A Aas 331 The African/African- the cultural context within which the art was A His 386 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 3 produced. A wide range of artistic styles and media American Family (3) credits of A His or A Aas course work, or junior or is explored. Consideration is also given to the impact In-depth study of the African/African-American senior class standing. family as an institution, the dynamics of intra-family of European, African, and Asian visual arts on the A Aas 393 Topics in African History work of African American artists. relations and the effects of social institutions on Black family life. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M. (1-4) A Aas 269 (= A Lcs 269 and A Ant Specific topics to be examined will be announced 269) The Caribbean: Peoples, A Aas 333 The Black Community: during advance registration. May be repeated for History, and Cultures (3) Continuity & Change (3) credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing Overview of the socio-historic factors which impact or 3 credits in history. Peoples, history and cultures of the 20th century upon the current conditions of the African-American Caribbean. Special emphasis will be placed on community. Prerequisite(s): A Aas 219 or 219Z or A Aas 393Z Topics in African History responses to colonialism and nationalism. Same as permission of instructor. (3-4) A Lcs 269 and A Ant 269. Only one of A Aas 269, Specific topics to be examined will be announced A Lcs 269, & A Ant 269 may be taken for credit. A Aas 340 The Black Essay (3) during advance registration. May be repeated for [BE] Essays written by Black American writers in the credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing A Aas 270 (= A Gog 270) Geography 19th and 20th centuries. Prerequisite(s): A Aas 142. or 3 credits in history. [WI] of A Aas 341 African/African-American A Aas 400 The Law and African- Africa (3) Religion (3) America (3) Geographic analysis of the continent of Africa. The Analysis of the relationship of the religion of Black The central city as a center of dominance, inner city diversity of the African continent is stressed by people to Black culture. Prerequisite(s): A Aas 219 legal problems as an aspect of social control. Students examining its physical environment; resources; or 219Z. examine selected central city agencies related to law social, cultural, economic and political systems. enforcement. Alternate possibilities for reform and Emphasizes the demographic as well as spatial improvement are explored. Term project required. planning aspects of geography. Only one of A Aas 270 & A Gog 270 may be taken for credit. 76 University at Albany A Aas 416 (= A Wss 416) John P. Hart, Ph.D. Contemporary Black Women and DEPARTMENT OF Northwestern University Their Fiction (3) Karen Hartgen, M.A. Evaluation of the style, technique, content, and nature ANTHROPOLOGY University at Albany of the discourse in which contemporary Black women Robert Kuhn, Ph.D. writers are engaged. Readings include at least one work by Toni Cade Bambara, Gloria Naylor, Toni Faculty University at Albany Morrison, Paule Marshall, Gayle Jones, and Alice Elizabeth Marshall, Ph.D. Walker. Only one of A Aas 416 & A Wss 416 may be Distinguished Research Professor Emeritus University of North Carolina, Charlotte taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): senior class standing, Carolyn Lee Olsen, Ph.D. at least one literature course, and permission of William N. Fenton, Ph.D. instructor. Yale University University of Michigan Carol Raemsch, Ph.D. A Aas 430 Black Social and Political Distinguished Teaching Professor Emeritus Gary H. Gossen, Ph.D. University at Albany Thought in the Americas (3) Brenda P. Rosenbaum Seminar on the social and political ideas and Harvard University strategies of selected African/African-Americans Professor Emeritae/i University at Albany from the late 18th century to the present. Robert M. Carmach, Ph.D. Alice D. Stark, Ph.D. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. University of California, Los Angeles Yale University A Aas 432 The African-American Peter T. Furst, Ph.D. Adjuncts (estimated): 9 Woman: Contemporary Issues (3) University of California, Los Angeles Teaching Assistants (estimated): 18 Socio-historic look at the American women of the Gary A. Wright, Ph.D. African diaspora with particular attention to: (1) University of Michigan Anthropology is the study of humankind, of Black Liberation; (2) feminist movements; (3) sex ancient and modern people and their ways of role socialization; and (4) issues of sexism and Associate Professor Emeritae/i racism. Prerequisite(s): A Aas 219 or 219Z, or George J. Klima, Ph.D. living. From its first establishment as a permission of instructor. University of California, Berkeley professional discipline, anthropology has A Aas 435 Blacks and the American Dwight T. Wallace, Ph.D. been defined in terms of its holistic, cross- Political Process (3) University of California, Berkeley cultural, and evolutionary approaches. By An examination of the American political process as Distinguished Service Professor systematically analyzing differences and it impacts upon the Black community in the United Ernest A. Scatton, Ph.D. similarities among human groups over time States. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class and space, anthropologists achieve the fullest standing. Harvard University Lawrence M. Schell, Ph.D. possible understanding of human nature, A Aas 440 (= A His 440 and A Wss University of Pennsylvania human diversity, and the forces that govern 440) Black Women in United States Professors change in cultural and biological History (3) James P. Collins, Ph.D. characteristics. This seminar will examine the history of black women in the United States from the slave era University of California, Berkeley The Anthropology Department provides through the post World War II reform movements. It Timothy B. Gage, Ph.D. undergraduates with a wide variety of will focus upon the range of demands black women Pennsylvania State University courses, field and laboratory experiences, faced during the Gilded and Progressive eras—their Robert W. Jarvenpa, Ph.D. participation in the suffrage movement, black and guided research in each of the four struggles for liberation, cultural expressions, labor University of Minnesota major subfields of the discipline: force, etc. Only one of A Aas 440, A Wss 440 and John S. Justeson, Ph.D. archaeology, biological (physical) A His 440 may be taken for credit. Stanford University anthropology, ethnology (cultural A Aas 490 Senior Seminar for Michael E. Smith, Ph.D. anthropology), and linguistics. African/African-American Studies University of Illinois, Urbana Richard G. Wilkinson, Ph.D. The department offers two majors: a B.A. in Majors (3) anthropology and a Faculty-Initiated An extensive examination of critical issues involving University of Michigan the experiences of Africans and African Americans Associate Professors Interdisciplinary Major with a concentration in historical, cultural, and social contexts. A central Lee S. Bickmore, Ph.D. in human biology (in conjunction with the theme will be selected for each semester’s work. department of Biological Sciences). Students will synthesize and apply knowledge University of California, Los Angeles acquired in the major and will discuss their George Aaron Broadwell, Ph.D. Students are offered special opportunities experiences. Attention will also be given to the University of California, Los Angeles for the study of past and present cultures in interrelationships of the values and ideas indigenous Louise Burkhart, Ph.D. to African/African-American Studies, with a Mesoamerica, North America, and discussion of these with a senior faculty member. Yale University elsewhere through the research programs of Students will review basic research methodology Liliana Goldin, Ph.D. the anthropology faculty. and will evaluate their experiences in a 20-page University at Albany research paper. Prerequisite(s): major in the Gail H. Landsman, Ph.D. The major prepares students for graduate department and completion of 18 credit hours in the studies in anthropology (the department has major. [OD] Catholic University of America Marilyn Masson, Ph.D. M.A. and cognate M.A. programs, and a A Aas 498 Topics in African Studies University of Texas, Austin doctoral program), as well as laying a broad (3) James W. Wessman, Ph.D. scientific and liberal foundation for entering Specific topics to be examined are announced during University of Connecticut the professions, arts, or other occupations in advance registration. May be repeated for credit. the modern world. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. Assistant Professors Tom D. Brutsaert, Ph.D. Many new career opportunities are developing A Aas 499 Topics in African- Cornell University American Studies (3) in addition to traditional anthropological Specific topics to be examined are announced during Sean M. Rafferty, Ph.D. careers in college teaching, museum curation, advance registration. May be repeated for credit. Binghamton University and public archaeology. For example, the Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. Associate Curator of Anthropology diverse ethnic composition of American Hetty Jo Brumbach, Ph.D. society is making cross-cultural awareness a University at Albany matter of increasing importance for careers in Adjunct Faculty business, law, journalism, medicine, public Edward Fitzgerald, Ph.D. policy, and primary and secondary education. Yale University 77 University at Albany The B.A. degree in anthropology also offers excellent preparation for careers in international business, public health, politics, and diplomacy. Moreover, many local, state federal, and international agencies are seeking personnel who have sensitivity to cultural diversity. Anthropology also provides a holistic perspective of and systematic training in the impact of human activity and values on the environment. The study of cross- cultural factors affecting the delivery of health care can be important to a career in health services. Finally, a degree in biological anthropology is a good foundation for graduate work in genetic epidemiology and other specialties within the field of public health.

Special Programs or Opportunities Programs in archaeological, bio- anthropological, and ethnological fieldwork are available, with the Northeast and Mesoamerica being the most frequent locations. The archaeology program provides intensive training and/or research opportunities through research programs in Mexico, Belize, and New York State. Laboratory research experience, both in formal courses and as independent projects, is available in archaeology and biological anthropology. Degree Requirements for the Major in Anthropology General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits in anthropology including A Ant 110N, 104, 108M or 108G, and 106M or 220M. Of the 24 additional credits in anthropology, no more than 6 may be at the 100 level and at least 12 must be at the 300 level or above. Honors Program Outstanding anthropology students are encouraged to consider the department’s honors program, which is designed to give them the opportunity to work closely with members of the faculty on research and writing projects. Declared majors in anthropology are eligible to apply, provided that they have completed 12 or more credits in the department with a grade point average in the major of at least 3.50. They must also have an overall grade point average of at least 3.25. To participate in the program, students should contact their adviser during their junior year or at the beginning of their senior year. Students should plan their course work in consultation with their faculty adviser.

78 University at Albany Students in the honors program must fulfill the the focus of the course. Only one of A Ant 131M & requirements for the major plus the following Courses A Cla 131M may be taken for credit. [SS] requirements: A Ant 100 Culture, Society, and 1. Among the 36 credits of course work in Biology (3) anthropology required for the major, Introduction to the issue of human diversity, the course poses the question of what it means to be students in the honors program must human. Through study of biological anthropology, complete at least one course at the 300 or archaeology, linguistics, and ethnology, students will 400 level in each of three different explore the range of diversity within our shared humanity, and seek explanations that might account subdisciplines (archaeology, cultural for it. The former A Ant 100M does not meet the anthropology, biological anthropology, Human Diversity requirement. Only one of A Ant linguistics), for a total of 12 credits: 100, 100M or 100P may be taken for credit. [DP if taken before Fall 2004.] Biological Anthropology: 310, 311,312, 313, 319, 414, 416, 418. A Ant 104 Archaeology (3) Introduction to the methods used by archaeologists Linguistics: 321, 322, 325, 421, 422, 423, to study ancient sites and artifacts. Topics include 424, 425, 434. archaeological fieldwork, laboratory analysis, dating, interpretation of artifacts, and the Archaeology: 330, 331, 332, 333, 334, reconstruction of past cultural patterns. Examples 335, 338, 339, 430, 431, 433, 435, 438. include studies of ancient and recent societies. Two lectures, one laboratory period per week. Ethnology: 340, 341, 343, 351, 355, 360, 361, 363, 364, 365, 372, 381, 390, 450, A Ant 106M Linguistic Anthropology 480. (3) The study of language and its relationship to human 2. Students must write an honors thesis based culture, history and biology. Topics include the nature of symbolic systems; the structure of upon original research under the direction language; the relations of language to cognitive, of an anthropology faculty member. Any cultural and societal diversity; how languages anthropology faculty member change; and how past languages and cultures can be reconstructed from linguistic evidence. The course knowledgeable in your topic may covers Western and non-Western cases from supervise a thesis project. A written contemporary and historical periods. proposal for the intended project must be A Ant 108G Cultural Anthropology formally approved by that faculty (3) member and the departmental A Ant 108G is the writing intensive version of Undergraduate Affairs Committee during A Ant 108M; only one may be taken for credit. [GC the semester prior to the semester in SS WI] which the thesis is completed. Students A Ant 108M Cultural Anthropology will enroll in A Ant 482A and 482B, (3) “Senior Honors Thesis Seminar,” during Survey of the theory, methods, and goals of cultural anthropology, emphasizing the nature of culture and the fall and spring of their senior year. the varied forms in which it is expressed among the The six credits from these courses can be peoples of the world. Two lectures, one discussion counted toward the 36 credits required for period per week. A Ant 108G is the writing intensive version of A Ant 108M; only one may be taken for the Anthropology major. credit. [GC SS] 3. Research skill. Students will complete 6 A Ant 110N Introduction to Human credits of coursework in a research skill Evolution (3) appropriate for anthropological research. Introduction to human evolution. This course spans the human fossil record from “Lucy” to Cro- Examples include, but are not limited to, Magnon. Topics include our primate past and the foreign languages, statistics or other evolution of upright walking. The steady increase in quantitative courses, and anthropological our ancestors’ brain size is explored along with the methods courses. The research skill cultural correlates of biological evolution such as stone tools, language origins and cave art. [NS] courses must be approved by the Undergraduate Affairs Committee. A Ant 111N Introduction to the Primates (3) To graduate with “honors in anthropology,” Survey of the basic morphology and behavior of students must achieve an overall grade point nonhuman primates. Prosimian and anthropoid primates are studied in terms of their average of 3.25 and a minimum grade point comparative morphology and behavior, with average of 3.50 in the major, in addition to the reference to these same features among humans. above requirements. [NS] Degree Requirements for the Faculty- A Ant 119N The City and Human Health (3) Initiated Interdisciplinary Major with a Survey of the history of health and disease from the Concentration in Human Biology are earliest humans before the development of settlements to contemporary populations living in listed in the Human Biology Program industrialized cities. Emphasizes the role of culture section of this bulletin. and behavior in disease. [NS] A Ant 131M (= A Cla 131M) Ancient Peoples of the World (3) Ancient cultures from around the world will be presented and analyzed from the available archaeological data. The gradual development of civilization in both the Old and New Worlds will be 79 University at Albany A Ant 140 Anthropological Survey that other course. The writing intensive version will through the native art produced under Spanish of World Cultures (3) involve: 1) a body of written work beyond that colonial rule in the 16th century. The objects are In-depth survey of selected ancient, historical, and normally required by the companion course, 2) viewed in relation to their cultural and historical modern world cultures. Major themes include opportunities for students to receive assistance in context. Issues of collection and exhibition are also production of goods and services, authority systems, progress, and 3) an opportunity for students to revise discussed. Only one of A Ant 268L & A Lcs 268L legal processes, and religious and ritual life. A Ant some pieces. [WI] may be taken for credit. [AR HU] 140Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant 140; A Ant 197 Special Topics in A Ant 269 (= A Aas 269 and A Lcs only one may be taken for credit. Anthropology (1–4) 269) The Caribbean: Peoples, A Ant 140Z Anthropological Survey Study of a selected topic in anthropology. May be History and Cultures (3) of World Cultures (3) repeated for credit when topic differs. Consult class Peoples, history and cultures of the 20th century A Ant 140Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant schedule for specific topic. Caribbean. Special emphasis will be placed on 140; only one may be taken for credit. Offered every A Ant 211 (formerly A Ant 411) responses to colonialism and nationalism. Only one semester. [WI] of A Ant 269, A Aas 269, & A Lcs 269 may be Human Population Biology (3) taken for credit. [BE] A Ant 145 (= A His 145 and A Lcs Biological variation in human populations, with 145) Continuity and Change in emphasis on genetics, adaptability, demography and A Ant 310 Human Paleontology (3) related aspects of population dynamics. Two lectures Examination of the human fossil record and of the Latin America (3) and one lab per week. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 110N major theories dealing with fossil record. Introduction to the historical development of Latin or A Bio 110N or F. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 102 or A Geo 230 or A Geo America’s diverse cultural heritage and to its 230Z or permission of the instructor. contemporary institutions and civilization. Broadly A Ant 220M (= A Lin 220M and interdisciplinary perspective reflecting diverse A Eng 217M) Introduction to A Ant 311 (formerly A Ant 413) approaches and fields. Only one of A Ant 145, A His Linguistics (3) Functional Anatomy of the Human 145, & A Lcs 145 may be taken for credit. Introduction to the study of language, including Skeleton (4) A Ant 146 (= A Lcs 150) Puerto examination of the characteristics and structural Laboratory course in skeletal and dental Rico: People, History, and Culture principles of natural language. After exploring the identification and analysis, with emphasis on the basic characteristics of sound, word formation and interaction of the muscular and skeletal systems. (3) sentence structure, these principles are applied to A Ant 311Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant Survey of Puerto Rican culture on the island from such topics as: language variation, language change, 311; only one may be taken for credit. the prehispanic era to the 20th century. Special psycholinguistics, pragmatics, and animal Prerequisite(s): A Ant 110N or A Bio 325. emphasis will be placed on the change of communication. Only one of A Ant 220M, A Lin sovereignty in 1898, the national question, class and 220M, & A Eng 217M may be taken for credit. [SS] A Ant 311Z (formerly A Ant 413Z) culture, and migration. A Ant 146Z and A Lcs 150Z Functional Anatomy of the Human are writing intensive versions of A Ant 146 and A Ant 233 (= A Lcs 233) Aztecs, Skeleton (4) A Lcs 150; only one of the four courses may be Incas and Mayas (3) A Ant 311Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant taken for credit. Introductory survey of the archaeology and 311; only one may be taken for credit. A Ant 146Z (= A Lcs 150Z) Puerto ethnohistory of the three best-known indigenous Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [WI] civilizations of the New World. Each is presented in Rico: People, History, and Culture terms of prehistoric background and evolution, A Ant 312 (= A Bio 318; formerly (3) social organization, politics and economics, religion A Ant 412/A Bio419) Human A Ant 146Z and A Lcs 150Z are writing intensive and art. Consideration is given to the Spanish Population Genetics (3) versions of A Ant 146 and A Lcs 150; only one of conquest of these three groups and to their modern the four courses may be taken for credit. [WI] legacies. Only one of A Ant 233 & A Lcs 233 may Population genetics theory is the foundation of be taken for credit. [BE] evolutionary biology and contributes heavily to A Ant 160G Symbol and Human modern ideas in ecology, systematics, and Nature (3) A Ant 236 American Indian agriculture. This course is an introduction to that A Ant 160G is the writing intensive version of Archaeology (3) theory with special emphasis on evolution. Only one A Ant 160M; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] Introductory survey of the prehistory of North of A Ant 312 and A Bio 318 may be taken for credit. America and Mesoamerica. Emphasis on the Prerequisite(s): A Ant 211 or A Bio 205 or 212. A Ant 160M Symbol and Human prehistoric developments in the Eastern Woodlands, A Ant 319 Physical Growth and Nature (3) Plains, Southwest, Mexico, and the Arctic. An Development (3) Introduction to ideas in the social sciences and introduction to current theoretical issues as applied humanities pertaining to the central place of in these culture areas. [BE] Analysis of the pattern of human growth during the symbolic behavior in human evolution, human prenatal and postnatal periods and their variation nature, and contemporary human communities. A Ant 240M The North American around the world. The course focuses on the Indian (3) influence of social factors, nutrition, alcohol and Comparative perspective, including both Western cigarette use, race/ethnicity, pollution, and features and non-Western materials. Opportunity for The nature and distribution of North American of the physical environment which modify growth fieldwork in the local community. A Ant 160G is the Indian cultures from the pre-Columbian period to the patterns. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 100, or A Ant 102, writing intensive version of A Ant 160M; only one present. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 100, or A Ant 108G, or A Bio 110N/F and 111N, or A Bio 102N or A Bio may be taken for credit. [SS] or 108M. [BE SS] 103Z or 103. A Ant 172 Community and Self (3) A Ant 243 (= A Jst 243) Peoples and A Ant 321 (= A Lin 321) What is the “self”? Individual and social diversity Cultures of the Middle East (3) Introduction to Syntax (3) are considered cross-culturally, in conjunction with The main features of the “Middle Eastern culture personal identity, class, nationality, and ethnicity. continent.” A comparison of selected societies in The human ability to produce and understand an Implications for the students’ own lives are Southwest Asia and North Africa. The impact of infinite number of different sentences is one of the discussed, as well as questions of freedom and modernization on preindustrial cities and peasantries most remarkable capabilities we have. The study of authority in America. [DP] the structure of sentences is called syntax, and this in the area. A Ant 243Z is the writing intensive course is an introduction to syntactic theory. The A Ant 175L (= A Rel 175L) version of A Ant 243 and A Jst 243; only one of these courses may be taken for credit. [BE] particular approach we will be pursuing is called Anthropology and Folklore (3) generative grammar, the approach to syntax Introduction to the study of folklore as an aspect of A Ant 243Z (= A Jst 243) Peoples pioneered by linguists such as Noam Chomsky. culture, symbolically expressing people’s identity, and Cultures of the Middle East (3) Chomsky argues that all humans are born with an beliefs and values. The focus is on oral text The main features of the “Middle Eastern culture unconscious knowledge of Universal Grammar, the traditions—myths, folktales, and legends. Topics in continent.” A comparison of selected societies in basis on which the grammars of all languages are folk custom and ritual, folk music and folk art are Southwest Asia and North Africa. The impact of built. Through a detailed examination of English also included. Includes folklore from Western and modernization on preindustrial cities and peasantries sentence structure, we will investigate the non-Western cultures. Only one of A Ant 175L and in the area. A Ant 243Z is the writing intensive connections between English syntax and Universal A Rel 175L may be taken for credit. [HU] Grammar. Only one of A Lin 321 & A Ant 321 may version of A Ant 243 and A Jst 243; only one of be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 220M or A Ant 189Z Writing in Anthropology these courses may be taken for credit. [BE WI] permission of instructor. (Lower Division) (1) A Ant 268L (= A Lcs 268L) A Ant 322 (= A Lin 322) Students who are concurrently registered in any 100- Ethnology of Pre-Columbian Art (3) Introduction to Phonology (3) or 200-level anthropology course, may with Survey of the art and architecture of the pre- permission of the instructor of that course, enroll in Columbian Mesoamerican civilizations, from the Introduction to the description and analysis of human A Ant 189Z and fulfill a writing intensive version of origins of the Olmec civilization (c. 1500 B.C.) speech sounds and their organization. Introduction to 80 University at Albany articulatory phonetics and the International Phonetic A Ant 325 (= A Lin 325) A Ant 339 Archaeological Lab Alphabet followed by examination and generative Sociolinguistics (3) Techniques (3) phonological analysis of data from English and a wide Introduction to the study of language as a social Survey and practical application of laboratory range of other languages. Only one of A Ant 322 & phenomenon. Includes basic sociolinguistic concepts, techniques using materials from the University A Lin 322 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): interactional sociolinguistics, social dialects, Black collections. Emphasis on physical and chemical A Ant 220M or permission of instructor. English, diglossia, bilingualism, and bilingual analysis, classification, and specialized analysis. education. Only one of A Ant 325 & A Lin 325 may be A Ant 339Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 220M or 339; only one may be taken for credit. permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104. A Ant 330 Topics in Archaeology (3) A Ant 339Z Archaeological Lab Survey of a topic in archaeology or regional prehistory Techniques (3) for upper division students. May be repeated for credit A Ant 339Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant when topic differs. Consult class schedule for specific 339; only one may be taken for credit. topic. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104. [WI] A Ant 331 Early Civilization of the A Ant 340 Topics in Ethnology (3) Old World (3) Survey of the cultures of one of the major regions of The development of early complex societies in the Old the world. May be repeated for credit when topic World, including the origins of agriculture, urbanism, differs. Consult class schedule for specific topic. states, and empires. Examines the nature of the Prerequisite(s): A Ant 108G or 108M. archaeological evidence for these developments and its interpretation, employing case studies drawn from A Ant 341M (= A Lcs 341M) the Near East, the Indian Subcontinent, and China. Ethnology of Mesoamerica (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. Survey of the cultures and history of the native peoples of Mexico and Central America. Beginning A Ant 332 Ethnoarchaeology (3) with the documents created by and about native Ethnoarchaeology combines the archaeologist’s interest peoples around the time of the Spanish invasion, the in material culture with the cultural anthropologist’s course follows the experiences of these societies interest in ongoing behavior. Included are the through the colonial period and up to the present. archaeology of living populations, action archaeology, A Ant 341G & A Lcs 341G are writing intensive experimental and replication studies, formation versions of A Ant 341M & A Lcs 341M; only one of processes, and ethnographic analogy, among other the four courses may be taken for credit. subjects. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104 or permission of Prerequisite(s): A Ant 100 or 108M or 108G. [BE instructor. SS] A Ant 333 Iroquois Archaeology A Ant 341G (= A Lcs 341G) Ethnology and Ethnohistory (3) of Mesoamerica (3) An intensive survey of the archaeology, history, and A Ant 341G & A Lcs 341G are writing intensive ethnology of the Iroquois. Coverage begins with the versions of A Ant 341M & A Lcs 341M; only one of first appearance of the Iroquois in the region and the four courses may be taken for credit. continues to modern reservation life. A Ant 333Z is Prerequisite(s): A Ant 100 or 108M or 108G. [BE the writing intensive version of A Ant 333; only one SS WI] may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104. A Ant 343 Native American A Ant 333Z Iroquois Archaeology Literature (3) and Ethnohistory (3) Survey of the literature of the native peoples of A Ant 333Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant North America and Mesoamerica, from early 333; only one may be taken for credit. colonial times to the present. Readings include oral Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104. [WI] narratives, songs, autobiography, and contemporary A Ant 334 The Earliest Cities (3) poetry and fiction. Discussion focuses on the use of texts for cultural analysis, Native American literary Comparative treatment of the earliest urban settlements aesthetics, and the survival of native literary around the world. Case studies include Mesopotamia, traditions. A Ant 343Z is the writing intensive Egypt, Sub-Saharan Africa, China, Southeast Asia, version of A Ant 343; only one may be taken for Mesoamerica, and the Andes. Cities are compared in credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class terms of planning, political roles, religious features, standing. economic patterns, and their rise and fall. Also covers archaeological methods for the study of early cities. A Ant 343Z Native American Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104 Literature (3) A Ant 335 Introduction to A Ant 343Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant Archaeological Field Techniques (3) 343; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [WI] Introduction to data gathering techniques used by archaeologists in the field. Taught prior to A Ant A Ant 351 Ethnicity in North America 338 as basic training for students concentrating in (3) archaeology. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104 or Analysis of ethnicity, assimilation and pluralism permission of instructor. with regard to one or more North American ethnic A Ant 338 Archaeological Field group(s). Social, political, economic and symbolic Research (6) adaptations. Consideration of relative merits of integration and separation in modern society. This Directed archaeological excavation of selected sites, course is cross-listed with A Jst 351 & 351Z when including experience in site location, mapping, Jewish ethnicity and assimilation are a major focus excavation, preservation, analysis, classification, and of those courses. When cross-listed, A Jst 351Z & interpretation. A Ant 338Z is the writing intensive A Ant 351Z are writing intensive versions of A Jst version of A Ant 338; only one may be taken for 351 & A Ant 351; only one of the four courses may credit. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 335 or permission of be taken for credit. A Ant 351Z is the writing instructor. intensive version of A Ant 351; only one may be A Ant 338Z Archaeological Field taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior Research (6) class standing and permission of instructor. [DP A Ant 338Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant US*] 338; only one may be taken for credit. A Ant 351Z Ethnicity in North Prerequisite(s): A Ant 335 or permission of America (3) instructor. [WI] This course is cross-listed with A Jst 351 & 351Z when Jewish ethnicity and assimilation are a major 81 University at Albany focus of those courses. When cross-listed, A Jst A Ant 365 (= A Wss 365) The diet and nutrition. Basic nutritional physiology and 351Z & A Ant 351Z are writing intensive versions Anthropology of New Reproductive biochemistry are presented in the first part of the of A Jst 351 & A Ant 351; only one of the four course. Later topics include paleonutrition as well as courses may be taken for credit. A Ant 351Z is the Technologies (3) nutritional issues of contemporary human population writing intensive version of A Ant 351; only one A cross-cultural perspective on how new groups. The core focus is on the concept of energy may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or reproductive technologies (including invitro- balance. Time is spent in the metabolic laboratory senior class standing and permission of instructor. fertilization, surrogacy, ultrasound, prenatal learning how to measure metabolic energy [DP US* WI] screening for disability, sex selection, fetal surgery, expenditure and assess nutritional status in humans. and neonatal intensive care) are transforming the Students participate in the collection and analysis of A Ant 355 Environment, Economy experience of procreation and challenging cultural individual and class data on nutritional intake and and Culture (3) notions of kinship, personhood, and what it means to energy expenditure, with an emphasis on basic Cross-cultural survey of the systematic relations be human. Prerequisite(s): 3 credits in anthropology, techniques of data presentations, analysis, and between environment, behavior and culture. philosophy, or women studies. interpretation. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 211 Analysis of production and exchange systems at A Ant 372 Urban Anthropology (3) hunting and gathering, agricultural, and industrial A Ant 414Z (formerly A Ant 313Z) stages of social evolution. Environmental and Introduction to urban anthropology. Emphasis on Demographic Anthropology (3) economic disruption, perception and management in rural-urban migrations, adjustment and assimilation A Ant 414Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant cultural perspective. A Ant 355Z is the writing of urban migrants, urban kinship and family 414; only one may be taken for credit. intensive version of A Ant 355; only one may be structure, poverty culture, rural-urban typologies, Prerequisite(s): A Ant 110N and 211. [WI] taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 108M or and the application of anthropological methods to 108G or 102 or 104 or permission of instructor. the study of urban societies. A Ant 372Z is the A Ant 416 (=A Bio 416; formerly writing intensive version of A Ant 372; only one A Ant 315) Topics in Human Biology may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course A Ant 355Z Environment, Economy (3) and Culture (3) in anthropology, sociology, political science or geography. Selected topics in biological anthropology. May be A Ant 355Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant repeated for credit when topic differs. Consult class 355; only one may be taken for credit. A Ant 372Z Urban Anthropology (3) schedule for specific topic. Only one of A Ant 416 Prerequisite(s): A Ant 108M or 108G or 102 or 104 A Ant 372Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant and A Bio 416 may be taken for credit. or permission of instructor. [WI] 372; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 110N and 211. A Ant 360 Social Anthropology (3) Prerequisite(s): one course in anthropology, sociology, political science or geography. [WI] A Ant 418 Biomedical Anthropology Comparative study of social systems, tribal, (3) traditional, and modern societies. Deals with A Ant 381 (= A Wss 381) Anthropological study of health and disease patterns economic, kinship, political, and other aspects of Anthropology of Gender (3) in human populations with emphasis on human- social structure. Social systems in functionalist, Cross-cultural analysis of gender roles. Focuses on made influences on the health of contemporary evolutionary, and dialectic perspectives. Combines non-Western societies, using data from other societies. The effects of societal and cultural factors in one course kinship, political, economic, and societies to better understand the gender system of on disease patterns, and the assessment of health stratificational anthropology. Prerequisite(s): A Ant our own culture. Issues include status of women and status through epidemiological and anthropological 108M or 108G. A Ant 360Z is the writing intensive men, the meaning of “femaleness” and “maleness”, methods are explored. A Ant 418Z is the writing version of A Ant 360; only one may be taken for and women and health care systems. A Ant 381Z intensive version of A Ant 418; only one may be credit. and A Wss 381Z are writing intensive versions of taken for credit. Prerequisites: A Ant 102 or 119N. A Ant 381 and A Wss 381; only one of the four A Ant 360Z Social Anthropology (3) A Ant 418Z Biomedical Anthropology A Ant 360Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one 360; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] course in anthropology or sociology. (3) A Ant 418Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant A Ant 361 Anthropology and Public A Ant 381Z (= A Wss 381Z) 418; only one may be taken for credit. Policy (3) Anthropology of Gender (4) Prerequisite(s): A Ant 102 or 119N. [WI] A Ant 381Z and A Wss 381Z are writing intensive The practical application of anthropological theory A Ant 421Z (formerly 421; = Lin and research to policy areas such as economic versions of A Ant 381 and A Wss 381; only one of development, environment, welfare, and mass the four courses may be taken for credit. 421Z) Advanced Syntax (3) media. The ethics of applied anthropology. A Ant Prerequisite(s): one course in anthropology or This course continues the investigation of the 361Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant 361; sociology. [WI] relationship between the grammars of particular languages and Universal Grammar. We will examine only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 3 A Ant 389Z Writing in Anthropology credits in anthropology or political science or the syntax of several languages from around the sociology. (Upper Division) (1) world asking ourselves the following questions: a.) Students who are concurrently registered in any 300- How do the principles that organize the grammars of A Ant 361Z Anthropology and Public or 400-level anthropology course, may with other languages around the world compare to Policy (3) permission of the instructor of that course, enroll in English? b.) What grammatical properties are true A Ant 361Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant A Ant 389Z and fulfill a writing intensive version of for all languages? We will discuss the answers to 361; only one may be taken for credit. that other course. The writing intensive version will these questions in the light of generative grammar. Prerequisite(s): 3 credits in anthropology or political involve: 1) a body of written work beyond that Only one of A Lin 421Z and A Ant 421Z may be science or sociology. [WI] normally required by the companion course, 2) taken for credit. The former A Lin 421 & A Ant 421 opportunities for students to receive assistance in do not yield writing intensive credit, Prerequisite(s): A Ant 363 (= A Rel 363) Ethnology of progress, and 3) an opportunity for students to revise A Lin 321 with grade of C or higher. [WI] some pieces. [WI] Religion (3) A Ant 422 (= A Lin 422) Advanced Topical and theoretical survey of anthropological A Ant 390 Ethnological Theory (3) approaches to understanding human religious Phonology (3) expression. Topics include myth, ritual, world view, Historical survey of theoretical approaches to the Advanced studies in generative phonological theory, shamanism, gender, and religious change. study of culture, with emphasis on contemporary with a focus on the analysis of prosodic phenomena Emphasizes the religions of non-literate, non- trends. Recommended for majors planning graduate such as stress, tone, and accent. Discussion of recent Western peoples but also includes examples from work. Content may vary with instructor. theoretical trends in phonology. Only one of A Ant major world religions and contemporary Western Prerequisite(s): A Ant 108M or A Ant 108G. 422 & A Lin 422 may be taken for credit. societies. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 100 or 108M, or A Ant 414 (formerly A Ant 313) Prerequisite(s): A Ant 322 with grade of C or higher. A Phi 214. Demographic Anthropology (3) A Ant 423 Linguistic Structures (3) A Ant 364 Anthropology of Health Demographic theory as it applies to anthropological Investigation of the structure of a selected language, and Health Care (3) populations, with emphases on birth, death and language family, or language area. Prerequisite(s): a growth rates, population size and dispersion, mating, prior course in linguistics or consent of instructor. Introduction to medical anthropology. Cross-cultural and migration. Aspects of historical and [OD] examination of different views of health, disease, paleodemography accompany analyses of living healing and curing, their effect on medical care and populations. A Ant 414Z is the writing intensive A Ant 424 Language and Culture (3) maintenance of health of individuals and version of A Ant 414; only one may be taken for Study of the nature of the interrelationships that exist communities. Analyses of interface of modern credit. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 110N and 211. between linguistic behavior and other aspects of medicine with traditional systems and dilemmas culture. Prerequisite(s): A Lin 220 or A Ant 221M or caused by the application of recent medical advances A Ant 415 Nutritional Anthropology permission of instructor. in our own culture. Prerequisite(s): 3 credits in (3) anthropology or biology. This course provides an introduction to the biological, ecological, and social factors influencing 82 University at Albany A Ant 425 (= A Lin 425) Comparative A Ant 431 Seminar in Social A Ant 481 (= A Lcs 491) Research and Historical Linguistics (3) Archaeology (3) Projects (3–6) Language development and change. Language Seminar on selected topics in the archaeological Introduction to basic research skills required to classification, linguistic reconstruction. study of past social organization. Topics will vary. answer questions on human behavior, with special Prerequisite(s): A Ant 220M or A Lin 220M or Examples include settlement patterns, household emphasis on cross-cultural communication and consent of instructor. organization, economic processes, urbanism, and learning and dynamics of cross-cultural interaction. world systems. Topics will be approached in terms Specific research projects familiarize students with A Ant 430 Archaeological Theory (3) of methods, theories, and comparative analysis. May the basic research methods including data collection, Advanced theory and method in archaeology, be repeated for credit. processing, and analysis. Only one of A Ant 481 emphasizing topics such as quantitative applications, &A Lcs 491 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): spatial analysis, cultural processes, systems analysis, A Ant 433 Mesoamerican junior or senior class standing and permission of the application of dating techniques, and the Archaeology (3) instructor. reconstruction of extinct cultures. Prerequisite(s): Archaeological study of the ancient peoples and A Ant 104. cultures of Mesoamerica from the earliest A Ant 482A & B Senior Honor Thesis inhabitants to the Spanish conquest. Coverage is Seminar (3) chronological and evolutionary, with application of Students in the honors program should enroll in both anthropological models of cultural change. Emphasis A Ant 482A & B for a total of 6 credits during the on the major transformation such as the origin of fall and spring of their senior year. Students will agriculture, the rise of cities, and the expansion of write an honors thesis under the supervision of a states and empires. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104 or member of the Anthropology Department, present equivalent or permission of instructor. periodic progress reports, and deliver an oral summary of the completed thesis. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 434 Seminar in Mesoamerican admission to the Anthropology Department honors Writing Systems (3) program. Seminar on selected Mesoamerican writing systems. Focus varies, but Classic Mayan writing is usually A Ant 490 (= A Cla 490) Internship in emphasized. Topics include the structure and Archaeological Conservation and evolution of the scripts; relations between writing Documentation (3–9) and other communication systems; and Supervised placement in an agency engaged in anthropological research using hieroglyphic conservation and documentation of archaeological evidence. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): artifacts, such as the New York State Museum or course work in Mesoamerican archaeology, State Conservation Laboratory. Provides practical ethnology, or linguistics is recommended. experience and cannot be counted among the 9 A Ant 435 Archaeological Surveys (3) elective credits above the 300 level required for Mediterranean archaeology majors. Anthropology Survey of the archaeology of a selected region of the majors may use up to 3 credits toward major elective world. Topics vary according to the regional credit. May be taken by majors in Greek and Roman specialty of the professor in charge. May be repeated civilization and anthropology only. Internships are for credit when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): A Ant open only to qualified juniors and seniors who 104. have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or A Ant 438 Museum Research and higher. S/U graded. Prerequisite(s): permission of Curation (3) instructor. The course emphasizes collections management and A Ant 497 Topics in Anthropology (3) research with existing collections, including Advanced course on selected topic in anthropology. database management, basic museum methods for May focus on geographic or theoretical area. May be anthropologists, and approaches to problems of repeated for credit when topic differs. using data collected by other researchers. Students Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and design and complete projects using existing permission of instructor. collections. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 104. A Ant 498A & B Independent Study A Ant 450 Medical Anthropology (3) in Anthropology (1–6), (1–6) Advanced medical anthropology. In-depth examination of selected issues and conflicting values Independent reading or research on selected topics pertaining to health care. Presentations, frequently under the direction of a faculty member. May be by outside speakers actively working in their fields, repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior on alternative medical belief systems as well as class standing. moral and ethic dilemmas caused by developments A Ant 499 Senior Seminar in in modern medicine. Emphasizes practical Anthropology (3) applications for health care providers. A Ant 450Z is Seminar on selected topics in anthropology, Open to the writing intensive version of A Ant 450; only one seniors with permission of instructor. Recommended may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or for majors planning graduate work. May be repeated senior class standing and permission of instructor. for credit. A Ant 450Z Medical Anthropology (3) A Ant 450Z is the writing intensive version of A Ant 450; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and permission of instructor. [WI] A Ant 480 Introduction to Ethnographic Field Research (3) Ethnographic fieldwork experience for qualified undergraduates. Study of fieldwork methodology and principles together with actual fieldwork on selected topics under faculty supervision. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and permission of instructor.

83 University at Albany

DEPARTMENT OF The Department of Art offers a 36 credit major Admission to Departmental Major in Art in art, a departmental art major of 60 credits, The 60-credit art major is aimed at and a 36 credit Faculty-initiated encouraging students who demonstrate both an ART interdisciplinary major in art history. In unusual degree of accomplishment and addition students can minor in art or art potential. In the second semester of their Faculty history; the department also directs the sophomore year, or thereafter, students should Professors Emeritae/i interdisciplinary minor in Film Studies. The submit from 12 to 20 works of art, in a Dennis Byng, M.S. foundation of the studio art majors is a core portfolio or sheet of slides, to the Art University of Wisconsin curriculum in drawing, two- and three- Department for review. The portfolio should Richard Callner, M.F.A. dimensional design, and art history; areas of reflect a student’s intended area of focus: Columbia University concentration are painting and drawing, painting and drawing, sculpture, printmaking Robert Cartmell, M.F.A. sculpture, printmaking, and photography. The or photography. The portfolio review is University of Iowa interdisciplinary major in art history offers a intended to give students an opportunity to Edward P. Cowley, M.A. range of courses drawn from offerings in art demonstrate a maturing level of visual culture Columbia University history with the art department, and from other and the emergence of an artistic voice. Mojmir S. Frinta, Ph.D. departments and programs in the College of Ultimately, an exemplary portfolio will display University of Michigan Arts and Sciences, including classics, history, a high level of visual literacy and technical Arthur G. Lennig, Ph.D. and East Asian studies. The University Art ability at the service of individual expression. University of Wisconsin Museum offers a wide variety of exhibitions This orientation will lead a student to further Thom O’Connor, M.F.A. that enhance and extend the art department’s study at art school or at graduate school. Cranbrook Academy offerings. Portfolios should be submitted to the art William H. Wilson, M.F.A. department secretary during the seventh week Cranbrook Academy of the semester. Professors Careers Roberta M. Bernstein, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) In addition to the traditional careers in fine art, If a student is accepted as a 60-credit art major, Columbia University commercial art, art history and criticism, the student should seek advisement from the Phyllis J. Galembo, M.F.A. students who immerse themselves in our art undergraduate adviser and the faculty member University of Wisconsin curriculum emerge with an understanding of they work with most to determine a set of Edward A. Mayer, M.F.A. visual literacy at a time when our culture as a personal goals within their remaining course of University of Wisconsin whole is becoming increasingly dependent study. Associate Professors upon visual communication. Career paths David Carbone, M.F.A. include various positions in art museums and Honors Program in the Brooklyn College, CUNY galleries, art conservation, art therapy, Departmental Major in Art JoAnne Carson, M.F.A. furniture design, industrial design, interior University of Chicago design, stage and costume design, graphic The Honors Program is designed for the Sarah R. Cohen, Ph.D. design, film production, TV production, exceptionally talented and committed student Yale University medical and anthropological illustration, and of art. Successful completion of the program is Rachel Dressler, Ph.D. animation. excellent preparation for graduate work in the Columbia University Fine Arts. Studio space for Honors Students is Mark A. Greenwold, M.F.A. limited. Successful completion of the program Indiana University Degree Requirements for the earns an Honors Certificate in Art and a Marja Vallila, M.F.A. Major in Art nomination for graduating with “Honors in Cornell University General Program B.A.: 36 credits, including at Art” from the University. Assistant Professors least 12 credits at the 300 level or above, to be Students may present a portfolio for admission Daniel Goodwin, M.F.A. distributed as follows: 18 credits are core to the Honors Program to the Undergraduate Hunter College requirements: A Art 105, 110, 115, 205 and Director in the second semester of their junior Sculpture Technician A Arh 170L and 171L; 18 credits are from year or the first semester of their senior year. Roger Bisbing, M.F.A. electives with an Art prefix; 3 of these credits In order to be eligible for admission to the Syracuse University may be from any course that applies to the art Honors Program, a student must be accepted Adjuncts (estimated): 6 history major (see below). as a 60-credit major and have completed at Teaching Assistants (estimated): 18 least 12 credits of studio course work. An Art History Faculty in Mediterranean Archaeology Degree Requirements for the applicant should have an overall grade point and Art Departmental Major in Art average of 3.25 or higher and a 3.5 or higher in Distinguished Service Professor all courses applicable toward the major. Paul W. Wallace, Ph.D. General Program B.A.: 60 credits including a Applicants must submit a portfolio of 10 Indiana University 27-credit core requirement consisting of A Art works in their area of concentration. The Professor 105, 110, 115, 205, 220, 230, 240 or 242, 244 portfolio must demonstrate visual literacy, John C. Overbeck, Ph.D. and 305; 12 credits in art history consisting of technical mastery, creative potential, and the University of Cincinnati A Arh170L and 17lL and 6 credits from drive and maturity to work independently in Associate Professor courses that apply to the art history major (see order to cultivate a distinctive personal Michael R. Werner, Ph.D. below); 6 credits in studio art electives; and a direction. The Honors Committee may waive Stanford University 15-credit concentration in either painting and the entry requirements where appropriate. Visiting Associate Professor: drawing, sculpture, printmaking, or Decisions of the Honors Committee are final Stuart Swiny, Ph.D. photography. and are not subject to review or appeal. University of London

84 University at Albany Students in the Honors Program are required Honors Program in Art History ADVISEMENT AND EVALUATION OF HONORS to complete a minimum of 60 credits, STUDENTS meeting all the requirements of the major. In Honors students in Art History will take a Selection: The students should have declared as addition, students must complete an Honors structured sequence of coursework focusing an Art History major and should have Project for 6-12 credits of studio course work upon the main areas of study offered in the Art completed at least 12 credits in the Art History and complete A Art 496, the Mentor Tutorial. History curriculum. They must take at least program. Their overall grade point average must The Honors Project mentor will be a member one three-credit course each in the following be at least 3.25, with a grade point average of at of the faculty who regularly works with the areas of Western Art History: Ancient (A Cla least 3.5 in the Art History major. student in the student’s area of concentration. 207, A Cla 208, A Cla 209, A Cla 301, A Cla Critiques will be conducted during regular 302, A Cla 303, A Cla 307, A Cla 310, A Cla Project Evaluation: Honors students are course offerings. An overall grade point 311, A Cla 401, A Cla 402, A Cla 403, A Cla entitled to an evaluation at the beginning of average of 3.25 or higher and an average of 405, A Cla 406, A Cla 407); Medieval (A Arh their last semester if the project has been in 3.5 or higher in all courses applicable toward 331, A Arh 332, A Arh 442); Early Modern progress for at least one semester, and must the major must be maintained in each (Renaissance, Baroque, and Eighteenth receive a formal evaluation at the end of the semester of the program. Students dismissed Century: A Arh 342, 350, A Arh 351, A Arh third quarter of their senior year through an from the program cannot be readmitted unless 352, A Arh 450); Modern and Contemporary Evaluation Committee (composed of two the grades on which dismissal is based were (A Arh 365, A Arh 366, A Arh 468); Film and members of the Art History faculty in the Art in error and are officially changed. Photography (A Arh 260, A Arh 261, A Arh department and at least one member of the 265, A Arh 266, A Arh 361, A Arh 362, A Arh Mediterranean Archaeology faculty). The Degree Requirements for the 363, A Arh 364. In addition, they must take at faculty member responsible for grading the least one three-credit course in non-Western student’s Honors papers will explain the Faculty-Initiated Interdisciplinary Art History (A Arh 267, A Arh 274, A Arh strength of the student’s work and recommend Major with a Concentration in 275, A Arh 280, A Ant 268, A Arh 281, A Arh acceptance or denial. The committee is also Art History 480). responsible for waiving program requirements where warranted and for certifying the The purpose of the interdisciplinary major in Honors students in Art History are required to candidate has finished all outstanding Art History is to introduce students to the take a research seminar, in which they will “Incomplete” grades by the end of the third principles and methods of art history, and to perform special work devoted to Honors: quarter of the senior year. encourage their intellectual exploration of A Arh 499 “Research Seminar: Special art and architecture in historical culture. The Topics,” A Arh 450 “Art and Society in Early Advisement: The student’s faculty adviser will faculty and curriculum for the Art History Modern France,” A Arh 480 “Yűan and Sung also serve as the Honors adviser and is major are drawn from the Art Department Painting,” or equivalent seminars as they are responsible for supervising the student’s and from the Classics Department. developed. The special Honors work in the selection of coursework toward the Honors. If Advisement and internship supervision are seminar will entail at least two of the following the primary focus of the student’s research is conducted in the Art Department. features: use primary sources; conduct in the Ancient area, the student will be advised research in languages other than English; build by a member of the Mediterranean General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 on an annotated bibliography to develop an Archaeology faculty. credits: Within the requirements for the historiographic analysis; or conduct research major, a student must take a minimum of 6 on a primary object in a museum or credits in courses with an A Cla prefix. archaeological setting, using archival Courses in Art Required core courses (9 credits): A Arh documentation when appropriate. A Art 105 (formerly A Art 105A) 170L, A Arh 17IL; 3 credits from: A Arh Honors students in Art History will also be Beginning Drawing (3) 450, 480, 499. Drawing encompasses all the visual disciplines; it required to take six credits of intensive work will be taught as a way of thinking and planning for Lower Division Electives 9 credits from: culminating in a major project or series of other fields of creative endeavor. Drawing is a way A Arh 260, 261; 262; 265, 266, 267; 273, projects. This will comprise two additional of seeing, thinking, and feeling through making Research Seminars with Honors level work or marks. Students will be exposed to objective 274, 275; 280L, 281, 298; A Ant 268L; drawing techniques with an emphasis on two- A Cas 240; A Cla 207E/L, 208E/L, 209L; one additional Research Seminar with Honors dimensional design. A His 263E, 264E; A Rel 200L. level work plus three credits of Independent Study or, in exceptional cases, six credits of A Art 110 (formerly A Art 110A) Two- Upper Division Electives 18 credits, of independent study. The Independent Study Dimensional Design (3) which no more than 6 credits can be from The principles of two-dimensional design and credit will generally be developed from composition intended primarily as a preparatory A Cla courses, from: A Arh 331, 332 or research the student began in a Research course for all other courses concerned with the two- 332Z, 341, 342 or 342Z, 350 or 350Z, 351 Seminar and will include Honors level dimensional approach. or 351Z, 352 or 352Z, 361,362, 363, 364 research (as defined above). An Internship A Art 115 (formerly A Art 110B) 365 or 365Z, 366 or 366Z, 432, 442, 450 or (A Arh 490 or 491 or A Cla 490) with a Three-Dimensional Design (3) 450Z, 460, 466, 467 or 467Z, 468 or 468Z, particularly strong and focused research A problem-solving introduction to the 475 or 475Z, 480, 490, 491; 497, 498; A Cla component may count as three credits toward principles and elements of three-dimensional 301, 302, 303 or 303Z, 307, 310, 311, 401, this requirement. design. Demonstrations and implementations of 402, 403, 405, 406, 407, 490, 497; A His equipment, methods and materials encourage students 302Z; 303Z; 364Z; A Thr 380L. When needed, Art History faculty may create a to develop their interpretive and technical facility, special “honors track” in regular (non-seminar) while solving problems that deal with form, space, structure, scale and volume. upper-level courses for a student who wishes to pursue advance research in that area but A Art 205 (formerly A Art 105B) Life does not have the opportunity to take a Drawing (3) seminar in the area. A studio course for students with one semester of drawing experience. This course offers extended opportunities to draw the human figure. Emphasis will be placed on the underlying conceptual structures of perceptual relationships. Students will be asked to master the description of bodily forms deployed in a coherent pictorial space. Prerequisite(s): A Art 105. 85 University at Albany A Art 220 Beginning Sculpture (3) A Art 310 (formerly A Art 310A) A Art 344 (formerly A Art 244B) Modeling in clay from the figure. Projects include Studio Experiments in Visual Intermediate Photography (3) building armatures, modeling portrait heads, doing Thinking (3) Advanced darkroom skills and introduction to non- full figure studies and making a waste mold. An idea-oriented course designed to help students silver techniques and analysis of important work by Prerequisite(s): A Art 115 or permission of solve visual and artistic problems through invention representative studio and photographic artists. instructor. and interpretation. Emphasis will be placed on Prerequisite(s): A Art 244. A Art 230 (formerly A Art 230A) imagination and experimentation with alternative A Art 345 (formerly A Art 345A) The Beginning Painting (3) and traditional materials, and students will work toward developing an expanded, personal, visual Monotype (3) An introduction to the language of painting through vocabulary. May be repeated once for credit. May Studio experience in most processes in the making studio practice. Students will work toward mastering not be offered in 2003-2004. of monotypes. Emphasis is on water-based, nontoxic the skills of color mixing as they apply to painting materials. Prerequisite(s): A Art 105 or permission from life. This course stresses the discipline of A Art 320 (formerly A Art 321) of instructor. perceiving the optical effects of light and color in Intermediate Sculpture (3) A Art 346 Introductory Film nature and translating them into a pictorial space. An exploration of traditional and nontraditional Prerequisite(s): A Art 205 or permission of materials, processes and concepts of sculpture with Production (3) instructor. an emphasis on fabrication, assemblage and Seeing and thinking in cinematic terms, with an A Art 240 (formerly A Art 240A) installation ideas and actualization of finished introduction to the process and equipment with sculptural pieces. Prerequisite(s): A Art 115. which the filmmaker works. Cameras, lenses, film Beginning Etching (3) emulsions and editing procedures are studied in the Studio course using processes of graphic A Art 321 Sculpture Fabrication making of short silent films. Prerequisite(s): A Arh reproduction with concentration on etching, both Techniques (3) 260, or A Com 238 and permission of instructor. linear and tonal. Prerequisite(s): A Art 105 or May not be offered in 2003-2004. permission of instructor. A sequence of workshops and demonstrations exploring fabrication, additive processes and A Art 347 (formerly A Art 246) Non- A Art 242 (formerly A Art 242A) assembly techniques used in sculpture. Instruction is given on the materials and techniques used to cut, silver Photography (3) Beginning Lithography (3) Exploration of the various methods of applying Introduction to the materials and the process of form and join aluminum, steel, wood and plastics. The student will become conversant with oxy- light-sensitive emulsions to materials (cloth, paper) lithography. Emphasis is on plate printing. acetylene and electric welding (stick, MIG and TIG) and printing from them rather than from the Prerequisite(s): A Art 105 or permission of equipment; woodworking tools, mechanical traditional silver-based photographic paper. This instructor. fasteners and industrial materials. Prerequisite(s): method enables the student to work in a more A Art 244 (formerly A Art 244A) A Art 115 3-Dimensional Design or permission of painterly printmaking manner. Prerequisite(s): A Art 344. Beginning Photography (3) the instructor. Photography as fine art; covers basic black and A Art 322 Sculpture Casting A Art 348 Color Photography (3) white processing techniques and darkroom skills. Techniques (3) Utilization of transparency and negative materials in Principles of photographic composition and color photography with emphasis on color printing. introduction of important work by photographers. A sequence of workshops exploring techniques of Prerequisite(s): A Art 344 and permission of Prerequisite(s): one studio art class and permission learning to make molds in plaster, flexible rubber instructor. A Art 110 recommended. of instructor. and classic investment, used in casting ceramic, wax, plaster, concrete, plastic resins, aluminum, bronze A Art 350 Intermediate Digital A Art 250 Introduction to Digital and other materials involved in generating sculpture. Imaging (3) Imaging (3) Prerequisite(s): A Art 115 3-Dimensional Design or An intensive exploration into the uses of the An introduction to the technical and theoretical permission of the instructor. computer in the fine arts. This course builds on issues of the computer in the visual arts. The A Art 330 (formerly A Art 230B) concepts introduced in A Art 250. Emphasis is convergence of photography and digital media is Intermediate Painting (3) placed on correlating technical concerns with explored through hands-on projects and readings theoretical, conceptual, and aesthetic content. designed to increase students’ aesthetic and technical A studio course for students with one semester of oil Students are expected to develop a portfolio through vocabulary. Topics covered include basic scanning painting experience. This course offers extended challenging projects. Prerequisite(s) A Art 250 and and manipulation of photographic imagery through opportunities to paint from life combined with an permission of the instructor. raster-based graphics programs, and fine art digital awareness of various pictorial traditions and printmaking, as well as an introduction to web procedures. The development of a personal direction A Art 390 Topics in Printmaking (3) graphics. Prerequisite(s): A Art 244 or one studio art is strongly encouraged through challenging projects. Special projects in print processes ranging from course and permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Art 205 and A Art 230. relief printing to color viscosity etching. May be A Art 331 (formerly A Art 330A) repeated for credit when topic varies (up to 12 A Art 298 Topics in Art (3) credits). Prerequisite(s): A Art 240 or 242. Introductory study of a special topic in fine arts not Painting in Water-Based Media (3) otherwise covered in the curriculum. May be A studio course for students with two semesters of A Art 405 Advanced Drawing (3) repeated for credit when the topic varies. drawing experience. An introduction to the language A studio course for students with two or three of painting through the use of a variety of water- semesters of drawing experience. Individual A Art 300 Art and Psychology (3) based media (ink, gouache, watercolor, egg attention is combined with technical and formal This course explores the influence of 20th Century tempera). Students will be asked to master several criticism in the development of a personal visual psychological thought on the contemporary creative media-related procedures and develop coherent idiom. In this course, stress will be placed on how process. We will investigate the works of art and pictorial constructions. Prerequisite(s): A Art 205. the history of drawing helps to reveal a student’s explore creative processes that are directly related to potential. May be repeated once for credit. the mapping of the modern psyche. Readings will A Art 335 Color Theory and Pictorial Prerequisite(s): A Art 305. include writings by both artists and psychologists, Tradition (3) including texts by Freud, Lacan, Jung, Breton, Miro, In this combined studio/lecture course, students will A Art 420 (formerly A Art 420A) etc. Students will be expected to make class examine a range of color theories and their Advanced Sculpture (3) presentations and produce visual projects. application to specific works of art. Emphasis will A focus on contemporary concerns and attitudes in Prerequisite(s): A Arh 170L, 171L and A Art 205. be on the expressive role of color in various pictorial three-dimensional work and media requiring an May not be offered in 2003-2004 traditions. Students will be given an extensive application of concepts and experience learned and vocabulary of color concepts and related studio acquired in prerequisite courses and through A Art 305 (formerly A Art 305A) exercises. Prerequisite(s): A Art 110. May not be research, which results in finished sculptures. May Intermediate Drawing (3) offered in 2003-2004. be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Art A studio course for students with two semesters of 320 and A Art 321 or permission of instructor. drawing experience. This course offers extended A Art 340 Intermediate Etching (3) opportunities to draw from life combined with an Studio course with concentration on color etching A Art 421 (formerly A Art 421A) awareness of various pictorial traditions and collagraphs and other advanced techniques. Topics in Sculpture (3) procedures. The development of a personal direction Prerequisite(s): A Art 240. Further exploration of sculptural concepts with a is strongly encouraged through challenging projects. A Art 342 Intermediate Lithography focus on individual problems, covering a wide range May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): of media, methods and techniques. An emphasis is A Art 205. [OD] (3) on the development, interpretation, realization and Emphasis on combining ideas with the medium of presentation of one’s ideas. May be repeated for lithography both on plates and stones. credit when topic varies (up to 12 credits). Prerequisite(s): A Art 242. Prerequisite(s): A Art 320 and A Art 321 or permission of instructor. 86 University at Albany A Art 430 (formerly A Art 430A) and high-resolution fine art printmaking, as well Courses in Art History Advanced Painting (3) as introductions to interactive multimedia and A studio course for students with two or three digital video. Emphasis is placed on finding the A Arh 170L (formerly A Arh 150L) semesters of oil painting experience. Individual most appropriate solutions for each student’s Survey of Art in the Western World attention is combined with technical and formal individual project. Prerequisite(s): A Art 250 or permission of instructor. I (3) criticism in the development of a personal visual Survey of art from prehistoric times through the 14th idiom. In this course, stress will be placed on how A Art 490 Internship in Studio Art (3) century focusing on architecture, sculpture and the history of painting helps to reveal a student’s Designed for undergraduate students interested in painting of the ancient Near East and Europe. [AR potential. May be repeated once for credit. pursuing a career in the arts. Students work with art EU] Prerequisite(s): A Art 330. professionals for one semester. Internships may A Arh 171L (formerly A Arh 151L) A Art 434 Topics in Drawing (3) include the Times Union Photography Department, A studio course for students with at least two the Center for Photography at Woodstock, or Survey of Art in the Western World semesters of drawing experience. In depth study of assisting professional artists. Students complete an II (3) selected topics in drawing not otherwise covered in academic component consisting of required Survey of art from the 14th century to the present the curriculum. Students will be guided through meetings with the faculty supervisor in the area of focusing on painting, sculpture and architecture of several pictorial models and procedures, seeking focus, and may involve a journal and portfolio. Art Europe and the Americas. [AR EU] both mastery and a pictorial persona. May be majors may use three credits toward course repeated for credit when topic varies (up to 12 requirements above the 300 level. Internships are A Arh 230 The Art of Medieval credits). Prerequisite(s): A Art 205. open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have Knighthood (3) an overall grade point average of 2.5 or higher. The art and culture of medieval European knighthood A Art 435 (formerly A Art 435A) Consent for the internship must be obtained in the from its beginnings in mounted soldiers of the eleventh Topics in Painting (3) preceding semester by the submission of a plan of century to its role in elaborate tournaments and jousts of A studio course for students with two or three intent and a signed contract with a professional the sixteenth. Attention will be given to the social semesters of oil painting experience. In-depth study organization or individual artist. Prerequisite(s): expression of the knightly class through visual and literary of selected topics in painting not otherwise covered Junior or senior class standing, 2.5 or higher GPA, means. Objects of study will include architecture, in the curriculum. Students will be guided through a and permission of the instructor. sculpture, manuscript painting and ivory carvings. variety of pictorial paradigms, seeking both mastery A Art 492 Internship in Art Museum Literature will include chivalric epics, romances, and and a pictorial persona. May be repeated for credit Management and Operation (3–4) manuals of war. Among the topics to be addressed will be when topic varies (up to 12 credits). Prerequisite(s): arms and armor, castles and manor houses, the arts of Designed for undergraduate students interested in courtly love and the visual spectacle of chivalry. [AR] A Art 330. pursuing a career in Arts Management or the A Art 440 (formerly A Art 440A) Gallery/Museum administrative field. Projects may A Arh 260 (formerly A Art 290) Advanced Etching (3) include computer database, archival records retrieval Introduction to Cinema (3) Studio course with concentration on advanced and storage, media relations skills, collections Survey of the silent and sound classics of the cinema etching techniques including photo work. May be management, and exhibition organization and with emphasis on the changing conceptions of repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Art 340. documentation. A final project will be assigned. cinematographic form and content. Screenings of Internships are open only to qualified juniors and selected European and American films. [AR] A Art 442 (formerly A Art 442A) seniors who have an overall grade point average Advanced Lithography (3) of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): interview by A Arh 261 Independent Cinema (3) Advanced course in lithography. Emphasis on color gallery administrative staff and permission of Art Introduction to the study of film as an artistic and and stone process. May be repeated once for credit. Department Chair. S/U graded. May not be offered social practice through an examination of the various Prerequisite(s): A Art 342. in 2003-2004. genres of independent filmmaking pursued in the United States during the twentieth and twenty-first A Art 444 (formerly A Art 444A) A Art 496 Mentor Tutorial (3) centuries. A tutorial in which readings, discussions, visits to Advanced Photography (3) museums and galleries are assigned to build A Arh 262 (= A Fre 238) Great Emphasis on aesthetics and archival processing for awareness of the relevant traditions supporting an Classics of French Cinema (3) exhibition-quality work. May be repeated once for Honors student’s development. This tutorial will credit. Prerequisite(s): A Art 344. An introduction with detailed analyses to a dozen of also include consultation on graduate school the most well known French classic films as A Art 445 Advanced Monotype (3) applications and instruction on taking slides of contributions to the art of cinema and as reflections Continuation of A Art 345. Emphasis will be on works of art. Prerequisite(s): admission into the of French society at various historical moments. individual approaches to ideas and various print departmental Honors Program. Taught in English. May not be used to fulfill the techniques. Prerequisite(s): A Art 345. A Art 497 Independent Study (1–4) requirements of the major in French. Only one of A Arh 262/A Fre 238 and 315 may be taken for A Art 446 (formerly A Art 444B) Studio project in a selected art area. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and permission of credit. Topics in Photography (3) instructor and department chair. Expansion of camera skills and photographic A Arh 265 History of Photography techniques. Individual interests and abilities play a A Art 498 Honors Project I (3-6) (3) major role in established course content. May be Studio project in a selected area of concentration. A survey of photography from its invention in 1839 repeated for credit when topic varies (up to 12 Topics and issues vary according to the needs and to recent trends. Emphasizes why it was developed, credits). Prerequisite(s): A Art 344. goals set by the students with their mentors. The the major19th century documentary and artistic uses, goal of this project is to allows students adequate and the extraordinary range of 20th century A Art 447 Advanced Film Production space and opportunity to cultivate a distinctive explorations. An integrated approach tied to parallel (3) personal direction and generate a significant body of social and artistic events. [AR] This course builds on filmmaking skills acquired in work to pursue graduate study. Students will attend Introductory Film Production. Students explore appropriate MFA critiques. Prerequisite(s) A Arh 266 Photography 1970 to cinematic narrative structures, styles of editing, admission into the departmental Honors Program the Present (3) and setting the mise en scène. Students will make a and permission of instructor. A thorough survey of recent photography. fictional work on film or videotape that focuses on Emphasizes fine art photography and the use of their own life experience. Prerequisite(s): A Art A Art 499 Honors Project II (3-6) photography by artists working in other media, 346. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. The continuation and completion of a studio project including documentary and photojournalistic set forth in A Art 498. Upon completion of the work, photography books, mixed media and A Art 450 Advanced Digital Imaging project, the student will be required to make an oral digital work. The materials for study are drawn (3) defense of the work before the Honors Committee. from slide lectures, local exhibitions, An exploration of some of the more sophisticated Successful completion of the program earns an contemporary criticism, library materials, and the concepts, processes, and software involved in Honors Certificate in Art and a nomination for media. No prior photography or art history digital fine art. Students develop self-directed graduating with “Honors in Art” from the required. [AR] projects that reflect not only a technical University. Students will attend appropriate MFA proficiency with the media explored, but a critiques. Prerequisite(s): A Art 498. A Arh 267 (= A Aas 267) African- thoughtfully developed conceptual thread. American Art of the Twentieth & Weekly readings in current digital media theory Twenty-First Centuries (3) and criticism provide insight into the work of Study of paintings and drawings by African emerging artists, and a wide range of techniques, American artists in the 20th and 21st centuries and of media, and software are covered, including: the cultural context within which the art was advanced 2-D image manipulation, web graphics, produced. A wide range of artistic styles and media 87 University at Albany is explored. Consideration is also given to the impact of European, African, and Asian visual arts on the work of African-American artists.

88 University at Albany A Arh 273 History of Printmaking objects in bronze and precious metals. A Arh 351Z Netherlandish Painting in (3) Prerequisite(s): A Arh 170L or permission of the Age of Rembrandt and Rubens instructor. History of fine art techniques for reproducing (3) images from the 14th century to the present, A Arh 332 (formerly A Arh 362L) A Arh 351Z is the writing intensive version of including woodcut, engraving, etching, Gothic Art and Architecture (3) A Arh 351; only one may be taken for credit. lithography, photography. .May not be offered Examines Gothic Art of the 13th and 14th Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission of in 2003-2004. Centuries in France and its spread throughout instructor. [WI] A Arh 274 Islamic Art and Europe. Includes a study of religious and lay Architecture (3) architecture (cathedrals, castles, town halls); This course focuses on the art and architecture of cathedral sculpture; stained glass, murals and the Islamic peoples in Europe, the Middle East mosaics; manuscript illumination, painted and North Africa from the seventh through the altarpieces and art of precious metals. sixteenth century. We will consider the Prerequisite(s): A Art 170L or 331 or philosophical, political, religious and social permission of instructor. context of Islamic visual culture. May not be A Arh 332Z (formerly A Arh 362L) offered in 2003-2004. [AR] Gothic Art and Architecture (3) A Arh 275 (= A Aas 275) African Art A Arh 332Z is the writing intensive version of A Arh (3) 332; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Study of art produced on the west coast and central A Arh 170L or permission of instructor. [WI] region of sub-Saharan Africa. Includes a wide range A Arh 341 (formerly A Arh 371L) of artistic styles, with particular attention given to Renaissance Art of the 15th Century artifact designs and to their functional or ceremonial use in particular societies. Also explores the impact (3) of African art on European and American An examination of art and architecture produced in Italy Modernism. and Northern Europe during the 1400’s. Italian art will concentrate on major architects, sculptors and painters, A Arh 280L (= A Eac 280L) Chinese chiefly in Florence and including Umbria, Marches and Painting (3) North Italy. Art in Northern Europe will concentrate on Introduces students to the major works of traditional the Netherlands and Germany, and will cover primarily Chinese painting and analyzes those works to arrive panel painting and graphic art. Prerequisite(s): A Arh at an understanding of life in traditional China. The 170L or 171L or permission of instructor. major class activity will be viewing, discussing and A Arh 342 Art in the Era of analyzing slides of Chinese paintings. Only one of A Arh 280L and A Eac 280L may be taken for Renaissance and Reformation (3) credit. [AR] An examination of art and architecture produced in Italy and Northern Europe during the sixteenth A Arh 281 (= A Eac 180) Introduction century. Emphasis will be placed upon individual to Chinese Art and Culture (3) artists such as Leonardo, Michelangelo, Dürer, and The course combines a rapid survey of Chinese art Bruegel, as well as on specific artistic themes and with selected readings in Chinese literature to their relation to social, religious, and theoretical present an introduction to the visual and written concerns. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission culture of traditional China. Evidence from of the instructor archaeology, sculpture, architecture, and painting A Arh 342Z Art in the Era of will be viewed and analyzed to illustrate such topics as the origins and multiethnic character of Chinese Renaissance and Reformation (3) civilization, the nature of the Chinese writing A Arh 342Z is the Writing Intensive version of system, the growth of religious systems, and the A Arh 342; only one may be taken for credit. development of the bureaucratic state. No prior Prerequisite(s) A Arh 171L or permission of the knowledge of Chinese or Art History is required. instructor. [WI] A Arh 298 Topics in Art History (3) A Arh 350 Art in the Courts of Introductory study of a special topic in Art History Seventeenth-Century Europe (3) not otherwise covered in the curriculum. May be A study of the painting, sculpture and architecture repeated for credit when the topic varies. produced in Italy, France and Spain during the 17th Century. Attention will focus on the religious, A Arh 303 (= A Cla 303) Early political and ceremonial demands of the Catholic Christian Art and Architecture (3) Church and the royal courts, as well as on the An examination of early Christian art and careers of individual artists such as Bernini, architecture from their beginnings in the third Borromini, Caravaggio, Poussin and Velasquez. century to the death of Justinian in 565. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission of Architecture, painting, mosaic and the minor arts are instructor. examined in their historical setting. A Arh 303Z & A Cla 303Z are the writing intensive versions of A Arh 350Z Art in the Courts of A Arh 303 & A Cla 303; only one of the four Seventeenth-Century Europe (3) courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 350Z is the writing intensive version of A Cla 209, or A Clc 134, or A Arh 170L. A Arh 350; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission of A Arh 303Z (= A Cla 303Z) Early instructor. [WI] Christian Art and Architecture (3) A Arh 303Z & A Cla 303Z are the writing intensive A Arh 351 Netherlandish Painting in versions of A Arh 303 & A Cla 303; only one of the the Age of Rembrandt and Rubens four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): (3) A Cla 209, or A Clc 134, or A Arh 170L. [WI] An examination of the painting and graphic art A Arh 331 (formerly A Arh 361L) produced in the Netherlands during the seventeenth century. In addition to studying artistic trends and Early Medieval And Romanesque Art individual artists such as Rembrandt and Rubens, (3) students will explore the ways in which the art An examination of European architecture, painting, addressed the social needs and concerns of Dutch and sculpture and minor arts from the 6th to the 12th Flemish audiences. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or century. Course covers early Germanic and Celtic permission of instructor. art, Carolingian and Ottonian periods. French. English, German, Italian Romanesque architecture and sculpture of the Pilgrimage route of Santiago, Monastic manuscript illumination, mural painting, 89 University at Albany A Arh 352 Art in the Era of Rococo A Arh 366Z (formerly A Arh 492Z) A Arh 468 (formerly A Arh 490) Art and Enlightenment (3) Modern Art II (3) Since 1945 (3) A study of painting, sculpture, architecture, garden A Arh 366Z is the writing intensive version of Survey and critical analysis of art from circa 1945 to design, graphic and decorative arts produced in A Arh 366; only one may be taken for credit. the present. The course will cover directions in late Europe during the eighteenth century. Special Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission of Modernism and Post-modernism, including Abstract emphasis will be placed upon the original context, instructor. [WI] Expressionism, Pop Art, Minimalism, Feminist Art, use and significance of the art, as well as upon the Graffiti Art and Political Art. A Arh 468Z is the association between artmaking and philosophical A Arh 432 (formerly A Arh 462) writing intensive version of A Arh 468; only one can pursuits during this era of profound European Gothic Painting (3) be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or change. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission Study of the style and technique of stained glass, permission of instructor. of instructor. manuscript illumination, wall and panel painting in the 13th and 14th centuries, with emphasis on A Arh 468Z (formerly A Arh 490Z) Art A Arh 352Z Art in the Era of Rococo France and Italy. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 170L and Since 1945 (3) and Enlightenment (3) junior or senior class standing, or permission of A Arh 468Z is the writing intensive version of A Arh 352Z is the writing intensive version of instructor. A Arh 468; only one may be taken for credit. A Arh 352; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission of Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission of A Arh 442 (formerly A Arh 472) Early instructor. [WI] instructor. [WI[ Painting of the Netherlands (3) Study of northern Renaissance panel and manuscript A Arh 475 (formerly A Arh 455; = A Arh 361 European Screen Artists painting from Jan van Eyck to Bruegel. A Wss 475) Women in Art (3) (3) Prerequisite(s): A Arh 170L or A Arh 171L or Survey of women artists from 1550 to the present, Study of the European cinema from the silent film permission of instructor. including Artemesia Gentileschi, Elizabeth Vigee- era to recent years. Consideration is given both to Lebrun, Mary Cassatt, Alice Neel. The course also the careers of prominent artists and to the social and A Arh 450 (=A Fre 460) Art and includes a feminist analysis of images of women economical context in which they worked. Directors Society in Early Modern France (3) since the Renaissance. A Arh 475Z & A Wss 475Z to be examined include, among others, Sergei Seminar examining selected topics in art and are the writing intensive versions of A Arh 475 & Eisenstein, Ingmar Bergman, Leni Riefenstahl, and architecture produced in France from the sixteenth A Wss 475Z; only one of the four courses may be Jean Renoir. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 260. through eighteenth centuries. Special emphasis upon taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L and the cultural significance of art in an era that saw the junior or senior class standing, or permission of A Arh 362 Significant Cinema rise and fall of monarchical power as well as instructor. Directors (3) dramatic changes in understandings of social Examination of the artistry and cultural significance hierarchy, gender, the natural world, and philosophy. A Arh 475Z (formerly A Arh 455; = of films by selected directors, such as Charles Prerequisite(s): Junior or Senior status and at least A Wss 475Z) Women in Art (3) Chaplin, Stanley Kubrick, Dorothy Arzner, Ingmar nine credits of upper-level coursework in Art A Arh 475Z & A Wss 475Z are the writing intensive Bergman, or Ousmane Sembene. American and/or History or French Studies. [OD] versions of A Arh 475 & A Wss 475Z; only one of international in scope. This course may be repeated the four courses may be taken for credit. for credit as the content varies. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 450Z Art and Society in Early Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L and junior or senior A Arh 260 Modern France (3) class standing, or permission of instructor. [WI] A Arh 450Z is the . [WI] version of A Arh 450; only A Arh 363 Art of American Silent one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Junior A Arh 480 (= A Eac 471) Yüan and Films (3) or Senior status and at least nine credits of upper- Sung Painting (3) Examination of the silent film in America, with an level coursework in Art History or French Studies. A seminar on Chinese painting during the Sung and emphasis upon Hollywood. Topics to be addressed [WI] Yüan Dynasties (960-1368) with research into include: the studio and star systems; significant selected paintings. The course will combine a personalities; the writing of silent film; technological A Arh 460 (formerly A Art 490) detailed survey of painting during this period with developments; and the various film genres, such as Special Topics in Cinema (3) examination of selected topics such as the rise of epics, comedies, and melodramas. Prerequisite(s): In-depth study of selected topics in film not literati painting, Court painting as government art, A Arh 260. otherwise covered in the curriculum. Can be and painting as political expression during the Sung- repeated for credit when the topic varies. Yüan transition. Prerequisite(s): A Eac 180/A Arh A Arh 365 (formerly A Arh 491) Prerequisite(s): A Arh 260. 281 or A Eac/A Arh 280L and permission of Modern instructor. A Arh 466 Art Criticism of the Art I (3) A Arh 490 Internship in Art History Survey of the first phase of Modernism, focusing on Modern Period (3) A study of the major European and American (3) painting and sculpture in Europe and the USA from th circa 1780–1880. Movements covered include Neo- critics of 20 century art up to circa 1970. Student Supervised placement in an institution devoted to the Classicism, Romanticism, Realism, and essays in criticism of actual artworks will collection, exhibition and/or conservation of works Impressionism; artists include David, Goya, Manet, emphasize understanding of historically significant of art, such as the Albany Institute of History and Cassatt. A Arh 365Z is the writing intensive version critical perspectives, as well as the development of Art or the State Conservation Laboratory. Provides of A Arh 365; only one of the two courses may be personal approaches to criticism. Prerequisite(s): practical experience in working with original works taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or A Arh 171L; permission of instructor; junior or of art and includes research and writing projects. Art permission of instructor. senior status. History majors may use 3 credits toward course requirements above the 300 level. May be repeated A Arh 365Z (formerly A Arh 491) A Arh 467 Art Criticism of the Post- for credit, with permission of supervising instructor. Modern Modern Period (3) Internships are open only to qualified juniors and Art I (3) Investigation of practice and theory of contemporary seniors who have an overall grade point average art criticism. Readings will concentrate on critics and of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 170L and A Arh 365Z is the writing intensive version of writers from the 1970’s to the present. In writing A Arh 171L. S/U graded. A Arh 365; only one of the two courses may be about works of art, students will practice basic critical taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or skills of description, formal analysis, A Arh 491 Internship in Film Studies permission of instructor. [WI] interpretation, and articulation of personal (3) A Arh 366 (formerly A Arh 492 ) responses. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L; permission of Internship in the study of film or in film production. Modern instructor; junior or senior status. Students are responsible for finding and securing the internship with an organization or individual, subject Art II (3) A Arh 467Z Art Criticism of the Post- to approval by the director of the Film Studies Survey of Modern art from circa 1880–1945, Modern Period (3) minor. May be repeated for credit. Three credits may focusing on painting and sculpture of Europe and the Investigation of practice and theory of contemporary be applied to upper level coursework in the Film Americas. Movements covered include Post- art criticism. Readings will concentrate on critics Studies minor or the Art History major. S/U graded. impressionism, Cubism, German Expressionism, and writers from the 1970’s to the present. In writing Prerequisite(s): Open only to Juniors or Seniors Dada, Surrealism; artists include Van Gogh, Picasso, about works of art, students will practice basic with a Film Studies minor or with at least six Kollwitz, Duchamp, O’Keeffe, Douglas, Kahlo. critical skills of description, formal analysis, credits of film studies coursework, and an overall A Arh 366Z is the writing intensive version of interpretation, and articulation of personal responses. grade point average of 2.5 or higher. A Arh 366; only one may be taken for credit. A Arh 467Z is the writing intensive version of Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L or permission of A Arh 467; only one can be taken for credit. instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L; permission of instructor; junior or senior status. [WI]

90 University at Albany A Arh 497 Independent Study (1–4) Directed reading and/or research in a selected area. May be repeated with approval of department chair. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and permission of instructor and department chair. A Arh 498 Topics in Art History (3) In-depth study of selected topics in art history not otherwise covered in the curriculum. Can be repeated for credit when the topic varies. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 170L or A Arh 171L or permission of instructor. A Arh 499 Research Seminar in Art History: Selected Topics (3) Seminar focusing upon selected topics in art historical research. Students will study all aspects of research in art history, including the formulation of a topic; establishing the state of research on the topic; preparing an annotated bibliography and scholarly notes; and using library and web-based catalogues, databases, museum archives, image banks, and other research tools. The main focus of the coursework will be an individual research project. The course may be repeated for credit as the topic varies. Prerequisite(s): Junior or senior status-Art History major or minor, or permission of the instructor. [OD]

91 University at Albany

Additional Non-Area Courses ASIAN STUDIES South East Asian Area Courses A Ant 172 Community and Self PROGRAM A Eco 330 or 330Z Economics of Development A Ant 331 Early Civilization of the Old World A Eco 364 or 364Z Comparative Economic A Ant 351 or 351Z Ethnicity in North America Systems Director A Eco 330 or 330Z Economics of Development A His 312 History of American Foreign Policy A Eco 364 or 364Z Comparative Economic Jogindar Uppal, Ph.D. II Department of Economics Systems A His 384 or 384Z History of Japan A Phi 214 World Religions The interdisciplinary major in Asian studies Southwest Asian (Middle East) Area Courses A Phi 340 Topics in Philosophy (depending offers students an opportunity to study various upon topic) facets of Asian societies and cultures (South A Ant 243 Peoples and Cultures of the Middle East A Phy 201L & 201E Physics and Buddhism Asia, Southeast Asia, Southwest Asia/Middle A Clc 133 History of Ancient Greece A Rel 100L Introduction to the Study of East as well as East Asia). Students primarily A His 381 or 381Zand 382 or 382Z History of Religion interested in China, Japan and Korea are the Middle East I & II A Soc 282M Race and Ethnicity encouraged to major in East Asian Studies. A His 383 or 383Z The Arab-Israeli Conflict in R Crj 414Z Order and Disorder in Society While the East Asian Studies Major has Historical Perspective R Pos 353 Developing Political Systems language requirements, language courses are A Jst 243 Peoples and Cultures of the Middle R Pos 461Z Comparative Ethnicity not required of majors in Asian Studies. East A Jst 341Z Issues in Biblical Civilization A Jst 342Z Issues in Hellenistic-Rabbinic Additional Course Careers Judaism Opportunities R Pos 359 Israeli Politics A good background in Asian Studies is Independent study and topical courses offered invaluable for work in journalism, government Other Courses in various departments may be considered for service, intercultural activities, business the major when the topics are appropriate; e.g., abroad, and academic professions. East Asia courses in economics or sociology. Other A Eac 170L China: Its Culture and Heritage courses may be approved for the major when A Eac 210L Survey of Chinese Classical their content is predominantly Asian. Degree Requirements for the Literature in Translation I Major in Asian Studies A Eac 211L Survey of Chinese Classical Appropriate Asian studies courses at Literature in Translation II neighboring institutions also may be applied to General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 A Eac 212L Modern Chinese Literature in the major. credits distributed as follows: Translation Core Curriculum (9 credits) Six credits from A Eac 290 Ideology and Reality in Opportunities for Study Abroad A Ant 172; A Cas 150; A Gog 160 or 160G; Contemporary China A His 158 or 158Z, A His 176, A His 177 or A Eac 389 Topics in Chinese Literature, History Several opportunities to study abroad are 177Z and the completion of a senior essay (3 and Culture available through various exchange programs. credits) taken either through a seminar or A Eco 362/A Eas 362 The Political Economy of The exchange programs in China and Japan Japan & Korea are administered through the East Asian topics course sponsored by the program, or A Eco 363 Economic Development of Modern through an independent research or reading China Studies Department. However, the exchange course in a department. A Gog 160M or 160G China: People and Places program through Singapore is available to majors in Asian Studies. Students interested Area Studies (15 credits) A minimum of 3 in the of Land One Billion A Gog 470Z China after Deng Xiaoping primarily in South East Asia are encouraged to credits must be completed in two of the A His 387 or 387Z Islam in the Middle East: apply for the Singapore Program. Also, there is following areas and a minimum of 9 credits Religion and Culture I a Consortium of Colleges in New York State must be completed in the third area: South A His 388 or 388Z Islam in the Middle East: that arranges studies in India for a semester’s Asia, Southeast Asia, Southwest Asia (Middle Religion and Culture II credit. East). Language study may not be used to A His 379 or 379Z History of China I satisfy the area studies requirement. A His 380 or 380Z History of China II A His 385 History of Japan Electives (12 credits) An additional 12 credits A His 485 Colloquium in Comparative and must be completed in appropriate course work Cross-Cultural History related to Asian studies from the following A Jst 351 or 351Z Jewish American Ethnic listed courses. Groups A Phi 344 Chinese Philosophies South Asian Area Courses A Phi 346 Japanese Religions and Philosophies A Ant 351 or 351Z Ethnicity in North America A Pln 570 Urbanization in China A Eco 480 or 480Z Economic Development of R Pos 373 Government and Politics in the South Asia People’s Republic of China A His 378 History of South Asian Civilization II R Pos 376 The Foreign Policy of the People’s A His 384Z Social Science Approaches to Republic of China History A His 485 or 485Z Colloquium in Comparative and Cross-Cultural History A Phi 340 Topics in Philosophy (depending on topic) A Phi 342 Indian Philosophies R Pos 358 Politics of India and Pakistan

92 University at Albany

Assistant Professors DEPARTMENT OF Ravindra Gupta Degree Requirements for the University of Bombay, Ph.D. Major in Biology BIOLOGICAL Ing-Nang Wang, Ph.D. SUNY at Stony Brook General Program B.A.: Major sequence CIENCES Affiliated Faculty consisting of a minimum of 36 credits. S Jeffrey L. Travis, Ph.D. Required courses are: A Bio 110F or 110N, Dartmouth College 111N, 212; A Chm 120N, 121N, 122A, Faculty Suzannah Bliss Tieman, Ph.D. 122B; and 16 additional credits of biology Distinguished Teaching Professors Stanford University major electives including two courses which Stephen C. Brown, Ph.D. Adjuncts (estimated): 41 are partially or exclusively laboratory University of Michigan Teaching Assistants (estimated): 26 courses. A Bio 399, 399Z, 499, and 499Z Helmut V. B. Hirsch, Ph.D. may contribute up to a total of 4 credits of Stanford University non-laboratory major elective credit. Courses John S. Mackiewicz, Ph.D. The objective of the department is to provide that do not yield credit toward the major are Cornell University the undergraduate student with a broad indicated in the individual bulletin Professors background in the biological sciences and descriptions. Major electives must be selected Richard P. Cunningham, Ph.D. adequate supporting strength in the physical so that a total of 12 credits at the 300 level or Johns Hopkins University sciences. Accordingly, most of the B.S. above is included in the major. The minor Helen T. Ghiradella, Ph.D. programs listed here are structured around a sequence will consist of a minimum of 18 University of California, Santa Barbara combined major/minor sequence. credits. The student may not have a minor in: Colin S. Izzard, Ph.D. atmospheric science, biology, chemistry, The department also offers programs leading Cambridge University (England) computer science, electronics, geology, to the M.S. and the Ph.D. in which the Jon W. Jacklet, Ph.D. mathematics, physics, or statistics. University of Oregon graduate student is able to obtain an in-depth Paulette McCormick, Ph.D. professional education in one of several more Bachelor of Arts in Biology Requirements University at Albany restricted areas of biological sciences. A Bio 110F& 111N 8 Albert J. T. Millis, Ph.D. A Bio 212 4 University of Pennsylvania Careers Chemistry 8 John T. Schmidt, Ph.D. Subtotal 20 University of Michigan The B.A., which specifies the major only and David A. Shub, Ph.D. requires a separate minor sequence outside Additional credits in biology 16 Massachusetts Institute of Technology science and mathematics, is designed with the Total 36 aims of the liberal or fine arts students in Daniel L. Wulff, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Plus nonscience/math minor 18–24 California Institute of Technology mind and as such is not intended for the Richard S. Zitomer, Ph.D. professional biologist or teacher. The B.S. General Program B.S.: Combined major and University of Pennsylvania programs provide a strong background for minor sequence consisting of a minimum of Associate Professors further study either in graduate school or 66 credits. Dmitry A. Belostotsky, Ph.D. medicine and prepare the student for Required courses: A Bio 110F or 110N, Ukraine Academy of Sciences secondary school teaching and a variety of 111N, 212, 365, 402; A Phy 105N, 106, Thomas B. Caraco, Ph.D. careers in biology at the technical level. 108N, 109; 6 credits in mathematics Syracuse University Graduates with a B.S. degree often find exclusive of A Mat 100, 101, 102N, 103, 105, Gary S. Kleppel, Ph.D. technical-level positions with pharmaceutical 110; and A Chm 120N, 121N, 122A, 122B, Fordham University companies or as research assistants in grant- 216A, 216B, 217A, 217B. Gregory Lnenicka, Ph.D. related positions. Those who go on to University of Virginia, Charlottesville graduate or professional school have a wide 18 additional credits in biology are also Robert Osuna, Ph.D. array of career opportunities in research, required, and must include at least 3 University of Michigan health fields, and business. laboratory courses. At least one course must George Robinson, Ph.D. be selected from each of the following areas: University of California, Davis  Molecular-Cell Biology: A Bio 214, Caro-Beth Stewart, Ph.D. 217, 312, 314, 366, 412 University of California, Berkeley Ben G. Szaro, Ph.D.  Development-Function: A Bio 303, 317, John Hopkins University 335, 341, 406, 410, 420, 422, 441, 460 Sho-Ya Wang, Ph.D.  Ecology-Behavior-Diversity: A Bio 306, State University of New York 308, 316, 319, 319Z, 320, 321, 325, 326, at Stony Brook 409, 432, 436, 442, 443, 444, 445, 450, 455, and 468. Credits in A Bio 399, 399Z, 499, and 499Z may be used to fulfill the requirement for 1 laboratory course if the student completes at least 4 credits over at least 2 semesters. A Bio 399, 399Z, 499, and 499Z may contribute a total of 4 credits towards the major. Courses that do not yield credit toward the major are so indicated in the individual bulletin descriptions.

93 University at Albany Courses in the combined major/minor Required Courses: A Bio 110F or 110N, course work at the 500 level or higher (not sequence must include at least six credits at 111N, 212, 312, 313, 365, 366, 367; A Chm including A Bio 515) in the student’s area of the 300-level and at least 6 credits at the 400- 120N, 121N, 122A, 122B, 216A, 216B, interest; and (3) oral presentation of research level or above. Graduate courses are open to 217A, 217B, 340A 441A, 340B or 441B; at a public seminar. qualified seniors with appropriate A Phy 140, 150; A Mat 111 or 112 or 118, Students in the program must maintain both a departmental and instructor consent. 113 or 119; and an additional laboratory minimum grade point average of 3.50 overall course in Biology or Chemistry at or above Bachelor of Science Requirements and in biology courses taken to satisfy major the 300 level. Credits in A Bio 399, 399Z, requirements during the junior and senior A Bio 110F& 111N 8 499, 499Z or A Chm 425, 426 maybe used to years. The progress of participants in the A Bio 212 4 fulfill this laboratory requirement if the honors program will be reviewed at the end student completes at least 4 credits over 2 A Bio 365 3 of the sophomore and junior years by the semesters. A Bio 402 3 student’s adviser and the departmental honors Biology major electives 18 Bachelor of Science Requirements: committee. Students not meeting academic and independent research standards may be A Bio ___ (Molecular-Cell) A Bio 110F (or 110N) & 111N 8 precluded from continuing in the program A Bio 212 4 A Bio ___ (Function-Development) during their senior year. These students may, A Bio 312 & 313 5 A Bio ___ (Ecology-Behavior-Diversity) of course, continue as majors. A Bio 365, 366 & 367 8 Chemistry 16 A Chm 120N, 121N 122A, & 122B 8 After completion of the requirements above, Mathematics 6 A Chm 216A, 216B, 217A, & 217B 8 the departmental honors committee will make Physics 8 its recommendation to the faculty to grant the A Chm 441A (or 340A) & 441B (or 340B)6 degree “with honors in biology” based upon Total 66 A Phy 140 & 150 7 (1) overall academic record, (2) performance and accomplishments of the independent Degree Requirements for the Faculty- A Mat 111, 112, or 118 & 113 or 119 8 study project(s), (3) the quality of the Oral Initiated Interdisciplinary Major with Additional laboratory and elective credits3 Presentation (4) the evaluations of a Concentration in Human Biology Total 65 departmental faculty members who have supervised these activities. are listed in the Human Biology Program section of this bulletin. Honors Program The honors program in biology is designed Combined B.S./M.S. Program for outstanding students in the programs Degree Requirements for the Faculty- The combined B.S./M.S. program in biology leading to the B.S. degree. Students may provides an opportunity for students of Initiated Interdisciplinary Major with apply for admission to the honors program by recognized academic ability and educational a Concentration in Biochemistry and submitting a letter of request to the maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of Molecular Biology departmental honors committee no later than undergraduate and master’s degree programs April 15 of the freshman or sophomore year The Biochemistry and Molecular Biology from the beginning of the junior year. A (for admission for the fall) or November 15 program is a Faculty-Initiated carefully designed program can permit a of the sophomore year (for admission in the Interdisciplinary major (Biology and student to earn the B.S. and M.S. degrees spring). Junior transfers may apply at the Chemistry) designed for students interested in within nine semesters. time of their admission to the University. these rapidly developing fields of science. Students found acceptable by the committee The combined program requires a minimum Students with training in these fields can must find a research adviser to supervise the of 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be pursue careers as researchers in academic or independent study leading to an HONORS graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.S., industrial settings or they can pursue further THESIS. students must meet all University and college study in graduate or professional schools. requirements, including the requirements of Students must complete 40 graduation credits The requirements for admission include: (1) the undergraduate major described before application to the program, generally the candidate must declare the major and previously, the minimum 60-credit liberal in the spring of the sophomore year. have completed (or have in progress at time arts and sciences requirement, general of application) 12 credits of course work Admission: Students must obtain the approval education requirements, and residency required for the biology major, including of the Program Director before officially requirements. In qualifying for the M.S., A Bio 110F or 110N, and 111N; (2) an declaring this Faculty-Initiated students must meet all University and college overall grade point average of 3.50; (3) a Interdisciplinary Program as a major. requirements as outlined in the Graduate grade point average of 3.50 in courses General Program B.S. Combined major and Bulletin, including completion of a minimum required for the major; and (4) a written minor sequence consisting of a minimum of of 30 graduate credits and any other recommendation from an adviser, professor 65 credits. conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, or teaching assistant if possible. Primary comprehensive examination, professional emphasis will be placed on indications of experience, and residency requirements. Up academic ability and maturity sufficient for to 12 graduate credits may be applied applicants to complete with distinction a simultaneously to both the B.S. and M.S. program involving independent research. programs. Students in the program are required to While satisfying B.S. and M.S. requirements, complete a minimum of 65 or 66 credits as students must complete a coherent sequence specified for the respective program for the of courses in one of the two core areas: B.S. in biology and must include: (1) at least ecology, evolution, and behavior (EEB); or, 6 credits of independent study (A Bio 399, molecular, cellular, developmental, and 499); the independent study, or honors neural biology (MCDN). This sequence of research project, which will result in an courses begins with a 400-level course and HONORS THESIS; (2) at least 3 credits of includes a minimum of three graduate courses 94 University at Albany up to a total of at least 9 credits. In addition, A minimum of a 3.2 grade point average on a the sequence should include two semesters scale of 4.0 in undergraduate courses Courses involving a discussion of the current completed at the time of application is A Bio 100 Contemporary Biology (3) literature in the field of biology selected by required. Topics in selected areas of the Biological Sciences. the student (one of the following: A Bio 650 Students will complete three years (90 May be repeated for credit when topic varies. Does or A Bio 633). not yield credit toward the major in biology. credits) of study at the University at Albany Students are considered as undergraduates with a major in biology for a B.S. degree. A Bio 102N General Biological until completion of all B.S. requirements. Students attend SUNY-Optometry (New Sciences (3) Introduction to the major concepts in biology and a Upon meeting B.S. requirements, students are York, NY) for the fourth year of study (and survey of the common structures of organisms, automatically considered as graduate pay SUNY-Optometry tuition), beginning the including humans, and their functions at the students. Although the Graduate Record first year of the professional program. With molecular, cellular, organismal and population Examinations are not required for this the completion of the fourth year of study, the levels. Emphasis placed on principles of ecology, inheritance, evolution and physiology relevant to program, students are encouraged to take the University at Albany will accept as transfer human society. May not be taken for credit by examinations in their senior year with the credits twenty-four credits of biology and six students who have credit in A Bio 110N or A Bio expectation that they will continue graduate credits of physics electives, for a total of 30 110F or A Bio 111N or other equivalent studies. credits. Students in this program should take introductory courses. Does not yield credit the Optometry Admission Test (OAT) in toward the major in biology. [NS] Students may be admitted to the program at October or February of the third year at the A Bio 110F General Biology I (4) the beginning of the junior year or after the University at Albany. A Bio 110F is the writing intensive version of completion of 56 credits. Normally an A Bio 110N; only one may be taken for credit. application should be made at the completion A minimum of 90 credits must be taken at the Offered fall semester only. [NS WI] of the sophomore year. Those students who University at Albany. Summer course work A Bio 110N General Biology I (4) are accepted into the program in their Junior completed the first and second year or First course in a two semester sequence which year must complete at least three (3) between the second and third year at the offers a comprehensive survey of the structures and semesters of research in the Bio 399-499 University at Albany is acceptable for this functions common to all living systems at the molecular, cellular, organismal, and population sequence. Seniors are not normally admitted program. levels. This course emphasizes evolutionary into this program. However, students may be The following courses are required: A Bio principles, ecology, and behavior. Three class accepted if they have completed at least one periods and one laboratory per week. A Bio 110F 110F, 111N, 212, 16 credits of biology semester of Bio 399 (for admittance at the is the writing intensive version of A Bio 110N; electives* (of which twelve credits must be only one may be taken for credit. Offered fall beginning of first semester senior year) or the 300 or 400 level); A Chm 120N, 122a, semester only. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. one semester each of Bio 399 and 499 (for 121N, 122b, 216a, 217a, 216b, 217b; A Mat [NS] admittance at the beginning of second 112, 108; A Phy 105N, 106, 108N, 109; and A Bio 111N General Biology II (4) semester senior year). A minimum grade A Psy 101M. In addition to the General Second course in a two-semester sequence which point average of 3.20 is required and the Education Program requirements, students offers a comprehensive survey of the structures and application should be supported by a functions common to all living systems at the are required to enroll in ten credits of minimum of three letters of recommendation molecular. cellular, organismal, and population electives. levels. This course emphasizes structure and from faculty. The application should be function at the cellular level as a basis for submitted to the department chair. *The biology electives MUST be 300-400 understanding function at the organismal level. level courses in biology that are designated as Offered spring semester only. Three class periods courses that count towards the biology major. and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite(s): A Bio Joint Seven-Year Biology/ 110F or 110N. [NS WI] Optometry Program The following courses will not be used as biology electives: A Bio 303, 325, 341, 342, A Bio 117N Nutrition (3) This combined program sponsored by the 365, 406, 410, and 411. The biological roles of energy, protein, vitamins, State College of Optometry, State University and minerals; digestion, absorption, and storage of nutrients, the chemical nature of foods and food of New York, and the University at Albany, processing; assessment of nutritional status; provides students an opportunity to earn a interactions of nutrients and disease; food Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree in biology supplementation and community nutrition. Does and a Doctor of Optometry (D.O.) in seven not yield credit toward the major in biology. years. Participating students will matriculate [NS] at the University at Albany for three years A Bio 199 Contemporary Issues in and begin their Optometry studies in year Biological Sciences (1–3) four of the program. Students will be awarded Issues from the current literature in selected areas of biological sciences. Particular areas of study to the B.S. degree after completion of their be announced each semester. Intended for students requirements at the end of the fourth year. interested in exploring in depth themes covered in large lecture classes. S/U or A-E graded. May be At the end of the seventh year and completion repeated for credit when topic varies. May not be of all program requirements, students will be offered in 2003-2004. awarded the D.O. degree. A Bio 205 Human Genetics (3) Students interested in making application to Survey of human genetics emphasizing the principles and mechanisms of inheritance and this program shall submit the necessary including the analysis of the genetic material of materials to the Pre-Health adviser in the humans; the behavior of genes in individuals University’s Advisement Services Center by families, and populations; and the implications for the stated deadline in the middle of the spring human behavior and evolution, medicine, and society. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 110F and 111N or semester of the freshman or sophomore year permission of instructor. Does not yield credit (transfer students are ineligible). Selection toward the major in biology. will be based on written application materials, academic progress, and a personal interview.

95 University at Albany A Bio 209N The Human Organism A Bio 299 Introduction to Methods A Bio 311N (= A Gog 310N and U Uni (3) for Research ((2) 310N) World Food Crisis (3) An introduction to the biology of the human This course helps to prepare students for Interdisciplinary approach to understanding world organism from the perspective of its anatomy and supervised undergraduate research in A Bio 399 food problems through analyses of social, political, physiology, emphasizing applications to modern and A Bio 499. It will provide basic, current economic, nutritional, agricultural, and life and human society. Does not yield credit laboratory training applicable to various areas of environmental aspects of world hunger. Faculty toward the major in biology. [NS] modern biology. Laboratory exercises are drawn from several departments in the sciences, from the general areas of molecular, neural, humanities, and social and behavioral sciences A Bio 212 Introductory Genetics (4) cellular and developmental, and behavioral present views from various disciplines. Does not Genetics from the classical Mendelian Laws of biology. Emphasis is placed on learning yield credit toward the major in biology. Only inheritance to molecular genetics. Topics will fundamental laboratory techniques, interpreting one of A Bio 311N & U Uni 310N may be taken include: DNA structure and replication; Mendelian and presenting data, and designing simple for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class genetics and recombination; population, fungal, experiments. One laboratory per week and standing, or permission of instructor. May not be somatic cell, and bacterial genetics; gene additional flexible time as required. Prerequisite(s): offered in 2003-2004. organization; the genetic code; mechanisms of A Bio 212 and permission of instructor. gene expression and regulation; and applications of A Bio 312 Molecular Biology (3) genetic technology. Three class periods and one A Bio 302Z Cell Biology Laboratory Mechanisms of gene expression and regulation will discussion section. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 111N. (2) be studied, using examples from bacteria and [OD] Introduction to modern techniques in cell biology, eukaryotes. Discussion will include experimental approaches to gene cloning and sequencing, A Bio 214 Genetics II (3) including advanced optical microscopy, DNA extraction and analysis, protein electrophoresis and analysis of DNA-protein interactions, and structure A continuation of A Bio 212. Topics to be covered western blotting, cell homogenization and and function of RNA. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212; will include viruses; genetics of organelles fractionation, and cell culture. These techniques prerequisite or corequisite: A Bio 365 or A Chm (mitochondria and chloroplasts); genetic diseases; 342. mutagenesis and repair of DNA; RNA splicing; are used to investigate cell motility, membrane structure and permeability, mitochondrial A Bio 313 Laboratory in Molecular gene regulation; transposition and other gene respiration, DNA replication, the cell cycle, and arrangements; developmental genetics; and genetic cell adhesion. One laboratory period per week; Biology (2) engineering. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212. May not additional time as required. Prerequisite or Experiments in the modern techniques of be offered in 2003-2004. corequisite: A Bio 217 or 301; A Bio 365. [WI] recombinant molecular biology will be performed. These may include restriction mapping of A Bio 217 Cell Biology (3) A Bio 303 (formerly A Bio 403) An introduction to modern cell biology. This plasmids, gene cloning, DNA blotting, DNA course will present the basic organization of Developmental Biology (3) sequence analysis, plasmid constructions, and gene eukaryotic cells while stressing their elaborate The development of form and function in animals expression studies. One laboratory per week, plus structural-functional integration. The cell’s with emphasis on molecular analyses of organismal additional flexible time as required. Prerequisite: fundamental properties conserved through and cellular events underlying fertilization, early A Bio 212. Prerequisite or corequisite(s): A Bio evolution will be stressed. May not be taken for development, morphogenesis and growth. 312. credit by students who have credit in A Bio 301 or Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212. A Bio 314 Microbiology (3) A Bio 304. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212. A Bio 305 Developmental Biology Introduction to the morphology, physiology, A Bio 230N People and Resources in Laboratory (2) structure, genetics, and metabolism of microorganisms, including the roles played by Ecological Perspective (3) This laboratory course examines the mechanisms microorganisms in medical, environmental, Introduction to environmental science from the of animal and plant development at the molecular agricultural, and biotechnological sciences. perspective of ecosystem dynamics: succession, and cellular level by modern and classical Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212, or both A Bio 111N matter cycling, productivity, resource allocation techniques. Topics include gametogenesis, and A Bio 205; and A Chm 342 or A Bio 365. and biodiversity. Concepts and connections to fertilization, early and later development, cell major problems of pollution, global warming, division and morphogenesis. One laboratory period A Bio 315 Microbiology Laboratory resource exploitation and human overpopulation in per week; additional time as required. Prerequisite (2) a historical and contemporary context. Does not or corequisite(s): A Bio 303. Laboratory studies that deal with the culture and yield credit toward the major in biology. May A Bio 306 Marine Biology (3) study of microorganisms, the dynamics of microbial not be offered in 2003-2004. [NS] Exploration of life in the sea; biological processes growth, and the physiological basis of bacterial A Bio 241N The Biology of Sex (3) in marine environments; structure and function of identification. One laboratory per week; additional This course, designed for nonmajors, examines sex marine biological communities; productivity and flexible time as required. Prerequisite(s) or from a biological perspective in species from food webs; diversity, evolution and adaptations of corequisite: bacteria to humans. Topics covered include sexual marine organisms; and role of the oceans in global A Bio 314A Bio 316 Biogeography cycles. Covers planktonic, soft-bottom, coral reef, and asexual reproduction, sexual selection, mate (3) choice, sex determination, sexual dimorphisms, intertidal, deep-sea communities and mating strategies, courtship, genetic and environments; and the effects of human activity on Origin and differentiation of floras and faunas; environmental determinants of sexual behavior, life in the sea. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 110F and biotic regions of the world, principles of A Bio 111N; A Chm 120N and A Chm 122A. distribution; migration, adaptation, evolution, and and genetic and neural bases of sexual orientation. extinction. Three class periods each week. This course focuses on biological rather than social A Bio 308 Parasitic Diseases and or cultural constructions of sex and reproduction. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 111N, or A Bio 102N Prerequisite(s): high school biology. Does not Human Welfare (3) A Bio 317 Comparative Animal yield credit toward the major in biology. [NS] Ecological, medical, and social interrelationships of selected parasitic diseases of people and Physiology (3) domestic animals in temperate, semi-tropical, and The physiological mechanisms employed by tropical climates; role of wild animals as reservoirs animals in meeting the stresses imposed by or vectors of parasitic diseases in humans. different environments. Considers strategies of Prerequisite(s): 10 credits of biology or permission adaptive radiation including toleration, avoidance, of instructor. and regulation from an evolutionary perspective. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 111N and junior status A Bio 318 (= A Ant 312; former A Bio 419/A Ant 412) Human Population Genetics (3) Population genetics theory is the foundation of evolutionary biology and contributes heavily to modern ideas in ecology, systematics, and agriculture. This course is an introduction to that theory with special emphasis on evolution. Only one of A Ant 312 and A Bio 318 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 211 or A Bio 205 or 212. .May not be offered in 2003-2004.

96 University at Albany A Bio 319Z Field Biology (3) A Bio 342 Neurobiology Laboratory A Bio 402 Evolution (3) Introduction to those aspects of biology which are (2) The patterns and processes of biological change based on field study; local flora and fauna from an Experimental analyses of the morphology and with time from the origins of life, through major ecological viewpoint; selected field and laboratory electrophysiology of nerve cells. Experiments evolutionary innovations, to the development of techniques and related literature. Students are include the visualization of individual nerve cells human culture. Fundamental concepts in biology required to complete an independent field through selective staining, stimulation and will be stressed, including information, mutation, investigation. Two class periods, one laboratory recording of electrical potentials in nerve cells; and selection, random drift, and adaptation. period each week. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 111N, or an examination of synaptic transmission. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212. A Bio 102N. Not open to freshmen. [WI] Experiments will be performed on invertebrate A Bio 406 Vertebrate Histology (4) A Bio 320 Ecology (3) nervous systems. One laboratory period each week. Microanatomy and function of animal cells, tissues Introduction to the study of organisms, Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A Bio 341. and major vertebrate organs, excluding the brain. populations, and communities in relation to their A Bio 365 Biological Chemistry (3) Practical work with bright-field microscopy and environments. Stresses an integrated approach at The chemistry and biochemical interrelationship of preparation of formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded, all levels of biological organization. Topics carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids; sectioned and stained tissues. Three class periods, include: the niche concept, species diversity, enzyme catalysis and introduction to metabolism. one laboratory period each week. Extra time may nutrient cycling, energy flow, population dynamics Prerequisite(s): A Chm 216A and 217A. be needed to complete individual projects. and control, biological rhythms, and other Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212; A Bio 325 and/or physiological mechanisms influenced by the A Bio 366 Biological Chemistry II (3) A Bio 410 recommended but not required. environment. Three class periods each week. Control and regulation of metabolic pathways, Prerequisite(s): A Bio 111N. expression and transmission of genetic A Bio 409 Introduction to Biological information, and a variety of selected current Materials (3) A Bio 321 The Insects (3) topics. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 365. Investigation of the structure, function, and A multilevel examination of the biology of insects, materials properties of non-living biological with particular emphasis on those aspects of design, A Bio 367 Biochemistry Laboratory products (e.g., insect and plant cuticles, physiology and behavior that make them so (2) mineralized shell, bone, etc.). Particular attention distinctive and successful. Prerequisite(s): A Bio This laboratory course is designed to provide basic to developmental control on the cellular and other 111N or equivalent. May not be offered in 2003- training in various procedures used in present day levels. Prerequisite(s): One of the following 2004. biochemical research. These will include methods courses: A Bio 321, 324, 325, or 422, or A Bio 325 Comparative Anatomy of for protein purification, enzyme kinetics, peptide equivalent. May not be offered in 2003-2004 sequencing, and fractionation of intracellular Chordates (4) components. In addition, biochemical processes A Bio 410 Human Physiology (3) Comparative study of embryonic development, such as glucose metabolism and photosynthesis The functions of organ systems and their functional morphology, adaptive radiation, and will be studied. One laboratory period each week. contributions to the functions of the human body as evolution of chordates. Three class periods, one Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A Bio 365 or a whole. Topics to include: nervous, laboratory period each week. Prerequisite(s): 12 equivalent and permission of instructor. cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal credits of biology or permission of instructor. Not systems and energy metabolism and temperature open to freshmen. A Bio 389Z Writing in Biology (1) regulation. Two 1 1/2-hour lecture periods each Students who are concurrently registered in, or week. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 111N and A Chm A Bio 326 Environmental have previously taken, any 300- or 400-level 121N. Microbiology Lab (2) biology course which yields credit toward the Microorganisms are an essential part of many major, may with permission of the instructor of A Bio 411Z Human Physiology environments. This course explores the role of that course, enroll in A Bio 389Z and fulfill a Laboratory (2) microbes in natural and human-impacted systems; writing intensive version of that other course. One Experimental investigations in systemic physiology topics include nutrient cycling, waste degradation, additional meeting per week in which writing with emphasis on membrane transport, nerve bioremediation, waterborne disease, and pollution techniques and experiences are stressed is required. excitability, muscle contraction, sensory control. Some informal lectures and current events Written work that will be used for credit in A Bio mechanisms, cardiac activity, and special discussions are incorporated into laboratory 389Z must be in addition to any writings required problems. Three hour laboratory and one hour exercises. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 314 or equivalent. for the companion course. Prerequisite(s) or discussion per week. Emphasis will be placed on May not be offered in 2003-2004. corequisite(s): a companion biology course at the writing of scientific laboratory reports. The former 300 or 400 level. S/U graded. [WI] A Bio 411 does not yield writing intensive credit. A Bio 335 Immunology (3) Corequisite(s): A Bio 410. [WI] The structure and function of the antibody A Bio 399 Supervised Research for molecule and of reactions between antigen and Juniors (1–3) A Bio 412 Biological Movement (3) antibody. Also covers cellular interactions in the Individual, independent research on selected topics Biological movements at the level of molecules, immune response as well as both the beneficial and in biology. Critical analysis of selected research organelles, cells, and tissues examined in terms of harmful consequences of the response. papers. Junior majors in the department of their contractile and/or other basis. Emphasizes the Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212; prerequisite(s) or biological sciences apply for this course through role of molecular assembly, reorganization and corequisite(s): A Chm 342 or A Bio 365. the prospective research advisor. Students taking interaction in producing movement, and intrinsic and extrinsic control of movement. Three class A Bio 336Z (formerly A Bio 336) two or more semesters of A Bio 399, 399Z, 499, or 499Z will prepare a poster or make an oral periods each week. Prerequisite(s): a course in Laboratory in Immunology (2) presentation at the Departmental Research biochemistry. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Modern laboratory techniques will be performed to Symposium. A copy of the final written report of A Bio 416 (=A Ant 416; former A Ant study the cellular and humoral components of the each semester’s work, preferably typewritten in immune system; immune cells and cell markers, journal format, is kept on permanent file in the 315) Topics in Human Biology (3) immunoglobulin purification and characterization, department. May be taken either semester. A Selected topics in biological anthropology. May be antibody and antigen identification assays maximum of 6 credits may be earned in A Bio 399 repeated for credit when topic differs. Consult including immunodiffusion and and 399Z. class schedule for specific topic. Only one of immunoelectrophoresis, and enzyme-based A Bio 416 and A Ant 416 may be taken for credit. immunoassays (ELISA). One laboratory per week, A Bio 399Z Supervised Research for Prerequisite(s): A Ant 110N and 211. May not be plus additional flexible time as required. The Juniors (2–3) offered in 2003-2004 former A Bio 336 does not meet the writing Writing intensive version of A Bio 399 open to A Bio 420 Plant and Animal intensive requirement. Only one of A Bio 336 and junior majors in biology who have completed a 336Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s) or minimum of one previous semester in A Bio 399 Morphogenesis (3) corequisite(s): A Bio 335. [WI] for at least two credits. Students taking two or Cellular basis and control of morphogenesis during development of the embryo in animals and plants, A Bio 341 Neurobiology (3) more semesters of A Bio 399, 399Z, 499, or 499Z will prepare a poster or make an oral presentation and in vegetative and reproductive growth from The structure and function of the nervous system at the Departmental Research Symposium. plant meristems. Topics examined in terms of cell examined at the cellular level. Topics include: Requires permission of research advisor. A division, motility and adhesion, cellular organization of nervous systems; morphology and maximum of 6 credits may be earned in A Bio 399 rearrangements, matrices produced by cells, physiology of nerve cells; synaptic transmission; and 399Z. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 399. [WI] hormonal factors, and gene expression. sensory processing; cellular circuitry underlying Prerequisite(s): A Bio 212. May not be offered in “simple” behaviors; cellular basis of learning; and 2003-2004 the development of neuronal connections. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 111N; prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A Phy 108N.

97 University at Albany A Bio 422 (formerly A Bio 304) A Bio 445 Experimental Ecology (3) A Bio 498 Topics in Biology, with Biological Architecture (3) Ecological concepts are demonstrated with Laboratory (1–3) An analysis of the basic physical and architectural experimental manipulations and comparative Issues in selected areas of biology. Particular areas principles underlying the design of biological assessment techniques. Local wetlands are studied; of study to be announced each semester. Yields organisms. Topics to be covered include the focus is on the effects of invasive species. laboratory credit toward the major in biological architecture and materials of skeletons, biological Ecological assessment skills are developed in the sciences. May be repeated for credit. design for swimming and flight, structural colors, field and laboratory. Lectures couple fundamental Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and patterns of branching and fractal growth. Three and applied topics, balancing understanding of permission of instructor. May not be offered in lectures per week. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 110F or ecological principles with realistic environmental 2003-2004. 110N, 6 credits of upper level biology or problem solving. Students contribute to a report permission of instructor. that becomes part of the record for a municipal A Bio 499 Supervised Research for wetland. Two lectures and one laboratory period Seniors (1–4) A Bio 432 Animal Behavior (3) each week. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 320 or Individual, independent research on selected topics The organization, causation, development, and equivalent, junior or senior standing or permission in biology. Critical analysis of selected research evolution of behavior in vertebrates and of instructor. papers. Senior majors in the department of invertebrates. Emphasizes a synthesis of A Bio 450 Biodiversity (3) biological sciences apply for this course through information from both field and laboratory. Topics the prospective research advisor. A copy of the include stimuli and responsiveness, motivation, Lectures, readings, discussions, and students’ final written report of each semester’s work, conflict behavior, social behavior with emphasis on presentations examine theoretical and empirical preferably typewritten in journal format, is kept on ecological aspects, orientation and navigation, studies of the extent and distribution of faunal and permanent file in the department. May be taken rhythmicity, learning, and the neural organization floral diversity; of patterns of relative abundance of either semester. Students taking two or more responsible for behavior. Three class periods each species in major ecosystems; and of the semesters of A Bio 399, 399Z, 499, or 499Z will week. Prerequisite(s): 15 credits in biology. May significance of diversity loss. Approaches to prepare a poster or make an oral presentation at the not be offered in 2003-2004. preserve, restore, and manage ecosystem structure and function will be examined. Prerequisite(s): Departmental Research Symposium. A maximum A Bio 436 Sensory Worlds (3) Ecology or Field Biology. May not be offered in of 8 credits may be earned in A Bio 499 and 499Z. A physical, physiological and evolutionary 2003-2004 A Bio 499Z Supervised Research for perspective on how vertebrates and invertebrates Seniors (2–4) acquire and interpret information about the A Bio 455 Plant Ecology (3) surrounding world and its inhabitants. Current research and theoretical background in the Writing intensive version of A Bio 499 open to Prerequisite(s): A Bio 111N and at least one of the field of plant ecology will be explored. Topics will senior majors in biology who have completed a following: A Bio 422, A Bio 460, A Phy 105, include population and community dynamics, minimum of one previous semester in A Bio 399 or A Psy 214, A Psy 382 or consent of instructor. evolution of life history traits, physiological 499 for at least two credits. Requires permission of May not be offered in 2003-2004. responses to environmental stresses, plant-animal research advisor. Students taking two or more interactions, and the role of vegetation in semesters of A Bio 399, 399Z, 499, or 499Z will A Bio 441 Molecular Neurobiology ecosystem processes. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 319, prepare a poster or make an oral presentation at the (3) 391Z, or A Bio 320 or permission of instructor. Departmental Research Symposium. A maximum May not be offered in 2003-2004 of 8 credits may be earned in A Bio 499 and 499Z. The molecular biology of learning, memory, neural Prerequisite(s): A Bio 399 or 499. [WI] development and neurological disease. The course A Bio 456 Plant Ecology Laboratory will relate the structure and function of receptors, second messangers, cytoskeletal proteins, (1) transcription factors and gene structure to their Field and laboratory studies will explore roles in the nervous system. Prerequisite(s): A Bio experimental and analytical technique used in plant 312 or 341 or 301. May not be offered in 2003- ecology. Topics include population dynamics, 2004 community patterns, plant-animal interactions, and vegetation mapping. Pre-requisite or co- A Bio 442 Restoration Ecology (3) requisite(s): A Bio 455. Restoration ecology seeks to enhance natural recovery of damaged ecosystems. Through lectures A Bio 460 Neural Basis of Behavior and readings, we review the science and practice of (3) ecological restoration, with emphasis on The neural basis of innate and learned behaviors in application of ecological principles. vertebrates and invertebrates will be examined. Prerequisite(s): 15 credits in Biology, including a Emphasis will be placed on sensory processing, course in organismal biology or ecology. May not reflexive behavior, fixed action patterns, rhythmic be offered in 2003-2004. behavior and simple learned behavior amenable to analysis at the neuronal level including analysis of A Bio 443 Restoration Ecology membrane electrical activity, chemical synaptic Laboratory (1) activity and neuromodulation. Prerequisite(s): Demonstrations and laboratory exercises will A Bio 341 or equivalent or permission of explore tools for the design, implementation, and instructor. assessment of restoration projects in a variety of habitats. As the principal assignment, student A Bio 468 Behavioral Ecology (3) teams will prepare a design plan for a restoration Recent theoretical models of the evolution of project. Prerequisite(s): concurrent enrollment behavior by natural selection applied to animals, A Bio 442. May not be offered in 2003-2004. especially to social insects, birds, and mammals. Includes sociobiology and optimal foraging. Three A Bio 444 The Biology of Birds (3) class periods each week. Prerequisite(s): A Bio 320 A broad survey of the biology of birds. Topics will (A Bio 402 and 432 recommended). May not be include the origin and evolution of birds, the offered in 2003-2004. taxonomy and diversity of living birds, biogeography, anatomy and physiology with an A Bio 497 Topics in Biology (1–3) emphasis on comparisons with other vertebrates Issues from the current literature in selected areas and adaptations for flight, communication, of biology. Particular areas of study to be behavior, ecology, and the importance of birds as announced each semester. Yields credit toward the conservation indicators. Prerequisite(s): 15 credits major in biological sciences. May be repeated for in biology. May not be offered in 2003-2004. credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004.

98 University at Albany

The objective of the department is to DEPARTMENT OF provide students with a broad, fundamental knowledge of modern theoretical and CHEMISTRY experimental chemistry enabling graduates to embark immediately on professional Faculty careers in chemistry or to continue study at Distinguished Professor Emeritus an advanced level toward higher degrees. Harry L. Frisch, Ph.D. The general program in chemistry is Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn approved by the Committee on Professional Distinguished Professor Training of the American Chemical Eric Block, Ph.D. Society. For students interested in Harvard University engineering, 3–2 programs with Rensselaer Distinguished Teaching Professor of Earth and Polytechnic Institute and Clarkson Atmospheric Sciences and Chemistry University are available. John W. Delano, Ph.D. State University of New York at Stony Brook Professors Emeritae/i Careers Shelton Bank, Ph.D. Careers graduates have pursued include: Purdue University industrial production chemist, industrial Robert E. Frost, Ph.D. control chemist, analytical chemist Harvard University (industrial and governmental laboratories), Henry Kuivila, Ph.D. research assistant, technical sales and Harvard University service representative, secondary school Eugene Mclaren, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) teacher, science writing and editing, Washington University forensics, chemical business, patent law, Yash P. Myer, Ph.D. information science, toxicology, and even University of Oregon investment counseling and public relations. Ramaswamy H. Sarma, Ph.D. Brown University Professors Special Programs Frank M. Hauser, Ph.D. For students interested in engineering, there University of North Carolina are available 3-2 programs with Rensselaer Bernard J. Laurenzi, Ph.D. Polytechnic Institute, Clarkson University, University of Pennsylvania SUNY at New Paltz, and SUNY at Charles P. Scholes, Ph.D. Binghamton. Students in these programs spend Yale University their first three years at this campus and the Lawrence C. Snyder, Ph.D. last two years at the other. The tuition is at the Carnegie Institute of Technology University at Albany rate for the first three John T. Welch, Ph.D. years only. Upon successful completion of the Case Western Reserve University programs, students are awarded a B.S. in Andrew J. Yencha, Ph.D. Chemistry from the University at Albany, and University of California, Los Angeles B.S. in Chemical Engineering from the other Professor of Education and Chemistry institution. Audrey Champagne, Ph.D. A typical program, in the three years here, University of Pittsburgh includes all courses required for the B.S., Associate Professors Emeritae/i Chemistry emphasis, degree except for A Chm Arthur O. Long, Ph.D. 341B, 420A, and the 6 credits of advanced University of Wisconsin chemistry. Equivalent work at the engineering Associate Professors school is accepted for these last 12 credits. In Lawrence H. Daly, Ph.D. addition, students take more mathematics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute physics, and computer science, to prepare for Paul J. Toscano, Ph.D. the engineering school. This includes A Mat Johns Hopkins University 220 and 311, A Phy 321C and 462, A Csi 101 Assistant Professors and 204. Evgeny Dikarev, Ph.D. Moscow State University Igor Lednev, Ph.D. Moscow Institute of Physics & Technology Rabi A. Musah, Ph.D. University of Arkansas Li Niu, Ph.D. University of Wisconsin Marina Petrukhina, Ph.D. Moscow State University Adjuncts (estimated): 4 Teaching Assistants (estimated): 25

99 University at Albany Degree Requirements for the Combined B.S./M.S. Program Honors Program Major in Chemistry The combined B.S./M.S. program in chemistry The honors program in chemistry is designed for General Program B.A.: Combined major and provides an opportunity for students of outstanding students enrolled in the general program minor sequence consisting of a minimum of recognized academic ability and educational leading to the B.S. degree, chemistry emphasis. 51 credits: A Chm 120N, 121N, 122A, maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of Students may apply for admission to the honors 122B, 216A, 216B, 217A, 217B, 225, 320, undergraduate and master’s degree programs program by submitting a letter of request to the 321, 420a, 430, and 6 credits in advanced from the beginning of the junior year. A department chair no later than April 15 of the chemistry including at least 3 credits in carefully designed program can permit a sophomore year (for admissions in the Fall) or courses other than A Chm 424, 425, or 426; student to earn the B.S. and M.S. degrees November 15 of the junior year (for admission in the A Mat 111 or 112 or 118 and 113 or 119; within nine semesters. Spring). Junior transfers may apply at the time of A Phy 105N, 106, 108N, and 109. their admission to the University. Primary emphasis The combined program requires a minimum Note: A Phy 140N and 150N will substitute will be placed on indications of academic ability and of 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be for A Phy 105 and 108 sequence. maturity sufficient for applicants to pursue with graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.S., distinction a program involving independent students must meet all University and college General Program B.S.: Within this program, research. requirements, including the requirements of a student has a choice of four tracks: the undergraduate major described previously, Chemistry Emphasis (66 credits); The minimum requirements for admission include: the minimum 60-credit liberal arts and sciences Chemistry/Polymers Emphasis (67 credits); (1) Completion of A Chm 120N, 121N, 122A, 122B, requirement, general education requirements, Chemistry/Materials Emphasis (67 credits); 216A, 216B, 217A, 217B, 225 or their equivalents; and residency requirements. In qualifying for and Chemistry/Forensic Chemistry (2) An overall grade point average of 3.50; (3) A the M.S., students must meet all University Emphasis (69 credits). The specific grade point average of 3.60 in chemistry courses and college requirements as outlined in the requirements for individual tracks are required for the major; and (4) Written Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a outlined below. recommendations from at least three faculty minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other members, one of whom, preferably should be from Chemistry Emphasis: B.S.: (combined major conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, outside the Department of Chemistry. and minor sequence) 66 credits: A Chm comprehensive examination, professional 120N, 121N, 122A, 122B, 216A, 216B, Students in the program must maintain both a experience, and residency requirements. Up 217A, 217B, 225, 317, 340A, 340B, 341Z, minimum grade point average of 3.50 overall and of to 12 graduate credits may be applied 341B, 420A, 440A or 342, and 3 credits in 3.60 in chemistry courses taken to satisfy major simultaneously to both the B.S. and M.S. advanced chemistry in courses other than requirements during the junior and senior years. The programs. A Chm 424, 425, or 426; A Mat 111 or 112 progress of participants in the honors program will The undergraduate requirement of 420A or 118, 113 or 119, and 214; A Phy 140N, be reviewed at the end of junior year by the student’s may be satisfied by A Chm 520A. Likewise, 145, 150N, 155, 240. adviser and the Departmental Undergraduate the requirement of 6 credits in advanced Committee. Students not meeting academic and Chemistry/Forensic Chemistry Emphasis: chemistry may be satisfied by two 500-level independent research standards at that time may be B.S.: (combined major and minor sequence) graduate courses. precluded from continuing in the program during (69 credits): A Chm 120N, 121N, 122A, their senior year. These students may, of course, Students are considered as undergraduates until 122B, 216A, 216B, 217A, 217B, 225, 340A, continue as majors. completion of 120 graduation credits and 340B, 341Z, 417, 420A, 430, 440A (or 342), satisfactory completion of all B.S. requirements. 450A, 450B and A Mat 111 or 112 or 118, Students in the program are required to complete a Upon meeting B.S. requirements, students are 113 or 119, and 214 and 108; A Phy 140N, minimum of 72 credits as follows: in addition to the automatically considered as graduate students. 145, 150N, 155. 19 credits listed above and mathematics and physics requirements listed for the general B.S. program Students may apply for admission to the Chemistry/Polymers Emphasis: B.S.: with chemistry emphasis, A Chm 340A, 340B, combined degree program in chemistry after (combined major and minor sequence) (67 341Z, 341B, 420A, and six credits of advanced the successful completion of 56 credits, but credits): A Chm 120N, 121N, 122A, 122B, chemistry, not including research courses (64 no later than the accumulation of 100 216A, 216B, 217A, 217B, 225, 340A, 340B, credits total); A Chm 424 (1 credit), 3 credits of credits, and after the satisfactory completion 341Z, 408, 420A, and 496; A Mat 111 or A Chm 426 (Undergraduate Research), and 4 credits of A Chm 340A. A cumulative grade point 112 or 118, 113 or 119, and 214; A Phy of A Chm 426T (Honors Undergraduate Research). average of 3.2 or higher and three 140N, 145, 150N, 155 240, and 462; X RPI The independent study must include an honors supportive letters of recommendation from 300 (RPI 72-464, Polymer Science research project, culminating with a written honors faculty are required for consideration. Laboratory—student cross-registers at thesis and departmental seminar by the end of the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute for the student’s last semester. course). Courses After completion of the requirements above, the Chemistry/Materials Emphasis: B.S. A Chm 100N Chemical ABCs: Atoms, records of the candidates will be reviewed by the (combined major and minor sequence) (67 Bonds, and Citizen Consumers (3) Departmental Undergraduate Committee. After credits): A Chm 120N, 121N, 122A, 122B, Introduction to chemistry emphasizing its consideration of overall academic record, applications to problems in modern society, 216A, 216B, 217A, 217B, 225, 340A, 340B, performance and accomplishments in the consumer goods, and life-related topics. Lecture and 341Z, 408, 420A, and 495; A Mat 111 or demonstration only. Does not yield credit toward the independent study project, the quality of the Honors 112 or 118,113 or 119 and 214; A Phy major or minor in chemistry.[NS] Seminar and Thesis, and the evaluations of 140N, 145, 150N, 155, 240, 462 and 464; departmental faculty members who have supervised X RPI 300 (RPI 72-464 Polymer Science these activities, a recommendation for or against a A Chm 120N General Chemistry I (3) laboratory) may be substituted for A Phy degree “with honors in chemistry” will be made by Atomic theory, quantitative relationships in chemical 464. change, electronic structure of atoms and chemical the committee to the departmental faulty. The final periodicity, chemical bonding, and states of matter. recommendation will be made by the departmental [NS] faculty and transmitted to the departmental chair.

100 University at Albany A Chm 121N General Chemistry II (3) Elementary principles of chemical equilibrium, thermodynamics, and kinetics; electrochemistry; descriptive chemistry of the elements and their compounds. Prerequisite(s): A Chm 120N. [NS] A Chm 122A and B General Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) Introduction to laboratory techniques, experiments demonstrating chemical principles and properties of elements and compounds. Prerequisite(s) for A Chm 122B: A Chm 122A; corequisite(s) or prerequisite(s) for A Chm 122A: A Chm 120N; for A Chm 122B: A Chm 121N. A Chm 216A and B Organic Chemistry (3, 3) Structure, synthesis, and reactions of the principal classes of organic compounds stressing the underlying principles of reaction mechanisms, stereochemistry, and spectroscopic techniques. Prerequisite(s) for A Chm 216A: A Chm 121N and A Chm 122B; for A Chm 216B: A Chm 216A. A Chm 217A and B Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1) Laboratory techniques in organic chemistry, including extraction, crystallization, distillation, and chromatography, exemplified by the application of these techniques to the synthesis and qualitative analysis of organic compounds. Applications of infrared and NMR spectroscopy. Prerequisite(s) for A Chm 217B: A Chm 217A; corequisite(s) or prerequisite(s) for A Chm 217A: A Chm 215 or 216A; for A Chm 217B: A Chm 216B. A Chm 225 Quantitative Analysis (3) Theory of quantitative analysis based on modern chemical principles. Practical application to typical gravimetric, volumetric, and colorimetric analysis. Two class periods, one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite(s): A Chm 121N and A Chm 122B. A Chm 307 (= Atm 307) Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry (3) Chemical principles and concepts leading to understanding the composition and change in the chemical/atmospheric environment; sources and sinks of chemical constituents; chemistry of the troposphere and stratosphere; measurement and theory; greenhouse gases; global pollution and ozone depletion. A Atm 307Z is the writing intensive version of A Atm 307 and A Chm 307; only one may be taken for credit. Does not yield credit toward the major in chemistry. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119; A Phy150; and A Chm 121N. A Chm 320 Introduction to Physical Chemistry (3) Behavior of gases chemical thermodynamics (including solution equilibria, phase equilibria and electrochemistry), dynamics of chemical reactions (reactions, mechanisms, theory) and fundamentals of quantum chemistry with focus on chemical bonding, molecular structure and spectroscopy. Prerequisite(s): A Chm 121N; corequisite(s) or prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119 and A Phy 108N. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. major in chemistry. A Chm 321 Introduction to Experimental Physical Chemistry (1) Experimental illustration of physical principles and introduction to instrumentation. Techniques of physical measurements, treatment of experimental data and generalization of results to illustrate the fundamental principles. Corequisite(s) or prerequisite(s): A Chm 320. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. major in chemistry.

101 University at Albany A Chm 340A and B Physical A Chm 424 Retrieval and A Chm 441B: A Chm 441A. Chemistry (3,3) Presentation of Chemical Mathematical description of physiochemical systems Information (1) and their interpretation in terms of thermodynamics, Instruction and practice in modern methods of kinetic theory, reaction rates and statistical searching the chemical literature. Students are mechanics. Atomic and molecular structure from the required to develop their skills in preparing written viewpoint of quantum theory with special emphasis presentations and speeches. Prerequisite(s): junior or on bonding and spectra. Prerequisite(s) for A Chm senior class standing. S/U graded. 340A: A Phy150N, A Mat 214, and A Chm 216B; for A Chm 340B: A Chm 340A or consent of A Chm 425 Introduction to instructor. Undergraduate Research in A Chm 341Z and B Physical Chemistry (2) Chemistry Laboratory (3, 3) Original experimental and theoretical research The experimental understanding of the basic problems A printed or typewritten final report is principles of physical chemistry and development of required. Laboratory and conference hours to be familiarity with instrumentation. Includes arranged. May not be repeated for credit. Not more thermodynamics; chemical kinetics; hydrodynamic, than 3 credits of A Chm 425 and/or A Chm 426 may electrochemical, and optical properties; and searching be applied toward the advanced course of the chemical literature, computer processing of requirement of the chemistry major. experimental data, and writing laboratory reports. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and One lecture and two laboratory periods each week. permission of instructor. Corequisite(s) or Prerequisite(s) for A Chm 341Z: A Chm 225; for prerequisite: A Chm 424. S/U graded. A Chm 341B: Chm 341Z. Corequisite(s) or A Chm 426 Undergraduate Research prerequisite(s) for Chm 341Z: Chm 340A; for Chm in Chemistry (3) 341B: Chm 340B. [WI] Original experimental and theoretical research A Chm 342 Biological Chemistry (3) problems. A printed or typewritten final report is The chemistry and biochemical interrelationship of required. May be repeated for credit, but not more carbohydrates, lipids, and nucleic acids; enzyme than 3 credits of A Chm 425 and/or A Chm 426 may catalysis and introduction to metabolism. be applied toward the advanced course requirement of Prerequisite(s): A Chm 215or 216B. .May not be the chemistry major. Laboratory and conference hours offered in 2003-2004. to be arranged. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and permission of instructor; corequisite(s) A Chm 343 Introduction to or prerequisite(s): A Chm 424. S/U graded. Biochemistry Laboratory (1) A Chm 426T Honors Undergraduate Experiments illustrating the fundamentals of biochemistry as discussed in A Chm 342. Research in Chemistry (4) Prerequisite(s): A Chm 217A; corequisite(s) or Original experimental and theoretical research prerequisite(s): A Chm 342. .May not be offered in problems in chemistry with the results reported in a 2003-2004. written Honors Thesis, as well as a public Department Seminar. A Chm 411A Computer Applications in Chemistry (3) A Chm 430 Instrumental Analysis (3) Theoretical principles and chemical applications of An introduction to microcomputing in chemistry. An selected methods of instrumental analysis. Main introduction to the principles of microcomputers; emphasis is on electroanalytical methods including programming using BASIC/TURBOBASIC, polarography, conductance, potentiometry, and instrumental interfacing and the use of commercially coulometric methods, and on trace methods of available microcomputer programs related to analysis such as spectrograph emission, flame chemistry. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A Chm emission, atomic absorption, and fluorometric 320 or 340A or permission or instructor. analysis. Two class periods, one laboratory period A Chm 411B Computer Applications each week. Prerequisite(s): A Chm 225; in Chemistry (3) prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A Chm 320 or 340B Introduction to work station operating systems with or permission of the instructor. emphasis on UNIX. An overview of computational A Chm 436 Advanced Organic chemistry and molecular modeling methods. Chemistry (3) Applications to database searching, drug design and Organic chemistry at an advanced level, including structure-activity relations. Prerequisite(s) or introduction of theoretical background and corequisite(s): A Chm 320 or 340A or permission of application in synthesis. Prerequisite(s) or instructor. corequisite(s): A Chm 320 or 340B. A Chm 417 Advanced Synthesis A Chm 440A and B Comprehensive Laboratory (2) Biochemistry (3, 3) Experimental investigation of advanced syntheses of Chemical characteristics of living matter, amino organic and inorganic compounds including their acids, polypeptides and proteins, supramolecular separation and analysis. The development of skills assembly and membrane structure; enzyme and understanding for the application of complex mechanisms and kinetics; bioenergetics and the procedures and methods common in current practice. chemistry of metabolism; electron transport and Prerequisite(s): A Chm 217B. other transports across membranes; biosynthesis, A Chm 420A and B Inorganic storage, and expression of genetic information. Chemistry (3, 3) Prerequisite(s): A Chm 216B or permission of Bonding and reactivity in inorganic systems instructor including ionic solids, metals, covalent molecules, A Chm 441A and B Physical and coordination complexes; acid-base chemistry; Chemistry for Biochemical Sciences descriptive chemistry of the elements and their compounds. A Chm 420B includes main group (3, 3) chemistry, transition metal complexes, Foundations of the physical principles and their organometallic chemistry, catalysis and bioinorganic application to biochemical systems. Topics include: chemistry. Prerequisite(s) for A Chm 420A: A Chm thermodynamics, general kinetics, enzyme kinetics, 320 or 340B; for A Chm 420B: A Chm 420A. transport phenomena, quantum chemistry, spectroscopy, and macromolecular conformation. Does not yield credit toward the major in chemistry. Prerequisite(s) for A Chm 441A: A Chm 121N, A Phy150N, and A Mat 113 or 119 (A Chm 216A or B, and A Chm 342 or A Bio 365 recommended); for 102 University at Albany A Chm 450A Forensic Chemistry I (3) The department assists students who seek This introductory course combines a series of placement in summer or academic-year seminars, lectures, and laboratories which focus on DEPARTMENT OF programs in Greece or Italy (of which many current topics and analytical methods utilized in today’s modern forensic laboratories. Seminars in are available) or who wish to participate in Forensic Chemistry will include topics such as: CLASSICS an archaeological excavation in Europe or Introduction to Criminalistics, Ethical Dilemmas, the Mediterranean. and Computer-Assisted Data Analysis. Lecture and Faculty laboratory courses will include: Microscopy, Drug Distinguished Service Professor All students in the Classical Art and Chemistry, Questioned Documents, Toxicology, Archaeology concentration are strongly Latent Prints, Trace- and Firearms/Tool-marks. Paul W. Wallace, Ph.D. Various analytical methods currently being used in Indiana University urged to include archaeological fieldwork modern forensic laboratories will be performed Professors Emeritae/i in their course of studies. Such a program utilizing chromatography (TLC, GC, CG/MSD, etc.) Hans A. Pohlsander, Ph.D. is offered regularly during the summer and liquid/liquid extractions. One lecture and two session by both the Departments of laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite(s): University of Michigan A Chm 225, A Chm 430, and senior class standing Professors Classics and Anthropology. or consent of the instructor. John C. Overbeck, Ph.D. Internships in archaeological documentation A Chm 450B Forensic Chemistry II University of Cincinnati and conservation are also available at state (3) Associate Professors agencies in the Albany area. Continuation of A Chm 450A. This course combines Sylvia Barnard, Ph.D. a series of advanced seminars, lectures and Yale University Students who expect to enter a graduate laboratories in Forensic Chemistry. Topics such as: Michael R. Werner, Ph.D. program in classical archaeology are urged public speaking on technical and non-technical to pursue the study of Latin or ancient subjects, as well as courtroom testimony, will be Stanford University covered. Lecture and laboratory topics will include: Visiting Associate Professor Greek. DNA, Quantitative Methodologies in Drug Stuart Swiny, Ph.D. Chemistry and Toxicology, as well as Advanced Statistical Methods such as: chi-square tests, University of London Degree Requirements for the multiple regression and correlation, nonparametric Adjuncts : Major in Greek and Roman statistics and analytical variances. Prerequisite(s): Richard Gascoyne, M.A. Civilization A Chm 450A, and senior class standing or consent Columbia University of the instructor. Adjunct Associate Professor General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 A Chm 455 Forensic Chemistry Gregory I Stevens, Ph.D. credits at least 18 of which must be at the 300 Internship (3) University of Michigan level or above, to be distributed as follows: Students will have the opportunity to acquire practical “hands-on” experience in forensic chemistry by participating as an intern in the work of 1. 9 credits from the following core an agency, institution, or corporation other than the courses: University. The student’s work will be supervised A Clc 110L Classical Roots: Great Ideas and evaluated by a designated individual at the The Department of Classics offers courses of Greece and Rome internship site. This supervisor will provide an in Mediterranean archaeology and art, evaluation of the student’s work to the University at A Clc 133 History of Ancient Greece Albany faculty member who is the instructor of Greek and Roman civilization, and the A Clc 134 History of Ancient Rome record for final assessment and grading. classical Latin and Greek languages. A Students majoring in chemistry with a forensic major in Greek and Roman civilization (in 2. 6 credits from the following breadth chemistry emphasis may apply to the Department of English) is available through the general courses: Chemistry for permission to enroll in this course. program with two concentrations: A Cas 220L Literatures of the World Admission to the Forensic Chemistry Internship Mediterranean Archaeology and Art or course will be dependent upon the acceptability of A Cla 131M Ancient Peoples of the the candidate to the Department of Chemistry and Classical Literature and Culture. The World the host institution or agency. Among the criteria department also offers a minor in Greek A Clc 105E/L Myths of the Greek World used by these agencies will be completion of A Chm and Roman Civilization. 450A and a possible background check of the A Clc 125 Latin and Greek Elements in applicant. Enrollment in the course is limited in English number in order to provide substantial individual Careers A Clc 220Z Roman Poets & Playwrights hands-on training, and therefore is determined on a A Clc 223E/L Masterpieces of Greek competitive basis. Application to the program must The major concentrations in the department Tragedy and Comedy be made six months in advance of the beginning of would be suitable preparation for teaching the proposed internship. S/U graded. A Clc 225 Greek Literature in and for master’s-level studies in classics or Translation A Chm 495 Materials Independent for professional programs in law, library A Clc 321 Fifth Century Athens Study (3) science, theology, business administration Individually selected topic of independent study in A Clc 322 Alexander and the or public administration. The department Hellenistic Age materials science-(chemistry) culminating in a itself offers a master’s degree with comprehensive written report. The material covered A Clc 330 Rome: From Republic to is to be beyond that offered in any other formal concentrations in Latin and classical Empire undergraduate course. Prerequisite(s): junior or archaeology. In the case of classical A Clc 331 The Age of Trajan and senior class standing, and permission of instructor. archaeology, several graduate programs S/U graded. Hadrian would follow from this concentration, A Clc 402 Greek and Roman Religion A Chm 497 Independent Study (3) including conservation and preservation, Individual, independent study of selected topics A Clc 403 Roman Civilization and museology, and Old World or classical Christianity above or beyond those offered in formal archaeology. undergraduate courses. May be repeated for credit. A Clc 497 Independent Study (2-4 crs) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and A Clc 498 Topics in Classical Studies (1- permission of instructor. S/U graded. Special Programs or 4 crs) Opportunities A Ant 131M Ancient Peoples of the World There is a combined bachelor’s/master’s A Ant 243 Peoples and Cultures of the program which makes it possible to earn Middle East both degrees in a total of only five years. A Ant 331 Ancient Civilizations of the 103 University at Albany Old World A Cla 492 Internship in Archaeological A Eng 222E/L Masterpieces of Literature Field Methodology (3 crs only) CLASSICAL LITERATURE AND A Eng 295E/L Classics of Western A Cla 497 Independent Study (2-4 crs) CULTURE CONCENTRATION: Literature I: Ancient Epic to Modern A Ant 104 Archaeology (Students are strongly encouraged to take Drama A Ant 330 Topics in Archaeology approved courses in languages of the A Eng 296E/L Classics of Western A Ant 332 Ethnoarchaeology Mediterranean.) Literature II: Homer, Vergil, Dante, A Ant 335 Introduction to Archaeological Cervantes and Joyce Field Techniques A Clg 101L Elementary Greek I A His 130 History of European A Ant 338 Archaeological Field Research A Clg 102L Elementary Greek II Civilization I (6 crs) A Clg 103L Introduction to New A His 263E Art, Music and History: A A Ant 339 Archaeological Lab Testament Greek I Multimedia Approach I Techniques A Clg 104L Introduction to New A Jst 243 Peoples and Cultures of the A Ant 413 Functional Anatomy of the Testament Greek II Middle East Human Skeleton A Clg 497 Independent Study (2-4 crs) A Phi 110L Introduction to Philosophical A Ant 430 Archaeological Theory A Cll 101L Elementary Latin I Problems A Ant 431 Seminar in Social A Cll 102L Elementary Latin II A Phi 114L Morals and Society Archaeology A Cll 201L Introduction to Latin A Phi 116L World Views A Ant 435 Archaeological Surveys Literature I A Phi 212L Introduction to Ethical A Ant 438 Museum Research and A Cll 202L Introduction to Latin Theory Curation Literature II A Phi 310 Ancient Philosophy A Ant 490 Internship in Archaeological A Cll 410A Latin Prose Authors A Phi 311 History of Medieval Conservation and Documentation A Cll 410B Latin Poetry Philosophy (3-15 crs) A Cll 497 Independent Study (2-4 crs) A Rel 100E/L Introduction to the Study A Ant 504 Proseminar in Archaeology A Clc 300 The Greeks and Their of Religion A Ant 539 Topics in Archaeology Neighbors A Arh 170L Survey of Art in the Western A Clc 301 Rome and the Mediterranean 3. 18 credits from one of the World I World concentrations: A Arh 303 Early Christian Art and A Clc 310/Z Women in Antiquity Architecture A Clc 311 Law in Antiquity MEDITERRANEAN ARCHAEOLOGY A Bio 208N Marine Biology A Com 355 Introduction to Rhetorical AND ART CONCENTRATION: A Bio 322 Plant Morphology Theory A Eng 421 Literature of the Middle Ages A Cla 207E/L Egyptian Archaeology A Bio 324 Invertebrate Zoology A Bio 325 Comparative Anatomy of A Eng 522 The History of Rhetoric A Cla 208E/L Greek Archaeology A His 235 Early and Medieval A Cla 209L Roman Archaeology Chordates A Bio 415Z Vertebrate Biology Christianity A Cla 240 Archaeology and Ancient A His 336 History of the Early Israel I: Archaeology and the A Bio 428 Mass Extinctions: Catastrophes in Ancient Environments Middle Ages Bible (2 crs) A His 337 History of the High A Cla 241 Archaeology and Ancient A Csi 422 Introduction to Computer Graphics Middle Ages Israel II: Greco-Roman Period (2 crs) A His 338 The Italian Renaissance A Cla 290 Archaeological Graphic A Geo 210 Mineralogy A Geo 222 Igneous and Metamorphic A His 339 Renaissance and Reformation Documentation I in 16th C. Europe A Cla 291 Archaeological Graphic Geology A Geo 230 Introduction to Field Methods A His 463 The Byzantine Empire Documentation II A Ita 315 Italian Civilization from the A Cla 301 Aegean Prehistory and Stratigraphy A Gog 120 World Cities Etruscans to Galileo A Cla 302 Villanovans, Etruscans, and A Jst 252 Jews, Hellenism, and Early Early Rome A Gog 220M Introductory Urban Geography Christianity A Cla 303/Z Early Christian Art and A Jst 342Z Issues in Hellenistic-Rabbinic Architecture A Gog 290 Introduction to Cartography A Gog 390 Intermediate Cartography Judaism A Cla 307 The Pyramid Age A Phi 523 Ancient Ethical Theory A Cla 310 Art and Archaeology of A Gog 396 Introductory Statistical Methods for Geography A Phi 550 Plato Cyprus I A Phi 552 Aristotle A Cla 311 Art and Archaeology of A Gog 414 Computer Mapping A Jst 240 Archaeology and Ancient Israel A Phi 553 Medieval Philosophy Cyprus II A Rel 103L Introduction to New A Cla 329 Archaeological Field Research I: Archaeology and the Bible (2 crs) Testament Greek I (2-4 crs) A Rel 104L Introduction to New A Cla 401 Greek Sculpture A Jst 241 Archaeology and Ancient Israel II: Greco-Roman Period (2 crs) Testament Greek II A Cla 402 Roman Sculpture A Thr 221L Development of Theatre and A Cla 403 Greek Painting A Phy 462 Physics of Materials A Phy 519 Experimental Techniques in Drama I A Cla 405 Greek Architecture A Wss 311/Z Women in Antiquity A Cla 406 Roman Architecture and Town Physics Planning A Pln 220M Introductory Urban Planning 4. 3 credits from the senior seminar A Cla 407 The Egyptian Empire A Clc 499 A Cla 490 Internship in Archaeological Conservation and Documentation (3-15 crs)

104 University at Albany Honors Program in Greek and The combined program requires a minimum evolution of pottery style, painting, sculpture and Roman Civilization of 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be architecture. [AR HU] graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., A Cla 208E Greek Archaeology (3) The Honors Program in the Department of students must meet all University and college A Cla 208E is the writing intensive version of 208L; Classics consists of a structured sequence requirements, including the requirements for only one may be taken for credit. [AR HU WI] of at least 12 credits of course work the B.A. program described above, the minor A Cla 209L Roman Archaeology (3) designed to insure that the honors student requirement, the minimum 90-credit liberal Survey of the monuments of ancient Rome and her receives a rigorous and thorough mastery arts and sciences requirements, general empire in a cultural and evolutionary context, including major works of sculpture, wall painting of the discipline. These courses may be education requirements, and residency and architecture. Roman towns and principles of drawn from the department’s regular requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., town planning also studied. Translated selections offerings in “Mediterranean Archaeology students must meet all University and college from Roman literary and historical sources. [AR and Art” or “Classical Literature and requirements as outlined in the Graduate HU] Culture,” depending on the student’s Bulletin, including completion of a minimum A Cla 240 (= A Jst 240) Archaeology concentration in the major. of 30 graduate credits and any other and Ancient Israel I: Archaeology In addition, the student must complete a conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, and the specifically designed three-credit junior- or comprehensive examination, or other Bible (2) Important discoveries related to biblical history and senior-level independent study/research professional experience where required, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate literature. Examination of sites, artifacts, texts and project under the close supervision of a scripts from the Bronze Age to the Babylonian exile. member of the faculty. credits may be applied simultaneously to both Only one of A Jst 240 & A Cla 240 may be taken for the B.A. and M.A. programs. credit. Finally, the student must complete at least A Cla 241 (= A Jst 241) Archaeology 6 credits (but no more than 12) of intensive Students will be considered as undergraduates and Ancient Israel II: Greco-Roman work culminating in a major project (or until completion of 120 graduation credits and Period (2) series of projects). This “intensive work” satisfactory completion of all B.A. requirements. Upon meeting B.A. requirements, students will Important discoveries related to postbiblical Jewish may take place in an independent study, a life and history. Examination of relevant papyri, the group tutorial, a workshop, archaeological automatically be considered as graduate Dead Sea Scrolls, coins, Masada, Jerusalem, burial field experience, special work in a seminar, students. Students may apply for admission to caves, synagogue art and other topics. Only one of and/or undergraduate research. the combined degree program at the A Jst 241 & A Cla 241 may be taken for credit. beginning of their junior year or after the A Cla 290 Archaeological Graphic The student must have written approval for successful completion of 56 credits, but no Documentation I (3) the project from the honors adviser in the later than the accumulation of 100 credits. A This course teaches how to graphically record a department at the outset of the project. The cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or typical range of archaeological artifacts, including project will be formally evaluated at the higher and three supportive letters of stone tools, pottery, metal objects and clay figurines end of the third quarter of the student’s from the University’s collection of New and Old recommendation from faculty are required for World artifacts. Emphasis will be placed on the senior year and submitted in final form by consideration. professional standards of artifact illustration for the end of the fourth quarter. publication in research projects. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. To be eligible for admission to the honors program, the student must have declared A Cla 291 Archaeological Graphic the Greek and Roman Civilization major Documentation II (3) Courses in Classical This is a continuation of A Cla 290. This course and selected either of the two Archaeology/Mediterranean builds upon the skills developed in A Cla 290 and concentrations. The student must also have provides the experience for critical interpretation of completed at least 12 credits of course Archaeology and Art the artifacts being documented. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 290. work within the major. In the “Classical No knowledge of Greek or Latin is required Literature and Culture” concentration, this for these courses. A Cla 301 Aegean Prehistory (3) would normally include two courses in Archaeology of the Aegean area from Paleolithic Latin or Greek. In addition, the student A Cla 131M (= A Ant 131M) Ancient times to the end of the Bronze Age, with emphasis Peoples of the World (3) on Minoan Crete and Mycenaean Greece. must have an overall GPA of at least 3.25, Prerequisite(s): A Cla 208L or A Cla 208E. May not and 3.50 in the major, both of which must Ancient cultures from around the world will be presented and analyzed from the available be offered in 2003-2004. be maintained in order to graduate with archaeological data. The gradual development of A Cla 302 Villanovans, Etruscans, honors. civilization in both the Old and New Worlds will be the focus of the course. Only one of A Cla 131M & and Early Rome (3) A Ant 131M may be taken for credit. Archaeology of the Etruscans and of early Rome in Combined B.A/M.A. Program the context of the Iron Age cultures of the Italian A Cla 207L Egyptian Archaeology peninsula. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 209, or A Clc 134, The combined B.A./M.A. program in Greek, (3) or junior or senior class standing. May not be offered Greek and Roman Civilization, Classical A survey of the remains of ancient Egypt from the in 2003-2004. Archaeology, or Latin provides an earliest times to the Roman Empire. The pyramids, A Cla 303 (= A Arh 303) Early temples, tombs, mummies and works of art will be opportunity for students of recognized examined in an attempt to understand the unique Christian Art and Architecture (3) academic ability and educational maturity to character of ancient Egypt. Selections from Egyptian An examination of early Christian art and fulfill integrated requirements of the religious and historical texts will be read in architecture from their beginnings in the 3rd century to the death of Justinian in 565. Architecture, undergraduate and master’s degree programs translation. A Cla 207E is the writing intensive version of 207L; only one may be taken for credit. painting, mosaic and the minor arts are examined in from the beginning of their junior year. A [AR HU] their historical setting. A Arh 303Z & A Cla 303Z carefully designed program can permit a are the writing intensive versions of A Arh 303 & student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees A Cla 207E Egyptian Archaeology A Cla 303; only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 209, or A Clc within nine semesters. (3) A Cla 207E is the writing intensive version of 207L; 134, or A Arh 170L. only one may be taken for credit. [AR HU WI] A Cla 303Z (= A Arh 303Z) Early A Cla 208L Greek Archaeology (3) Christian Art and Architecture (3) Survey of the prehistoric and historical cultures of A Arh 303Z & A Cla 303Z are the writing intensive ancient Greece, as revealed by archaeology, from the versions of A Arh 303 & A Cla 303; only one of the Neolithic to the Hellenistic era, with emphasis on the four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 105 University at Albany A Cla 209, or A Clc 134, or A Arh 170L. [WI] A Cla 307 The Pyramid Age (3) Archaeology of Egypt during the Old Kingdom and the 1st Intermediate Period, from later predynastic times to the end of the 10th dynasty (ca. 3100–2040 B.C.). Detailed study of pyramids and tombs, together with art and literature of the period. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 207L, 207E or permission of instructor. A Cla 310 Art and Archaeology of Cyprus l (3) An examination of the art, architecture and changing environmental setting of successive cultures on the east Mediterranean island of Cyprus from the first human occupation to the Roman period. The island’s role as the main contact point between Near Eastern and Western Mediterranean civilizations will be emphasized. A Cla 311 Art and Archaeology of Cyprus ll (3) An examination of the archaeology, art, architecture and history of the island of Cyprus from the Roman Period to its recently won independence. The wealth of mosaics, Byzantine church painting and Gothic ecclesiastical and military architecture emphasize the significance of the Christian enclave in the Moslem east under Latin, Venetian, Ottoman and British colonial rule. A Cla 329 (formerly A Cla 338) Archaeological Field Research (2–6) Supervised participation in the excavation of approved Old World prehistoric, classical or medieval sites. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and permission of the department chair. A Cla 401 (formerly A Cla 402) Greek Sculpture (3) Study of selected sculptural monuments from the Archaic, Classical and Hellenistic eras, considered in relation to their historical, intellectual and religious context. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 208L or A Cla 208E. A Cla 402 (formerly A Cla 412) Roman Sculpture (3) Selected monuments representing the historical development of Roman sculpture in its social and religious context from the early Republic to the time of the emperor Constantine. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 208L or A Cla 208E or A Cla 209 or A Arh 170L. A Cla 403 (formerly A Cla 432) Greek Painting (3) A survey of ancient Greek painting from the beginnings about 1000 B.C. through the Hellenistic age; primarily painted vases, but also including the limited evidence that exists for wall painting and other forms. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 208L or A Cla 208E. A Cla 405 (formerly A Cla 460) Greek Architecture (3) The development of Greek monumental architecture from the earliest temples through the Hellenistic Age. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 208L or A Cla 208E. A Cla 406 (formerly A Cla 461) Roman Architecture and Town Planning (3) The development of Roman public and private architecture, with emphasis on its urban setting and function, and the evolution of Roman towns in Italy and the Empire from the early Republic to the time of the emperor Constantine. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 208L or A Cla 208E or A Cla 209 or A Arh 170L.

106 University at Albany A Cla 407 The Egyptian Empire (3) junior or senior class standing. Concentrates on the Middle and New Kingdoms Courses in Greek and Roman (circa 2133–1085), when Egypt ruled the east. Includes the art, literature, architecture, political and Civilization military activity that created the beginnings of No knowledge of a classical language is required western civilization in the Mediterranean. for these courses. Prerequisite(s): A Cla 207L, 207E or permission of instructor. A Clc 105L Myths of the Greek A Cla 490 (= A Ant 490) Internship World (3) Survey of the origin and development of the major in Archaeological Conservation and myths of ancient Greece. [HU] Documentation (3–15) Supervised placement in an agency engaged in A Clc 105E Myths of the Greek conservation and documentation of archaeological World (3) artifacts, such as the New York State Museum or Survey of the origin and development of the major State Conservation Laboratory. Provides practical myths of ancient Greece. A Clc 105E is the writing experience and cannot be counted among the 9 intensive version of 105L; only one may be taken for elective credits above the 300-level required for credit. [HU WI] Mediterranean archaeology majors. Anthropology majors may use up to 3 credits toward major elective A Clc 110L Classical Roots: Great credit. May be taken by majors in Greek and Roman Ideas of Greece and Rome (3) civilization and anthropology only. Internships are Greek and Roman literature in translation. Considers open only to qualified juniors and seniors who such topics as human dignity and values, power and have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or pride, the hero, intelligence impaired by appetite, higher. S/U graded. Prerequisite(s): permission of and justice of the gods in such authors as Homer, instructor. Aeschylus, Sophocles, Plato, Aristotle, Vergil and selected historians. Prerequisite(s): freshman or A Cla 492 Internship in sophomore class standing. [EU HU] Archaeological Field Methodology (3-9) A Clc 125 Latin and Greek Elements Supervised placement in cultural resource management in English (3) firms engaged in archaeological field research. This Systematic study of those elements of the Latin and course provides practical experience in the methods and Greek languages that have contributed to the goals of archaeological field investigation in the context formation of English vocabulary, both general and of specific archaeological projects managed by scientific. Designed for students with no knowledge professional archaeologists. The experience will include of a classical language. May not be offered in 2003- field testing and recording and preparation of field 2004. records for reports. Only 3 credits can be used for the A Clc 133 History of Ancient Greece Mediterranean Archaeology and Art concentration. May be taken by majors in Greek and Roman Civilization (3) with a concentration in Mediterranean Archaeology and An examination of the antecedents of Greek culture Art and by majors in Anthropology and Art History. in the ancient Near East and the Aegean, followed Internships are open only to qualified juniors and by the rise of Greece, the development of Athenian seniors who have an overall grade point average of democracy, the decline of Greece leading to 2.50 or higher. S/U graded. Macedonian domination, the conquests of Alexander the Great, and the cosmopolitan Hellenistic world. A Cla 497 Independent Study (2–4) [EU] Seniors may offer 2 to 4 credits of independent study in place of regular course work in classical A Clc 134 History of Ancient Rome archaeology. Projects must be approved by the (3) department chair. May be repeated once. Alexander the Great and the Hellenistic Age, the rise of Rome, the Republic and the Empire. [EU] A Clc 220Z Roman Poets and Playwrights (3) Study of various types of Roman poetry, including lyric, epic and dramatic, with consideration of their role in the development of the Western literary tradition. [WI] A Clc 223E Masterpieces of Greek Tragedy and Comedy (3) A Clc 223E is the writing intensive version of A Clc 223L; only one may be taken for credit. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] A Clc 223L Masterpieces of Greek Tragedy and Comedy (3) Selected plays of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, Aristophanes and Menander. A Clc 223E is the writing intensive version of A Clc 223L; only one may be taken for credit. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU] A Clc 225 Greek Literature in Translation (3) Reading (in English) and analysis of ancient Greek literary masterpieces from Homer through the Hellenistic era. A Clc 300 The Greeks and Their Neighbors (3) The relations of the Greeks with the Near East and with Rome. Readings in English from the works of five Greek historians: Herodotus, Thucydides, Xenophon, Arrian and Polybius. Prerequisite(s): 107 University at Albany A Clc 301 Rome and the Mediterranean World (3) The Romans’ view of their origin and destiny in the Mediterranean world. Readings in English from the works of five Roman historians: Livy, Sallust, Caesar, Tacitus and Ammianus. Prerequisite(s): A Clc 134 or A Cla 209. [EU] A Clc 310 (= A Wss 311) Women in Antiquity (3) Study of the literary, historical and archaeological evidence concerning the lives and roles of women in Greek and Roman society. A Clc 310Z & A Wss 311Z are writing intensive versions of A Clc 310 & A Wss 311; only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [EU] A Clc 310Z (= A Wss 311Z) Women in Antiquity (3) A Clc 310Z & A Wss 311Z are writing intensive versions of Clc 310 & Wss 311; only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [EU WI] A Clc 311 Law in Antiquity (3) Survey of ancient law from Sumerian times until the end of the Roman Empire, with emphasis on Greek and Roman legal practice; studied in relation to social, economic, religious and political life. Comparisons between ancient and modern concepts of justice. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in Classics. A Clc 321 Fifth-Century Athens (3) An area study of 5th-century Athens using all available resources of history, art and archaeology, geography, and literature. Prerequisite(s): A Clc 133 or A Cla 208L. A Clc 322 Alexander and the Hellenistic Age (3) An area study of Alexander the Great and the Hellenistic Age to the Battle of Actium (31 B.C.), using all available resources of history, art and archaeology, geography and literature. Prerequisite(s): A Clc 133 or A Cla 208L or A Cla 208E. A Clc 330 Rome: From Republic to Empire (3) An area study of the history, art and archaeology, geography, and literature of Rome in the transition from republic to empire using all available resources. Prerequisite(s): A Clc 134 or A Cla 209L. A Clc 331 The Age of Trajan and Hadrian (3) An area study of the history art and archaeology, geography, and literature of the age of Trajan and Hadrian using all available resources. Prerequisite(s): A Clc 134 or A Cla 209. A Clc 402 (= A Rel 402) Greek and Roman Religion (3) Survey of Greek and Roman religions at large followed by a detailed examination of the so-called mystery religions. Interdisciplinary in nature, it employs not only religious but also philosophical, especially ethical, literary, historical and archaeological materials. Only one of A Clc 402 & A Rel 402 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and some background in either classical or religious studies. .May not be offered in 2003-2004.

108 University at Albany A Clc 403 (= A Rel 403) Roman Civilization and Christianity (3) Courses in Ancient Greek Courses in Latin Roman civilization in the late Empire. The relation between pagan and Christian culture based on a A Clg 101L Elementary Greek I (4) A Cll 101L Elementary Latin I (4) study of literary and archaeological sources. Introduction to Attic Greek Prose. .May not be Grammar, composition, conversation, and Prerequisite(s): A Clc 134 or A His 235Z. Only one offered in 2003-2004. reading of Latin. of A Clc 403 & A Rel 403 may be taken for A Clg 102L Elementary Greek II (4) A Cll 102L Elementary Latin II (4) credit. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. Introduction to Attic Greek Prose. Prerequisite(s): Continuation of A Cll 101L; grammar, A Clc 497 Independent Study (2–4) A Clg 101L or permission of instructor. .May not be composition, conversation, and reading of Latin. Seniors may offer 2 to 4 credits of independent study offered in 2003-2004. [FL] Prerequisite(s): A Cll 101L or permission of instructor. [FL] in place of regular course work in Greek and Roman A Clg 103L (= A Rel 103L) civilization. Projects must be approved by the A Cll 201L Introduction to Latin department chair. May be repeated once. Introduction to New Testament Greek I (4) Literature I (3) A Clc 498 Topics in Classical Introduction to the fundamentals of the grammar and Selected readings from prose authors, especially Studies (1–4) vocabulary of the New Testament. Readings in the Cicero, and from Latin poetry. Prerequisite(s): A Cll Selected topics in classical studies. May be repeated gospel of John and the Book of Acts. No previous 102L or permission of instructor for students with for credit with a change of topic. Prerequisite(s): knowledge of Greek required. Only one of A Clg two years of high school Latin. junior or senior class standing, or permission of 103L & A Rel 103L may be taken for credit. A Cll 202L Introduction to Latin instructor. A Clg 104L (= A Rel 104L) Literature II (3) A Clc 499 Senior Seminar in Introduction to New Testament Continuation of A Cll 201L; selected readings from Classical Studies (3) Greek II (4) prose authors, especially Cicero, and from Latin Seminar on selected topics in classical studies. Continuation of A Clg 103L. Only one of A Clg poetry. Prerequisite(s): A Cll 201L or permission of Preparation of a paper under the direction of a 104L & A Rel 104L may be taken for credit. instructor. faculty member. Open to seniors with permission of Prerequisite(s): A Clg 103L or permission of A Cll 410A Latin Prose Authors (3) director. instructor. Detailed study and criticism of one or more Latin A Clg 497 Independent Study (2–4) prose authors (historians, orators, novelists, etc.) Seniors may offer 2 to 4 credits of independent study May be repeated with change in author(s). in place of regular course work in Greek. Projects Prerequisite(s): A Cll 202L or equivalent. must be approved by the department chair. May be A Cll 410B Latin Poetry (3) repeated once. Detailed study and criticism of one or more Latin epic, lyric or dramatic poets. May be repeated with change or author(s). Prerequisite(s): A Cll 202L or equivalent. A Cll 497 Independent Study (2–4) Seniors may offer 2 to 4 credits of independent study in place of regular course work in Latin. Projects must be approved by the department chair. May be repeated once.

109 University at Albany

Our second goal grows out of the first; to help DEPARTMENT OF students become able to analyze and improve Special Programs and communication practices in particular settings Opportunities COMMUNICATION and instances. This involves developing a basis for judging whether or not specific The department provides research communication processes are meeting the opportunities for graduate and undergraduate Faculty students, a rigorous honors program, and an Professor Emeritae/i needs of the people involved. It also involves learning about ways to measure the exceptional internship program. The Donald P. Cushman, Ph.D. department also provides a combined University of Wisconsin effectiveness of specific communication practices, and gaining experience analyzing B.A./M.A. Program in Communication. We Kathleen E. Kendall, Ph.D. encourage all students to become active Indiana University and designing solutions to communication problems. members of the local student club of the Professors National Communication Association. We Alan Chartock, Ph.D. Studies in the major are organized so that invite outstanding communication majors to be New York University students enrolled in 100- and 200-level courses inducted into Lambda Pi Eta, the local chapter Teresa M. Harrison, Ph.D. are exposed to foundational ideas and research of the national honor society for Bowling Green State University findings in the field of Communication, as communication. Robert E. Sanders, Ph.D. well as provided with research methods and University of Iowa analytic tools. Students are also required to Internship Program Timothy D. Stephen, Ph.D. become more practiced as communicators, Bowling Green State University either through a public speaking or debate The Communication Internship Practicum, Associate Professors Emeritae/i course. Course work at the advanced (300 and which requires enrollment in both Com 392 for Richard Wilkie, Ph.D. 400) level is intended to provide students with 9 cr. (these credits are general electives and do University of Michigan in-depth knowledge of current research and not apply toward the major or minor) and Com Associate Professors theory about interpersonal/intercultural 393z for 6 cr., is a full-time internship offered Françoís Cooren, Ph.D. communication, in fall and spring for juniors and seniors who University of Montreal have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or organizational communication or public Anita Pomerantz, Ph.D. higher. It includes a weekly seminar meeting, communication. University of California, Irvine and places students in communication related Assistant Professors professional settings including, but not limited Annis G. Golden, Ph.D. Careers in Communication to, radio, television, public relations, the state Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute legislature, and corporate communication. If Cherie Strachan, Ph.D. The program in Communication is intended to help students become knowledgeable about you are accepted in this internship, you are not University at Albany allowed to take any other course work during Jennifer Stromer-Galley, Ph.D. communication processes and their influences on the interpersonal, intercultural, the semester. Acceptance into the program is University of Pennsylvania competitive. Lecturer organizational and political aspects of our Michael W. Barberich, M.A. societies. By focusing on development of The part-time Internship in Communication University of Maine analytical and critical skills, the program helps (COM 390, for 1-3 lower-level credits) is for Adjuncts (estimated): 6 students become able to analyze and undergraduate majors and minors who wish to Teaching Assistants (estimated): 12 effectively participate in, and improve develop on-site experience in one of the communication practices in diverse settings communication professions. This part-time and instances. Having completed their degree internship may be taken in fall, spring, or in communication, the students will have a summer terms. There is no seminar component basis for judging whether or not specific in this course, and the minimum number of The department specializes in studies of communication processes are meeting the hours at the host agency is proportionately less communication in each of three particular needs of the people involved. They will also be than the fulltime Internship Practicum. social contexts: first, communication on an able to evaluate the effectiveness of specific individual level, involving interpersonal or communication practices, devise ways of Admission intercultural relations; second, communication improving them, and provide solutions to at the societal level involving large scale communication problems. These competencies Admission to the program in Communication audiences, especially in regard to political have recognized value in the workplace as well is restricted. All students wishing to declare action and democratic processes; and third, as in one's personal life. the major must complete an application and be communication in organizations-whether formally admitted by the department. Graduates of the Communication program business, governmental, or grass roots Applications can be made each semester. The have pursued careers in sales, media relations, organizations--that affects either the deadline for submitting applications is the first marketing, training, commercial production, organization's internal processes or external day of the add-drop period in the fall and film, editing, media planning, publishing, relations. All three of these areas have been spring semesters. Notification of admission or journalism, financial advisement, budget significantly affected by new communication denial generally will be made within three analysis, legislative assistance, radio technologies, the study of which we business days by a posted list outside the programming, advertising, television incorporate into department course work. department office, and afterwards by mail. production, and internal communication in The undergraduate program in Communication not-for-profit, governmental, and business Any matriculated student can apply for has two primary goals. One is to educate organizations. Some have college teaching or admission who has completed the following students, and expose them to significant advisement positions. Others have gone on to two courses with grades of C- or higher or S in writings, about communication processes and law school, or to work on their master's degree each (See the section below for the policy on media and the critical role they play in the or doctoral degrees in Communication and admission of transfer students to the major): conduct of social life and its quality among related fields. individuals, in organizations, and in the larger society.

110 University at Albany (a) A Com 100, and (b) either a course in Advisement basic understanding of the process of statistics (A Mat 108, B Msi 220, A Soc 221, communication in the political process, and R Crj 281, or A Psy 210), or a course in formal Majors in the Communication Department are public life more generally. This includes logic (A Phi 210 or equivalent). Students who encouraged to seek advisement each semester. attention to communication and media issues apply and are not accepted can reapply in Advisement is offered by appointment in political participation, legislative processes, subsequent semesters. between the end of the add-drop period and the social movements, and election campaigns. beginning of the advance registration period. This also includes attention to the speaker- Note: A Com 100 course required for Majors who have been advised during that audience setting typical of argumentation and admission to the major must be taken on the period are given priority for enrollment for the persuasion in social and political life. Albany campus if the student does not already next semester's Communication classes. For have credit for it prior to matriculation. students newly admitted to the major, Courses in Interpersonal Interaction/Cultural Practices provide for a basic understanding of An applicant will be guaranteed admission to attendance at an orientation meeting for new the process of communication in face to face the major whose grades in the two entry majors is required in order to get an interaction. These include attention to courses average to B or higher (in A Com 100, advisement appointment. language use and strategy in personal and either a statistics or logic course). Grades Advisement is under the direction of the relationships, health care, and work of S are counted as the equivalent of C for the Director of the Undergraduate Program. relationships of various kinds. Other courses purposes of this computation. Advisement each semester is generally include attention to cultural differences in face Applicants whose grades in the two entry conducted by an advising staff composed of to face and group communication practices, courses average between B and C- will be graduate assistants. However, undergraduate and the role of communication in everyday admitted to the major on a space-available majors are encouraged to seek out a meeting life. basis. Applications in this group are rank with a faculty member when they begin their Courses in Organizational Communication ordered each semester on the basis of a studies in the department to discuss their goals, address communication processes within and Composite Grade Point Average. This and devise an overall plan of study supportive between organizations that affect their internal Composite Grade Point Average is computed of those goals in the Department, in their operations, development, climate, productivity, by adding together the student's overall grade Minor or Second Major, and in their General and social acceptance. These courses include a point average and the average of the grades in Education requirement courses and electives. concern for the effect of new information the two entry courses (A Com 100 and a technologies on organizational statistics or logic course). Applicants in this Degree Requirements for the communication. group are accepted in descending rank order Major in Rhetoric and until all the spaces for new majors that Communication Applied Studies courses provide an semester are filled. However, no two opportunity for students who have achieved a applicants with the same Composite Grade General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 grounding in the appropriate theoretical and Point Average will be treated differently: if credits including: A Com 100; a computing research literature of the field, to apply this one is accepted with that average, all others course [all minors but business: A Cas 200 or knowledge in independent projects or will be accepted with that average even if the B Msi 215 or A Csi 101 or A Csi 201 or R Isp internships. total number accepted exceeds the available 100 or R Isp 301] [business minors: B Msi 215 spaces that semester. or A Csi 101 or A Csi 201]; a statistics course Honors Program (A Mat 108 or B Msi 220 or A Soc 221 or Transfer students who have completed at least R Crj 281 or A Psy 210) or logic (A Phi 210); The honors program in Communication is 3 credits in Communication courses, and a A Com 265; one course from either A Com designed to provide opportunities for the most total of at least 6 credits in courses that count 203 or 212; and 15-18 additional credits in the talented and motivated students to work towards the major in Communication, will be Department of Communication as advised (of closely with each other and with the faculty. admitted to the major automatically if their which at least 12 credits must be at the 300- GPA in all transfer courses that count towards Students may apply for admission at any point level or above); and 3-6 credits of supporting the major is 2.0 or higher. All other transfer during a semester and may reapply if rejected courses (outside the Department of students seeking admission to the major will after the close of that semester or thereafter. Communication), as advised. have to meet the admissions requirements for Decisions of the Honors Committee on matriculated students after they begin A Com 265 is restricted to A-E grading after admission are final and not subject to review coursework on the Albany campus. matriculation at Albany. or appeal. Transfer students admitted to the major who Course offerings are listed below in grouping Applications for admission will be approved if do not have credit for A Com 100 or an according to the following headings: the student meets the following criteria: approved statistics or logic course upon 1.General Foundations, The applicant is a major in the department, matriculation are still required to complete with a 3.50 average in the required courses for those courses with grades of C- or better. 2.Public Communication, admission to the major. Transfer students whose grades in those two 3.Interpersonal Interaction/Cultural courses fall below that minimum are subject to The applicant has completed at least two full- Practices, being withdrawn from the major, pending an time semesters of college study at Albany, appeal and departmental review, but will with an overall average of at least 3.50, or the 4.Organizational Communication, automatically be readmitted if and when they equivalent in the case of transfer students. meet the requirement. 5.Applied Studies. Admission to the program will be on a Courses in General Foundations offer students provisional basis for any student with fewer an introduction to the practice and social than 12 credits in Communication. Upon consequences of communication in a variety of completion of 12 credits, admission will be settings, and an overview of traditional and finalized. contemporary thought on human Students in the honors program are required to communication. complete a minimum of 36 credits, meeting all Courses in Public Communication create a requirements of the major, except for a special requirement among courses at the 300 level or 111 University at Albany above as follows: instead of 6 credits of satisfactory completion of all B.A. A Com 345 Argumentative electives at the 300 level or above, students in requirements. Upon meeting B.A. Methods (3) the honors program must complete either an requirements, students are automatically Composition and criticism of argumentative honors project for 6 credits (A Com 499), or a considered as graduate students. discourse stressing the nature of issue, proposition, evidence, and form. Theory of senior honors project for 3 credits (A Com Students who have completed a minimum of 6 rhetorical and scientific argument is also 499) plus 3 credits in a graduate course in included. A Com 345Z is the writing credits of course work in Rhetoric and intensive version of A Com 345; only one Communication (for undergraduate credit) Communication may apply for admission to may be taken for credit. with approval of the undergraduate director. the combined degree program in Rhetoric and A Com 345Z Argumentative Communication at the beginning of their Students will be put on program probation by Methods (3) junior year or after the successful completion the Honors Committee at the end of any A Com 345Z is the writing intensive version of of 56 credits, but no later than the semester in which their cumulative average in A Com 345; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] accumulation of 100 credits. A cumulative the major falls below 3.50 or their term A Com 355 Introduction to grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three average that semester is below 3.30. Rhetorical Theory (3) supportive letters of recommendation from The writings of major theorists, from Students will be dismissed from the program if faculty are required for consideration. Aristotle to figures of the 20th century. they are placed on program probation in two A Com 355Z is the writing intensive version consecutive semesters, or if they receive a grade of A Com 355; only one may be taken for General Foundations Courses credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class below B in A Com 499. Students dismissed from standing, or permission of instructor. the program cannot be readmitted unless the A Com 100M Human grades on which dismissal is based were in error Communication: Language and A Com 355Z Introduction to and are officially changed. Social Action (3) Rhetorical Theory (3) Introduction to human communication in terms of A Com 355Z is the writing intensive version After completion of the requirements above, an examination of the communication needs, of 355; only one may be taken for credit. the records of candidates will be reviewed by processes, and results that typically occur in Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or permission of instructor. [WI] the Departmental Honors Committee, who different social settings. [SS] shall recommend to the department candidates A Com 265 Introduction to A Com 370 Theories of Mass for the degree with honors in Rhetoric and Communication Theory (3) Media (3) Communication. Approaches to the study of human The theories, research methods, and empirical communication. Consideration of major research research findings related to the effects of mass findings, methods and conceptualizations in such communication on individuals and society. Combined B.A./M.A. Program areas as persuasion, interpersonal Prerequisite(s): A Com 238 and A Com 265, or communication, group communication, permission of instructor. The combined B.A./M.A. program in Rhetoric organizational communication, and mass A Com 376 Empirical Studies of and Communication provides an opportunity communication. For rhetoric and communication majors completing their major requirements as Persuasion (3) for students of recognized academic ability outlined in this bulletin or subsequent editions, Empirical approaches to attitude and behavior and educational maturity to fulfill integrated A Com 265 is restricted to A–E grading after change brought about by communication. requirements of undergraduate and master's matriculation at Albany. Prerequisite(s): A Com Prerequisite(s): A Com 265 or permission of degree programs from the beginning of the 100M. [IL] instructor. junior year. The program provides an A Com 270 Methods of A Com 378 Studies in Public integrated and focused curriculum in Communication Research (3) Persuasion (3) Communication that allows the upper-level Intermediate-level study of research strategies, Application of the student’s critical skills to the student exposure to advanced knowledge in design of experiments, and field methods in human rhetoric of a particular public figure or movement; communication. For rhetoric and communication or to the rhetorical practice of a particular theory and substantive areas and opportunities majors completing their major requirements as historical period or genre of public persuasion, for participation in research. A carefully outlined in this bulletin or subsequent editions, such as television advertising, propaganda in mass designed program can permit a student to earn A Com 270 is restricted to A-E grading after movements, American campaign rhetoric. A Com the B.A. and M.A. degrees within nine matriculation at Albany. Prerequisite(s): A Com 100. 378Z is the writing intensive version of A Com Statistics course recommended. 378. May be repeated for a total of 9 credits with semesters. changes in topic. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or permission of instructor. The combined program requires a minimum of Courses in Public 141 credits, of which at least 33 must be Communication A Com 378Z Studies in Public graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., Persuasion (3) students must meet all University and college A Com 203 Speech Composition A Com 378Z is the writing intensive version of A Com 378; may be repeated for a total of 9 credits requirements, including the requirements of and Presentation (3) when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior the undergraduate major described previously, Introduction to the composition and class standing, or permission of instructor. [WI] the minor requirement, the minimum 90 credit presentation of speeches. Course includes guided practice in topic development, A Com 380 Political Campaign liberal arts and sciences requirement, general organization, and the oral presentation of Communication (3) education requirements, and residency various kinds of speeches. [OD] This course examines from both a theoretical and a requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., A Com 212 Argumentation and practical standpoint the planning, execution, and evaluation of campaign communication strategies. It students must meet all University and college Debate (3) requirements as outlined in the Graduate focuses mainly on modern presidential campaigns— Study of and practice in the methods of the organization, the candidate, the audience, and the Bulletin, including completion of a minimum argument. Special emphasis upon skills media. Forms examined include speeches, debates, of 33 graduate credits and any other conditions needed in oral argumentation. [OD] television commercials, polling, news stories, and such as a research seminar or thesis, A Com 238 Introduction to Mass interpersonal contact. This course often has a co- comprehensive examination, professional requirement of A Com 297 for 1 credit. Communication (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or experience, and residency requirements. Up to Survey of electronic and print media with permission of instructor. 12 graduate credits may be applied emphasis on structural analysis, content simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. analysis, and research. programs. Students are considered as undergraduates until completion of 120 graduation credits and 112 University at Albany A Com 465 Studies in Courses in Organizational A Com 397 Independent Study Communication Theory (3) Communication and Research in Communication Study of a selected topic in communication (1–3) theory; e.g., nonverbal communication, A Com 369 Theories of Directed reading and conferences on selected consistency theory, or mass communication. Organizational Communication topics. Course may be repeated for a total of May be repeated for a total of 9 credits with 6 credits. Prerequisite(s): A Com 265, and changes in topic. Prerequisite(s): A Com 265, (3) permission of instructor and department and junior or senior class standing. Theoretical models and empirical studies of chair. communication within complex organizations. In- depth case study of one or more organizations. A Com 499 Senior Honors Project Prerequisite(s): A Com 265 or permission of (3–6) Courses in Interpersonal/ instructor. Intercultural Communication Design and implementation of an investigation of A Com 465 Studies in some clearly defined problem in rhetoric and communication, under faculty supervision. Students A Com 201 Interpersonal Communication Theory (3) may repeat this course once, for a maximum of 6 Communication (3) Study of a selected topic in communication credits, for those projects requiring two consecutive Introduction to those aspects of communication theory; e.g., nonverbal communication, semesters of study. Prerequisite(s): admission to the which typify interpersonal relationships. Included consistency theory, or mass communication. honors program in communication; enrollment by are experientially acquired insights into, and May be repeated for a total of 9 credits with permission of the director of undergraduate studies. theoretical considerations of, interpersonal changes in topic. Prerequisite(s): A Com 265, communication. and junior or senior class standing. A Com 204 Group Communication (3) Courses in Applied Studies The theory and practice of small group interaction. Examination of both group A Com 297 Research Practicum dynamics and cognitive processes, as they (1–3) relate to group deliberation. Supervised participation in established A Com 304 Conference and Group research projects. Course may be repeated for a total of 6 credits, but only a maximum of 3 Leadership (3) credits may be applied toward major Advanced study of small group deliberation, requirements. Prerequisite(s): permission of with special emphasis upon theories of group instructor. S/U graded. leadership as they apply in business and professional group communication settings. A Com 390 Internship in Prerequisite(s): A Com 204 or permission of Communication (1–3) instructor. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. Supervised participation in rhetorical or A Com 367 Theories of communicative practices. May be repeated for a total of 3 credits. This course is meant to Interpersonal Communication (3) provide practical experience and cannot be The theories, research methods, and representative counted among the 12 additional credits in research findings related to experimental and “A Com” courses at the 300 level required for observational studies of interpersonal majors. Open only to majors and minors in communication. Prerequisite(s): A Com 201 and 265, their junior or senior years with or permission of instructor. cumulative averages of at least 2.50. A Com 371 Theories of Prerequisite(s): A Com 265, and permission Intercultural Communication (3) of undergraduate director. S/U graded. Communication between people from different A Com 392 Internship in cultures and/or subcultures, including racial and Operational and Applied ethnic groups. Focus is upon appropriate theories, concepts, research findings, and practice in Communication Theory (9) intercultural settings. Prerequisite(s): A Com 265, Supervised field placement in an approved or permission of instructor. [GC; DP, if taken setting. Cumulative average of at least 2.50 before Fall 2004.] required. (Open only to rhetoric and communication majors and minors, except A Com 373 Communication Codes with permission of instructor.) Student (3 or 6) attends a weekly seminar (A Com 393) and The patterns of communication behavior in prepares a major project and weekly reports everyday life. Emphasizes both language and in conjunction with that seminar. Does not nonlanguage behavior, and the various social satisfy major or minor requirements. contexts in which interaction occurs. Topics Internships are open only to qualified include social and cultural rules for juniors and seniors who have an overall structuring messages and the basis for grade point average of 2.50 or higher. interpreting behaviors. Course includes major Corequisite(s): A Com 393 or 393Z and components in both theory and research on permission of instructor. S/U graded. this topic, including a research paper. Course A Com 393Z Seminar in will be scheduled intensively during the semester to reflect the number of credits to be Operational and Applied earned. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Communication Theory (6) standing. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. Advanced applications of rhetoric and communication theory. Participants will A Com 465 Studies in complete a major project describing in detail Communication Theory (3) each segment of their work. Each participant Study of a selected topic in communication will also complete five ten-page analytical theory; e.g., nonverbal communication, papers in addition to a series of weekly consistency theory, or mass communication. seminar papers. (Open only to rhetoric and May be repeated for a total of 9 credits when communication majors and minors, except topic differs. Prerequisite(s): A Com 265, and with permission of instructor.) Yields credit junior or senior class standing. toward rhetoric and communication major or minor. Corequisites: A Com 392 and permission of instructor. [WI]

113 University at Albany

Students may elect a short sequence of The interdisciplinary combined major and DEPARTMENT OF courses in a particular aspect of computer minor program in computer science and science, complete a minor for broader applied mathematics or the B.S. program COMPUTER competence, or obtain a foundation in in computer science is recommended for both theory and practice by completing those students who intend to pursue CIENCE either a major in computer science or in graduate programs in computer science or S computer science and applied who wish to qualify for positions mathematics. involving research or advanced Faculty development in computer systems design. Distinguished Professor Emeritae/i Among the majors that combine well with The interdisciplinary program combines a Richard E. Stearns, Ph.D. either elective course work or a minor in strong sequence in computer science with Princeton University computer science are mathematics, any those courses in mathematics particularly Professors science major, economics, geography, relevant to advanced work in computer Harry B. Hunt III, Ph.D. linguistics, rhetoric and communication, science. Cornell University psychology, and sociology. A major in Neil V. Murray, Ph.D. business administration (such as the The B.S. in computer science Syracuse University management science concentrations) would encompasses a two-course sequence in Paliath Narendran, Ph.D. also be appropriate, but students should be physics and a second two-course sequence Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute aware that they will also have to satisfy the in either more advanced physics or in a Sekharipuram S. Ravi, Ph.D. School of Business admission requirements. second science elected by the student. University of Pittsburgh A familiarity with computers and their Daniel J. Rosenkrantz, Ph.D. applications may also be obtained through Columbia University noncredit “Short Courses” offered by the Dan E. Willard, Ph.D. Computing Center and through computer Harvard University Degree Requirements for the courses offered by the Departments of Professor Emeritae/i Majors in Computer Science Atmospheric Science, Biological Dean N. Arden, Ph.D. Sciences, Chemistry, Physics, and Teacher Purdue University Education, the School of Business, and the General Program B.A.: Associate Professors College of Arts and Sciences. George Berg, Ph.D. A minimum of 41 credits including A Csi Northwestern University Students with a strong interest in the 201N, 310, 210, 333, 311, 402, 404; two Peter A. Bloniarz, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) languages and programming techniques additional A Csi courses numbered in the Massachusetts Institute of Technology commonly used in business may wish to range 400–450 or 500–550; A Mat 111 or Seth D. Chaiken, Ph.D. elect the sequence A Csi 101N, 203, 205, 112 or 118, 113 or 119, and 367; plus Massachusetts Institute of Technology and 410. completion of an approved minor whose Mei-Hwa Chen, Ph.D. courses may not overlap with any of the The computer science majors combine Purdue University courses used to complete the major. advanced topics in computer practice with Andrew R. Haas, Ph.D. introductory material on the mathematical University of Rochester General Program B.S. (combined foundations of computer science including Lenore M. Restifo Mullin, Ph.D. major and minor sequence): abstract models of computers and Syracuse University languages and the fundamental limits of A minimum of 74 credits as follows: Tomasz Strzalkowski, Ph.D. computing. A Csi 201N 310, 210, 333, 311, 300Z, Simon Fraser University 401, 402, 403, 404, 409, plus two courses Associate Professor Emeritae/i Students with a primary interest in the from A Phy 353, A Phy 454, or any A Csi Edwin D. Reilly, Ph.D. applications of computing may combine course numbered 300–450 or 500–550 for Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute the major in computer science with a a total of 42 credits; A Mat 111 or 112 or Assistant Professors major or minor in other disciplines. Since 118, 113 or 119, 220, 367, plus three Ian N. Davidson, Ph.D. the range of applications of computing credits from any A Mat course at the 300 Monash University, Australia continues to increase, such combinations level or above; A Phy 140N, 145, 150N, Robert F. Erbacher, Sc.D., may be attractive to prospective and 155; A Phy 240 and 250, or A Phy University of Massachusetts at Lowell employers. 240 and 315, or a two-course sequence in William A. Maniatty, Ph.D. The B.A. in computer science requires a second science as approved by the Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute that the student elect at least one minor department.. Adjuncts (estimated):3 from the list of approved minors described Teaching Assistants (estimated): 21 in a previous section of this bulletin. Students considering a minor in either Courses offered by the Department of mathematics or physics are advised Computer Science provide an introduction instead to consider one of the B.S. to the theory and practice of computing. programs described below. Familiarity with computer languages and data structures is developed in appropriate courses by the completion of programming assignments related to course material.

114 University at Albany Program in Computer Science and In qualifying for the M.S. or M.A., Applied Mathematics Honors Program students must meet all University and The honors program is recommended for college requirements as outlined in the The interdisciplinary combined major and students planning graduate study. To be Graduate Bulletin, including completion minor program in computer science and eligible for admission, the student must of a minimum of 32 graduate credits, and applied mathematics is an integrated declare one of the three Computer Science any other conditions such as a research program providing a strong background in majors and must have completed the seminar, thesis, comprehensive the theory and practice of computer following courses: A Csi 201N, 210, 310, examination, or other professional science combined with those courses in 333; A Mat 112 and 113. The student must experience and residency requirements. mathematics which are most likely to be have a GPA of at least 3.5 in the above Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied needed for advanced work in computer courses and an overall GPA of at least simultaneously to both the B.S. and M.S. science, either in graduate study or 3.25. To complete the honors program, the or the B.S. and M.A. programs. industrial research and development. student must complete 12 credits of course Students are considered as undergraduates The program provides excellent work (to be determined by the department until completion of 120 graduation credits preparation for the advanced Graduate in consultation with each student) and satisfactory completion of all B.S. Record Examination in computer science designed to ensure a rigorous mastery of requirements. Upon meeting B.S. and will provide an attractive background the discipline, together with an Honors requirements, students are automatically for admission to high quality graduate seminar (A Csi 487/487Z), and an Honors considered as graduate students. project of at least 6 credits, (A Csi 488Z). programs in computer science. The Students may apply for admission to mathematics portion of the program, with Consult the department for further information. either combined degree program at the the appropriate selection of one or two beginning of their junior year or after the electives, can provide a good successful completion of 56 credits, but mathematical background for work in no later than the accumulation of 100 operations research which is an important credits. A cumulative grade point average area of computer application in business, of 3.20 or higher and three supportive or for numerical computation in a variety Combined B.S./M.A. and B.S./M.S. Programs letters of recommendation from faculty are of areas related to the scientific and required for consideration, but admission of engineering use of computers. Two combined bachelor’s/master’s degree a student who meets the minimum programs are available with the requirements is not automatic. undergraduate major in computer science Degree Requirements for the Major in and applied mathematics. The combined Computer Science and Applied B.S./M.A. program combines the Mathematics undergraduate program in computer science and applied mathematics with the Courses General Program B.S. (combined major graduate program in mathematics. The A Csi 100 Computing and and minor sequence): A minimum of 66 combined B.S./M.S. program combines credits as follows: A Mat 111 or 112 or Disability (3) the undergraduate program in computer The relation between people with disabilities 118, 113 or 119, 214, 220, 367; A Csi science and applied mathematics with the and computers. Lectures, tutorials, and 201N, 210, 310, 311, 333, 401, 402, 403, graduate program in computer science. laboratory will deal with topics such as how 404, 409; 15 additional credits, as computers may be used by persons with advised, from the following list of Both programs provide an opportunity for disabilities, assistive devices, software, and students of recognized academic ability applications such as word processing, database courses, including at least 9 credits in inquiries, spreadsheets, and telecommunications. mathematics: any course with an A Mat and educational maturity to fulfill For students with disabilities and for professionals prefix numbered 300 or above, any course integrated requirements of undergraduate who teach and assist people with disabilities. and master’s degree programs from the with an A Csi prefix numbered 300–450 A Csi 101N Elements of beginning of the junior year. A carefully or 500–550, A Csi 499, A Phy 353, A Phy Computing (3) 454, A Phi 432. designed program can permit a student to Introduction to the principles and practice of earn the B.S. and M.S. or the B.S. and computer programming through the use of the M.A. degrees within nine or ten general purpose high level programming semesters. language VISUAL BASIC. Concepts introduced include algorithms, arrays, files, The combined programs require a structured programming, and top-down design. minimum of 140 credits, of which at least Course also includes a brief introduction to computer technology and computer 32 must be graduate credits. In qualifying architecture from both a historical and modern for the B.S., students must meet all perspective. Only one of A Csi 101N and University and college requirements, B Msi 215 may be taken for credit. including the requirements of the A Csi 102 Microcomputer undergraduate major described previously, Software (3) the minimum 60-credit liberal arts and Theory and practice of general purpose sciences requirement, general education microcomputer software systems such as requirements, and residency requirements. spreadsheet and relational database packages. Query languages for database access. Word processing with emphasis on spelling and grammar checking. Normally offered spring semester only.

115 University at Albany A Csi 103 Topics in Computer A Csi 210 Discrete Structures (4) A Csi 401 Numerical Methods for Literacy (3) Proofs by induction; mathematical reasoning, Digital Computers (3) Each offering of this course will address one or propositions, predicates and quantifiers; sets; Study of practical methods for the numerical more topics that are germane to the use of relations, graphs, and trees; functions; counting, solution of a variety of problems on a digital computers in every day life. The main permutations and combinations. Prerequisite(s) or computer. Topics covered will include roots of emphasis of this course will be on the use of corequisite: A Csi 201N. Normally offered fall equations, numerical interpolation, numerical available software packages. semester only. integration and differentiation; the evaluation of A Csi 221 (= A Mat 221) Introduction mathematical functions, least squares curve fitting; A Csi 120N Computational the solution of simultaneous linear equations, matrix Principles and Issues (3) to Discrete Mathematics (3) inversion and linear programming. Prerequisite(s): Principles and issues arising in a variety of Topics chosen from sets, relations, induction, A Mat 220 and A Csi 310. Normally offered fall computational situations. Discussion of topics from binomial theorem, permutations and combinations, semester only. computation theory, artificial intelligence, and counting, and related topics in discrete mathematics. systems design. From computation theory, an Only one of A Mat 221 & A Csi 221 may be taken A Csi 402 Systems Programming (3) emphasis on impediments to computation, such as for credit. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite: A Mat 113 Programming aspects of operating systems. Topics undecidability and NP-hardness. From artificial or 119. covered include implementation of storage management, resource allocation, multi-processing, intelligence, an emphasis on knowledge A Csi 300Z Social, Security, and representation. From systems, an emphasis on scheduling, synchronization, inter-process computer design and on synchronization problems. Privacy Implications of Computing communication, and terminal I/O. Emphasis on May not be offered in 2003-2004. (3) projects to enhance subject understanding, problem The ethical and moral implications of using solving, and programming skills. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 198 (formerly A Csi 298) computers to affect the lives of individual and Grade of C or better required in A Csi 333. Majors Consulting Service (1–3) collective members of human society. Material who declare prior to September 1, 2001 will have Classroom instruction on the practical aspects of drawn from a variety of topics, including security this new restriction waived. Normally offered spring computing on the campus personal, network and and privacy in computers, networks, security semester only. mainframe computer environment, including word measures, and human users, data banks vs. rights to A Csi 403 Algorithms and Data processing, data communications, networking and privacy, intellectual property, open vs. closed using various operating systems. Training is software, software piracy, unauthorized access, and Structures (3) followed by continuing consulting work other computer crimes. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 201N. Description of common data structures such as lists, experience in the public user rooms. Work [WI] push-down stores, queues, trees, and graphs. schedules are determined on an individual basis Definition of algorithm efficiency and efficient during the first two weeks of class. May be A Csi 310 Data Structures (3) algorithms for integer and polynomial arithmetic, repeated for credit. Total credits for A Csi 198, Commonly used abstract data structures and their sorting, set manipulation, shortest paths, pattern A Csi 490, A Csi 497 and the former A Csi 298 implementation. The use of pointers and recursive matching, and Fourier transforms. Prerequisite(s): and A Csi 498 may not exceed nine. programming. Stacks, queues, lists and trees, and A Csi 210 and 310. Normally offered spring Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U their application to such problems as sorting and semester only. graded. [IL] searching. Analysis of algorithms for using these structures. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 201N. Normally A Csi 404 Computer Organization (3) A Csi 201N Introduction to offered spring semester only. An introduction to the logical organization of the hardware components of computing systems. Topics Computer Science (4) A Csi 311 Principles of Programming Computer algorithms and their representation. The include logic design from a functional point of view, principle of information hiding and its relation to Languages (3) data representation and processing, description of program block structure. File structure and Fundamental concepts and general principles major components such as the central processing access methods. The efficient use of underlying programming languages and their use as unit and memory, and control and communication computational resources. Program illustrated by Prolog and Lisp. Analysis and within the components and in the system. development and style. implementation of run-time environment including Prerequisite(s): A Csi 333 and 210. Normally scope rules, binding, and parameter passing offered spring semester only. A Csi 203 Data Processing mechanism. Introduction to interpreters and A Csi 407 User Interfaces (3) Principles (3) compilers. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or better The C programming language. Event-driven Introduction to systems analysis and structured required in A Csi 210 and 310. Majors who declare systems. Aspects of the UNIX operating system that programming techniques using COBOL (Common prior to September 1, 2002 will have the grade support simulation of multi-tasking in a single Business Oriented Language). Basic COBOL, table restriction waived. Normally offered spring semester processor environment. Window-oriented user handling, sorting, file structures and maintenance, only. interfaces. Pop-up/pull-down menus. Human factors storage media, and basic functions of a multi- A Csi 333 Programming at the in software engineering. Prerequisite(s): A Csi programming operating system. May not be taken 333. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. for credit by students with credit for A Csi 206 or Hardware Software Interface (4) A Csi 306. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 101N or 201N or Instruction set architecture of contemporary A Csi 409 Automata and Formal B Msi 215. Normally offered spring semester only. computers; boolean logic, memory, registers, Languages (3) instructions and interrupts. Assembly language A Csi 204 Scientific Computing (3) programming; assembler passes, symbols, macros, Introduction to the theory of computation. Programming in the scientific languages function linkage and separate compilations. C Models of computation including Turing Fortran 77 and APL. The effect of internal language programming; syntax, control, types, machines and push-down automata will be storage representation on precision and abstractions, pointers and strings. dynamic memory, examined along with their formal language accuracy. Symbolic computation using standard and user written libraries. ANSI and C++ counterparts such as context-free languages. Macsyma. Elementary numerical methods and standards. Instruction set simulation. Prerequisite(s): Additional topics include unsolvability, the graphical presentation of scientific data. Grade of C or better required in A Csi 310. Majors computational complexity, and applications to Software libraries of interest to scientists. who declare prior to September 1, 2002 will have the computer science. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 210. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 101N or A Csi 201N or grade restriction waived. Normally offered fall Normally offered fall semester only. B Msi 215, and A Mat 113 or 119. Normally semester only. A Csi 410 Database Management offered spring semester only. A Csi 400 Operating Systems (3) Systems (3) A Csi 205 Object Oriented Historical overview; operating system Introduction to database management systems Programming for Data Processing services; mass storage file organization; (DBMS) with emphasis on the relational model. Physical and logical database design, rollback and Applications (3) memory management in multiprogrammed systems; virtual memory; resource allocation; concurrent recovery techniques, access methods and query Introduction to object oriented programming, processes; deadlock detection and prevention; language concepts. The design and use of abstraction and system analysis techniques using the security; the design of contemporary operating microcomputer-based relational systems and C++ and Java programming languages. Basic syntax systems such as UNIX. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 333. spreadsheets. The hierarchical and network DBMS and semantics, classes, objects, arrays and pointers. models. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 310. Normally offered Modular software design using header or class files fall semester only. and separate compilations and linking. Use of standard class and function libraries and packages. Introduction to memory management and performance issues. Prerequisite(s): B Msi 215 or A Csi 101N or 201N.

116 University at Albany A Csi 416 Computer A Csi 430 Introduction to A Csi 488Z Honors Project (3-12) Communication Networks (3) Mathematical Logic (3) Students are required to pursue research supervised Introduction to computer communication Topics include logical validity, logical consequence, by a faculty member and submit final reports networks. Equal emphasis on all layers of the ISO computerized theorem proving, compactness, describing their research. Outcomes of this reference model and the TCP/IP protocol suite. soundness, consistency, completeness and research may include software/hardware artifacts, Topics include physical networks, sliding incompleteness in the context of propositional logic, data collected through experiments, bibliographies window protocols, remote procedure call, routing, first order logic, Frege-Hilbert deduction and or research papers. Each student is evaluated by a naming and addressing, security, authentication, computerized Semantic Tableaux deduction. This faculty committee during the second semester of performance, and applications. Prerequisite(s): course will survey Goedel’s Completeness and their senior year. Honors students must complete at A Csi 402 and A Mat 367. Incompleteness Theorems along with decidability, least 6 credits of this course. Prerequisite(s): undecidabaility, and a classification of theoretically Admission to the honors program. [WI] A Csi 417 Compiler Construction (3) computable and uncomputable problems. A Csi 490 Internships in Computer Compilation vs. interpretation; lexical analysis based Prerequisite(s) A Csi 210 plus permission of on finite automata; parsing; syntax-directed instructor. translation; symbol tables; run-time storage Science (1–3) allocation; error detection and recovery; code A Csi 435 Introduction to Artificial Arrangements with external agencies or generation and optimization. Prerequisite(s): A Csi Intelligence (3) companies requiring programming or design 333 and 409. An introduction to the broad spectrum of approaches assignments involving computer systems in a A Csi 418 Software Engineering (3) and techniques of Artificial Intelligence. Emphasis on practical environment. Interns are selected by how to represent knowledge in a computer and how to the department and are required to submit a Software engineering principles, the role of process that knowledge to produce intelligent significant report upon completion of the abstraction in programming, abstract data types, behavior. Topics include expert systems, heuristic internship. Total credits for A Csi 198, A Csi modularization and module interfaces, search, natural language processing and logic-based 490, and A Csi 497 and the former 298 and 498 specifications, and teamwork. Project work in approaches. Programming assignments using may not exceed nine. Internships are open contemporary concurrent and object-oriented artificial intelligence languages. Prerequisite(s): only to qualified juniors and seniors who languages. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 333. Normally A Csi 311. have an overall grade point average of 2.50 offered fall semester only. or higher. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 203 or 310, A Csi 421 Discrete Mathematics with A Csi 440 High Performance and permission of department. S/U graded. For Applications (3) Scientific Computing I (3) majors only. Introduction to distributed, shared memory, and non- A deeper coverage of the content of A Csi 210. uniform memory advanced architectures, advanced A Csi 497 Independent Study in Proofs by induction, recursive definitions, and networks, advanced parallel and distributed Computer Science (1–3) combinatorial analysis. Introduction to recurrence languages supporting scientific computing. Basic Independent study in computer science under the equations, graph theory, and abstract algebra. linear algebra algorithms and their relation to guidance of faculty computer users. Students should Applications to proofs of correctness and analysis of decomposition, memory, access patterns, and expect to spend approximately three hours per week combinatorial and algebraic algorithms. scalability. High-level prototyping languages, per credit solving real computer-related problems Prerequisite(s): A Csi 210. Normally offered fall experimental methods, performance analysis and and submit a significant paper or report upon semester only. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. polyalgorithm design. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 310, completion. May be repeated for credit. Total credits A Csi 422 (formerly A Csi 302) A Csi 401, A Mat 220 and knowledge of numerical for A Csi 198, A Csi 490, and A Csi 497 and the Introduction to Computer Graphics methods and Fortran; or permission of instructor. former 298 and 498 may not exceed nine. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 203 or 310, and permission of (3) A Csi 441 High Performance department. S/U graded. Mathematics, data structures, algorithms, system Scientific Computing II (3) architecture and programming projects for Numerical methods for ODE’s, PDE’s and A Csi 499 Senior Project in implementing two and three dimensional computer transforms (FFT) suitable for advanced parallel and Computer Science (3) graphics software. Rastorization, matrices, linear and distributed computing. Explicit versus implicit Introduction to software engineering. Students will projective transformations; clipping, removal of message generation and processing in distributed participate in the design and production of a large, hidden lines and surfaces. Devices, event driven user computing environments. Advanced experimental modular program typical of those encountered in interaction, and an introduction to window systems methods. High Performance Fortran, F90 and MPI. business and industry. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 333 or and visual programming tools. Prerequisite(s): Prerequisite(s): A Csi 440. 311, and permission of instructor. A Mat 113 and either A Csi 333 or permission of instructor. A Mat 220 (Linear Algebra) is desirable A Csi 445 Topics in Computer but not required. Science (3) A Csi 424 Information Security (3) The contents of this course will vary from This course covers the broad spectrum of technical semester to semester. Each offering will cover issues surrounding computer security and intrusion an advanced senior-level topic in Computer detection. Topics considered include: viruses, Science. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 333 (or A Csi worms, host- and network-based vulnerabilities and 205 & 310) or permission of instructor. May be countermeasures, database security, intrusion repeated for credit when content varies./ detection, and privacy and legal issues. Facilities for A Csi 487 Honors Seminar (3) securing hosts and limiting vulnerability are also Each student is required to carry out discussed. Unlike in a systems administration class, independent study under the supervision of a detailed operational issues are not discussed. faculty member and present a departmental Prerequisite(s): A Csi 402 or A Csi 400. colloquium on the chosen topic. Students may A Csi 426 Cryptography (3) also be required to complete a theoretical or an The making of ciphers to encode information is the experimental project, write reports or make subject of cryptography. This course covers the field short presentations. Only one of A Csi 487 and from its origins in early historic times through its A Csi 487Z may be taken for credit. most up-to-date implementations and uses in digital Prerequisite(s): Admission to the honors computers. Various ciphers will be shown and their program. security assessed. This latter is known as A Csi 487Z Honors Seminar (3) cryptanalysis – the attempt to break a cipher in order Each student is required to carry out to read the underlying message. The course will independent study under the supervision of a emphasize how cryptography and cryptanalysis are faculty member and present a departmental intimately related, and how the arms race between colloquium on the chosen topic. Students may the two has motivated progress throughout their also be required to complete a theoretical or an history. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 333 and co- experimental project, write reports or make registration in A Csi 403. short presentations. Only one of A Csi 487 and A Csi 487Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Admission to the honors program. [WI]

117 University at Albany

DEPARTMENT OF Special Programs or Opportunities PROGRAM IN The Geology Program sponsors two weekly EARTH AND seminar series that provide students with a GEOLOGICAL sampling of important topics in current TMOSPHERIC geological research: (1) informal talks given A SCIENCES by faculty and graduate students; and (2) formal seminars presented by outside SCIENCES Faculty speakers. The Program also sponsors field trips in New York, New England, and the The Department of Earth and Atmospheric Distinguished Teaching Professors Appalachians. Sciences offers students four distinct John W. Delano, Ph.D. undergraduate degrees within two programs: State University of New York at Stony Brook Professors Degree Requirements for the [1] a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) in William S. F. Kidd, Ph.D. Major in Geology Geological Sciences is offered within the Cambridge University General Program B.S.: A minimum of 66 Geological Sciences Program; [2] a Bachelor Gregory D. Harper, Ph.D. credits for the combined major and minor of Science (B.S.) in Atmospheric Science is University of California, Berkeley including: (Required) A Geo 100N or A Geo offered within the Atmospheric Science Professor Emeritae/i 100F, 106, 210, 212, 222, 230, 231 (or 231Z), Program; [3] a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in Winthrop D. Means, Ph.D. 330, 350, 400, , 470 ; A Mat 111 or 112 or Environmental Science; and [4] a Bachelor of University of California, Berkeley 118, 113 or 119; A Phy 105N, 106, 108N; Arts degree (B.A.) in Earth and Atmospheric Akiho Miyashiro, D.O.C. 109, A Chm 120N, 121, 122A, 122B. Sciences. Both the B.A. in Earth and Tokyo University Elective Classes (choose at least 9 credits of Atmospheric Sciences and the B.S. in Associate Professors the following; A Geo 260, 211, 331, 332, Environmental Science are offered within the Andrei Lapenis, Ph.D. 420, 435, 450, 466, 497. Students are overall department, spanning both programs. State Hydrological Institute, St. Petersburg encouraged to take the following additional All four degrees are recognized as particularly (joint appointment in Geography and Planning) courses: A Geo, 317; A Mat 108, 214, 220, challenging and attract students of high caliber Braddock K. Linsley, Ph.D. 311; A Csi 101N or 201N; A Atm 100N. who are interested in studying the fundamental University of New Mexico processes operating on-and-within the Earth Associate Professor Emeritae/i and its atmosphere. George W. Putman, Ph.D. Degree Requirements for the (A detailed description of the Geological Pennsylvania State University Major in Earth and Atmospheric Sciences Program follows below; descriptions Visiting Assistant Professors Sciences of the Atmospheric Science Program and the John G. Arnason, Ph.D. Broadcast Meterorology and Environmental Stanford University Bachelor of Arts (B.A.): A minimum of 56- Science Program follow on pages 108 and Adjuncts (estimated): 2 60 credits for the combined major and minor 110.) Teaching Assistants (estimated): 8 including: A Phy 105, 106, 108, 109; A Mat 101, 108, 111; A Chm 120N; A Geo 100N or 100F, 106, 250 or A Gog 101N; A Atm 100N Careers or 102N, 210 or 210Z, 211; two courses from A Gog 304, 385, 431, 496; a total of at least Graduates with a B.S. in geology or 12 credits from the following, including at environmental science have found satisfying least one course from each discipline: A Geo employment not only in jobs directly related to 330, 350, 435, and A Atm 304 or 304Z, 305, these disciplines but also in a wide variety of 307 or 307Z, 311, 335, 390, 408B. other activities. Students graduating with a B.S. in geology who pursue advanced degrees The B.A. in Earth and Atmospheric Sciences in geology, computer science, business is offered as an interdisciplinary study of administration, or geophysics have a significant breadth spanning two classical competitive edge in the job market. disciplines. Students electing this major have Professional opportunities in jobs using the potential to realize new opportunities for geological expertise are much wider for personal enrichment and career development. graduates with master’s degrees, in particular However, those students committed to for employment with environmental seeking advanced degrees in geology or atmospheric science should pursue the service/consulting companies, oil and mineral corresponding B.S. degree instead. All resource companies, and with state or federal students contemplating any of the curricula agencies having responsibilities involving described here should thoroughly discuss geological matters (geological surveys, water their options with personnel of the supply, environmental conservation, transport, Advisement Services Center (ASC) and a etc.). Developing shortages of fossil fuels and department undergraduate adviser before raw materials for industry, along with an formal declaration of a specific major. increasing need for professionals trained to understand complex environmental problems should provide a sustained demand for professional geologists and environmental scientists.

118 University at Albany Departmental Honors Program completion of 120 graduation credits and A Geo 210 Earth Materials (3) satisfactory completion of all B.S. requirements. Crystal structures and crystal chemistry, with Students who have achieved a GPA of 3.5 in the Upon meeting B.S. requirements, students emphasis on the major rock- and soil-forming major, and an overall GPA of 3.25, may apply mineral groups. Selected minerals of commercial accepted into the combined B.S./M.S. program importance. Examples of mineral-forming to the Department Chairperson not later than the are automatically considered as graduate processes, and use of mineral properties as end of their junior year to enter the Department students. indicators of geological conditions. Three lectures Honors Program. Interested students should each week. Prerequisite(s): A Geo 100N or 100F, enroll in Geo 499, Seminar in Geology, in the Students may apply for admission to the 106; or permission of instructor. Fall semester spring semester of their junior year. In order to combined degree program in geology at the only. graduate with Honors, accepted students must beginning of their junior year or after the A Geo 211 Optical Mineralogy take A Geo 498, Independent Honors Research successful completion of 56 credits, but no Laboratory (1) (3 credits), and complete it with a grade of A or later than the accumulation of 100 credits. A Introduction to the petrographic microscope. cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or Optical properties of minerals and their use for A-, as well as maintaining superior academic mineral identification. One lab each week. performance overall and in the major during higher and three supportive letters of Corequisite(s): A Geo 210 or permission of their senior year. Proposals for research to be recommendation from faculty are required for instructor. consideration. done in A Geo 498 must be approved in writing A Geo 212 Earth Materials by the supervising faculty member and the Laboratory (1) Department Chairperson before the end of the Courses An introduction to the study of minerals. Major spring semester of the student’s junior year. The topics include the formation, physical properties, other three required credits for Departmental A Geo 100N Planet Earth (3) structure, symmetry, and classification of minerals Introduction to the Geological Sciences, including with emphasis on rock-forming minerals. In Honors will consist of a total of three credits of evidence for the major processes and significant laboratory, students will gain hands-on experience A Geo 499 Seminar in Geology, one in each of events in the origin, history and present condition of with mineral identification of hand samples and the last three semesters of the degree program. the solid Earth. Major topics include geological mineral properties. The course also introduces more time, earthquakes, volcanism, plate tectonics and the advanced topics in mineral transformations, crystal origin and movement of continents and oceans, chemistry, and crystallography. Combined B.S./M.S. Program mountain building, evidence for past climate change, including glaciation, formation of the earth-moon A Geo 222 Igneous and The combined B.S./M.S. program in geology system, earth resources and geological constraints Metamorphic Geology (4) provides an opportunity for students of and consequences of energy use. Emphasis is placed Description, classification, and occurrence of recognized academic ability and educational on understanding why we think we know things igneous and metamorphic rocks. Introduction to about the Earth, to enable the student to understand phase diagrams, metamorphic facies, and maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of common features of rocks and minerals and the petrogenetic grids. Laboratory section will involve undergraduate and master’s degree programs larger-scale solid Earth, and to provide a lifetime practical identification of mineralogy and textures in from the beginning of the junior year. A background for making informed judgments on hand specimens and thin sections. Three lectures and carefully designed program can permit a increasing number of public issues requiring one lab per week. Prerequisite(s): A Geo 100N or geological knowledge. Fall and spring semesters. 100F, 106, 210, 211; or permission of instructor. student to earn the B.S. and M.S. degrees [NS] Spring semester only. within ten semesters. A Geo 100F Planet Earth (3) A Geo 230 Stratigraphy, The combined program requires a minimum of A Geo 100F is the writing intensive Sedimentology, and the Fossil 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be version of A Geo 100N; only one Record (3) graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.S., may be taken for credit. Fall Stratigraphic principles and correlation, students must meet all University and college semester only. [NS WI]A Geo 102N identification and classification of sedimentary rocks, introduction to paleontology and historical requirements, including the requirements of the Planet Earth and Physical Geology geology. Three lectures and one lab each week. undergraduate major described previously, the Laboratory (4) Geology BS and Earth Science BS majors must also minimum 60-credit liberal arts and sciences Introduction to the Geological Sciences, including register concurrently for either A Geo 231 or A Geo requirement, general educational requirements, geological time, earthquakes, volcanism, plate 231Z, Field Excursions in Stratigraphy. tectonics evidence for climate change in the past, Prerequisite(s): A Geo 100N or 100F, 106; or and residency requirements. In qualifying for glaciation, earth resources, and origin of the Earth- permission of instructor. Fall semester only. the M.S., students must meet all University and Moon system. The laboratory section introduces college requirements as outlined in the Graduate geological maps, identification of rock and mineral A Geo 231 Field Excursions for Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of specimens, and making of geological cross- Stratigraphy (2) sections. One lab per week and five full-day weekend field 30 graduate credits and any other conditions trips to be taken by Geology BS and Earth Science such as a research seminar, thesis, A Geo 106 Physical Geology BS majors concurrently with A Geo 230 comprehensive examination, professional Laboratory (1) Stratigraphy. Corequisite(s): A Geo 230 or experience, and residency requirements. Up to Elementary classification of minerals and rocks, permission of instructor. Offered fall semester and their identification in hand specimen. only. 12 graduate credits may be applied Introduction to geological maps and sections, both simultaneously to both the B.S. and M.S. as sources of geological information and as aids in A Geo 231Z Field Excursions for programs. the solution of practical problems. Guided and self- Stratigraphy (2) guided field trips to building stones of downtown One lab per week and five full-day weekend field The following graduate courses may be Albany. This course is required for majors in trips to be taken by Geology and Earth Science BS substituted for required undergraduate courses: Geology and Earth Science. One lab each week. majors concurrently with A Geo 230 Stratigraphy. A Geo 517 for A Geo 470, A Geo 535 for Corequisite(s): A Geo 100N or 100F. Fall and Extended written and illustrated reports must be spring semesters. submitted based on the observations made on each A Geo 435, A Geo 550 for A Geo 450, A Geo trip. A Geo 231Z is the writing intensive version of 566 for A Geo 466,. A reading knowledge of a A Geo 201 (= A Gog 201) Environmental Analysis (3) A Geo 231; only one may be taken for credit. foreign language useful in the study of geology Corequisite(s): A Geo 230 or permission of (French, German, Russian, Spanish, Uses laboratory work and local field excursions to instructor. [WI]. Offered fall semester only. give students “hands-on” experience in physical Portuguese, Chinese) must be demonstrated geography and environmental sciences. Focuses on A Geo 250 Energy and Resources (3) before completion of the program, or human impacts on the environment and on problems Examination of energy production using non- satisfactory proficiency in a research skill such of environmental contamination. Prerequisite or renewable (coal, oil, natural gas, uranium) versus corequisite: A Gog 101N. [NS] renewable resources (hydroelectric, solar, wind, as computer programming may be substituted geothermal) relative to present and future for the language requirement at the discretion environmental and societal impacts. Fields trips to of the department. energy producing facilities (e.g., Blenheim-Gilboa Pumped Storage Power Plant). Prerequisites; A Geo Students are considered as undergraduates until 100 or Atm 100; Chm 120N or Phy 105N; Mat 111. 119 University at Albany A Geo 260 Earth Surface Processes A Geo 420 Instrumental Analysis in A Geo 498 Undergraduate Honors and Hazards (3) Environmental Science (3) Research (3) An aspect of environmental science that includes A hands-on introduction to instrumental analysis in Supervised research for undergraduates admitted to natural geologic processes potentially harmful to earth science. Lecture topics include basic principles the Department Honors Program. To be taken people and human modifications of natural systems of spectroscopy, chromatography, mass summer and/or fall semester at beginning of senior that can make them harmful. Includes rivers and spectrometry, sampling methods, and error year. Written proposal for research must be flooding, groundwater, severe storms, landslides, estimation with specific applications to approved no later than end of spring semester of soil erosion, acid rain, greenhouse effect, pollution environmental science and geology. In laboratory, junior year. Prerequisite(s): Permission of and waste disposal, coastal problems, estuarine and students will gain hands-on experience with ion instructor and chair. Fall and spring semesters. wetland problems, and hazards associated with chromatography, atomic absorption spectrometry, volcanoes and earthquakes. Prerequisites: A Geo carbon analysis, and other methods. Provides a A Geo 499 Seminar in Geology (1) 100N. foundation for research projects in the senior year. Oral presentation by students of a research topic: Two hours lecture/2 hours laboratory each week. attendance at weekly seminar given by other A Geo 317 (= A Gog 317) Prerequisite(s): A Mat 108 and A Geo 350 or students in this course, and A Geo 500, and regular Geomorphology (3) permission of the instructor. S/U graded attendance at geological science seminars given by A systematic introduction to the study of landforms outside speakers [approximately once weekly in and the processes that shape them. Laboratory A Geo 435 Geohydrology (3) semester]. Students admitted to the Departmental work and field trips are part of the course. Introduction to surface water hydrology and ground Honors Program must take this course in the last Prerequisite(s): A Gog 101N; A Geo 100N or water hydrogeology. Topics to be covered include, three semesters of their degree program. Fall and 100F; or permission of instructor. Fall semester stream hydrograph analysis, flood plain determination, spring semesters. only. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. drainage basin analysis, aquifer characterization, pump test analysis, groundwater chemistry and tracers, A Geo 330 Structural Geology I (3) contaminant hydrogeology, regulatory policy, and Descriptive structural geology, with emphasis on introduction to groundwater modeling. . Prerequisite(s): features seen at outcrop and map scales. Selected A Mat 112, A Chm 120N or permission of instructor. examples of rock microstructures and their Spring semester only. interpretation. Three lectures each week. Prerequisite(s): A Geo 100N or 100F, 106. Spring A Geo 450 Climate Change (4) semester only. Introduction to the field of Paleoclimatology. Focus will be on the use of sediments and other biological A Geo 331 Field Excursions for and geological archives to reconstruct Structural Geology I (1) environmental, climatic, and oceanographic change Five full-day weekend field trips to be taken by over a range of time scales. Lecture will also provide Geology and Earth Science BS majors concurrently an introduction to the fields of climatology, age with Structural Geology I. Several written and dating techniques, climatic/ environmental proxies illustrated reports must be submitted based on the (tracers), micro-paleontology, and time-series observations made. Prerequisite(s): permission of analysis. In addition to lectures, the class will instructor; corequisite: A Geo 330. Offered spring involve review of current scientific studies, class semester only. presentations by each student, and a review paper on a relevant topic of choice. 3 lectures each week and A Geo 332 Structural Geology 2 hours each week of oral presentations by students; Laboratory (1) Prerequisites: A Chm 120N, A Mat 108, or Structures on maps, on images, and in rock permission of the instructor. This course satisfies the specimens; computer-based presentation of data. General Education requirement in Oral Discourse. One lab each week. Corequisite(s): A Geo 330. Fall semester only. Spring semester only. A Geo 455 Special Topics (2-3) A Geo 350 Environmental A structured program of reading and seminars Geochemistry (4) leading to an in-depth understanding of a chosen Contemporary topics are used to develop concepts of topic in geology. Prerequisite(s) A Geo 210, 230, or geochemical processes operating in Earth’s 230Z; and permission of instructor. Students may environmental system. These topics (a) PCBs in the repeat course once for an additional two or three Upper Hudson River, (b) biogeochemical cycles in credits. Fall or Spring semester. the global climate system, and (c) geochemical A Geo 466 Marine/Estuary Systems constraints on long-term disposal of high-level, nuclear wastes. 3 hours per week in classroom (3) setting + 2 hours per week of oral presentations by Interdisciplinary study of marine and estuary students. [OD] systems with a focus on marine/estuary sedimentology and biogeochemistry. Additional A Geo 395Z Writing in the study of lacustrine systems will be integrated into Geological Sciences (1) the class. In addition to lectures, the class will May be taken with any Geo course at the 300 or 400 involve review of current scientific studies, a class level to fulfill a writing intensive version of that presentation by each student, and a review paper on course. Students will have an opportunity for a relevant topic of choice. 3 lectures each week. assistance during writing and revision of written Prerequisites: A Geo 100N, A Chm 120N, A material with the help of editorial assignments from Geo210, or permission of the instructor the instructor. Corequisite(s): any A Geo 300 or 400 A Geo 470 Tectonics (4) level course. Fall and spring semesters. [WI] Seismologic basis for plate tectonics, kinematics of A Geo 400 Field Mapping (4) plate motions, paleomagnetism. Study of modern Supervised geological mapping. Three weeks of mid-ocean ridges, magmatic arcs, transforms, and field work (off campus) followed by independent collisional belts. Three lectures and one lab per study and laboratory sessions for preparation of week. Prerequisite(s): A Geo 230, 330; or report (in Albany). Field work starts in early permission of instructor. Fall semester only. August; laboratory sessions once a week in first A Geo 497 Independent Study (1-3) quarter of fall semester. Prerequisite(s): A Geo Field or laboratory investigation of a chosen 230, 330; or permission of instructor. geologic problem, including the writing of a research report to be undertaken during the senior year. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. Students may repeat this course once for additional credits. Fall or spring semesters.

120 University at Albany James J. Schwab, Ph.D.* In addition, a weather forecasting PROGRAM IN Harvard University competition is held in the department each Christopher J. Walcek, Ph.D.* semester while classes are in session. The ATMOSPHERIC University of California, Los Angles forecasting, along with concurrent weather Wei-Chyung Wang, D.E.S.* discussions led by a faculty member, are CIENCE Columbia University open to all undergraduate majors. S Kevin Tyle, M.S. Undergraduates hired part-time and during University at Albany the summer through research grants have the Faculty Fangqun Yu, Ph.D.* chance to work closely with a faculty Professor Emeritae/i University of California, Los Angeles member while contributing to current Duncan C. Blanchard, Ph.D.* Visiting Professors meteorological research. The Eastern New Massachusetts Institute of Technology Michael J. Reeder York Chapter of the American Ulrich Czapski, Ph.D. Monash University Meteorological Society (AMS) meets Hamburg University Morris Weisman regularly and provides speakers of general Jai S. Kim, Ph.D. National Center for Atmospheric Research interest on a variety of meteorological University of Saskatchewan W. James Steenburgh topics. Through these and other activities, Volker A. Mohnen, Ph.D. University of Utah the department offers exciting and varied University of Munich opportunities to any student curious about * Primary appointment with the Atmospheric Jon T. Scott, Ph.D. the science of the atmosphere around us. University of Wisconsin Sciences Research Center as Research Professors Professors. Careers Lance F. Bosart, Ph.D. Adjuncts (estimated): 1 Massachusetts Institute of Technology Teaching Assistants (estimated): 10 Graduates obtain employment in weather Kenneth L. Demerjian, Ph.D. forecasting, environmental engineering, Ohio State University The Department of Earth and Atmospheric radio and TV broadcasting, scientific Daniel Keyser, Ph.D. Sciences and the Atmospheric Sciences consulting, and other private firms; in Pennsylvania State University Research Center (ASRC) provide the university departments and research Arthur Z. Loesch, Ph.D. University with the state’s largest program laboratories; and in federal and state University of Chicago in atmospheric science and meteorology. agencies such as the National Weather John E. Molinari, Ph.D. Service, U.S. Air Force, and State Florida State University The undergraduate program provides a Department of Energy Conservation. About Associate Professors broad background in three fundamental half our graduates choose to go on to Vincent P. Idone, Ph.D. (Chairperson) areas of atmospheric science: synoptic graduate school for an advanced degree. University at Albany (observations and weather forecasting), (The department offers full financial support Robert G. Keesee, Ph.D. dynamic (theory and computer modeling), and a complete tuition waiver to most University of Colorado and physical (lightning, acid rain, cloud students accepted into our graduate Christopher Thorncroft, Ph.D. physics, atmospheric chemistry). Because program.) University of Reading the department has a highly active research Assistant Professor program in these areas, many opportunities Karen Mohr, Ph.D. exist for undergraduate research projects Degree Requirements for the University of Texas, Austin and part-time jobs. Major in Atmospheric Science Associated Faculty The first two years of the program provide General Program B.S.: A combined major Julius Chang, Ph.D.* basic training in mathematics, physics, and minor sequence including A Atm 210 State University of New York at Stony Brook chemistry, and introductory atmospheric (or 210Z), 211, 320, 321, 333, 410, 411; at David R. Fitzjarrald, Ph.D.* science. All students are encouraged to take least 12 additional credits from A Atm 307 University of Virginia one or two 100-level courses for enjoyment (or 307Z) and higher level courses as Lee C. Harrison, Ph.D.* and experience (these count as electives but advised; A Phy 140, 145, 150, 240; A Mat University of Washington, Seattle not as courses for the major). In the junior 111 or 112 or 118, 113 or 119, 214, 311; David Knight, Ph.D. and senior years, requirements in the A Chm 120N, 122A. No more than 6 credits University of Washington, Seattle fundamental areas of atmospheric science from A Atm 490, 497, 498 or 499 may be G. Garland Lala, Ph.D.* are combined with electives, including applied toward the major requirements; University at Albany advanced courses on atmospheric physics, further, a maximum of 3 credits from A Atm Michael Landin, M.S. atmospheric dynamics, weather forecasting, 490 will apply. University at Albany tropical meteorology and hurricanes, solar A solid foundation in physics and Joseph J. Michalsky, Ph.D.* energy, air pollution, climatology, and mathematics is recommended for all University of Kentucky computer applications. Highly qualified students planning to major in atmospheric Qilong Min, Ph.D.* students are eligible to enter an accelerated science. It is recommended that all students University of Alaska, Fairbanks degree program in their junior year that considering this major meet with a Richard R. Perez, Ph.D.* leads to a combined B.S./M.S. degree University at Albany representative of the department before each Many opportunities exist for students to of the freshman and sophomore registration become involved in department activities. sessions. Each semester, several students take part in an internship program with the on-campus office of the National Weather Service (NWS), gaining experience with weather forecasting and familiarity with the responsibilities of a NWS meteorologist.

121 University at Albany

Departmental Honors Program Graduate Bulletin, including completion of Degree Requirements for the a minimum of 30 graduate credits and any Students who have by the end of their fourth Major in Earth and Atmospheric other conditions such as a research semester attained a cumulative grade point Sciences seminar, thesis, comprehensive average of at least 3.25 and a grade point examination, professional experience, and average of at least 3.5 in courses required of Bachelor of Arts (B.A.): A minimum of 56- residency requirements. Up to 9 graduate the major in atmospheric science may apply 60 credits for the combined major and minor credits may be applied simultaneously to to the department chair for the program including: A Phy 105, 106, 108, 109; A Mat both the B.S. and M.S. programs. leading to a B.S. degree with honors in 101, 108, 111; A Chm 120N; A Geo 100N atmospheric science. Applications must be or 100F, 106, 250 A Gog 101N; A Atm In the summer following the senior year, the submitted before the end of the first 100N or 102N, 210 or 210Z, 211; two student will begin work on his or her semester of the student’s junior year and courses from A Gog 304, 385, 431, 496; a graduate research. In preparation for this must be accompanied by letters of total of at least 12 credits from the accelerated research program, the student recommendation from at least two faculty following, including at least one course will be required to take two semesters (6 members. from each discipline: A Geo 330, 350, 435; credits) of A Atm 499, Undergraduate Research, during the junior or senior year. To be admitted to the program, a student A Atm 304 or 304Z, 305, 307 or 307Z, 311, 335, 390, 408B. These 6 credits may be counted toward the must have completed three semesters of undergraduate elective requirement from physics (A Phy 140, 145, 150, 240, three The B.A. in Earth and Atmospheric either of the following requirements: (1) semesters of mathematics (A Mat 111 or 112 Sciences is offered as an interdisciplinary from any four additional A Atm courses at or 118, 113 or 119, 214), and must be study of significant breadth spanning two the 400 or 500 level as advised or (2) from 6 enrolled in or have completed A Atm 333. classical disciplines. Students electing this additional credits in mathematics or sciences These requirements may be altered, upon major have the potential to realize new as advised. request, for qualified transfer students. At opportunities for personal enrichment and the end of the junior year, the student’s career development. However, those Students are considered as undergraduates program will be reviewed by the Honors students committed to seeking advanced until completion of 120 graduation credits Committee to see if satisfactory progress is degrees in the geological or atmospheric and satisfactory completion of all B.S. being made. sciences should pursue the corresponding requirements. Upon meeting B.S. B.S. degree instead. All students requirements, students are automatically To be eligible for a degree with honors, considered as graduate students. students must complete a minimum of 74 contemplating any of the curricula credits specified as follows: (1) the physics, described here should thoroughly discuss Students may apply for admission to the mathematics, and chemistry requirements of their options with personnel of the combined degree program in atmospheric the major; (2) the core sequence in Advisement Services Center (ASC) and a science at the beginning of their junior year atmospheric science (A Atm 210 or 210Z, department undergraduate adviser before or after the successful completion of 56 211, 320, 321, 333, 410 and 411) plus any formal declaration of a specific major. credits, but not later than the accumulation three A Atm courses at the 400 or 500 level; of 100 credits. A cumulative grade point (3) a coherent core of three upper-division Combined B.S./M.S. Program average of 3.2 or higher and three courses in any discipline besides supportive letters of recommendation from The combined B.S./M.S. program in atmospheric science; and (4) 6 credits of faculty are required for consideration. atmospheric science provides an opportunity A Atm 499 taken over at least two semesters for students of recognized academic ability culminating in a significant undergraduate and educational maturity to fulfill thesis and an honors seminar in the student’s simultaneously undergraduate and graduate final semester. Students in the program must course requirements in their senior year, maintain both a minimum grade point thereby accelerating progress toward the average of 3.25 overall and 3.5 in M.S. degree. A carefully designed program atmospheric science courses taken to satisfy can permit a student to complete the B.S. major requirements during the junior and and M.S. degrees one year sooner than is senior years. otherwise possible. Upon completion of the requirements, the The combined program requires a honors committee will make its minimum of 138 credits, of which at least recommendation to the faculty to grant the 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying degree with honors in atmospheric science for the B.S., students must meet all based upon the candidate’s (1) academic University and college requirements, record, (2) research project report, (3) including the requirements of the honors seminar, and (4) faculty undergraduate major described previously, recommendations. the minimum 60-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, the general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.S., students must meet all University and college requirements as outlined in the

122 University at Albany Courses A Atm 211 Weather Analysis and Forecasting (4) A Atm 100N The Atmosphere (3) Physical principles and empirical methods of Non-technical survey of the atmosphere; the weather analysis and forecasting, with emphasis on physical environment of society and its synoptic, regional and local weather systems; historical development; intentional and introduction to use and interpretation of observed unintentional modifications of the weather data, satellite imagery, temperature and environment; cloud types and structure; severe precipitation processes, soundings and stability; use storms; weather forecasting; air pollution; of computer forecast guidance models and products major wind and weather systems. Does not of the National Centers for Environmental yield credit toward the major in atmospheric Prediction. Prerequisite: A Atm 210 (or Atm 210Z) science. Two lectures, one-two-hour discussion or permission of instructor. Spring semester only. each week. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A Atm 210 or 210Z or A Atm 297 Independent Study I 320. Fall semester only. [NS] (1-3) By advisement only and may be repeated once A Atm 101N The Upper for credit. S/U graded. Fall and Spring Atmosphere (3) semesters. Elementary survey of the properties and geophysical phenomena of the upper atmosphere; ionosphere, A Atm 300Z Solar Energy (3) magnetosphere, and interplanetary space, Discussion of solar energy technology, including ionospheric and magnetic storms; aurora and solar energy measurement and distribution; direct airglow; observational techniques including rockets use of the sun’s energy; solar architecture; energy and satellites. Does not yield credit toward the B.S. from wind, tides, waves, currents, and salinity in atmospheric science. Two lectures, one two-hour gradients; biomass and geothermal energy; energy discussion each week. May not be offered in 2003- use, conservation, and other major environmental 2004. [NS] issues. Prerequisite(s): 6 credits in mathematics including one course in calculus; A Phy 108N or A Atm 102N Science and Major 150; junior or senior class standing. .May not be Environmental Issues (3) offered in 2003-2004. [WI] Study of the role of science in creating, defining, evaluating, and resolving major A Atm 304 Air Quality (3) issues relating to energy production and its use Designed for undergraduate students not and impact on the physical environments; case pursuing the B.S. in Atmospheric Science. studies of such issues as change in climate, air Topics include air pollution criteria standards pollution, the fluorocarbon/ozone link, etc. and regulations, basic air pollution monitoring Three lectures each week. Does not yield credit (including quality assurance), simple statistical toward the B.S. in atmospheric science. Spring analysis of data, and pollutant transport, semester only. [NS] transformation and deposition. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 111 or 112 or 118; A Phy 108 or A Atm 107N The Oceans (3) 150.Offered alternate Spring semester. Next Introductory survey of the physical, chemical, offered in Spring 2004. geological, and biological processes in the marine environment; promise and problems of the oceans as A Atm 304Z Air Quality (3) a natural resource. Does not yield credit toward the A Atm 304Z is writing intensive version of A Atm B.S. in atmospheric science. Three lectures each 304.; only one may be taken for credit. Offered week. Spring semester only. [NS] alternate spring semesters; will next be offered in spring 2004. [WI] A Atm 199 Contemporary Issues A Atm 305 Global Physical in Atmospheric Science (1) Issues from the current literature in selected Climatology (3) areas of atmospheric science. Particular areas The physical basis of climate and climate of study to be announced each term. Intended variability from a coupled atmosphere-ocean for students interested in exploring in depth perspective. Emphasis will be placed on themes covered in large lecture courses. understanding the causes of regional climate Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U differences and regional climate variability and graded. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. the role that the global atmosphere and oceans play in the process Prerequisite(s): A Atm 210 A Atm 210 Atmospheric Structure (or 210Z). Offered alternate fall semesters; and Circulation (4) will next be offered in fall 2003. Technical survey of the atmosphere with A Atm 307 (= A Chm 307) application of elementary physical and mathematical concepts to the horizontal and Introduction to Atmospheric vertical structure of the atmosphere; Chemistry (3) planetary, regional and local circulations; Chemical principles and concepts leading to atmospheric radiation; precipitation physics understanding the composition and change in and thermodynamics. Three lectures and one the chemical/atmospheric environment; discussion/lab period per week. Prerequisites: A Mat sources and links of chemical constituents; 111 or 112 or 118; A Phy 108 or 150. Fall semester chemistry of the troposphere and only. stratosphere; measurement and theory of greenhouse gases; global pollution and ozone A Atm 210Z Atmospheric depletion. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 111 or 112 Structure and Circulation (4) or 118; A Phy 108 or 150; A Chm 121N. A Atm 210Z is writing intensive version of Offered alternate Spring semesters. Will next A Atm 210; only one may be taken for credit. be offered Spring 2005. Fall semester only. Three lectures and one discussion/lab period per week. [WI] A Atm 307Z (= A Chm 307) Introduction to Atmospheric Chemistry (3) A Atm 307Z is the writing intensive version of A Atm 307; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 111 or 112 or 118; A Phy 108 or150N A Chm 120N. . Offered alternate Spring semester. Will next be offered Spring 2005. [WI]

123 University at Albany A Atm 311 Severe and Unusual A Atm 400 Synoptic Meteorology I A Atm 421 Tropical Meteorology Weather Analysis and Forecasting (3) (3) (4) Electronic meteorological database description Tropical cyclone dynamics and thermodynamics; Continuation of Atm 211, with emphasis on and analysis procedures; use of meteorological tropical cyclone formation; monsoons; tropical severe and unusual weather analysis and software packages and remote sensing waves; El Niño. Prerequisite(s): A Atm 410 or forecasting, including thunderstorms, technologies in weather analysis and equivalent. Spring semester only. May not be tornadoes, downbursts, derechoes, hail, flash forecasting; operational numerical weather offered in 2003-2004. prediction model procedures; application of floods, hurricanes, winter storms, blizzards, A Atm 422 Meteorological blocking weather patterns, floods and fundamental thermodynamic and dynamic drought; introduction to weather analysis principles to multiscale weather events; Instrumentation and software and weather display systems; scientific issues in weather forecasting. Two Measurement (2) commercial meteorology. Prerequisite(s): joint lecture-laboratory periods each week. Principles of meteorological measurement; error and A Atm 211. Fall semester only. Corequisites: A Atm 311; 410. Fall semester propagation of error; measurement of temperature, only. pressure, windfield, water vapor and solar radiation; A Atm 320 Atmospheric A Atm 401 Synoptic Meteorology basic photogrammetry; survey of measurement Thermodynamics (3) systems: Doppler radar, lidar, profilers and ASOS. Equa tion of sta te ; princ iple s of II (3) One lecture and one demonstration/laboratory thermodynamics; water vapor and moist air Application of more advanced thermodynamic and session per week. Prerequisite(s): A Atm 321; A Phy thermodynamics; changes of phase and dynamic concepts, laws and remote sensing 240. May not be offered in 2003-2004. latent heat; hydrostatic equilibrium; technologies to multiscale weather analysis and atmospheric convection; thermodynamic prediction; structure of global scale temperature, A Atm 424 Fundamentals of diagrams; atmospheric stability and severe wind and precipitation regimes and their causes; Atmospheric Electricity (3) weather events. Prerequisite(s): A Atm 210 use of operational weather prediction models and An introduction to the basic electrical (or 210Z); A Mat 214; A Phy 150; co- products for research and weather forecasting; processes operating in the atmosphere; fair requisite: ATM 333. Fall semester only. severe weather and heavy precipitation weather electricity and the global circuit; analysis and forecasting. Two joint electrical properties of clouds and A Atm 321 Physical Meteorology class/laboratory periods each week. thunderstorms; thunderstorm electrification; (4) Prerequisite: A Atm 400; corequisite(s): the lightning flash; observation and Atmospheric physics, including radiation, A Atm 411. Spring semester only. measurement techniques. Prerequisite(s): optics, and visibility; atmospheric electricity; A Atm 408 Hydrometeorology (3) A Atm 321; A Mat 214; A Phy 240. Spring cloud and aerosol physics; acoustics; upper semester only. May not be offered in 2003- atmospheric processes; radar meteorology. The physical processes governing the continental 2004. Three lectures and one lab discussion per hydrologic cycle such as water vapor transport, week. Prerequisite(s): A Atm 320, 333; A Phy runoff, evapotranspiration, streamflow, sub-surface A Atm 430 Solar Radiation and 240. Spring semester only. [OD] recharge; land/atmosphere interaction; spatial/ Applications (3) temporal variability of hydrologic parameters. Definition of solar and terrestrial radiation A Atm 333 Quantitative Methods Prerequisite(s): A Atm 320 and A Mat 311. components; basic celestial geometry; in Geophysics (3) A Atm 408B Hydrometeorology (3) introduction to the measurement of solar Important topics in atmospheric and The physical processes governing the continental radiation; principles of solar radiation transfer geophysical science studied using various hydrologic cycle such as water vapor transport, through the Earth’s atmosphere; study of the analytical and numerical techniques. runoff, evapotranspiration, streamflow, sub-surface interrelationship between solar radiation Description and analysis of specific but recharge; land/atmosphere interaction; spatial/ components; applied solar radiation examples. disparate geophysical phenomena will temporal variability of hydrologic parameters. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119; A Phy 150. expose the student of the commonality of Prerequisite(s): A Atm 211 or A Geo 260; will not May not be offered in 2003-2004 application of certain classical and modern yield upper level credit for the atmospheric science A Atm 433 Software-based mathematical approaches used to expound B.S. degree. the underlying physical principles. Computational Geophysics (3) Prerequisite(s): A 210 (or 210Z); Mat 214; A Atm 409 Atmospheric Computation of solutions of geophysical Phy 150; Mat 311 (recommended as a pre- Precipitation Processes (3) problems using contemporary symbolic and requisite, acceptable as a co-requisite). Fall Fundamentals of atmospheric precipitation numerical mathematical software for PCs. semester only. processes; atmospheric moisture budget; convective Problems will be drawn from a variety of topics in atmospheric and geological A Atm 335 Meteorological Remote and stratiform precipitation; application of satellite and radar imagery to precipitation analysis and sciences. Emphasis will be placed on the use Sensing (3) forecasting; mesoscale convective systems; of appropriate software to obtain, graphically Satellite remote sensing from UV to microwave mesoscale precipitation structure in cyclones; flash display and physically interpret the solutions. including the principles of atmospheric radiative flood forecasting; quantitative precipitation Prerequisite(s): A Atm 333 or permission of transfer, descriptions of important satellite orbits and forecasting exercise. Prerequisite(s): A Atm 320; instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. sensors, the retrieval of atmospheric variables from A Mat 311. Corequisite: A Atm 410. Offered every A Atm 450 Computer Applications active and passive systems, and basic principles of other year; will next be offered in fall 2003. interpretation. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 111 or 112 or in Atmospheric Science (3) 118 and A Atm 211. Offered alternate spring A Atm 410 Dynamic Meteorology I Computer programming and numerical semesters; will next be offered in spring 2004. (3) methods for solving atmospheric science problems; data handling and storage; A Atm 390 Commercial Meteorology Forces and force balances in the atmosphere; thermal wind, vorticity and circulation; structure examination of currently used programs in (2) and dynamics of the middle latitudes and tropical atmospheric science research; iterative Examination of the impact of weather and climate cyclones. Prerequisite(s): A Atm 320, 321, 333. methods; numerical weather prediction. forecasting on social and economic factors in our Fall semester only. Prerequisite(s): A Atm 333; A Csi 204 or society. Emphasis on severe weather prediction, 205 or permission of instructor. May not be warnings, and disaster preparedness. Guest lectures A Atm 411 Dynamic Meteorology offered in 2003-2004. by private-sector professional meteorologists. Each II (3) A Atm 490 Internship in student will participate as a member of a mock Derivation and scaling of the equations of “company” providing weather services to a real atmospheric motion; major forces in the Atmospheric Science (1-3) client in the community. One lecture each week. atmosphere; dynamics of frontal cyclones; Research or operational experience in Prerequisite(s): A Atm 311. Offered alternate spring mathematics of weather prediction. atmospheric-related activities with local semesters; will next be offered in spring 2005. Prerequisite(s): A Atm 410. Spring semester only. governmental agencies or private industry. No more than 3 credits for A Atm 490 may be A Atm 414 Air Pollution (3) applied toward major requirements in Physical and chemical processes affecting air atmospheric science. Internships are open suspensoids; pollutant dispersion; effects of only to qualified juniors and seniors who pollutants on materials, vegetation, and animal have an overall grade point average of 2.50 life; environmental gas cycles; applications to or higher. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior instruments and industrial removal processes. standing in atmospheric science. S/U graded, Corequisite(s): A Atm 410 or permission of may be repeated for credit. instructor. Fall semester only.

124 University at Albany A Atm 497 Independent Study II (1-3) May be repeated once for credit. No more than 6 PROGRAM IN Class Key to the Broadcast credits from A Atm 490, 497, 498, and 499 may Meteorology Major be applied toward major requirements in atmospheric science. Prerequisite(s): junior senior BROADCAST class standing, and by advisement only. Fall and Broadcast Meteorology B.A. core curriculum: spring semesters. METEOROLOGY A Atm 498 Computer Applications A Atm 107N; The Oceans (3) in Meteorological Research (3) A Atm 210/Z; Atmospheric Structure (4) Directed individual study of a particular Careers A Atm 211; Weather Analysis and Forecasting (4) problem in atmospheric science that requires A Atm 305; Global Phys. Climatology (3) (or use of the University Computing Center and/or The B.A. in Broadcast Meteorology is offered A Gog 304) departmental computers. May be repeated once as an interdisciplinary study of significant A Atm 311; Severe & Unusual Weather Forecasting for credit. No more than 6 credits from A Atm breadth combining science and the arts. It is (4) 490, 497, 498, and 499 may be applied toward major requirements in atmospheric science. intended for students focused on a career in the A Atm 335; Meteorological Remote Sensing (3) Prerequisite(s): A Csi 201N or permission of media. Students electing this major will have A Atm 390; Commercial Meteorology (2) instructor. S/U graded. the opportunity to combine their passion for A Atm 408/B; Hydrometeorology (3) meteorology with full development of their A Atm 490; Internship in Atmospheric Science (2) A Atm 499 Undergraduate A Com 203; Speech Composition and Presentation personal communication skills, both written Research (3) (3) Guided research leading to a senior thesis. Oral and oral, appropriate to the intended career A Gog 290; Introduction to Cartography (4) presentation of results required. May be path. However, those students desiring an repeated for credit. No more than 6 credits A Gog 304; Climatology (3) (or A Atm 305) from A Atm 490, 497, 498, and 499 may be advanced, research-oriented degree in A Gog 496; Geographic Information Systems (3) applied toward major requirements in Atmospheric Science should pursue the B.S. A Jrl 300/Z; Introduction to Journalism (3) atmospheric science. Prerequisite(s): junior or degree instead. All students contemplating any A Mat 101; Algebra and Calculus I (3) plus senior class standing, and permission of A Mat 111; Algebra and Calculus II (4) or department chair. S/U graded. of the curricula described herein should thoroughly discuss their options with the A Mat 112. Calculus I (4) A Phy 105N; General Physics I (3) personnel of the Advisement Services Center A Phy 108N; General Physics II (3) (ASC) and an Atmospheric Science A Thr 240, Acting I (3) undergraduate advisor in the DEAS, before A Thr 242; Voice I (3) formal declaration of a specific major. Non-required but recommended courses: The Bachelor of Arts degree in Broadcast Meteorology is a restricted major. For A Atm 304; Air Quality (3) advisement purposes, students should initially A Csi 101; Elements of Computing (3) A Csi 201N; Introduction to Computer Science declare the Earth and Atmospheric Sciences (4) B.A. as their major; they can subsequently A Gog 201; Environmental Analysis (3) apply for the Broadcast Meteorology B.A. by A Gog 385; Introduction to Remote Sensing December 1st of a fall semester, while enrolled Environ. (4) in A Atm 210, or by May 1st of a spring A Gog 414; Computer Mapping (3) semester, while enrolled in A Atm 211. A A Gog 485; Advanced Remote Sensing of minimum grade of B- is required in both Environ. (3) A Atm 211 and A Thr 240 for acceptance A Jrl 364Z; Science Journalism (3) A Mat 108; Elementary Statistics (3) into this major. A Mgt 341; Behavioral Foundations of Management (3) Degree Requirements for the A Mkt 310; Marketing Principles (3) A Msi 215; Computer Applications in Business Major in Broadcast (3) Meteorology

Bachelor of Arts (B.A.): A minimum of 60 credits for the combined major and minor including: A Atm 107N, 210/Z, 211, 305 or A Gog 304, A Atm 311, 335, 390, 408/B, 490, A Com 203, A Gog 290, 496, A Jrl 300/Z, either A Mat 101 and 111 or A Mat 112, A Phy 105N, 108N, A Thr 240, 242.

Non-required but Recommended Courses

A Atm 304, A Csi 101, 201N, A Gog 210, 385, 414, 485, A Jrl 364/Z, A Mat 108, B Mgt 341, B Mkt 310, B Msi 215.

125 University at Albany Atmospheric Science Concentration (19-20 PROGRAM IN Biology Concentration (19-21 credits) credits) Required: ENVIRONMENTAL A Atm 210/Z; Atmospheric Structure (3) A Geo 260N; Earth Surface Proc. & Hazards (3) SCIENCE A Bio 111N, 320: Electives (any combination of the following); A Bio 212, 314, 316, 319/Z, Electives (any combination): 325, 365, 366, 402, 422, 432, 436, 442/443, A Atm 211; Weather Analysis and Forecasting (4) Careers 444, 445, 455, 468, A Chm 440 A+B. A Atm 304/Z; Air Quality (3) A Atm 305;Global Physical Climatology (3) Graduates with a B.S. in Environmental A Atm 307/Z; Atmospheric Chemistry (3) Science will be well qualified for a broad Geography Concentration (19-21 A Atm 311; Severe and Unusual Weather and range of positions within the highly inter- credits) Forecasting (3) disciplinary field of environmental science. A Atm 335; Meteorological Remote Sensing (3) Consulting firms, industry, federal and state A Atm 422; Meteorological. Instrumentation & government agencies all require employees A Geo 260: Electives(any combination of the Measurement (2) with this type of training. The demand for following); A Gog 290, 293, 304, 385, 390, A Atm 408B; Hydrometeorology (3) 404, 414, 431, 479, 485, A Gog/Pln 496, A individuals with such a degree is anticipated to Additional electives ( maximum of two): remain strong as our society attempts to cope Geo 420, 435. A Geo 420; Instrum. Anal. in Environ. Sci.(3) with and address myriad environmental A Geo 450; Paleoclimatology (4) impacts that are occurring on local, regional, A Gog 304 Climatology (3) national and global scales. Additionally, A Bio 316; Biogeography (3) graduates with this degree are well prepared to Class Key to Environmental A Phy 202N; Environmental Physics (3) consider advanced degrees in the sciences, or Science Major other fields such as business administration Biology Concentration (19-20 credits) (M.B.A.) or law (J.D.). Environmental Science B.S. core curriculum: Required: A Atm 100N; The Atmosphere (3) A Bio 111N; General Biology II (4) A Geo 100N; Planet Earth (3) A Bio 320; Ecology (3) Degree Requirements for the A Geo/Gog 201; Environmental Analysis (3) Major in Environmental A Geo 210; Earth Materials (3) Electives (any combination): A Geo 250; Energy and Resources (3) A Bio 212; Introductory Genetics (4) Science A Geo 350; Environmental Geochemistry (3) A Bio 314; General Bacteriology (3) A Gog 330; Principles of Environ. Manag. (3) A Bio 316; Biogeography (3) A Mat 111 or 112;Algebra and Calculus II or A Bio 319/Z; Field Biology (3) Bachelor of Science (B.S.): A minimum of 64 Calculus I (4) A Bio 325; Comparative Anatomy of Chordates (4) credits for the combined major and minor A Mat 113; Calculus II (4) A Bio 365; Biological Chemistry (3) including: A Atm 100N, A Geo 100N, A A Mat 108; Statistics (3) A Bio 366; Biological Chemistry II (3) Geo/Gog 201, 210, 250, 350, A Gog/Pln 330, A Bio 110N/F; General Biology I (4) A Bio 402; Evolution (3) A Mat 111 or 112, 113, and 108, A Bio A Chm 120N;General Chemistry I (3) A Bio 422; Biological Architecture (3) 110N/F, A Chm 120N, A Phy 105N, 108N. A Phy 105N+108N; General Physics I and II (6) A Bio 432; Animal Behavior (3) A Bio 436; Sensory Worlds (3) Additionally each student must choose one A Bio 442/443; Restoration Ecology (3+1) Earth Science Concentration (19-20 credits) concentration in Earth Science, Atmospheric A Bio 444; Biology of Birds (3) A Bio 445; Experimental Ecology (3) Science, Biology, or Geography (see below): Required: A Bio 455; Plant Ecology (4) A Geo 260N; Earth Surface Proc. & Hazards (3) A Bio 468; Behavioral Ecology (3) A Geo 420; Instrum. Anal. in Environ. Sci. (3) A Chm 440 A; Comprehensive Biochemistry A (3) Earth Science Concentration (19- A Chm 440 B; Comprehensive Biochemistry B (3) 21 credits) Electives (any combination): A Bio 111N; General Biology II (4) A Bio 316; Biogeography (3) A Geo 260; 420: Electives (any combination of A Geo 330; Structural Geology I (3) the following): A Bio 111N, 316, A Geo 330, A Geo 435; Geohydrology (3) 435, 450, 466, 497, 498, A Phy 202N. A Geo 450; Paleoclimatology (4) A Geo 466; Marine/Estuary Systems (3) A Geo 497; Independent Study (at USGS or other Atmospheric Science local organization) (1-3) Concentration (19-21 credits) A Geo 498; Honors Research (3) A Phy 202N; Environmental Physics (3) A Atm 210/Z, A Geo 260; Electives (any combination of the following);A Atm 211, 304/Z, 305, 307/Z , 311, 335, 422, 408B: Additional electives (maximum of two):A Geo 420, 450, A Bio 316, A Phy 202N.

126 University at Albany Geography Concentration (19-20 Credits) science.

Required: DEPARTMENT OF A Geo 260N; Earth Surface Proc. & Hazards (3) Special Programs or Opportunities EAST ASIAN The University maintains exchange programs Electives(any combination): in China with Beijing University, Fudan A Gog 290; Introduction to Cartography (4) University, Nanjing University, and Nankai A Gog 293; Use and Interpretation of Aerial STUDIES Photographs (3) University. These programs provide students A Gog 304; Climatology (3) Faculty an opportunity to study Chinese language and A Gog 385; Introduction to Remote Sensing of the Professors selected topics in the humanities and social Environment (4) Charles M. Hartman, Ph.D. sciences in China for one academic year. The A Gog 390; Intermediate Cartography (3) Indiana University university also maintains a similar exchange A Gog 404; Topics in Physical Geography (1-4) Christopher J. Smith, Ph.D. program with Kansai University and Tokyo A Gog 414; Computer Mapping (3) University of Michigan University of Foreign Studies in Japan and A Gog 431; Climatic Change (3) Kwan Koo Yun, Ph.D. (associate faculty) with Yonsei University in Seoul, Korea. All A Gog 479; Fundamentals of Applied GIS (3) Stanford University departmental majors are strongly encouraged A Gog 485; Advanced Remote Sensing of the Associate Professors to participate in these exchange programs in Environment (3) Susanna Fessler, Ph.D. (Department Chair) order to gain first-hand experience of life in A Gog/Pln 496; Geographic Information Systems (3) contemporary East Asia. A Geo 420; Instrum. Anal. in Environ. Sci. (3) Yale University A Geo 435; Geohydrology (3) Mark Blum, Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley B.A. in Chinese/M.BA. Anthony DeBlasi, Ph.D. Degree Program Harvard University James M. Hargett, Ph.D. The Department of East Asian Studies and Indiana University the School of Business offer a five-year Assistant Professors B.A./M.B.A. Degree Program in Chinese and Andrew Sangpil Byon, Ph.D., Business Administration. Students in this University of Hawaii program fulfill requirements for the Chinese Fan Pen Chen, Ph.D. major during their freshman, sophomore, and Columbia University junior years. The junior year is spent at Fudan Jennifer Rudolph, Ph.D. (associate faculty) University in Shanghai, where students University of Washington receive additional language training and Associate Professors participate in internship programs arranged Angie Y. Chung, Ph.D. with international businesses. The fourth and University of California, Los Angeles fifth years focus on completing the Youqin Huang, Ph.D. requirements for the M.B.A. degree. University of California, Los Angeles Lecturer B.A. in Japanese/M.BA. Degree Michiyo Kaya Wojnovich, M.S. University at Albany Program Teaching Assistants: 4 The Department of East Asian Studies and the School of Business offer a five-year B.A./M.B.A. Degree Program in Japanese The Department of East Asian Studies offers and Business Administration Students in this courses in the languages and cultures of the program fulfill requirements for the Japanese three major civilizations of East Asia: China, major during their freshman, sophomore, and Japan and Korea. The department provides junior years. The junior year is spent at instruction in elementary, intermediate and Kansai Gaidai University in Osaka, where advanced Chinese and Japanese, and Korean. students receive additional language training. There are also courses taught in English on The fourth and fifth years focus on Chinese, Japanese, Korean literature, completing the requirements for the M.B.A. philosophy, history, geography, economics degree. and political science. Degree Requirements Careers The Department of East Asian Studies offers Graduates of the Department traditionally three concentrations or degree tracks. Each is enter careers in teaching, international trade, a separate and distinct course of study leading U.S. government security, and the travel to the B.A. degree. These are 1) the Major in industry. The degree is also excellent Chinese Studies, 2) the Interdisciplinary preparation for professional graduate Major in East Asian Studies, and 3) the programs in business administration Interdisciplinary Major in Japanese Studies. (M.B.A.), law, librarianship, and Teaching Requirements for these programs are as English as a Second Language. The follows: department strongly encourages students interested in East Asian Studies to double- major. Combinations with particularly strong employment potential are East Asian Studies and economics, business, and political 127 University at Albany Major in Chinese Studies declared one of the three majors in the Faculty Initiated Interdisciplinary department. The student must also have One Introductory course-100 level: Major with a Concentration in completed at least 12 credits of course work (choose 1 from the following) Japanese Studies within that major. In addition, the student A Eas 103; A Eac 170 must have an overall GPA of at least 3.25, One Introductory course-100 level: and 3.50 in the major, both of which must be Language: (the following are required) (choose 1 from the following) A Eas 103, maintained in order to graduate with honors. A Eac 201, A Eac 202, A Eac 301, A Eac A Eas 104; A Eaj 170; A Eac 170; A Eak 302 170 Three intermediate prerequisites: (choose Language: (the following are required) Courses in Chinese Studies 3 from the following) A Eas 255, A Eas 205; A Eaj 201, A Eaj 202, A Eaj 301, A Eaj 302 A Eac 210, A Eac 211, A Eac 212, A Eac Three Intermediate prerequisites: (Choose A Eac 101L Elementary Chinese I 280, A Eac 281, A Eac 379, A Eac 380 3 from the following) A Eas 255; A Eaj 210, (5) An introduction to modern Chinese (Mandarin) One 300-level Seminar: (choose 1 of the A Eaj 212, A Eaj 384, A Eaj 385; A Eas with emphasis on speaking, reading and writing. following) A Eac 390, A Eac 395, A Eac 261, A Eas 266, A Eas 205 Basic fluency in the spoken language is developed through intensive use and repetition 398; A Eas 392, A Eas 393, A Eas 399 One 300-level Seminar: (choose 1 of the of fundamental sentence patterns and following) A Eaj 391, A Eaj 396; A Eas vocabulary. Students learn both traditional full- 394, A Eas 392, A Eas 393, A Eas 399 form characters and the simplified versions in One upper level elective-300 or 400 level: use on mainland China. May not be taken by (choose 1 from the following) Any A Eac One upper level electives-300 or 400 level: students with any previous knowledge of any Chinese language. 300-level course or A Eas 495 (choose 1 from the following) Any A Eaj 300-level course or A Eas 495 A Eac 102L Elementary Chinese II (5) Faculty-Initiated Interdisciplinary Continuation of A Eac 101L. Prerequisite(s): Major with a Concentration in East Honors Program in the Three East A Eac 101L. [FL] Asian Studies Asian Studies Majors A Eac 150L China Through Western Eyes (3) One introductory course-100 level: Students in the Honors Program are required to complete all requirements for the major in American and European perceptions of China (choose 1 from the following) A Eas 103, from the 13th century to the present, A Eas 104; A Eac 170; A Eaj 170; A Eak Chinese Studies or the Faculty-Initiated emphasizing the origin(s) and influence of these 170 Interdisciplinary Major with a concentration Western perspectives. Readings range from the in Japanese Studies or the Faculty-Initiated travel journals of Marco Polo to recent reports. Language: (any combination of 10 credits Interdisciplinary Major with a Concentration [HU] from the following): A Eac 101, A Eac 102, in East Asian Studies. Students must also A Eac 160M (= A Gog 160M) China: A Eac 201, A Eac 202, A Eac 301, A Eac complete the following requirements: People and Places in the Land of 302, A Eac 310, A Eac 311; A Eaj 101, A structured sequence of 12 credits of 200-, One Billion (3) A Eaj 102, A Eaj 201, A Eaj 202, A Eaj 301, An introduction to the human and physical A Eaj 302, A Eaj 410, A Eaj 411; A Eak 300-, or 400-level courses, drawn from the geography of China. After a brief survey of 101, A Eak 102, A Eak 201, A Eak 202, department’s regular course offerings. This China’s historical geography and development, the course focuses on post-liberation China and A Eak 301, A Eak 302 sequence of courses will be designed to ensure that the student follows a rigorous the urban, economic, social and demographic problems associated with modernization. A Eac One Course history requirement: (choose training and thorough mastery of the 160G & A Gog 160G are the writing intensive 1 from the following) A Eaj 384, A Eaj 385; discipline. versions of A Eac 160M & A Gog 160M; only A Eac 379, A Eac 380 one of the four courses may be taken for credit. During the fall semester (preferably of the [IL OD SS] Two Intermediate prerequisites: (choose 2 senior year), students will complete A Eas A Eac 160G (= A Gog 160G) China: from the following) A Eas 255, A Eas 261, 495 (3 credits), Colloquium in East Asian People and Places in the Land of A Eas 265; A Eac 280, A Eac 281, A Eac Studies (directed readings and conferences 266, A Eac 210, A Eac 211, A Eac 212; One Billion (3) involving appropriate members of the A Eac 160G & A Gog 160G are the writing A Eaj 210, A Eaj 212; A Eas 205 faculty, to be offered only when requested intensive versions of A Eac 160M & A Gog by students eligible for the honors program. 160M; only one of the four courses may be Two 300-level Seminars: (choose 2 of the taken for credit. [OD IL SS WI] following) A Eas 392, A Eas 393, A Eas Six credits of intensive work culminating in 399; A Eac 390, A Eac 395, A Eac 398; a major project (or series of projects). The A Eac 170L China: Its Culture and A Eaj 396, A Eaj 391; A Eas 394 student’s project must be approved (in Heritage (3) writing) by the Department Honors Survey of the essential elements of traditional Two Upper level electives-300 or 400 Committee at the outset of the project. The Chinese civilization and their transformation in level: (choose 2 from the following) Any the 20th century. Focus is on the development of project will be formally evaluated by the basic Chinese social, political and aesthetic two A Eas, A Eac, A Eaj and/or A Eak 300 Department Honors Committee no later than ideas. Conducted in English; no knowledge of level course or A Eas 495 the mid-term point in the second semester of Chinese required. [BE HU] the senior year. The final version of the A Eac 172 (= A Rus 172) Concepts of project must be submitted by the last day of Self: Chinese & Russian Women’s classes during the second semester of the Autobiography (3) senior year. The course examines Chinese and Russian women’s autobiographies from a broad spectrum of classes, Students may file an application for ages, professions and periods. It examines and admission to the honors program in the compares how culture and history shaped the second semester of their sophomore year or women’s self-presentation. The works studied in the junior year. Junior transfers may include: Ding Ling, “Miss Sophie’s Diary,” Xiao Hong, Market Street, Anchee Min, Red Azalea, apply at the time of their admission to the Nagrodskaia, The Wrath of Dionysus, and several University. To be eligible for admission to selection of autobiographies from Tsarist Russia. the honors program, the student must have Only one of A Each 172 and A Rus 172 may be 128 University at Albany taken for credit. A Eac 180 (= A Arh 281) Introduction communication skills. Class is conducted entirely to Chinese Art and Culture (3) in Chinese. Prerequisite(s): A Eac 202L or The course combines a rapid survey of Chinese art equivalent for A Eac 301; A Eac 301 or equivalent with selected readings in Chinese literature to for A Eac 302. present an introduction to the visual and written culture of traditional China. Evidence from archaeology, sculpture, architecture, and painting will be viewed and analyzed to illustrate such topics as the origins and multiethnic character of Chinese civilization, the nature of the Chinese writing system, the growth of religious systems, and the development of the bureaucratic state. No prior knowledge of Chinese or Art History is required. A Eac 201L Intermediate Chinese I (5) Speaking, reading, and writing modern Chinese, including continued study of both full-form and simplified characters, introduction to dictionaries, principles of character formation and classification, and the phonetic writing system (chu-yin-fu-hao). Prerequisite(s): A Eac 102L or equivalent. A Eac 202L Intermediate Chinese II (5) Continuation of A Eac 201L. Prerequisite(s): A Eac 201L or equivalent. A Eac 210L Survey of Classical Chinese Literature in Translation I (3) An introduction to the major works of Chinese literature from The Book of Songs (1100–600 B.C.) to poetry and prose writings of the Sung dynasty (960–1279). [HU OD] A Eac 211L Survey of Classical Chinese Literature in Translation II (3) An introduction to the major works of Chinese literature from the Yüan dynasty (1279–1368) to the Ch’ing period (1644–1911), with emphasis on plays, poems and fiction. [HU OD] A Eac 212L Modern Chinese Literature in Translation (3) Survey of literature in China from the May Fourth Movement (1919) to the present, including works written after the Cultural Revolution in the 1960’s. Special attention is called to the impact of the West on modern Chinese writers in the 1920’s and 1930’s. [HU OD] A Eac 280L (= A Arh 280L) Chinese Painting (3) Introduces students to the major works of traditional Chinese painting and analyzes those works to arrive at an understanding of life in traditional China. The major class activity will be viewing, discussing and analyzing slides of Chinese paintings. Only one of A Arh 280L & A Eac 280L may be taken for credit. [AR] A Eac 290 Ideology and Reality in Contemporary China (2–3) The roles of literature and politics from the Yenan Forum of 1942 to the present. Ideological and social forces that have shaped the literature of the period into a political and moral weapon in national wars, class struggles, and in effecting social reforms. Knowledge of Chinese not required A Eac 301 & 302 Advanced Chinese I & II (3, 3) A survey of a wide variety of materials written in modern Chinese, including selections from the works of major 20th-century writers, newspaper articles from both Taiwan and mainland China, and readings from the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution. Students will view and study at least one full-length Chinese movie. Equal emphasis is placed on enhancing reading, writing and oral 129 University at Albany A Eac 310 Classical Chinese I (3) A Eac 389 Topics in Chinese Introduction to the literary Chinese language Literature, History, and Culture and classical Chinese culture through readings (3) of simple texts selected from early classics, This course will focus on a selected topic or including the Chuangtzu and Records of the major work of traditional or modern Chinese Grand Historian . Prerequisite(s): A Eac 202L or literature or history for intensive study. This permission of the instructor. course is conducted solely in English; A Eac 311 Classical Chinese II (3) knowledge of Chinese is not required. May be Continuation of A Eac 310. Prerequisite(s): repeated for credit when the topic varies. A Eac 310 or permission of the instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Eas 103L or A Eac 170L or A Eac 210L or A Eac 211L or A Eac 212L or A Eac 350 (= A Gog 350) Urban permission of the instructor. Development in China (3) A Eac 390 Classical Chinese Poetry Provides a comprehensive understanding of urban development in China. Reviews the history of urban (3) development in China and examines the This class surveys Chinese poetry written in demographic, social, economic, and cultural traditional verse forms, beginning with works from dimensions of the urbanization process. Analyzes the Book of Poetry (600 BC) and concluding in the the emerging urban land and housing markets, and eighteenth century. Major poets will include Qu the changing urban landscape. Yuan, Du Fu, Li Bo, and Su Shi. The course will begin with the major linguistic and rhetorical A Eac 357 (= A His 357, A Wss elements of Chinese poetry and proceed to introduce 357) Chinese Women and elements of traditional Chinese poetics. No Modernity (3) knowledge of Chinese is required. All readings and Chinese women and their search for and encounter discussions will be in English. Prerequisite(s): Any with modernity will be the focus of this class. What one of the following courses: A Eac 103L, A Eac have been the concerns of Chinese women? What 170L, A Eac 210L, or A Eac 211L forms have women’s movements taken in the Chinese context? What has been the role of women in creating a modern Chinese state and society? A Eac 458 (= A His 458) New Orders These and other questions will be examined over the in Asia (3) course of the semester. This class examines the international orders in place in Asia from the days of nineteenth-century A Eac 379 (= A His 379) History of imperialism to the search for a twenty-first century China I (3) post-Cold War order. The focus will be on political, This course is a survey of China’s historical cultural, and economic interactions among the three development from prehistory to the founding of main East Asian powers: China, Japan, and the US. the Ming Dynasty in the fourteenth century. We will concern ourselves especially with the A Eac 470Z (= A Gog 470Z) China transformation of Chinese social structure over After Deng Xiaoping (3) time, the relations between the state and the This course examines some of the issues social elite, and the relationship between associated with modernization and economic China’s intellectual, political, and social development in Post-Deng Xiaoping China. The histories. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior course focuses on the era of economic reform standing, or 3 credits in East Asian Studies or associated with Deng, and is particularly History. [BE] concerned with the social, spatial and political ramifications of China’s entry into the global A Eac 379Z (= A His 379Z) History economy. Prerequisite(s): any of the following: of A Eac 160M/G or 170L, or A Gog 102G/M or China I (3) 220M [WI] A Eac 379Z is the writing intensive version of A Eac 471 (= A Arh 480) Yüan and A Eac 379; only one may be taken for credit. [BE] Sung Painting (3) A seminar on Chinese painting during the Sung and A Eac 398 (= A His 398) Change in Yüan Dynasties (960-1368) with research into Medieval China (3) selected paintings. The course will combine a This course focuses on the dramatic change that detailed survey of painting during this period with China underwent between the eighth and the examination of selected topics such as the rise of fourteenth centuries. We will examine this literati painting, Court painting as government art, transformation from several historical perspectives: and painting as political expression during the Sung- political history, economic history, social history, Yüan transition. Prerequisite(s): A Eac 180/A Arh intellectual history, and cultural history in order to 281 or A Eac/A Arh 280L and permission of better understand China’s shift from aristocratic to instructor. literati society. Prerequisite(s) A Eac 379, A His A Eac 497 Independent Study in 379, A His 177, or permission of instructor. Chinese (1–6) A Eac 380 (= A His 380) History of Projects in selected areas of Chinese studies, China II (3) with regular progress reports. Supervised This course is a survey of China’s history readings of texts in Chinese. May be during the late imperial and modern periods. It repeated once for credit when topics differ. begins in the late 14th century and concludes Prerequisite(s): two 300-level Chinese with the present day. Of particular interest is courses and equivalent, or permission of China’s international position and the interplay instructor. between political, social, and intellectual history during this period. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or 3 credits in East Asian Studies or History.. [BE] A Eac 380Z (= A His 380Z) History of China II (3) A Eac 380Z is the writing intensive version of A Eac 380; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] [BE]

130 University at Albany Courses in Japanese Studies A Eaj 384 (= A His 384) History of instructor. Japan I (3) A Eaj 101L Elementary Japanese I This course is a survey of Japanese history from (5) prehistory to the beginning of the seventeenth Designed for the acquisition of a basic century. We will be especially concerned with the competence in modern standard Japanese in the relationship between Japanese culture and areas of speaking, reading and writing. Format will continental civilization, the transformation of its be lecture with drill and discussion. Five class hours social structure, the relationship between civil and a week will be enhanced with a one-hour language military authority, and the interaction of intellectual, lab. Not open to students with previous knowledge political, and social history. Prerequisite(s): junior or of the Japanese language. senior standing, or 3 credits in East Asian Studies or History. [BE] A Eaj 102L Elementary Japanese II (5) A Eaj 384Z (= A His 384Z) History of Continuation of A Eaj 101L. Aural Japan I (3) comprehension, speaking, reading and A Eaj 384Z is the writing intensive version of writing will be emphasized. The format will A Eaj 384; only one may be taken for credit. be lecture will drill and discussion, and one [WI] [BE] hour in the language lab. Prerequisite(s): A Eaj 101L or permission of instructor.[FL] A Eaj 385 (= A His 385) History of Japan II (3) A Eaj 130 Beginning Business This course is a survey of modern Japanese history. Japanese (3) It covers the period from the early seventeenth Introduction to the basics of spoken and century to the present day. The focus is on the written Japanese, focusing on daily life and interconnections between political, social, and office/business situations. Designed for intellectual history during Japan’s emergence as a working professionals, students in business world power. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior and related fields, and those who plan to work standing, or 3 credits in East Asian Studies or in Japanese companies. History. [BE] A Eaj 170L Japan: its Culture and A Eaj 385Z (= A His 385Z) History of Heritage (3) Japan II (3) Survey of the essential elements of traditional A Eaj 385Z is the writing intensive version of A Eaj Japanese civilization and their transformation 385; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] [BE] in the post-Meiji era and twentieth century. Focus on the development of basic Japanese A Eaj 389 Topics in Japanese social, political, and aesthetic ideas. Literature, History, and Culture (3) Conducted in English; no knowledge of This course will focus on a selected topic or major Japanese is required. [BE HU] work of traditional or modern Japanese literature or history for intensive study. This course is conducted A Eaj 201L Intermediate Japanese I solely in English; knowledge of Japanese is not (5) required. May be repeated for credit when the topic Concentrates on the reading and analysis of varies. Prerequisite(s): A Eas 104L or A Eaj 170L or language texts. A large amount of time is devoted A Eaj 210L or A Eas 212L or permission of the to the understanding of Japanese grammar and oral instructor. practice. The format will be lecture with drill and discussion. Prerequisite(s): A Eaj 102L or A Eaj 391 World War II: The Japanese permission of instructor. View (3) This course will examine several works of Japanese A Eaj 202L Intermediate Japanese literature (in translation) written during and after II (5) World War II. The works include and essay, novels, Continuation of A Eaj 201L. The course will short stories, a play, and poetry. Attention will be concentrate on the reading and analysis of given to the question of how the Japanese perceived language texts. A large amount of time is their role in the war, the nature of the war itself, and devoted to the understanding of Japanese if these changed with the passing of time. grammar and oral practice. The format will be Prerequisites(s): A Eaj 212 or permission of the lecture with drill and discussion. Prerequisite(s): instructor. A Eaj 201L or permission of instructor. A Eaj 396 Meiji Literature in A Eaj 210L Survey of Traditional Translation (3) Japanese Literature (3) This course will examine several works of Japanese This course presents a survey of the major prose literature (in translation) written during the works of traditional Japanese literature from the Meiji Period (1868-1912). The works include an 9th to the 19thcentury, including the Tosa essay, novels, and short stories. Attention will be Journal , the Pillow Book , and Essays in given to the question of modernity, the nature of the Idleness . The course is conducted solely in novel, and European influence on Japanese English; knowledge of Japanese is not required. literature. No knowledge of Japanese required. [HU] Prerequisite(s): A Eaj 212 or permission of the instructor. A Eaj 212L Modern Japanese Literature in Translation (3) A Eaj 410 Readings in Modern Survey of prose literature in Japan from the Japanese Literature (3) Meiji Restoration (1868) to the present. This is an advanced course in Japanese language for Emphasis is placed on pre-war writers and their students who have completed at least three years of quest for modernity. [HU] college Japanese. The class will read selected passages from major works of modern Japanese A Eaj 301 & 302 Advanced literature. Lecture and discussion will be in Japanese I & II (3,3) Japanese. Prerequisite(s): A Eaj 302 or permission of Acquisition of complex structures through instructor. intensive oral/aural and reading/writing practice. Discussion, authentic written A Eaj 411 Readings in Modern materials, videotapes and audio tapes are Japanese Literature (3) incorporated. Prerequisite(s): A Eaj 202L or This is a continuation of A Eaj 410. Class will read equivalent for A Eaj 301; A Eaj 301 or selected passages from major works of Japanese equivalent for A Eaj 302.[OD], [OD] literature. Lecture and discussion will be in Japanese. Prerequisite(s): A Eaj 410 or permission of 131 University at Albany A Eaj 423 Practicum in Teaching Japanese (2) Courses in East Asian Studies This course is an introduction to the theory and practice of teaching Japanese as a foreign language, A Eas 103L Sources of East Asian designed for those who contemplate a career Civilizations I (3) teaching Japanese at the secondary or college level. A basic introduction to the primary texts that have Focus is on attaining practical experience through contributed to the formative cultural foundations of class observation and a supervised classroom Chinese and Korean civilizations. Readings will practicum. Prerequisite(s): fluency in Japanese; include the Analects of Confucius, the Tao te ching, permission of instructor. S/U graded and the Journey to the West. [BE HU] A Eaj 497 Independent Study in A Eas 104L Sources of East Asian Japanese (1–6) Civilizations II (3) Projects in selected areas of Japanese studies, with A basic introduction to the primary texts that have regular progress reports; or supervised readings of contributed to the formative cultural foundations of texts in Japanese. May be repeated once for credit Korean and Japanese civilizations. Readings will when topics differ. Prerequisite(s): A Eaj 302 include selections from the Tale of Genji and permission of instructor. Basho’s Narrow Road to the Deep North. [BE HU] A Eas 140L Introduction to East Asian Cinema (3) This course offers an introduction to East Asian cinema, with emphasis on movies produced in China Courses in Korean and Japan. Lectures and class discussions will focus on the interpretation of cinematic texts, especially as A Eak 101L Elementary Korean I they relate to cultural dynamics and social change. (5) [AR] An introduction to modern Korean, with A Eas 177 (= A His 177) Cultures and emphasis on speaking, reading and writing. Format will include both lecture and drill Societies of Asia: An Historical sessions. Not open to students with any previous Survey II (3) knowledge of the Korean language. An introduction to the history and cultures of East Asia (China, Japan, and Korea), their major A Eak 102L Elementary Korean II institutions and their religious and philosophical (5) traditions form ancient times to the present. A Eas Continuation of A Eak 101L. Prerequisite(s): A 177Z is the writing intensive version of A Eas 177; Eak 101 or equivalent.. [FL] only one may be taken for credit. A Eak 170 Korea: Its Culture and A Eas 177Z (= A His 177Z) Cultures Heritage (3) and Societies of Asia: An Historical Survey of the essential elements of traditional Survey II (4) Korean civilization, early contacts with the West, A Eas 177Z is the writing intensive version of A Eas and modern development. Focus on the evolution of 177; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] basic Korean social, political, economic, and aesthetic ideas. Conducted in English; no knowledge A Eas 180 (= A Gog 180) Asian of Korean is required. [BE] America (3) This course examines the history of the Asian A Eak 201L Intermediate Korean I (5) experience in the United States (especially that of Concentration on reading, writing, and speaking at the Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Southeast Asian the intermediate level. Emphasis on vocabulary communities). Topics include immigration, legal drills, grammar exercises, and pattern practice. status, the transformation of Asian-American Prerequisite(s): A Eak 102 or equivalent. communities, their relationship with their native A Eak 202L Intermediate Korean II lands, and Asian-American self-representation in (5) literature and film. [DP US*] Continuation of A Eak 201L. Enhancement of A Eas 190 Confucianism and the reading, writing, and speaking skills will be Samurai Ethics (3) emphasized. Students will also master several This course will examine primary texts in translation Korean proverbs. Prerequisite(s): A Eak 201 or from Confucius’ Analects to 20th century political equivalent. propaganda in an effort to trace the origins and A Eak 301 Advanced Korean I (3) evolution of the ideas that formed the samurai ethic Acquisition of complex structures through intensive in Japan. Course taught in English; no knowledge of oral/aural and reading/writing practice. Discussion, Chinese or Japanese necessary. [Oral discourse] authentic written materials, videotapes and audio A Eas 205 East Asian Research and tapes are incorporated. Prerequisite(s): Eak 202L or equivalent. [OD] Bibliographic Methods (3) This course will cover research and bibliographic A Eak 302 Advanced Korean II (3) methods in East Asian studies. Students will learn This course is a continuation of A Eak 301. how to navigate library catalogs and the internet Prerequisite(s): A Eak 301 or equivalent. [OD] with specific emphasis on East Asian databases and resources. Students will also learn how to use East A Eak 389 Topics in Korean Asian reference materials, such as character Literature, History, and Culture dictionaries. Prerequisite(s): One year or equivalent (3) of Chinese, Japanese, or Korean [IL] This course will focus on a selected topic or major A Eas 220 Chinese and Japanese work of traditional or modern Korean literature or history for intensive study. This course is conducted Calligraphy (3) solely in English; knowledge of Korean is not Practical instruction in the artistic design and the required. May be repeated for credit when the topic different styles of written Chinese and Japanese with varies. Prerequisite(s): A Eak 101L, or A Eak 170L, the traditional implements: brush, rice paper, ink or permission of the instructor. plate and ink bar. Knowledge of Chinese or Japanese is not required.

132 University at Albany A Eas 260 (= A His 260) China in the A Eas 357 (= A Rel 357) Zen A Eas 399 (= A His 399) Confucius Revolution (3) Buddhism (3) and Confucianism (3) This course examines China’s four great twentieth An introduction to the religious, philosophical, and This course surveys the main texts and themes in the century revolutions: the 1911 Revolution, the 1949 artistic tradition of Zen Buddhism in China, Korea, development of the Confucian tradition from its Communist Revolution, the Great Proletarian and Japan and the West. This course looks at the origins in China through its spread in Japan and Cultural Revolution, and the reforms of the 1980’s birth and subsequent historical evolution of the Zen Korea to its reemergence in contemporary East Asia. and 1990’s. Topics include authority and dissent, or Ch’an school of Buddhism in East Asia. We will The emphasis is on the way that the tradition has constituency mobilization, the relationship between look at the intersection of :Buddhist and Chinese responded to social conditions. Particular attention urban and rural regions, and the changing nature of presumptions about spirituality that gave rise to this will be paid to the relationship between Confucian ideology in China. unusual religious form, discussing precisely what is intellectuals and political power. The rivalry with and is not iconoclastic about its tenets. The other traditions (e.g., Taoism, Buddhism, Marxism, A Eas 261 (=A Rel 261) Introduction experience of American Zen communities will also Liberalism, etc.) will also be considered. to the Religions of Japan (3) be considered. Prerequisite(s): A His 177, A Eas 103, A Eas 190, An introduction to the major religious traditions of A Eac 379, or permission of the instructor. Japan, particularly Shinto and Buddhism, this course A Eas 362 (= A Eco 362) Economies will cover the major forms of religious expression in of Japan and Korea (3) A Eas 495 Colloquium in East Asian Japanese history from the earliest historical records A study of the economic growth of Japan and Korea Studies (3) to the so-called New Religions which arose in the and of current issues facing these economies. A Eco Directed readings and conferences involving several twentieth century. Discussion will include the 362Z & A Eas 362Z are the writing intensive members of the faculty for students pursuing philosophical, artistic, social, and political versions of A Eco 362 & A Eas 362; only one of the undergraduate honors in the Department of East dimensions of religion in Japanese society. four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Asian Studies. To be offered only when requested by A Eco 110M and 111M or permission of instructor. students eligible for the honors program. A Eas 265 (= A Rel 265) Introduction Prerequisite(s): major in the department; junior or to Indian Buddhism (3) A Eas 362Z (= A Eco 362Z) senior class standing; acceptance into the Honors An introduction to the story of Buddhism in Economies of Japan and Korea (3) Program. South Asia. Focus is on the evolution of the A Eas 362Z & A Eco 362Z are the writing intensive Buddhist view of sentient life during its first versions of A Eas 362 & A Eco 362; only one of the 1500 years on the subcontinent as expressed four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): primarily in doctrine, but cultural, artistic, A Eco 110M and 111M or permission of instructor. social, and political issues will also be [WI] considered. A Eas 392 East Asian Travel A Eas 266 (= A Rel 266) Introduction Literature (3) to the Religions of Japan (3). This course will examine the traditions of travel An introduction to the heritage of Buddhism in East writing in China and Japan. Students will read Asia. Focus is on the cultural interaction between selections from both countries that cover a range Indian Buddhist notions of the human condition and from the 9th century to the 18th century. Half of the the traditional religious and philosophical semester will focus on China and half on Japan. All assumptions of China and Japan. Discussion will readings will be in English; no knowledge of center on doctrine and the history of its transmission Chinese or Japanese is required. Prerequisite(s): Any and understanding, including issues in language, one of the following, or permission of the instructor: artistic expression, and the establishment of the A Eas 104, A Eaj 210; A Eas 104; A Eac 210, A Eac monastic community. 211 A Eas 270 (= A Wss 270) Women in A Eas 393 (= A Rel 393) Readings in East Asian Literature (3) Buddhist Texts (3) Female persona in East Asian literature will be This is an advanced course in the study of Buddhism examined in relation to their cultural background as that will focus on the close reading of Buddhist well as the genres in which they appear. Women as scriptures in English translation. Prerequisite(s): rulers and lovers; as goddesses and prostitutes; A Eas 265/A Rel 265; A Eas 266/.A Rel 266, or exemplars and shrews. Conducted in English; no permission of the instructor. knowledge of the East Asian languages or cultures is required. Only one of A Eas 270 & A Wss 270 may A Eas 394 (= E Rel 394) Readings be taken for credit. in Japanese Religious Studies (3) This is an advanced course in the religious traditions A Eas 321M (= A Lcs 321M and A Gog of Japan. We will read English translations of 321M) Exploring the Multicultural religious texts native to the Japanese experience of City (3) religion, specifically Buddhist, Shinto, Confucian, This course will explore the human dimensions and and Folk. Prerequisite(s): One of the following: implications of ethnic diversity in the United States, A Eaj 261/A Rel 261; A Eas 266/A Rel 266, A Eas focusing on New York City. The course utilizes a 190, A Eas 357 or permission of the instructor. variety of methods to introduce students to the A Eas 397 The Silk Road (3) multicultural city, beginning in the classroom but The course examines the history of various land ending with fieldwork in a specific New York links between China and India, which are known neighborhood. A Eas 321M is equivalent in collectively as “The Silk Road.” Special attention is content to A Lcs 321M and A Gog 321M; only one given to the transmission of ideas (Buddhism), art of the three courses may be taken for credit. forms, and commercial goods along this route, Prerequisite(s): A Gog 102M or 102G; or A Gog especially during the heyday of the Silk Road from 120Z, or A Gog 125M, A Gog 160M or 160G; or about 600 to 1000 AD. The many discoveries made A Gog 220M, or A Gog 240. [OD SS] by Western archeologists in Central Asia in the late A Eas 345 (= A Rel 345) Ethical 19th and early 20th centuries are also considered, as Issues in East Asian Thought (3) well as issues related to their removal of Silk Road This is a discussion course that looks at ethical treasures to museums in Europe and around the issues of contemporary significance to the cultures world. Prerequisite(s): Any one of the following: of Asia. Students read contemporary academic A Eac 170; A Eas 103; A Eac 210, or A Eac 211. discussions of how problems such as suicide, euthanasia, abortion, sexuality, cloning, etc. have been understood historically and in terms of contemporary social morality in India, China, Tibet, and Japan.

133 University at Albany

Assistant Professors DEPARTMENT OF Kenneth R. Beauchemin, Ph.D. Degree Requirements for the University of Iowa Major in Economics ECONOMICS Stacey Chen, Ph.D. University of Rochester General Program Faculty Diane M. Dewar, Ph.D. B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits as University at Albany follows: A Eco 110M, 111M, 300, 301 Professors Emeritae/i John B. Jones, Ph.D. and 320; 18 additional credits in Jean Auclair, Ph.D. University of Wisconsin, Madison economics at the 300 level or above; and University of Lille (France) Nadav Levy, Ph.D. A Eco 210 or A Mat 106, 111, 112 or Melvin K. Bers, Ph.D. Northwestern University 118. University of California, Berkeley Gerald Marschke, Ph.D. Jack E. Gelfand, Ph.D. University of Chicago B.S.: A minimum of 41 credits as New York University Adrian Mastors, Ph.D. follows: A Eco 110M, 111M, 300, 301 Pong S. Lee, Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania and 320; 18 additional credits in Yale University Rui Zhao, Ph.D. economics at the 300 level or above; as Richard J. Kalish, Ph.D. University of Minnesota well as A Mat 111 or 112 or 118 and University of Colorado Adjuncts (estimated): 16 A Mat 113 or 119. A minor in one of the Donald J. Reeb, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Teaching Assistants (estimated): 5 natural sciences, mathematics or the Syracuse University School of Business is also required. Edward F. Renshaw, Ph.D. University of Chicago Honors Program John H. Slocum, Ph.D. The major in economics is useful as Cornell University training for employment in business, The honors program in economics is Professors government, and nonprofit agencies and as designed to provide capable and motivated Betty C. Daniel, Ph.D. preparation for further study at the students with a greater understanding of University of North Carolina graduate level. It is also an excellent economics and to better prepare students Michael Jerison, Ph.D. undergraduate background for study in for graduate and professional schools. professional schools of law, accounting, University of Wisconsin To be accepted in the honors program and Terrence W. Kinal, Ph.D. business administration, public administration, public policy, social work, to remain within that program, the student University of Minnesota must have an average of at least 3.50 in all Kajal Lahiri, Ph.D. and others. The department also offers the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in economics. economics courses applicable to the major University of Rochester and 3.25 in all courses taken at the Hamilton Lankford, Ph.D. University. Interested students should file University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill Careers an application with the departmental Irene Lurie, Ph.D. Director of Undergraduate Studies, after University of California, Berkeley Graduates of the undergraduate economics program work as financial analysts, finance admission to the economics major, for Carlos Santiago, Ph.D. advisement on choosing elective courses Cornell University and credit officers for insurance companies and banks, economic analysts for and meeting the other requirements of the Michael J. Sattinger, Ph.D. honors program. Carnegie Mellon University corporations, policy and legislative fiscal Hany A. Shawky, Ph.D. analysts, and business officers for The honors student must complete A Eco Ohio State University nonprofit and government organizations, as 499Z as part of the 36 credit hours of Jogindar S. Uppal, Ph.D. well as administrators and heads of courses required for the economics major University of Minnesota businesses and government agencies. in the B.A. degree program, or the 41 hours Kwan Koo Yun, Ph.D. required for the B.S. degree program. An Stanford University additional 6–8 credit hours in economics Associate Professors and/or other disciplines, as advised, is Bruce C. Dieffenbach, Ph.D. required to augment economic research Harvard University skills. Honors students must also submit a Jae-Young Kim, Ph.D. senior honors thesis acceptable to the University of Minnesota Economics Honors Committee. Laurence J. Kranich, Ph.D. By no later than the second month of the University of Rochester senior year, an honors student must submit Thad W. Mirer, Ph.D. a thesis proposal to the Economics Honors Yale University Committee. The proposal normally arises James H. Wyckoff, Ph.D. from consultation with the faculty University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill concerning a suitable topic and method of inquiry. The student, with advice and consent of the Economics Honors Committee, will choose a faculty adviser who will assist the student in completing the thesis. Work on the thesis may begin in the junior year, but must be completed while enrolled in A Eco 499Z, the Senior Honors Research Seminar.

134 University at Albany The records of the honors candidate will be reviewed by the Economics Honors Courses Committee prior to the candidate’s A Eco 110M Principles of A Eco 300 Intermediate intended graduation date. If the Committee Economics I: Microeconomics (3) Microeconomics (3) finds that all requirements stated above Analysis of supply and demand in markets Introduction to price theory, distribution have been met, then it shall recommend to for goods and markets for the factors of theory, and market structure analysis. the department that the candidate be production. Study of various market Relevance of economic theory in production awarded the appropriate baccalaureate structures, price determination in perfectly and consumption decisions. Prerequisite(s): competitive and imperfectly competitive A Eco 110M and 111M; and A Eco 210 degree with honors in economics. markets. May not be taken for credit by (formerly A Eco 180) or A Mat 106 or 111 students with credit for A Eco 300. or 112 or 118. Prerequisite(s): plane geometry and Combined Bachelor’s/M.B.A. and intermediate algebra, or A Mat 100. [SS] A Eco 301 Intermediate Bachelor’s/M.P.A. Programs Macroeconomics (3) A Eco 111M Principles of Introduction to the measurement of national The combined bachelor’s degree in Economics II: Macroeconomics income and the theories of aggregate Economics and Master’s of Business (3) demand and supply; theoretical analysis of Administration (MBA) and the combined Examination of the institutional structure of growth and fluctuations in production, an economic system. Analysis of aggregate employment, and prices. Prerequisite(s): bachelor’s degree in Economics and economic activity, the determinants of the A Eco 110M and 111M. Master’s of Public Administration (MPA) level, stability, and growth of national A Eco 312 Development of the both provide students of recognized income, the role of monetary and fiscal American Economy (3) academic ability and educational maturity policy. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A Eco 301. Study of American economic institutions the opportunity to fulfill integrated Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M. [SS] from the early 19th century to the present. requirements for the undergraduate and Employs statistical methods and both micro master’s degree programs. In addition to A Eco 130 The Third World and macro theoretical constructs. A Eco Economies: An Interdisciplinary 312Z is the writing intensive version of benefiting from important educational A Eco 312; only one may be taken for credit. linkages between the programs, it is Profile (3) An interdisciplinary study of economic Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. May possible to earn both degrees in five, rather disparities among nations. Focus on Third not be offered in 2003-2004. than six, years – thus saving one year of World Countries: underdevelopment and A Eco 312Z Development of the time and tuition costs. poverty, problems in agricultural and American Economy (3) industrial development. Population growth Students may be admitted to the combined A Eco 312Z is the writing intensive version and unemployment. Global interdependence of A Eco 312; only one may be taken for degree program at the beginning of their and role of the United States. Some global credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and junior year, or after the successful issues facing the Third World: debt crisis; privatization and deregulation; relationship 111M. May not be offered in 2003-2004. completion of 56 credits, but no later than with developed countries including the [WI] the accumulation of 100 credits. A United States. [DP if taken before Fall 2004; A Eco 313 Development of the cumulative grade point average of at least GC] European Economy (3) 3.2 (MPA) or 3.3 (MBA) and three A Eco 202M (formerly A Eco Economic change in modern European supportive letters of recommendation from 102M) The American Economy: societies. Comparative study of the growth faculty are required. To qualify for the of various European countries emphasizing Its Structure and Institutions (3) the variables associated with development: bachelor’s degree (BA or BS), students Discussion of the historical development and population, technology, capital formation, must meet all requirements for the current structure of the American economy. output, resources, and income distribution. undergraduate major and minor described Using an interdisciplinary approach and A Eco 313Z is the writing intensive version without any technical/mathematical tools, previously, the minimum 60- or 90-credit of A Eco 313; only one may be taken for major economic issues will be discussed, credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and liberal arts and sciences requirement, the such as federal budget deficit, 111M. May not be offered in 2003-2004. general education requirements and the unemployment, poverty, family structure, residency requirements. welfare reforms, America in the world A Eco 313Z Development of the economy, immigration, and health reforms. European Economy (3) To qualify for the master’s degree (MBA) May not be taken for credit by students with A Eco 313Z is the writing intensive version or (MPA), students must meet all credit for A Eco 110M or 111M. [SS] of A Eco 313; only one may be taken for A Eco 210 (formerly A Eco 180) credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and requirements as outlined in the Graduate 111M. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Bulletin including the completion of Tools of Economics (3) [WI] required graduate credits and any other Introduction to some of the basic A Eco 314 (formerly A Eco 414) conditions such as a research seminar, mathematical tools used in economics, including the construction and History of Economic Thought (3) thesis, comprehensive examination, comprehension of simple graphs, as well as The evolution of modern economics with professional experience, and residence some of the economist’s conceptual tools, emphasis on the contributions of such requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits including marginal analysis, national income writers as Smith, Malthus, Ricardo, Mill, may be applied simultaneously to the analysis, supply and demand. May not be Marx, Marshall and Keynes. The turn of taken for credit by students with credit for events that motivated the construction of the requirements for the baccalaureate. A Mat 106 or 111 or 112 or 118, or main body of economic knowledge is also Students interested in learning more about equivalent. May not be offered in 2003- examined. A Eco 314Z is the writing these programs should contact the Director 2004. [MS] intensive version of A Eco 314. Only one of Undergraduate Studies in the A Eco 280 Current Topics in may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300 Department of Economics. Economics (3) Examines current topics in economics; A Eco 314Z (formerly A Eco 414Z) topics vary from time to time. A Eco 280Z is History of Economic Thought (3) the writing intensive version of A Eco 280; A Eco 314Z is the writing intensive version of only one may be taken for credit. A Eco 314; only one may be taken for credit. A Eco 280Z Current Topics in Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300. [WI] Economics (3) A Eco 280Z is the writing intensive version of A Eco 280; only one may be taken for credit. [WI]

135 University at Albany A Eco 320 Economic Statistics one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 356Z (formerly A Eco (3) A Eco 110M and 111M. 456Z) State and Local Finance Statistical techniques in economic analysis. (3) Topics include distribution theory and A Eco 356Z is the writing intensive version statistical inference as applied to regression of A Eco 356; only one may be taken for models. Students gain experience in testing credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and economic theories using a computer 111M. [WI] regression package. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M; A Eco 210 (formerly A Eco 357 (formerly A Eco 455) A Eco 180) or A Mat 106 or 111 or 112 or Public Microeconomics (3) 118. Microeconomic analysis of the role of the A Eco 330 Economics of public sector in resource allocation within a market economy: theory of market failures, Development (3) alternative corrective measures for market Introduction to the analysis of economic failures, public choice theory, partial and growth and development. Historical, general equilibrium analyses of major taxes, descriptive, and analytical approaches to the and welfare-based public investment problems of fostering economic growth. criteria. A Eco 357Z is the writing intensive Consideration of alternative theories of the version of A Eco 357; only one may be taken causes and problems of underdevelopment. for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300; and A Eco 330Z is the writing intensive version 355 or permission of instructor of A Eco 330; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and A Eco 357Z (formerly A Eco 111M. 455Z) Public Microeconomics (3) A Eco 330Z Economics of A Eco 357Z is the writing intensive version of A Eco 357; only one may be taken for Development (3) credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300 and 355 or A Eco 330Z is the writing intensive version permission of instructor of A Eco 330; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and A Eco 360 International 111M. [WI] Economic Relations (3) A Eco 341 (= A Soc 371) Urban The development of international trade and trade theory since mercantilism; Economics (3) international financial institutions, the Analysis of the city-metropolis and the foreign exchange market, and the problems economic forces which condition its growth of international balance of payments and pattern and allocation of scarce resources. international liquidity. Prerequisite(s): The public sector, especially local A Eco 110M and 111M. government, is examined in its role of solving the problems of inadequate jobs, A Eco 361 (= A Lcs 361) housing, education, and other services. Development of the Latin A Eco 341Z is the writing intensive version American Economy (3) of A Eco 341 and A Soc 371; only one of the Economic change in Latin American three courses may be taken for credit. societies. Comparative study of the growth Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. of various Latin American countries A Eco 341Z (= A Soc 371) Urban emphasizing the variables associated with Economics (3) development: population, technology, A Eco 341Z is the writing intensive version capital information, output, resources and of A Eco 341 and A Soc 371; only one of the income distribution. Only one of A Eco 361 three courses may be taken for credit. & A Lcs 361 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. [WI] A Eco 362 (= A Eas 362) A Eco 350 Money and Banking Economies of Japan and Korea (3) (3) The principles of money, commercial A study of the economic growth of Japan banking, and central banking; an elementary and Korea and of current issues facing these consideration of issues of monetary policy economies. A Eco 362Z & A Eas 362Z are and financial markets. Prerequisite(s): A Eco the writing intensive versions of A Eco 362 110M and 111M. & A Eas 362; only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 351 (= A Mat 301) Theory A Eco 110M and 111M or permission of of Interest (3) instructor. The basic measures of interest, annuities, A Eco 362Z (= A Eas 362Z) sinking funds, amortization schedules, bonds, and installment loans. Recommended Economies of Japan and Korea as preparation for Course Exam 140 of the (3) Society of Actuaries. Prerequisite(s): A Mat A Eco 362Z & A Eas 362Z are the writing 113 or 119. intensive versions of A Eco 362 & A Eas 362; only one of the four courses may be A Eco 355 Public Finance (3) taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco Introduction to the financial problems of 110M and 111M or permission of instructor. governments: public expenditures, basic [WI] kinds of taxes and tax systems, grants-in- aid, public borrowing, debt management, A Eco 370 Economics of Labor and fiscal policy. Prerequisite(s): A Eco (3) 110M and 111M. Study of wage theories and wage structures; A Eco 356 (formerly A Eco 456) wage-cost-price interaction; and wage, supply, and employment relationships. State and Local Finance (3) Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. Problems of financing state and local government within the context of a federal A Eco 371 (formerly A Eco 462) system. Relevance and limits of fiscal theory The Distribution of Income and for state and local government tax and Wealth (3) expenditure policy. A Eco 356Z is the writing intensive version of A Eco 356; only Theoretical, empirical, and institutional 136 University at Albany analysis of the distribution of income and A Eco 374 (formerly A Eco 450) A Eco 401 Macroeconomic wealth, including policies and programs Industrial Organization (3) Modeling, Forecasting and Policy designed to affect these distributions. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300. Relationship between market structure, Analysis (3) behavior of the firm, economic performance, Introduction to the construction and use of and analysis of U.S. antitrust activities. econometric macro models, including Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300. theoretical specification, statistical A Eco 377 Network Economics estimation and validation; the structure of large-scale macro models; forecasting and (3) policy analysis; critiques of current Introduction to network economics, macroeconomic modeling. Prerequisite(s): information economics, and electronic A Eco 300, 301, and 320. commerce. Markets such as publishing, telecommunications, electricity, and A Eco 405 Game Theory (3) electronic commerce will be examined. Study of the strategic interaction among Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. May rational agents. Development of the basic not be offered in 2003-2004. analytical tools of game theory, including simultaneous and sequential move games, A Eco 380 Contemporary games with incomplete information, and Economic alternative equilibrium concepts. Applications Issues (3) in fields such as industrial organization. public An introductory discussion of selected economics, international trade, and voting: economic issues of current importance. The Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300; A Eco 320 (or course will focus on different economic B Msi 220 or A Mat 108) or permission of the problems each term. May be repeated for instructor. credit when topics differ, up to a maximum A Eco 410 Mathematics for of 6 credits in A Eco 380 and 380Z. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M Economists (3) Techniques of differentiation, integration, A Eco 380Z Contemporary differential equations, difference equations, Economic Issues (3) and linear algebra as used in economic A Eco 380Z is the writing intensive version analysis. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300 and of A Eco 380. May be repeated for credit 301. when topics differ, up to a maximum of 6 A Eco 420 Applied Econometrics credits in A Eco 380 and 380Z. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. (3) [WI] Application of regression to a problem chosen by the student. Some general A Eco 381 (formerly A Eco 430) discussion of data sources, the derivation of Economics of Health Care (3) index numbers and other problems that Economics concepts are used to explain the might be encountered in estimating nature of demand and supply in the health economic relations. Emphasis is on class care field. The behavior of consumers and presentation and analysis of student health care providers is examined from an projects. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 320. economic perspective. Areas of market A Eco 420Z Applied Econometrics failures and the rationale for government intervention are also described. (3) Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300 or permission of A Eco 420Z is a writing intensive version of the instructor. A Eco 420. Only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 320. [WI] A Eco 383 (formerly A Eco 452) Economics of Law (3) A Eco 427 Computer Applications The application of economic concepts such in Economics (3) as efficiency, externalities, and trade-offs to Introduction to computer use and the analysis of common law, crime and applications in economics, econometrics, punishment, product safety laws, and other and data analysis. Applications may include legal interventions in market and nonmarket spreadsheet software such as Excel and behavior. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300. statistical software such as SAS. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 320. A Eco 385 (formerly A Eco 481) Environmental Economics (3) A Eco 445 International Trade Environmental pollution; social costs; (3) population control; zoning; economics of Theoretical, institutional, and empirical public health; conservation of endangered characteristics of trade and capital species, natural wonders, and artifacts; movements between nations. Review of the natural resource exhaustion; and the end of pure theories of comparative advantage, progress hypothesis are examined and gains from trade, commercial policy, and analyzed. A Eco 385Z is a writing intensive resource transfers. Brief review of modern version of A Eco 385; only one may be taken balance of payments theory and policy for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and question. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300 and 111M. 301. A Eco 385Z (formerly A Eco A Eco 446 International Finance 481Z) Environmental Economics (3) (3) The foreign exchange market and international payments are described and A Eco 385Z is a writing intensive version of analyzed. Emphasis is placed on analyzing A Eco 385; only one may be taken for credit. the implications of price levels and Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. employment in small and large countries. [WI] Proposals for exchange management and reform of the international monetary system are evaluated. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M, 111M, and 301.

137 University at Albany A Eco 466 Financial Economics A Eco 499Z (formerly A Eco 499) (3) Senior Honors Research Seminar Financial markets, efficient-market theory, (3) financial panics, choice under uncertainty, risk Senior seminar, in which a substantial aversion, portfolio choice, capital-asset pricing “senior thesis” is prepared by an honors model, futures, options, flow of funds, saving candidate under the supervision of a faculty and investment, financing economic adviser. Students present oral and/or written development, government debt, international progress reports on their ongoing research debt, term structure of interest rates, interest and read, discuss, and criticize each other’s rate forecasting. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 301 or work. The former A Eco 499 does not yield 350. writing intensive credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 475 Managerial Economics admission to the honors program and A Eco 420 or 420Z. [WI] (3) Application of economic concepts to the decision making of the firm. Topics may include market and demand analysis, risk and uncertainty, pricing, production, investment decisions, and capital budgeting. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300 and 320, or permission of the instructor. A Eco 480 Topics in Economics (3) Detailed analysis of specific topics in economics. Topics may vary from semester to semester. May be repeated for credit if topics differ, up to a maximum 6 credits. A Eco 480Z is the writing intensive version of A Eco 480; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300, 301 and 320; permission of instructor. A Eco 480Z Topics in Economics (3) A Eco 480Z is the writing intensive version of A Eco 480; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300, 301 and 320; permission of the instructor. [WI] A Eco 495 Economics Practicum (3) This course provides undergraduate majors in economics the opportunity to work as a teaching aide and facilitator to faculty teaching the introductory courses in economics. Meetings with students enrolled in the Introductory course are scheduled weekly. Prerequisite(s): major in economics; a grade of B or higher in A Eco 300 and 301; and permission of instructor. S/U graded. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Eco 496 Economics Internship (3) Economics Internship requires active participation in economic research outside the University, together with senior class standing as an economics major. May be taken only once for credit. Internships are open only to qualified seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Permission of instructor is required. S/U graded. A Eco 497 Independent Study and Research (3) Student-initiated research project under faculty guidance. May be repeated for credit up to a total of 6 credits with permission of department. A Eco 497Z is the writing intensive version of A Eco 497. Only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300, 301 and 320; a B average or higher in all economic courses attempted. A Eco 497Z Independent Study and Research (3) A Eco 497Z is the writing intensive version of A Eco 497. Only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 300, 301 and 320; a B average or higher in all economic courses attempted. [WI]

138 University at Albany

Cary Wolfe, Ph.D. Edward L. Schwarzschild, Ph.D. DEPARTMENT OF Duke University Washington University Associate Professors Emeritae/i Lisa Thompson, Ph.D. ENGLISH Theodore Adams, Ph.D. Stanford University Ohio University McKenzie Wark, Ph.D. Faculty Diva Daims, Ph.D. Murdoch University Australia Distinguished Teaching Professor Emeritae/i University of Virginia Full-Time Lecturers Eugene K. Garber, Ph.D. Deborah Dorfman, Ph.D. Jill Hanifan, D.A. University of Iowa Yale University University at Albany Distinguished Service Professor Richard M. Goldman, Ph.D. Anne Sullivan, Ph.D. Ronald A. Bosco, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Indiana University University at Albany University of Maryland Edward M. Jennings, Ph.D. Kathleen Thornton, D.A. Distinguished Teaching Professor University of Wisconsin University at Albany, SUNY Judith Fetterley, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Charles Koban, Ph.D. Mary Valentis, Ph.D. Indiana University University of Illinois University at Albany Stephen North D.A. Thomson Littlefield, Ph.D. Kate Winter, D.A. University at Albany Columbia University University at Albany Professors Emeritae/i Rudolph L. Nelson, Ph.D. Frances Colby Allee, Ph.D. Brown University Teaching Assistants (estimated): 20 Johns Hopkins University David C. Redding, Ph.D. Stanley K. Coffman Jr., Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania Careers for English Majors Ohio State University Barbara Rotundo, Ph.D. The major in English prepares students for Sarah Blacher Cohen, Ph.D. Syracuse University any field of work that requires a broad Northwestern University William Rowley, Ph.D. liberal education with special strength in Arthur N. Collins, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Harvard University language, critical analysis and research. University of Minnesota Joan E. Schulz, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) English graduates find careers in theatre and Robert A. Donovan, Ph.D. University of Illinois film, government, counseling, broadcasting, Washington University Frederick E. Silva, Ph.D. public policy and administration, banking, William A. Dumbleton, Ph.D. Indiana University and retailing and manufacturing as well as University of Pennsylvania Donald B. Stauffer, Ph.D. writing, editing, publishing, teaching, John C. Gerber, Ph.D. Indiana University advertising and public relations. The English University of Chicago Robert E. Thorstensen, M.A. major is also excellent preparation for Walter Knotts, Ph.D. University of Chicago advanced study in such professional Harvard University Associate Professors graduate programs as law, medicine, Edward S. Lecomte, Ph.D. Richard A. Barney, Ph.D. librarianship, social welfare and theology. Columbia University University of Virginia Eugene Mirabelli, Ph.D. Lana Cable, Ph.D. Harvard University Johns Hopkins University Curriculum Daniel W. Odell, Ph.D. Lydia Davis, B.A. (Writer in Residence) The curriculum of the Department of Cornell University Barnard College English is designed to aid students to write Townsend Rich, Ph.D. Teresa Ebert, Ph.D. effectively, to read critically, and to acquire Yale University University of Minnesota a sense of the development of literature Harry C. Staley, Ph.D. Helen Regueiro Elam, Ph.D. written in English and of its relation to University of Pennsylvania Brown University society. Within the English major, students Professors Donald Faulkner, M.Phil may choose to concentrate in the General Judith E. Barlow, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Yale University Sequence or in the Writing Sequence. University of Pennsylvania Rosemary Hennessey, Ph.D. English majors also have the option of Jeffrey Berman, Ph.D. Syracuse University applying for admission to the Honors Cornell University Lynne Tillman, B.A. (Writer in Residence) Program. Students planning to take the GRE Donald J. Byrd, Ph.D. Hunter College for graduate study in English are strongly University of Kansas Carolyn Yalkut, Ph.D. urged to include course work in pre-1800 Thomas D. Cohen, Ph.D. University of Denver generic surveys (e.g., 251, 252, 291, 292, Yale University Assistant Professors Emeritae/i 295, 296). Students may also count up to 6 Randall T. Craig, Ph.D. George S. Hastings, Ph.D. credits toward their English electives of University of Wisconsin, Madison University of Pennsylvania literature in translation when such courses Gareth Griffiths, Ph.D. Assistant Professors have received approval by the English University of Wales (Cardiff) Branka Arsic, Ph.D. department. Judith E. Johnson, B.A. University of Belgrade Barnard College Bret Benjamin, Ph.D. Pierre Joris, Ph.D. University of Texas at Austin University at Binghamton Michael Hill, Ph.D. William Kennedy, B.A. SUNY at Stony Brook Siena College Paul A. Kottman, Ph.D. Marjorie Pryse, Ph.D. University of California at Berkeley University of California, Santa Cruz Mark A. Neal, Ph.D. Martha T. Rozett, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) University at Buffalo, SUNY University of Michigan Helene E. Scheck, Ph.D. Charles Shepherdson, Ph.D. State University of New York at Binghamton Vanderbilt University 139 University at Albany Degree Requirements for the A Eng 362L Critical Approaches to A Eng 234L Modern Poetry Major in English Women in Literature A Eng 241L Popular Literature A Eng 365 Comparative Study of A Eng 242L Science Fiction General and Teacher Education Programs Minority Literatures A Eng 243 Literature and Film A Eng 366 Minority Writers A Eng 243Z Four American Directors B.A. General Sequence: 36 credits in A Eng 367 Jewish-American Literature A Eng 289 Topics in English English, at least 18 of them in courses at A Eng 368L Women Writers A Eng 375 The Literature of New York the 300 level or above, including the A Eng 371 Regional Studies in British State following in recommended order of study: Literature A Eng 378 Mythic Concepts in Literature A Eng 374 Regional Studies in A Eng 382 Literature and Other Disciplines 3 credits from the following Reading American Literature A Eng 428 Twentieth-Century British Courses.: A Eng 385 Topics in Cultural Studies and Irish Literature A Eng 121E/L Reading Literature (subject to approval for major A Eng 435 American Literature 1920 to A Eng 122E/L Reading Prose Fiction requirement) Present A Eng 123E/L Reading Drama A Eng 439 Contemporary American 6 credits from Period Courses: A Eng 124E/L Reading Poetry Novel A Eng 421 Literature of the Middle A Eng 442 Modern Drama 3 credits of: Ages A Eng 461 Forms of Modern Fiction A Eng 210 Introduction to Literary Study A Eng 422 Literature of the Earlier A Eng 462 Study of a Literary Movement Renaissance 3 credits from the following Generic A Eng 487 Studies in Literature A Eng 423 Literature of the Later Survey Courses: (special topics) Renaissance A Eng 251 British Poetic Tradition I A Eng 489 Advanced Topics in English A Eng 425 Literature of the Restoration A Eng 252 British Poetic Tradition II A Eng 490 Internship in English and the 18th-Century Enlightenment A Eng 260L Forms of Poetry A Eng 494 Seminar in English A Eng 426 The Romantic Period A Eng 261 American Poetic Tradition A Eng 497 Independent Study and A Eng 427 The Victorian Period A Eng 291L English Literary Tradition I Research in English A Eng 432 American Literature to 1815 A Eng 292L English Literary Tradition II A Eng 433 American Literature 1815– A Eng 295L Classics of Western Literature The Writing Sequence 1865 I: Ancient Epic to Modern Drama A Eng 434 American Literature 1865– Admission: the Writing Sequence is open A Eng 296L Classics of Western Literature 1920 to freshmen and sophomores: 50 students II; Ancient Epic to Modern Novel A Eng 447 This Historical Imagination per year, on a first-come, first-served basis. A Eng 320 British Novel I A number of places in the sequence are A Eng 321 British Novel II The remaining 12 credits required for the also reserved for transfer students. A Eng 322 British Drama English Major may be selected either from Interested students should contact the A Eng 323 Nineteenth-Century courses not taken in the above list or from English Undergraduate Advisement Office American Novel the following: (HU 381). Students must be enrolled in A Eng 324 Twentieth-Century American Electives English 202Z before applying for formal Novel admission to the Writing Sequence. A Eng 325L American Drama Writing B.A. Writing Sequence: 36 credits in 3 credits from the following Author A Eng 102Z Introduction to Creative English, including the following 21 credits Courses: Writing in this recommended order of study: A Eng 341 Chaucer A Eng 105Z Introduction to Writing in 3 credits selected from one of the following A Eng 344 Early Works of Shakespeare English Studies A Eng 345 Later Works of Shakespeare reading courses, preferably the Writing A Eng 348 Milton Introductory Literature: Reading Intensive version (catalog number with “E” A Eng 352 Study of a British Author A Eng 144L Reading Shakespeare suffix): A Eng 353 Study of an American Criticism and Theory A Eng 121E/L Reading Literature Author A Eng 215L Methods of Literary Criticism A Eng 122E/L Reading Prose Fiction A Eng 354 Comparative Study of A Eng 310 Studies in Contemporary Theory A Eng 123E/L Reading Drama Authors A Eng 124E/L Reading Poetry Linguistics and Language 3 credits from Writing Courses on the 300 (3 credits from this group required for A Eng 202Z Introduction to Writing: level or above: Teacher Ed): Creative and Persuasive (Poetics & A Eng 300Z Expository Writing A Eng 216 Traditional Grammar and Rhetoric) A Eng 301Z Critical Writing Usage A Eng 210 Introduction to Literary Study A Eng 302Z Creative Writing A Eng 217M Introduction to Linguistics A Eng 303Z Forms of Argumentative May be taken concurrently with A Eng 311L History of the English A Eng 202Z. and Persuasive Writing (Rhetoric) Language A Eng 304Z Forms of Creative Writing A Eng 303Z Forms of Argumentative and (Poetics) Literature Electives of General Interest Persuasive Writing A Eng 308Z Journalistic Writing A Eng 221 The Bible as Literature A Eng 304Z Forms of Creative Writing A Eng 403Z Writing Prose Fiction A Eng 222L Masterpieces of Literature A Eng 350 Contemporary Writers at Work A Eng 404Z Writing Drama A Eng 223L Short Story A Eng 450 Special Topics in Rhetoric A Eng 405Z Writing Poetry A Eng 224 Satire and Poetics A Eng 226L Study of a Literary Theme, 3 credits from the following courses in Form or Mode The remaining 15 credits must be taken Literature of a Subculture or Cultural A Eng 227 Literature and Technology from English course work outside the Studies: A Eng 232L Modern Novel writing sequence, including at least 6 A Eng 240 Growing Up in America A Eng 233L Modern Drama credits at or above the 300-level. 140 University at Albany Honors Program beginning of their junior year. A carefully A Eng 105Z Introduction to Writing designed program can permit a student to in English Studies (3) The honors program in English is designed earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees within nine Introduction to the opportunities for and demands of to promote intellectual exchange and semesters. writing in the English major. Particular emphasis on community among able English majors and strategies of writing and thinking, the relationship The combined program requires a between writing and context (concepts of genre, to prepare them to do independent work. audience, evidence, etc.) and writing as a discipline Successful completion of the Program minimum of 141 credits, of which at least in English studies. For first- and second-year earns an Honors Certificate in English and 32 must be graduate credits. In qualifying students intending to major in English. [WI] for the B.A., students must meet all nomination for graduation with “Honors in A Eng 121L *Reading Literature (3) English” from the University. University and college requirements, Development of the critical skills for including the requirements of the interpreting and evaluating literature in the Admission to the honors program can occur undergraduate major described previously, major genres—fiction, drama and poetry—with any time after the sophomore year. For the minor requirement, the minimum 90- a focus on significant representative works from admission, students should have completed credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, a variety of cultures and historical periods. 12 credits in English, including A Eng 210 A Eng 121E is the writing intensive version of the general education requirements, and A Eng 121L; only one may be taken for credit. and one 300-level course. Students should residency requirements. [HU] have an overall average of at least 3.25 and 3.50 in English. The honors coordinator In qualifying for the M.A., students must A Eng 121E *Reading Literature (3) meet all University and college A Eng 121E is the writing intensive version of and thesis committee will evaluate students A Eng 121L; only one may be taken for credit. based upon written work, preferably from requirements as outlined in the Graduate May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] Bulletin, including completion of a an English course taken at University at A Eng 122E *Reading Prose Fiction Albany. The honors coordinator/thesis minimum of 32 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research (3) committee may waive the entry A Eng 122E is the writing intensive version of requirements where appropriate. seminar, thesis, comprehensive A Eng 122L; only one may be taken for credit. examination, professional experience, and May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] Students in the honors program complete residency requirements. Up to 9 graduate 37 credits as follows: A Eng 122L *Reading Prose Fiction credits may be applied simultaneously to (3) English 210, English 301Z or 398Z, both the B.A. and M.A. programs. Introduction to methods of analyzing fiction: English 399 or a 500 or 600 level course Students are considered as undergraduates plot, character, theme, point of view, relevant to the thesis topic to be taken as symbolism, setting, etc. Readings consist of until completion of 120 graduation credits short stories and novels from a variety of advised during the senior year; English 498 and satisfactory completion of all B.A. cultures and historical periods. A Eng 122E is and 499, and 21 additional credits requirements. Upon meeting B.A. the writing intensive version of A Eng 122L; distributed along the lines laid down for only one may be taken for credit. May not be requirements, students are automatically offered in 2003-2004. [HU] the major. Fulfillment of the honors considered graduate students. program waives the regular requirements of A Eng 123L *Reading Drama (3) the English major. To remain in the honors Students may be admitted to the combined Introduction to the study of dramatic literature program students are required to maintain a degree program at the beginning of their from ancient Greece to the present. Primary junior year, or after the successful focus on dramatic structure, plot, character, minimum cumulative grade point average theme, setting, dialogue—but attention also of 3.50 in English courses and a minimum completion of 56 credits, but no later than given to the relationship between the plays and 3.25 overall. Any student who leaves the the accumulation of 100 credits. A the cultures that produced them. A Eng 123E is honors program is held responsible for the cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or the writing intensive version of A Eng 123L; higher and three supportive letters of only one may be taken for credit. May not be English major requirements. offered in 2003-2004. [HU] recommendation from faculty are required for consideration. Students will be admitted A Eng 123E *Reading Drama (3) upon the recommendation of the Graduate A Eng 123E is the writing intensive version of The Departmental Honors Committee A Eng 123L; only one may be taken for credit. reviews applications and admissions, Admissions Committee of the department. May not be offered in 2003-2004.. [HU WI] monitors the progress of honors students, A Eng 124L *Reading Poetry (3) and evaluates the honors thesis. Upon English Courses Descriptions Introduction to the analysis of poetry. The course students’ completion of the requirements, considers a range of modes through readings from the honors committee recommends NOTE: Courses that can be used various periods of English and American poetry, candidates for the degree with honors in to fulfill the English major examining such elements as voice, figures of speech, diction, tone and poetic form. A Eng 124E is the English. category requirements are writing intensive version of A Eng 124L; only one indicated by an asterisk (*). may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003- Honors Seminars Courses without an asterisk can 2004. [HU] be used to meet the remaining A Eng 124E *Reading Poetry (3) A Eng 398 Honors Seminar I number of credits in English A Eng 124E is the writing intensive version of A Eng A Eng 399 Honors Seminar II required for the major. 124L; only one may be taken for credit. May not be A Eng 498 Honors Seminar III offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] A Eng 499 Honors Seminar IV A Eng 144L Reading Shakespeare A Eng 102Z Introduction to (3) Creative Introduction to the variety of Shakespearean Writing (3) genres—comedy, history, tragedy, romance, Introductory course for students with little or no tragicomedy and sonnets—in light of both their Combined B.A./M.A. Program experience in creative writing. Practice in the Renaissance context and their relevance to writing of poetry, fiction, autobiography, and contemporary issues. (Intended for nonmajors.) The combined B.A./M.A. program in other literary or personal forms. Consideration A Eng 144E is the writing intensive version of English provides an opportunity for of such elements of composition as rhythm, A Eng 144L; only one may be taken for credit. students of recognized academic ability and imagery, poetic conventions, narrative, tone, [HU] point of view, and atmosphere. May be taken educational maturity to fulfill integrated only by freshmen and sophomores. [AR WI] A Eng 144E Reading Shakespeare requirements of undergraduate and (3) master’s degree programs from the A Eng 144E is the writing intensive version of 141 University at Albany A Eng 144L; only one may be taken for credit. 2004. [HU WI] A Eng 243 Literature and Film (3) May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] A Eng 223L Short Story (3) Both films and literary works as outgrowths of A Eng 202Z Introduction to their culture. From term to term the course Analysis and interpretation of the short story as focuses on different periods or themes. May be Creative Writing: Creative & it occurs in one or more periods or places. repeated once for credit when content varies. Persuasive (Poetics & Rhetoric) A Eng 223E is the writing intensive version of A Eng 223L; only one may be taken for credit. (3) [HU] An introduction to writing as it is informed by rhetoric and poetics. Features extensive student A Eng 223E Short Story (3) writing. Emphasis on key concepts and basic A Eng 223E is the writing intensive version of terminology, analysis of both literary and A Eng 223L; only one may be taken for credit. student texts, and workshop pedagogy. May be May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] taken only by freshmen and sophomores. [WI] A Eng 224 Satire (3) A Eng 210 *Introduction to Exploration of the mode of satire: the view of Literary the human estate which informs it and the Study (3) characteristic actions and images by which this A study of relationships among writer, text and view is realized in prose fiction, drama and reader as they bear upon literary interpretation poetry and in the visual arts. Studies Roman, and theory. Primary focus will be on the basic medieval, 17th and 18th century, modern and issues and assumptions underlying literary study contemporary works. May not be offered in and on varying approaches to practical criticism. 2003-2004. Readings: selected literary texts, essays in A Eng 226L Study of a Literary practical criticism and critical theory. Theme, Form or Mode (3) Prerequisite(s): completion of or current Exploration of a single common theme, form or enrollment in a 100-level English literature mode using varied texts to promote fresh inquiry course. by unexpected juxtapositions of subject matter A Eng 215L Methods of Literary and ways of treating it. Sample themes might Criticism (3) include Slavery, Radicalism, or the Old West. This course involves investigation and application of Sample forms might include the sonnet or lyric. a particular critical method such as Freudian, May be repeated once for credit when content Marxist, historical, structural or mythic criticism. By varies. [HU] focusing on only one critical method among many in A Eng 227 Literature and the discipline, nonspecialist students gain experience Technology (3) with an important tool of literary analysis, using it to An examination of the relations between discover new dimensions in a variety of literary technology and literature. Topics to be texts. May be repeated once for credit when content addressed may include the presentation of varies. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU] science and technology in fiction, drama and A Eng 216 (= A Lin 216) poetry as well as the impact of technological Traditional Grammar and Usage innovation on literary production and consumption. (3) Thorough coverage of traditional grammar and A Eng 232L Modern Novel (3) usage with an introduction to the principles of Consideration of the forms, techniques and structural and transformational grammar. Brief themes of the modern American, British and exploration into recent advances in linguistic Continental novel. [HU] thought. Practice in stylistic analysis using such grammatical elements as syntax, voice, A Eng 233L Modern Drama (3) subordination and sentence structure. Survey of modern European and American drama from naturalistic theatre to post-modern A Eng 217M (= A Ant 220M & A Lin theater. Dramatists include Ibsen, Chekhov, 220M) Introduction to Linguistics Shaw, O’Neill, Brecht, Ionesco, Williams, (3) Pinter and others. [AR HU] The principles of modern structural, A Eng 234L Modern Poetry (3) transformational, and historical linguistics, with The forms, techniques and themes of modern English as the prime example in the examination British and American poetry, with concentration of language and languages. Only one of A Eng on such major figures as Yeats, Eliot, Williams, 217M, A Ant 220M & A Lin 220M may be Bishop and Stevens. [HU] taken for credit. A Eng 240 *Growing Up in America A Eng 221 (= A Jst 242 & A Rel (3) 221) The Bible as Literature (3) A reading of novels, autobiographies and other Literary genres of the Hebrew Bible (Old literary works in which authors, both men and Testament) and the cultures from which they women, of various ethnic and racial backgrounds emerged. Attention to parallel developments in describe the experience of growing up in a multi- other literatures and to the influence of the ethnic society. Discussions will be aimed at Hebrew Bible on Western life and letters. Only increasing an understanding of the problems and one of Eng 221, Jst 242, and Rel 221 may be pleasures of diversity. [DP] taken for credit A Eng 241L Popular Literature (3) A Eng 222L Masterpieces of Examines aspects of popular literary culture Literature (3) such as the best-seller, song lyrics, popular Major works of world literature in a variety of romances, detective and mystery fiction, or forms, including epic, dramatic and narrative as books that have been in vogue on the campus they provide a context of literary tradition and a during the last 20 years. The course explores the foundation for literary study and intellectual power of cultural ephemera and gives insight history. A Eng 222E is the writing intensive into the nature of popular appeal. May be version of 222L; may be repeated once for repeated once for credit when content varies. credit when content varies. [HU] [HU] A Eng 222E Masterpieces of A Eng 242L Science Fiction (3) Literature (3) The development of science fiction and the A Eng 222E is the writing intensive version of issues raised by it. Authors include such writers 222L; may be repeated once for credit when as Asimov, Clarke, Heinlein, Huxley and content varies. May not be offered in 2003- LeGuin. [HU] 142 University at Albany A Eng 243Z Four American Ibsen, Chekhov, Brecht. Critical writing is extensive practice in one or more of a variety of Directors (3) emphasized. A Eng 295E is the writing intensive forms (e.g., drama, fiction, poetry). Focuses on Representative films of Orson Welles, John version of 295L; only one may be taken for credit. detailed analysis of both literary and student [HU] texts, with special attention to generic Ford, Alfred Hitchcock and Billy Wilder from conventions, authorial voice, textual logics, and several perspectives. Analyzed as examples of A Eng 295E *Classics of Western style. Prerequisite(s): A Eng 202Z [OD if taken film art, expressions of an individual’ s personal Literature I: Ancient Epic to vision, products of a complex industrial Fall 2003 or thereafter; WI] organization (Hollywood,) and texts to help Modern A Eng 305Z Studies in Writing About explain a society’s complex cultural condition. Drama (3) Texts (3) May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] A Eng 295E is the writing intensive version of 295L; only one may be taken for credit. May not Intensive study of the forms and strategies of A Eng 251 *British Poetic Tradition be offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] writing in English studies. Students will engage I (3) with a variety of literary, critical, and A study of the British poetic tradition, focusing A Eng 296L *Classics of Western theoretical texts. The course emphasizes Literature II: Ancient Epic to students’ own analytical writing. Required of all on representative works of a small number of English majors. Prerequisite(s): English 205Z. authors. Readings will include works from the Modern Satisfies the general education oral discourse Middle Ages, Renaissance and 17th century Novel (3) requirements. (e.g., Chaucer, Spenser, Donne). May not be Classics of Western Literature I and II offer a offered in 2003-2004. foundation for literary study by tracing the A Eng 308Z (= A Jrl 308Z) A Eng 252 *British Poetic Tradition evolution of modern literary genres from Homeric *Narrative and Descriptive II (3) epics. A Eng 296L/E examines the emergence of Journalism (3) A continuation of British Poetic Tradition 1, the modern novel from the epic tradition. Students will explore a variety of journalistic writing which, however, may be taken independently. Representative authors include Homer, Virgil, styles, with an emphasis on good narrative and Readings will include works from the 17th to Dante, Cervantes, Joyce. Critical writing is description, combined with the skillful use of quotes 20th centuries (e.g., Milton, Pope, a Romantic emphasized. Prior completion of A Eng 295L or and dialogue. The class features intensive critiques or Victorian poet, a poet of the 20th century). 295E is recommended but not required. A Eng of students' work. A variety of formats will be May not be offered in 2003-2004. 296E is the writing intensive version of 296L; only studied: newspapers, magazines, non-fiction books, one may be taken for credit. [HU] and online publications. Class discussion and A Eng 260L *Forms of Poetry (3) A Eng 296E *Classics of Western reading will help students improve their skills in A study of the forms of poetry, such as the observing, interviewing, and organizing material for ballad, sonnet and dramatic monologue, and Literature II: Ancient Epic to longer articles. Students will have five writing poetic modes, such as meditative, lyrical and Modern assignments, including a short research paper, satiric. Students will examine why certain forms Novel (3) several in-class writing exercises, and a final project are popular at certain times, and how British and A Eng 296E is the writing intensive version of consisting of a major feature story of publishable American poets adopt or change the forms they 296L; only one may be taken for credit. May not quality. inherit. [HU] be offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] A Eng 310 Studies in A Eng 261L *American Poetic A Eng 300Z *Expository Writing (3) Contemporary Tradition (3) For the experienced writers who wish to work Theory (3) A study of American poetry from the 17th on such skills as style, organization, logic, and Intensive study of a particular issue or nucleus century through the modern period, stressing the tone. Practice in a variety of forms: editorials, of issues in critical/cultural theory. Individual richness of the early poetic tradition and the letters, travel accounts, film reviews, position semesters may concentrate on feminist theory, resulting varied spectrum of 20th century papers, and autobiographical narrative. Classes gay and lesbian theory, theories of the poetry. Emphasis on close reading of individual devoted to discussions of the composing process imagination, or other topics. The course may be texts and theoretical issues that arise in the and to critiques of student essays. Intended repeated once for credit when the content varies. reading of poetry. [HU] primarily for juniors and senior English minors. A-E grading. Satisfies the general education oral A Eng 311L History of the English A Eng 289 Topics in English (1–6) discourse requirements. [OD if taken Fall 2003 Language (3) Topics in literature with a university-wide or thereafter; WI] appeal. May be repeated once for credit when A broad tracing of the history, development and content varies. A Eng 301Z *Critical Writing (3) structure of the language from the beginnings to Exercises in literary description and literary modern English, including foreign influences on A Eng 291L *English Literary criticism; attention to various critical tasks and English, basic tendencies of the language, Tradition I: From the Anglo-Saxon grammatical constructs, and regional usages, approaches to the major resources of literary especially American. Intended primarily for Period through Milton (3) bibliography. Intended primarily for juniors and juniors and seniors. May not be offered in 2003- Representative works by major authors from the seniors [OD if taken Fall 2003 or thereafter; WI] 2004. Anglo-Saxon period through Milton, with some A Eng 302Z *Creative Writing (3) A Eng 320 *British Novel I (3) attention to necessary historical, biographical For the student who wishes to experiment with a and intellectual background information. variety of kinds of writing . Admission is by Origins and development of the British novel Provides a sense of continuity and change in the permission, and those seeking to enroll should from its beginnings to 1850. Representative English tradition, offering broad overviews of submit a sample of their creative work to the novelists may include Defoe, Richardson, extended chronological periods. [HU] instructor. Intended primarily for juniors and Fielding, Austen, the Brontes and Dickens. A Eng 292L *English Literary seniors. Prerequisite(s): permission of A Eng 321 *British Novel II (3) Tradition II: From the Restoration instructor. Satisfies the general education oral Development of the British novel from 1850 discourse requirements. [OD if taken Fall 2003 through the modern period. Representative through the Modern Period (3) or thereafter; WI] Representative works by major authors from the novelists may include George Eliot, Hardy, Restoration through the Modern period, with A Eng 303Z *Forms of Conrad, Lawrence, Joyce and Woolf. some attention to necessary historical, Argumentative and Persuasive A Eng 322 *British Drama (3) biographical and intellectual background Writing (Rhetoric) (3) A chronological study of representative plays of information. Provides a sense of continuity and Concentrated study of writing with an emphasis major dramatists, periods and movements from change in the English literary tradition, offering the Middle Ages through the 20th century. broad overviews of extended chronological on rhetoric as a disciplinary context. Features extensive practice in one or more of a variety of A Eng 323 *Nineteenth-Century periods. HU] forms (argument, narration, exposition). Focuses A Eng 295L *Classics of Western on detailed analysis of both literary and student American Novel (3) A study of the American novel in the 19th century, Literature I: Ancient Epic to texts, with special attention to generic conventions, rhetorical context, textual logics, emphasizing its development in form and theme, its Modern Drama (3) and style. Prerequisite(s): A Eng 202Z [OD if intersections with American history and culture, Classics of Western Literature I and II offer a taken Fall 2003 or thereafter; WI] and/or the context of literary movements such as foundation for literary study by tracing the evolution Romanticism, Realism and Naturalism. of modern literary genres from Homeric epics. A Eng 304Z *Forms of Creative A Eng 295L/E examines the relationship of The Iliad Writing (Poetics) (3) A Eng 324 *Twentieth-Century to the Western dramatic tradition. Representative Concentrated study on writing with an emphasis American Novel (3) authors include Homer, Aeschylus, Sophocles, on poetics as a disciplinary context. Features A study of the 20th century American novel, Euripides, Shakespeare, Molière, Racine, Goethe, emphasizing the shifts and developments in form 143 University at Albany and theme in this century. A Eng 362L (= A Wss 362L) *Critical A Eng 374 *Regional Studies in A Eng 325L *American Drama (3) Approaches to Women in Literature American Literature (3) A survey of the American drama. The primary focus (3) The literature of various regions of the United will be on representative works by 20th century An examination of the relations among gender, States. Topics to be discussed include how the playwrights as well as on major theatrical movements text and literary study. The course analyzes literature reflects the political and cultural in this country. [AR HU] different images of women in texts, the experiences of inhabitants of a region and to what relationship of these images to the form and extent these regional writers have developed A Eng 341 *Chaucer (3) content of the works studied, and the distinctive voices, literary languages, forms and/or The medieval background and the ideas and connections between individual works and themes. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. narrative art in the poet’s major works. No cultural or critical history. Intended primarily May be repeated once for credit when content varies. previous knowledge of Middle English is for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100- Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course required. Intended primarily for juniors and level English literature course or permission of or permission of instructor. seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English instructor. Only one of A Eng 362L & A Wss A Eng 375 The Literature of New literature course or permission of instructor. 362L may be taken for credit. [HU] York State (3) A Eng 344 (= A Thr 324) Early A Eng 365 *Comparative Study of Readings from authors, whether native New Yorkers Works of Shakespeare (3) Minority Literatures (3) or not, who deal with New York settings, themes The development of Shakespeare’s dramatic art, A comparative study of works from the and subjects. Writers may include Irving, Cooper, with emphasis on character, language, theme, literature of different minorities. The course Melville, Whitman, James, Wharton, Dos Passos and form and structure in comedies, histories and focuses on the relationships of writers and more recent authors. Attention will be given to the tragedies of the 16th century. Intended primarily works to cultural and critical history, on the cultural and social backgrounds of the literature. for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100- conditions under which these groups write, and Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. level English literature course or permission of the effect of these conditions on the moods, Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course instructor. themes, language and shape of reality in or permission of instructor. A Eng 345 (= A Thr 325) Later literature. Intended primarily for juniors and A Eng 378 Mythic Concepts in seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English Works of Shakespeare (3) literature course or permission of instructor. Literature (3) The development of Shakespeare’s dramatic art, Individual sections concentrate on a particular focusing on works from the 17th century—the A Eng 366 (= A Wss 366) *Minority mythic concept that recurs in literature such as the mature tragedies (including Hamlet,) the “dark” hero, the monster, the ideal society, the fantastic comedies, and the dramatic romances—with Writers (3) voyage. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. emphasis on character, language, theme, form and May be repeated once for credit when content varies. structure, as well as dramatic history. Intended A study of the literature of a given subculture Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course primarily for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a and the ways in which such factors as sex, age, or permission of instructor. 100-level English literature course or permission of class and race are presented in literature. The instructor. course focuses also on the relationship of A Eng 382 Literature and Other minority works to cultural and critical history, Disciplines (3–6) A Eng 348 *Milton (3) on the effects of writing outside the cultural Carefully focused study of literature in relation to Milton’s poetry and selected prose in the mainstream, and on the questions of technique, one or more of the other subject-matter fields (e.g., intellectual context of his time. Major emphasis voice and tradition for minority writers. the literature and history of a period, literature and on Paradise Lost, with appropriately detailed Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. May art, literature and philosophy, literature and study of Comus, Lycidas, Samson Agonistes and be repeated once for credit when content varies. psychology or psychoanalysis, or even literature as significant minor poems. In prose, emphasis on Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature part of the total culture of a period). Intended Of Education and Areopagitica. Intended course or permission of instructor. Only one of primarily for juniors and seniors. May be repeated primarily for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): A Eng 366L & A Wss 366L may be taken for once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): a a 100-level English literature course or credit. 100-level English literature course or permission of permission of instructor. A Eng 367 *(= A Jst 367) Jewish- instructor. A Eng 350 *Contemporary Writers American Literature (3) A Eng 385 *Topics in Cultural Studies at Literature written by American Jews of the 20th (3) Work (3) century. Among the topics offered are Jewish fiction writers, Jewish-American Drama, This course will deal with a particular subject or Rhetoric and poetics as practiced by Jewish-American Women Writers, Jewish issue in the study of culture. Individual courses may contemporary writers across a range of genres Humor, and Jewish-American Literature and deal with post-coloniality, the impact of social and media. Particular attention to social, Film. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. institutions on the production of subjectivities, intellectual, and aesthetic contexts out of May be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): and similar topics. This course may be used to fulfill which such work emerges. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course or the English major subculture requirement only if so junior or senior class standing. permission of instructor. approved by the English Academic Adviser. A Eng 352 *Study of a British A Eng 368L (= A Wss 368L) *Women A Eng 398Z Honors Seminar I (4) First course in the English Honors sequence of Author (3) Writers (3) The major British author to be studied in depth four seminars offered over a two-year period. varies from section to section and from term to Selected works of English and/or American women Topics vary with each sequence. The seminars term. May be repeated once for credit when writers in the context of the literary and cultural explore special topics in literary history, literary content varies. Intended primarily for juniors conditions confronting them. The course focuses on theory and critical methodology. May be repeated and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English the development of a female tradition in literature for credit when topic varies. Prerequisite(s): literature course or permission of instructor and on the narrative, poetic, and/or dramatic styles admission to Honors Program or permission of the of expression, voice and values of women writers. Director of Undergraduate Studies. [WI] A Eng 353 *Study of an American May be repeated for credit with change in topic. Author (3) Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course A Eng 399 Honors Seminar II (4) or permission of instructor. Only one of A Eng 368L Second course in the English Honors sequence The major American author to be studied in depth & A Wss 368L may be taken for credit. [HU] of four seminars offered over a two-year period. varies from section to section and from term to term. Topics vary with each sequence. The seminars May be repeated once for credit when content varies. A Eng 371 *Regional Studies in explore special topics in literary history, literary Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. British Literature (3) theory and critical methodology. May be repeated Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course The regional literature of Great Britain and the for credit when topic varies. Prerequisite(s): A Eng or permission of instructor. literature written in English in the Commonwealth 398Z or permission of the Director of A Eng 354 *Comparative Study of and former British possessions. Topics to be Undergraduate Studies. Authors (3) discussed may include how the literature reflects the political and cultural experiences of inhabitants of a A Eng 403Z *Writing Prose Fiction Study of two authors whose works illuminate each region and to what extent these regional writers have (3) other in terms of style, theme and their relationship developed distinctive voices, literary languages, Advanced workshop in writing fiction. to particular historical eras. May be repeated more forms and/or themes. Intended primarily for juniors Admission is limited, and those seeking to than once for credit when content varies. Intended and seniors. May be repeated once for credit when enroll should submit a sample of their work to primarily for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a content varies. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English the instructor. May be repeated once for credit. 100-level English literature course or permission of literature course or permission of instructor. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. instructor. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004.[WI] 144 University at Albany A Eng 404Z (= A Thr 406Z) Johnson, Goldsmith, Gibbon and Burke. American playwrights from Ibsen to O’Neill. *Writing Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. Intended for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature Drama (3) course or permission of instructor course or permission of instructor. May not be Advanced workshop in writing for the stage. offered in 2003-2004. Admission is limited, and those seeking to A Eng 426 *The Romantic Period enroll should submit a sample of their work to (3) the instructor. May be repeated once for credit. Literature of the early 19th century in England, Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. Only especially the poetry of Blake, Wordsworth, one of A Eng 404Z & A Thr 406Z may be taken Coleridge, Byron, Shelley and Keats, studied for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of particularly as it reflects the developing instructor. [WI] concepts of romantic imagination and romantic A Eng 405Z *Writing Poetry (3) individualism, concepts basic to modern Advanced workshop in writing poetry. literature. Intended primarily for juniors and Admission is limited, and those seeking to seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English enroll should submit a sample of their work to literature course or permission of instructor. the instructor. May be repeated once for credit. A Eng 427 *The Victorian Period Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. (3) Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. May Prose and poetry of Tennyson, Carlyle, not be offered in 2003-2004.[WI] Browning, Ruskin, Arnold and others, studied A Eng 416 (=A Wss 416) Topics in in relation to the broad social, intellectual and Gender, Sexuality, Race, or Class artistic movements of the latter part of the 19th century in England. Intended primarily for (3) juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level Focused examination of topics in the study of English literature course or permission of gender, sexuality, race and/or class, as they are instructor positioned and defined in literary or other texts from any period(s) or geographic region(s). Individual A Eng 428 Twentieth-Century semesters may focus on, among other areas: a British and Irish Literature (3) particular historical period, genre, or theme; theories Major works in prose, poetry, and drama, and of gender, sexuality, race, and/or class as related to major literary movements in British and Irish literary or other forms of representation; a particular literature in the modern period. Intended cultural problem. May be repeated once for credit primarily for juniors and seniors. when content varies. Prerequisite(s): senior class Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature standing, at least one literature course, and course or permission of instructor. permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Eng 432 *American Literature to A Eng 421 *Literature of the 1815 (3) Major poetry and prose of the colonial and federal Middle Ages (3) periods, with some attention to the theological and Students will examine a number of representative political backgrounds. Intended primarily for juniors works of the Middle Ages, read in translation. and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English Additional readings in, for example, the classics literature course or permission of instructor. and religious literature will help to situate each work in time and place. Intended primarily for A Eng 433 *American Literature juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level 1815–1865 (3) English literature course or permission of The works of the major writers of the romantic instructor. period. Particular attention to the transcendental A Eng 422 *Literature of the writers and to the development of the American novel. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. Earlier Renaissance (3) Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature The various forms that developed and flourished course or permission of instructor. in England during the 16th century: prose, narrative and lyric poetry, and drama (exclusive A Eng 434 *American Literature of Shakespeare.) Attention to classical and 1865–1920 (3) continental influences, the historical background, The major writings of the great period of the legitimization of English, and the power of American realism. Special attention to the individual texts. Major figures may include More, development of critical theory, the local color Wyatt and Surrey, Sidney, Marlowe, Spenser and writers, the psychological novel. Intended Jonson. Intended primarily for juniors and primarily for juniors and seniors. seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature literature course or permission of instructor. course or permission of instructor. A Eng 423 *Literature of the Later A Eng 435 American Literature Renaissance (3) 1920 to Present (3) The poetry, prose and drama of England from Selections from American literature from the modern 1600 to 1660 (exclusive of Milton). Major and contemporary periods, emphasizing the novel. figures may include Bacon, Donne, Hobbes, Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. Herbert, Marvell and Webster. Attention to Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course or political issues intellectual issues and religion permission of instructor. as they bear upon the poetry of wit, the prose of conviction, and the drama of power and intrigue. A Eng 439 Contemporary Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. American Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature Novel (3) course or permission of instructor. The major formal and thematic developments in the A Eng 425 *Literature of the American novel of the past 25 years, with particular Restoration and the 18th-Century attention to contemporary fictional experiments and aesthetic preoccupations. Intended primarily Enlightenment (3) for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level In poetry, the range and variety achieved within English literature course or permission of instructor. the ordered, urbane, civil style of Dryden and May not be offered in 2003-2004. Pope and the later development of the innovative, exploratory style of Gray, Collins A Eng 442 Modern Drama (3) and Cowper. In prose, the achievement of Swift, The growth of naturalism, realism and Addison and Steele, and its extension in expressionism. Selected European and 145 University at Albany A Eng 446 Modern American A Eng 490 Internship in English (3) Poetry (3) Supervised practical apprenticeship of 10–15 hours Selected poets from Robinson to the present of work per week in a position requiring the use of with emphasis on analysis. Intended primarily skills pertaining to the discipline of English, such as for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100- reading and critical analysis, writing, research, level English literature course or permission of tutoring, etc., with an academic component the instructor. May not be offered in 2003- consisting of the internship colloquium. Written 2004. work and report required. Selection is competitive and based on early application, recommendations, A Eng 447 *The Historical interviews and placement with an appropriate Imagination I (3) internship sponsor. Open only to junior or senior An investigation of the relationship between English majors with a minimum overall grade history and literature and the meaning of the point average of 2.50 and a minimum 3.00 average concept of “literary history.” Work from two or in English. S/U graded. more eras will be discussed and compared with A Eng 494 Seminar in English (3) attention to such questions as the connection between history and literary production, what A seminar for qualified upper-division students; constitutes a literary period, the influence of its the topic for each term varies and is announced literature on that of subsequent eras, and the in advance. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English decline and reemergence of particular literary literature course or permission of instructor. forms, themes or approaches. May be repeated May be repeated once for credit when content once for credit when content varies. This course varies. may be used to fulfill the English major period A Eng 497 Independent Study and requirement.. Intended primarily for juniors and Research in English (1–4) seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English May be taken for a maximum of 8 credits. literature course or permission of the instructor. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. A Eng 450 *Special Topics in Prerequisite(s): permission of a faculty member Rhetoric and Poetics (3) in the department and of the appropriate Carefully focused study in the history, theory, departmental committee. or practice of rhetoric and/or poetics (e.g., A Eng 498 Senior Thesis I (3) narrative theory; poetic movements; twentieth Independent senior thesis individually century rhetorical theory). May be repeated once formulated and written under the direction of a for credit with permission of the Director of thesis adviser. Students writing theses will meet Undergraduate Studies. in a seminar devoted to thesis research and A Eng 461 Forms of Modern Fiction writing strategies and to sharing work in progress. Students will be admitted by (3) permission of the coordinating committee, and A study of the major narrative modes in modern must enlist a faculty adviser before enrolling. British, American, and Continental fiction. Special S/U graded. attention to the problem of how experimentation in fictional forms relates to the social realities and A Eng 499 Senior Thesis II (3) philosophical attitudes of the contemporary world. Continuation and completion of thesis begun in Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. A Eng 498. The thesis will be reviewed and Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course evaluated by the thesis committee. or permission of instructor. May not be offered in Prerequisite(s): A Eng 498 and permission of 2003-2004. the thesis coordinating committee.. A Eng 462 Study of a Literary Movement (3) Study of an international literary movement or movements, their aesthetic philosophy, representative works, and their passages from one culture to another. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Eng 487 Studies in Literature (1– 6) Special topics in literature. Intended primarily for juniors and seniors. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): a 100- level English literature course or permission of instructor. A Eng 489 Advanced Topics in English (1–2) A short course devoted to the intensive study of limited materials—a particular work or works, a particular author or authors, a limited theme or topic, a minor genre. Directed to the special interests of upper-division students. May be repeated for credit when content varies. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course.

146 University at Albany

have strong international links with China, 499A and 499B. During this two-semester DEPARTMENT OF Russia, Australia, and various countries in sequence, the student will prepare an honors Africa, Latin America and Western Europe. thesis based on original library and/or field GEOGRAPHY AND research, under the supervision of a member of Careers the department. Any faculty member LANNING knowledgeable in the topic may supervise an P The undergraduate programs provide honors thesis. A written proposal describing background suitable for entry into a wide variety the project must be approved by the adviser Faculty of business, educational and government and the departmental Honors Committee by Distinguished Service Professors occupations, as well for graduate or professional the beginning of the student’s senior year. The John S. Pipkin, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) study in geography, planning, business, public thesis will be submitted for formal evaluation Northwestern University administration, forestry, landscape architecture in the spring semester of the student’s senior Professors and other environmentally oriented programs. year, and must be approved by both the adviser Ray Bromley, Ph.D. Career possibilities include: cartographers, and the Honors Committee. Cambridge University remote sensing, and geographic information Thomas L. Daniels, Ph.D. systems (G.I.S.) specialists; location and market 20–21 credits of elective course work in Oregon State University area analysts; urban, regional, economic, and geography which must include a) a minimum Floyd M. Henderson, Ph.D. transportation planners; environmental scientists; of 12 credits at or above the 300 level and b) at University of Kansas international development specialists; urban least one course of a regional nature from the Christopher J. Smith, Ph.D. design professionals; industrial and real estate following: A Gog 160M (or 160G), 225 (or University of Michigan developers; soil scientists; marketing and 225Z) 250, 270, 350, 354, (or 354Z) 356, and Roger W. Stump, Ph.D. distribution managers; journalists; and travel 365 (or 365Z). University of Kansas and recreation specialists. A minimum of 6 credits of foreign language or Associate Professors of an appropriate research skill, such as Andrei Lapenis, Ph.D. computing, statistics, or social research State Hydrological Institute, Saint Petersburg Degree Requirements for the methodology as approved by the adviser and James E. Mower, Ph.D. Major in Geography the Honors Committee. State University of New York at Buffalo General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 Kwadwo A. Sarfoh, Ph.D. If this requirement is met using a foreign credits, including, A Gog 101N; 102G or University of Cincinnati language, the student must complete one year 102M; A Mat 108 (or an approved equivalent); Assistant Professors of college-level study of the language or A Gog 496; one course from A Gog 290, 293 Youqin Huang, Ph.D. achieve placement beyond the first year of that or 385; and 20–21 credits of elective course University of California, Los Angeles language. work in Geography which must include: (1) a Catherine T. Lawson, Ph.D. minimum of 9 credits at or above the 300 For a research skill other than a foreign Portland State University level; and (2)at least one course from the language, the student must complete 6 credits Adjuncts (estimated): 5 following: A Gog 160, (or 160G) 225 (or of relevant course work outside the Teaching Assistants (estimated): 9.5 225Z), 250, 270, 350, 354, (or 354Z) 356, and department. 365 (or 365Z). The Department of Geography and Planning The departmental Honors Committee will offers programs leading to the B.A., M.A., and review each student’s progress at the end of M.R.P. degrees, a combined B.A./M.A. Honors Program each semester. Students whose work has not program, and an Undergraduate/Graduate The department’s honors program in been satisfactory will be warned and, if Certificate in Geographic Information Systems geography is intended to recognize the warranted, dismissed from the program. and Spatial Analysis. Undergraduate students academic excellence of its best students, to Unsatisfactory work in a semester would can major or minor in geography and the give them the opportunity to work more include failing to maintain a satisfactory grade department also offers a major and minor in closely with the faculty, and to enhance their point average, having unjustified incomplete urban studies and planning. Geographers study understanding of geographical theory and grades, or failing to make satisfactory progress the characteristics of space, location and place research. toward completion of the honors program in the broader context of how people interact requirements. Upon completion of all honors with both physical and human environments. Students may apply for admission to the program program requirements with a grade point Geography can be classified as both a natural during their junior year or at the beginning of average of 3.50 in geography and 3.25 overall, science and a social science as it examines their senior year. To gain admission. students students will be recommended by the Honors people and their environment and serves as a must have formally declared a major in Committee for graduation with Honors in bridge between the physical and cultural worlds. geography and completed at least 12 credits of Geography. Planning is a discipline and professional course work in the department. In addition, at the practice that deals with the form, organization, time of admission students must have an overall Combined B.A./M.A. Program and orderly development of cities, suburbs, and grade point average of at least 3.25, and of 3.50 rural areas. in geography. The combined B.A./M.A. program in geography provides an opportunity for Students must complete a minimum of 48 Teaching and research in the department students of recognized academic ability and credits, as follows: emphasize urban, social, physical, and cultural educational maturity to fulfill integrated geography; city and regional planning; urban A minimum of 42 credits in geography, requirements of undergraduate and design; remote sensing; cartography and including: master’s degree programs from the geographic information systems; beginning of their junior year. A carefully 15–16 credits of required course work, environmental studies; climatology; computer designed program can permit a student to including A Gog 101N, 102G or 102M, 396, and statistical models; area (regional) studies; earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees within nine 400 and one course from A Gog 290, 293 and urban and regional planning methods; semesters. economic development; small town and rural 385. The combined program requires a minimum of land-use planning. Members of the faculty 6 credits of Senior Honors Thesis, A Gog 147 University at Albany 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be A Gog 102G Place, Space, and graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., Faculty-Initiated Interdisciplinary Landscape (4) students must meet all University and college Major with a Concentration in A Gog 102G is a writing intensive version of A Gog requirements, including the requirements of 102M; only one may be taken for credit. [GC SS Urban Studies and Planning WI] the undergraduate major described previously, the minor requirement, the minimum 90-credit The Urban Studies and Planning Major is A Gog 125M The American City (3) liberal arts and sciences requirement, the designed for students interested in a liberal arts Reviews social, economic, political and physical education focusing on urban and suburban characteristics of American cities resulting from key general education requirements, and residency events (e.g. industrial development, European requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., environments, and on urban, community and immigration, suburbanization, the Civil Rights students must meet all University and college neighborhood development. The program of Movement). Examines the relationship between requirements as outlined in the Graduate study mixes conventional classes with fieldwork these events and current urban issues. Specific topics and computer-based learning, and it requires include: de-industrialization, women in the Bulletin, including completion of a minimum workforce, homelessness, poverty, environmental of 30 graduate credits and any other conditions considerable awareness of international, degradation, health care, and AIDS. Considers the such as a research seminar, thesis, multicultural and policy issues. Students with influence of race, ethnicity, class and gender factors comprehensive examination, professional training in Urban Studies and Planning may enter on the character of cities. [DP US*] experience, and residency requirements. Up to careers in housing and community development, A Gog 160M (= A Eac 160M) China: 12 graduate credits may be applied real estate, local and state government, local People and Places in the Land of One simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. economic development, or local planning. They Billion (3) programs. can pursue further study in graduate or An introductory course dealing with the human and professional schools to specialize in city and physical geography of China. After a brief survey of Students are considered as undergraduates regional planning, public policy, real estate, China’s historical geography and development, the until completion of 120 graduation credits course focuses on post-liberation China and the architecture, or landscape architecture. urban, economic, social, and demographic problems and satisfactory completion of all B.A. associated with modernization. A Gog 160Z & requirements. Upon meeting B.A. General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 A Eac 160Z are writing intensive versions of A Gog requirements, students are automatically credits including: 160 & A Eac 160; only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. [IL OD SS] considered as graduate students. 18-19 credits of required core courses: A Gog Students may be admitted to the combined 125M, 225 or 225Z (formerly 120 or 120Z) A Gog 160G (= A Eac 160G) China: degree program at the beginning of their A Pln 220 and any three from: A Gog 220, People and Places in the Land of One junior year, or after the successful A Gog 321M/A Eas 321M/ A Lcs 321M, Billion (3) A Gog 324, A Gog 328/A Pln 328/A Wss A Gog 160G & A Eac 160G are writing intensive completion of 56 credits, but no later than versions of A Gog 160 & A Eac 160; only one of the the accumulation of 100 credits. A 328, A Gog 330/A Pln 330, A Gog 480, four courses may be taken for credit. [OD IL SS WI] A Pln 315Z, A Pln 320Z cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or A Gog 180 (= A Eas 180) Asian higher and three supportive letters of Four planning courses at the 400 or 500 level. America (3) recommendation from faculty are required Registration in 500-level courses is limited to This course examines the history of the Asian for consideration. Students will be admitted seniors who obtain the permission of the experience in the United States (especially that of upon the recommendation of the Graduate program director and of the course instructor. the Chinese, Japanese, Korean, and Southeast Asian Admissions Committee of the department. communities). Topics include immigration, legal Two courses in one cognate discipline: status, the transformation of Asian-American communities, their relationship with their native Anthropology (A Ant 119N, 334, 372 or lands, and Asian-American self-representation in Undergraduate Certificate 372Z), or Economics (A Eco 341 or 341Z, literature and film. [DP US*] Program in Geographic and 456Z), or Education (E Edu 427, and A Gog 201 (= A Geo 201) Information Systems and Spatial either 400 or 401), or History (A His 303Z, Environmental Analysis (3) Analysis 317 or 317Z, 318 or 318Z), or Political Uses laboratory work and local field excursions to Science (R Pos 321/R Pub 321, R Pos 323, give students “hands-on” experience in physical This certificate program provides R Pos 424), or Sociology (A Soc 373 and geography and environmental sciences. Focuses on undergraduates with professional and 375). human impacts on the environment and on technical training in geographic information problems of environmental contamination. systems (GIS) and associated techniques of Prerequisite or corequisite: A Gog 101N. [NS] spatial analysis. Geographic information Geography Courses A Gog 220M Introductory Urban systems are computer-based systems for A Gog 101N Introduction to the Geography (3) storage, analysis, and display of spatial data. Introductory survey of findings and theory of urban Physical Environment (3) geography, which deals with the form and function The disciplines of cartography, remote Introduction to the three main fields of physical of cities. Major themes include: history of urban sensing and computer graphics are closely geography (climatology, biogeography, and form; spatial structure of modern urban systems; linked to the study of GIS. In conjunction geomorphology) from an integrated earth systems and the internal structure of the city, emphasizing viewpoint. The major world climate, vegetation, soil social and economic patterns. [SS] with GIS, methods of spatial analysis may be and landform regions are treated as process-response used to study a wide range of problems, systems whose physical patterns and A Gog 225 (formerly A Gog 120) including resource management, land interrelationships, causes, and significance are World Cities (3) management for agriculture and forestry, examined. Includes assessments of the role of human Introduction to the geography of cities around the impacts for global and regional change. [NS] urban planning, land use mapping, market world and to the role of cities in the world system. A Gog 102M Place, Space, and Covers: origins and spread of urbanism in different area analysis, urban social analysis and a host cultural settings; levels of urbanization in space and of other applications. Landscape (3) time; urban form and land-use; rural-urban Introduction to the main fields of human geography, interaction; city systems and megacities; distinctive The certificate requires 20 credit hours of (including population, cultural, economic, urban, features of contemporary American cities. A Gog undergraduate course work: and political geography), focusing on the 225Z is the writing intensive version of A Gog 225; disciplinary themes of place, space and landscape. only one of the two courses may be taken for credit. 20 credits of core course work, including The themes are applied at a variety of scales, from [GC] A Gog 290, 385, 414, 485, 496, and A Mat local to global. A Gog 102G is a writing intensive version of A Gog 102M; only one may be taken for A Gog 225Z (formerly A Gog 120Z) 108 (or an approved equivalent). credit. [GC SS] World Cities (4) A Gog 225Z is the writing intensive version of A Gog 225; only one of the two courses may be taken for credit. [GC WI] 148 University at Albany A Gog 240 Patterns of American courses; only one of the three courses may be taken A Gog 317 (= A Geo 317) Immigration (3) for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Geomorphology (3) This course provides a survey of immigration to the standing or permission of instructor. A systematic introduction to the study of landforms United States, focusing on key characteristics of and the processes that shape them. Laboratory work immigrant groups and their cultures, in relation to and field trips are part of the course. Prerequisite(s): both their places of origin and their destinations in A Gog 101N; A Geo 100N or 100F or 105N; or this country. [DP US*] permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Gog 250 (= A Lcs 250) Geography of Latin America (3) A Gog 321M (= A Lcs 321M and A Eas An introduction to the geographical diversity of 321M) Exploring the Multicultural Latin America, reviewing the Continent’s physical City (3) features, natural resources, societies, economies and This course will explore the human dimensions and politics, and relating them to its history and cultural implications of ethnic diversity in the United States, traditions. Particular attention will be given to rural focusing on New York City. The course utilizes a and urban living conditions, social and regional variety of methods to introduce students to the inequalities, population distribution, internal and multicultural city, beginning in the classroom but international migration, and socioeconomic ending with fieldwork in a specific New York development issues. A Gog 250Z & A Lcs 250Z are neighborhood. A Gog 321M is equivalent in content writing intensive versions of A Gog 250 & A Lcs to A Lcs 321M and A Eas 321M; only one of the 250; only one of the four courses may be taken for three courses may be taken for credit. credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Prerequisite(s): A Gog 102M or 102G or 120Z or A Gog 250Z (= A Lcs 250Z) 125M or 160M or 160G or 220M,or 240. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [OD SS] Geography of Latin America (4) A Gog 250Z & A Lcs 250Z are writing intensive A Gog 324 The City on Computer (3) versions of A Gog 250 & A Lcs 250; only one of the An introduction to the use of geographic technology four courses may be taken for credit. May not be in studying urban features and patterns. The course offered in 2003-2004. [WI] provides a conceptual bridge between introductory courses in urban geography and specialized courses A Gog 270 (= A Aas 270) in geographic techniques. Students will acquire Geography of Africa (3) familiarity with relevant software, data sources and Geographic analysis of the continent of Africa. the methods of analysis through regular computing diversity of the African continent will be stressed by laboratory assignments. Prerequisite(s): any two of examining its physical environment, resources, the following: A Gog 125M, 220M, 225/225Z, social, cultural, economic, and political systems. A Pln 220M. Emphasis upon the demographic as well as spatial planning aspects of geography. Only one of A Gog A Gog 328 (= A Pln 328 and A Wss 270 & A Aas 270 may be taken for credit. 328) Gender, Space, and Place(3) Power relations and categories of social difference are A Gog 290 Introduction to reflected by dramatic inequalities in local Cartography (4) environments, and in the quantity and quality of An introductory course in the theory and techniques available space. This course examines, through the of map production. Reviews and discusses the lenses of feminist geography and planning, how space elements of cartographic theory including the is invested with social meaning. It discusses how the relationships between human perception and map built environment affects and reflects relations of symbology. Students will produce a series of hand- gender, sexuality and ethnicity, and considers how drafted maps over the duration of the course. these social classifications produce “geographies of difference.” Gender is also related to nationalism, A Gog 293 Use and Interpretation of colonialism, “geographic skills,” and feminist research Aerial Photographs (3) methodologies. Prerequisite(s): A Gog 125 or A Pln Interpretation and examination of air photos for 220 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in geographic investigations. Topics include the 2003-2004. development of the evaluation of photo keys, thematic mapping, and analysis of landscape A Gog 330 (=A Pln 330) Principles of elements. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Environmental Management (3) Examines issues and problems arising from the A Gog 304 Climatology (3) interactions between humans and their physical Survey of the fundamentals of climate system. environment. Explores the degradation of Particular attention is paid to the explanation rather environmental systems resulting from human use than the description of atmospheric and oceanic and modification, as well as the impact of processes. Emphasis is given to the application of environmental processes on human systems. The concepts of environmental physics to selected natural policy options for dealing with environmental objects: terrestrial planets, the World Ocean, issues and problems are investigated. continents, cities, vegetation, animals and humans. Prerequisite(s): A Gog 101N and either A Gog 201 Energy balance study at different temporal and spatial or A Pln 220; or permission of instructor. [OD] scales is used as a methodological tool to provide a better understanding of such concepts as the A Gog 344 World Populations: Past, “greenhouse” effect, climate sensitivity, Present and Future (3) photosynthesis, the metabolism of animals, survival of Geographical perspectives on human populations. humans in different climates, etc. Work on the Internet Uses the main organizing ideas of geography to with remote weather stations and climate related understand the past, present and future distribution resources is a part of the course project. of population. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Prerequisite(s): A Gog 101N or A Atm 103 or standing, or permission of instructor. [OD] permission of instructor. [NS] A Gog 345 Economic Geography (3) A Gog 310N (= A Bio 311N and U Uni Examines the spatial patterns of economic activity, 310N) World Food Crisis (3) including agriculture, manufacturing retail and Interdisciplinary approach to understanding world wholesale trade, transportation, and the service food problems through analyses of social, political, sector. Location theory, models and empirical case economic, nutritional, agricultural, and studies are used to assess the spatial processes environmental aspects of world hunger. Faculty “explaining” the distribution patterns of economic from several departments in the sciences, activity. Economic development strategies at the humanities, and social and behavioral sciences state and regional levels are also investigated. present views from various disciplines. A Gog 310N, A Bio 311N, and U Uni 310N are equivalent . 149 University at Albany A Gog 350 (= A Eac 350) Urban 9 credits when topics differ. Prerequisite(s): credits in Geography, Junior or Senior class standing and Development in China (3) A Gog102M or 102G or permission of instructor. permission of instructor. Provides a comprehensive understanding of urban A Gog 406 Topics in Geographic development in China. Reviews the history of urban Information Systems (1–4) development in China and examines the In-depth examination of a significant topic in demographic, social, economic, and cultural Geographic Information Systems (cartography, GIS, dimensions of the urbanization process. Analyzes remote sensing, global positioning, etc.) May be the emerging urban land and housing markets, and repeated up to a limit of 9 credits when topics differ. the changing urban landscape. Prerequisite(s): A Gog290 for cartography topics; A Gog 354 (= A Lcs 354) A Gog 496/A Pln 456 for GIS topics; A Gog 385 for Environment & Development (3) remote sensing topics; or permission of instructor. A survey of international development issues, A Gog 414 Computer Mapping (3) focusing on the impact of economic growth, Introduces the student to the fundamental techniques population growth, and increased consumption of and applications of automated map production. Lectures natural resources on global and local environments. include discussions of algorithm and program This course focuses primarily on the poorer development as well as existing software packages. countries of the world, and particularly on tropical Students will also be introduced to current problems and environments. It discusses issues of deforestation, research in automated map production. Covers a wide desertification, and increased vulnerability to man- range of topics including but not limited to automated made and natural hazards. Prerequisite(s): A Gog drafting, computer generated projections, coordinate 101N or 102M or 102G, , or permission of systems and transformations, data structures and instructor. discussions of algorithms for specific applications. A Gog 356 Geography of the United Prerequisite(s): A Gog 290 or permission of instructor. States (3) A Gog 417 Geography Internships (3– A systematic treatment of the physical, economic and 6) cultural geography of the United States; selected Work in cartography, remote sensing, regional problems of land utilization and of environmental, or other offices to gain geographic adjustments. Prerequisite(s): junior or preprofessional experience in applied geography. senior class standing. or permission of instructor. May Carried out under the joint supervision of faculty and not be offered in 2003-2004. [US*] the host office. Internships are open only to A Gog 365 Geography of Europe (3) qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall Overview of the physical and human geography of grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Europe considered as a whole, followed by a more Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded. intensive discussion of selected topics on the A Gog 431 Climatic Change (3) Mediterranean countries, the British Isles, France, The evolution of the global climate is explained through Germany, and the countries of east-central Europe the analysis of feedback loops between different from Scandinavia to the Balkans. Cultural, political, components of the climate system; atmosphere, oceans, and economic issues will be emphasized, with living organisms, the carbon cycle, volcanic activity and analysis of contemporary matters in their historical changes in solar luminosity. Emphasis is placed on the context. A Gog 365Z is the writing intensive version study of climate sensitivity to global factors, and of A Gog 365; only one may be taken for credit. application of this knowledge to the forecast of future Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or human-produced climatic changes. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. May not be offered in A Gog 101N or A Atm 103 or permission of instructor. 2003-2004. A Gog 440 Political Geography (3) A Gog 365Z Geography of Europe (3) Examines the spatial character of political processes A Gog 365Z is the writing intensive version of at the local, national and global scales. Major themes A Gog 365; only one may be taken for credit. include: territory, identity and the state; localism, Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or regionalism and separatism; colonialism and permission of instructor. May not be offered in decolonization; geopolitics; and, internal and 2003-2004. [WI] international political conflicts. A Gog 385 Introduction to Remote A Gog 442Z Cultural Geography (3) Sensing of Environment (4) Examination of current concepts and research in cultural Introduction to the concepts and interdisciplinary geography through a detailed survey of one of its regional applications of remote sensing. The basic principles of or thematic subfields. Examples of the latter include: the theory and practice are presented for earth resource cultural geography of North America, the cultural management. Photographic and nonphotographic sensors landscape, the geography of religion. May be repeated are examined. Visual and digital image analysis once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Gog102G or 102M or techniques are introduced. Students will interpret color permission of instructor. [WI] infrared, multispectral, radar, and other sensor imagery for a variety of purposes. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class A Gog 447 Geography of standing, or permission of instructor. Development and A Gog 390 Intermediate Cartography Underdevelopment (3) An analytical survey of “Third World” development (3) theories and the development strategies they inspire. Techniques of reproduction graphics with emphasis Topics covered include traditional concepts of natural and on map planning and construction. Utilization of human resources identification and use, geographic half-tone, color-key, and other production processes diffusion, modernization, and economic growth, as well as models of cartographic expression. as challenges to the prevailing ideas and practices such as Prerequisite(s): A Gog290. May not be offered in dependency, sustainable development, and community 2003-2004. empowerment. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, A Gog 404 Topics in Physical or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003- 2004. Geography (1–4) In-depth examination of a significant topic in A Gog 450 Independent Study in Physical Geography. May be repeated up to a limit Geography (1-6) of 9 credits when topics differ. Prerequisite(s): The student will work independently on a directed A Gog101N or permission of instructor. reading, field survey, or individual research project in A Gog 405 Topics in Human geography. A member of the faculty will authorize and advise the project, which will be dimensioned in Geography (1–4) proportion to the number of credits being taken. The In-depth examination of a significant topic in student will submit a final report for assessment. May be Human Geography. May be repeated up to a limit of repeated for credit to a total of 6 credits. Prerequisite(s): 9 150 University at Albany A Gog 470Z (= A Eac 470Z) China Committee. Prerequisite(s): admission to the honors gender, sexuality and ethnicity, and considers how After Deng Xiaoping (3) program. these social classifications produce “geographies of difference.” Gender is also related to nationalism, This course examines some of the issues associated with colonialism, “geographic skills,” and feminist research modernization and economic development in Post-Deng Planning Courses methodologies. Prerequisite(s): A Gog 125 or A Pln Xiaoping China. The course focuses on the era of 220 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in economic reform associated with Deng, and is particularly Planning is a broad function of the public and 2003-2004. concerned with the social, spatial and political private sectors directed at guiding urban and ramifications of China’s entry into the global economy. A Pln 330 (=A Gog 330) Principles of Prerequisite(s): any of the following: A Eac 170, or regional development, analyzing physical, social, economic, and environmental issues, and Environmental Management (3) A Gog 102G/M or A Gog 160/160Z or A Gog 220M. Examines issues and problems arising from the [WI] preparing policy alternatives. Many planners interactions between humans and their physical A Gog 479 Fundamentals of Applied work in the public sector, evaluating problems environment. Explores the degradation of Global Positioning Systems (GPS) (3) and suggesting solutions in the domains of environmental systems resulting from human transportation, housing, economic and use and modification, as well as the impact of This course introduces students to the fundamentals of environmental processes on human systems. The Global positioning system technology as applied to the community development, urban design, policy options for dealing with environmental issues geosciences. Topics include background and history, neighborhood revitalization, environmental signal structure, resolution, accuracy, data collection and problems are investigated. Prerequisite(s): A Gog techniques, basic geodesy, projections and data, and issues, and policy analysis. Others work in the 101N and either A Gog 201 or A Pln 220; or private and nonprofit sectors, serving as permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003- applications. Field work and lab exercises complement 2004. [OD] lecture material. consultants, researchers, real estate developers, A Gog 480 Advanced Urban community development promoters, and A Pln 420 Introduction to Real Estate Geography (3) specialists in local economic development. The Development (3) department administers an interdisciplinary A general introduction to real estate development as Explores some of the theoretical debates and empirical an important element in the urban economy and as a research conducted by geographers and planners undergraduate minor program in urban studies field of urban planning activity. Covers legal, interested in the contemporary city. Adopts a and planning, and offers undergraduate courses political/economy approach to the investigation of economic, and financial perspectives. Emphasis is social problems currently pervasive in the capitalist city, in planning. These courses provide students placed on market analysis and mortgage finance for with insights on urban and regional residential real estate. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 220M, including: inner city poverty and the underclass, or permission of instructor. homelessness, gender-related issues, racial segregation; development from a broad, liberal arts and crime problems. Prerequisite(s): A Gog 102G or viewpoint, as well as providing background and A Pln 425 Community Development 102M or A Gog 210 or A Gog 220M. May not be and Neighborhood Planning (3) offered in 2003-2004. tools for further study and the professional practice of planning. Examines housing needs of households in urban A Gog 485 Advanced Remote areas. Assesses the relationship between housing and Sensing of Environment (3) A Pln 220M Introductory Urban other major challenges to urban households (e.g. poverty, unemployment, infant mortality and A variety of remote sensing applications and techniques Planning (3) neighborhood decline). Considers both traditional are discussed with reference to geography, planning, Introduces the basic concepts and techniques of and more innovative strategies that seek to address and related disciplines. Natural resource classification urban planning and provides an overview of housing needs. Prerequisite(s): A Gog 125M or systems, mapping strategies, and data collection steps planning history. Covers land use, transportation, A Pln 220M. are analyzed through empirical exercises. Fundamental environment, urban design, economic development concepts of digital image analysis including theory, and social issues. Explores the connections between A Pln 426 Community Development processing, enhancement, and information extraction planning and politics, economic restructuring, social and Neighborhood Planning are given particular attention. Prerequisite(s): A Gog change, and competing ideologies of urban form. 385. [SS] Workshop (1–4) Provides students an opportunity to obtain “real A Gog 495 (= A Pln 455) A Pln 315Z State and Regional world” experience assisting a local community or Introductory MapInfo (1) Planning (3) neighborhood group. Students work under Provides students who have, or are developing, a Reviews the theory and practice of state and regional supervision on both team and individual projects that knowledge of Geographic Information Systems planning in the United States, evaluating a range of address specific needs of communities (e.g. housing, (GIS) fundamentals, and who have, or are contemporary examples. Covers metropolitan education, public safety, transportation, health) in developing, a knowledge of ArcView software, with regional planning, river basin planning, regional the Capital District. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 425. May a comparable knowledge of MapInfo software. water resource management, state planning and not be offered in 2003-2004. Enables students to use and apply MapInfo to the growth management, and environmental impact A Pln 430 Environmental Planning solution of a wide range of data management, assessment. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 220M. cartographic and public policy programs. (3) A Pln 320 International Urban Explores the theory and practice of environmental A Gog 496 (= A Pln 456) Geographic Planning (3) planning and examines larger issues of human use, Information Systems (3) Provides a general introduction to urban planning as it exploitation, and protection of the landscape. Draws Introduction to the structure, design, and application is practiced in various countries around the world.. For from the practice of landscape architecture and of data base management systems designed to accept each of the countries covered there will be a community planning and outlines the principles of large volumes of spatial data derived from various discussion of the changing context of urbanization environmentally-based land-use planning. sources. The student will learn how to efficiently and economic development within which Prerequisite(s): A Pln 220M or permission of store, retrieve, manipulate, analyze, and display contemporary urban planning has emerged. A Pln instructor. these data according to a variety of user- 320Z is the writing intensive version of A Pln 320; A Pln 432 Parks, Preservation, and defined specifications. Prerequisite(s): only one of the two courses may be taken for credit. Familiarity with maps and coordinate systems. Prerequisite(s): Either A Gog 220M or A Pln 220M or Heritage Planning (3) permission of instructor. [GC OD] Explains the rise of heritage planning as a unifying A Gog 498 GIS Management (3) theme to link environmental, land-use, and This course provides students with the fundamentals A Pln 320Z International Urban community planning. Integrates parks, greenways, of GIS diffusion theory, organizational theory and Planning (3) historic preservation, and cultural resources as means management, GIS implementation, spatial date A Pln 320Z is the writing intensive version of A Pln to develop and preserve the distinctive character of sharing and trends in national data structures. Lectures 320; only of the two courses may be taken for credit. local communities, to foster local pride, and to are complemented by case studies chosen by the Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or promote tourism. Discusses the origins, organization student to test ideas discussed in class. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. [GC OD WI] and management of heritage programs, and the special A Gog 496 or A Pln 456. May not be offered in 2003- problems of heritage planning for minority groups and 2004. A Pln 328 (= A Gog 328 and A Wss bygone cultures. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 220M, or permission of instructor. A Gog 499A & B Senior Honors 328) Gender, Space and Place (3) Thesis (3,3) Power relations and categories of social difference are A Pln 436 Landscape Planning (3) reflected by dramatic inequalities in local Explores the theory and practice of large-scale Preparation of an honors thesis under the direction of environments, and in the quantity and quality of a member of the Department of Geography and landscape planning and examines issues of human available space. This course examines, through the use, exploitation, and protection of the landscape. Planning. The student must submit a formal proposal lenses of feminist geography and planning, how space describing the project, and the final thesis must be Draws from the practice of landscape architecture is invested with social meaning. It discusses how the and community planning and outlines the principles approved by both the adviser and the Honor’s built environment affects and reflects relations of 151 University at Albany of environmentally-based land-use planning. A Pln 437 Landscape Planning 220M or permission of instructor. May not be Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and Workshop (3-4) offered in 2003-2004. A Pln 220M and A Gog 101N, or equivalent courses. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Creation of a landscape plan for a local or regional A Pln 475 Urban Design (3) agency or nonprofit. Plan will balance protection of Introduction to the theory, rationale and practice of the natural and cultural environment with the need urban design. Covers design and layout criteria, for human uses of the landscape including regulation and review, and case studies of the urban community growth and development. Draws from design process. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 220M or the practice of landscape architecture and permission of instructor. community planning, and includes field research, community consultation, report writing and A Pln 476 Urban Design and Site mapping. Students serve as team members in the Planning Workshop (1-4) preparation of the plan. Prerequisite(s): junior or Involves students in supervised team projects doing senior class standing, A Pln 220M and Gog 101N or practical urban design and/or site planning work. equivalents, and GIS (A Gog 496/A Pln 456 or Through investigation, fieldwork and discussion, proficient ArcView or MapInfo user skills. May not student groups prepare proposals for the design and be offered in 2003-2004. layout of a specific site or axis. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 443 Transportation History and A Pln 220M. Policy (3) A Pln 485 Topics in Planning (1-4) Examines the history of transportation systems and Selected topics in specific sub-fields of planning. policy in the United States. Emphasis on Topics will be indicated in the course schedule and understanding the political and social forces that in departmental announcements. May be repeated influence decision-making at the federal, state, and once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 220M and local levels. The roles of corporate investment, and junior or senior class standing. of citizen interests and participation are examined. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 220M or permission of the A Pln 490A & B Planning Internship instructor. (3, 3) Provides students with practical work experience in A Pln 449 Bicycle and Pedestrian the general field of urban and regional planning. Transportation Planning (3) Internship placements are typically with federal, Covers planning, design, implementation and state, or local government agencies, consultancy management of systems of non-motorized firms, community development corporations, or transportation, particularly the ‘human-powered’ private, voluntary or political action groups modes of bicycling and walking. Involves students specializing in a specific sub-field relating to in the design of bikeways, walkways, intersections planning. Supervisor’s reference and final report and parking facilities, and in the evaluation of required. Internships are open only to qualified alternative transportation technologies. juniors and seniors who have an overall grade Prerequisite(s): A Pln 220M or permission of point average of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): instructor. A Pln 220M and permission of instructor. S/U graded. A Pln 451 Introductory Computer Aided Design (1) A Pln 497 Independent Study in Provides an introduction to Computer Aided Design Planning (2–4) and Drafting (CADD), enabling students to Provides an opportunity for students with a strong understand the basic principles of CADD and to use interest in a specific topic or sub-field in urban and CADD software. regional planning to do directed reading, independent study or research with faculty A Pln 452 (formerly A Pln 450) CADD supervision. May be repeated once, but not for more in Planning (3) than a total of 6 credit hours. Prerequisite(s): A Pln Applies the concepts and theories underlying 220M and junior or senior class standing. Computer Aided Design and Drafting (CADD) to site planning, urban design and land-use mapping, including 2D concept diagrams, site plan detail and 3D perspectives. Also reviews rendering, 4D applications, visualization, and CADD management. A Pln 455 (A Gog 495) Introductory MapInfo (1) Provides students who have, or are developing, a knowledge of Geographic Information Systems (GIS) fundamentals, and who have, or are developing, a knowledge of ArcView software, with a comparable knowledge of MapInfo software. Enables students to use and apply MapInfo to the solution of a wide range of data management, cartographic and public policy programs. A Pln 456 (= A Gog 496) Geographic Information Systems (3) Introduction to the structure, design, and application of data base management systems designed to accept large volumes of spatial data derived from various sources. The student will learn how to efficiently store, retrieve, manipulate, analyze, and display these data according to a variety of user- defined specifications. Prerequisite(s): familiarity with maps and coordinate systems. A Pln 474 Site Planning (2) Introduction to the theory, rationale and practice of site planning. Traces the design process from program to construction detailing and specification. The review and regulatory context are considered. Ramifications of design choices are explored including effects on ambiance, perception of space and form, human comfort, function of materials, and effects on costs. Prerequisite(s): A Pln 152 University at Albany

DEPARTMENT OF Associate Professors Emeritae/i Clara J. Tucker, Ph.D. HISTORY Syracuse University Assistant Professors Faculty Charlotte J. Brooks, Ph.D. Distinguished Teaching Professor Northwestern University Warren E. Roberts, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Amy E. Murrell, Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley University of Virginia Distinguished Service Professor Jennifer M. Rudolph, Ph.D. Sung Bok Kim, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) University of Washington Michigan State University Adjuncts: 6 Professors Emeritae/i Teaching Assistants: 23 Thomas Barker, Ph.D. University of Minnesota The objective of the Department is to provide Kendall A. Birr, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) its students with a thorough grounding in the University of Wisconsin past, seen from both social scientific and Robert R. Dykstra, Ph.D. humanistic perspectives, and in the nature of University of Iowa history and historical analysis. The Matthew H. Elbow, Ph.D. Department prepares undergraduates for a Columbia University variety of career options which rely upon a June E. Hahner, Ph.D. sound liberal arts education, as well as for Cornell University graduate study in both academic and Donald E. Liedel, Ph.D. professional fields. University of Michigan To accomplish its objectives, the Department William T. Reedy, Ph.D. offers programs leading to the B.A., the M.A., Johns Hopkins University the Certificate of Advanced Study in Public Robert F. Wesser, Ph.D. History, and the Ph.D. An honors program and University of Rochester a combined B.A./M.A. program are also Joseph F. Zacek, Ph.D. available to qualified students. In addition, the University of Illinois Department participates in several Professors interdepartmental programs, including Allen B. Ballard, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Africana Studies, Asian Studies, Social Harvard University Studies, Women’s Studies, Judaic Studies, Graham J. Barker-Benfield, Ph.D. Latin American and Caribbean Studies, University of California, Los Angeles Medieval and Renaissance Studies, and Iris Berger, Ph.D. Russian and East European Studies. Students University of Wisconsin interested in ancient history or are referred to Ronald M. Berger, Ph.D. the Department of Classics. University of Wisconsin H. Peter Krosby, Ph.D. Columbia University Careers John Monfasani, Ph.D. The study of history prepares students for a Columbia University variety of career paths, extending from Bruce B. Solnick, Ph.D. fields such as law, education, and religion, New York University to journalism and media ventures, and to Dan S. White, Ph.D. business and government service. The Harvard University Department maintains a Career Advisory Lawrence S. Wittner, Ph.D. Network, which is designed to link History Columbia University majors to graduates who have gone on to Gerald Zahavi, Ph.D. employment in a broad range of professions. Syracuse University Associate Professor Emeritae/i Dewitt C. Ellinwood, Ph.D. Special Programs or Washington University Opportunities Associate Professors The department encourages its majors to Donald Birn, Ph.D. participate in those international programs Columbia University relevant to their particular historical Richard Hamm, Ph.D. interests. For more detailed information, see University of Virginia the section on the Office of International Richard H. Kendall, Ph.D. Programs. The department also offers its Yale University undergraduate students opportunities for Nadieszda Kizenko, Ph.D. internships in local museums and historical Columbia University agencies through A His 499. Ivan D. Steen, Ph.D. New York University Ann F. Withington, Ph.D. Yale University 153 University at Albany Degree Requirements for the History field of concentration, including a Civil War, with emphasis on the development of our minimum of 6 credits and maximum of 9 credits political, constitutional, economic, social, and Major in History cultural institutions. A His 100Z is the writing from courses in American and/or European intensive version of A His 100; only one may be General Program history. taken for credit. [US] B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits in history Additional history courses (6 credits). A His 100Z American Political and including a minimum of 18 credits at or above Social History I (3) the 300 level from course work listed under one The honors director reviews the progress of A His 100Z is the writing intensive version of A His of the designated fields of concentration: United each student at the end of each semester. If a 100; only one may be taken for credit. [US WI] States, Asian, Ibero-American, or European student is not doing satisfactory work, the A His 101 American Political and history; a minimum of 6 credits in courses at the student is warned and, if appropriate, Social History II (3) 300 level or above outside the field of dismissed from the program. Unsatisfactory Survey of American history from the Civil War to concentration. Alternatively, a World History work in a semester would be failing to the present, with emphasis on the development of our political, constitutional, economic, social, and concentration is available with 24 credits of maintain a cumulative average of 3.10 overall or 3.30 in history, having unjustified cultural institutions. A His 101Z is the writing course work at or above the 300 level (which intensive version of A His 101; only one may be may include A His 286 and A His 287). Of incomplete grades, or otherwise performing taken for credit. [US] below the honors level. these 24 credits, a minimum of 6 credits and a A His 101Z American Political and maximum of 9 credits are allowed from courses Students are graduated “with honors in Social History II (3) in United States and/or European history. history” upon satisfactory completion of the A His 101Z is the writing intensive version of A His curricular requirements with a grade point 101; only one may be taken for credit. [US WI] Honors Program average of 3.50 in history and 3.25 overall. A His 130 History of European Civilization I (3) Each semester the Department of History Survey of the political, economic, social, and admits qualified students into the honors Combined B.A./M.A. Program cultural history of the West from its origins to the program in history. The purpose of the honors The combined B.A./M.A. program in history 18th century. A His 130Z is the writing intensive version of A His 130; only one may be taken for program is to provide well-qualified students provides an opportunity for students of credit. [EU] with close contact with faculty and fuller recognized academic ability and educational training in research and writing than are maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of A His 130Z History of European normally possible. undergraduate and master’s degree programs Civilization I (3) A His 130Z is the writing intensive version of A His Students may be admitted to the program in from the beginning of their junior year. 130; only one may be taken for credit. [EU WI] the second semester of their sophomore year or The combined program requires a minimum of A His 131 History of European during their junior year after formally declaring a 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be Civilization II (3) major in history. To be admitted, students must graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., Survey of the political, economic, social, and have completed 12 credits of course work from students must meet all University and college cultural history of the West from the 18th century to the Department of History with at least 3 credits the present. A His 131Z is the writing intensive requirements, including the requirements of version of A His 131; only one may be taken for of this work completed above the 100 level. In the major program in history described credit. addition, students must have a cumulative grade previously, the minor requirement, the A His 131Z History of European point average of at least 3.25 overall and an minimum 90-credit liberal arts and sciences average in history of 3.50. Students must submit Civilization II (3) requirement, General Education, and residency A His 131Z is the writing intensive version of A His evidence of their written work, preferably a paper requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., 131; only one may be taken for credit. [EU WI] written for a history course. students must meet all University and college A His 145 (= A Ant 145 and A Lcs requirements as outlined in the Graduate A departmental director administers the 145) Continuity and Change in Bulletin, including completion of a minimum program, admitting students and evaluating Latin America (3) their work. of 30 graduate credits and any other Introduction to the historical development of Latin conditions, such as a research seminar, thesis, America’s diverse cultural heritage and to its Students are required to complete a minimum comprehensive examination, other contemporary institutions and civilization. The of 42 credits as follows: professional experience, and residency perspective will be broadly interdisciplinary and will reflect diverse approaches and fields. Only one of A His 497Z Independent Research and Writing requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may A His 145, A Ant 145, & A Lcs 145 may be taken in History (4 credits), to be taken in the second be applied simultaneously to both the B.A. and for credit. [BE] M.A. programs. semester of the student’s junior year. A His 158 The World in the 20th A His 495Z and 496Z Senior Honors Thesis Students are considered as undergraduates Century (3) This course will look at the ethnic and racial Seminar (8 credits). In connection with this until completion of 120 graduation credits and satisfactory completion of all B.A. diversity of the contemporary United States and seminar, each student writes an honors thesis provide a historical context for understanding this of 50–70 pages. The student must secure a requirements. Upon meeting B.A. diversity. By providing an understanding of the thesis supervisor and second reader. The thesis requirements, students are automatically history and culture of the formerly colonized world, and the ideologies of domination used to justify must be approved by the supervisor and the considered as graduate students. A cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three colonization, the course will attempt to sensitize second reader. The student makes an oral students to the diverse history of Americans. The presentation of the topic in the seminar or in an supportive letters of recommendation from course will introduce segments on recent American appropriate class. faculty, one of whom must be from the immigration such as Asian and Hispanic Department of History, are required for immigration. The course will also seek to provide a A minimum of 18 credits at or above the 300 consideration. Students are admitted to the framework that places the United States within a global context of culture, politics, and economics. level from course work listed under one of the combined program upon the recommendation The course will also examine how American social following fields of concentration: American, of the department’s Graduate Committee. movements such as the women’s movement, and the Asian, Ibero-American, or European history; a Civil Rights movement have affected similar minimum of 6 credits in courses at the 300 level movements elsewhere, and to what extent these Introductory and General Courses struggles in turn have reverberated and shaped or above outside the field of concentration; contemporary American social movements. A His alternatively, a total of 24 credits of course work A His 100 American Political and 158Z is the writing intensive version of A His 158; at or above the 300 level (which may also Social History I (3) only one may be taken for credit. [DP if taken before include A His 259, 286, and 287) in the World Survey of American history from early times to the Fall 2004; GC] 154 University at Albany A His 158Z The World in the 20th & A Jst 250 may be taken for credit. early Christianity and the rise of medieval Century (3) antisemitism in Christian Europe; 2) the A His 253 (= A Jst & Rel 253) modernization of antisemitism in European society up A His 158Z is the writing intensive version of A His Medieval Jews Among Muslims and 158; only one may be taken for credit. [DP GC WI] to World War II; 3) the impact of antisemitism in Christians (3) American history. Learning materials include analytic A His 170 (= A Lcs 102) Studies Jewish history, life and culture in the contexts texts, fiction, films and guest lecturers. Only one of Introduction to Caribbean History of the Muslim and Christian civilizations of the A His 275 & A Jst 275 may be taken for credit. [DP EU GC] (3) Middle Ages. Discusses differences among Jews, Muslims and Christians; emphasizes reactions to A His 286 (= A Aas 286) African An introduction to the history of culture contact in persecution, Jewish autonomy and social life as a the Caribbean from the pre-Columbian Arawaks and minority group in a majority culture, and the Civilizations (3) Caribs, through the infusion of European and development of Jewish law, literature, philosophy and Africa from prehistoric times to 1800 with emphasis African cultures, to the emergence of the leadership mysticism. Only one of A His 253 & A Jst 253, 343, on sub-Saharan Africa, the development of indigenous of the United States in 1898. Special emphasis on 343Z & A Rel 253 may be taken for credit. [EU] states and their response to Western and Eastern the social and economic development of the contacts. Only one of A Aas 286 & A His 286 may be plantation system, the intercontinental trade system, A His 255 (= A Jst 255) The taken for credit. [BE] slavery, and the struggle for abolition and self- Holocaust: Lessons and Legacies (3) A His 287 (= A Aas 287) Africa in the determination. Only one of A Lcs 102 and A His Offers a general, nonspecialized cultural studies 170 may be taken for credit. [BE] approach to the Holocaust, the destruction of Modern World (3) A His 176 Cultures and Societies of European Jewry by Nazi Germany during World War Africa since 1800: exploration, the end of the slave trade, the development of interior states, European Asia: An Historical Survey I (3) II. Examines European Jewish life as well as the history, cultural significance and public importance of partition, the colonial period, and the rise of Introduction to the cultures of South Asia (Indian the Holocaust through multiple perspectives. Utilizes independent Africa. Only one of A Aas 287 & A His subcontinent), and Southwest Asia. The story of the 287 may be taken for credit. [BE]. development of their major institutions and cultural historical studies, a film series, literary works and guest lecturers. Only one of A His 255 & A Jst 255 A His 291 (=A Jst 291 and A Rel 291) and social patterns, along with the examination of may be taken for credit. [GC] the interactions among cultures. A survey of the Messiah and Messianism in Judaism history of these areas from their historical A His 256 Women in European and Christianity (3) beginnings to the present. [BE] History (3) Origins of Jewish and Christian messianism in the Old A His 177 (= A Eas 177) Cultures Survey of the role and position of women in European and New Testaments and related literature. Topics and Societies of Asia: An Historical society from antiquity to the present, concentrating on include the projection of a society’s ultimate values, social, economic, political, and intellectual aspects of and the tension caused by the actual attempts to realize Survey II (3) women’s lives and on cultural attitudes and ideologies those values; i.e., to achieve salvation through An introduction to the history and cultures of East concerning women. May not be offered in 2003-2004. messianic movements. Only one of A His/Jst/Rel 291 Asia (China, Japan, and Korea), their major may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003- institutions and their religious and philosophical A His 257 (= A Jst 257) Jews, War & 2004. [GC] traditions from ancient times to the present. A His Revolution: West European Jewry, 177Z is the writing intensive version of A His 177; 1770–1918 (3) A His 292 Trials in United States only one may be taken for credit. [BE] An examination of Jewish history in Central and West History (3) A His 177Z (= A Eas 177Z) Cultures Europe that highlights the transformation and This course examines various historic Anglo- American criminal trials. To introduce the discipline and Societies of Asia: An Historical politicization of Jewish life in the modern era. One- third of the course is devoted to the impact of of history, trials are explored in their legal and social Survey II (4) “German” Jewish immigrants on American Jewish life settings so students can learn the purposes of trials in A His 177Z is the writing intensive version of A His and American society. [EU] past cultures. Course topics can include insanity 177; only one may be taken for credit. [BE WI] defense, free speech, racism, press coverage, honor, A His 258 (= A Jst 258) Jews, War & and gender relations. A His 220M Public Policy in Modern Revolution: East European Jewry, America (3) A His 293 History of Women in the 1772-1918 (3) Americas (3) This course focuses on the history of four major An examination of Jewish history in Poland and domestic policies: welfare, civil rights, economic Imperial Russia and the era of mass Jewish migration An historical survey of the role of women in the United policy, and health policy. Students assess the to the USA. Highlights the modernization, States, Canada, and Latin America from colonial times relevance of history to current political debates and emancipation, and politicization of Jewish life in to the present with emphasis on social, intellectual, and analysis of public policy. Group workshops and Eastern Europe. One-third of the course is devoted to political developments and feminist movements. May debates will enable students to engage in active not be offered during 2003-2204. [GC] learning while grappling with these larger questions. the impact of East European Jewish immigrants on [SS] American Jewish life and American society. [EU] A His 296 Peace in the Nuclear Age A His 260 (= A Eas 260) China in (3) A His 225 (= A Jst 225) Hollywood An historical approach to peace studies. This course and the Jews (3) Revolution (3) examines the background of the contemporary An examination of the history of Hollywood and the This course examines China’s four great twentieth international arms race. Twentieth century peace century revolutions: the 1911 Revolution, the 1949 movements and efforts at disarmament and armaments Jewish relationship to the American motion picture control are emphasized. industry. Investigates a representative sample of Communist Revolution, the Great Proletarian Cultural films and movies and explores the impact of the Revolution, and the reforms of the 1980’s and 1990’s. Topics include authority and dissent, constituency A His 297L (= A Rel 297L) Religion fictionalized landscape of the Jewish mind on and Society in History (3) American culture and values. [DP] mobilization, the relationship between urban and rural regions, and the changing nature of ideology in China. This course will focus on the role religion has played A His 235 Early and Medieval [BE] in societies from antiquity to the present. Our examination will include the anointed kings of ancient Christianity (3) A His 263E Art, Music, and History: A Israel, the idealized unity of emperor and patriarch in Survey of the intellectual, ritual, and institutional Multimedia Approach I (4) Byzantium, the universal claims of the Holy Roman development of Christianity from the apostles to the Survey of Western art and music from the Middle Empire, the role of the prophet in Islam, the divinity later Middle Ages. A His 235Z is the writing Ages to about 1750. Art and music will be used to of the Emperor in China and Japan, the conception of intensive version of A His 235; only one may be illuminate history, and history will be used to further the monarchy in Western and Eastern Europe, the taken for credit. [EU] an understanding of art and music. [AR EU HU WI] anti-religious rhetoric of European revolutions, the A His 235Z Early and Medieval separation of church and state in contemporary secular A His 264E Art, Music, and History: A societies, the current revival of fundamentalism, and Christianity (4) Multimedia Approach II (4) the persistence of wars based on religion. A His 235Z is the writing intensive version of A His Survey of Western art and music from about 1750 to Architecture, music, iconography, and rituals will be 235; only one may be taken for credit. [EU WI] the present. Art and music will be used to illuminate examined for the information they provide. [GC HU] A His 250 (= A Jst 250) The history, and history will be used to further an understanding of art and music. [AR EU HU WI] A His 297E (= A Rel 297E) Religion Holocaust in History (3) and Society in History (4) An examination of the Jewish experience in the A His 275 (= A Jst 275) Antisemitism A His 297E is the writing intensive version of A His Second World War in the broader context of in Historical Perspective (3) 297L; only one maybe taken for credit. [GC HU WI] twentieth century history. Topics surveyed include This course studies the development and varying anti-Semitism, Nazism, the role of the witness and forms of antisemitism in Western history. The course the issue of collective guilt. Only one of A His 250 is divided into three segments: 1) the anti-Judaism of 155 University at Albany A His 386 (= A Aas 386) Race and A His 301 Approaches to the credits in history. [WI] Conflict in South Africa (3) History of American Indian Peoples A His 307 Nationalism and Reform, Study of the historical origins and development of (3) 1815–48 (3) racial conflict in South Africa with a concentration on This course provides an in-depth exploration of Survey of the growth of nationalism, the emergence economic. political, social and religious change in the specific Tribal Nations and major cultural themes in of a reform impulse, the age of individualism and 20th century. Topics will include: changing state American Indian history, such as political relations, egalitarianism, the development of the second structures and ideologies, the impact of economic relations, and religious relations. Only one American party system, and technological, cultural, industrialization, transformations of rural and urban may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A His 300 and social change. A His 307Z is the writing life, African religious movements, political and or A His 300Z. May not be offered in 2003-2004. intensive version of A His 307; only one may be religious connections with Black Americans, gender A His 301Z Approaches to the taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior relations, and changing forms of popular resistance class standing, or 3 credits in history. against white domination. A His 386Z is the writing History of American Indian Peoples intensive version of A His 386 & A Aas 386; only one (3) A His 307Z Nationalism and may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 3 credits of This course provides an in-depth exploration of Reform, A His or A Aas course work, or junior or senior class specific Tribal Nations and major cultural themes in standing. 1815–48 (4) American Indian history, such as political relations, A His 307Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 386Z (= A Aas 386) Race and economic relations, and religious relations. Only one 307; only one may be taken for credit. Conflict in South Africa (4) may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A His 300 Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 386Z is the writing intensive version of A His or A His 300Z. May not be offered in 2003-2004. credits in history. [WI] 386 & A Aas 386; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] Prerequisite(s): 3 credits of A His or A Aas course A His 302Z American Art and the work, or junior or senior class standing. [WI] Western Tradition (4) A His 476 Colloquium in African By focusing on types of art (the portrait, history History (3) painting, genre painting, landscape art, etc.) and Specific topic to be examined in the colloquium will artistic styles (Neoclassicism, Romanticism, be announced at the time the course is offered, and Realism, Impressionism, Abstract Expressionism, etc.) the course will examine the development of students may obtain a course description from the American art from its European origins. The main department at the time of advance registration. focus of the course is how American art—even with Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. its European origins—becomes distinctively Permission of instructor may be required. A His 476Z American. Particular attention will be given to is the writing intensive version of A His 476. May not American art that can be seen locally, from the be offered in 2003-2004. Hudson River Collection in the Albany Institute of A His 476Z Colloquium in African Art and History to the Tiffany windows in Albany History (4) and Schenectady. [WI] A His 476 is the writing intensive version of A His A His 303Z American Architecture 476. Only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. Permission of and the Western Tradition (4) Instructor may be required. May not be offered in The various styles of American architecture will be 2003-2004. [WI] examined in connection with their European antecedents, from Colonial times to the present. One A His 490Z Senior Thesis Colloquium theme of the course will be how styles derived from (4) Europe-Gothic Revival, Romanesque Revival, and This class grants students an opportunity to research so on, take on distinctive American characteristics. and write individual senior history theses. Topics will Another theme will be the connection between be chosen with the help of the instructor. While much of the class will involve individual research and nineteenth-century historicist architecture and the writing, occasional colloquia will be held for sharing pioneers of modern architecture such as Louis research insights and discussing research problems. Sullivan and Frank Lloyd Wright. Particular Prerequisite(s): senior status, history major; instructor importance will be given to the architecture of permission. Albany, Troy, and Schenectady. [WI] A His 493Z Research Intensive Option A His 305 Colonial America to 1763 for Upper-level History Classes (1) (3) This one-credit course is to be taken in conjunction Survey of major aspects and events in the colonial with a 300-level history course that does not already period, with particular emphasis on the growth of require a research paper. By enrolling in the research- intensive option, students will be able to write a uniquely American culture and institutions. A His research paper on a topic related to the course. 305Z is the writing intensive version of A His 305; Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): instructor. junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. A His 305Z Colonial America to 1763 (4) A His 305Z is the writing intensive version of A His Concentration in the History of 305; only one may be taken for credit. the United States Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [WI] A His 300 The History of American A His 306 The Era of the American Indians and the United States (3) Revolution, 1763–1815 (3) A detailed survey of the history of the North Detailed survey of the American Revolution, the American Indians, particularly those now within the making of the Constitution, and the historic territory of the United States, as communities and experiment in federal-republicanism; the clash of nations, from the period of first contact to the ideas and interests on the rapidly changing domestic present. Only one may be taken for credit. and foreign scenes; the search for unity in the new Prerequisite(s): A His 100 or A His 100Z. [US*] nation. A His 306Z is the writing intensive version A His 300Z The History of American of A His 306; only one may be taken for credit. Indians and the United States (4) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A detailed survey of the history of the North credits in history. American Indians, particularly those now within the A His 306Z The Era of the American territory of the United States, as communities and Revolution, 1763–1815 (4) nations, from the period of first contact to the A His 306Z is the writing intensive version of A His present. Only one may be taken for credit. 306; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A His 100 or A His 100Z. [US* WI] Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 156 University at Albany A His 308 Division and Reunion, credits in history .[US* WI] A His 318 History of the American 1848–77 (3) A His 314 The Progressive City Since 1860 (3) Causes of the American Civil War, the war on Generation: 1900–1932 (3) Chronological and topical survey of the American military and civilian fronts, and Reconstruction and urban scene, with emphasis on the causes and its aftermath. A His 308Z is the writing intensive Intensive examination of society and politics in the consequences of urban growth, the similarities and version of A His 308; only one may be taken for United States in an age of reform and reaction. differences among various cities, and the attempts to credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Special emphasis on important personalities, such as fulfill the needs of an urban environment. This standing, or 3 credits in history. Theodore Roosevelt, Woodrow Wilson, and Herbert session examines the urban scene from the late 19th Hoover; also consideration of major themes, such as century to the present. Prerequisite(s): junior or A His 308Z Division and Reunion, progressivism, World War I, and the business senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. A His 1848–77 (3) civilization of the Twenties. Prerequisite(s): junior 318Z is the writing intensive version of A His 318; A His 308Z is the writing intensive version of A His or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. A His only one may be taken for credit. [US] 308; only one may be taken for credit. 314Z is the writing intensive version of A His 314; Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 only one may be taken for credit. A His 318Z History of the American credits in history. [WI] A His 314Z The Progressive City Since 1860 (3) Generation: 1900–1932 (4) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 309 The Gilded Age, 1877– credits in history. A His 318Z is the writing 1900 (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 intensive version of A His 318; only one may be Detailed survey of the complexity and diversity of credits in history. A His 314Z is the writing taken for credit. [US WI] the period, emphasizing the impact of intensive version of A His 314; only one may be industrialization, urbanization, and mass taken for credit. [WI] A His 321 American Social History: immigration upon politics, diplomacy, agriculture, A His 315 Roosevelt to Reagan, European Settlement to Civil War labor, religion, and thought. A His 309Z is the 1933–1988 (3) (3) writing intensive version of A His 309; only one Intensive examination of United States political Historical survey and analysis of American society may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or history from the Great Depression to the 1980’s. with attention to immigration, ethnic groups, labor senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. Special emphasis on the welfare state, the Cold War, problems, changing class and family structure, A His 309Z The Gilded Age, 1877– the President and Congress, and the relationship population, and mobility patterns. A His 321Z is the writing intensive version of A His 321; only one may 1900 (4) between citizens, public policy, and the political process. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior A His 309Z is the writing intensive version of A His class standing, or 3 credits in history. [US] 309; only one may be taken for credit. standing, or 3 credits in history. A His 315Z is the writing intensive version of A His 315; only one A His 321Z American Social Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 may be taken for credit. credits in history. [WI] History: European Settlement to A His 311 History of American A His 315Z Roosevelt to Reagan, Civil War (4) Foreign Policy I (3) 1933–1988 (4) A His 321Z is the writing intensive version of A His Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 321; only one may be taken for credit. Historical survey of United States relations with credits in history. A His 315Z is the writing Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 other countries emphasizing the interplay of intensive version of A His 315; only one may be credits in history. [US WI] domestic and international issues and covering the taken for credit. [WI] period from the American Revolution to 1920. A His A His 322 American Social History: 311Z is the writing intensive version of A His 311; A His 316 Workers and Work in Civil War to Present (3) only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): America, 1600–Present (3) Historical survey and analysis of American society junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in A survey of the transformation of work and workers with attention to immigration, ethnic groups, labor history. [US] in America from the years of the first white problems, changing class and family structure, A His 311Z History of American settlement to the present. Topics will include: population, and mobility patterns. A His 322Z is the Foreign Policy I (4) indentured servants; artisan work and culture; writing intensive version of A His 322; only one household production and the revolutionizing role of may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or A His 311Z is the writing intensive version of A His merchant capitalism; slave labor; industrialization; senior class standing, or 3 credits in history.[US] 311; only one may be taken for credit. race, gender, ethnicity and the segmentation of work Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 and workers; the rise of the labor movement; labor A His 322Z American Social credits in history. [US WI[ radicalism. A His 316Z is the writing intensive History: Civil War to Present (4) A His 312 History of American version of A His 316; only one may be taken for A His 322Z is the writing intensive version of A His Foreign Policy II (3) credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class 322; only one may be taken for credit. standing, or 3 credits in history. [US*] Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 Historical survey of United States relations with credits in history. [US WI] other countries emphasizing the interplay of A His 316Z Workers and Work in domestic and international issues and covering the America, 1600–Present (4) A His 324 Religion in American Life period from 1920 to the present. A His 312Z is the A His 316Z is the writing intensive version of A His and Thought (3) writing intensive version of A His 312; only one 316; only one may be taken for credit. The development of religious thought and may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 institutions in this country from colonial senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [US] credits in history. [US* WI] Puritanism and Anglicanism to the pluralistic religious/secular American society of today. A His 312Z History of American A His 317 History of the American Foreign Policy II (4) Emphasis on the relationships among religious City to 1860 (3) thought, religious institutions, and society. A His 312Z is the writing intensive version of A His Chronological and topical survey of the American A His 324Z is the writing intensive version of 312; only one may be taken for credit. urban scene, with emphasis on the causes and A His 324; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 consequences of urban growth, the similarities and Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [US WI] differences among various cities, and the attempts to credits in history. May not be offered in 2003- A His 313 Constitutional History of fulfill the needs of an urban environment. This 2004. the United States (3) session begins in the colonial period and traces development to the second half of the 19th century. A His 324Z Religion in American Survey and analysis of the impact of the federal Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 Life and Thought (3) Constitution with its changing interpretations on the credits in history. A His 317Z is the writing A His 324Z is the writing intensive version of A His political, social, and economic life of the nation. intensive version of A His 317; only one may be 324; only one may be taken for credit. Special emphasis is given to the role of the President taken for credit. [US] Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 and of the Supreme Court in effecting constitutional credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. change. A His 313Z is the writing intensive version A His 317Z History of the American [WI] of A His 313; only one may be taken for credit. City to 1860 (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or 3 Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 325 The Quest for Equality in credits in history . [US*] credits in history. A His 317Z is the writing United States History (3) A His 313Z Constitutional History intensive version of A His 317; only one may be Examination of social and political movements of the United States (3) taken for credit. [US WI] seeking a more egalitarian social order, including A His 313Z is the writing intensive version of A His abolitionism, communitarianism, trade unionism, 313; only one may be taken for credit. populism, anarchism, socialism, racial Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or 3 egalitarianism, and feminism. A His 325Z is the 157 University at Albany writing intensive version of A His 325; only one Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor; junior or the colloquia will be announced at the time the may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. courses are offered, and students may obtain a list of senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [US*] topics from the Department of History at the time of A His 390Z Topics in American advance registration. Colloquia may be repeated for A His 325Z The Quest for Equality History (3–4) credit. in United States History (4) A His 390Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 325Z is the writing intensive version of A His 390; only one may be taken for credit. A His 478 & 478Z Colloquium in 325; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor; junior or U.S. History, 19th Century (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [WI] A His 479 & 479Z Colloquium in credits in history. [US* WI] A His 394 Workshop in Oral History U.S. History, 20th Century (3) [WI A His 326 History of New York (3) (479Z ONLY)] State (3) Study of the preservation of history through the A His 480 & 480Z Colloquium in The social, economic, and political development of spoken word. An introduction to the methods of oral U.S. History: Topics (3) [WI (480Z New York from the Dutch colonial period to the history in local history. Lectures, readings, ONLY)] present. A His 326Z is the writing intensive version discussions, and interviews comprise the focus of the of A His 326; only one may be taken for credit. course. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class A His 485 & 485Z Colloquium in Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 standing and permission of instructor. A His 394Z is Comparative and Cross-Cultural credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. the writing intensive version of A His 394; only one History (3) [WI (485Z ONLY)] may be taken for credit. A His 326Z History of New York State (3) A His 394Z Workshop in Oral History A His 490Z Senior Thesis Colloquium A His 326Z is the writing intensive version of A His (4) (4) 326; only one may be taken for credit. A His 394Z is the writing intensive version of A His This class grants students an opportunity to research Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 394; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] and write individual senior history theses. Topics credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. will be chosen with the help of the instructor. While A His 424 American Intellectual & much of the class will involve individual research [WI] and writing, occasional colloquia will be held for Cultural History to 1860 (3) sharing research insights and discussing research A His 327 The Roles of Law in Key ideas and significant patterns of thought in problems. Prerequisite(s): senior status, history American History (3) American life: Puritanism, the American major; instructor permission. This course explores law in the American social and Enlightenment, nationalism, transcendentalism, political context, focusing on the use of law by democracy, and reform. Prerequisite(s): junior or A His 492 Group Research Project various groups in the American past for different senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. A His (4) purposes. It is composed of topical units in which 424Z is the writing intensive version of A His 424; This course will provide students with the students read mostly primary materials (cases, laws, only one may be taken for credit. May not be opportunity to participate in an original group and treatises), as well as monographs, and meet to offered in 2003-2004. research project. The subject of the project will discuss them. A His 327Z is the writing intensive reflect the active research interests of the instructor. version of A His 327; only one may be taken for A His 424Z American Intellectual & Participation will involve students in the active credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Cultural History to 1860 (4) process of researching history, bringing to light standing. [US] Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 greater historical understanding of our selves, our credits in history. A His 424Z is the writing city, region, school, environment, or perhaps a topic A His 327Z The Roles of Law in intensive version of A His 424; only one may be beyond our immediate locality. Students, with the American History (3) taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. assistance of the instructor, will dissect the A His 327Z is the writing intensive version of A His [WI] complexities of the selected research project and 327; only one may be taken for credit. then tackle different aspects of it. By the end of the Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [US A His 425 American Intellectual semester, the class’s collective research effort should WI] History Since 1860 (3) be in a public presentation or publication ready Key ideas and significant patterns of thought in form. Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of A His 328 Lawyers in American American life: the impact of economic expansion, instructor. Life, 1607 to Present (3) Darwinian evolution, pragmatism, war and changing This course examines the legal profession, showing ideologies of liberalism, progressivism, and A His 493Z Research Intensive how law, through lawyers, has operated in American conservatism. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Option for Upper-level History history. It is interdisciplinary in focus and utilizes a standing, or 3 credits in history. A His 425Z is the Classes (1) multimedia methodology. Topics to be covered will writing intensive version of A His 425; only one This one-credit course is to be taken in conjunction include: legal education, lawyers as heroes, lawyers may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003- with a 300-level history course that does not already as reformers and radicals, development of the 2004. require a research paper. By enrolling in the business of lawyering, and emergence of women and A His 425Z American Intellectual research-intensive option, students will be able to minority lawyers. A His 328Z is the writing write a research paper on a topic related to the intensive version of A His 328; only one may be History Since 1860 (4) course. Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 instructor. class standing. [US] credits in history. A His 425Z is the writing intensive version of A His 425; only one may be A His 495Z and 496Z Senior Honors A His 328Z Lawyers in American taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Thesis Seminar (4, 4) Life, 1607 to Present (3) [WI] Preparation of a substantial honors thesis under the A His 328Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 440 (= A Aas 440 and A Wss supervision of a member of the Department of 328; only one may be taken for credit. History. Students present periodic progress reports, Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [US 440) Black Women in United States criticize each other’s work, and deliver an oral WI] History (3) summary of the completed thesis. Students in the A His 356 The World at War, 1939– This seminar will examine the history of black honors program must satisfactorily complete both women in the United States form the slave era A His 495Z and 496Z. Prerequisite(s): admission to 45 (3) through the post World War II reform movements. It the history honors program. [WI] For description, see listing under Concentration in will focus upon the range of demands black women European History. A His 356Z is the writing faced during the Gilded and Progressive erastheir A His 497 Independent Study in intensive version of A His 356; only one may be participation in the suffrage movement, black History (2–4) taken for credit. struggles for liberation, cultural expressions, labor Directed reading and conferences on selected topics A His 356Z The World at War, force, etc. Only one of A Aas 440, A His 440 and in history. May be repeated for credit. A Wss 440 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor and director 1939–45 (4) of undergraduate studies; junior or senior class A His 356Z is the writing intensive version of A His standing, or 3 credits in history. 356; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] Colloquia, Independent Study, and Projects in United States A His 497Z Independent Research A His 390 Topics in American History and Writing in History (4) (1–4) History Directed reading and conferences on selected topics Specific topics to be examined will be announced in history. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor during advance registration periods. May be repeated The following colloquia are limited to undergraduate and director of honors program; admission to the for credit. A His 390Z is the writing intensive version students and may be taken only with the permission history honors program; junior or senior class of A His 390; only one may be taken for credit. of the instructor. Specific topics to be examined in standing; S/U graded. [WI] 158 University at Albany A His 499 Special Projects in Concentration in European A His 340Z (formerly A His 449) The History (3) French Revolution and Napoleon (4) Supervised work on projects in coordination with History A His 340Z is the writing intensive version of A His local museums and historical agencies. May be A His 336 History of the Early 340; only one may be taken for credit. repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or 3 instructor and department chair. S/U graded. Middle credits in history. [WI] Ages (3) The history of Western Europe during the early A His 342 Europe in the Age of Middle Ages, from ca. 500 to ca. 1050, in all major Romanticism and Revolution (3) aspects. A His 336Z is the writing intensive version The history of Europe during the early 19th century of A His 336; only one may be taken for credit. with emphasis on the struggle against the Metternich Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 system and the part played by the romantic credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. movement in this struggle. A His 342Z is the writing [EU] intensive version of A His 342; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior A His 336Z History of the Early class standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] Middle Ages (4) A His 342Z Europe in the Age of A His 336Z is the writing intensive version of A His Romanticism and Revolution (4) 336; only one may be taken for credit. A His 342Z is the writing intensive version of A His Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 342; only one may be taken for credit. credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 [EU WI] credits in history. [EU WI] A His 337 The High Middle Ages (3) A His 343 Europe 1848–1914 (3) The history of Western Europe during the High Europe in the era of its greatest power and influence; Middle Ages, ca. 1050 to 1300, in all major aspects. focus on consolidation of the nation state, domestic A His 337Z is the writing intensive version of A His social conflicts, imperialist expansion, and the 337; only one may be taken for credit. origins of World War I. A His 343Z is the writing Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 intensive version of A His 343; only one may be credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior [EU] class standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] A His 337Z The High Middle Ages A His 343Z Europe 1848–1914 (4) (4) A His 343Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 337Z is the writing intensive version of A His 343; only one may be taken for credit. 337; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. credits in history. [EU WI] May not be offered in 2003-2004. [EU WI] A His 344 Europe, 1914–45 (3) A His 338 The Italian Renaissance, Europe in an age of war and revolution. The origin and course of two world wars, the Russian 1300–1530 (3) revolution. The nature of fascism and communism Detailed study of Italian Renaissance culture and and the international crises of the inter-war years. society up to about 1530 with special emphasis on A His 344Z is the writing intensive version of A His humanism and other cultural developments. A His 344; only one may be taken for credit. 338Z is the writing intensive version of A His 338; Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): credits in history. [EU] junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] A His 344Z Europe, 1914–45 (4) A His 344Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 338Z The Italian Renaissance, 344; only one may be taken for credit. 1300–1530 (4) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 338Z is the writing intensive version of A His credits in history. [EU WI] 338; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 345 Europe Since World War credits in history. [EU WI] Two (3) The impact of World War Two and the Cold War. A His 339 Renaissance and Current social, economic, political and security Reformation in 16th-Century problems. A His 345Z is the writing intensive Europe (3) version of A His 345; only one may be taken for Survey of continental European history in the early credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class modern period with special emphasis on theological standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] and intellectual developments. A His 339Z is the writing intensive version of A His 339; only one A His 345Z Europe Since World War may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or Two (4) senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] A His 345Z is the writing intensive version of A His 345; only one may be taken for credit. A His 339Z Renaissance and Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 Reformation in 16th-Century credits in history. [EU WI] Europe (4) A His 346 The History of England I A His 339Z is the writing intensive version of A His 339; only one may be taken for credit. (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 The historical development of English society and credits in history. [EU WI] government from early times to the 17th century. A His 346Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 340 (formerly A His 449) The 346; only one may be taken for credit. French Revolution and Napoleon (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A study of the French Revolution, its causes and credits in history. [EU] aftermath in the Napoleonic period. Attention will be A His 346Z The History of England I given to the social, political and cultural forces from the late 18th century to 1815 as they relate to the (4) French Revolution. A His 340Z is the writing A His 346Z is the writing intensive version of A His intensive version of A His 340; only one may be 346; only one may be taken for credit. taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 class standing or 3 credits in history . credits in history. [EU WI] 159 University at Albany A His 347 The History of England II Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 354 History of Russia I (3) (3) credits in history. [EU WI] The evolution of Russia from Kievan origins, Tatar The history of the United Kingdom and of the A His 353 History of Eastern conquests and emergence of Muscovy to the development of the Russian Empire in the 18th and British Empire and Commonwealth from the 17th Europe II (3) century to the present. A His 347Z is the writing 19th centuries. A His 354Z is the writing intensive intensive version of A His 347; only one may be The history, culture, and contemporary affairs of the version of A His 354; only one may be taken for taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior people of the Baltic, Danubian, and Balkan regions credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class from the early 19th century to the present. A His standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] class standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] 353Z is the writing intensive version of A His 353; A His 347Z The History of England only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A His 354Z History of Russia I (4) II (4) junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in A His 354Z is the writing intensive version of A His history. [EU] 354; only one may be taken for credit. A His 347Z is the writing intensive version of A His Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 347; only one may be taken for credit. A His 353Z History of Eastern credits in history. [EU WI] Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 Europe II (4) credits in history. [EU WI] A His 353Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 355 History of Russia II (3) A His 349 History of France since 353; only one may be taken for credit. Russia from the emancipation of the serfs to the present, including the Revolutions of 1905 and 1917 1815 (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU WI] and the foundations, development and expansion of A survey of the history of France from 1815 to the the Soviet Union. A His 355Z is the writing Fifth Republic, with attention to the political, social, intensive version of A His 355; only one may be economic, and cultural developments within France taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior during this period. A His 349Z is the writing class standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] intensive version of A His 349; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior A His 355Z History of Russia II (4) class standing, or 3 credits in history. May not be A His 355Z is the writing intensive version of A His offered in 2003-2004. 355; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 349Z History of France since credits in history. [EU WI] 1815 (4) A His 349Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 356 The World at War, 1939–45 349; only one may be taken for credit. (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A political, diplomatic, military, economic, and credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. social history of the Second World War. Among the [WI] topics covered will be war and peace plans, the military campaigns in the European, Pacific, and A His 350 Iberia and Latin America North African theaters of war, the plight of to conquered nations, the concentration camps, and the 1810 (3) war crimes trials. A His 356Z is the writing intensive Iberian backgrounds; the age of exploration and version of A His 356; only one may be taken for discovery; the conquest and settlement of America credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class by the Spanish and the Portuguese; Iberia and standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] America in the 16th, 17th, and 18th centuries. A His A His 356Z The World at War, 1939– 350Z is the writing intensive version of A His 350; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 45 (4) junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in A His 356Z is the writing intensive version of A His history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 356; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 350Z Iberia and Latin credits in history. [EU WI] America to A His 363 Weimar Germany (3) 1810 (3) The Weimar Republic (1918–1933) encompassed an A His 350Z is the writing intensive version of A His epoch of almost legendary cultural and intellectual 350; only one may be taken for credit. brilliance; yet it was also the most disastrous venture Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 in liberal democracy in this century, ending with the credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. triumph of Hitler. How one society could nourish [WI] such creative and destructive extremes is the central A His 351 History of Germany (3) question of the course. A His 363Z is the writing Germany since 1806. The wars of national intensive version of A His 363; only one may be liberation; Bismarck, unification, and the taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior Wilhelminian Reich; World War l; the Weimar class standing, or 3 credits in history. Republic; the Third Reich and totalitarianism; the German Federal and German Democratic Republics. A His 363Z Weimar Germany (4) A His 351Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 363Z is the writing intensive version of A His 351; only one may be taken for credit. 363; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [EU] credits in history. [WI] A His 351Z History of Germany (4) A His 364Z Culture and the French A His 351Z is the writing intensive version of A His 351; only one may be taken for credit. Revolution (4) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 The emotional, ideological, and artistic response of credits in history. [EU WI] such figures as Goya, Beethoven, and Austen to the stresses and strains of the revolutionary era. Changes A His 352 History of Eastern in art, music, and literature as the world of the Europe I (3) ancien regime gave way to the modern era. The history, culture, and contemporary affairs of the Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 people of the Baltic, Danubian, and Balkan regions credits in history. [EU WI] from earliest times to the early 19th century. A His A His 365 (formerly A His 365A) 352Z is the writing intensive version of A His 352; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): War and Society I (3) junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in This session will cover the military history of the West history. [EU] from antiquity to the death of Frederick the Great. Among topics studied will be: socioeconomic A His 352Z History of Eastern developments in relationship to war, technological Europe I (4) change, causation of collective violence, tactics and A His 352Z is the writing intensive version of A His strategy, fortifications, and selected campaigns and 352; only one may be taken for credit. battles. A His 365Z is the writing intensive version of A His 365; only one may be taken for credit. 160 University at Albany Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 456 The Diplomacy of the A His 492 Group Research Project (4) credits in history. Nuclear This course will provide students with the A His 365Z (formerly A His 365A) Age (3) opportunity to participate in an original group research project. The subject of the project will War and Society I (3) Great power relations since the end of World War II, reflect the active research interests of the instructor. A His 365Z is the writing intensive version of A His emphasizing the origins of the Cold War, Participation will involve students in the active 365; only one may be taken for credit. superpower confrontations, attempts at détente, arms process of researching history, bringing to light Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 control, the dissolution of the Soviet empire, greater historical understanding of our selves, our credits in history. [WI] experiments in regional economic integration, and current national issues and crises. A His 456Z is the city, region, school, environment, or perhaps a topic A His 366 (formerly A His 365B) beyond our immediate locality. Students, with the writing intensive version of A His 456; only one assistance of the instructor, will dissect the War and Society II (3) may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or complexities of the selected research project and This session will reach from 1786 to 1918. Among senior class standing. then tackle different aspects of it. By the end of the topics studied will be: socioeconomic developments in A His 456Z The Diplomacy of the semester, the class’s collective research effort should relationship to war, technological change, causation of Nuclear Age (4) be in a public presentation or publication ready collective violence, tactics and strategy, fortifications, form. Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of and selected campaigns and battles. A His 366Z is the A His 456Z is the writing intensive version of A His instructor. [WI] writing intensive version of A His 366; only one of 456; only one may be taken for credit. these courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [WI] A His 493Z Research Intensive junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. A His 460 History of Nationalism Option for Upper-level History A His 366Z (formerly A His 365B) (3) Classes (1) War and Society II (3) The nature and development of nationalism; a study This one-credit course is to be taken in conjunction A His 366Z is the writing intensive version of A His of the meaning of nationalism, nationalist theorists, with a 300-level history course that does not already 366; only one of these courses may be taken for nationalist leaders, and nationalist movements from require a research paper. By enrolling in the credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class the 18th century to the present. A His 460Z is the research-intensive option, students will be able to standing, or 3 credits in history. [WI] writing intensive version of A His 460; only one write a research paper on a topic related to the may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or course. Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of A His 391 Topics in European senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. instructor. History (1–4) A His 460Z History of Nationalism A His 495Z and 496Z Senior Honors Specific topics to be examined will be announced Thesis Seminar (4, 4) during advance registration. May be repeated for (4) credit. A His 391Z is the writing intensive version of A His 460Z is the writing intensive version of A His For description, see listing under Concentration in A His 391. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor; 460; only one may be taken for credit. the History of the United States. [WI] junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 497 Independent Study in credits in history. [WI] history. History (2–4) A His 391Z Topics in European A His 463 The Byzantine Empire, For description, see listing under Concentration in the History (3–4) 300–1453 (3) History of the United States. S/U graded. A His 391Z is the writing intensive version of A His Survey of the socioeconomic, ethnic, political, A His 497Z Independent Research religious, intellectual, and artistic history of 391. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor; junior or and Writing in History (4) senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [WI] Byzantine civilization from late antiquity to the 15th century. A His 463Z is the writing intensive version Open only to students in the history honors program. A His 416Z European Economic of A His 463; only one may be taken for credit. S/U graded. [WI] History (4) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. The history of capitalism in Europe from the A His 463Z The Byzantine Empire, reintroduction of money in circulation to the post- 1970 crisis. Readings and discussions will focus upon 300–1453 (4) industrialization, managerialism, labor A His 463Z is the writing intensive version of A His Concentration in Ibero-American agitation, political economy, and the economics of 463; only one may be taken for credit. war. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [WI] History permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003- 2004. [WI] Colloquia and Independent Study A His 350 Iberia and Latin America in European History to A His 454 The Diplomacy of 1810 (3) National Power, 1815–1890 (3) The following colloquia are limited to undergraduate Iberian backgrounds; the age of exploration and Great power relations from the post-Napoleonic students and may be taken only with the permission discovery; the conquest and settlement of America search for stability through concert to the victory of of the instructor. Specific topics to be examined in by the Spanish and the Portuguese; Iberia and nationalism in Italy and Germany and the rise and the colloquia will be announced at the time the America in the 16th, 17th, and 18th centuries. A His fall of the Bismarckian alliance system. A His 454Z courses are offered, and students may obtain a list of 350Z is the writing intensive version of A His 350; is the writing intensive version of A His 454; only topics from the Department of History at the time of only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one of these courses may be taken for credit. advance registration. Colloquia may be repeated for junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. credit. history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A His 454Z The Diplomacy of A His 481 & 481Z Colloquium in A His 350Z Iberia and Latin America National Power, 1815–1890 (3) European History (3) [WI (481Z to A His 454Z is the writing intensive version of A His ONLY) 1810 (3) 454; only one of these courses may be taken for A His 483 & 483Z Colloquium in credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class A His 350Z is the writing intensive version of A His standing. [WI] Russian and East European History 350; only one may be taken for credit. (3) [WI (483Z ONLY)] Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 455 The Diplomacy of Global credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A His 485 & 485Z Colloquium in [WI] Conflict, 1890–1945 (3) Comparative and Cross-Cultural Great power relations during the era of the two A His 367 Contemporary Latin World Wars, emphasizing underlying forces and History (3) [WI (485Z ONLY)] A His 490Z Senior Thesis Colloquium America (3) rivalries that led to war and attempts to defuse Survey of Latin American backgrounds followed by tensions and prevent aggression. A His 455Z is the (4) study of the social, economic, and political problems writing intensive version of A His 455; only one This class grants students an opportunity to research may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or and write individual senior history theses. Topics of Latin America since World War II. Particular senior class standing. will be chosen with the help of the instructor. While attention to the phenomena of social change, much of the class will involve individual research economic nationalism, and revolution. A His 367Z is A His 455Z The Diplomacy of Global and writing, occasional colloquia will be held for the writing intensive version of A His 367; only one Conflict, 1890–1945 (4) sharing research insights and discussing research may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or problems. Prerequisite(s): senior status, history senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. May not A His 455Z is the writing intensive version of A His major; instructor permission. 455; only one may be taken for credit. be offered in 2003-2004. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. [WI] 161 University at Albany A His 367Z Contemporary Latin Colloquia and Independent Study Concentration in Asian History America (3) A His 367Z is the writing intensive version of A His in Ibero-American History A His 341 (=A Jst 341) Issues in 367; only one may be taken for credit. The following colloquia are limited to undergraduate Biblical Civilization (3) Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 students and may be taken only with the permission Covers same period as A Jst 251 but on an advanced credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. of the instructor. Specific topics to be examined in level. Students attend two A Jst 251 lectures each [WI] the colloquia will be announced at the time the week but have a separate, more sophisticated reading courses are offered, and students may obtain a list of list, a research paper, and a separate recitation session. A His 369 (= A Lcs 369) Mexico, topics from the Department of History at the time of Only one of A Jst 251, 341 & 341Z may be taken for Central America, and the West advance registration. Colloquia may be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or 240, or permission Indies Since 1810 (3) credit. of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. The circum-Caribbean lands and islands in the 19th and 20th centuries; independence; independent A His 482 & 482Z Colloquium in A His 356 The World at War, 1939–45 nations and colonies; foreign intrusions and Latin-American History (3) [WI (482Z (3) interventions; social and economic change; ONLY) For description, see listing under Concentration in revolutions; comparative Caribbean studies. A His European History. A His 356Z is the writing intensive 369Z is the writing intensive version of A His 369 & A His 485 & 485Z Colloquium in version of A His 356; only one may be taken for credit. Comparative and Cross-Cultural A Lcs 369; only one of the three courses may be A His 356Z The World at War, 1939– taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior History (3) [WI (485Z ONLY)] class standing, or 3 credits in history. 45 (4) A His 490Z Senior Thesis Colloquium A His 356Z is the writing intensive version of A His A His 369Z (= A Lcs 369) Mexico, (4) 356; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] Central America, and the West This class grants students an opportunity to research and write individual senior history theses. Topics A His 357 (= A Eac 357, A Wss 357) Indies Since 1810 (3) will be chosen with the help of the instructor. While A His 369Z is the writing intensive version of A His much of the class will involve individual research Chinese Women and Modernity (3) 369 & Lcs 369; only one of the three courses may be and writing, occasional colloquia will be held for Chinese women and their search for and encounter taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior sharing research insights and discussing research with modernity will be the focus of this class. What class standing, or 3 credits in history. [WI] problems. Prerequisite(s): senior status, history have been the concerns of Chinese women? What major; instructor permission. forms have women’s movements taken in the Chinese A His 371 (= A Lcs 371) South context? What has been the role of women in creating A His 492 Group Research Project (4) a modern Chinese state and society? These and other America Since 1810 (3) This course will provide students with the The political, economic, social, and cultural evolution questions will be examined over the course of the opportunity to participate in an original group semester. of the South American nations from the winning of research project. The subject of the project will independence to the present, with emphasis on reflect the active research interests of the instructor. A His 378 History of South Asian Argentina, Brazil, and Chile. Among topics studied Participation will involve students in the active will be dictatorship, democratic government, Civilization II (3) process of researching history, bringing to light Study of South Asia from the 18th century, with economic change, modern revolution, and social greater historical understanding of our selves, our trends. A His 371Z is the writing intensive version of emphasis on changes brought about by British rule city, region, school, environment, or perhaps a topic and by modernization; the creation of new nation A His 371 and A Lcs 371; only one of the three beyond our immediate locality. Students, with the courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior states. A His 378Z is the writing intensive version of assistance of the instructor, will dissect the A His 378; only one may be taken for credit. or senior class standing. or 3 credits in history. May complexities of the selected research project and not be offered in 2003-2004. [BE] Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 then tackle different aspects of it. By the end of the credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A His 371Z (= A Lcs 371) South semester, the class’s collective research effort should be in a public presentation or publication ready A His 378Z History of South Asian America Since 1810 (3) form. Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of Civilization II (4) A His 371Z is the version of A His 371 and A Lcs 371; instructor. [WI] only one of the three courses may be taken for credit. A His 378Z is the writing intensive version of A His Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. or 3 A His 493Z Research Intensive 378; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): credits in history. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [BE junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. Option for Upper-level History May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] WI] Classes (1) A His 392 Topics in Latin American This one-credit course is to be taken in conjunction A His 379 (= A Eac 379) History of History (3) with a 300-level history course that does not already China I (3) Specific topics to be examined will be announced require a research paper. By enrolling in the This course offers a general survey of Chinese history during advance registration. May be repeated for research-intensive option, students will be able to to 1644, with emphasis on political, economic, and credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor, write a research paper on a topic related to the social developments. A His 379Z is the writing junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in course. Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of intensive version of A His 379; only one may be taken history. A His 392Z is the writing intensive version instructor. for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class of A His 392; only one may be taken for credit. standing, or 3 credits in East Asian Studies or history. A His 495Z and 496Z Senior Honors [BE] A His 392Z Topics in Latin American Thesis Seminar (4, 4) A His 379Z (= A Eac 379Z) History of History (3–4) For description, see listing under Concentration in Specific topics to be examined will be announced the History of the United States. [WI (496Z ONLY)] China I (3) during advance registration. May be repeated for A His 379Z is the writing intensive version of A His credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor, A His 497 Independent Study in 379; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in History (2–4) junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history history. A His 392Z is the writing intensive version For description, see listing under Concentration in or East Asian Studies. [BE WI] of A His 392; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] the History of the United States. S/U graded. A His 380 (= A Eac 380) History of A His 472 History of Brazil (3) A His 497Z Independent Research China II (3) The development of Latin America’s largest and and Writing in History (4) This course offers a general survey of Chinese history most important nation from discovery to the present, Open only to students in the history honors program. from 1644 to the present, with emphasis on China’s with attention to social, cultural, economic, S/U graded. [WI] relations with the West and on political and economic intellectual, and political trends and developments. developments. A His 380Z is the writing intensive A His 472Z is the writing intensive version of A His version of A His 380; only one may be taken for 472; only one may be taken for credit. May not be credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, offered in 2003-2004. or 3 credits in East Asian Studies or history. [BE] A His 472Z History of Brazil (3) A His 380Z (= A Eac 380Z) History of A His 472Z is the writing intensive version of A His China II (3) 472; only one may be taken for credit. May not be A His 380Z is the writing intensive version of A His offered in 2003-2004. [WI] 380; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history or East Asian Studies. [BE WI]

162 University at Albany A His 381 History of the Middle East I A His 381Z History of the Middle East class standing or 3 credits in History. [BE] (3) I (4) A His 387Z Islam in the Middle East: Mohammed, Islam as a religion and a way of life; the A His 381Z is the writing intensive version of A His Religion and Culture I (4) Umayyad, Abbasid, Byzantine, and Persian empires, 381; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): and the Ottoman Empire to 1789. A His 381Z is the junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. A His 387Z is the writing intensive version of A His writing intensive version of A His 381; only one may [BE WI] 387; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior junior or senior class standing or 3 credits in History. class standing, or 3 credits in history. [BE] A His 382 History of the Middle East II [BE WI] (3) A His 388 (= A Rel 388) Islam in the The Ottoman Empire in the 19th century; European Middle East: Religion and Culture II imperialism in the Middle East; the rise of nationalism; the World Wars; current political, social, (3) and economic problems. A His 382Z is the writing Social, political, economic and religious changes in intensive version of A His 382; only one may be taken the Middle East from the 18th century to Ayatollah for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Khomeini. Among the topics discussed will be the standing, or 3 credits in history. [BE] impact of the West on the Middle East, the role of oil in shaping the global economy, nationalist A His 382Z History of the Middle East movements, the crisis in the Persian Gulf, and the rise II (4) of Islamic Revivalism. A His 388Z is the writing A His 382Z is the writing intensive version of A His intensive version of A His 388; only one may be taken 382; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. standing or 3 credits in history. [BE] [BE WI] A His 388Z Islam in the Middle East: A His 383 The Arab-Israeli Conflict in Religion and Culture II (4) Historical Perspective (3) A His 388Z is the writing intensive version of A His The background and history of the Arab-Israeli 388; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): conflict. A His 383Z is the writing intensive version of junior or senior class standing or 3 credits in history. A His 383; only one may be taken for credit. [BE WI] Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or 3 A His 389 Topics in Asian History (1- credits in history. 4) A His 383Z The Arab-Israeli Conflict in Specific topics to be examined will be announced Historical Perspective (4) during advance registration periods. May be repeated A His 383Z is the writing intensive version of A His for credit. Prerequisite(s): at least one course in East 383; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Asian Studies or in Asian History or permission of junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. instructor. [WI] A His 389Z Topics in Asian History (3- A His 384 (= A Eaj 384) History of 4) Japan I (3) A His 389Z is the writing intensive version of A His This course will cover Japanese history from 389, only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): prehistory through 1600. Focus will be on political at least one course in East Asian Studies or in Asian and economic trends. A His 384Z is the writing History or permission of instructor. [WI] intensive version of A His 384; only one may be taken A His 396 Topics in the Middle East for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or permission of instructor. [BE] (1–4) Specific topics to be examined will be announced A His 384Z (= A Eaj 384Z) History of during advance registration periods. May be repeated Japan I (3) for credit. A His 396Z is the writing–intensive version Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or of A His 396. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class permission of instructor.. A His 384Z is the writing standing, or 3 credits in history. intensive version of A His 384; only one may be taken A His 396Z Topics in the Middle East for credit. [BE WI] (3-4) A His 385 (= A Eaj 385) History of May be repeated for credit. A His 396Z is the writing Japan II (3) intensive version of A His 396. Prerequisite(s): junior This course will cover modern Japanese history from or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history. [WI] 1600 through the Meiji, Taisho, Showa, and the A His 397 History of the Persian Gulf present Heisei eras. Focus will be on political and economic trends, and Japan’s development as a Region (3) modernized country. A His 385Z is the writing The Persian Gulf Region has played a crucial role in intensive version of A His 385; only one may be taken history since people learned to sail the seas engaging for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior standing, or in trade. The discovery of oil early in the twentieth permission of instructor. [BE] century has given geo-political prominence to the various states surrounding the Gulf. In recent times, A His 385Z(= A Eaj 385Z) History of the Persian Gulf has become an area of significant Japan II (3) strategic importance to the U.S. and Western A His 385Z is the writing intensive version of A His economies. This course will explore the history of 385; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Iran, Iraq, Kuwait, Bahrain, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, junior or senior class standing, or 3 credits in history United Arab Emirates, and Oman. The emphasis will or East Asian Studies. [BE WI] be on the modern era. A His 387 (= A Rel 387) Islam in the A His 397Z History of the Persian Gulf Middle East: Religion and Culture I Region (4) (3) A His 397Z is the writing intensive version of A His Social, political, economic and religious dimensions 397; only one can be taken for credit. [WI] of Islam from the time of Mohammed through the A His 398 (= A Eac 398) Change in 18th century with emphasis on the intellectual, Medieval China (3) cultural, and educational institutions of the Middle East. Among topics discussed will be Sunnism– This course focuses on the dramatic change that Shi’ism and the schools of law, social and economic China underwent between the eighth and the infrastructure, science and education, and reasons for fourteenth centuries. We will examine this the waning of the Muslim world. A His 387Z is the transformation from several historical perspectives: writing intensive version of A His 387; only one may political history, economic history, social history, be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior intellectual history, and cultural history in order to 163 University at Albany better understand China’s shift from aristocratic to A His 399 (= A Eas 399) Confucius literati society. Prerequisite(s) A Eac 379, A His and Confucianism (3) 379, A His 177, or permission of instructor. This course surveys the main texts and themes in the development of the Confucian tradition from its origins in China through its spread in Japan and Korea to its reemergence in contemporary East Asia. The emphasis is on the way that the tradition has responded to social conditions. Particular attention will be paid to the relationship between Confucian intellectuals and political power. The rivalry with other traditions (e.g., Taoism, Buddhism, Marxism, Liberalism, etc.) will also be considered. Prerequisite(s): A His 177, A Eas 103, A Eas 190, A Eac 379, or permission of the instructor. A His 413 (= A Wss 413) Sexual Politics in Chinese History (3) This course examines sexual politics in the Chinese historical/cultural context. Issues discussed and analyzed include: constructions of gender and sexuality (including homosexuality); “policing” of family and kinship structures; ideological indoctrination through education and other means; rape laws; sex crimes; forms of dissent or protest. Readings include literature in translation. Prerequisite(s): Junior or senior standing. A His 458 (= A Eac 458) New Orders in Asia (3) This class examines the international orders in place in Asia from the days of nineteenth-century imperialism to the search for a twenty-first century post-Cold War order. The focus will be on political, cultural, and economic interactions among the three main East Asian powers: China, Japan, and the US. Prerequisite(s): Junior or Senior class standing. A His 458Z New Orders in Asia (4) A His 458Z is the writing intensive version of A His 458; only one can be taken for credit. [WI] A His 463 The Byzantine Empire, 300– 1453 (3) For description, see listing under Concentration in European History. A His 463Z is the writing intensive version of A His 463; only one may be taken for credit. A His 463Z The Byzantine Empire, 300–1453 (4) A His 463Z is the writing intensive version of A His 463; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] Colloquia and Independent Study in Asian History The following colloquia are limited to undergraduate students and may be taken only with the permission of the instructor. Specific topics to be examined in the colloquia will be announced at the time the courses are offered, and students may obtain a list of topics from the Department of History at the time of advance registration. Colloquia may be repeated for credit. A His 485 & 485Z Colloquium in Comparative and Cross-Cultural History (3) [WI (485Z ONLY) A His 492 Group Research Project (4) This course will provide students with the opportunity to participate in an original group research project. The subject of the project will reflect the active research interests of the instructor. Participation will involve students in the active process of researching history, bringing to light greater historical understanding of our selves, our city, region, school, environment, or perhaps a topic beyond our immediate locality. Students, with the assistance of the instructor, will dissect the complexities of the selected research project and then tackle different aspects of it. By the end of the semester, the class’s collective research effort should be in a public presentation or publication ready form. Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of instructor. [WI]

164 University at Albany A His 490Z Senior Thesis Colloquium (4) This class grants students an opportunity to research and write individual senior history theses. Topics will be chosen with the help of the instructor. While much of the class will involve individual research and writing, occasional colloquia will be held for sharing research insights and discussing research problems. Prerequisite(s): senior status, history major; instructor permission. A His 493Z Research Intensive Option for Upper-level History Classes (1) This one-credit course is to be taken in conjunction with a 300-level history course that does not already require a research paper. By enrolling in the research-intensive option, students will be able to write a research paper on a topic related to the course. Prerequisite(s): history major; permission of instructor. A His 495Z and 496Z Senior Honors Thesis Seminar (4, 4) For description, see listing under Concentration in the History of the United States. [WI (496Z ONLY)] A His 497 Independent Study in History (2–4) For description, see listing under Concentration in the History of the United States. S/U graded. A His 497Z Independent Research and Writing in History (4) Open only to students in the history honors program. S/U graded. [WI]

165 University at Albany

UMAN IOLOGY Degree Requirements for the Faculty- H B Initiated Interdisciplinary Major with a JOURNALISM PROGRAM Concentration in Human Biology General Program PROGRAM

B.S.: Combined major and minor sequence Faculty Faculty consisting of a minimum of 55 credits to be Associate Professor Distinguished Teaching Professors taken from: Carolyn Yalkut, Ph.D. Helmut V. B. Hirsch, Ph.D. University of Denver Stanford University (a) Required courses (40 credits minimum): A Ant 110N, 211, and any two of A Ant 311, Lecturers Professors William Rainbolt, M.A. 319, 312/A Bio 318; Timothy B. Gage, Ph.D. University of North Texas Pennsylvania State University A Bio 110N or 110F, A Bio 111N, A Bio Adjunct Faculty Helen T. Ghiradella, Ph.D. 205N or 212, A Bio 410; Richard D’Errico University of California, Santa Barbara A Chm 120N, 121N, A Chm 122A & B; Tina First Lawrence M. Schell, Ph.D. A Mat 108 or A Psy 210 or A Soc 221 or one Mike Hendricks University of Pennsylvania semester of college mathematics exclusive of William Kanapaux Richard G. Wilkinson, Ph.D. A Mat 100, 102N, or 105; Ronald Kermani University of Michigan A Phy 105N. Stephen Leon Assistant Professors (b) Major electives (15 credits minimum): Darryl McGrath Claudia Ricci Tom D. Brutsaert, Ph.D. A Ant 119N, 310, 311 or 312 or 319 if not Cornell University Katherine Van Acker used in (a) above, 365, 414, 416, 418, 450; David Washburn A Bio 112, 113, 117N, 205 or 212 if not used in (a) above, 214, 230N, 241N, 303, 305, 308, The Journalism Program is for students The Human Biology program is an 311, 325, 402, 407, 411, 416; interested in becoming journalists as well as interdepartmental (Anthropology and Biology) A Chm 216A, 216B, 217A, 217B; for those entering other careers and fields of combined major/minor designed for students A Psy 314, 385, 387, and H Sph 201.. graduate study. interested in a liberal arts education with particular focus on the human organism. It A maximum of 3 credits may be selected from The Journalism Program’s courses and provides a strong background in human R Ssw 290/390, A Bio 399/499 and/or A Ant internships prepare students for work in cyber evolution, structure, function and behavior. 498a/498b, with prior approval for appropriate media, magazine and book publishing, This program is especially suitable for those activities from the Director(s) of the Human government, public relations, and freelance seeking careers (e.g. medicine, forensics, Biology Major. The one-credit writing writing, as well as for graduate work in law, public health, administration, business, intensive courses, A Ant 389Z and A Bio literature, history, education and government. 389Z, taken in conjunction with a required or journalism) that deal directly or indirectly with The program introduces students to innovative elective course in the major, may also yield human health and welfare. media technologies, such as computer-assisted credit toward the major. Students interested in research and/or teaching reporting, the use of the Internet, and online careers in biological anthropology are especially journalism. Our internship program encouraged to major in Human Biology. Most opportunities give students the chance to work graduate programs in Anthropology require at television and radio stations, newspapers undergraduate coursework in at least three of the and magazines, publishing houses, government four traditional subfields of anthropology agencies, and public relations firms. (archaeology, cultural anthropology, biological Students may choose to minor in Journalism, anthropology), and some also require linguistics as but our courses are open to undergraduates in the fourth subfield. It is advisable, therefore, for all fields. We offer workshops that concentrate those intending to do graduate work in an on editing and writing, as well as challenging anthropology department to take at least one course courses that address the complex issues in each of these subfields. Students who plan on confronting journalists today—such as law, graduate work and professional careers in Biology ethics, and media criticism. are advised to major in Biological Sciences. Declaring the Journalism Minor: Students should declare the minor no later than the first semester of their junior year by applying to the Director of Journalism after completing A Jrl 300Z.

166 University at Albany

“Media Law and Ethics” examines the current state “Digital Media Workshop” This course focuses on Courses of media law and ethics, with some attention also digital journalism, including such subjects as A Jrl 300Z Introduction to Journalism given to the historical roots. Topics include: First desktop publishing, writing HTML, and creating Amendment, conflicts between the values of a free and maintaining Websites. It is intended for anyone (3) press and a fair trial, libel, invasion of privacy, who is interested in the process, design, A newswriting and reporting course emphasizing protection of confidential sources and information, presentation, and implementation of message- working journalism. Regular guest lectures by working freedom of information, copyright, telecommunications, making through text, charts, symbols, signs, and journalists and media professionals, and weekly and ethical dilemmas. computer screens/interfaces. workshops in which students discuss their own work. About 10 news and feature stories are assigned each “Media Criticism” explores content and context of “ Public Relations Workshop” This workshop will semester, covering the courts, politics, and the print journalism. Why do some stories get printed introduce students to a variety of functions and metropolitan scene. Prerequisite(s): enrollment limited while others do not? Whose voices are heard and writing activities found in modern public relations, to sophomores, juniors and seniors who have taken an who is silenced? How do newsroom decision such as managing internal and external English course or a writing intensive course. [WI] influence the audience? Do editorial and advertising communications, identifying appropriate audiences, pages represent the reader differently? Do readers developing plans for public relations campaigns, A Jrl 308Z (= A Eng 308Z) Narrative have avenues of recourse? Should they? Close writing press releases and other documents, handling and Descriptive Journalism (3) reading and writing assignments. communications in a crisis situation, and managing Students will explore a variety of journalistic writing “ The American News Media in the Twentieth media relations. styles, with an emphasis on good narrative and Century” This lecture course surveys the historical description, combined with the skillful use of quotes A Jrl 397 Independent Study of development of the twentieth century of radio, Journalism (1–4) and dialogue. The class features intensive critiques television, newspapers and magazines, and digital of students' work. A variety of formats will be media; to a lesser extent, it also addresses films, A project in journalistic investigation and writing, or a studied: newspapers, magazines, non-fiction books, books publishing, public relations, and advertising. study of some specific body of journalism sponsored and online publications. Class discussion and by a faculty member and approved by the director of reading will help students improve their skills in “ Images of Journalism in Literature and Film” journalism. May repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): observing, interviewing, and organizing material for explores several depictions of American journalism intended primarily for juniors and seniors and with longer articles. Students will have five writing and journalists in a variety of genres, including permission of the program director. assignments, including a short research paper; novels, short stories, nonfiction, and films. Diverse several in-class writing exercises; and a final project images of journalists are followed from early A Jrl 400 Internship in Journalism (3– consisting of a major feature story of publishable colonial America to today. 9) quality. Students work for one semester on a newspaper, A Jrl 364Z & 365Z Journalism: Special magazine, radio or television station, or with Topics (3) government, business, or public affairs publication. A Jrl 350 Journalistic Interviewing (3) May be repeated when content differs. A Jrl 364Z and Students earn credit by completing an academic Many writers have called interviewing an “art”. 365Z are the writing intensive versions of A Jrl 364 and component consisting of required group meetings and Some interviews require extensive preparation, 365. Prerequisite(s): A Jrl 300Z. Intended primarily for conferences with the faculty supervisor, as well as a others cursory, while still others are conducted with juniors and seniors and with permission of the program journal, portfolio and a final paper. Internships are none. Students in this course will obtain experience director. [WI] open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. in each of these “genres” by doing actual interviews TOPICS: Among the topics regularly offered under in a variety of journalistic situations. Students will A Jrl 364Z and 365Z are the following: Prerequisite(s): permission of faculty supervisor. S/U consider the purpose of particular interviews: will graded. the information be used for a story? For “ Environmental Journalism” is a reporting and background? For attribution? Which information writing workshop that examinees a wide variety of will be used and which will be filed? How does an issues in media coverage of such subjects as nuclear author keep a conversation going when one of the waste disposal, alternative fuels research, global conversationalists knows his or her words will be warming, saving endangered areas and species, and committed to print or to tape? Students will identify “nimby” (not-in-my-backyard) controversies. which techniques work better than others, and put Intended for students in Journalism and Earth & their findings into practice. Some interviews and Atmospheric Sciences but open to anyone with an other oral discourse exercises will be conducted in interest in the subject. class, and will be critiqued and graded as forms of “ Interviewing” examines the interview as both a oral presentations. This course satisfies the Oral source for news stories and an end in itself. Students Discourse general education requirement. develop interviewing techniques, assuaging hostile Prerequisite(s): A grade of C or higher in A Jrl subjects and drawing out those awed or fearful in the presence of a tape recorder, in order to write different 300Z, or permission of instructor. [OD] kinds of interviews, from the Q&A to the profile. A Jrl 364 & 365 Journalism: Special “ Writing Reviews, Editorials, and Columns” is a Topics (3) writing course in which students study and write pieces of subjective journalism, such as personal Study of various issues in journalism. May be columns, arts reviews, editorials, and others. repeated when content differs. A Jrl 364Z and A Jrl 365Z are the writing intensive versions of A Jrl 364 “Computer-Assisted Journalism” introduces students and A Jrl 365. A Jrl 364 and A Jrl 365 do not meet to the concepts of computer-assisted reporting (CAR), the writing intensive requirement. Prerequisite(s): fast becoming as fundamental a reporting tool as the intended primarily for juniors and seniors and with telephone, and teaches the basic uses of spreadsheets, permission of the program director. databases and the Internet for journalism. TOPICS: Among the topics regularly offered under “ Editing for the News Media” demonstrates that A Jrl 364 and 365 are the following: editing is less an exercise in grammar and th punctuation and more one in critical thinking. “ The Documentary Tradition in 20 Century Editing and writing exercises and class discussion American Prose and Photography” This lecture will grapple with what makes something news and course studies the documentary tradition from classic what is the clearest way to express that to the American works in prose and photography through the readers. latest innovations in using digital media. “ Science Journalism” This workshop introduces “ History of the American Press, 1833-1914” traces students to reporting on and writing about a variety of the development of the American print medium from current issues in science, medicine, technology, and the the advent of the Penny Press through the influence of environment. the muckrakers. It examines this evolving press in terms of its role in issues of public policy, gender, race “Photojournalism” This workshop, taught in a digital and culture, thus providing an insight into the roots of media lab, introduces students to photojournalism as contemporary American journalism. practiced in newspapers, magazines, and digital media. Students should be able to demonstrate a basic competency in photography; those who have not taken previous photography coursework may have to present a portfolio for evaluation before being admitted.

167 University at Albany

Special Programs or Opportunities Modern Jewish Experience: 6 credits (2 DEPARTMENT OF courses) representing two of the three areas: The State University system has arrangements America, Israel, Europe and Holocaust: with the University of Haifa, the Hebrew JUDAIC STUDIES University, Ben-Gurion University, Tel Aviv America University, and Bar-Ilan University for students A Jst 221 American Jewish Experience Faculty who desire to spend a semester or an academic A Jst 230/330 American Philosophy Professor Emeritae/i year studying in Israel; credits toward the major A Jst 244 Zionism, Palestine, and Israel in Judith R. Baskin. Ph.D. or minor in Judaic Studies, or minor in Hebrew Historical Perspective Yale University will be awarded for suitable courses. This A Jst 254/344 Modern Jewish History Jerome Eckstein, Ph.D. program is administered from the Albany campus A Jst 260 Immigrant Experience Columbia University and is available for majors and nonmajors. A Jst 261 Hollywood and Jews Professors A Jst 351 Jew/American Ethnic Groups Associate Professors A Jst 367 Jew/American Literature Daniel Grossberg, Ph.D. Degree Requirements for the New York University Major in Judaic Studies Israel Stanley J. Isser, Ph.D. A Jst 243 People and Culture of Middle East General Program B.A.: 36 credits with at least Columbia University A Jst 244 Zionism, Palestine, and Israel in 12 credits at the 300 level or above, to include: Mark A. Raider, Ph.D. Historical Perspective Brandeis University Hebrew Language and Literature: a A Jst 254/344 Modern Jewish History Assistant Professors minimum of 6 credits in Hebrew beyond A Jst 272/372 Modern Hebrew Lit in Joel Berkowitz, Ph.D. A Heb 102L, plus either 3 credits at the 300 Translation City University of New York Graduate level or above from courses with an A Heb A Jst 273/373 Arab in Israeli Literature Center rubric (excluding A Heb 450 and 497) or one A Heb 308 readings Affiliated Faculty of the following: A Jst 372, 372Z, 373, 373Z, A Heb 309 20th Century Hebrew Literature Donald Birn, Ph.D. 374, 374Z A Heb 310 Contemporary Narrative Department of History Judaic Life and Thought: a minimum of 18 A Heb 311 Agnon Sarah Blacher Cohen, Ph.D. credits from the following categories: A Jst 359 Israeli Politics Department of English Judaic Studies Survey: 3 credits (1 course) Europe and Holocaust Toby W. Clyman, Ph.D. A Jst 244 Zionism, Palestine, and Israel in Department of Languages, Literatures A Jst 150 Jewish Civilization Historical Perspective and Cultures A Jst 155 Traditions and Practices A Jst 250 Holocaust in History Martin Edelman, Ph.D. Foundations, Ancient and Medieval: 6 A Jst 254/344 Modern Jewish History Department of Political Science credits (2 courses) representing two of the A Jst 255 Holocaust Lessons Martha Rozett, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) three areas: Biblical, Hellenistic and Rabbinic, A Jst 257 West Europe Jewry Department of English Medieval A Jst 258 East Europe Jewry Sharona R. Wachs, M.A., M.L.S. Biblical A Jst 335 Holocaust Philosophy University Libraries A Jst 377 Existential Philosophy Lecturers A Jst 240 Archaeology, Biblical Barry Trachtenberg, M.A. A Jst 242 Bible as Literature Themes and Issues: 3 credits (1 course) A Jst 251/341 Biblical History University of Vermont A Jst 231 Modern Jewish Thought A Jst 280 Torah A Jst 248 Women in Jewish History and A Jst 281 Prophets Literature A Jst 282 Late Biblical, Apocryphal A Jst 256 World Jewry since Holocaust The Department of Judaic Studies offers courses Literature A Jst 270 Jewish-Christian Relations at elementary and advanced levels in Hebrew A Jst 285 Hero and Antihero in Jewish and A Jst 274/374 Love and Sex in Hebrew language and literature, both modern and Christian Scripture Literature classical, and in the full range of Jewish history A Heb 390 Biblical Readings A Jst 275 Antisemitism in Historical and civilization. A Heb 391 Wisdom Literature Perspective A Heb 392 Love Poetry The department offers both a major and a minor A Jst 286 Jerusalem: City and Idea in Judaic Studies, with the expectation that Hellenistic and Rabbinic A Jst 291 Messiah and Messianism in majors will acquire a good command of the A Jst 241 Archaeology, Greece-Rome Judaism and Christianity Hebrew language and an extensive knowledge of A Jst 252/342 Hellenistic History A Jst 360 Autobiographies Jewish history, philosophy, literature and culture. A Jst 282 Late Biblical, Apocryphal Electives: 9 credits from any category. Literature No more than a total of 4 credits from among A Jst 285 Hero and Antihero in Jewish and Careers A Heb 450, A Jst 450, and A Jst 490 may be Christian Scripture applied toward the major. Many recipients of the B.A. in Judaic Studies A Jst 325 Talmudic Literature pursue careers in social welfare, Jewish Credit from Independent Study courses Medieval communal administration, or education, often (A Heb 297 and 497, A Jst 497), the Honors after appropriate graduate training. Others A Jst 253/343 Medieval History Colloquium (A Jst 495) and Topics courses undertake Rabbinic or Cantorial studies or enter A Jst 285 Hero and Antihero in Jewish and (A Jst 299, 499) may be applied to categories Ph.D. programs leading to careers in college Christian Scripture appropriate to their subject matter as teaching. A Jst 325 Talmudic Literature determined by the Judaic Studies chair or Many students find Judaic Studies to be a major adviser. Relevant courses offered by broad-based liberal arts major, leading to a other departments or transferred from other variety of careers, including law, medicine, institutions may also be approved for credit journalism, library science, and business. toward the major by the chair or the Judaic Studies major adviser. 168 University at Albany Honors Program 201L or equivalent, and placement. A Heb 203 (= A Rel 203) Biblical Hebrew (3) Students may file an application for admission Methods and research tools of modern Bible to the honors program in the department office study. Grammar and syntax of classical Hebrew in the second semester of the sophomore year for students familiar with modern Hebrew. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 102. Only one of A Heb or in the junior year. Junior transfers may 203 & A Rel 203 may be taken for credit. May apply at the time of their admission to the not be offered in 2003-2004. University. A Heb 297 Independent Study in The minimum requirements for admission Hebrew (1–6) include completion of at least 12 credits of Directed readings and conferences on selected course work applicable to the major, a topics in Hebrew language and literature. May be repeated for credit when topics differ. minimum overall grade point average of 3.25, Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor and and a minimum 3.50 grade point average for department chair. all courses applicable toward the major. A Heb 307 Hebrew Composition Students in the program are required to and Conversation (3) complete all of the requirements for the major in Intensive oral and written practice. Composition and conversation based on readings representing Judaic studies. During the fall semester the development of the Hebrew language and (preferably in the senior year,) students need to literature. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 202L or complete A Jst 495, Colloquium in Judaic equivalent. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Studies. In addition, 6–12 credits of intensive A Heb 308 Readings in Hebrew work culminating in a major project must be Literature (3) satisfactorily completed. This project will begin Study of a selected period, genre, or author of as a research paper in a 300- or 400-level Hebrew literature. Further development of course, including the colloquium, and will be composition and conversation skills through writing short Hebrew papers and participation in completed through 3 or 4 credits of independent discussion based on the Hebrew literature. May study. The honors committee will rule on the be repeated when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): acceptability of the project at the end of the A Heb 307 or permission of instructor. May not initial course (for which a grade of I is be offered in 2003-2004. unacceptable) and will assign a faculty member, A Heb 309 Twentieth-Century usually one selected by the student, to supervise Hebrew Literature (3) the completion of the project. The project will A study of selected works of Hebrew literature be formally evaluated by the end of the third from the beginning of the 20th century to the present. The works studied will deal with such quarter of the senior year and will be submitted themes as alienation, disaster, religious and secular in final form by the end of the fourth quarter worldviews and the place of Israel. Course is before the examination period. conducted in Hebrew. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 307 or permission of instructor Students in the honors program are required to maintain overall grade point averages of 3.25 or A Heb 310 Contemporary Israeli higher during the junior and senior years and Narrative (3) A study of selected works of Hebrew prose overall grade point averages of 3.50 or higher literature created in Israel since 1948. Works by for all courses applicable toward the major. such authors as Appelfeld, Meged, Oz, Shachar Students not meeting the above standards may and Yehoshua will be examined. Course is be precluded from continuing in the program. conducted in Hebrew. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 307 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in After completion of the above requirements, the 2003-2004. records of the candidate will be reviewed by the A Heb 311 The Short Stories of S.Y. department, which will recommend candidates for the degree with honors in Judaic studies. Agnon (3) A study of selected works by Israel’s Nobel Laureate dealing with the conflict between Courses in Hebrew religious and secular worldviews. Course is conducted in Hebrew. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 307 A Heb 101L Elementary Hebrew I or permission of instructor. May not be offered in (4) 2003-2004. Introduction to the fundamentals of modern spoken and written Hebrew. Class meets four A Heb 390 (= A Rel 390) Readings times a week, plus optional sessions in the in Biblical Literature (3) language laboratory. Studies in a selected biblical book or genre emphasizing the tools and concerns of current A Heb 102L Elementary Hebrew II biblical research as applied to both classical (4) (traditional) and modern commentaries. May be Continuation of A Heb 101L. Prerequisite(s): repeated when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 101L or equivalent, and placement. [FL] second year Hebrew competence, A Heb 203, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in A Heb 201L Intermediate Hebrew I 2003-2004. (3) Readings, grammar, composition and A Heb 391 (= A Rel 391) Wisdom conversation. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 102L or Literature in the Bible (3) equivalent, and placement. A study of Proverbs and Ecclesiastes as representatives of Biblical Wisdom literature. The A Heb 202L Intermediate Hebrew II literary form, cultural tradition and world outlook (3) of these wisdom books will be examined. Course Continuation of A Heb 201L. Grammar, is conducted in Hebrew. Only one of A Heb 391 composition, conversation, and introduction of & A Rel 391 may be taken for credit. modern Hebrew readings. Prerequisite(s): A Heb Prerequisite(s): third year Hebrew competence, 169 University at Albany A Heb 203 or permission of instructor. May not A Heb 392 (= A Rel 392) Love A Jst 221 The American Jewish be offered in 2003-2004. Poetry in the Bible (3) Experience (3) A study of the Song of Songs. The place of this Offers a general, nonspecialized historical studies erotic literature in the Hebrew Bible and the approach to the American Jewish experience puzzling literary form of the work will be including the impact of colonial Jewry, antebellum examined. Course conducted in Hebrew. Only Jewry, Reform and Conservative Judaism, the one of A Heb 392 & A Rel 392 may be taken for Yiddish immigrant milieu, Zionism and the State of credit. Prerequisite(s): 3rd year Hebrew Israel, the Holocaust, and trends in American Jewish competence, A Heb 203 or permission of life since World War II. Utilizes historical studies, instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. films, literary works and guest lecturers. [DP US*] A Heb 450 Hebrew Practicum (4) A Jst 225 (= A His 225) Hollywood Advanced Hebrew students receive undergraduate and the Jews (3) credit for teaching experience in elementary An examination of the history of Hollywood and the Hebrew by working with sections of A Heb 101L Jewish relationship to the American motion picture or 102L. The supervising instructor helps industry. Investigates a representative sample of students improve their mastery of Hebrew and films and movies and explores the impact of the discusses pedagogical techniques. This course fictionalized landscape of the Jewish mind on may be repeated once for credit with approval of American culture and values. May not be offered in the department chair. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 202L 2003-2004. [DP] or equivalent, and permission of instructor. A Jst 230 American Jewish A Heb 497 Independent Study in Philosophy (3) Hebrew (1–6) Survey of 20th-century American Jewish Directed readings and conferences on selected philosophy. Special attention to the confluence of topics in Hebrew language and literature. May be American and Jewish values. Only one of A Jst repeated for credit when topics differ. 230 & 330 may be taken for credit. May not be Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor and offered in 2003-2004. department chair. A Jst 231 (= A Rel 231) Modern Jewish Thought (3) An examination of changes over time in Jewish thought and philosophy from the seventeenth century to the present. Focuses on key Jewish Courses in Judaic Studies thinkers, philosophers, and theologians. One-third of A Jst 101 Jewish Civilization I: the course is devoted to Jewish thought in the American context. [HU] Biblical and Greco-Roman Periods (2) A Jst 240 (= A Cla 240) Archaeology Year course offered to high school students for and Ancient Israel I: Archaeology college credit. Survey of the history of ancient and the Israel with emphasis on the development of Bible (2) classical Jewish religion and culture, and introduction to methods used in the study of this Important discoveries related to biblical history subject. May not be taken by students enrolled in and literature. Examination of sites, artifacts, college. Pre- or corequisite(s): completion of or texts and scripts from the Bronze Age to the current enrollment in high school European Babylonian exile. Only one of A Jst 240 and history course on Regents or AP level. A Cla 240 may be taken for credit. A Jst 102 Jewish Civilization II: A Jst 241 (= A Cla 241) Archaeology Medieval and Modern Periods (2) and Ancient Israel II: Greco-Roman Year course offered to high school students for Period (2) college credit. Survey of Jewish history from Important discoveries related to postbiblical the Middle Ages to the present with emphasis on Jewish life and history. Examination of relevant the varied experiences and cultural expressions papyri, the Dead Sea Scrolls, coins, Masada, of Jews and Judaism; e.g., Sephardim and Jerusalem, burial caves, synagogue art and other Ashkenazim, Rabbinic thought and literature, topics. Only one of A Jst 241 and A Cla 241 may philosophy, mysticism, emancipation, anti- be taken for credit. Semitism, Zionism. May not be taken by students A Jst 242 (= A Eng 221 & A Rel 221) enrolled in college. Pre- or corequisite(s): completion of or current enrollment in high The Bible as Literature (3) school European history course on Regents or Literary genres of the Hebrew Bible (Old AP level. Testament) and the cultures from which they emerged. Attention to parallel developments in A Jst 150 Survey of Jewish other literatures and to the influence of the Civilization (3) Hebrew Bible on Western life and letters. Only Basic orientation into the Jewish tradition from one of A Eng 221, A Jst 242 & A Rel 221 may be the biblical period to the present. Emphasizes the taken for credit. [HU] history and philosophy of Jewish culture and A Jst 243 (= A Ant 243) Peoples and religion. Required for Judaic studies majors and recommended preparation for other A Jst courses Cultures of the Middle East (3) in history and philosophy. [GC] The main features of the “Middle Eastern culture continent.” A comparison of selected societies in A Jst 155 (= A Rel 155) Judaism: Southwest Asia and North Africa. The impact of Traditions and Practices (3) modernization on preindustrial cities and Examines development of normative Jewish peasantries in the area. Only one of A Ant 243 & traditions and practices from Rabbinic period to A Jst 243 may be taken for credit. May not be present. Major focus is Jewish religious groups offered in 2003-2004. [BE] and observances in contemporary United States. A Jst 244 Zionism, Palestine, and Topics include how different Jewish groups situate themselves in American society; Jewish Israel in Historical Perspective (3) calendar and life-cycle observances; impact of The background of 19th-century Jewish and feminism; social action agendas; role of Israel. European history resulting in the stimulation of [DP] Jewish national feeling. The World Zionist Organization (founded 1897)—its activities, problems and ideologies up to 1914. Political and practical developments in Europe, America and 170 University at Albany Palestine during and between the world wars. The A Jst 256 (= A Rel 256) World Jewry postwar settlement and Zionism since 1948. since the Holocaust (3) A Jst 248 (= A Wss 248) Women in An examination of the trajectory of the historical and Jewish Life and Literature (3) demographic changes in Jewish civilization since Examines the various roles of women and the World War II and the Holocaust. Investigates diverse ways they have been represented in significant changes in diaspora Jewry as well as the Jewish life and literature from the biblical period emergence of America and Israel as the postwar through the 20th century. Texts will include centers of modern Jewish life. One-third of the biblical passages, Talmudic legislation and course is devoted to changes in American Jewish life interpretation, medieval documents, early modern and culture. memoirs, and modern letters, poetry and fiction. A Jst 257 (= A His 257) Jews, War & Only one of A Jst 248 & A Wss 248 may be taken Revolution: West European Jewry, for credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 1770–1918 (3) A Jst 250 (= A His 250) The An examination of Jewish history in Central and Holocaust in History (3) West Europe that highlights the transformation and An examination of the Jewish experience in the politicization of Jewish life in the modern era. One- Second World War in the broader context of 20th third of the course is devoted to the impact of century history. Topics surveyed include anti- “German” Jewish immigrants on American Jewish Semitism, National Socialism and war crimes in life and American society. May not be offered in the modern era. Only one of A His 250 & A Jst 2003-2004. [EU] 250 may be taken for credit. A Jst 258 (= A His 258) Jews, War & A Jst 251 Early Israel and Biblical Revolution: East European Jewry, Civilization (3) 1772-1918 (3) The history and culture of ancient Israel from its An examination of Jewish history in Poland and beginnings to the Persian Empire. A survey of the Imperial Russia and the era of mass Jewish Hebrew Bible (in English) as the major source for migration to the USA. Highlights the modernization, the study of early Judaic religious and social emancipation, and politicization of Jewish life in forms in the context of the Near East. Only one of Eastern Europe. One-third of the course is devoted A Jst 251, 341 & 341Z may be taken for credit. to the impact of East European Jewish immigrants May not be offered in 2003-2004.[BE] on American Jewish life and American society. [EU] A Jst 252 (= A Rel 252) Jews, A Jst 260 Jews and the Immigrant Hellenism, and Early Christianity Experience in America (3) (3) Surveys Jewish settlement and acculturation in History of the Jewish people from Alexander the North America from 1800 to present. Compares Great to the decline of the ancient world. Topics the experiences of American Jews with those of include examination of cultural conflict in Judaea other ethnic groups through exploration of issues and the diaspora, confrontation with Greco-Roman of ethnicity, class and gender. Utilizes literary Hellenism and early Christianity, sectarianism, and and documentary sources, as well as guest the beginnings of Rabbinic institutions. Only one lectures [DP US*] of A Jst 252, 342, 342Z, & A Rel 252 may be taken A Jst 270 Jewish-Christian Relations for credit [EU] (3) A Jst 253 (= A His 253 & A Rel 253) This course compares and contrasts the belief Medieval Jews among Muslims and systems and historical contacts, both positive and Christians (3) negative, of Jews and Christians, from the origins of Studies Jewish history, life and culture in the Christianity to the ecumenical movement in the contexts of the Muslim and Christian civilizations of contemporary United States. Only one of A Jst 270 the Middle Ages. Discusses differences among and A Rel 270 may be taken for credit. May not be Jews, Muslims and Christians; emphasizes offered in 2003-2004. [DP] reactions to persecution, Jewish autonomy and social A Jst 272 (formerly A Heb 272 & life as a minority group in a majority culture, and the A Jst 172) Modern Hebrew development of Jewish law, literature, philosophy and mysticism. Only one of A His 253, A Jst 253, Literature in Translation (3) 343, 343Z & A Rel 253 may be taken for credit. A Jst 272 introduces the students to May not be offered in 2003-2004. [EU] representative works of Hebrew literature of the last 100 years. The poetry, short stories and A Jst 254 (= A Rel 254) The Jews in novels address universal themes as they reflect the Modern World (3) the particular period and conflicts that the A survey of modern Jewish history from 1700 to Hebrew writers experienced. The issues and the present, emphasizing the Jewish encounter themes of the literature include the Jewish with modernity in both Western and Eastern encounter with modernity, loss of faith, two Europe. Themes include the struggle for world wars, the holocaust, the establishment of enlightenment and civil rights; religious reforms the state of Israel and the several wars Israel has in Judaism, the Hasidic movement, reactions to fought with its neighbors. Readings and anti-Semitism, Jewish nationalist and political discussion conducted in English. Only one of movements, the Holocaust, events leading up to A Jst 272, 372, and 372Z may be taken for credit. the founding of the State of Israel, and Jewish May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU] history in the United States. Includes readings A Jst 273 The Arab in Israeli from primary sources and fiction. Only one of A Jst 254, 344, 344Z & A Rel 254 may be taken Literature (3) for credit. [GC] An examination of the image of the Arab in selected poetry, short stories and novels of modern Israel. A Jst 255 (= A His 255) The The course will address the evolving presence, Holocaust: Lessons & Legacies (3) perceptions, and significance of the Arab in the Offers a general, nonspecialized cultural studies literature. Attention is given to the historical and approach to the Holocaust, the destruction of cultural factors contributing to the distinct treatment European Jewry by Nazi Germany during World of the Arab in various areas of modern Hebrew War II. Examines European Jewish life as well as literature. Only one of A Jst 273; 373; and 373Z may the history, cultural significance and public be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003- importance of the Holocaust through multiple 2004. [HU] perspectives. Utilizes historical studies, a film series, literary works and guest lecturers. [GC] 171 University at Albany A Jst 274 Love & Sex in Hebrew A Jst 286 (= A Rel 286) Jerusalem: Literature (3) the City and the Idea (3) An examination of Hebrew poems and short Now the capital of Israel, Jerusalem has been central narratives in English translation on the themes of to Jewish history and religion, as well as to love and sex. This course looks at the many aspects Christianity and Islam. The course surveys its of these themes including: longing, exultation, loss, physical history, its image in religion, nationalism, betrayal, jealousy, land even hatred. Love and sex literature, and the arts, and its various populations between a man and woman, and homosexual love and their subgroups. It aims to provide a and sex are also featured as re parental love, love of sophisticated understanding of the demographics and friends and places, and love of God. Readings are politics of contemporary Jerusalem. May not be drawn from the biblical, medieval, modern and offered in 2003-2004. contemporary periods of Hebrew literature. Attention is given to the historical and cultural A Jst 291 (=A His 291 and A Rel factors contributing to the distinct treatments of love 291) Messiah and Messianism in and sex in the various periods of Hebrew literature. Judaism and Christianity (3) Only one of A Jst 274; 374 and 374Z may be taken Origins of Jewish and Christian messianism in the for credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU] Old and New Testaments and related literature. A Jst 275 (= A His 275) Topics include the projection of a society’s ultimate values, and the tension caused by the Antisemitism in Historical actual attempts to realize those values; i.e., to Perspective (3) achieve salvation through messianic movements. This course studies the development and varying Only one of A His/Jst/Rel 291 may be taken for forms of antisemitism in Western history. The credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [GC] course is divided into three segments: 1) the anti- Judaism of early Christianity and the rise of A Jst 299 Introductory Topics in medieval antisemitism in Christian Europe; 2) the Judaic Studies (1–3) modernization of antisemitism in European society An elementary course in Jewish culture, history, up to World War II; 3) the impact of antisemitism philosophy, literature or the Bible that is devoted in American history. Learning materials include to a topic or theme, a particular work or works, or analytic texts, fiction, films and guest lecturers. a particular author or authors. May be repeated Only one of A His 275 & A Jst 275 may be taken for up to 6 credits when topic differs. for credit. [DP EU GC] A Jst 325 (= A Rel 325) Rabbinic A Jst 280 (= A Rel 280) The Torah Literature (3) (3) A study of one or more works of rabbinic literature General introduction to The Five Books of Moses (in from among Mishnah, Talmud, Midrash, English) considered against a background of commentaries, and codes. Analytical reading of the religious, social and philosophical aspects. Studies texts in English translation and discussion of their the significance of the Torah in the development of religious, legal, historical, and literary implications. Judaic civilization. Only one of A Jst 280 & A Rel May be repeated for credit if topic differs. 280 may be taken for credit. May not be offered in Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or A Jst 155. May not be 2003-2004. offered in 2003-2004. A Jst 281 (= A Rel 281) The A Jst 326 Studies in an Individual Prophets (3) Judaic Philosopher (3) Survey of the prophets in general (in English), The philosopher studied is selected on the basis of emphasizing the moral and social role of the faculty and student interest. May be taken more than individual prophet and his impact upon Judaism once if a different philosopher’s work is examined. and Western civilization. A Jst 281Z & A Rel Consult fall and spring schedules for specific 281Z are the writing intensive versions of A Jst philosopher analyzed. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or a 281 & A Rel 281; only one may be taken for course in philosophy. May not be offered in 2003- credit. 2004. A Jst 281Z (= A Rel 281Z) The A Jst 330 American Jewish Prophets (4) Philosophy (Advanced) (3) A Jst 281Z & A Rel 281Z are the writing The same as A Jst 230 but on an advanced level. intensive versions of A Jst 281 & A Rel 281; only Students attend two A Jst 230 lectures each week but one of the four courses may be taken for credit. have additional readings, written assignments, and a May not be offered in 2003-2004 [WI] separate recitation session. Only one of A Jst 230 and 330 may be taken for credit. A Jst 282 (= A Rel 282) Late Biblical Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or a course in Literature (3) philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Examination of books in the “Ketuvim” (Writings) section of the Hebrew Bible and some A Jst 335 (= A Rel 335) The works of the Apocrypha (in English). Topics Holocaust in Christian and Jewish include stories (Ruth, Judith), poetry (Psalms, Theology (3) Song of Songs), wisdom (Job, Ecclesiastes), The Christian and Jewish theological and historiography (Chronicles), and apocalyptic philosophic response to the genocide (Daniel, II Esdras), and how these works develop committed by the Nazis. Christian theologians themes from earlier biblical literature. Only one deal with Christianity’s role in the Holocaust, and of A Jst 282 & A Rel 282 may be taken for credit. Jewish theologians examine the problem of God’s May not be offered in 2003-2004. justice. Examines the works of Flannery, A Jst 285 (= A Rel 285) Hero and Eckhardt, Littell, Rubenstein, Fackenheim and Berkovits. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or a course Antihero in Scripture (3) in philosophy. Only one of A Jst 335 and A Rel An examination of different kinds of heroic figures 335 may be taken for credit. May not be offered in biblical literature, with questions about literary in 2003-2004. presentation, religious significance, and historicity. The course looks at ideal and roguish characteristics A Jst 337 Existential Jewish of heroic individuals in the biblical text and how Philosophies (3) these are treated in later exegesis and modern The philosophies of the 20th century European scholarship. A wide variety of men and women from Judaic existentialists will be examined. Particular the Hebrew Bible, the Apocrypha, and the New emphasis is placed on the writings of Shestov, Testament are studied, but particular emphasis is Rosenzweig and Buber. Prerequisite(s): A Jst l50 placed on Moses, David and Jesus. [BE] or a course in philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 172 University at Albany A Jst 341 (-A His 341) Issues in Biblical Civilization (3) Covers same period as A Jst 251 but on an advanced level. Students attend two A Jst 251 lectures each week but have a separate, more sophisticated reading list, a research paper, and a separate recitation session. Only one of A Jst 251, 341 & 341Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or 240, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Jst 341Z Issues in Biblical Civilization (4) Covers same period as A Jst 251 but on an advanced level. Students attend two A Jst 251 lectures each week but have a separate, more sophisticated reading list, a research paper, and a separate recitation session. Only one of A Jst 251, 341, & 341Z may be taken for credit. The former A Jst 341 does not yield writing intensive credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or 240, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] A Jst 342 Issues in Hellenistic- Rabbinic Judaism (3) Covers same period as A Jst 252 but on an advanced level. Students attend two A Jst 252 lectures each week but have a separate, more sophisticated reading list, a research paper, and a separate recitation session. Only one of A Jst 252, 342, & 342Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or 241, or permission of instructor. [WI] A Jst 342Z Issues in Hellenistic- Rabbinic Judaism (4) Covers same period as A Jst 252 but on an advanced level. Students attend two A Jst 252 lectures each week but have a separate, more sophisticated reading list, a research paper, and a separate recitation session. Only one of A Jst 252, 342, & 342Z may be taken for credit. The former A Jst 342 does not yield writing intensive credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or 241, or permission of instructor. [WI] A Jst 343 Issues in Medieval Jewish History (3) Covers same period as A Jst 253, but on an advanced level. Students attend class meetings for A Jst 253, but have a separate, more sophisticated reading list, a research paper, and a separate recitation session. A Jst 343Z is the writing intensive version of A Jst 343; only one of A His253, Rel 253, Jst 253, 343, & 343Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Jst 343Z Issues in Medieval Jewish History (4) A Jst 343Z is the writing intensive version of A Jst 343; only one of A His 253, Rel 253, Jst 253, 343, & 343Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] A Jst 344 Issues in Modern Jewish History (3) Covers the same period as A Jst 254, but on an advanced level. Students attend class meetings for A Jst 254, but have a separate, more sophisticated reading list, a research paper, and a separate recitation session. A Jst 344Z is the writing intensive version of A Jst 344. Only one of A Jst 254, 344, & 344Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or permission of instructor. A Jst 344Z Issues in Modern Jewish History (4) A Jst 344Z is the writing intensive version of A Jst 344. Only one of A Jst 254, 344, & 344Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or permission of instructor. [WI]

173 University at Albany A Jst 351 Jewish American Ethnic A Jst 372Z Issues in Modern A Jst 450 Judaic Studies Practicum Groups (3) Hebrew Literature (4) (3) Comparative analysis of Jewish ethnicity and The same as A Jst 272 but on an advanced writing Advanced Judaic Studies students receive assimilation in regard to one or more North level intended for Judaic Studies majors and undergraduate credit for assisting with the American ethnic group(s). Social, political, minors. Students attend A Jst 272 lectures but elementary Judaic Studies survey course, A Jst 150, economic and symbolic adaptations. This course is have additional readings, extensive written by running optional review/discussion classes cross-listed with A Ant 351 & 351Z when Jewish assignments, and occasional discussion sessions several times in the semester; by offering one class ethnicity and assimilation are a major focus of those centering on critical and theoretical approaches to presentation, which will also be written up as a paper courses. When cross-listed, A Jst 351Z & A Ant modern Hebrew literature. A Jst 372Z is the and submitted to the instructor; and by assisting in 351Z are the writing intensive versions of A Jst 351 writing intensive version of A Jst 372; only one grading student examinations. Students meet & A Ant 351; only one of the four courses may be of A Jst 272, 372, and 372Z may be taken for regularly with the instructor who helps students taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior credit May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] improve their knowledge of Jewish history, class standing and permission of instructor. May not discusses pedagogical techniques, and provides be offered in 2003-2004. [DP US*] A Jst 373 The Arab in Israeli extensive data for exam evaluation. Course may be Literature (3) repeated once for credit with approval of department A Jst 351Z Jewish American Ethnic The same as A Jst 273 but on an advanced level chair. Prerequisite(s): permission of A Jst 150 Groups (4) intended for Judaic Studies majors and minors. instructor. This course is cross-listed with A Ant 351 & Students attend A Jst 273 lectures but have 351Z when Jewish ethnicity and assimilation are additional non-fiction readings from newspapers and A Jst 490 Judaic Studies Internship a major focus of those courses. When cross- literary studies and critical essays. Written (1–6) listed, A Jst 351Z & A Ant 351Z are the writing assignments and discussion sessions for A Jst 373 Supervised practical experience in an institution intensive versions of A Jst 351 & A Ant 351; center on critical approaches to modern Hebrew of the Jewish community. Students will study the only one of the four courses may be taken for literature and culture. Only one of A Jst 273; 373; structure and issues of American Jewish credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class and 373Z may be taken for credit. May not be communal organization through personal service standing and permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU] and directed reading. Course may be repeated offered in 2003-2004. [DP US* WI] once for credit with approval of departmental A Jst 373Z The Arab in Israeli chair up to a total of 6 credits for both courses. A Jst 359 (= R Pos 359) Israeli Literature (4) Internships are open only to qualified juniors Politics (3) The same as A Jst 273 but on an advanced level and seniors who have an overall grade point In-depth study of the political system of Israel: its intended for Judaic Studies majors and minors. average of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): history, social and political cleavages, governing Students attend A Jst 273 lectures but have permission of department chair. S/U graded. institutions and persistent problems. Only one of additional non-fiction readings from newspapers and A Jst 359 & R Pos 359 may be taken for credit. literary studies and critical essays. Written A Jst 495 Colloquium in Judaic Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G and 102M, or assignments and discussion sessions for A Jst 373 Studies (3) junior or senior class standing. center on critical approaches to modern Hebrew Directed readings and conferences involving literature and culture. A Jst 373Z is the writing several members of the faculty for students A Jst 360 Jewish Autobiographies intensive version of A Jst 373 and will entail pursuing undergraduate honors in Judaic studies. (3) additional sessions on writing. These will be both To be offered only when requested by students An exploration of autobiographies and memoirs group sessions dealing with matters common to all eligible for the honors program. Prerequisite(s): written by widely diverse Jewish women and men and individual student-professor meetings to review major in Judaic studies and junior or senior class from ancient times to the twentieth century; the writing of each individual student. Only one of standing. includes experiences of immigration, Holocaust, A Jst 273; 373; and 373Z may be taken for credit. and Jewish acculturation in the modern world. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU WI] A Jst 497 Independent Study in The course pays attention to the historical Judaic Studies (1–6) contexts in which each work was written and also A Jst 374 Love & Sex in Hebrew Directed reading and conferences on selected analyzes how individual authors have shaped the Literature (3) topics in Judaic studies. May be repeated for events of their lives into a narrative pattern. We The same as A Jst 274 but on an advanced level credit when topics differ. Prerequisite(s): consider how gender and minority status shape intended for Judaic Studies majors and minors. permission of department chair. experience, and explore the ways in which an Students attend A Jst 274 lectures and have author does or does not position himself or additional readings, written assignments and A Jst 499 Topics in Judaic Studies herself as part of a larger community of Jews. discussion sessions centering on critical literature (1–3) Significant reading and weekly writing and on selected works from literatures of other In-depth study of selected topics in Jewish assignments. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or any one cultures. Only one of A Jst 274; 374 and 374Z may history, philosophy, literature or the Bible. May of A Jst253, 343, 343Z, 254, 344Z. be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003- be repeated when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): 2004. [HU] permission of instructor. A Jst 367 (= A Eng 367) Jewish American Literature (3) A Jst 374Z Love & Sex in Hebrew Literature written by American Jews of the 20th Literature (4) century. Among the topics offered are Jewish The same as A Jst 274 but like A Jst 374, A Jst 374Z fiction writers, Jewish-American Drama, Jewish- is on an advanced level intended for Judaic Studies American Women Writers, Jewish Humor, and majors and minors. Students attend A Jst 274 Jewish-American Literature and Film. Intended lectures and have additional readings, written primarily for juniors and seniors. May be assignments and occasional discussion sessions repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): a 100- centering on the critical literature and on selected level English literature course or permission of works from the literatures of other cultures. A Jst the instructor. 374Z is the writing intensive version of A Jst 374 and will entail supplementary sessions on writing. A Jst 372 Issues in Modern These will be both group sessions dealing with Hebrew Literature (3) matters common to all and individual student- The same as A Jst 272 but on an advanced level professor meetings to review the student’s writing. intended for Judaic Studies majors and minors. Only one of A Jst 274; 374 and 374Z may be taken Students attend A Jst 272 lectures but have for credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU additional readings, written assignments, and WI] occasional discussion sessions centering on critical and theoretical approaches to modern Hebrew literature. A Jst 372Z is the writing intensive version of A Jst 372; only one of A Jst 272, 372, and 372Z may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004.

174 University at Albany

DEPARTMENT OF Courses in Dutch A Dch 101L Elementary Dutch I (3) LANGUAGES, Beginners’ course with sociocultural approach. Emphasis on fundamental Dutch vocabulary, grammar, pronunciation and oral expression; LITERATURES AND graded readings; exercises in Dutch-English and English-Dutch translation. Three classes each CULTURES week. A Dch 102L Elementary Dutch II (3) David Wills, Chair Continuation of sociocultural approach of A Dch 101L. Reading of selections from contemporary Dutch fiction to further develop The Department of Languages, Literatures and the reading skill. Three classes each week. Cultures includes the three programs French Prerequisite(s): A Dch 101L or placement. [FL] Studies, Hispanic and Italian Studies, and A Dch 201L Intermediate Dutch I Slavic and Eurasian Studies. Each of these (3) programs is fully described in the following Review of grammar and syntax, followed by three sections of the bulletin. In addition, the literary readings in conjunction with a department offers courses in Danish and continuation of the sociocultural method. Three Dutch. classes each week. Prerequisite(s): A Dch 102 or placement. A Dch 202L Intermediate Dutch II (3) Continued literary readings in conjunction with a continued emphasis on the sociocultural Courses in Danish method. Three classes each week. A Dan 397 Independent Study Prerequisite(s): A Dch 201 or placement. Danish (1-4) A Dch 308L Introduction to the Study of Danish by a student in an area of special Literature of the Netherlands (3) interest not treated in courses currently offered. May The course surveys major movements in the be repeated with special departmental approval. literature of the Netherlands from 1850 to the Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. present. We will read and study highlights of Dutch and Flemish literature and their social/cultural background. The language of instruction is English (as well as Dutch). Emphasis, however, will be on reading fiction and some poetry in Dutch. Though we may use translations (and movie-adaptations in English), reading proficiency in Dutch on an elementary level is necessary. Works may include Multatuli, Bordewijk, Poetry of the “Experimentelen”, Hermans, Reve, Wolkers and Mulisch. A Dch 397 Independent Study Dutch (1-4) Study by a student in an area of special interest not treated in courses currently offered. May be repeated once with special departmental approval. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor.

175 University at Albany

FRENCH STUDIES Careers Language Placement Graduates enter careers in teaching, government How do I know what level French is for me? Faculty service, translating, editing, interpreting, library Students wishing to enroll in French for the Professors science, international business, foreign service first time at the University at Albany should Herman P. Salomon, Ph.D. and computer-related technologies. Any field of enroll in French 101 if they have never studied New York University work that requires a broad liberal education, French before. Any student who has studied David Wills, Doctorat linguistic skill and a knowledge of French- French in high school or at another university, Université de Paris-Sorbonne Nouvelle speaking cultures will offer job opportunities for or who has grown up in a French-speaking Mary Beth Winn, Ph.D. majors. Combinations with particularly strong environment, must take the French placement Yale University employment potential are French Studies and test to determine which course to take. The Associate Professors economics, political science and business. placement test is given during summer Susan Blood, Ph.D. advisement and during the first week of classes Johns Hopkins University in the fall. Students without placement test Eloise A. Brière, Ph.D. Special Programs and scores should use the following guidelines in University of Toronto Opportunities selecting the appropriate course. Please note Jean-François Brière, Ph.D. The University maintains summer, semester and that students taking a lower level course after York University year-long exchange programs in France with the having completed a course at a higher level Cynthia A. Fox, Ph.D. University of Montpellier, a program which will not receive graduation credits for that Indiana University, Bloomington provides students an opportunity to study French course. George V. Santoni, Ph.D. language at any level (no language prerequisite), University of Colorado literature and culture as well as business and A Fre 101L Students who have no previous Lecturer economics in either French or English. An array experience with French or whose experience is Mark Fisher, M.A. of programs are available for study elsewhere in the equivalent of less than one year of high University of New York at Albany France, Quebec and other French-speaking parts school level French; placement test score 0- Mary Jane Highfield, Ph.D. of the world. The Office of International 279. Cornell University Programs provides students with guidance in A Fre 102L Students who have completed one Professors Emeritae/i choosing the right program. year of high school level French or its Arnolds Grava, Ph.D. equivalent; placement test score 280-340. University of Nebraska The program sponsors a “Face to Face” series Robert W. Greene, Ph.D. which brings to campus an important figure in A Fre 221L Students who have completed two University of Pennsylvania contemporary French thought, letters, film or art. years of high school level French or its equivalent; placement test score 341-394. Martin Kanes, Ph.D. Opportunities to use French and to exchange A Fre 222L Students who have completed University of Pennsylvania ideas outside of class are provided through Le three years of high school level French or its Frederick W. Moore, Ph.D. cercle français, lecture and film series, and equivalent. These students should see the Yale University other activities. Carl J. Odenkirchen, Ph.D. Undergraduate Adviser to discuss the University of North Carolina Paris Chamber of Commerce Exam possibility of majoring or minoring in French; Raymond J. Ortali, Ph.D. The French Studies Program trains students to take placement test score 395 and above. University of Michigan both the written and oral parts of the international A Fre 240 Students who have completed four Associate Professor Emeritus exam offered by the Paris Chamber of Commerce years of high school level French or its Jack Richtman, Ph.D. and Industry (Diplôme supérieur francais des equivalent. These students should see the Columbia University affaires) on the Albany campus, when numbers Undergraduate Adviser to discuss the Adjuncts (estimated): 4 warrant it. Recipients of the “Diplôme supérieur” possibility of majoring or minoring in French. Teaching Assistants (estimated): 8 enhance their employment potential in Exceptions: international business and management. 1) Students may elect to enroll one level higher or lower than the level suggested by French Studies offers a wide range of courses B.A. in French/M.B.A. Dual Degree Program the above guidelines. Factors which could in language, literature, civilization, mass The French Studies Program and the School of be taken into consideration in making this media, Francophone studies, French cinema as Business offer a five-year B.A./M.B.A. Degree decision are: the length of time which has well as in business French. The program Program in French and Business Administration elapsed since last formal study of French; combines innovative and traditional taken on the Albany campus and at the University additional travel or home experience with approaches leading to teaching, international of Montpellier. The program is open to students trade, graduate work or other career objectives the language; quality of previous program with 4 years of high school French (or A Fre 221 of study; grades earned (overall requiring a comprehensive background in or 222L in the University in the High School French studies. performance) in previous study. Note, Program.) Students fulfill requirements for the however, that the Language Placement Full B.A. and M.A. and Ph.D. programs in French major during their freshman, sophomore rules of the Undergraduate Bulletin state French are available as well as a combined and junior year. Students formally apply for that A Fre 101L may not be taken for credit B.A./M.A. program. A combined B.A. in admission into the M.B.A. at the end of their by students who have taken three years of French/M.B.A. is also available. sophomore years. The junior year is spent at the high school French or passed the Regents A number of courses of general interest, given University of Montpellier where students take examination within the last five years. in English and requiring no knowledge of courses in French, European Economics, 2) Students who wish to be placed more than French, are also regularly scheduled. Management and Marketing, International Management and Finance. They also participate one level higher or lower than the in internship/community service projects. The placement suggested by these guidelines fourth and fifth years focus on completing the must have written permission from the requirements for the M.B.A. degree. Language Program Director. 176 University at Albany 3) Students who have completed A Fre 200L Students are considered as undergraduates or A Fre 221L through the University in Honors Program in French until completion of 120 graduation credits and High School Program should enroll in The honors program in French is designed to satisfactory completion of all B.A. A Fre 222L; students who have completed promote opportunities for advanced work to requirements. Upon meeting B.A. A Fre 210L or A Fre 222L should enroll in highly motivated, mature undergraduate requirements, students are automatically A Fre 240. majors and prepare them to do independent considered as graduate students. 4) Students who have received Advanced work. Students may apply for admission to the Placement (AP) credit should see the Students may apply for admission to the combined degree program in French at the Language Program Director to discuss their Honors Program after the beginning of the beginning of their junior year or after the successful completion of 56 credits, but no program of study. second semester of their sophomore year. To gain admission to the program students must later than the accumulation of 100 credits. A 5) Students whose experience with French has have formally declared a major in French and cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or not been primarily through organized study have completed at least 12 credits toward their higher and three supportive letters of in an American high school setting should major, including A Fre 241 and 355. In recommendation from faculty are required for consult with the Language Program addition, they must have an overall GPA of at consideration. In exceptional cases, students Director or the Undergraduate Adviser for least 3.25, and 3.50 in their major, both of with more than 100 undergraduate credits may help in selecting an appropriate class. which must be maintained in order to graduate apply to the program for exemption from the 100-credit rule. Students are strongly encouraged to see the with honors. Language Program Director if they feel they Students must complete a minimum of: are in the wrong class or if they have any Combined B.A. in French/M.B.A. questions about placement. Decisions to (1) 12 credits of courses in the major above in Five Years A Fre 241 and 355, change courses should be made no later than Freshmen at the University at Albany who the fourth week of classes. (2) a 3-credit independent study course have taken four years of French in high school (A Fre 397), and (or A Fre 222I or 222L through the University Degree Requirements for the (3) a 6-credit major project or series of in the High School Program) have the unique Major in French projects, to be completed during the opportunity to combine a BA in French and a junior and senior year. Prior to beginning MBA and to receive two degrees in five years. General Program B.A.: a minimum of 36 the project, the student must have written Students formally apply for admission into the credits above A Fre 222L. These include: 21 approval from the Academic Committee MBA at the end of their sophomore year. The credits of core courses (A Fre 240, 241E, 306, of French Studies. The project will be junior year is normally spent studying in 340Z, 355, 360, 440Z); 15 credits of elective evaluated not later than the third quarter France. By the end of their junior year, courses at the 300 level and/or 400 level, of the senior year and submitted in final students have completed requirements for the including at least 6 credits at the 400 level. form by the end of the fourth quarter. French major. Completion of requirements for A Fre 306, 355, and at least one 400-level the MBA takes place during the fifth year. course must be taken in residence at the Combined B.A./M.A. Program In order to complete all requirements for this Albany campus. Credits earned through study program in five years, students should plan to abroad programs will not fulfill this The combined B.A./M.A. program in French enter the program at the beginning of their requirement. provides an opportunity for students of freshman year and take all courses as scheduled recognized academic ability and educational Teacher Education Program: on the BA in the French/MBA program chart maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of (available from the department). They should As of Fall 2000, the Teacher Education minor the undergraduate and master’s degree consult with their undergraduate adviser before will no longer be offered for the incoming programs from the beginning of their junior registering for courses. freshman class. To obtain teacher certification, year. A carefully designed program can permit students must complete the French major plus a student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees an M.A. in Education, due to revisions in the within nine semesters. New York State Education Department The combined program requires a minimum of regulations for teacher certification. Students 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be admitted prior to Fall 2000 and transfer graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., students may still be able to complete the students must meet all University and college Teacher Education minor. Students interested requirements, including the requirements for in teaching as a profession should contact the the major listed previously, the minor Academy for Initial Teacher Preparation at requirement, general education requirements, 442-5144. the minimum 90-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., students must meet all University and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of 30 graduate credits, and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, professional experience and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. programs.

177 University at Albany

Courses In French A Fre 270 Beginning French for and the media. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341 (formerly Business (3) A Fre 241), or permission of the instructor. A Fre 101L Beginning French I (4) A conversation course with emphasis on learning For students with no previous study of French. This how business is conducted in French. Successful course emphasizes the development of practical students will acquire greater fluency, mastery of A Fre 360 Social and Cultural communication skills through a variety of lively, business vocabulary, knowledge of fundamental History of France (3) interactive activities. By the end of the course, work-related cultural differences, and familiarity Provides a broad knowledge and understanding of students should be able to talk about themselves, with basic practices for doing business in France and the political, social, intellectual, literary and artistic their immediate world, and their interests. The other francophone countries. Extensive use of film history of France from the Middle Ages to the course also provides an introduction to the culture of and television. Meets General Education oral present as well as the historical and conceptual France and other French-speaking countries. discourse requirements. Prerequisite(s): Intermediate framework required in more advanced courses in According to University regulations, this course may standing and permission of the instructor. [OD] French Studies. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 301 (formerly not be taken for credit by students who have taken A Fre 241), or by permission of the instructor. three years of high school French or passed the A Fre 297 Independent Study in Regents examination within the past five years. French (1-3) Intended for students with no prior study of French This Study in an area of special interest not treated A Fre 440Z Writing French with or placed by examination. in courses currently offered. Topic must be approved Style (3) by the undergraduate advisor and directed by a A Fre 102L Beginning French II (4) member of the faculty. May be repeated once with Intensive practice of written French through close For students who have completed one semester of approval. analysis of grammar and stylistic study of selected college French, such as A Fre 101, or one year of works. Aims to strengthen and develop competency high school French. This course continues to in different styles of writing: creative, emphasize the development of practical Core Courses for the Major argumentative, and analytical. Meet the General communication skills using a lively and interactive Education writing intensive requirement. approach. Students expand their proficiency to be Prerequisite(s): A Fre 340Z. able to talk not only about themselves, but about the A Fre 241E Introduction to French world. Students also increase their knowledge of Studies (3) Electives at the 200 Level French and francophone cultures. By the end of the Introduction to the concepts and techniques needed course, students should have basic survival skills in for analyzing French cultural phenomena. Focuses A Fre 270 Beginning French for French. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 101L or placement by initially on written texts (literary and nonliterary,) examination. [FL]-???? Business (3) then on other cultural documents (e.g., mass media A conversation course with emphasis on learning A Fre 106 Pronunciation of French and the arts). Designed to give students tools for how business is conducted in French. Successful (1) more advanced students will acquire greater fluency, mastery of Practice in sound discrimination and production. Lab A Fre 301 (former 240) Structural business vocabulary, knowledge of fundamental work and individualized private sessions. May only Review of French (3) work-related cultural differences, and familiarity be taken in conjunction with A Fre 101L (second Provides a thorough review of French structure for with basic practices for doing business in France and quarter only), 102L, 221L, and 240. S/U graded. other francophone countries. Extensive use of film communication with increased accuracy in both and television. Meets General Education oral A Fre 221I (= A Fre 221L) speaking and writing. Students will not only improve their control of French grammar, but will also learn discourse requirements. Prerequisite(s): Intermediate Intermediate French I (4) (see how the grammar functions in specific spoken and standing and permission of the instructor. below) written contexts. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 222 or A Fre 297 Independent Study in Prerequisite(s): A Fre 102L or placement. [OD] equivalent. French (1-3) A Fre 221L Intermediate French I A Fre 341L Introduction to French This Study in an area of special interest not treated (4) Studies (3) in courses currently offered. Topic must be approved For students who have completed one year of A Fre 341E is the writing intensive version of A Fre by the undergraduate advisor and directed by a introductory college French (such as A Fre 101, 102) 341L; only one of the two courses may be taken for member of the faculty. May be repeated once with or two years of high school French. This course credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU] approval. provides a substantial review of the basics while expanding students’ knowledge of vocabulary, A Fre 306 Comprehension & Electives at the 300 Level structure, and allow them to express themselves in a Pronunciation of French (3) more varied and meaningful way, both orally and in This course is designed to help students hear and A Fre 315 Introduction to French writing. As in the previous levels, students have understand French with greater ease and to speak Cinema (3) plenty of opportunity for interaction in class. Culture French with greater accuracy. It combines ease and is explored in greater depths than in preceding to speak French with greater accuracy. It combines An introduction with detailed analyses to a dozen of levels. Students read a variety of short texts during an examination of how sounds are produced, how the most well known French classic films as the semester. [OD] they are organized into a patterned system, and how contributions to the art of cinema and as reflections they are different from English sounds, with of French society at various historical moments. A Fre 222I (= A Fre 222L) practical exercises in sound discrimination, listening Only one of A Fre 238 and A Fre 315 can be taken Intermediate French II (3) (see comprehension, and oral practice. Students increase for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 241E. below) their ability to communicate successfully with A Fre 350 French Conversation (3) Prerequisite(s): A Fre 221L or equivalent. [OD] French speakers throughout the francophone world. Students will learn the strategies, vocabulary, and A Fre 340Z Introduction to Writing structures that will allow them to participate more A Fre 222L Intermediate French II fluently and confidently in a variety of spoken contexts, (4) French (3) both formal and informal. Some of the conversational For students who have completed French 221, three Builds on the skills acquired in French 301, functions and strategies covered include reporting, semesters of college French, or three years of high concentrates on improving written expression giving advice, conducting interviews, expressing school French. Continuing with a functional and through expansion of vocabulary and use of more differences of opinion, expressing aesthetic judgments, thematic approach to building proficiency and a complex and varied sentence structures. A variety of and reading out loud. Students will have the opportunity lively, interactive approach to learning, this course written texts will provide models for different kinds to talk about current events, engage in debate, and talk builds on students’ previous knowledge to expand of writing, with an emphasis on description and about their personal interests. This course fulfills the and refine their ability to express themselves, both narration. Intensive writing practice through formal General Education oral discourse requirement. orally and in writing. Culture continues to play a compositions as well as weekly participation in Prerequisite(s): A Fre 301 (formerly A Fre 240).[OD] central role, as does reading. Students read a variety electronic bulletin board discussions on topics of of short texts as well as a work chosen by the student’s choosing. Fulfills the General Education A Fre 361 Readings in French instructor. By the end of French 222, students should writing intensive requirement. Prerequisite(s): A Fre Literature (3) be able to express themselves and read with 301 (formerly A Fre 240) or placement. Major works and selections will be studied in the reasonable fluency on a variety of topics. [OD] A Fre 355 Contemporary French context of the social and cultural structures of a particular period. Can be repeated for credit when Society and Culture (3) the content changes. Prerequisite(s) A Fre 341E. A course designed to give students a broad [HU] knowledge and understanding of French society today: value orientations, family and education, social and political institutions, leisure and work, 178 University at Albany A Fre 365 Contemporary French Press (3) Examines the press through the analysis and discussion of newspapers, magazines and their ideologies. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E. May not be offered in 2003-2004.

179 University at Albany A Fre 397 Independent Study in A Fre 481 Francophone Cultures (3) French (1–4) An examination of non-European cultures in Africa Study in an area of special interest not treated in and the Caribbean as well as French-based cultures courses currently offered. Topic must be approved in North America. Gives a broad understanding of by the undergraduate adviser and directed by a the political and social impact of French member of the faculty. May be repeated once with colonization and examines contemporary approval. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E. francophone life through the study of literary and other texts as well as film. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341 (formerly A Fre 241). Electives at the 400 Level A Fre 498 Face-to-Face (3) A Fre 405 Research in French Seminar devoted to the works of a visiting major Society and Culture (3) figure in contemporary French thought, letters, film or art. Taught by a regular faculty member in Aspects of contemporary French culture, French cooperation with the visiting author or artist. May be society, politics, economy, education, religion, mass repeated for credit with permission of undergraduate media, the arts. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and adviser. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and 340Z or 340Z. permission of the undergraduate adviser. May not be A Fre 406 French Linguistics: offered in 2003-2004. Morphology and Syntax (3) A Fre 499 Undergraduate Seminar Survey of the structure of the French language in (3) light of current linguistic theory. Prerequisite(s): Intensive study of an author, topic or literary theme not A Lin 220M or permission of instructor. May not be treated in regularly offered undergraduate courses. May offered in 2003-2004. be repeated for credit when content differs. A Fre 415 French Cinema and Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and A Fre 340Z. Society (3) Analysis of selected commercial feature films by Courses in English major contemporary French directors. Emphasis will be placed on the consideration of each film as a A Fre 201 Perspectives on the French social and cultural document. Only one of A Fre 338 World (1–3) & A Fre 415 can be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Intensive study of a particular work or works, A Fre 341E and 340Z. limited theme or topic, genre, or contemporary issue. A Fre 430 Translation (3) Taught in English. May be repeated once for credit This course will deal with both the theoretical and when content differs. May not be used to fulfill the practical aspects of translation, with regular requirements of the major in French. [EU HU] exercises in the translation (from French to English A Fre 202 French Literature (3) and from English to French) of a wide variety of Reading and discussion of selected works of French texts (literary, scientific, journalistic, economic, literature in translation. Taught in English. May be poetic, etc.) Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and 340. repeated once for credit when content differs. May not be A Fre 450 French Speech Styles (3) used to fulfill the requirements of the major in French. Training in the diversity of francophone speech A Fre 208 Haiti through Film and styles used by various individuals, groups, institutions, and media of diverse social or Literature (3) geographical origins. Grammatical and lexical An introduction to the history and culture of Haiti. analysis of these styles, their cultural implications Gives broad knowledge and understanding of the and social contexts. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and political, social, intellectual, literary and artistic 340Z or participation in an overseas program. May history of Haiti from 1492 to the present, not be offered in 2003-2004. particularly as it relates to the United States. Main tools of investigation: fiction, essays, film A Fre 455 Life and Letters (3) (documentary and fiction), and the arts. Meets Exploration of the historical, cultural and literary General Education requirements for diversity; may aspects of a particular period or movement. May be be used to complete the French minor. repeated once for credit when the content changes. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and 340Z or permission A Fre 218 Contemporary France (3) of the instructor. Analysis and comparison of French and American value orientations, family structures, educational, A Fre 462 The Novel (3) political, economic and cultural institutions. Taught Study of the techniques, forms and themes of the in English. May not be used to fulfill the genre as seen through representative works. requirements of the major in French. May not be Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and 340Z. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [OD] offered in 2003-2004. A Fre 238 (= A Arh 262) Great A Fre 463 Poetry (3) Classics of French Cinema (3) Study of the techniques. forms and themes of the An introduction with detailed analyses to a dozen of genre as seen through representative works. the most well known French classic films as Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and 340Z. May not be contributions to the art of cinema and as reflections of offered in 2003-2004. French society at various historical moments. Taught A Fre 464 Theatre (3) in English. May not be used to fulfill the requirements Study of the techniques, forms and themes of the of the major in French. Only one of A Fre 238 and genre as seen through representative works. A Fre 315 can be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 341E and 340Z. May not be A Fre 281 French Canada Through offered in 2003-2004. Film and Literature (3) A Fre 470 French For Business (3) Gives broad knowledge of the French-speaking areas Provides students with the tools needed in a French- of Canada (mainly Quebec and Acadia) through an speaking business environment: specialized examination of the history of the French in North vocabulary, correspondence, business operations in America as well as contemporary literature and France, the economy of France and the European cinema. May be taken to complete the French minor. Union. This course provides preparation for the examinations (on campus) leading to certification by the Paris Chamber of Commerce (Diplôme de Français des Affaires I and II). Prerequisite(s): A Fre 340Z or equivalent.

180 University at Albany A Fre 338 French Cinema and Special Programs or Opportunities Society (3) Analysis of selected feature films of major HISPANIC AND The Hispanic and Italian Studies program also contemporary French directors. Emphasis on each film participates in interdisciplinary studies in as a social and cultural document. Taught in English. conjunction with programs in Latin American May not be used to fulfill the requirements of the major ITALIAN STUDIES in French. Only one of A Fre 338 & A Fre 415 may be studies, linguistics, the School of Education, taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Faculty and the Departments of Art, Classics, History standing, or permission of instructor. May not be Associate Professors and Music. offered in 2003-2004. Armand F. Baker, Ph.D. A year abroad program was initiated at the A Fre 398 Face-to-Face (3) University of Iowa International Institute in Madrid, Spain in Seminar devoted to the works of a visiting major figure in Silvia Nagy-Zekmi, Ph.D. contemporary French thought, letters, film or art. Taught 1970. Study abroad programs also are by a regular faculty member in cooperation with the Eötvös Loránd University (Budapest) available in Campinas, Brazil; Medellin, visiting author or artist. Taught in English. May be Olimpia Pelosi, Ph.D. Colombia; Costa Rica; and Cuernavaca, repeated for credit with permission of the program chair. University of North Carolina Mexico. For more information, see Office of May not be used to fulfill the requirements of the major in Joana Sabadell-Nieto, Ph.D. French. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, or International Programs. Use of the foreign permission of the instructor. May not be offered in 2003- University of Pennsylvania language and the exchange of ideas are 2004. Maurice Westmoreland, Ph.D. fostered through language clubs, colloquia, University of Illinois lectures and other activities in the program. A Fre 460 (=A Arh 450) Art and Assistant Professors Society in Early Modern France (3) Seminar examining selected topics in art and architecture Luis Paris-Molina, Ph.D. produced in France from the sixteenth through eighteenth State University of New York at Buffalo Degree Requirements for the centuries. Special emphasis upon the cultural significance Lotfi Sayahi, Ph.D. Major in Italian of art in an era that saw the rise and fall of monarchical Universidad Complutense Madrid power as well as dramatic changes in understanding of General Program B.A.: A minimum of 34 social hierarchy, gender, the natural world and credits including A Ita 103L, 104L, 206, 207, philosophy. Taught in English. French majors will do Lecturers 223L, 301Z, 311, 312 and nine additional readings and written work in French when possible. Maria Keyes, M.A. Prerequisite(s): A Fre 360 May not be offered in 2003- credits at or above the 300 level, six of which State University of New York at Albany must be at the 400 level. 2004. [OD] Aida Torres-Horwitt, Ph.D. A Fre 460Z (=A Arh 450Z) Art and State University of New York at Albany Society in Early Modern France (3) Honors Program in Italian A Fre 460Z is the writing intensive version of Adjuncts (estimated): 4 A 460; only one may be taken for credit. Teaching Assistants (estimated): 12 The honors program in Italian is designed to Prerequisite(s): A Fre 360. [WI] promote opportunities for advanced work to highly motivated, mature undergraduate majors The Hispanic and Italian Studies program and prepare them to do independent work. expects its students to become highly proficient in speaking, understanding, reading Students may apply for admission to the and writing the foreign language, as well as to Honors Program after the beginning of the develop a thorough knowledge of and an second semester of their sophomore year. To appreciation for the literature and civilization. gain admission to the program students must Proficiency in language skills is regarded not have formally declared a major in Italian and only as an end in itself but also as a means of have completed at least 12 credits toward their studying a foreign culture. Full programs are major. In addition, they must have an overall offered leading to the B.A. in Spanish and GPA of at least 3.25, and 3.50 in their major, Italian: sufficient Portuguese courses are both of which must be maintained in order to offered to permit an undergraduate minor graduate with honors. sequence. Students must complete a minimum of 41 credits, including a 4 credit Honors Thesis Careers (A Ita 499), as well as 34 credits normally required for the major, and a 400-level Combining Italian with another foreign literature course in addition to those required language taught in schools, such as Spanish, for the major. Specific requirements are as French or English, at the undergraduate or follows: Italian core: (22 credits) A Ita 103L, graduate level would provide students with 104L, 206, 207, 301Z, 311, and 421. strong credentials for teaching positions. Opportunities for occupations requiring Italian Fifteen additional credits must be at the 300 or bilingual background would also be level or above, including 6 credits of literature enhanced. Graduates usually teach Italian or courses at or above the 400 level. In addition, are involved with bilingual education. Others the student must write a thesis based on Italian work for airlines that fly to Italy and with literature or culture. American companies doing business there. Occupational areas in which Spanish majors have been employed are teaching, public relations, state and federal service, foreign service of the U.S., airlines, travel agencies, and in businesses dealing with Spanish- speaking countries.

181 University at Albany Degree Requirements for the Students must complete a minimum of 40 combined degree program in Spanish at the Major in Spanish credits, including a 4 credit Honors Thesis beginning of their junior year or after the (A Spn 499), as well as 36 credits normally successful completion of 56 credits, but no General Program B.A.: A student wishing to required for the major. Specific requirements later than the accumulation of 100 credits. major in Spanish may choose one of three are as follows: Students entering the University with sequences offered by the program. All students advanced standing in Spanish may be admitted Spanish core: (18 credits) A Spn 205 or 206, must take a minimum of 36 credits in Spanish after satisfying the core requirements (A Spn 207, 223L, 301 or 301Z, 312, and 316. courses above the 104L level, including A Spn 205 or 206, 207, 223L, 301 (or 301Z), 312, 205 or A Spn 206, A Spn 207, A Spn 223L, 1. Students who choose the Literature and 316). A cumulative grade point average of A Spn 301 or 301Z, A Spn 312L and A Spn Sequence are required to take at least three 3.20 or higher and three supportive letters of 316. Students must also take additional courses Literature courses at the 400 or 500 level, recommendation from faculty are required for in Spanish, unless otherwise indicated, and they must write a thesis on a topic consideration. according to the requirements of their dealing with literature. sequence, as follows. 2. Students who choose the Language and Courses in Italian Literature Concentration * Civilization Sequence must take at least A Ita 100L Elementary Italian I (4) A minimum of 18 credits to include the one civilization course at the 400 level, and Beginner’s course with audio-lingual approach. Fundamentals of language structure and sounds; following: (1) 1 literature course at the 300 they must also write a thesis on a topic emphasis on correct pronunciation and oral level; (2) 2 literature courses at the 400 level; dealing with Hispanic culture. expression, graded readings. Classes meet four times (3) 2 language courses above A Spn 301Z; (4) per week, plus two required homework periods in 3. Students who choose the Linguistics one civilization course. the language laboratory. May not be taken for credit Sequence must take at least one 400-level by students who have taken three years of high Language Concentration * linguistics course in addition to A Spn 402, school Italian or passed the Regents examination within the past five years. Prerequisite(s): for A minimum of 18 credits to include the and they must write a thesis on a topic beginners, none; for students with high school following: (1) 1 literature course above A Spn dealing with linguistics. Italian, placement. 316; (2) A Spn 401 or 402; (3) 2 language or 4. Students who choose the Secondary A Ita 101L Elementary Italian II (4) linguistics courses at the 400 level; (4) 2 Continuation of audio-lingual approach, additional courses as advised. A Lin 220M may Education Sequence will be required to take fundamentals of language structure and sounds, be counted as one of these courses. both A Spn 403 and 404, and they must either emphasis on correct pronunciation and oral write a thesis or they must complete a expression, and graded readings. Classes meet four Secondary Education Concentration * research project dealing with education. times per week, plus two required homework periods A minimum of 18 credits to include the in the language laboratory. Prerequisite(s): A Ita following: A Spn 401 (formerly 305) and 403 100L or placement. [FL] and (1) 1 literature course at the 300 level; (2) Combined B.A./M.A. Program A Ita 103L Intermediate Italian I (4) 1 literature course at the 400 level; (3) 1 Modern Italian readings. Review of Italian The combined B.A./M.A. program in Spanish grammar, composition and conversation. civilization course; (4) 1 additional course as provides an opportunity for students of Prerequisite(s): A Ita 101L or placement. advised. recognized academic ability and educational A Ita 104L Intermediate Italian II (3) maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of Continuation of modern Italian readings, review of * Course Categories for Spanish undergraduate and master’s degree programs Italian grammar, composition and conversation. Major Concentrations from the beginning of their junior year. A Prerequisite(s): A Ita 103L or placement. carefully designed program can permit a A Ita 206 Intermediate Conversation Language courses include A Spn 302, 401 student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees (formerly 305), 402, 403, 404, 405, 406, and Oral Grammar (3) within nine semesters. Primary emphasis on speaking skills. May be taken 407, 410Z. simultaneously with A Ita 207. Course may be Civilization courses include A Spn 314, 315, The combined program requires a minimum of waived upon demonstration of sufficient oral skill. 317, 318, 322, 453, 454. 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be graduate Prerequisite(s): A Ita 104L. [OD] Literature courses include A Spn 319, 320, credits. In qualifying for the B.A., students must A Ita 207 Intermediate Composition 325, 326, 333, 344, 410Z, 414, 418, 445, meet all University and college requirements, and Written Grammar (3) 446, 447, 448, 449, 481, 482. including the requirements of the undergraduate Primary emphasis on writing skills. May be taken major described previously, the minor simultaneously with A Ita 206. Course may be Honors Program in Spanish requirement, the minimum 90-credit liberal arts waived upon demonstration of sufficient writing and sciences requirement, general education skill. Prerequisite(s): A Ita 104L or placement. The honors program in Spanish is designed to requirements and residency requirements. In A Ita 213 The Italian-American promote opportunities for advanced work to qualifying for the M.A., students must meet all Experience (3) highly motivated, mature undergraduate University and college requirements as outlined An exploration of the Italian-American heritage in majors and prepare them to do independent in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of art, culture and the novel, and a study of the work. psychological and social dimension of the ethnic a minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other experience. Conducted in English. Students may apply for admission to the conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, Honors Program after the beginning of the comprehensive examination, professional A Ita 223L Introduction to Literary experience and residency requirements. Up to 12 Methods (3) second semester of their sophomore year. To Textual exposition of readings selected according to gain admission to the program students must graduate credits may be applied simultaneously genre, with an introduction to literary terminology have formally declared a major in Spanish and to both the B.A. and M.A. programs. and writing. Prerequisite(s): A Ita 104L. [HU] have completed at least 12 credits toward their Students are considered as undergraduates major. In addition, they must have an overall until completion of 120 graduation credits and GPA of at least 3.25, and 3.50 in their major, satisfactory completion of all B.A. both of which must be maintained in order to requirements. Upon meeting B.A. graduate with honors. requirements, students are automatically considered as graduate students. Students may apply for admission to the 182 University at Albany A Ita 301Z (formerly A Ita 301) A Ita 441 The Italian Renaissance (3) Prerequisite(s): A Por 100L or placement. [FL] Advanced Conversation and Study of the Italian Renaissance, with emphasis on the Composition (3) individual authors as well as on their influence on other Western cultures and subsequent centuries. From the Intensive practice in speaking and writing Italian. new critical spirit and search to the circle of Lorenzo Prerequisite(s): A Ita 207. Note: The former A Ita de’Medici, Machiavelli, Ariosto, and Tasso. Conducted 301 does not meet the writing intensive requirement. in English. Italian majors must read materials in the [WI] original and meet in special sessions with the instructor A Ita 311 General View of Literature during the course of the semester. Prerequisite(s): A Ita I (3) 311 or permission of instructor. Survey of Italian literature from its origins to the end A Ita 444 Topics in Italian Language of the Renaissance: The Medieval tradition from the and Literature (2–3) Scuola Siciliana and the Stil Novo to the Trecento; Selected works of Italian language or literature not from the Quattrocento and the Florentine Humanists covered by other undergraduate courses offered by to the early and late Renaissance and the the program. May be repeated for credit with a transformation of the epic genre. Prerequisite(s): change of topic. Consult current schedule of classes A Ita 223L or permission of instructor. for topic and prerequisite. A Ita 312 General View of Literature A Ita 471 From Baroque to II (3) Romanticism (3) Survey of Italian literature from the end of the Renaissance to the present, The course will cover the Study of literature, trends and ideas of the 17th, 18th Seicento, the Settecento, with its reformation of the and 19th centuries focusing on the works of Foscolo, theatre, the revival of the tragic genre and the civil Leopardi, Manzoni, Carducci, Pascoli and poetry; it will also cover the Romantic Age, as well D’Annunzio. Not open to students with credit for as the Novecento and its literary movements. A Ita 461. Prerequisite(s): A Ita 311 or permission of Students who have already taken the A Ita 311 prior instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. to Fall 1992 may not take A Ita 312 for credit. A Ita 481 The Italian Novel and Prerequisite(s): A Ita 223L or permission of Poetry of the 20th Century (3) instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Study of contemporary literary trends. Emphasizes the A Ita 315 Italian Civilization: From works of Verga and Pirandello, Moravia and Pavese, the Etruscans to Galileo (3) Ungaretti, Montale, Quasimodo. Prerequisite(s): An introduction to Italian culture from the Etruscans A Ita 311 or permission of instructor. May not be to ancient Rome and Pompeii; from the Middle Ages offered in 2003-2004. to the Renaissance, with emphasis on the contributions A Ita 499 Honors Thesis (4) of Dante, Leonardo, Michelangelo, Galileo, and the An independent honors thesis written under the struggle between church and state. Offered in English supervision of an appropriate faculty member and with readings in Italian for majors. Prerequisite(s): for evaluated by the Honors Committee. Prerequisite(s): majors, A Ita 104L; for nonmajors, none. May not be Completion of all other requirements for the Honors offered in 2003-2004. Program. A Ita 316 Contemporary Italy: From the Unification to the Present (3) Portuguese A study of the cultural manifestations of the sociopolitical changes in modern Italy: from the A minor in Portuguese is available to students Risorgimento to the formation of one nation; the rise who complete 18 credits of course work with an and fall of Fascism; social developments in A Por prefix. contemporary Italy—political parties, trade unions, media, religion and education. Offered in English with The Portuguese program offers instruction in readings in Italian for majors. Prerequisite(s): for majors, A Ita 104L; for nonmajors, none. the Portuguese language and in Portuguese and Brazilian literature and culture. By extending A Ita 318 Italian Cinema and career opportunities to Brazil, Portugal and Literature (3) African countries where Portuguese is an This course deals with a study of the work of Rossellini, Visconti, De Sica, Fellini, Antonioni, official language, study in the Portuguese Pasolini, Bertolucci and others. It examines the way program can be an important adjunct to fiction and themes taken from Italian life have been academic preparation in Latin American studies, rendered in cinematic form during the past 35+ social sciences, natural sciences, business and years. Offered in English with readings in Italian for majors. Prerequisite(s): for majors, A Ita 104L; for other fields. nonmajors, none. A Ita 325 The Italian Short Story (3) Courses in Portuguese Representative Italian short stories with emphasis on specific characteristics of the genre. Prerequisite(s): A Por 100L Elementary Portuguese I A Ita 301. May not be offered in 2003-2004. (4) Beginner’s course with audio-lingual approach. A Ita 397 Independent Study in Fundamentals of language structure and sounds emphasis Italian (2–4) on correct pronunciation and oral expression, graded Study by a student in an area of special interest not readings. Classes meet four times a week, plus two treated in currently offered courses. Work performed required homework periods in the language laboratory. under direction of a professor chosen by the student May not be taken for credit by students with credit for on a topic approved by the program. May be A Por 102L. Prerequisite(s): for beginners, none; for repeated once with special departmental approval. others, placement. Prerequisite(s): A Ita 311. A Por 101L Elementary Portuguese II A Ita 421 Dante (3) (4) Introduction to the Divina Commedia. A study of Continuation of audio-lingual approach, Dante’s Inferno, including consideration of Dante’s fundamentals of language structure and sounds, importance in world literature. Prerequisite(s): A Ita emphasis on correct pronunciation and oral 311 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in expression, and graded readings. Classes meet four 2003-2004. times a week, plus two required homework periods in the language laboratory. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A Por 102L. 183 University at Albany A Por 102L Intensive Elementary A Lcs 312 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Portuguese (8) A Por 207 or permission of instructor. May not be An intensive one-semester elementary language offered in 2003-2004. course equivalent to A Por 100L and A Por 101L for A Por 318 (= A Lcs 318) Introduction accelerated development of basic skills of speaking, to Brazilian Cinema (3) listening comprehension, reading, and writing. Survey of Brazilian cinema, emphasizing the social and Meets eight hours per week, with requirement of cultural dimensions of selected major films, including extensive directed laboratory work. May not be some which represent the “new cinema” movement. taken for credit by students with credit for A Por Course includes viewings, discussions, readings and 100L or 101L. Prior knowledge of Spanish is written work. Only one of A Por 318 & A Lcs 318 may recommended. May not be offered in 2003-2004. be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class [FL] standing, or permission of instructor. May not be A Por 115 (= A Lcs 115) Portuguese offered in 2003-2004. and Brazilian Culture and Society (3) A Por 397 Independent Study in Survey of culture and society in the Portuguese- Portuguese (2–3) speaking world, including, Brazil, Portugal and Portuguese Africa. The development of typical Study in an area of special interest not treated in customs and institutions, with special attention to courses currently offered. May be repeated once folklore, music, painting and architecture, with visual with program approval. Prerequisite(s): A Por 207 and recorded materials. Conducted in English. Only and permission of program. May not be offered in one of A Por 115 & A Lcs 115 may be taken for 2003-2004. credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Por 402 Studies in Portuguese A Por 201L Intermediate Portuguese Linguistics (3) (4) Survey of selected area of Portuguese linguistics, Practice in spoken and written comprehension and such as phonetics and phonology, syntax, expression. Development of knowledge of grammar dialectology or history of the language. May be and vocabulary through directed conversation, reading repeated for credit with different topics. and composition. Prerequisite(s): A Por 101L or Prerequisite(s): A Por 301 or permission of placement. May not be offered in 2003-2004. instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Por 206 Conversation and Spoken A Por 411 Studies in Literature (3) Texts from selected genres of literature in Portuguese. Grammar (3) Topics may deal with poetry, drama or narrative of Primary emphasis on spoken language, with training Portugal, Brazil, or other Portuguese-speaking in comprehension and expression, and systematic countries. May be repeated for credit if topic varies. practice in oral discourse, including dialogue, Prerequisite(s): A Por 311 & A Por 312 or permission narrative and description. Prerequisite(s): A Por 101L of instructor. May not be offered 2003-2004. or placement. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Por 207 Composition and Written Courses in Spanish Grammar (3) Primary emphasis on writing skills. Formal grammar A Spn 100L Elementary Spanish I (4) of written language, with training in various types of This is a beginner’s course using the natural method that composition. Prerequisite(s): A Por 101L or will emphasize the acquisition of grammatical structures placement. May not be offered in 2003-2004.May not and vocabulary through an active process of student be offered in 2003-2004. participation; it will focus on listening comprehension, correct pronunciation, and cultural knowledge. Spanish A Por 215 African-Brazilian Culture will be the language of instruction. Students are (3) expected to attend regularly and participate in all class A study of social, political, and symbolic adaptations activities. Classes meet four times per week. May not be of people of African origin in Brazil through an taken for credit by bilinguals or native speakers, or by examination of social institutions, customs, and other students who have taken three years of high school relevant aspects of culture, with special attention given Spanish or passed the Regents examination within the to corresponding aspects of culture in the United past five years. Prerequisite(s): for beginners, none; for States. Prerequisite(s): A Por 115 or consent of students with high school Spanish, placement. instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Spn 101L Elementary Spanish II (4) A Por 301 Advanced Conversation A continuation of A Spn 100L which focuses on the and Composition (3) active development of listening and reading Advanced study of oral and written expression in comprehension, cultural knowledge, and speaking and Portuguese through analysis and exercises in both writing skills. Cultural topics include: Types and grammar and style. Prerequisite(s): A Por 206 & Stereotypes, the Human Community, and Views on 207, or placement. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Death. Students are expected to attend regularly and participate in all class activities. Spanish will be the A Por 301Z Advanced Conversation language of instruction. Classes meet four times per and Composition (3) week, and students will be assigned to view videos A Por 301Z is the writing intensive version of A Por outside of class. May not be taken for credit by 301; only one may be taken for credit. bilinguals or native speakers. Prerequisite(s): A Spn Prerequisite(s): A Por 206 & 207, or placement. May 100L or placement. [FL] not be offered in 2003-2004.May not be offered in A Spn 103I (= A Spn 103L) 2003-2004. [WI] Intermediate Spanish I (4) A Por 311 Introduction to A continuation of the active development of the four Portuguese Literature (3) communicative skills (listening, speaking, reading and Survey of Portuguese literature from the Middle writing) within the context of the study of different Ages to the present. Selected readings, lectures, topics of Hispanic culture. These topics include: discussions and reports on collateral study. Differing Concepts of Family, the Geography and Prerequisite(s): A Por 207 or permission of Demography of Spanish America, and the History of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. U.S. Relations with Latin America. Course includes short compositions and videos to be seen outside of A Por 312 (= A Lcs 312) Introduction class. Classes meet four times per week, and students to Brazilian Literature (3) are expected to participate in all class activities. Spanish Survey of Brazilian literature from colonial period to the is the language of instruction. May not be taken for present. Selected readings, lectures, discussions, and credit by bilinguals or native speakers. Prerequisite(s): reports on collateral study. Only one of A Por 312 & A Spn 101L or placement. 184 University at Albany A Spn 104I (= A Spn 104L) A Spn 302 Advanced Spanish A Spn 320 (= A Lcs 319) Twentieth- Intermediate Spanish II (3) Grammar (3) Century Spanish American Literature Students will continue to work with the four skills as in This course will offer an advanced grammar review of (3) A Spn 103L, with emphasis on readings, short Spanish, contrasting its structures with those of English. A study of selected works of Spanish American compositions, and class discussions. Cultural topics Attention will be given to both morphological literature from World War II to the present. Works include: Hispanics in the United States, Habits and paradigms and syntactic patterns. Reviewing and studied will deal with topics of special interest such Dependencies, Personal Freedom Work and Leisure. discussing exercises and compositions will comprise a as the continuing debate with regard to civilization Spanish will be the language of instruction. Students are significant portion of the course work. Prerequisite(s): and barbarism, dictatorship and revolution, social expected to participate actively, and they will be A Spn 207 or placement. justice, and the search for identity. Only one of assigned compositions and videos to be viewed outside A Spn 311 Hispanic Literature A Lcs 319 & A Spn 320 may be taken for credit. of class: May not be taken for credit by bilinguals or Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. native speakers. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 103I or 103L or through the Golden Age (3) placement. An introduction to the literature of Spain and Latin A Spn 322 (= A Lcs 302) Las Culturas America: the Medieval tradition, from the epic to the A Spn 105L Spanish for Bilinguals I Latinas en los Estados Unidos (3) Celestina; the innovations of the Renaissance and Examination of major U.S. Latino groups (3) Baroque poetry (Garcilaso, San Juan, Terrazas, (Mexican-American, Cuban, Puerto Rican Emphasizes the development of all four Balbuena, Góngora, Quevedo, Sor Juana); the birth of Dominican) with special emphasis on 20th century communicative skills (writing, reading, speaking, the modern novel (the Lazarillo, Cervantes), the literary works. Students will study demographic, and listening), with special attention given to Comedia (Lope, Alarcón, Calderón). Prerequisite(s): socio-economic, historical and cultural aspects of specific areas of language such as vocabulary A Spn 223L. May not be offered in 2003-2004. these groups in the context of their interaction with building, grammar, and orthography. This course is A Spn 312L Representative Spanish mainstream society. Course will be given in for students who speak Spanish at home, but who Spanish. Only one of A Lcs 302 or A Spn 322 may have little or no formal training in the language. Authors II (3) be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L or Prerequisite(s): placement. May not be offered in Survey of Spanish literature from the beginning of 301 or placement. [DP] 2003-2004. [FL] the 18th century to the Generation of ‘98. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. [HU] A Spn 323 Textual Analysis (3) A Spn 205 Spanish for Bilinguals II Students will continue the study of literature in a (3) A Spn 314 The Rise and Fall of the foreign language through an advanced, in-depth Emphasizes the development of skills in writing, Spanish Empire (3) analysis of selected works of Hispanic literature. reading, and oral communication, including the use From the encounter of cultures during the expansion They will further develop practical skills of literary of anglicisms and interference of English, code- of Fernando and Isabel to the intolerance of Philip II criticism to be applied to different types of switching, and reading comprehension. Students will and his successors: saints and sinners (mysticism literature. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L or make oral presentations, write short compositions, and the picaresque); noble peasants and ignoble permission of instructor. May not be offered in and practice reading through the study of U.S. aristocrats (Spanish drama); El Greco and 2003-2004. Hispanic culture. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 105 or Velázquez; and apocalyptic visions (Quevedo’s placement. Dreams). Prerequisite(s): for majors, A Spn 207; for A Spn 325 The Hispanic Short Story nonmajors, none. May not be offered in 2003-2004. (3) A Spn 206 Intermediate Representative Spanish and Spanish-American short Conversation and Oral Grammar (3) A Spn 315 Conflict and Progress in stories with emphasis on specific characteristics of the Primary emphasis on the active skill of speaking. Modern Spain (3) genre. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. Cannot be taken by bilinguals or native speakers. A study of the social and political struggles of the Prerequisite(s): A Spn 104L or placement. [OD] Spanish people through their literary and artistic A Spn 326 (= A Lcs 326) Spanish- manifestations, from the beginnings of the 18th American Poetry and Theatre (3) A Spn 207 Intermediate Composition century to the present. Prerequisite(s): for majors, Representative Spanish-American plays and selected and Written Grammar (3) A Spn 207; for nonmajors, none. works in Spanish-American poetry, with emphasis on Primary emphasis on the active skills of writing. specific characteristics of the genres. Only one of A Spn Includes a systematic study of Spanish grammar with A Spn 316 (= A Lcs 316) 326 & A Lcs 326 may be taken for credit. frequent written compositions. Prerequisite(s): A Spn Representative Spanish-American Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. 104L or placement. Authors (3) A Spn 333 Hispanic Literature in A Spn 223L Introduction to Literary A survey of literary movements in Spanish America from independence to World War II. Only one of Translation (3) Methods (3) A Spn 316 & A Lcs 316 may be taken for credit. Hispanic literature in translation studied with a view to This is a beginning literature course where students Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. understanding its contributions to world literatures. are introduced to the study of literature in a foreign Sample topics: Don Quijote, medieval masterpieces, language. Works will be chosen by genre, with A Spn 317 (= A Lcs 317) Latin- images of women, Unamuno, Machado, Borges. May emphasis placed on the issues and assumptions American Civilization (3) be repeated for credit with change of topic. Consult underlying literary study, as well as the practical Study of Spanish-American cultures and institutions schedule for topic. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class aspects of literary analysis. Prerequisite(s): A Spn from the beginnings of the 20th century. Only one of standing. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 207. [HU] A Spn 317 & A Lcs 317 may be taken for credit. A Spn 344 Women in Hispanic Prerequisite(s): A Spn 207. A Spn 297 Supplemental Language Literature (3) Study (1) A Spn 318 (= A Lcs 314) Topics in Images of women in diverse works in Hispanic A course to help students improve their Spanish reading Hispanic Film (3) literature. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. and/or writing ability, taken in conjunction with a course A study of Hispanic film as a medium that offers a A Spn 397 Independent Study in of Hispanic literature in translation, or a course in another unique amalgam of diverse musical, pictorial, and discipline which has a relation to Hispanic literature or literary art forms within a sociopolitical context. The Spanish (1–4) culture. Course work may include readings and short course will focus on such specific topics as peasant Study by a student in an area of special interest not compositions in Spanish. Prerequisite(s): permission of movements, human rights, images of women, race, treated in courses currently offered. Work performed the instructor. and ethnicity. Only one of A Lcs 314 & A Spn 318 under direction of a professor chosen by the student on a topic approved by the program. May be A Spn 301 Advanced Conversation may be taken for credit in any semester. Either may be repeated once for credit, with a change in topic. repeated once with special approval of the program. and Composition (3) Consult current schedule of classes for topic. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 311 & 312. Intensive study of the language, with frequent, short Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L or permission of A Spn 401 (formerly A Spn 305) compositions. A Spn 301Z is the writing intensive instructor. version of 301; only one may be taken for credit. Spanish Phonetics and Phonology (3) Prerequisite(s): A Spn 206 and 207 or placement. A Spn 319 Twentieth-Century This is an advanced course in Spanish Phonology. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Spanish Literature (3) Course topics include: articulatory phonetics, phonetic transcription, allophonic distribution, A Spn 301Z Advanced Conversation A study of selected works of Spanish literature from the Generation of ‘98 to the present. Works studied dialect variation, and differences between English and Composition (3) will deal with philosophical and social movements and Spanish sound systems. Some lab work is A Spn 301Z is the writing intensive version of 301; only such as Existentialism, Tremendismo, the Spanish required. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 104L or placement. one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 206 Civil War, the struggle between the individual and A Spn 402 Spanish Linguistics: and 207 or placement. [WI] society. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. Morphology and Syntax (3) Survey of the structure of the Spanish language in the light of current linguistic theory. Emphasizes 185 University at Albany morphology and syntax. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 401 or permission of instructor.

186 University at Albany A Spn 403 Spanish for Teachers (3) exile, minority portrayals, and slavery. A Spn 449 Myths and Archetypes (3) Study of Spanish grammar with the needs of the Prerequisite(s): A Spn 312 & 316. May not be A study of mythical and/or archetypal themes in beginning teacher in mind. Emphasizes those aspects offered in 2003-2004. selected works of Spanish or Spanish American of grammar that cause most difficulty to English- literature. Typical themes may include the hero or the speaking students. May be offered as a quarter anti-hero, Don Juan, the Christ figure, the epic journey, course. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 301, 301Z or the lost paradise and the eternal return. Prerequisite(s): placement. A Spn 312 & 316. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Spn 404 Advanced Oral A Spn 453 Cultural Foundations of Communication (3) Spanish Literature: Golden Age (3) Training in public speaking through participation in Civilization of Spain during the 16th and 17th talks for special occasions, debates, panel centuries. Its institutions and ideologies will be discussions, extemporaneous speaking and other considered with emphasis on their relationship to forms of public address. Talks tape-recorded. literature. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 314 or permission Prerequisite(s): A Spn 301, 301Z or permission of of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. instructor. A Spn 454 Cultural Foundations of A Spn 405 Evolution of the Spanish Spanish Literature (3) Language (3) Civilization of Spain in the 18th, 19th and 20th Historical phonology and morphology: from Vulgar centuries. Social, economic, religious and political Latin to medieval and modern Spanish. institutions will be considered through literature. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 401 and permission of Prerequisite(s): A Spn 314 & Spn 315, or permission instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Spn 406 Applied Translation (3) A Spn 481 The Generation of ’98 (3) Written translation from and into Spanish. Text The important writers of the Generation of ’98 will selections from professional journals and be studied, with emphasis on the way they express government publications. Use of radio broadcasts their ideas in essays, novels and poetry. Those and taped speeches. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 301, writers will include Unamuno, Machado, Baroja, 301Z or placement. Valle-Inclan, Azorín, Ortega y Gasset. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 312. May not be offered in A Spn 407 Business and Legal 2003-2004. Spanish (3) The application of language skills to meet professional A Spn 482 Cervantes (3) career requirements through the development of a The life and major works of Miguel de Cervantes de specialized vocabulary and written exercises. Reading and Saavedra. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 311. May not be analysis of contemporary texts from business journals and offered in 2003-2004. reports in the fields of business, law and economics. A Spn 499 Honors Thesis (4) Prerequisite(s): A Spn 301, 301Z or placement. An independent honors thesis written under the A Spn 410Z Creative Writing (3) supervision of an appropriate faculty member and Creative writing in Spanish. Students may choose to evaluated by the Honors Committee. Prerequisite(s): write in one or several genres. Prerequisite(s): A Spn completion of all other requirements for the Honors 301 or 301Z. [WI] Program. A Spn 414 (= A Lcs 414) Literature of the Hispanic Caribbean (3) Study of selected major writers of Cuba, the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico of the 19th and 20th centuries. Special consideration of literature as a reflection of situations and problems peculiar to the Hispanic Caribbean. Conducted in Spanish. Only one of A Spn 414 & A Lcs 414Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Spn 418 Hispanic Cinema and Literature (3) A study of literary techniques in cinema and cinematic techniques in literature as a way of exploring narrative structure in representative Hispanic works. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. A Spn 444 Topics in Hispanic Language and Literature (3) Selected topics in Hispanic language or literature not covered by other undergraduate courses offered by the program. May be repeated for credit with change of topic. Consult current schedule of classes for topic and prerequisite. A Spn 445 Satire in Hispanic Literature (3) Representative satirical writers in Spanish and Spanish American literature from Quevedo to the present, including such writers as Fernandez de Lizardi, Larra, Mesonero Romanos, Valle-Inclan, Francisco Umbral or other appropriate authors selected by the instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 312 & 316. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Spn 446 Literature and Human Rights (3) A study of selected works of Spanish and Spanish American literature that deal with the subject of human rights throughout history. Topics to be studied may include such things as social protest, censored texts, women’s writing, the literature of 187 University at Albany Opportunities to spend a semester in Russia 354 (3), 355 (3), A Pos 354 (3) 356 (3), 452Z SLAVIC AND are made possible through close cooperation (3) or other courses. between the SUNY and Moscow State EURASIAN STUDIES University. B.A./M.B.A. Program Faculty Language Placement Beginning in the fall semester 1996, Russian Professor Emeritus has participated with the School of Business Alex M. Shane Ph.D. Experience indicates that students with one in a five-year program leading to a B.A. University of California, Berkeley year of high school Russian will usually place degree in Russian and an M.B.A. Candidates Professors in A Rus 101L or 102L, with two years in spend two years on the Albany campus Henryk Baran, Ph.D. A Rus 102L, with three years in A Rus 102L studying language and culture and lower- Harvard University or 201L, and with four years in A Rus 201L. level business courses and satisfying Toby W. Clyman, Ph.D. Placement is contingent upon an active General Education requirements. The junior New York University assessment of language skills made by the year is spent studying at Moscow State Sophie Lubensky, Ph.D. instructor in the course no later than the University, followed by two years in Albany University of Leningrad second class or in consultation with the completing the business degree. Associate Professors undergraduate program director. Rodney L. Patterson, Ph.D. A student may not earn graduation credit for a University of California, Los Angeles course in a language sequence if it is a Honors Program Charles P. Rougle, Ph.D. prerequisite to a course for which graduation University of Stockholm credit has already been earned. The honors program in Russian is designed for outstanding Russian majors enrolled in The study of Russian and other Slavic Students earning advanced placement credits either the general program (language, languages and literatures is offered not only from high school, and those earning credits in literature or culture track) or the teacher for its intrinsic interest, but also as a means the University at Albany’s University in High education program. toward understanding the peoples and cultures School Program, will be expected to register for of the former Soviet Union and Eastern the next course in the language sequence. Students may apply for admission to the Europe. Major programs lay a firm foundation honors program by submitting a letter of Transfer students are expected to register for for postgraduate study in diverse fields or for request to the program no later than April 15 the next level course in the language sequence. various professional occupations. of the sophomore year (for admission in the Placement is contingent upon an active fall) or November 15 of the junior year (for assessment of language skills made by the admission in the spring). Junior transfers Careers instructor in the course no later than the may apply for consideration at the time of second class or in consultation with the In addition to traditional careers in teaching and their admission to the University. in government agencies, graduates are finding undergraduate program director. employment in business, telecommunications, Combined B.A./M.A. Program banking, and the legal profession, as consultants Degree Requirements for the in a wide variety of areas related to commerce, Major in Russian The Combined B.A./M.A. Program in Russian democratization, and economic development in provides an opportunity for students of Russia and the other states of the CIS, as recognized academic ability and educational journalists, investment fund analysts, travel General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of agents, cultural exchange coordinators, exhibit credits of Russian language (above A Rus undergraduate and master’s degree programs guides, translators and interpreters, and in many 102L), literature, or culture courses. Two starting from the beginning of their junior other fields. alternative tracks lead to the degree: (A) year. A carefully designed program can permit Language, (B) Literature and Culture. Each a student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees Special Opportunities program consists of a common core of 28 within nine semesters. credits plus at least 8 credits in the area of The combined program requires a minimum of To provide access to the riches of Russian concentration. literature to all undergraduates, regardless of their 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be interest in language study, the Slavic and Core Program (28 credits) graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., Eurasian Studies program offers a wide range of Language: A Rus 201L (5), 202L (5), 301 (3), students will meet all University and college courses in Russian literature in translation. These 302 (3), 312 (3) (19 credits. requirements, including the requirement for courses, described in detail later, assume no prior any of the B.A. programs in Russian described knowledge of the Russian language or Russian above, the minor requirement, the minimum literature and are intended also for students who Literature and Culture: Three courses, at least 90-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, are not majoring in Russian. Students interested one of which in literature, from among A Rus general education requirements and residency in these courses are advised to consult the 251, 252, 253, 161Z, 162Z, 280 or as advised requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., program for current offerings and course by the Director of Undergraduate Studies (9 students will meet all University and college descriptions. credits). requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completing a minimum of Area Concentration: (8 credits) 30 graduate credits, and any conditions such as (A) Language: A Rus 311 (3) plus 5 credits in a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive Russian language courses or in literature examination, or other professional experience courses taught in Russian at the 300 level or where required, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied above. simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. (B) Literature and Culture: A Rus 311 (3), at least programs. one course in Russian literature at the 300 Students will be considered as undergraduates level or above, and at least one course as until completion of 120 graduation credits and advised from among A Rus 380 (3), A His satisfactory completion of all B.A. 188 University at Albany requirements. Upon satisfying requirements A Rus 171L (= A Wss 171L) Women A Rus 261E (formerly 361E) for the B.A., students will automatically be in Russian Culture (3) Dostoevsky and Tolstoy in English considered as graduate students. The course will examine the roles of women in Translation (3) Russian culture through a study of film, literary Conducted in English. A Rus 261E is the writing Students may apply for admission to the works by and about women. Only one of A Rus intensive version of A Rus 261L; only one may be combined degree program at the beginning of 171L & A Wss 171L may be taken for credit. [HU] taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course in their junior year, or after the successful A Rus 172 (=A Eac 172) Concepts of literature or junior or senior class standing. [HU WI] completion of 56 credits, but no later than the Self: Chinese & Russian Women’s A Rus 266 Gogol in English accumulation of 100 credits. A cumulative Autobiography (3) Translation (2) grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three The course examines Chinese and Russian women’s Gogol’s fiction and his role in the development of supportive letters of recommendation from autobiographies from a broad spectrum of classes, ages, Russian prose. Quarter course; conducted in English. professions and periods. It examines and compares how faculty are required for consideration. Students culture and history shaped the women’s self- A Rus 267 Chekhov in English will be admitted to the combined program presentation. The works studied include: Ding Ling, Translation (2) upon the recommendation of the Graduate “Miss Sophia’s Diary,” Xiao Hong, Market Street, Chekhov’s stories and plays with emphasis on Admissions Committee (Slavic) of Slavic and Anchee Min, Red Azalea, Nagrodskaia, The Wrath of social, psychological and philosophical insights. Dionysus, and several selection of autobiographies from Special attention to Chekhov’s role in the Eurasian Studies. Tsarist Russia. Only one of A Rus 172 & A Eac 172 development of the short story and drama. Quarter may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003- course. 2004. Advanced Study in Russia A Rus 270 Topics in Slavic A Rus 190 Women Writers in Russian Through cooperation with the State University Literatures and Cultures (1–3) Literature (3) A short course on various topics in Slavic of New York Office of International Programs, The course examines Russian women’s writings literatures and cultures (Russian, Czech, Serbian, Slavic and Eurasian Studies provides advanced beginning with the 18th century to the present. The texts Croatian, Bulgarian, Polish, etc.). May include students with an opportunity to spend one are studies in the context of Russian literature in general instruction in language, or lecture-style courses semester in Russia. Students accepted for the and women’s writings in particular. It includes: on literature and culture. Course may cover an autobiographies by Catherine the Great, Alexandra individual work, an individual author or a genre. program reside and study at Moscow State Durova and Nadezda Mandelshtam; prose works by Course may be repeated for credit when topic University and follow a curriculum comprised Karolina Pavlovana, Elena Guro, Tatjana Tolstaia, and differs. Quarter course; conducted in English. the plays by Liudmila Petrushevskaia. of advanced Russian language, Russian and A Rus 280 Soviet and Russian Soviet literature and Russian culture. Students A Rus 240 Great Works of Russia in Cinema (3) are eligible to apply for the program in their English Translation (1) Main trends in the development of Russian and third year of Russian study or later. Each mini-course in A Rus 240 focuses on a great Soviet cinema, from the silents of the early 20th book by a Russian author and examines it in depth. century to the period of glasnost and the post-Soviet Emphasis on textual analysis. with consideration of era. Introduction to the theories of Eisenstein, Other Slavic Languages diverse critical approaches and the work’s significance Vertov, Kuleshov and others. Social and political for Russian society and world literature. Conducted in issues explored through famous classic and The program provides instruction in Slavic English. A Rus 239 and/or 240 may be repeated for contemporary films. Conducted in English. languages other than Russian. In recent years, it credit when content differs. A Rus 354L The Russian Novel in its has offered courses in Bulgarian, Polish, Serbo- A Rus 251L Masterpieces of 19th- Western Context (3) Croatian, and Ukrainian. Courses in Yugoslav Century Russian Literature (3) A comparative course concentrating on 19th- and Bulgarian culture (in English) and Polish Survey of the development of Russian literature. century prose fiction by Russian authors such as and East European literatures have also been particularly prose fiction. from the age of Pushkin to Dostoevsky, Turgenev, Tolstoy, Pushkin and offered. 1900. Readings will be chosen from short stories and Lermontov, examined as it relates to the work of novels by the following writers: Pushkin, Gogol, their European and American contemporaries, Lermontov, Turgenev, Goncharov, Tolstoy and including Dickens, Balzac, Byron, Flaubert, Literature and Culture Courses in Dostoevsky. Conducted in English. [HU] Henry James, George Eliot and others. A Rus 354E is the writing intensive version of A Rus English Translation A Rus 252L Masterpieces of 20th- 354L; only one may be taken for credit. Century Russian Literature (3) Conducted in English. Prerequisite(s): one course A Rus 161 Russian Civilization (3) Survey of the development of Russian literature, in literature or junior or senior class standing, or The cultural and ideological development of Russia particularly prose fiction, from the turn of the permission of instructor. May not be offered in from the inheritance of the Byzantine Empire century to the death of Stalin (1953). Readings will 2003-2004. [HU] through the 1917 Russian Revolution. Includes be chosen from short stories and novels by the various aspects of history, political systems, following writers: Chekhov, Gorky, Olesha, A Rus 354E The Russian Novel in its economy and culture and the arts. Conducted in Bulgakov, Babel, Pasternak, Zamyatin, Sholokhov. Western Context (3) English. A Rus 161Z is the writing intensive version Conducted in English. [HU] A Rus 354E is the writing intensive version of of A Rus 161; only one may be taken for credit. A Rus 354L; only one may be taken for credit. [EU] A Rus 253L Contemporary Russian Conducted in English. Prerequisite(s): one course A Rus 161Z Russian Civilization (3) Literature (3) in literature or junior or senior class standing, or Survey of Soviet literature from the death of Stalin permission of instructor. May not be offered in A Rus 161Z is the writing intensive version of (1953) to the present. Readings taken primarily from 2003-2004. [ HU WI] A Rus 161; only one may be taken for credit. [EU prose fiction by such writers as Solzhenitsyn, WI] Trifonov, Aksyonov, Shukshin, Bitov and Erofeyev. A Rus 359 (= A Thr 359) Russian A Rus 162: Russia Today (3) Discussion of how the changing political situation Drama in English Translation (3) Introduction to the society and culture of has affected writers and literature. Conducted in Surveys major trends in Russian drama and contemporary Russia, focusing in part on the English. [HU] analyzes major works from the comedies of Fonvizin and Griboedov satirizing the Russian continuities and differences between Soviet and A Rus 261L (formerly A Rus 361L) post-Soviet period. Topics to be studied include: the social scene to the twilight melancholy of linguistic and cultural revolution of the 1990’s, Dostoevsky and Tolstoy in English Chekhov and the theatre of 20th-century Soviet individual adaptation to a new economic Translation (3) Russia. Conducted in English. Offered in environment, official and unofficial attempts to Examination of the life, times and works of Russia’s alternate years. A Rus 359Z is the writing “construct” a new Russia. Conducted in English. two most important 19th-century prose writers. intensive version of A Rus 359 & A Thr 359; A Rus 162Z is the writing intensive version of Approximately one-half of the course will be devoted to only one of the three courses may be taken for A Rus 162; only one may be taken for credit. each writer. Reading of novels, short stones and essays, credit. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 251L, or junior or and discussion of the authors’ extra-literary significance. senior class standing, or permission of instructor. A Rus 162Z Russia Today 3) Conducted in English. A Rus 261E is the writing May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Rus 162Z is the writing intensive version of intensive version of A Rus 261L; only one may be A Rus 162.; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course in literature or junior or senior class standing. [HU]

189 University at Albany A Rus 359Z (= A Thr 359) Russian A Rus 201L or equivalent. A Rus 301 Advanced Russian I (3) Drama in English Translation (3) Essential fine points of morphology and syntax; A Rus 359Z is the writing intensive version of reading, translation, composition. Taught A Rus 359 & A Thr 359; only one of the three predominantly in Russian. Prerequisite(s): A Rus courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): 202L or equivalent. A Rus 251L, or junior or senior class standing, or A Rus 302 Advanced Russian II (3) permission of instructor. May not be offered in Continuation of A Rus 301. Taught predominantly in 2003-2004. [WI] Russian. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 301 or equivalent. A Rus 380 Topics in Soviet and A Rus 311 Russian Conversation (3) Russian Cinema (3) Advanced conversation in idiomatic, colloquial In-depth study of individual directors, genres and Russian; oral reports, free discussion; systematic themes; cinema and the other arts; cinema and the practical phonetics; content reflecting everyday state. Film as propaganda tool and as vehicle for activities and current events. Taught in Russian. formalistic experimentation, social criticism, and Three classes two laboratories or drills each week. cultural/historical recollection. Films by Repeatable for credit when content varies, with Eisenstein, Romm, Kalatozov, Chukhral, permission of the instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Rus Tarkovsky, Gherman, Muratova, Mamin and 202L or equivalent. [OD] others. Conducted in English. Content varies; repeatable with permission of the instructor. A Rus 312 Russian Conversation: The Prerequisite(s): A Rus 280 or with permission of Press (3) the instructor. Advanced conversation in idiomatic, colloquial Russian; oral reports, free discussion; content based on topics of current importance as reflected in the Courses in Russian Language Russian language press. Taught in Russian. Three A Rus 101L Elementary Russian I (4) classes one laboratory or drill each week. Repeatable Introduction to the fundamentals of Russian grammar for credit when content varies, with permission of and basic vocabulary through extensive classroom the instructor. [OD] drills, graded readings and translations. Systematic A Rus 397 Independent Study (1–6) attention to essentials of pronunciation. Four classes Directed reading and conferences on selected each week. Some laboratory work. Native speakers of topics. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): Russian may not take this course without permission junior or senior class standing, and permission of of chair. Only one of A Rus 101L, 103L, 105L may be instructor and the undergraduate program director. taken for credit. A Rus 401 Advanced Russian A Rus 102L Elementary Russian II (4) Grammar (3) Continuation of A Rus 101L. Four classes a week. Careful review of problematic grammar topics, Some laboratory work. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 101L or development of reading and analysis with particular permission of chair. Native speakers of Russian may attention to morphology and syntax, improvement of not take this course without permission of chair. Only writing skills. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 302 or one of A Rus 102L, 104L, 105L may be taken for permission of instructor or the undergraduate credit. [FL] program director. A Rus 103L Russian for Bilingual A Rus 408 Translation into Russian Students I (3) (3) For students of Russian descent who speak Russian but have no formal education in the language. Students will Written translation and linear interpreting from learn to read and write Russian, and will be exposed to English into Russian on a variety of subjects. the fundamentals of Russian grammar. May be required Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. May not be as a prerequisite to enrolling in more advanced courses offered in 2003-2004. in Russian. Only one of A Rus 101L, 103L, 105L may A Rus 411 Stylistics (2) be taken for credit. Theoretical foundations of stylistics; basic concepts A Rus 104L Russian for Bilingual of functional styles of language; lexical, grammatical, syntactic stylistics; analysis of Students II (3) individual styles and their accurate rendering in A continuation of A Rus 103. Only one of A Rus translation. Quarter course. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 102L, 104L, 105L may be taken for credit. [FL] 302 or equivalent. A Rus 105L Intensive Introductory A Rus 412 Advanced Russian Russian (8) Conversation (3) Intensive first-year Russian. Introduction to the Continuation of A Rus 311 on a more advanced fundamentals of Russian grammar and basic level. Three hours a week. Some laboratory and drill vocabulary through extensive classroom drills, work. Semester course. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 311 graded readings and translations. Systematic or 312 or permission of chair. May not be offered in attention to essentials of pronunciation. Equivalent 2003-2004. to A Rus 101L and A Rus 102L sequence. Native speakers of Russian may not take this course without A Rus 447 Russian Language permission of chair. Only one of A Rus 101L, 103L, Through Film (3) 105L may be taken for credit. Only one of A Rus The course uses Russian films of the late 20th 102L, 104L, 105L may be taken for credit. [FL] century to enhance students’ language skills and A Rus 201L Intermediate Russian I deepen their cultural knowledge. Work involves intensive class discussion and written assignments. (5) Films are selected on the basis of artistic merit, Review of basic grammar; major grammatical issues language quality, and general interest. Conducted not covered in elementary Russian; reading, entirely in Russian. Prerequisites(s): Permission of translation, composition conversation. Five classes, the instructor. one laboratory or drill each week. Also offered in the University in High School Program. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 102L, 104L, 105L or equivalent. A Rus 202L Intermediate Russian II (5) Continuation of A Rus 201L with increased use of Russian as language of instruction. Five classes, one laboratory or drill each week. Also offered in the University in High School Program. Prerequisite(s): 190 University at Albany Literature Courses in Russian Courses in Polish A Rus 421 Introduction to Literary A Pol 101L Elementary Polish (4) Theory and Analysis (3) Beginner’s course with audio-lingual approach: Types of analysis; basic terms; basic theoretical fundamentals of language structure and sounds; approaches and their application. Detailed discussion emphasis on correct pronunciation. Four classes, of individual works to illustrate concepts, theories two laboratories each week. Native speakers of and methods. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 202L. May not Polish may not take this course without be offered in 2003-2004. permission of chair. May not be offered in 2003- 2004. A Rus 422 Russian and Slavic Folklore and Mythology (3) A Pol 102L Intermediate Polish (4) After completion of structural study, emphasis is Introduction to popular customs and literature of given to reading in conjunction with a continuation of Russian and Slavic peoples. Survey of main genres: the audio-lingual method. Four classes, two fairy tale, epic narratives, songs, folk dramas, laboratories each week. Prerequisite(s): A Pol 101 or proverbs and sayings, charms and incantations. equivalent. Native speakers of Polish may not take this Prerequisite(s): A Rus 202L. .May not be offered in course without permission of chair. May not be 2003-2004. offered in 2003-2004. [FL] A Rus 423 History of Russian Drama A Pol 290 Topics in Polish Studies (3) and Theatre (3) Selected topics in Polish literature, film, theater and Survey of the Russian theatre and theatrical culture. May be repeated for credit with change of literature from its origins to the present. Main topic. Consult current schedule of classes for topic. emphasis on plays of the nineteenth and twentieth The course is also counted for credit in the Slavic centuries (Fonvizin, Gogol, Pushkin, Ostrovsky, program. Chekhov, Mayakovsky, Gorky). Discussion of the role of the arts (music and painting) in the development of Russian theatre. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 202L. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Courses in Ukrainian A Rus 425 Russian Versification (2) A Ukr 101L Elementary Ukrainian I Basic concepts of verse analysis. Survey of verse systems in Russian poetry of the 18th-20th centuries. (4) Quarter course. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 301 or Introduction to the fundamentals of Ukrainian permission of instructor. May not be offered in grammar and basic vocabulary through extensive 2003-2004. classroom drills, graded readings and translation. Systematic attention to essentials of pronunciation. A Rus 426 Russian Nineteenth- Four classes each week. May not be offered in Century Poetry (3) 2003-2004. Course will examine major representative poets A Ukr 102L Elementary Ukrainian II representing pre-romanticism, romanticism, pre- realism, realism and aestheticism (or (4) protosymbolism). Major poets include Krylov, Continuation of A Ukr 101L. Four classes a week. Zhukovskij, Pushkin, Lermontov, Baratynskij, Some laboratory work. Prerequisite(s): A Ukr 101L Tjutchev, Mekrasov and Fet. Distinguishing or permission of chair. May not be offered in characteristics of literary schools will be examined 2003-2004. [FL] against the background of Russia’s cultural and political environment. A Rus 427 Russian Twentieth-Century Poetry (3) Course will survey major poets and schools, including Decadence, Symbolism, Acmeism, Futurism, Independent figures, Socialist Realism and subsequent trends. Poets include Sologub, Bal’mont, Brjusov, Bolk, Belyj, Gumilev, Axmatova, Cvetaeva, Majakovskij, Xlebnikov, Zabolockij, Vysockij and Brodskij. Writers and schools will be studied with major cultural and political developments of the times. S/U graded. A Rus 428 Pushkin’s Evgenij Onegin (2) Reading of Pushkin’s novel in verse in the Russian original as well as major secondary and critical works. Prerequisite(s): A Rus 301 or permission of instructor. A Rus 470 Structure of a Slavic Language (3) Study of the structure of a Slavic language other than Russian, or occasionally, a non-Indo-European language of Eastern Europe or the former USSR. May be repeated for credit in a different language: Bulgarian, Old Church Slavonic, Czech, Polish, Romanian, Serbo-Croatian, Ukrainian.

191 University at Albany

A Lcs 201 or 302. DEPARTMENT OF Undergraduate Academic Major Social Science Requirements (3 cr.): A Lcs 233 Offerings or 250 or 354/354Z or 357 or 361. Humanities and Fine Arts Requirement (3 cr.): LATIN AMERICAN The department offers two undergraduate major A Lcs 216L/216E or 230 or 268L or 312 or options: 1) Latin American studies and 2) Puerto 315 or 316 or 317 or 318 or 319 or 326 or AND CARIBBEAN Rican studies. 327/327Z or 414. Race, Gender and Ethnicity (3 cr.): A Lcs 240 or The interdisciplinary major in Latin American 282M or 451. STUDIES studies has been designed to prepare students for Interdisciplinary Research Seminar (3 cr.): A Lcs professional and research careers; domestic 400. Faculty service with federal and state governmental Electives with Latin American or Caribbean Distinguished Professor content as advised (12 cr.). Daniel C. Levy, Ph.D., agencies; careers in the United States foreign University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill service; careers with business and educational Distinguished Service Professor organizations, public and private foundations, and Reading proficiency in Spanish, Portuguese, or Edna Acosta-Belén, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) other private or public agencies engaged in French Columbia University developing, improving, and promoting trade and The department will administer the proficiency Professors the social, political, and economic life of the examinations. The intent is to test the student’s Christine Bose, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) peoples of Latin America; editing and journalism; ability to read and understand research material Johns Hopkins University and paramedical and paralegal careers. written in Spanish, French, or Portuguese. The Ray Bromley, Ph.D. examination will consist of questions about Cambridge University This major requires interdisciplinary course work selected passages in the appropriate language. Colbert I. Nepaulsingh, Ph.D. with Latin American content and competence in University of Toronto Spanish, Portuguese; or French. Opportunities for Students can build proficiency through completion Carlos E. Santiago, Ph.D. study abroad are also available. of the appropriate reading courses in Portuguese, Cornell University Spanish, or French. Students are also encouraged Associate Professors The interdisciplinary major in Puerto Rican to use appropriate materials and media in the Jeanette Altarriba, Ph.D. studies has been designed to provide students Interactive Media Center in the University Library Vanderbilt University with an opportunity for intensive interdisciplinary and/or the Center for Language Learning and Louise Burkhart, Ph.D. exploration of the Puerto Rican experience in the Yale University Research (C.E.L.L.A.R.) to build their reading José Cruz, Ph.D. Caribbean and in the United States. In addition skills. To schedule an examination, students should City University of New York the program provides an integrated, broadly contact the undergraduate program director, Liliana Goldin, Ph.D. based knowledge of the islands of the Caribbean, Department of Latin American and Caribbean University at Albany the rest of Latin America, and the United States. Studies, for more details. Max Lifchitz, M.M. Courses deal with aspects of the life of Puerto Harvard University Ricans: cultural, social, political, and economic Degree Requirements for the Silvia Nagy-Zekmi, Ph.D. processes; language; literature and the arts; and Major in Puerto Rican Studies Eötvös Loránd University (Budapest) education. In addition, the program provides the Azara Santiago-Rivera, Ph.D. opportunity for comparative study of other General Program B.A.: A total of 36 credits, 12 Wayne State University Hispanic groups in the United States. of which must be at or above the 300 level, as James W. Wessman, Ph.D. follows: Core Courses on Puerto Ricans (9 cr.): University of Connecticut Undergraduate students in the department are A Lcs 150 or 150Z, 329 and 429. Assistant Professors also provided with opportunities for community- Ana Margarita Cervantes-Rodriguez, Ph.D. oriented research, community service, and study Puerto Rico and the Caribbean (9 cr.): A Lcs University of Miami abroad. Upon completion of the program 102, 269 and 405. Fernando Leiva, Ph.D. Puerto Rico and Latin America (3 cr.): University of Massachusetts at Amherst requirements, students should possess a reading A Lcs 100/100Z or 145 or 357 or 361. Blanca Ramos, Ph.D. knowledge of Spanish. Most students enrolled in Race, Gender and Ethnicity (3 cr.): A Lcs University at Albany Puerto Rican studies are also encouraged to have 201 or 240 or 282M or 302 or 451. Gilbert Valverde, Ph.D. a second major in one of the traditional Interdisciplinary Research Seminar (3 cr.): University of Chicago disciplines. A Lcs 400. Adjuncts and Lecturers Electives with Latin American or Caribbean Teresa Carranza, Ph.D. A minor sequence in Latin American and content as advised (9 cr.) University at Albany Caribbean studies is also currently offered by the Reading proficiency in Spanish. C. Aida Torres-Horwitt, Ph.D. department. University at Albany The department will administer of the proficiency Catana Tully, D.A. Courses focusing on Latin America are also offered in the Departments of Hispanic and examinations. The intent is to test the student’s University at Albany ability to read and understand research material Adjuncts (estimated): 3 Italian studies, History, Geography and Regional Teaching Assistants (estimated): 5 Planning, Anthropology, Sociology, African and about Puerto Rico written in Spanish The Africana Studies, Philosophy, Economics, and examination will consist of translations of selected Political Science. passages in Spanish. The Department of Latin American and Students can build proficiency through completion Caribbean Studies has a cross-disciplinary faculty Degree Requirements for the Major in of the appropriate reading courses in Spanish. prepared to train undergraduates for research, Latin American Studies Students are also encouraged to use appropriate service, and applied careers dealing with the U.S. materials and media in the Interactive Media Hispanic communities and with the Caribbean General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits, 12 of which must be at or above the 300 level, as Center in the University Library and/or the Center and Latin American regions. follows: for Language Learning and Research Introduction (3 cr.): A Lcs 100 or 100Z or 145. (C.E.L.L.A.R.) to build their reading skills. To Latin America and the Caribbean (3 cr.): A Lcs schedule an examination, students should contact 102 or 269 or 360 or 405. the undergraduate program director, Department of Latin America and Puerto Rico (3 cr.): A Lcs 150 Latin American and Caribbean Studies. or 150Z. Latin Americans in the United States (3 cr.): 192 University at Albany

193 University at Albany The BA/MBA Five-Year Latin American and Caribbean Studies/Business Administration Degree Program: An Early Admission Option Leading to a Masters of Business Administration: Available for those students who matriculate as Freshmen at the University at Albany in August 1996 and thereafter. MODULE A: DESIGNED FOR STUDENTS WITH ELEMENTARY KNOWLEDGE (EQUIVALENT TO SPN 100, SPN 101l) OF SPANISH. FRESHMAN YEAR Fall Semester Spring Semester Spn 103L 4 crs Spn 104L 3 crs Lcs 100 3 crs Lcs 102 3 crs Eco 110M 3 crs Eco 111M 3 crs Psy 101M 3 crs Interchangeable Soc 115M 3 crs Gen Ed “N” 3 crs Writing Intensive 3 crs Total Semester Credit 16 crs Total Semester Credit 15 crs Total Credits 31 SOPHOMORE YEAR Fall Semester Spring Semester Spn 206 3 crs Spn 207 3 crs Lcs 201-Gen Ed “HD” 3 crs Lcs/Eco 361 3 crs Acc 211 3 crs Acc 222 3 crs Msi 215 3 crs Interchangeable Mat 108 3 crs Gen Ed “N” 3 crs Lcs 400 3 crs Total Semester Credit 15 crs Total Semester Credit 15 crs Total Credits 30 At the end of the Sophomore year, the Latin American and Caribbean Studies majors interested in this program apply through the School of Business Office of Student Services, BA 36A. Applicants must have a cumulative University at Albany GPA of at least 3.3 and a minimum grade of “B” in Eco 110M and 111M in order to waive Fin 515. If a final grade of “B” is not received in Eco 110M and 111M, then the student will have to take Fin 515 in the Fall of their fourth year. Junior Year Abroad (at he Universidad del Sagrado Corazón, Santurce, Puerto Rico or the University of Costa Rica, San José, Costa Rica) Fall Semester Spring Semester Lcs 150L 3 crs Lcs (Hum. & Fine Arts 3 crs Lcs (Race, Gender, and Ethnicity) 3 crs Lcs 300-400 level elective 3 crs NOTE: Students are encouraged to take at least one 300-level Spanish language or literature course in their first semester. A 3 credit course yielding Cultural and Historical Perspective credit must be completed as well as 15 other Liberal Arts and Sciences credits for a total of 30 credits. Nine of these credits must be electives with Latin American or Caribbean content as advised. Also, there must be an upper-level writing intensive course taken before graduation. Total Credits 30 SENIOR YEAR Fall Semester Spring Semester Msi 512 (1st Quarter) 2 crs Msi 521 (3rd Quarter) 2 crs Mgt 513a (1st Quarter) 2 crs Fin 525 (3rd Quarter) 3 crs Mgt 513b (1st Quarter) 1 crs Msi 520 (4th Quarter) 3 crs Msi 511 (2nd Quarter) 2 crs Bus 524 (4th Quarter) 1 crs Mgt 514 (2nd Quarter) 3 crs Interchangeable Mkt 522 (3rd Quarter) 4 crs Acc 517 (2nd Quarter) 2 crs Mgt 523 (4th Quarter) 1 crs Liberal Arts Elective* 3 crs Mgt 600 (4th Quarter) 1 crs See note below on waivers. ) Note: You must apply to graduate in January and receive your degree as of May before you can enter the Fifth Year. FIFTH YEAR Fall Semester Spring Semester Field Project/Practicum 3 crs Field Project/Practicum 3 crs Concentration 6 crs Concentration 6 crs Electives 3 crs Electives 3 crs Strategic Management 3 crs Notes on waiving courses: Must receive a final grade of at least “B” in Eco 110M and Eco 111M to waive Fin 515. Must receive a final grade of at least “B” in Acc 211 to waive Acc 516. Must have familiarity with microcomputer software (specifically spreadsheets) such as LOTUS 1-2-3, EXCEL, QUATRO PRO, and other windows applications to waive Msi 510 (computer skills). Notes: Students must have completed 120 credits by the end of the senior year (90 of which must be in Liberal Arts and Sciences courses) and receive your BA degree by August before entering the fifth year. (Business School courses listed in this program are not Liberal Arts and Sciences courses.) An upper level writing intensive courses and all general education requirements must also be completed by the end of the Senior year. During the fall of the senior year, students in this program must take the GMAT exam and present an acceptable score (at least 500). Your cumulative GPA at the end of your senior year must be at least 3.0 to continue in this program. All School of Business, economics, statistics, computer science courses must be done at the University at Albany after matriculation.

194 University at Albany

Honors Program A Lcs 115 (= A Por 115) Portuguese A Lcs 229 Special Topics in Latin and Brazilian Culture and Society (3) American and Caribbean Studies (3) The Honors Program in the Department of Survey of culture and society in the Portuguese The specific topic will be selected by the instructor Latin American and Caribbean Studies speaking world, including Brazil, Portugal, and and will vary from semester to semester as indicated consists of at least 12 credits of course work Portuguese Africa. Includes the development of by course subtitle. May be repeated for up to six typical customs and institutions with special credits under different subtitles. designed to enhance and intensify the attention to folklore, music, painting, and undergraduate experience for the honors architecture. Utilizes visual and recorded A Lcs 231 Special Topics in Latino student materials. Conducted in English. Only one of Studies (3) A Lcs 115 & A Por 115 may be taken for credit. The specific topic will be selected by the instructor To be eligible for admission to the honors May not be offered in 2003-2004. and will vary from semester to semester as indicated program, the student must have declared either by course subtitle. May be repeated for up to six A Lcs 145 (= A Ant 145 and A His credits under different subtitles. the Latin American Studies or the Puerto 145) Continuity and Change in Latin Rican Studies major The student must also America (3) A Lcs 233 (= A Ant 233) Aztecs, have completed at least 12 credits of course Introduction to the historical development of Latin Incas and Mayas (3) work within the given major. In addition, the America’s diverse cultural heritage and to its Introductory survey of the archaeology and student must have an overall GPA of at least contemporary institutions and civilization. ethnohistory of the three best-known indigenous civilizations of the New World. Each is presented in 3.25, and 3.50 in the major, both of which Broadly interdisciplinary perspective reflecting diverse approaches and fields. Only one of A Lcs terms of prehistoric background and evolution, must be maintained in order to graduate with 145, A Ant 145, & A His 145 may be taken for social organization, politics and economics, religion honors. credit. and art. Consideration is given to the Spanish conquest of these groups and to their modern To be admitted to the Honors Program, majors A Lcs 150 (= A Ant 146) Puerto Rico: legacies. Only one of A Lcs 233 & A Ant 233 may with the required grade point averages must People, History and Culture (3) be taken for credit. [BE] complete A Lcs 400 Interdisciplinary Research Survey of Puerto Rican culture on the island from the A Lcs 240 (= A Wss 240 & A Aas 240) pre-Hispanic era to the 20th century. Special emphasis Seminar (3 credits) with a grade of A or A-. on the change of sovereignty in 1898, the national Classism, Racism, and Sexism: After admission to the Honors Program, the question, class and culture, and migration. A Lcs 150Z Issues (3) & A Ant 146Z are writing intensive versions of A Lcs Analyzes the connections between and among student must complete with a grade of A or A- 150 & A Ant 146; only one of the four courses may be classism, racism, and sexism, their mutually a specifically designed three-credit junior- or taken for credit. reinforcing nature, and the tensions arising from their interrelations. Particular attention is given to senior-level independent honors project (A Lcs A Lcs 150Z (= A Ant 146Z) Puerto 497) under the direction of an Honors the ideological and personal aspects of these Rico: People, History and Culture (3) phenomena, as well as to institutional guises in Committee selected by the chair of the A Lcs 150Z & A Ant 146Z are writing intensive American society. Only one of A Lcs 240, A Wss department in consultation with a faculty versions of A Lcs 150 & A Ant 146; only one of the 240, & A Aas 240 may be taken for credit. [DP] four courses may be taken for credit. [WI] director chosen by the student. A Lcs 250 (= A Gog 250) Geography A Lcs 201 Hispanic Cultures in the of Latin America (3) Courses United States (3) An introduction to the geographical diversity of Intensive examination of Hispanic American society. Latin America, reviewing the Continent’s physical A Lcs 100 Cultures of Latin America Major Hispanic groups (e.g., Puerto Ricans, features, natural resources, societies, economies and (3) Mexican-Americans, Cubans) will be studied with politics, and relating them to its history and cultural Survey of the diverse pre-Columbian and New emphasis on interaction between these groups and traditions. Particular attention will be given to rural World cultures of Spanish and Portuguese America. mainstream society, culture and value change in and urban living conditions, social and regional Focus on the interactions of Indian, European, and contact situations, and efforts to deal with prejudice inequalities, population distribution, internal and Black cultural elements and on the complexities of and discrimination. [DP] international migration, and socioeconomic development issues. A Lcs 250Z & A Gog 250Z are what is known as Latin American culture. The study A Lcs 201Z Hispanic Cultures in the of the most distinctive elements of culture such as writing intensive versions of A Lcs 250 & A Gog race, social systems and institutions, folklore and United States (3) 250; only one of the four courses may be taken for cultural expressions will take precedence over A Lcs 201Z is the writing intensive version of A Lcs credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 201; only one may be taken for credit. [DP WI] historical events. A Lcs 100Z is the writing intensive A Lcs 250Z (= A Gog 250Z) version of A Lcs 100; only one may be taken for A Lcs 216L (= A Mus 216L) Music and credit.[BE] Geography of Latin America (3) Society in Latin America: Past and A Lcs 250Z & A Gog 250Z are writing intensive A Lcs 100Z Cultures of Latin America Present (3) versions of A Lcs 250 & A Gog 250; only one of the (3) This course will deal with two basic issues: the four courses may be taken for credit. May not be A Lcs 100Z is the writing intensive version of A Lcs evolution of musical thought throughout Latin America offered in 2003-2004. [WI] 100; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] [BE] from pre-Hispanic times to the present, and the relationship between musical manifestations and the A Lcs 102 (= A His 170) Introduction prevailing social order in which those activities took to Caribbean History (3) place. A Lcs 216E & A Mus 216E are the writing An introduction to the history of culture contact in intensive versions of A Lcs 216L and A Mus 216L; the Caribbean from the pre-Columbian Arawaks and only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. Caribs, through the infusion of European and [AR; DP if taken before Fall 2004; HU] African cultures, to the emergence of the leadership of the United States in 1898. Special emphasis on A Lcs 216E (= A Mus 216E) Music the social and economic development of the and Society in Latin America: Past plantation system, the intercontinental trade system, and Present (4) slavery, and the struggle for abolition and self- A Lcs 216E & A Mus 216E are the writing intensive determination. Only one of A Lcs 102 & A His 170 versions of A Lcs 216L and A Mus 216L; only one of may be taken for credit. [BE] the four courses may be taken for credit. [AR DP HU WI]

195 University at Albany A Lcs 268L (= A Ant 268L) Ethnology A Lcs 315L (formerly A Lcs 315) Latin A Lcs 329 Special Topics in Puerto of Pre-Columbian Art (3) America through Film (3) Rican Studies (3) Survey of pre-Hispanic Mesoamerican arts and Study of culture and society in Latin America as Intensive interdisciplinary examination of a architecture for the reconstruction of pre-Columbian revealed through film. Emphasis on the use of film, specific aspect on contemporary Puerto Rican culture, history, religion, symbolism, and ritual. especially in the “new cinema” movements, as an Studies. The topic varies from term to term and is Stresses interrelationships of New World cultures, instrument for social and political change. History indicated every term by the subtitle: e.g. art styles, and worldview. and on ethnological and current trends of cinema in selected countries. Nineteenth century Agrarian Society or the techniques for iconographic interpretations. Only Prerequisite(s): A Lcs 100 or 100Z or 145, or Political Status Debate or the Migrant one of A Lcs 268L & A Ant 268L may be taken for permission of instructor. May not be offered in Experience. May be repeated for up to 6 credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [AR HU] 2003-2004. [AR HU] credits under different subtitles. Departmental permission required for more than 6 credits. A Lcs 269 (= A Aas 269 and Ant 269) A Lcs 316 (= A Spn 316) Prerequisite(s): A Lcs 150. 150Z or permission of The Caribbean: Peoples, History, and Representative Spanish-American instructor. Culture (3) Authors (3) A Lcs 330 Special Topics in Latin Peoples, history and cultures of the 20th century Survey of literary movements in Spanish America Caribbean, with special emphasis on responses to from independence to World War II. Only one of American and the Caribbean (3) colonialism and nationalism. Only one of A Lcs 269, A Lcs 316 & A Spn 316 may be taken for credit. The specific topic will be selected by the instructor A Aas 269, & A Ant 269 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. and will vary from semester to semester as indicated [BE] by course subtitle. May be repeated for up to six A Lcs 317 (= A Spn 317) Latin credits under different subtitles. A Lcs 282M (= A Soc 282M) Race American Civilization (3) A Lcs 331 Special Topics in Latino and Ethnicity (3) Study of Spanish-American cultures and institutions Study of religion, race, and nationality conflicts from the beginnings of the 20th century. Only one of Studies (3) in American society. Reactions of minority to A Lcs 317 & A Spn 317 may be taken for credit. The specific topic will be selected by the instructor majority; changing patterns of minority Prerequisite(s): A Spn 207. and will vary from semester to semester as indicated relationships; efforts to deal with prejudice and by course subtitle. May be repeated for up to six discrimination. Only one of A Lcs 282M & A Soc A Lcs 319 (= A Spn 320) Twentieth- credits under different subtitles. 282M may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Century Spanish American Literature A Lcs 341M (= A Ant 341M) A Soc 115M. [DP SS] (3) Ethnology of Mesoamerica (3) A Lcs 289 (= A Soc 289) Special A study of selected works of Spanish American literature from World War II to the present. Survey of the cultures and history of the native Topics in Ethnicity (1–3) Works studied will deal with topics of special peoples of Mexico and Central America. Beginning Intensive examination of the culture and lifestyle interest such as the continuing debate with regard with the documents created by and about the native of a single ethnic group within American society. to civilization and barbarism, dictatorship and peoples around the time of the Spanish invasion, the The specific ethnic group varies from term to term revolution, social justice, and the search for course follows the experiences of these societies and is indicated by course subtitle: e.g., Ethnicity; identity. Only one of A Lcs 319 & A Spn 320 through the colonial period and up to the present. Italian Americans. A Lcs 289 and A Soc 289 can may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Spn A Ant 341G & A Lcs 341G are the writing intensive be repeated, but the total credits earned may not 223L. versions of A Ant 341M & A Lcs 341M; only one of exceed 6 credits under different subtitles. the four courses may be taken for credit. Departmental permission required for more than 6 A Lcs 321M (= A Eas 321M and A Gog Prerequisite(s): A Ant 100 or 200M or 200G. credits. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M. 321M) Exploring the Multicultural Offered spring semester. [BE] A Lcs 302 (= A Spn 322) Las Culturas City (3) A Lcs 341G (= A Ant 341G) Ethnology Latinas en los Estados Unidos (3) This course will explore the human dimensions of Mesoamerica (3) Examination of major U.S. Latino groups and implications of ethnic diversity in the United A Ant 341G & A Lcs 341G are the writing intensive (Mexican-American, Cuban, Puerto Rican States, focusing on New York City. The course versions of A Ant 341M & A Lcs 341M; only one of Dominican) with special emphasis on 20 th utilizes a variety of methods to introduce students the four courses may be taken for credit. century literary works. Students will study to the multicultural city, beginning in the Prerequisite(s): A Ant 100 or 200M or 200G. classroom but ending with fieldwork in a specific Offered spring semester. [BE WI] demographic, socio-economic, historical and New York neighborhood. A Lcs 321M is cultural aspects of these groups in the context of A Lcs 354 (= A Gog 354) Environment their interaction with mainstream society. Course equivalent in content to A Eas 321M and A Gog will be given in Spanish. Only one of A Lcs 302 or 321M; only one of the three courses may be taken & Development (3) A Spn 322 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Gog 102M or 102G; A survey of international development issues, A Spn 223L or 301 or placement. [DP] or A Gog 120Z, or 125M; A Gog 160M or 160G; focusing on the impact of economic growth, or A Gog 220M; or A Gog 240. [OD SS] population growth, and increased consumption of A Lcs 312 (= A Por 312) Introduction A Lcs 326 (= A Spn 326) Spanish- natural resources on global and local environments. This course focuses primarily on the poorer to Brazilian Literature (3) American Poetry and Theatre (3) Survey of Brazilian literature from the colonial countries of the world, and particularly on tropical period to the present. Selected readings, discussions, Representative Spanish-American plays and environments. It discusses issues of deforestation, and reports on collateral study. Only one of A Lcs selected works in Spanish-American poetry, with desertification, and increased vulnerability to man- 312 & A Por 312 may be taken for credit. emphasis on specific characteristics of the genres. made and natural hazards. Prerequisite(s): A Gog Prerequisite(s): A Por 207 or permission of Only one of A Lcs 326 & A Spn 326 may be 101N or 102M or 102G, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L. instructor. A Lcs 314 (= A Spn 318) Topics in A Lcs 327 (formerly A Lcs 275L) Four A Lcs 354Z (= A Gog 354Z) Hispanic Film (3) Caribbean Writers (3–4) Caribbean Environment & A study of Hispanic film as a medium that offers a An introduction to the literature of the Caribbean Development (3) unique amalgam of diverse musical, pictorial, and and to the methods of literary analysis. Writers Survey and analysis of problems of development and literary art forms within a sociopolitical context. The will be grouped around an essential, universal the environment in the Caribbean. Topics covered course will focus on such specific topics as peasant theme: for example, Claude McKay, Vidia include the relationship of the region’s colonial movements, human rights, images of women, race, Naipaul, Derek Walcott and Jamaica Kincaid legacy to present-day underdeveloped and ecological and ethnicity. Only one of A Lcs 314 and A Spn 318 around the theme of homelessness. degradation; environmental consequences of various may be taken for credit in any semester. Either may A Lcs 327Z Four Caribbean Writers strategies of development; prospects for alternatives be repeated once for credit, with a change in topic. (4) such as sustainable development and regional Consult current schedule of classes for topic. integration. A Lcs 354Z and A Gog 354Z are the Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L or permission of A Lcs 327Z is the writing intensive version of writing intensive versions of A Lcs 354 and A Gog instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Lcs 327. Only one may be taken for credit. 354; only one of the four courses may be taken for [WI] credit. Prerequisite(s): A Gog 101N, or A Gog 102M or 102G, or A Gog 250 or A Lcs 250, or A Lcs 102, or A Lcs 269, or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI]

196 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Lcs 357 Latin American & A Lcs 375 (= R Pos 324) Latino Caribbean Politics (3) Politics in the United States (3) The course will examine the current process and This course reviews Mexican, Puerto Rican, and societies in the hemisphere. Emphasis will be on Cuban participation, perspectives and issues on Latin America and the Caribbean with implications American politics. Each Latino sub-group will be of globalization for all workers and societies of the analyzed and comparisons will be made between Americas. Prerequisite(s): A Lcs 100 or permission Latino sub-groups and between Latinos and other of instructor. groups. The following questions will be examined: What is the context of Latino politics? What A Lcs 359 Workers and Globalization characterizes Latino political behavior? What is the in the Americas (3) place of Latinos in the U.S. political system? What This course explores the following questions: How are the political perspectives and values? What is “globalization” changing the lives of male and issues form the basis of their political mobilization female workers in Latin America and the Caribbean? and incorporation? What are their political What links the expansion of global markets and prospects? We will be concerned with relevant global production networks, to the restructuring of historical, interpretive, and theoretical issues raised workplaces, households and communities by the Latino political experience, with an emphasis throughout Latin American and the Caribbean? on electoral representation, issues of gender, race What types of strategies are Latin American workers and ethnicity, education, affirmative action, and using to defend living standards and assert their radical politics. Only one of A Lcs 375 and R Pos rights in the emerging context of globalization? 324 may be taken for credit. [DP] [GC] A Lcs 400 Interdisciplinary Research A Lcs 360 Political Economy of the Seminar in Latin American and Caribbean (3) Caribbean Studies (3) An intensive evaluation of political and economic forces An interdisciplinary approach to research in area as they have shaped the Caribbean region during the studies on Latin America and the Caribbean. Special 20th century. particularly the period since World War II. emphasis will be placed on research methods in the Special attention given to social conflicts and political Social Sciences and the Humanities and how these movements, population growth and migration, methods have been applied by leading Latin urbanization, problems of industry and agriculture, American Scholars. Central themes will be selected economic planning, education, and superpower and the approaches and conclusions of different confrontations. Prerequisite(s): A Lcs 269. May not be disciplines will be compared and contrasted. A Lcs offered in 2003-2004. 400 is a requirement for all LACS upper division A Lcs 361 (= A Eco 361) majors. Development of the Latin American A Lcs 402 Latinos and Health Issues Economy (3) (3) Economic change in Latin American societies. This course provides an overview of a broad range Comparative study of the growth of various Latin of issues related to the health status of Latinos in the American countries emphasizing the variables United States such as the influence of culture, class, associated with development: population, and gender on health care, access to health services, technology, capital formation, output, resources, patterns of chronic disease, mental health concerns, and income distribution. Only one of A Lcs 361 family and child health. Prerequisite(s): A Lcs 201 & A Eco 361 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Eco 110M and 111M. A Lcs 403 Special Topics in Latin American Studies (2–3) A Lcs 369 (= A His 369) Mexico, The specific topic will be selected by the instructor Central America, and the West and will vary from semester to semester as indicated Indies since 1810 (3) by course subtitle. May be repeated for up to 6 The circum-Caribbean lands and islands in the 19th credits under different subtitles. Prerequisite(s): and 20th centuries; independence; independent A Lcs 400 or permission of instructor. nations and colonies; foreign intrusions and A Lcs 405 Special Topics in interventions; social and economic change; revolutions; comparative Caribbean studies. Only Caribbean Studies (3) one of A Lcs 369 & A His 369 may be taken for An intensive examination of social, economic, credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class political, and cultural issues which affect standing, or 3 credits in history. May not be offered contemporary Caribbean life and society. in 2003-2004. Prerequisite(s): A Lcs 400 or permission of instructor. A Lcs 371 (= A His 371) South America since 1810 (3) A Lcs 406 Leaders and Societies of The political, economic, social. and cultural evolution the English-Speaking Islands (3) of the South American nations from the winning of An examination of the emergence from an island independence to the present. with emphasis on society of leaders capable of confronting the British Argentina. Brazil, and Chile. Among topics studied legacy of post-colonial island nations. Designed to will be dictatorship, democratic government, sharpen research and writing skills. Prerequisite(s): economic change, modern revolution, and social A Lcs 100, 102 or permission of instructor. trends. Only one of A Lcs 371 & A His 371 may be A Lcs 407 Three Island Revolutions taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. or 3 credits in history. (3) An in-depth analysis of the revolutions of Haiti (1791), Cuba (1959), and Grenada (1979). Designed to sharpen research and writing skills. Prerequisite(s): A Lcs 100, 102 or permission of instructor. A Lcs 414 (= A Spn 414) Literature of the Hispanic Caribbean (3) Study of selected major writers of Cuba, the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico of the 19th and 20th centuries. Special consideration of literature as a reflection of situations and problems peculiar to the Hispanic Caribbean. Conducted in Spanish. Only one of A Lcs 414 & A Spn 414 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Spn 223L 197 University at Albany A Lcs 415 U.S. Latino Literature & Culture (3) A study of the development of U.S. Latino literature with special emphasis on the 20th century. Major writings by Mexican, Puerto Rican, Cuban, Dominican, and other groups will be analyzed in reference to the particular experience of each group and its relations to mainstream society. Particular attention will also be given to how gender, race, ethnicity and class interact in the formation of the hybrid cultural experience of U.S. Latinos. Knowledge of Spanish is required. Prerequisite(s): A Lcs 302 (A Spn 322) or permission of the instructor. A Lcs 451 (= A Wss 451) Gender & Class in Latin American Development (3) The study of the interplay of cultural, ideological, and structural factors affecting women’s lives during the course of Latin America’s growing industrialization, from the perspective of gender and class analysis. The topics covered are: household work, paid work, migration, growth of female headed households, and women’s political participation. Only one of A Lcs 451 and A Wss 451 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): any course in Latin American Studies and/or Women’s Studies. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Lcs 475 Caribbean Migration (3) The focus of the course is post-World War II migration between the Caribbean and the United States—in particular migration from Cuba, the West Indies, the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico. The material is interdisciplinary in nature, though highlighting approaches from the fields of economics, sociology, political science, and history. The major topics include (1) Migration theory; (2) U.S. migration policy—its impact on receiving and sending populations; (3) a socio- historical background to post-war Caribbean Migration; and (4) specific migrations from Cuba, the West Indies, the Dominican Republic, and Puerto Rico. Shared resources with A Lcs 575. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing; or permission of instructor. A Lcs 491 (= A Ant 481) Research Projects (3–6) Introduction to basic research skills required to answer questions on human behavior, with special emphasis on cross-cultural interaction. Specific research projects provide students with the basic research methods, including data collection, processing, and analysis. Only one of A Lcs 491 & A Ant 481 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or permission of instructor. A Lcs 497 Independent Study (3–6) Independent study in an area of special interest to the student under the supervision of the sponsoring faculty member. May be repeated for up to 6 credits. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor and department chair.

198 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 preparation for those interested in pursuing equivalent to two years of study of skill courses LINGUISTICS AND graduate work in linguistics or related disciplines. in a foreign language at the college level. This The Program in Linguistics and Cognitive requirement may be satisfied by course work or COGNITIVE SCIENCE Science and the Department of Educational the passing of the appropriate examination. Theory and Practice offer a combined B.A./M.S. Credits earned for the proficiency requirement Faculty program leading to a bachelor’s degree in are additional to the 36-credit requirement Distinguished Service Professor linguistics and a master’s in teaching English to described above. speakers of other languages. Ernest A. Scatton, Ph.D. Courses in other departments approved for the Harvard University linguistics major. (Some of these courses may Professor Emeritus Careers have prerequisites within the departments Millicent Lenz, Ph.D. offering them.) Consult the undergraduate adviser Northern Illinois University Linguistics majors compete favorably with those from other humanities and social science of the Linguistics and Cognitive Science Program Professors for modifications in this list. James Collins, Ph.D. disciplines for entry-level positions in public University of California, Berkeley relations, commerce, publishing and other fields A Ant 424; A Clc 125; A Com 373, 465; A Csi Laurie Feldman, Ph.D. requiring analytical, communication and research 101N, 201N, 310; A Eng 311L; A Fre 306, 406, University of Connecticut skills. Career opportunities for graduates also 450; A Heb 203; A Phi 210L, 332, 415, 432; Francine W. Frank, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) include computer programming, computer A Por 402; A Psy 301, A Psy 365, 381; A Spn University of Illinois software development, editing, technical writing 401, 402, 405; one of the following: A Gog 396, John Justeson, Ph.D. and dictionary-making. A Mat 108, A Psy 210, or A Soc 221. Stanford University Students planning to undertake professional study Istvan Kecskes, Ph.D. in such fields as law, public administration, Honors Program Kossuth University, Hungary public policy, speech pathology and education Declared majors in linguistics who have Rose-Marie Weber, Ph.D. will find that course work in linguistics provides completed 12 or more credits of A Lin courses Cornell University valuable preparation in analytical skills as well as may apply to the program by letter to the director Robert Meyers, Ph.D. an understanding of the social implications of of the Program in Linguistics and Cognitive State University of New York at Buffalo language and attitudes toward language. For Science. The requirements are as follows: James Neely, Ph.D. suggested sequences of courses appropriate to Yale University specific areas of advanced study or careers, 1. The major GPA must be at least 3.5, and Robert Sanders, Ph.D. consult the undergraduate adviser. the overall GPA must be at least 3.25. University of Iowa Frank Vellutino, Ph.D. 2. Students are required to take 39 credit Catholic University of America Special Programs or Opportunities hours. In addition to satisfying all the Associate Professors The possibility of studying a foreign language not linguistics major requirements, the 39 Jeanette Altarriba, Ph.D. regularly taught at the University is provided by hours must include 12 credits of 400 level Vanderbilt University A Lin 289, Directed Study in Foreign Languages. A Lin courses. Of these 12 credits, seven George Berg, Ph.D. This course is open to any undergraduate student must come from A Lin 429 Field Methods Northwestern University in the University. For current offerings, consult in Anthropological Linguistics (4 credits) Lee Bickmore, Ph.D. the undergraduate adviser. and A Lin 423 Language Structures (3 University of California, Los Angeles credits), which constitute a seven credit George Broadwell, Ph.D. The program also sponsors a minor in Linguistics sequence involving original research University of California, Los Angeles and Cognitive Science (See Approved Minors projects. Three credits must come from Cynthia Fox, Ph.D. section of this bulletin for details). A Lin 495 Honors Thesis (described Indiana University below). The remaining credits can come Andrew Haas, Ph.D. Degree Requirements for the Major from any 400-level Lin course. University of Rochester in Linguistics 3. Students must take A Lin 495 Honors Ronald A. McClamrock, Ph.D. Thesis in which they write a major research General Program B.A.: 36 credits in the major Massachusetts Institute of Technology paper. The paper can be based on new field of study, including: A Lin 220M, 321, 322, Carla Meskill, Ph.D. research or can be a major revision of a 421 or 422, 429; one year of a foreign language Boston University paper written for a previous A Lin class or (or A Lin 423, Linguistic Structures)*, as Silke Van Ness, Ph.D. independent study. This course should be advised; additional credits, as advised, including University at Albany taken during the final semester of the a minimum of 3 credits at the 300 level or above; Maurice Westmoreland, Ph.D. student’s senior year, under the supervision these are to be chosen from courses offered by University of Illinois of an appropriate member of the LINCS the Program in Linguistics and Cognitive Science Assistant Professor Emeritus faculty. All students in Lin 495 will make and from approved courses in other departments. George Hastings, Ph.D. an oral presentation of their research before University of Pennsylvania *This language should be of radically different submitting the final written version. Assistant Professor structure from the foreign language chosen for Lotfi Sayahi, Ph.D. the language proficiency requirement (See Combined B.A./M.S. Program Universidad Complutense Madrid below.) Non-Indo-European languages are usually advised. Credits earned in A Lin 289 may The combined B.A./M.S. program in linguistics The linguistics major is designed to provide be counted toward the 36-credit requirement only and teaching English to speakers of other students with a basic understanding of the nature if used to fulfill this one-year language languages provides an opportunity for students of of human language and the principles and requirement. recognized academic ability and educational methods of contemporary linguistic theories. The maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of major offers a liberal education that combines the Other Degree Requirements undergraduate and master’s degree programs approaches of the humanities, the social sciences from the beginning of their junior year. A and the sciences. It also provides appropriate Language Requirement: Majors are required to carefully designed program can permit a student demonstrate competence in a foreign language to earn the B.A. and M.S. degrees within nine 199 University at Albany semesters. University; independent work with the guidance of a A Lin 301 (= A Phi 301 & A Psy 301) faculty member using recordings and other material; Introduction to Cognitive Science (3) The combined program requires a minimum of meetings with native speakers when possible. A limited Cognitive science investigates the nature of the human 143 credits, of which at least 35 must be graduate number of languages may be offered in any one year. May be repeated for a different language or for more mind and cuts across several disciplines (e.g., credits. In qualifying for the B.A., students must advanced study in the same language. Prerequisite(s): psychology, computer science, philosophy, linguistics). meet all University and college requirements, This course examines the approaches these disciplines permission of undergraduate adviser. use to promote our understanding of various mental including the requirements of the undergraduate phenomena (e.g., perceiving, reasoning, production and major described previously, the minor comprehension of language, memory.) Only one of requirement, the minimum 90-credit liberal arts A Lin 301, A Phi 301 & A Psy 301 may be taken for and sciences requirement, general education credit. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. requirements and residency requirements. In A Lin 321 (= A Ant 321) Introduction qualifying for the M.S., students must meet all to Syntax (3) University and college requirements as outlined The human ability to produce and understand an infinite in the Graduate Bulletin including completion of number of different sentences is one of the most remarkable capabilities we have. The study of the a minimum of 35 graduate credits and any other structure of sentences is called syntax, and this course is conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, an introduction to syntactic theory. The particular comprehensive examination, professional approach we will be pursuing is called generative experience and residency requirements. Up to 12 grammar, the approach to syntax pioneered by linguists such as Noam Chomsky. Chomsky argues that all graduate credits may be applied simultaneously humans are born with an unconscious knowledge of to both the B.A. and M.S. programs. Universal Grammar, the basis on which the grammars of all languages are built. Through a detailed Students are considered undergraduates until examination of English sentence structure, we will completion of 120 graduation credits and investigate the connections between English syntax and satisfactory completion of all B.A. requirements. Universal Grammar. Only one of A Lin 321 & A Ant Upon meeting B.A. requirements, students are 321 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Lin 220M or permission of instructor. automatically considered as graduate students. A Lin 322 (= A Ant 322) Introduction Students may apply for admission to the to Phonology (3) combined degree program at the beginning of Introduction to the description and analysis of human their junior year or after the successful speech sounds and their organization. Introduction to completion of 56 credits, but no later than the articulatory phonetics and the International Phonetic Alphabet followed by examination and generative accumulation of 100 credits. A cumulative grade phonological analysis of data from English and a wide point average of 3.20 or higher and three range of other languages. Only one of A Lin 322 & supportive letters of recommendation from A Ant 322 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): faculty are required for consideration. Students A Lin 220M or permission of instructor. will be admitted to the combined program upon A Lin 325 (= A Ant 325) the recommendation of faculties of the Program Sociolinguistics (3) in Linguistics and Cognitive Science and the Introduction to the study of language as a social Department of Educational Theory and Practice phenomenon. Includes basic sociolinguistic concepts, interactional sociolinguistics, social dialects, black set up to administer the combined degree English, diglossia, bilingualism and bilingual education. program. Only one of A Lin 325 & A Ant 325 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Lin 220M or permission of Courses instructor. A Lin 421Z (= A Ant 421Z) Advanced A Lin 100M Understanding Language Syntax (3) (3) This course continues the investigation of the General introduction to all aspects of the nature and use relationship between the grammars of particular of language. Language acquisition, language loss, languages and Universal Grammar. We will examine language change, language in society. Films and the syntax of several languages from around the world television documentaries augmented by readings and asking ourselves the following questions: a.) How do written exercises. .May not be offered in 2003-2004. the principles that organize the grammars of other [IL] languages around the world compare to English? b.) What grammatical properties are true for all languages? A Lin 216 (= A Eng 216) Traditional We will discuss the answers to these questions in the Grammar and Usage (3) light of generative grammar. Only one of A Lin 421Z & Thorough coverage of traditional grammar and usage A Ant 421Z may be taken for credit. The former A Lin with an introduction to the principles of structural and 421 & A Ant 421 do not yield writing intensive credit. transformational grammar. Brief exploration into recent Prerequisite(s): A Lin 321 with grade of C or higher. advances in linguistic thought. Practice in stylistic [WI] analysis using such grammatical elements as syntax, voice, subordination and sentence structure. A Lin 422 (= A Ant 422) Advanced Phonology (3) A Lin 220M (= A Ant 220M & Eng Advanced studies in generative phonological theory, 217M) Introduction to Linguistics (3) with a focus on the analysis of prosodic phenomena Introduction to the study of language, including such as stress, tone, and accent. Discussion of recent examination of the characteristics and structural theoretical trends in phonology. Only one of A Lin 422 principles of natural language. After exploring the basic & A Ant 422 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): characteristics of sound, word formation and sentence A Lin 322 with grade of C or higher. May not be structure, these principles are applied to such topics as: offered in 2003-2004. language variation, language change, psycholinguistics, pragmatics, and animal communication. Only one of A Lin 423 (= A Ant 423) Linguistic A Lin 220M, A Ant 220M, & A Eng 217M may be Structures (3) taken for credit. Investigation of the structure of a selected language, language family, or language area; may be repeated for A Lin 289 Directed Study in Foreign credit when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): A Lin 321 or Language (4) 322 or consent of instructor. [OD] Study of a foreign language not regularly taught at the 200 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Lin 425 (= A Ant 425) Comparative and Historical Linguistics (3) Language development and change. Language classification, linguistic reconstruction. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 220M or A Lin 220M or consent of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Lin 429 Field Methods in Anthropological Linguistics (4) An introduction to the techniques of collecting and analyzing primary linguistic data from native speakers, taught through intensive examination of a selected language; may be repeated for credit with change in language. Prerequisite(s): A Lin 321 or 322 or permission of instructor. A Lin 495 Honors Thesis (3) Students in the honors program should enroll in A Lin 495 during one semester of their senior year. Students will write a major paper under the supervision of a faculty member in the Program in Linguistics and Cognitive Science, and deliver an oral presentation of their research. Prerequisite(s): Admission to the honors program in Linguistics. A Lin 497 Independent Study in Linguistics (1–6) Independent reading or research on a selected topic in linguistics, under the direction of a faculty member. Normally taken for 3 credits, but if the nature of the project warrants it, as many as 6 credits may be earned in one term; may be taken a second time, with approval, for a maximum total of 12 credits. Prerequisite(s): a 300-level course from the list of courses approved for the linguistics major; permission of instructor and director of linguistics program. A Lin 499 Seminar on Topics in Linguistics (3) Seminar on selected topics in linguistic theory and methodology, chosen on the basis of current interest; may be repeated for credit with change of topic. Prerequisite(s): varies with topic, usually a 300-level linguistics course: permission of instructor.

201 University at Albany

Associate Professors Emeritae/i DEPARTMENT OF Guy D. Allaud, Ph.D. Careers University of Wisconsin The objective of the department is to serve MATHEMATICS & Herbert I. Brown, Ph.D. the needs of students aspiring to careers Rutgers University that require mathematical background: STATISTICS Lloyd L. Lininger, Ph.D. physical, biological, social, and University of Iowa management sciences; statistics, actuarial Robert Luippold, M.A. Faculty work, computer science, applied University of Buffalo Distinguished Teaching Professor mathematics; secondary school teaching; Ricardo Nirenberg, Ph.D. Edward S. Thomas Jr., Ph.D. graduate work; college and university New York University University of California, Riverside teaching; and research in mathematics. In Erich Nussbaum, Ph.D. Distinguished Service Professor most cases, training beyond the bachelor’s University of Virginia Timothy L. Lance, Ph.D. degree is desirable and can often be John T. Therrien, M.A. Princeton University obtained after the graduate has secured University at Albany Distinguished Research Professor employment. The department also Associate Professors Charles A. Micchelli, Ph.D. welcomes students who wish to study Hara Charalambous, Ph.D. Stanford University mathematics as part of a traditional liberal University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Professors Emeritae/i arts education. William F. Hammond, Ph.D. Louis Brickman, Ph.D. Johns Hopkins University University of Pennsylvania Martin Victor Hildebrand, Ph.D. Placement and Proficiency Vincent Cowling, Ph.D. Harvard University Rice University Credit Steven Plotnick, Ph.D. Edward D. Davis, Ph.D. The University awards up to 8 credits and University of Michigan University of Chicago advanced placement in its sequences of Karin B. Reinhold-Larsson, Ph.D. Nathaniel A. Friedman, Ph.D. calculus courses based on performance on Ohio State University Brown University the advanced placement calculus Carlos C. Rodriguez, Ph.D. Benton N. Jamison, Ph.D. examinations administered by the College Columbia University University of California, Berkeley Board. Details concerning the decisions on Malcolm J. Sherman, Ph.D. Joe W. Jenkins, Ph.D. credit and placement are available from the University of California, Berkeley University of Illinois Admissions Office. Anupam Srivastav, Ph.D. Melvin L. Katz, Ph.D. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign University of California, Berkeley Mark Steinberger, Ph.D. Admission Violet H. Larney, Ph.D. University of Chicago University of Wisconsin Students may not declare a major in either Assistant Professors Thomas H. MacGregor, Ph.D. mathematics or actuarial and mathematical Boris Goldfarb, Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania science until they have completed at least Cornell University George E. Martin, Ph.D. one of A Mat 113, 119, or 214 with a grade Cristian Lenart, Ph.D. University of Michigan of A, B, C, or S. Transfer credits and grades University of Cambridge Hajimu Ogawa, Ph.D. may be used to satisfy the requirement. Jennifer Taback, Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley University of Chicago Professors Alexandre Tchernev, Ph.D. The Mathematics Major Lindsay N. Childs, Ph.D. Purdue University Cornell University Students majoring in mathematics may Rongwei Yang, Ph.D. Richard Z. Goldstein, Ph.D. choose to complete the requirements for SUNY Stony Brook University of Pennsylvania either the B.A. or B.S. degree. Under any Adjuncts (estimated): 0 Boris Korenblum, Sc.D. of the four program-degree combinations, a Teaching Assistants (estimated): 30 Moscow State University student may apply for admission to the Timothy L. Lance, Ph.D. honors program. Princeton University The department provides a broad offering Students considering a major in Charles Micchelli, Ph.D. of courses from which each student can mathematics or actuarial minor are Stanford University make a selection designed to satisfy any of encouraged to visit the department office Richard C. O’Neil, Ph.D. a large variety of objectives. In addition to (ES-110) for advice. Information is also University of Chicago including the standard courses in pure and available at the web site R. Michael Range, Ph.D. applied mathematics, our course offerings http://math.albany.edu. University of California, Los Angeles are unusually strong in statistics and Michael I. Stessin, Ph.D. actuarial mathematics. The department Moscow State University offers two majors: the major in Degree Requirements for the Howard H. Stratton, Ph.D. mathematics and the major in actuarial and Major in Mathematics University of California, Riverside mathematical sciences. A third major, the General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 Edward C. Turner, Ph.D. major in computer science and applied credits from the Department of University of California, Los Angeles mathematics, is offered jointly with the Mathematics and Statistics in courses Donald R. Wilken, Ph.D. computer science department. numbered above 110, including A Mat 214, Tulane University 220, and a 3-credit course numbered above Kehe Zhu, Ph.D. 300 in each of these four areas: algebra, State University of New York at Buffalo analysis, geometry/topology, and probability/statistics.

202 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

General Program B.S.: Students are urged to explore in greater 4. Statistics depth, preferably at the 400 level. Since A minimum of 36 credits from the Statistics is a widely applied branch of students will have different goals, it is Department of Mathematics and Statistics mathematics and the demand for impossible to provide useful sample in courses numbered above 110, including statisticians is high. Preparation for a programs. Students are encouraged to A Mat 214, 220, and two of the following career or for advanced study in statistics devise their own plans in consultation with four options: (1) A Mat 326 and 327, (2) should include one of the following two their advisers. However, if a student is to either (a) both A Mat 314 and 315 or (b) combinations of courses: (1) probability graduate on time, the calculus sequence any two of 312, 412, 413, or 414, (3) any (A Mat 367 or 367Z, 464) and statistics and linear algebra should be completed two of A Mat 342, 441, or 442, (4) any two (A Mat 368 or 368Z, 369 or 369Z, 465 or during the freshmen and sophomore years. of A Mat 367, 368, 369, 464, 465, 467, 465Z), or (2) probability (A Mat 367 or 367Z, 464) and statistics (A Mat 467, 468). 468. With departmental approval, other 2. Graduate School Preparation Sequence (2) is recommended as the more 400-level or 500-level courses may be The department offers excellent advanced and thorough treatment. A Mat substituted for the courses listed above. In opportunities for students who plan to go 424 (advanced linear algebra) is highly addition, each student must complete: 6 on to graduate work in mathematics and recommended. Also useful are A Mat 401, credits in computer science from A Csi statistics as well as other areas such as 409, 413 or 413Z, and 414. Because 101N, 201N, 203, 204, 205, 310; and a computer science, the natural sciences, and computing is a close adjunct to statistics, minor in atmospheric science, biology, the social and behavioral sciences. business, chemistry, computer science, students are strongly advised to include economics, electronics, geology, or Students whose goal is to obtain a graduate A Csi 201N, 205, and 310 as a minimal physics. degree in mathematics should include in introduction. their programs as many of the following core courses as possible in each of the Honors Program designated areas: NOTE: The Statistics minor is not open to The honors program is designed for the students with a major in mathematics. Algebra: A Mat 326, 327, 424 talented and committed student of General Program Analysis: A Mat 413, 414 mathematics. Successful completion of the Students, with suitable advisement, can program is excellent preparation for design programs that will best meet their Geometry/Topology: A Mat 342 graduate work in mathematics. particular interests and career goals. Note, Probability/Statistics: A Mat 467, 468 Students entering the University with however, that those who plan to do strong mathematical backgrounds should graduate work in any mathematical field— Those hoping to do graduate work should also consider entering the honors program. consider taking Honors Calculus, A Mat pure or applied—should obtain as strong an 118 and 119, in place of the standard undergraduate background as possible in 3. Applied Mathematics Calculus, A Mat 112 and 113. the basic areas of mathematics: algebra, Although it is common to classify analysis, and geometry/topology. In mathematics as either “pure” or “applied,” A student may be admitted formally to the particular, they should make every effort to the division is often arbitrary. Some honors program at any time after the include A Mat 413 and 414 (Advanced extremely abstract mathematics in recent sophomore year, and then will be formally Calculus) in their programs. years has turned out to be useful in areas advised by the Director of the Honors outside mathematics. Students preparing Program. However, any student who is To guide students in their planning, a interested in the program should see the number of options, some of a general for a career in applied mathematics would be well advised to acquire as strong a Director of the Honors Program as early as nature and others to meet specific career possible for informal advisement. objectives, are presented here. background as possible in the pure mathematical areas of analysis, algebra, and To be admitted, the applicant must have an 1. Liberal Arts (B.A.) geometry/topology. On the other hand, academic average in all University courses Some professional careers and many jobs students concentrating in pure mathematics of at least 3.30, and an academic average in require a mathematical background should have some understanding of how to all mathematics courses of at least 3.40. characterized more by breadth than by apply mathematical methods to other Specific course requirements are: A Mat concentration in any particular area of the disciplines. 413 or 413Z, 414, 424, and 9 additional mathematical sciences. The purpose of the credits from among A Mat 327 or 327Z, B.A. program is to assure that the student Listed here are the mathematical subjects that are more commonly applied to 416, 420, 425, 432 or 432Z, 441, 442, 464, acquires a broad view of mathematics and 467, 468, 510A, 513A, 520A, 520B, 540A, statistics. Each B.A. major is required to problems in other fields along with the corresponding courses in which 557A, 557B, and independent study complete a 3-credit course numbered above (maximum of 3 credits). 300 in each of these areas: algebra, analysis, methodology or applications are treated. geometry/topology, and probability/statistics. Applied algebra: A Mat 326, 372 To be recommended for graduation with The following lists those courses that can be honors, the candidate must write an taken to fulfill that requirement: Applied analysis: A Mat 311, 314, 315, 409, acceptable honors thesis and also maintain 412, 416 an academic average of at least 3.30 in all Algebra: A Mat 326, 326Z, 327, 327Z, 424 University courses and at least 3.40 in all Numerical Methods: A Mat 313, 401 Analysis: A Mat 311, 312, 312Z, 314, 409, mathematics courses numbered 400 or 412, 412Z, 413, 413Z, 414 Probability/Statistics: A Mat 367, 368, 369, above. 464, 465 Geometry/Topology: A Mat 331, 331Z, 342, 342Z, 432, 432Z, 441, 442 Probability/Statistics: A Mat 367, 367Z, 368, 369, 464, 465, 465Z, 467, 468

203 University at Albany

The Actuarial Major Course 3 Exam: Actuarial models. The actual major is designed to prepare Requires A Mat 301, 403A, 464, and 465 Combined B.A./M.A. and students for employment in the actuarial (which in turn requires 368). field and as preparation for the preliminary B.S./M.A. Programs Course 4 Exam: Actuarial Modeling. actuarial examinations. Past experience The combined B.A./M.A. and B.S./M.A. suggests that students who pass even one Requires A Mat 464, 465, plus some self- programs in mathematics provide an actuarial examination while in college are study on topics not normally covered in opportunity for students of recognized likely to receive multiple employment these course. academic ability and educational maturity offers. Many students have secured to fulfill integrated requirements of Students are encouraged to adhere to the employment in the actuarial field before undergraduate and master’s degree following schedule for required mathematics taking or passing any actuarial programs from the beginning of their course. examinations. The B.S. program in junior year. A carefully designed program actuarial science exposes students to Year Fall Spring can permit a student to earn the B.A or virtually all the material on the Course 1, B.S. and the M.A. degrees within nine Fresh. A 112 or 118 113 or 119 2, 3, and 4 actuarial examinations. semesters. The B.S. in actuarial science was revised in Soph. 214 220 & 367(Z) The combined programs require a 2002 to reflect recent revisions (jointly Junior 301 & 368(Z) 464 minimum of 138 credits, of which at least made by the Society of Actuaries and by 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying the Casualty Actuarial Society) of the Senior 465 & 467 403A and 469 (optional) for the B.A. or B.S., students must meet actuarial examinations. The new actuarial all University and college requirements, major reflects the new examinations’ Notes: (1) A 469 is an optional one-credit including the requirements of the greater emphasis on applied probability, course that drills students on problems from the undergraduate major described previously, stochastic modeling, economics, and Course 1 actuarial exam. (2) Actuarial students the minimum 90- or 60-credit liberal arts finance. are encouraged (but not required) to take the and sciences requirement, general honors versions, A Mat 118 and 119 of A Mat Actuarial majors who first enrolled at the education requirements, and residence 112 and 113. University at Albany prior to September requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., 2002 may choose to fulfill the requirements Students are advised to take A Eco 110M and students must meet all University and of the catalogue in effect at the time of 111M as freshmen, and in any event, no later college requirements as outlined in the their first enrollment. Or they may decide than their sophomore year. By doing so, Graduate Bulletin, including completion to fulfill the requirements of the new students will not need to take more than one of a minimum of 30 graduate credits and program. A third option is to modify the upper division economics course during any any other conditions such as a research old program by making course single semester. seminar, thesis, comprehensive substitutions – with the written approval of examination, professional experience, and Most actuarial students will take A Mat 367Z or their advisor . residence requirements. Up to 12 graduate 368Z (instead of A Mat 367 or 368) in order to credits may be applied simultaneously to The actuarial exams are interdisciplinary, meet the University’s upper division writing both the B.A. and M.A. programs or to testing material from several courses. Some requirement. both the B.S. and M.A. programs. of the courses listed below as preparation Students are considered as undergraduates for an exam are relevant to only a few Degree Requirements for the questions on that exam. Students may until completion of 120 graduation credits reasonably decide to take an exam before Major in Actuarial and and satisfactory completion of all B.A. or taking all the courses listed as relevant. Mathematical Sciences B.S. requirements. Upon meeting B.A. or B.S. requirements, students are Course 1 Exam: Mathematical Foundations of General Program B.S. A combined major and automatically considered as graduate Actuarial Science. minor sequence consisting of 63 credits as students. follows: Students need A Mat 112, 113, 214, 367, and Students may apply to the graduate 36 credits in mathematics: A Mat 112 (or 368 (continuous probability) before committee of the department for 118), 113 (or 119), 214, 220, 301 (or A Eco attempting this exam. A Mat 467 and admission to either combined program in 351), 367 (or 367Z), 368 (or 368Z), 403A, mathematics at the beginning of their A Eco 110M will also be useful, but only 464, 465, and 467. for a few questions. junior year or after the successful 6 credits: chosen from A Csi 201N, 203, completion of 56 credits, but no later than Course 2 Exam: Interest Theory, Economics, 204, 205, and 310. the accumulation of 100 credits. A and Finance. cumulative grade point average of 3.2 or 6 credits: B Acc 211, B Fin 300. Topics: Interest Theory (A Mat 301/A Eco higher and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required 351); Microeconomics (A Eco 110M); 15 credits in economics: A Eco 110M, for consideration. Macroeconomics (A Eco 111M); Finance 111M, 300, 301, and 466. Note: Actuarial (A Eco 466); Interest Theory/Finance majors automatically fulfill the requirement for a minor in economics (since A Math (A Mat 301, A Eco 466); 301 is equivalent to A Eco 351). Finance/Economics (A Mat 301, A Eco 466). The requirements for graduation with Combined Mathematics and honors for actuarial majors are included Master of Business B Fin 300 may also be useful for the last two under the heading Honors Program. topics. Administration Program: In this program a student is able to obtain a B.S. degree in mathematics and a M.B.A. degree in a total of five years by taking a coordinated program in mathematics and 204 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 business administration during the senior performance on the mathematics placement exam. Prerequisite(s): one semester of calculus and year. Application should be made during [MS] permission of instructor. the second semester of the junior year to A Mat 108 Elementary Statistics (3) A Mat 214 Calculus of Several the director of the M.B.A. program, School Frequency distributions, measures of central Variables (4) of Business. tendency and dispersion, probability and sampling, Curves and vectors in the plane, geometry of three- estimation, testing of hypotheses, linear regression dimensional space, vector functions in three-space, and correlation. Prerequisite(s): three years of high partial derivatives, multiple integrals, line and school mathematics. Only one of A Mat 108 and surface integrals. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119. Related Program: Interdisciplinary B Msi 220 may be taken for credit. [MS] Major in Computer Science and A Mat 220 Linear Algebra (3) A Mat 109 Applied Matrix Algebra (3) Linear equations, matrices, determinants, finite Applied Mathematics: Matrix algebra as applied to solving systems of dimensional vector spaces, linear transformations linear equations. Markov chains, linear Euclidean spaces. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119. This major prepares a student to handle programming. Emphasizes calculations and mathematically oriented computer applications rather than theory. Prerequisite(s): three A Mat 221 (= A Csi 221) Introduction applications in engineering and business. years of high school mathematics. [MS] to Discrete Mathematics (3) Details of the program are listed under A Mat 110 Introduction to Maple (2) Topics chosen from sets, relations, induction, Computer Science. A hands-on introduction to the computer algebra binomial theorem, permutations and combinations, system Maple. Basic commands are introduced by counting, and related topics in discrete mathematics. way of examples from the areas of algebra, calculus, Only one of A Mat 221 & A Csi 221 may be taken Courses number theory, graphics, business mathematics, and for credit. Prerequisite(s) or corequisite(s): A Mat numerical analysis. Intended for transfer students 113 or 119. A Mat 100 Precalculus Mathematics having no background in Maple. Does not yield A Mat 301 (= A Eco 351) Theory of (3) credit toward a major in mathematics. Interest (3) This course provides a background in those topics Prerequisite(s): A Mat 101 or a semester of calculus. that are needed for success in calculus. Topics The basic measures of interest, annuities, sinking include graphing techniques, systems of equations, A Mat 111 Algebra and Calculus II (4) funds, amortization schedules, bonds, and functions, logarithms, and trigonometry. May not be The second semester of an integrated approach to installment loans. Recommended as partial taken for credit by students with credit in any precalculus and calculus; serves as a prerequisite to preparation for Actuarial Society’s Course 2 and calculus course. Student with credit for the former A Mat 113. Applications of differentiation, the Course 3 exams. A Mat 103 (College Algebra) may not take A Mat definite integral, antiderivatives, logarithms, A Mat 308 Topics in Statistical trigonometry, exponential functions. Only one of 100 for credit). Prerequisite(s): three years of high Inference (3) school mathematics or permission of department. A Mat 111, 112 & 118 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 101. [MS] Various statistical techniques such as chi-square May not be offered in 2003-2004. tests, multiple regression and correlation; A Mat 101 Algebra and Calculus I (3) A Mat 112 Calculus I (4) nonparametric statistics, and the analysis of variance An integrated approach to precalculus and calculus. Calculus of one variable. Limits, continuity, as applied to physical, biological, and social Elements of algebra and analytic geometry necessary differentiation of algebraic functions, applications of sciences. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 108. Offered spring to study calculus of one variable. Functions, limits, differentiation, antiderivatives, the definite integral, semester only. transcendental functions. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 100 continuity, differentiation of algebraic functions, A Mat 311 Ordinary Differential applications of differentiation. May not be taken for or satisfactory performance on the mathematics credit by students with credit for A Mat 100, 106, placement exam. [MS] Equations (3) Linear differential equations, systems of differential 112 or 118. Prerequisite(s): three years of high A Mat 113 Calculus II (4) school mathematics or permission of the department. equations, series solutions, boundary value [MS] Techniques of integration, applications of the problems, existence theorems, applications to the definite integral, conics, polar coordinates, improper sciences. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214. A Mat 102N Mathematics by integrals, infinite series. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 111 Visualization (3) or 112. A Mat 312 Basic Analysis (3) Theoretical aspects of calculus including This is a nontraditional course introducing A Mat 118 Honors Calculus I (4) construction of the real numbers, differentiation and contemporary mathematics primarily by Honors version of first semester calculus. Same integration of functions in one variable, continuity, visualization rather than algebra. This will enable the topics as A Mat 112, but topics are covered in convergence, sequences and series of functions. student to learn to see the way mathematicians see. greater depth. This course is for students with A Mat 312Z is the writing intensive version of Thus the student will be able to experience creative more than average ability and more than average A Mat 312; only one may be taken for credit. visualization in mathematics. The content of the interest in mathematics. Presidential Scholars Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214. course will include fractals; chaos; 4-dimensional with a strong interest in mathematics or the geometry; Platonic solids; color maps; Escher physical sciences should consider taking A Mat A Mat 312Z Basic Analysis (3) tesselations. and impossible figures. A Mat 102F is 118 instead of A Mat 112. A Mat 118 substitutes A Mat 312Z is the writing intensive version of the writing intensive version of A Mat 102N; only for A Mat 112 toward the prerequisite in any A Mat 312; only one may be taken for credit. one of these may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): course. Only one of A Mat 112 & 118 may be Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214. [WI] three years of high school mathematics or taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): three years of permission of instructor. secondary school mathematics and permission of A Mat 313 Introduction to Numerical A Mat 102F Mathematics by the instructor. Offered fall semester only. [MS] Methods (3) Introduction to the theory and techniques in the Visualization (3) A Mat 119 Honors Calculus II (4) numerical solution of mathematical problems. The course is writing intensive and each student will Honors version of second semester calculus. Topics include solutions of linear and nonlinear keep a journal (notebook). A Mat 102F is the writing Same topics as A Mat 113, but topics are equations, interpolation, numerical integration, and intensive version of A Mat 102N; only one of these covered in greater depth. This course is for numerical solution of differential equations. Only may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): three years students with more than average ability and one of A Mat 313 or A Mat 401 may be taken for of high school mathematics or permission of more than average interest in mathematics. credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 220. instructor. [WI] Presidential Scholars with a strong interest in mathematics or the physical sciences should A Mat 314 Analysis for Applications I A Mat 105 Finite Mathematics (3) consider taking A Mat 119 instead of A Mat (3) An introduction to topics of interest to students of 113. A Mat 119 substitutes for A Mat 113 Introduction to topics in mathematical analysis the social sciences; sets and logic, partitions and toward the prerequisite in any course. Only one which traditionally have been applied to the physical counting, probability, vectors and matrices, theory of of A Mat 113 & 119 may be taken for credit. sciences, including vector analysis, Fourier series, games. Prerequisite(s): three years of high school Prerequisite(s): A Mat 118, a grade of A in ordinary differential equations, and the calculus of mathematics. [MS] A Mat 112, or permission of the instructor. variations. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214 and 220. A Mat 106 Survey of Calculus (3) Offered spring semester only. Offered fall semester only. An intuitive approach to differentiation and A Mat 180 Calculus Seminar (1) A Mat 315 Analysis for Applications integration of algebraic and transcendental functions, Topics in mathematics that involve calculus and II (3) intended only for students who plan to take no more either elaborate concepts from calculus or apply calculus. Does not yield credit toward the major or calculus to problems in other areas or disciplines. Continuation of A Mat 314. Series solutions of minor in mathematics. May not be taken for credit The seminar is intended for freshmen who have just differential equations, partial differential equations, by students with credit for A Mat 111, 112 or 118. completed one semester of calculus and wish to complex variables, and integral transforms. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 100 or satisfactory enrich their understanding of calculus. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 314. Offered spring semester 205 University at Albany only. and unbiased estimators. Confidence intervals and A Mat 412 Complex Variables for hypothesis tests, mainly for normal means and Applications (3) A Mat 326 Classical Algebra (3) variances, based on one and two samples. F Elementary number theory. Elementary theory of distribution. Behrens-Fisher problem. May not be The elementary functions, differentiation, conformal equations over rational, real, and complex fields. taken for credit by students with credit for Mat 362 transformations, power series, integral theorems, A Mat 326Z is the writing intensive version of or Mat 362Z. Mat 368Z is the writing intensive Taylor’s theorems, Taylor’s and Laurent’s A Mat 326; only one may be taken for credit. version of Mat 368; only one of Mat 368 and Mat expansions, applications of residues. A Mat 412Z is Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119. the writing intensive version of A Mat 412; only one 368Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214. A Mat 326Z Classical Algebra (3) 214 or A Mat 367 or A Mat 367Z. Offered fall semester only. A Mat 326Z is the writing intensive version of A Mat 368Z Statistics and A Mat 412Z Complex Variables for A Mat 326; only one may be taken for credit. Continuous Probability (3) Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119. [WI] Applications (3) Writing intensive version of A Mat 368; only one A Mat 412Z is the writing intensive version of A Mat 327 Elementary Abstract may be taken for credit. Mat 368Z may not be taken A Mat 412; only one may be taken for credit. Algebra (3) for credit by students with credit for Mat 362 or Mat Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214. Usually offered fall Basic concepts of groups, rings, integral domains, 362Z. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214 or A Mat 367 or semester. [WI] fields. A Mat 327Z is the writing intensive version A Mat 367Z. [WI] of A Mat 327; only one may be taken for credit. A Mat 369 Statistics and Data A Mat 413/413Z and 414 Advanced Prerequisite(s): A Mat 220, and either 326 or 326Z. Analysis (3) Calculus (3, 3) A rigorous presentation of the traditional topics in A Mat 327Z Elementary Abstract Continuation of Mat 368. Chi-squared tests for the calculus of several variables and their Algebra (3) goodness-of-fit and for independence. Introduction applications. Topics include the implicit function A Mat 327Z is the writing intensive version of to regression (cf. A Mat 465). Analysis of variance. theorem, Taylor’s theorem, Lagrange multipliers, A Mat 327; only one may be taken for credit. Distribution free methods. Robustness, Stieltjes integral, Stokes’ theorem, infinite series, Prerequisite(s): A Mat 220, and either 326 or 326Z. transformations of data. Students will use a Fourier series, special functions, Laplace transforms. [WI] statistical computer package (usually Minitab), no A Mat 413Z is the writing intensive version of prior knowledge of which is assumed. The course A Mat 413, only one may be taken for credit. A Mat 331 Transformation Geometry will normally be taught in a computer classroom. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 312 or 312Z; A Mat 413 or (3) Normally offered spring semester only. 413Z is a prerequisite for 414. [WI] Classical theorems of Menelaus, Ceva, Desargues, Prerequisite(s): A Mat 368 or A Mat 368Z and and Pappus. Isometries, similarities, and affine A Mat 214. A Mat 416 Partial Differential transformations for Euclidean geometry. A Mat A Mat 372 Linear Programming and Equations (3) 331Z is the writing intensive version of A Mat 331; Game Theory (3) The partial differential equations of classical only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): mathematical physics. Separation of variables, A Mat 220. Offered spring semester only. Operation and theory of the simplex algorithm for eigenvalue problems, Fourier series and other solving linear programming problems, duality orthogonal expansions. First order equations, A Mat 331Z Transformation theory, and matrix games. A Mat 372Z is the writing Green’s functions, Sturm-Liouville theory, and other Geometry (3) intensive version of A Mat 372; only one may be topics as time permits. Prerequisite(s): a course in A Mat 331Z is the writing intensive version of taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 109 or 220. Ordinary Differential Equations. Offered fall A Mat 331; only one may be taken for credit. Usually offered spring semester. semester only. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 220. Usually offered spring A Mat 372Z Linear Programming and semester. [WI] A Mat 420 Abstract Algebra (3) Game Theory (3) Topics in group theory, especially finite group A Mat 342 Elementary Topology (3) A Mat 372Z is the writing intensive version of theory, algebraic field extensions, and Galois theory. Networks, map coloring problems, surfaces, A Mat 372; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 327 or 327Z. topological equivalence, the Euler number, the Prerequisite(s): A Mat 109 or 220. Usually offered polygonal Jordan curve theorem, homotopy, the spring semester. [WI] A Mat 424 Advanced Linear Algebra index of a transformation, and the Brouwer Fixed A Mat 374 Operations Research (3) (3) Point Theorem. A Mat 342Z is the writing intensive Operations research techniques and applications, Duality, quadratic forms, inner product spaces, and version of A Mat 342; only one may be taken for linear programming, queuing theory, including birth similarity theory of linear transformations. credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214 and 220. Offered and death processes, decision theory, network Prerequisite(s): A Mat 220. Offered fall semester fall semester only. analysis, simulation. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 367 or only. A Mat 342Z Elementary Topology (3) 367Z or permission of instructor. Offered spring A Mat 425 Number Theory (3) A Mat 342Z is the writing intensive version of semester only. Divisibility, congruencies, quadratic reciprocity, A Mat 342; only one may be taken for credit. A Mat 401 Numerical Analysis (3) Diophantine equations, sums of squares, cubes, Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214 and 220. Usually offered continued fractions, algebraic integers. fall semester. [WI] Error analysis, numerical solution of nonlinear Prerequisite(s): A Mat 326 or 326Z. Offered spring equations, interpolation and polynomial semester only. A Mat 367 Discrete Probability (3) approximation, numerical differentiation and Introduction to combinatorial methods and discrete integration, direct methods for solving linear A Mat 432 Foundations of Geometry probability models. Binomial, Poisson, systems. Not more than one of A Mat 313 or A Mat (3) hypergeometric, negative binomial distributions. 401 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat Axiomatic development of absolute geometry, Selected classical problems; e.g., gamblers’ ruin. 220. Offered fall semester only. theory of parallels, introduction to non-Euclidean Expected value and variance. Conditional A Mat 403A Life Contingencies (3) geometry, isometries of the Bolyai-Lobachevsky probability. Weak law of large numbers and the Treatment of the contingencies of a single life plane. A Mat 432Z is the writing intensive version of central limit theorem. Optional topics; joint including: mortality functions, life annuities, life A Mat 432; only one may be taken for credit. probability mass functions, correlations, Markov insurance functions, annual premiums, net level Prerequisite(s): A Mat 220. Offered fall semester chains. Mat 367Z is the writing intensive version of only. Mat 367; only one may be taken for credit. premium reserves, the expense factor, and more Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119 plus 6 credits at complex benefits. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 301, 367. A Mat 432Z Foundations of the 200 level or above in either mathematics or A Mat 403B Life Contingencies (3) Geometry (3) computer science. Expansion of Mat 403A with emphasis on two or A Mat 432Z is the writing intensive version of A Mat 367Z Discrete Probability (3) more lives in combination and on multiple causes of A Mat 432; only one may be taken for credit. decrement. Topics include population theory, multi- Prerequisite(s): A Mat 220. Normally only the Writing intensive version of A Mat 367; only one of life statuses, multi-life functions, reversionary writing intensive version of this course is offered. the two courses may be taken for credit. annuities, multiple-decrement functions, primary and [WI] Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119 plus 6 credits at secondary decrements, and applications of multiple- the 200 level or above in either mathematics or decrement functions. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 403A. A Mat 441 Introduction to computer science. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 113 or 119 Differential Geometry (3) plus 6 credits at the 200 level or above in either A Mat 409 Vector Analysis (3) Differential geometry of curves and surfaces in mathematics or computer science. [WI] Classical vector analysis presented heuristically and Euclidean space, frames, isometries, geodesics, A Mat 368 Statistics and in physical terms. Topics include the integral curvature, and the Gauss-Bonnet theorem. theorems of Gauss, Green, and Stokes. Continuous Probability (3) Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214 and 220. Offered fall Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214. Offered spring semester semester only. Continuous random variables, including the normal, only. exponential, t, and chi-square. Maximum likelihood 206 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Mat 442 Introduction to permission of instructor. Algebraic Topology (3) A Mat 497 Independent Study in Two-dimensional manifolds, the fundamental group Mathematics (1–3) and Van Kampen’s theorem, covering spaces, Individual, independent study of selected topics not graphs, and applications to group theory. covered in a regularly scheduled course. Open only Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214 and 220. to majors in mathematics. May be repeated for A Mat 452 History of Mathematics credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class (3) standing, and permission of instructor with whom History of the development of mathematics, student wishes to study. emphasizing the contributions of outstanding A Mat 499Z Undergraduate Thesis persons and civilizations. A Mat 452Z is the writing (3) intensive version of A Mat 452; only one may be Individual, independent study leading to an taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214, 326 or undergraduate thesis under the direction of faculty 326Z, and either 331 or 331Z or 432 or 432Z. chosen by the student. The thesis may be used to Normally only the writing intensive version of this fulfill the thesis requirement in the honors program course is offered. with the approval of the department. A Mat 452Z History of Mathematics Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. [WI] (3) A Mat 452Z is the writing intensive version of A Mat 452; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214, 326 or 326Z, and either 331 or 331Z or 432 or 432Z. Offered fall semester only. [WI] A Mat 464 Applied Stochastic Processes (3) An overview of various stochastic processes found in practice with particular emphasis on Markov chains. Introduction to queuing theory. Particular attention given to estimation. Examples of applications. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 367 or 367Z or 467. Offered spring semester only. A Mat 465 Applied Statistics (3) A second or third course in statistics. Central theme is forecasting; i.e., simple and multiple regression and time series. Recommended as partial preparation for Course 3 and Course 4 actuarial exams. A Mat 465Z Applied Statistics (3) Writing intensive version of A Mat 465; only one of the two courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 220 and either A Mat 368 or A Mat 468. [WI] A Mat 467 Continuous Probability and Mathematical Statistics (3) One and two dimensional calculus applied to probability. Continuous random variables in one and two dimensions, including the normal, bivariate normal, exponential, gamma (including chi-square) and beta. Density functions of transformations of random variables. Moment generating functions, weak law of large numbers, central limit theorems, convergence of random variables. Maximum likelihood and unbiased estimators. Confidence intervals, mainly for normal means and variances. Recommended as partial preparation for Course 1 actuarial exam. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 367 or Mat 367Z, Mat 214 and Mat 220. Offered fall semester only. A Mat 468 Mathematical Statistics (3) Neyman-Pearson theory (hypothesis testing), type I and II errors, power functions, generalized likelihood ratio tests. Two-sample confidence intervals and hypothesis tests. Sampling distributions, including the t, chi-square and F, all rigorously defined. Sufficient statistics, Fisher information, minimum variance estimators. Introduction to regression. Prerequisite: A Mat 467. Offered spring semester only. A Mat 469 Actuarial Probability and Statistics (1) Drill in problem solving for Course 1 exam of The Society of Actuaries. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 467. Offered spring semester only. [S/U graded]. A Mat 481A and B Senior Seminar (3, 3) Study of topics in mathematics, chosen at the discretion of the instructor. Prerequisite(s): 207 University at Albany Ronald Berger, Ph.D. Department of History The purpose of the Medieval and Renaissance Studies program is to give students a broad, History Core Courses multidisciplinary training in the history and A His 336 (or 336Z) History of the Early culture of Europe from late antiquity to the Middle Ages early modern period. Both as a major and a minor, the program offers a wide range of A His 337 (or 337Z) The High Middle courses and a guide for anyone with a special Ages interest in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. A His 338 (or 338Z) The Italian It is especially recommended as a second major Renaissance 1300–1530 for anyone considering going on to graduate A His 339 (or 339Z) Renaissance and study in some aspect of medieval and Reformation in 16th-Century Europe Renaissance studies. A His 346 The History of England I A His 346Z The History of England I Degree Requirements for the A His 391 Topics in European History Faculty-Initiated Interdisciplinary (when appropriate) Major with a Concentration in Medieval and Renaissance Studies History Elective Courses General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 credits: 9 credits of the core history courses, 6 A His 235 or 235Z Early and Medieval credits in literature and philosophy, 6 credits in Christianity art and music, and 15 elective credits chosen A Jst 343 or 343Z Issues in Medieval from courses approved for the program. If a Jewish History student applies the credits from one or more of A Spn 313 Medieval Spain: Christians, the approved courses of the program to the Arabs, Jews requirements of a minor (e.g., the 6 credits in literature,) he/she is absolved from fulfilling that particular requirement in the program and may substitute an equal number of credits from Literature and Philosophy any of the elective courses to reach the required minimum of 36 credits. Courses Majors are required to demonstrate at A Eng 291 The English Literary least an elementary reading ability in Tradition I Latin either by satisfactory completion of A Eng 341 Chaucer the first year course in this language at the A Eng 344 Early Works of Shakespeare college level or by the completion of two A Eng 345 Later Works of Shakespeare years of instruction in this language in A Eng 348 Milton high school or by a test administered at A Eng 421 Literature of the Middle Ages the convenience of the program director. A Eng 422 Literature of the Earlier - In addition, it is strongly recommended that majors acquire at least an elementary Renaissance reading ability in one modern Western A Eng 425 Literature of the Restoration language other than English. and the 18th Century Enlightenment A Fre 361 French Literature: Middle Courses that conform to the intent and Ages to the 17th Century content of the program but are not listed below may be counted towards fulfilling A Fre 362 French Literature: 18th to 20th the requirements upon approval of the Centuries program director. A Ita 421 Dante A Ita 441 The Italian Renaissance A Jst 430 Maimonides and Spinoza A Phi 311 History of Medieval Philosophy A Phi 312 Seventeenth- and Eighteenth- Century Philosophy A Spn 311 Hispanic Literature through the Golden Age MEDIEVAL AND A Spn 482 Cervantes RENAISSANCE STUDIES PROGRAM

Director 208 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Art and Music Courses A Arh 331 Early Medieval & Romanesque Art A Arh 332 Gothic Art A Arh 341 Renaissance Art of the 15th Century A Arh 342 & 342Z Renaissance Art of the 16th Century A Mus 205 History of Music I A Mus 230L Music History I A Mus 287 University Chamber Singers (when appropriate)

209 University at Albany

2. Concentration: Degree Requirements for the DEPARTMENT OF Composition, History or Theory: 12 credits in Major in Music the concentration from 300- and 400-level MUSIC All majors take the following core courses courses intended for music majors and minors as advised and approved by the department (24 credits): 16 credits in the theory Faculty chair. (Students with concentrations in sequence (A Mus 140, 141, 142, 143, 240, composition are required to take A Mus 320 or Professor Emeritus 242); 6 credits in music history (A Mus 230L Joel A. Chadabe, M.M. A Mus 321 and A Mus 325 as part of their & 231L) and 2 credits (2 semesters) in concentration.) Yale University ensemble (A Mus 185, 186, 187, 287, or 289 Professor [as appropriate]). All students registered Conducting: 15 credits in one of the following David M. Janower, D.M. for A Mus 140 and 141 must: 1) be able to specializations: Indiana University read music and 2) satisfactorily pass a Choral Conducting: 6 credits of A Mus 270V; James R. Morris, D.M.A. departmental aptitude examination which will A Mus 360, 361, and 461. University of Southern California Instrumental Conducting: 6 credits of A Mus be administered during the first scheduled 270 (as appropriate); A Mus 360, 362, and 462. Associate Professor Emeritus class in the fall semester. In addition a Irvin E. Gilman, M.M. noncredit competency exam in piano is given Manhattan School of Music Music Technology: 12 credits to include A Mus at that time. Those deficient in this area will 193, 295, 325, and 327. Associate Professors be required to enroll in an appropriate level R. Findlay Cockrell, M.S. (Collins Fellow) of A Mus 165/A Mus 166 (Functional Piano). Performance: 12 credits (4 semesters) from Juilliard School of Music A grade of C- or higher in A Mus 166 will be A Mus 178, 278, 378, 478, 479. K. Drew Hartzell, Jr., Ph.D. needed to satisfy this requirement. Credit for University of Rochester 3. Electives: 12 credits at the 300-level or A Mus 165 and/or A Mus 166 will not apply above in courses intended for music majors Reed J. Hoyt, Ph.D. toward major or minor requirements. University of Pennsylvania and minors (except A Mus 378, 478, and 479) Max Lifchitz, M.M. Each major program also contains electives, to include at least 3 credits from A Mus 432Z, Harvard University allowing students to emphasize individual 433Z, or 435Z and at least 6 credits from Kirk E. Smith, M.A. interests. A balance of study in historical and A Mus 320, (neither A Mus 320 nor 321 will University of Denver technical areas is encouraged. count as electives in the Composition Program), 350, 352, or 360. Assistant Professors General Program Robert J. Gluck, M.F.A. B.A.: 36 credits: 4. Ensemble/Performance: Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Adjuncts (estimated): 12 1. Core: 24 credits to include: A Mus 140, Composition, Music Technology, History or 141, 142, 143, 240, 242; 6 credits in music Theory: 6 credits (6 semesters) in ensemble history (A Mus 230L & 231L) and 2 credits (2 The major undergraduate programs offered by (A Mus 185, 186, 187, or 287) or performance semesters) in ensemble (A Mus 185, 186, 187, (except A Mus 165 and 166) in addition to the the Music Department provide students with 287, or 289 [as appropriate]). the fundamental knowledge and technical core requirements. Those in the Music capabilities necessary for the pursuit of 2. Electives: 12 credits at the 300-level or Technology Program may substitute 2 credits graduate studies or professional activities. above in courses intended for music majors (2 semesters) of A Mus 289 for 2 credits (2 These programs, as well as the minor and the and minors (except A Mus 378, 478, and 479) semesters) or A Mus 185, 186, 187, or 287. many possibilities for a double major, are also to include at least 3 credits from A Mus 432Z, components of a liberal arts education and in 433Z, or 435Z and at least 3 credits from Conducting: 3 credits (3 semesters) in that context provide preparation for a variety A Mus 320, 350, 352, or 360. ensemble appropriate to the concentration or of careers. A Mus 170Q or 270Q as advised. Course offerings include a variety of Departmental Programs in Performance: 6 credits (6 semesters) for introductory and advanced lectures and lab Composition, Music Technology, instrumentalists and vocalists from A Mus courses in composition, history and literature, History, Theory, Conducting, 180, 182, 184, 185, 186, 187, or 287 (as theory, and performance. Seminars, Performance appropriate to their specialization); 2 credits (2 independent study, and internships are also semesters) for pianists/guitarists from A Mus available for majors. Students intending to Admission to these programs requires 180, 182, 184, 185, 186, 187, or 287; and 4 pursue graduate study in musicology or theory permission of the appropriate departmental credits as advised. are urged to enroll in foreign language study. committee. 5. Additional Requirements: Opportunities for participation in various Departmental Program, performance ensembles are provided for B.A.: 54 credits minimum: Composition,: Compositions performed in an majors and nonmajors. Individualized 1. Core: 24 credits to include: A Mus 140, approved graduation recital or the equivalent. performance instruction for students not in the 141, 142, 143, 240, 242; 6 credits in music Performance: Admission to the program by Departmental Programs may be available by history (A Mus 230L & 231L) and; 2 credits (2 audition. Performance examinations held at the consent of the instructor and the department semesters) in ensemble (A Mus 185, 186, 187, end of each semester but the first, or unless the chair. The department sponsors concerts by its 287, or 289 [as appropriate]). student is presenting a graduation recital that ensembles, faculty, students, and guest artists semester. Participation in an approved each semester. graduation recital. The facilities include housing for musical Music Technology, History, Theory, instruments, practice rooms, a department Conducting: An approved senior research library and listening room, an electronic music project. studio and three concert halls.

210 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 Courses for Nonmajors A Mus 213L Survey of Symphonic Courses for Majors Music (3) A Mus 100L Introduction to Music Study of symphonic literature. The growth of and Minors (3) the orchestra, symphonic forms and major Understanding the art of music through directed symphonies. Prerequisite(s): one 100- or 200- Composition & Music listening emphasizing the many uses of musical level music lecture course or equivalent material. Uses numerous illustrations accenting the experience. [AR] Technology criteria that determine quality. [AR] A Mus 214L American Music (3) A Mus 227 (formerly A Mus 254) A Mus 102L The Golden Age of American music from 1620 to the present. Computer Applications in Music I Piano Music (3) Prerequisite(s): one 100- or 200-level music (3) An introduction to the art of music through the lecture course or equivalent experience. Only The course will provide students with study of piano compositions from the Romantic one of A Mus 214L and 334L may be taken for practical experience employing computers in Era. Emphasis will be placed on directed listening credit. [AR] basic musical applications such as notation, to live and recorded performances of major works A Mus 216L (= A Lcs 216L) Music sound design and audio editing. Students will by Chopin, Liszt, Schubert, Fanny and Felix and Society in Latin America: Past be expected to become familiar with the MIDI Mendelssohn, Clara and Robert Schumann, studio and with four software packages: Gottschalk, Coleridge-Taylor and many others. and Finale, Nightingale, Overture, Digital [AR] Present (3) Performer and Sound Tools. Enrollment will A Mus 110 Basic Music Theory (3) This course will deal with two basic issues: the be limited to twelve students per term in Consideration of the rhythmic, melodic and evolution of musical thought throughout Latin order to give students ample opportunity to harmonic elements of music through writing, America from pre-Hispanic times to the present, work in the music technology lab. Only one dictation and analysis of rhythm, modes, and the relationship between musical of A Mus 227, A Mus 327 and the former intervals, keys, scales, triads in progression manifestations and the prevailing social order in A Mus 254 may be taken for credit. and form. Analysis of a variety of musical which those activities took place. A Mus 216E Prerequisite(s): Permission of Instructor. & A Lcs 216E are the writing intensive versions styles. Previous musical experience helpful of A Mus 216L & A Lcs 216L; only one of the A Mus 320 Introduction to but not necessary. Students with credit for four courses may be taken for credit. [AR; DP if Composition (3) A Mus 140 will not, subsequently, receive taken before Fall 2004; HU] Techniques of musical composition, notational additional credit for A Mus 110. A Mus 110 problems, and examination of students’ creative and A Mus 140 may not be taken A Mus 216E (= A Lcs 216E) Music work. Only one of A Mus 320 or 321 may be concurrently. Limited to nonmajors. and Society in Latin America: Past taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 142. [AR A Mus 115L Jazz: America’s Music and OD] (3) Present (4) A Mus 321 (formerly A Mus 324) An overview of the history of Jazz, its origins A Mus 216E & A Lcs 216E are the writing Composition I (3) and evolution. Emphasis will be placed on the intensive versions of A Mus 216L & A Lcs music of well-known Jazz performers and 216L; only one of the four courses may be taken Individual instruction in the fundamentals of composers. Numerous illustration, listening for credit. [WI] music composition. Limited to departmental examples and other appropriate materials will be majors in composition. Only one of A Mus 320 included as part of the course material. The A Mus 217L (= A Wss 217L) or 321 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): student will enhance his or her understanding of Women and Music (3) A Mus 142 and permission of instructor. the truly American art form. [AR] An examination of the contributions of women A Mus 322 Advanced Composition in music through a historical survey of Western (3) A Mus 208L Introduction to Opera art music and a brief survey of popular and non- (3) Western musics. Works by women composers as A continuation of studies initiated in A Mus 320 Defining the medium, its premises and well as other phases of women’s activities as or 321. Credit does not apply toward problems, its gradual formation through history, musicians will be studied. Live performances departmental programs in composition or music and its function as a dramatic art form. Only one and interviews will be arranged when possible. technology. May be repeated for a total of 12 of A Mus 208L and 338L may be taken for credits. Only one of A Mus 322 or 420 may be credit. [AR] A Mus 218 (formerly A Mus 318) taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 320 or Special Topics in Music (1–4) 321 and permission of instructor. A Mus 209 (= A Aas 209) Black Group studies that provide the opportunity to A Mus 325 Introduction to American Music (3) explore significant subject areas of interest to Electronic Music (3) An introduction to Black American Music. Study faculty and students. Consult fall and spring Integrated approach to the techniques, theories will include music from West Africa as well as schedule of classes for specific topics. May be and aesthetics of electronic music, including musical/social influences throughout American repeated for credit when topic differs. basic electronics and acoustics, with emphasis History. Musical styles will include spirituals, Prerequisite changes with topic and is on instructing the student to use a synthesizer. gospel, blues, jazz and classical announced. Prerequisite(s): one 100- or 200-level music A Mus 211L The Concerto (3) course or permission of instructor. [AR] Study of the concerto grosso and solo concerto A Mus 326 (formerly A Mus 427) from the 17th century onward, and the resulting classical forms and variations. Prerequisite(s): Creative Work in Electronic Music one 100- or 200-level music lecture course or (3) equivalent experience. [AR] Analog and digital techniques and concepts in electronic music and related fields, with emphasis on evaluation and discussion of creative work produced by students in the electronic music studios. May be repeated for a total of 12 credits; only one of A Mus 326 or 425 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 325 and permission of instructor.

211 University at Albany A Mus 327 Computer Applications A Mus 432Z Music of the Baroque A Mus 242 Theory IV (3) in Music I (formerly A Mus 254) (3) Continued advanced study of harmonic, melodic and The course will provide students with practical Period (3) formal structures with an emphasis on 20th-century experience employing computers in basic Study of the music of the period, practices. Sight-singing, dictation and keyboard drill musical applications such as notation, sound approximately 1600–1750, from the coordinated with course content. Prerequisite(s): design and audio editing. Students will be invention of opera through the works of J. S. A Mus 240. Offered spring semester only. expected to become familiar with the MIDI Bach and Handel. Prerequisite(s): A Mus A Mus 350 Orchestration I (3) studio and with four software packages: Finale, 230L. [WI] Nightingale, Overture, Digital Performer and Basic instrumental techniques, principles of A Mus 433Z Music of the Classical orchestration and scoring for various instrumental Sound Tools. Enrollment will be limited to ensembles. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 142. twelve students per term in order to give and Romantic Periods (3) students ample opportunity to work in the music Intensive study of the music and the composers A Mus 352 Tonal Counterpoint (3) technology lab. Only one of A Mus 227, A Mus of these periods, emphasizing the various forms The art of combining musical lines in a tonal 327 and the former A Mus 254 may be taken for of genres. The music from J. S. Bach’s sons and idiom. Analysis of models from the literature of credit. Prerequisite(s):A Mus 140 and Gluck to the symphonic works of Brahms, the 18th and 19th centuries. Prerequisite(s): corerequisites 141 and 165, if necessary. Mahler, and Richard Strauss. May not be taken A Mus 142. A Mus 328 (formerly A Mus 354) for credit by students with credit for A Mus 434Z. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 230L and 231L. A Mus 455 Form and Analysis of Computer Applications in Music II [WI] Tonal Music (3) (3) Analysis of selected works of instrumental and This course will provide students with an A Mus 435Z Music of the 20th vocal literature and their compositional opportunity for advanced work with several Century (3) techniques, with emphasis on the important computer applications currently in use for sound Identifying and examining the major musical formal types. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 240. [OD] design, algorithmic problem solving, and audio genres of the century, the literature of the editing. These applications include Metasynth, principal media and the masterworks, as well as Cloud Generator, Sound Hack and Max. the influence of electronic instruments and sound, Performance Classes Prerequisite(s): A Mus 227 or 327 (or former and non-Western music. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 254) and/or permission of instructor. 230L and 231L. [WI] A Mus 360 Conducting I (3) Introduction to the elements of conducting, A Mus 420 (formerly A Mus 424) A Mus 436 Music Since 1950 (3) including score-reading, baton technique and aural Composition II (3) The literature, aesthetics and techniques of perception. Emphasizes choral and orchestral Individualized instruction in musical contemporary music for instruments, voices and literature of the 18th and 19th centuries. composition to develop technical skills in electronic media. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 230L Concurrent participation in a university ensemble creative expression. Limited to department and 231L. is required. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 142 or majors in composition. May be repeated for a permission of instructor. total of 12 credits; only one of A Mus 322 or A Mus 361 Conducting II (Choral) 420 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Music Theory A Mus 320 or 321. (3) A Mus 140 Theory I (3) Individual instruction in conducting. Further A Mus 425 Seminar in Electronic An examination of fundamental materials basic study of baton technique, rehearsal techniques, Music (3) to tonal music including chord structures ensemble vocal techniques, and score study, A continuation of studies initiated in A Mus harmonic function, nonharmonic tones and covering literature of a broad spectrum but 325, with focus on advanced techniques and simple part-writing. Concepts are coordinated emphasizing the literature performed by applications of current software and hardware. with the content of A Mus 141. A Mus 140 and department ensembles. Concurrent enrollment in Limited to departmental majors in composition A Mus 110 may not be taken concurrently. an appropriate ensemble is required. Conducting and music technology. Only one of A Mus 326 Corequisite(s): A Mus 141 and, if necessary, and/or assisting with an ensemble may be part of or A Mus 425 may be taken for credit. May be 165 or 166. Prerequisite(s): ability to read music a student’s work. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 360; repeated for a total of 12 credits. and a satisfactory score on the departmental A Mus 242 or concurrent enrollment therein; aptitude exam given during the first scheduled A Mus 270 or concurrent enrollment therein; and class meeting. Offered fall semester only. permission of instructor. Music History and Literature A Mus 141 Sight-Singing and A Mus 362 Conducting II A Mus 230L Music History I (3) Dictation I (2) (Instrumental) (3) Intensive study of the music of Western Development of musicianship through Individual instruction in conducting. Further study civilization from antiquity to the mid-18th intensive drill in aural perception and music of baton techniques, rehearsal techniques, century. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 143. Offered reading. Corequisite(s): A Mus 140 and 165 or ensemble instrumental techniques, and score study, fall semester only. [AR EU] 166, if necessary. Prerequisite(s): ability to read covering literature of a broad spectrum but music and a satisfactory score on the emphasizing the literature performed by A Mus 231L Music History II (3) departmental aptitude exam given during the first departmental ensembles. Concurrent enrollment in Intensive study of the music of Western scheduled class meeting. Offered fall semester an appropriate ensemble is required. Conducting civilization from the mid-18th century to the only. and/or assisting with an ensemble may be part of present. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 230L. Offered the student’s work. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 360; spring semester only. [AR EU] A Mus 142 Theory II (3) Study of nonharmonic tones, continued study of A Mus 242 or concurrent enrollment therein; A Mus 334L Survey of American A Mus 270 or concurrent enrollment therein; and harmonic structures through secondary chords, permission of instructor. Music (3) mode mixture chords, and modulation, as well as A historical survey of American music, from its elementary form. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 140 and A Mus 373 String Instruments I (3) roots in the early 17th century to contemporary 141. Corerequisites: A Mus 143 and 166, if Performance on the string instruments. Course times. Only one of A Mus 214L and 334L may necessary. includes the basic techniques and the be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 142. A Mus 143 Sight-Singing and fundamental problems involved in playing and [AR] teaching the violin, viola, cello and contrabass. Dictation II (2) Open to all students who can read music. A Mus 338L Survey of Opera (3) Continued drill in aural perception and music Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. An introduction to the forms and conventions of reading. Corequisite: A Mus 142 and A Mus musical dramas. Selected works from its 166. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 140 and 141. Florentine beginning through the 20th century. Offered spring semester only. Video presentations and live performances will be arranged when possible. Only one of A Mus A Mus 240 Theory III (3) 208L and 338L may be taken for credit. Advanced study of chromatic harmony, elementary Prerequisite(s): A Mus 142 and music major. counterpoint and larger forms. Sight-singing, [AR] dictation and keyboard drill coordinated with course content. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 142 and 143 with a grade of C- or higher. Offered fall semester only.

212 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Mus 461 Conducting III (Choral) guitar, organ, voice, flute, oboe, clarinet, Performing Ensembles (3) bassoon, French horn, trumpet, trombone, tuba, percussion, harp, viola, violin, Open to all students by audition except where Advanced individual instruction in choral conducting. violoncello and string bass. Further study of the areas defined in A Mus 361. noted otherwise. May be repeated for credit. Concurrent enrollment in an appropriate ensemble is required. Students at this level will be expected to A Mus 180 Chamber Ensembles (1) function as assistant conductors of an ensemble. [AR] Normally, students will give a conducting recital at the end of their senior year, or participate as conductor in recitals several times over the year. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 182 University Percussion A Mus 361 at B- or better; concurrent enrollment in Ensemble (1) [AR] an appropriate ensemble; and permission of instructor A Mus 462 Conducting III A Mus 183 Pep Band (1) (Instrumental) (3) S/U graded. Advanced individual instruction in instrumental A Mus 184 University Jazz conducting. Further study of the areas defined in Ensemble (1) [AR] A Mus 362. Concurrent enrollment in an appropriate ensemble is required. Students at this level will be expected to function as assistant conductors of an A Mus 185 University-Community ensemble. Normally, students will give a conducting Symphony Orchestra (1) [AR] recital at the end of their senior year, or participate as conductor in recitals several times over the year. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 362 at B- or better; concurrent A Mus 186 University-Community enrollment in an appropriate ensemble; and Symphonic Band (1) [AR] permission of instructor. A Mus 187 University-Community Performance Study Chorale (1) [AR] No audition required. The study of keyboard, voice or orchestral instruments. Functional Piano is limited to A Mus 287 University Chamber students enrolled in the music theory core Singers (2) [AR] courses (majors or minors) who have not satisfied the piano competency requirement. A Mus 289 Electronic Music Ensemble (1) Secondary Performance Study is available for Prerequisite(s): A Mus 325 or permission majors or minors and students in performing of instructor. S/U graded. [AR] ensembles when funding or scheduling permits. Major Performance Study is limited to music Additional Course Areas majors accepted into the Departmental Program A Mus 193 (formerly A Mus 195) in Performance. Both Major and Secondary The Music Industry (3) Performance Study require concurrent An introduction to the music industry in America enrollment in an appropriate performing including its impact on society and its creative, legal, ensemble (keyboard & guitarists excepted) and and business components. Prerequisite(s): A Mus permission of the instructor and the department 140 and 141, or permission of instructor. chair. A Mus 295 Audio Recording Fundamentals (3) A Mus 165 Functional Piano I (1) An examination of the basic equipment used for Corequisite: A Mus 140. audio recording and the technical application of this equipment. Recording projects will provide “hands A Mus 166 Functional Piano II (1) on” experience. Limited class size. Prerequisite(s): Prerequisite(s): A Mus 165 or permission of A Mus 140 and 141, 193, and/or permission of the instructor. instructor. A Mus 170 Secondary Performance A Mus 298 Piano Technology (3) (1) The evolution, design, and servicing of upright May be repeated for credit. [AR] and grand pianos. Prerequisite(3): A Mus 110 or 140 and 141, or permission of instructor. A Mus 270 Secondary Performance (3) A Mus 315 (= A Thr 315) Arts May be repeated for credit. [AR] Management (3) An overview of the conceptual and practical A Mus 178 Major Performance management structures and systems in Study I (3) [AR] professional, not-for-profit arts and cultural organizations. The course focuses on areas of A Mus 278 Major Performance prime importance to the arts manager: Study II (3) organizational structure, planning, board/staff Prerequisite(s): A Mus 178. [AR] leadership, programming and budgeting. Term project required. Only one of A Mus 315 and A Mus 378 Major Performance A Thr 315 may be taken for credit. Study III (3) Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 278. A Mus 398 Special Topics in Music A Mus 478 Major Performance (1–4) Study IV (3) Studies in special interest areas. Topics are Prerequisite(s): A Mus 378. announced in the schedule of classes. May be repeated for credit with change in topic. A Mus 479 Major Performance Study Prerequisite(s): music major and permission of V (3) department chair. Prerequisite(s): A Mus 478. Performance study is available in the following subject areas: piano, harpsichord, 213 University at Albany A Mus 490 Internship in Music (3) Opportunities for qualified individual students for training in an internship capacity with respected professional organizations. Students write an internship report under the direction of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit to a maximum of 12 credits provided the internship offers different learning and training. Prerequisite(s): music major and permission of department chair. S/U graded. A Mus 497 Independent Study (1–4) Intensive study in areas of specific interest to the music major. This restricted offering represents a culmination of concentration in one of the designated programs and serves as a basis for further study at the graduate level. The project report is completed under the direction of a staff member. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite(s): music major and permission of department chair.

214 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Students are graduated “with honors in DEPARTMENT OF Careers philosophy” upon satisfactory completion of In pursuing philosophy, students develop their the curricular requirements with a grade point PHILOSOPHY ability to solve problems, communicate average of 3.50 in philosophy and a minimum effectively and organize ideas. Philosophy 3.25 overall. Faculty majors are successfully employed in many Distinguished Teaching Professor Emeritus different areas of the private sector and Combined B.A./M.A. Program Josiah B. Gould Jr., Ph.D. government service—as managers, The combined B.A./M.A. program in Johns Hopkins University administrators, journalists, etc.—wherever a philosophy provides an opportunity for Professors liberal education combining analytical skills students of recognized academic ability and Robert C. Howell, Ph.D. with breadth of perspective is valued. Holders educational maturity to fulfill integrated University of Michigan of the bachelor’s degree in philosophy obtain requirements of undergraduate and master’s John Kekes, Ph.D. jobs held by liberal arts graduates in degree programs from the beginning of the Australian National University newspapers, government, management, law, junior year. A carefully designed program can Robert G. Meyers, Ph.D. and computer-connected businesses. State University of New York at Buffalo permit a student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees within nine semesters. Bonnie Steinbock, Ph.D. Degree Requirements for the University of California, Berkeley The combined program requires a minimum of Professor Emeritae/i Major in Philosophy 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be Berel Lang, Ph.D. Students are required to complete a minimum graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., Columbia University of 36 credits in philosophy, no more than 6 of students must meet all University and college Thomas R. Martland, Ph.D. which may be at the 100 level. These required requirements, including the requirements of Columbia University credits must include: A Phi 110L, 210L, 212L, the undergraduate major described previously, William L. Reese, Ph.D. 310, 312; an additional upper division the minor requirement, the minimum 90-credit University of Chicago historical course from among A Phi 311, 314, liberal arts and sciences requirement, general Kenneth Stern, Ph.D. 315, 321, 329, 342, 344, 346, 442, 523, 524, education requirements, and residency Yale University 544, 546, 550, 552, 554, 556; a course requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., Naomi Zack, Ph.D. numbered A Phi 400 or above. (A student may students must meet all University and college Columbia University substitute A Phi 412 or A Phi 416 for A Phi requirements as outlined in the Graduate Associate Professors 110L.) Bulletin, including completion of a minimum Rachel Cohon, Ph.D. of 30 graduate credits, and any other University of California, Los Angeles Students are strongly urged to plan their conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, Jonathan Mandle, Ph.D. individual programs of study in consultation comprehensive examination, or other University of Pittsburgh with their advisers and in the light of their professional experience and residency Ronald A. McClamrock, Ph.D. interests and career goals. requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may Massachusetts Institute of Technology be applied simultaneously to both the B.A. and Anthony M. Ungar, Ph.D. Honors Program M.A. programs. Stanford University Associate Professors Emeritae/i The purpose of the honors program is to Students are considered as undergraduates Warder H. Cadbury, M.A. provide well-qualified students with close until completion of 120 graduation credits and Yale University contact with faculty and fuller training in satisfactory completion of all B.A. Robert M. Garvin, Ph.D. philosophical research and writing than are requirements. Upon meeting B.A. Columbia University normally possible. requirements, students are automatically considered as graduate students. William V. Grimes, Ph.D. Students may be admitted in the second semester University of North Carolina of their sophomore year or during their junior Students may apply for admission to the Harold Morick, Ph.D. year. To be admitted, students must have combined degree program in philosophy at the Columbia University completed 12 credits of course work from the beginning of their junior year or after the Assistant Professors Department of Philosophy. In addition, students successful completion of 56 credits, but no Bradley Armour-Garb, Ph.D. must have a cumulative grade point average of later than the accumulation of 100 credits. A CUNY 3.25 overall and 3.50 in philosophy. Students cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or Lee A. Franklin, Ph.D. must submit evidence of their written work, higher and three supportive letters of Ohio State University preferably a paper written for a philosophy recommendation from faculty are required for Teaching Assistants (estimated): 10 course. A departmental honors committee consideration. administers the program, admitting students The department offers diversified and flexible and evaluating their work. The department offers diversified and flexible programs leading to the B.A. and M.A. programs leading to the B.A. and M.A. Students are required to complete a minimum of degrees. A combined B.A./M.A. program is degrees. A combined B.A./M.A. program is 42 credits. They must fulfill all regular available to qualified students. Through available to qualified students. Through requirements for the major, and in addition, take lectures, seminars, tutorials, guided research, lectures, seminars, tutorials, guided research, at least two 500-level courses in philosophy (8 undergraduate and graduate colloquia, a undergraduate and graduate colloquia, a credits), and A Phi 498, Honors Thesis (4 student philosophy club, interdisciplinary and student philosophy club, interdisciplinary and credits). The honors thesis is a 20–30 page essay, special studies programs, and visiting special studies programs, and visiting written in the senior year, under the supervision philosophers, a challenging and balanced philosophers, a challenging and balanced of a faculty member in the department, and context for philosophical development is context for philosophical development is acceptable to the departmental honors provided for major and nonmajor alike. provided for major and nonmajor alike. committee.

215 University at Albany

Courses A Phi 212L Introduction to Ethical Theory (3) A Phi 110L Introduction to Introduction to the dimensions of ethical experience, Philosophical Problems (3) the factors in value judgments, and alternative Survey of representative problems in some of the theories and methods of reasoning about such major areas of philosophy; topics such as free will, notions as right and wrong, obligations, moral codes, morality, justice and social order, knowledge and moral conflicts and responsibility. [HU] truth, God and religion, art, and beauty..[HU] A Phi 214 (= A Rel 214) World A Phi 111L The Mind and the World Religions (3) (3) Survey of the major religions of the world, A critical examination of contemporary topics concentrating on those practices and beliefs that concerning the relation between the human mind and contribute to their value systems. Religions include natural world. The topics vary with semesters, but Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, Hinduism, typically include the state of knowledge about the Islam, Judaism and Taoism. Only one of A Phi 214 mind and its relationship to the brain, the possibility & A Rel 214 may be taken for credit. May not be of a science of the mind, skepticism about offered in 2003-2004. [DP if taken before Fall 2004; knowledge, free will and determinism, and the limits GC] of scientific knowledge. [HU] A Phi 216 Existentialist Values (3) A Phi 112L Critical Thinking (3) Philosophical study of existentialism as a cultural This is a course in informal logic. It centers on the movement of protest, criticism and vision, meaning of claims, and whether a claim, should be concentrating on its interpretation of the ethical accepted or rejected, or whether suspension of good. Readings such as Pascal, Kierkegaard, judgment is appropriate. This course is intended to Nietzsche, Dostoevsky, Unamuno, Kafka, de help students think clearly and effectively. [HU] Beauvoir and Tillich. May not be offered in 2003- 2004. A Phi 114L Morals and Society (3) Philosophical study of the conflict between A Phi 218L Understanding Science personal values and the needs of society. Topics (3) include personal and social values, the nature of Introduction to problems of scientific reasoning such moral reasoning, and ways to resolve conflicts as: the nature of scientific method, hypothetical- between values. Readings from philosophers such deductive testing of hypotheses, fallacies of testing, as Plato, Aristotle, Locke and Mill. [HU] and the relevance of science to society and religion. Examples drawn from the physical and social A Phi 115L Moral Choices (3) sciences. A Phi 112L or 210L recommended. May Critical examination of contemporary moral not be offered in 2003-2004. [HU] problems in the light of the most influential moral theories. The problems discussed vary A Phi 301 (= A Lin 301 & A Psy 301) with semesters, but they typically include such Introduction to Cognitive Science (3) topics as abortion, affirmative action, animals Cognitive science investigates the nature of the and the environment, capital punishment, human mind and cuts across several disciplines (e.g., euthanasia, free speech and censorship, liberty psychology, computer science, philosophy, and paternalism, sex and love, terrorism, and linguistics). This course examines the approaches world hunger. [HU] these disciplines use to promote our understanding A Phi 116L (= A Rel 116L) World of various mental phenomena (e.g., perceiving, reasoning, production and comprehension of Views (3) language, memory.) Only one of A Lin 301, A Phi Examination of some of the major systems of 301 & A Psy 301 may be taken for credit. May not assumptions and values humans have used in be offered in 2003-2004. attempting to understand reality, the meaning of life, and their dealings with others. World views studied A Phi 310 Ancient Philosophy (3) may vary from semester to semester. Examples are The philosophies of representative thinkers of the Greek, Judeo-Christian, Marxist and libertarian. West from the pre-Socratics to Plotinus. Only one of A Phi 116L & A Rel 116L may be taken Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level course in for credit. [HU] philosophy. A Phi 140 (formerly A Phi-240) A Phi 311 History of Medieval Introductory Topics in Philosophy (1– Philosophy (3) 4) The philosophies of representative thinkers of the West Introduction to philosophy through the study of a from Plotinus to Descartes. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or selected topic. May be repealed with different topics. 200-level course in philosophy. May not be offered in Consult class schedule for specific topic. May not be 2003-2004. offered in 2003-2004. A Phi 312 Seventeenth- and A Phi 199Z Writing in Philosophy (1) Eighteenth-Century Philosophy (3) A student enrolled in a 100- or 200-level The development of modern thought from its philosophy course may, with the consent of the medieval and Renaissance background, instructor of that course, fulfill a writing intensive concentrating on some of the principal version of it by registering concurrently for A Phi European philosophies from Descartes 199Z. The instructor will assign the student written through Kant. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200- work in addition to that required for the companion level course in philosophy. course and will meet with him or her over the course of the semester to discuss this work. (A student who A Phi 314 History of Nineteenth- subsequently withdraws from the companion course Century Philosophy (3) will also be dropped from A Phi 199Z.) The philosophies of some representative Corequisite(s): concurrent registration in a 100- or continental, British, and American thinkers from 200-level philosophy course. S/U graded. [WI] the Kantian period to the end of the century. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level course in A Phi 210L Introduction to Logic (3) philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Introduction to classical and modern logic with an emphasis on the theory and application of truth A Phi 315 Twentieth-Century functions. Introduction to quantification; Philosophy (3) discussion of the structure and properties of formal Contrasting philosophical movements in the 20th systems of logic. Students should be prepared to do century, emphasizing divergent tendencies in the daily homework assignments. [HU MS] United States, Britain and on the European 216 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 continent. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level course A Phi 320 Political and Social A Phi 336 Existentialist Philosophies in philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Philosophy (3) (3) The philosophical bases for social and political Existentialist thinking approached through the institutions and practices. Such issues as the writings of representative authors such as following: the nature of the state, justice and law, Heidegger, Sartre, Jaspers and Merleau-Ponty. rights and natural rights, equality, social utility and A Phi 336Z is the writing-intensive version of public interest. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level course in course in philosophy. May not be offered in 2003- philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 2004. A Phi 338 Moral Problems in A Phi 321 Seventeenth–Nineteenth- Medicine (3) Century Ethical Theory (3) An investigation of moral problems in medicine, such Historical and critical study of some ethical theories as the health professional–patient relationship, selected from the period beginning with Hobbes and medical paternalism, informed consent, social justice ending with Kant. Prerequisite(s): a 100 or 200-level and health policy, the treatment of severely defective course in philosophy. newborns, and the withholding of life-prolonging treatment. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class A Phi 322 (= A Rel 322) Philosophy of standing. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Religion (3) Philosophical analysis of selected religious concepts A Phi 340 Topics in Philosophy (1–4) and programs, based upon the writings of Problems selected on the basis of faculty and student representative philosophers and theologians. Focuses interest. May be taken more than once with different on Judeo-Christian tradition. Only one of A Phi 322 content. Consult fall and spring schedules for & A Rel 322 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): specific topics. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level a 100- or 200-level course in philosophy. course in philosophy A Phi 324 Philosophy of Art (3) A Phi 342 (= A Rel 342) Indian Philosophical analysis of concepts and sentiments Philosophies (3) pertaining to creation, appreciation and criticism of Introduction to Indian philosophies from pre-Vedic the arts in the generic sense of the semester. India to contemporary thought. Only one of A Phi Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level course in 342 & A Rel 342 may be taken for credit. philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 214 or A His 176 or A His 177 (or 177Z), or junior or senior class standing. A Phi 325 Philosophy of Law (3) May not be offered in 2003-2004. The nature and function of law, the relation of law to morality, standards of judicial reasoning and the A Phi 344 (= A Eac 344 & A Rel 344) limits of law. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Chinese Philosophies (3) standing and one course in philosophy. Introduction to Chinese philosophies from the Chou A Phi 326 Moral Philosophy (3) period to contemporary thought. Only one of A Phi Critical examination of the nature, justification, and 344, A Eac 344 & A Rel 344 may be taken for different approaches to moral evaluation. The topics credit. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 214 or A Eac 170 or to be covered may include right actions, good lives, A His 176 or A His 177 (or 177Z); or junior or responsibility, moral obligation, virtues, happiness, senior class standing. May not be offered in 2003- and justice. Prerequisite(s): a 100 or 200-level 2004. course in philosophy. May not be offered in 2003- A Phi 346 (= A Rel 346) Japanese 2004. Religions and Philosophies (3) A Phi 329 American Philosophy Since Introduction to Japanese philosophies and 1860 (3) religions from the pre-Buddhist period to Survey of the main figures in American philosophy, contemporary Japan. Only one of A Phi 346 and concentrating on Peirce, James, Royce, Dewey and A Rel 346 may be taken for credit. Santayana. Topics include pragmatism and evolution, Prerequisite(s): A Phi 214 or A His 176 or A His idealism and naturalism, and theories about the nature 177( or 177Z), or junior or senior class standing. of religion. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level course May not be offered in 2003-2004. in Philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Phi 350 (= A Wss 350) Philosophy A Phi 332 Intermediate Logic (3) and Feminism (3) An introduction to predicate logic, emphasizing Examination of the theories of the oppression of formal properties of logic systems rather than their women and proposals for solutions. Particular application to the analysis of everyday reasoning. attention will be paid to existentialism, biological Topics may include the syntax and semantics of determinism, Marxism and feminist psychology and first-order languages, theories of identity and epistemology. Only one of A Phi 350 and A Wss 350 description, alternative formalizations of logic, and may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course in some elementary meta-theory. Prerequisite(s): Phi philosophy or women’s studies. May not be offered in 210L or permission of instructor. May not be offered 2003-2004. in 2003-2004. A Phi 360 Philosophy and Literature (3) The study, through philosophical and literary texts, of the relation between philosophy and literature: philosophy in literature, philosophy as literature, and the philosophy of literature. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level course in philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Phi 399Z Writing in Philosophy (1) A student enrolled in a 300- or 400-level philosophy course may, with the consent of the instructor of that course, fulfill a writing intensive version of it by registering concurrently for A Phi 399Z. The instructor will assign the student written work in addition to that required for the companion course and will meet with him or her over the course of the semester to discuss this work. (A student who subsequently withdraws from the companion course will also be dropped from A Phi 399Z.) 217 University at Albany Corequisite(s): concurrent registration in a 300- or A Phi 410 Perspectives on Reasoning A Phi 432 Completeness and 400-level philosophy course. S/U graded. May be (3) Decidability (3) repeated for credit. [WI] The major philosophical questions that arise in An introduction to the meta-theory of first-order connection with reasoning in general. Are there logic. Topics will include the completeness theorem distinctively different kinds of reasoning in different and its corollaries, as well as a discussion of subject matters? Is reasoning relative or absolute? questions concerning the undecidability of validity. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 112L, 210L, 218L; or Prerequisite(s): A Phi 332 or permission of permission of instructor. May not be offered in instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 2003-2004. A Phi 442 Phenomenology (3) A Phi 412 Metaphysics (3) Examination of historical and conceptual development A systematic examination of such philosophical of phenomenology in the 20th century, starting with concepts as existence, essence, causality, purpose, Husserl’s “presuppositionless and purely descriptive value, mind, freedom and unity. Prerequisite(s): science of the structures of consciousness”, including A Phi 210L and a 300-level course in philosophy. works by Sartre, Heidegger, and Merleau-Ponty. Emphasis on (a) the idea of a presuppositionless A Phi 415 Philosophy of Language account of consciousness; (b) the motivations for (3) and nature of the “existential turn”; and (c) The structure and properties of language with regard connections between phenomenology and both to philosophical issues. Examines such issues as analytic philosophy and scientific psychology. meaning, reference, analyticity, truth and Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or psychoanalytic dream interpretation in the context of permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003- the contemporary theories of meaning and linguistic 2004. structure. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 210L and a 300- level course in philosophy; or permission of A Phi 474 Society and Values (3) instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Critical study of ethical and/or political concepts, such as freedom, equality, happiness, duty, rights, A Phi 416 Philosophy of Mind (3) virtue, or theories, such as liberalism, pluralism, A systematic discussion of various contemporary consequentialism, deontology, and virtue theory and historically important issues concerning mind: through the examination of historical and classical theories of mind and body, including contemporary works. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 212 and dualisms, materialism, double-aspect theories and a 300-level course in Philosophy, or permission of functionalism; cognitive science and theoretical instructor. linguistics; artificial intelligence; and the nature of belief, desire, intention and other psychological A Phi 497 Independent Study and notions. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 210L and a 300-level Research (1–4) course in philosophy, or permission of instructor. Guided research and writing on a selected problem May not be offered in 2003-2004. in philosophy on a tutorial basis. May be repeated more than once with different content. A Phi 417 Bioethics (3) Prerequisite(s): a 300-level course in philosophy and Critical study of one or more topics in bioethics. the approval of the individual faculty member acting Possible topics include advance directives; assisted as project supervisor and of the departmental reproductive technologies; death; genetic Undergraduate Studies Committee. engineering; screening, and testing; health care reform; informed consent; maternal-fetal conflicts; A Phi 498 Honors Thesis in medical experimentation; medical futility; organ Philosophy (4) transplantation; physician-assisted suicide; proxy Independent honors thesis written under the consent; and the right to refuse treatment. direction of an appropriate faculty member, and Prerequisite(s): A Phi 338 or permission of received and evaluated by the Honors Committee. instructor Prerequisite(s): Admission to the Honors Program in A Phi 418 Philosophy of Science (3) Philosophy. Basic issues in philosophy of science, such as the nature of laws and theories, verifiability and confirmation, explanation and prediction, statistics and probability. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 210L and a 300-level course in philosophy; or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Phi 422 Theory of Knowledge (3) Systematic study of theories of knowledge, including such topics as theories of perception, the character and value of logical systems, theories of the nature of truth and of the nature of proof Prerequisite(s): A Phi 210L and a 300-level course in philosophy; or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Phi 423 The Skeptical Tradition (3) Examination of the skeptical tradition from the ancient Greeks to the present. The focus will be on the arguments for thinking knowledge is impossible. Topics include skepticism as a way of life, Hume’s skepticism, religious skepticism, common-sense philosophy, and the relation between knowledge and certainty. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 210L and a 300- level course in philosophy. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Phi 425 Contemporary Ethical Theory (3) Selected normative and meta-ethical theories, with emphasis on issues of interest in contemporary discussions of values and the nature of valuation. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 212L and a 300-level course in philosophy. [OD]

218 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

The objective of the department is to provide years only. Upon successful completion of the DEPARTMENT OF students a solid foundation in both classical programs, students are awarded a B.S. in and modern physics. Students are prepared Physics from the University at Albany and a PHYSICS either to undertake graduate study in physics, B.S. in Engineering from the other institution. to apply physics principles and techniques Faculty successfully for advanced work in other Degree Requirements for the James W. Corbett Distinguished Service disciplines, to enter industry usefully, or to Major in Physics Professor teach in the secondary schools. Along with Walter M. Gibson, Ph.D. courses in classical mechanics, General Program B.S. A combined major and University of California, Berkeley electromagnetic theory, atomic and nuclear minor sequence totaling 66 credits: An Distinguished Teaching Professor Emeritae/i physics, and thermal physics, students learn introductory physics sequence of A Phy 140N, Bruce B. Marsh, Ph.D. modern experimental techniques, principles of 145, 150N, 155, 240, 245, and 250; followed University of Rochester quantum mechanics, and applications. Elective by the main core sequence of A Phy 320, 330, Professors Emeritae/i courses in other sciences and independent 440, 450 460, 335, or 335Z and A Phy 315 or Raymond E. Benenson, Ph.D. study and research with faculty members in the A Mat 315. Requirements in mathematics are University of Wisconsin active research fields of the department are A Mat 112 or 118, 113 or 119, 214, 220, and Alfred D. Levitas, Ph.D. encouraged as part of the practical emphasis. 314; in chemistry A Chm 120N, 121N; in Syracuse University Courses in environmental problems, computer science A Csi 201N. With Laura M. Roth, Ph.D. astronomy and space physics, applications of departmental approval, A Phy 105N and 108N Radcliffe College nuclear physics, physics in the arts, and may be substituted for A Phy 140N and 150N. Jack H. Smith, Ph.D. physical science for humanists bring physics Students who do not foresee pursuing a Cornell University concepts to the nonmajor. graduate degree in physics may, with Chih-ree Sun, Ph.D. departmental approval, take 6 credits at the University of California, Los Angeles Careers 300-level or higher instead of A Phy 450 and Professors 460. Mohammad Sajjad Alam, Ph.D. Graduates holding the bachelor’s degree in Indiana University physics find employment as laboratory or Honors Program Hassaram Bakhru, Ph.D. theoretical research assistants in physics or Calcutta University engineering, high-level medical technicians, The honors program in physics is designed for Ariel Caticha, Ph.D. science writers and editors, computer outstanding students enrolled in the general California Institute of Technology programmers, and secondary school teachers. program. A bachelor’s degree in physics can be an ideal Tara P. Das, Ph.D. Students may apply for admission to the University of Calcutta background for advanced study in other sciences, engineering, and the business and honors program by submitting a letter of Jagadish B. Garg, Ph.D. request to the department chair no later than University of Paris medical professions. A graduate degree in physics opens a broad spectrum of April 15 of the sophomore year (for admission Akira Inomata, Ph.D. in the fall) or November 15 of the junior year Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute opportunities in pure and applied research in academia and industry. (for admission in the spring). Junior transfers Alain E. Kaloyeros, Ph.D. may apply at the time of their admission to the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign University. Primary emphasis will be placed John C. Kimball, Ph.D. Special Programs or Opportunities on indications of academic ability and maturity University of Chicago One-to-one student-faculty interaction is sufficient for applicants to pursue with Tung-Sheng Kuan, Ph.D. possible and is encouraged by the department. distinction a program involving independent Cornell University Computer use at all levels of instruction is research. William A. Lanford, Ph.D. afforded by means of terminals in the Joseph University of Rochester The minimum requirements for admission Henry Physics Building. Very modern Carolyn MacDonald, Ph.D. follow: equipment is available in all laboratories. Harvard University Opportunities for valuable experience, 1. Completion of A Phy 140N, 150N, 240, 250 Keith F. Ratcliff. Ph.D. or their equivalents; training, and financial support exist in the form University of Pittsburgh of undergraduate assistantships in the research 2. An overall grade point average of 3.30; Associate Professor Emeritae/i and teaching laboratories. The Society of Robert P. Lanni, M.A. 3. A grade point average of 3.60 in physics Physics Students sponsors popular talks, tours University at Albany courses required for the major; to nearby laboratories, and social events. The Associate Professors society offers tutorial services, computer 4. Written recommendations from at least three Robert E. Geer, Ph.D. faculty members, one of whom, preferably, clinics, and has its own library. It conducts University of Minnesota should be from outside the Department of tours of our facilities for students and the Assistant Professors Physics. general public. It also supplies information on Jesse A. Ernst, Ph.D. opportunities after the B.S. degree. The Students in the program must maintain both a University of Rochester department has a chapter of Sigma Pi Sigma, minimum grade point average of 3.30 overall Susanne M. Lee, Ph.D. the national physics honor society. and of 3.60 in physics courses taken to satisfy Harvard University major requirements during the junior and Mengbing Huang For students interested in engineering, there senior years. The progress of participants in University of Western Ontario, Canada are available 3–2 programs with Rensselaer the honors program will be reviewed at the end University Adjuncts (estimated): 12 Polytechnic Institute, Clarkson University, of the junior year by the Departmental Honors Teaching Assistants (estimated): 25 SUNY at New Paltz, and SUNY at Committee. Students not meeting the standards Binghamton. Students in these programs spend above at that time may be precluded from their first three years at this campus and the continuing in the program during their senior last two at the other. The tuition is at the year. University at Albany rate for the first three 219 University at Albany Students in the honors program are required to Committee for admission to the combined Corequisite(s): A Phy 108N. complete a minimum of 72 credits as follows: degree program in physics at the beginning of the 66 credits specified for the general their junior year or after the successful program in physics; 3 credits of Honors completion of 56 credits, but no later than the Seminar in Physics (A Phy 498); and 3 credits accumulation of 100 credits. A cumulative of Research and/or Independent Study in grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three Physics (A Phy 497). The independent study supportive letters of recommendation from must include an honors research project faculty are required for consideration. culminating in a written report by the end of the student’s last semester. Courses After completion of the requirements above, A Phy 100N Contemporary the records of candidates will be reviewed by Astronomy—The Cosmic Connection the Departmental Honors Committee. After (3) consideration of overall academic record, Modern developments in astronomy, the birth and performance and accomplishments in the death of stars, solar and planetary science, neutron independent study project(s), the quality of the stars and black holes, galactic structure, cosmology, Honors Seminar, and the evaluations of theories of the origin and future of the universe. [NS] departmental faculty members who have supervised these activities, a recommendation A Phy 102N Applications of Modern for or against a degree with honors will be Physics in Art History and made by the committee to the departmental Archaeology (3) faculty. The final recommendation will be Twentieth century physics has greatly increased our knowledge of the structure of matter and the natural made by the departmental faculty and laws that lead to that structure. This course discusses transmitted by the chair. our modern understanding of the structure of matter at an introductory level and then illustrates how this knowledge can be applied to the study of objects of Combined B.S./M.S. Program interest in art history or archaeology. The goals of such studies include learning about the age of an The combined B.S./M.S. program in physics object, the technology used to fabricate the object, provides an opportunity for students of and how an object should be stored in order to recognized academic ability and educational preserve it for future generations.[NS] maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of A Phy 103N Exploration of Space (3) undergraduate and master’s degree programs The solar system, modern developments in planetary at the beginning of the junior year. A carefully and space science; human exploration of space; designed program can permit a student to earn space travel and future colonization.. [NS] the B.S. and M.S. degrees within nine A Phy 104N Physical Science for semesters. Humanists (3) How the universe works. A historical approach to The combined program requires a minimum of the development of the laws of physics from the 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be classical physics of Newton to the present. graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.S., Emphasizes the people and events of the revolution in physics in the 20th century. Unraveling of the students must meet all University and college structure and properties of the nuclear atom or from requirements including the requirements of the raisin pudding to quarks. Intended for nonmajors. undergraduate major described previously, the [NS] minimum 60-credit liberal arts and sciences A Phy 105N General Physics I (3) requirement, general education requirements, Vectors, kinematics, dynamics, vibrations and and residency requirements. In qualifying for waves, sound, fluids, and thermodynamics. Three the M.S., students must meet all University class periods each week. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A Phy 140N. and college requirements as outlined in the Prerequisite(s): three years of high school Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a mathematics. [NS] minimum of 30 graduate credits and any other A Phy 106 General Physics Lab (1) conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, Laboratory experiments to complement the topics comprehensive examination, professional being studied in A Phy 105N. One laboratory each experience, and residency requirements. Up to week. Corequisite(s): A Phy 105N. 12 graduate credits may be applied A Phy 107 Problem Solving: General simultaneously to both the B.S. and M.S. Physics (1) programs. Applications of the principles and methods studied in general physics. Assignments selected with the A Phy 519 may be substituted for A Phy 335 aim of aiding the student in developing a more or 335Z in meeting the B.S. requirements, thorough understanding of the subject matter of enabling Phy 519 to be one of the graduate general physics. Individual assignments can be arranged for students with special needs or interests. courses applied simultaneously to the Corequisite: A Phy 105N. undergraduate and graduate programs. A Phy 108N General Physics II (3) Students are considered as undergraduates Electrostatics, circuit electricity, magnetism, until completion of 120 graduation credits and geometrical and physical optics, atomic and nuclear satisfactory completion of all B.S. phenomena. Three class periods each week. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for A Phy requirements. Upon meeting B.S. 150N. Prerequisite(s): A Phy 105N. [NS] requirements, students are automatically considered as graduate students. A Phy 109 General Physics Lab (1) Laboratory experiments to complement the topics in Students may apply to the Graduate A Phy 108N. One laboratory period each week. 220 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Phy 110 Problem Solving: General A Phy 202N Environmental Physics Electromagnetic waves. Special relativity. Offered Physics (1) (3) spring semester. Prerequisites: A Phy 250, A Mat 314. Applications of the principles and methods studied Study of the collection, evaluation, and A Phy 335 (formerly A Phy 403) in general physics. Assignments selected with the interpretation of data and the modeling and analysis Advanced Physics Lab (3) aim of aiding the student in developing a more of urban and environmental problems. Topics thorough understanding of the subject matter of include population, pollution, mass transportation Introduction to the techniques of experimental general physics. Individual assignments can be systems, comparison of various energy sources such research in the areas of electronics, electromagnetism arranged for students with special needs or interests. as solar, nuclear, and fossil fuel, and effective and modern physics. Measurement technique and Corequisite(s): A Phy 108N. utilization of natural resources. Three class periods error analysis are emphasized. Two three-hour lab each week. Prerequisite(s): algebra. [NS] periods each week. Prerequisite: A Phy 250 or A Phy 122 Problem Solving: permission of instructor. Introductory Physics I (1) A Phy 229 Mathematics in Physics A Phy 335Z (formerly A Phy 403Z) Application of the principles and methods studied in (4) Advanced Physics Lab (3) Introductory Physics I (A Phy 140N). Assignments The physical applications of analytic and numerical selected with the aim of aiding the student in methods are studied in such topics as differential A Phy 335Z is the writing intensive version of A Phy developing a more thorough understanding of the equations, Fourier series, Laplace transforms, 335; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite: subject matter in A Phy 140N. Individual matrices and vectors. Prerequisite(s): A Phy 150N; A Phy 250 or permission of instructor. [WI] assignments can be arranged for students with prerequisite(s) or corequisite: A Mat 214. May not A Phy 353 Microprocessor special needs or interests. Corequisite: A Phy 140N. be offered in 2003-2004. Applications (3) A Phy 126 Problem Solving: A Phy 240 (formerly A Phy 220) Applications of microprocessors to data collection Introductory Physics II (1) Physics III: Structure of Matter (3) and process control; the capabilities of typical microprocessors and the techniques used to interface Application of the principles and methods studied in An introduction to the fundamentals of physics: them to external devices; input/output programming, Introductory Physics II (A Phy 150N). Assignments Thermodynamics and kinetic gas theory. Quantum use of the data and address busses; interrupt selected with the aim of aiding the student in theory of photons, atoms, nuclei and solids. handling, direct memory access, and data developing a more thorough understanding of the Pre/corequisite: A Mat 214; prerequisite: A Phy 150N. subject matter in A Phy 150N. Individual communications; characteristics of peripheral assignments can be arranged for students with A Phy 245 Physics Lab III (1) devices such as keyboards, printers, A/D and D/A special needs or interests. Corequisite(s): A Phy Experiments in modern physics. One laboratory converters, sensors, and actuators. Three class 150N. period each week. Offered fall semester. periods each week. Prerequisite(s): A Csi 201N or Pre/corequisite: A Phy 240. 204 or equivalent. An elementary knowledge of A Phy 140N (formerly A Phy 120N) electricity is helpful. Physics I: Mechanics (4) A Phy 250 (formerly A Phy 224) Physics IV: Waves (3) A Phy 360 Modern Optics (3) An introduction to the fundamentals of physics: Matrix methods of geometrical optics, diffraction Classical Mechanics. Topics include the concepts of Waves and oscillations in optics, in classical and in theory, optical Fourier transforms, lasers, force, energy and work applied to the kinematics and quantum mechanics. An introduction to physical holography, Brillouin scattering, and an introduction dynamics of particles and rigid bodies and an concepts (wave packets, normal modes, interference to nonlinear optics. The course includes frequent introduction to special relativity. Pre/corequisite: and diffraction) and mathematical techniques demonstrations. Prerequisite(s): A Phy 250. A Mat 111 or 112 or 118. [NS] (Fourier series, transforms, complex numbers, eigenvectors). Pre/corequisite: A Mat 220; A Phy 408 (= A Chm 408) Polymer A Phy 145 (formerly A Phy 221) prerequisite: A Phy 240. Chemistry and Physics (3) Physics Lab I (1) A Phy 305 Physics Principles in Structure, synthesis, and morphology of polymers; Experiments in mechanics, electricity, and optics. Nuclear Medicine (3) polymerization reactions; molecular weight One laboratory period each week. Offered fall determination; introduction to thermal, mechanical, semester. Pre/corequisite: A Phy 140N. Basic physics in nuclear medicine, radioactive nuclides, radionuclide scanning, radiation chemistry, and electrical properties; design of polymers, graft, A Phy 150N (formerly A Phy 124N) and copolymers; processing and selected biological effects of radiation and radio- applications including adhesion, coatings, and films. Physics II: Electromagnetism (3) pharmaceuticals, clinical radiation pathology, A term paper is required. Only one of A Phy 408 & An introduction to the fundamentals of physics: radiation hazards and safety, waste disposal. Three A Chm 408 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): Electrostatics and magnetism, including the concepts class periods a week. Offered fall semester only. A Chm 340B or permission of instructor. of the electric and magnetic fields, electric potential Prerequisite(s): A Phy 108N or A Phy 250 or and basic circuits. The laws of Gauss, Ampere, and equivalent. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Phy 440 (formerly A 344) Quantum Faraday: Maxwell’s equations. Geometrical optics. A Phy 315 Electronics (3) Physics I (3) Pre/corequisite: A Mat 113 or 119; prerequisite: Transistors and their characteristics; electronic Introduction to non-relativistic quantum mechanics; A Phy 140N. [NS] circuits, field effect transistors and applications, wave functions, amplitudes and probabilities; the A Phy 155 (formerly A Phy 225) amplifiers, low and high frequency response; superposition of quantum states, the Heisenberg uncertainty principle. Time evolution: the Physics Lab II (1) operational amplifiers; consideration of control- circuit design; fast-switching and counting devices; Schroedinger equation, stationary states, two-state Experiments in electricity and magnetism, circuits, integrated circuits and their designs. Two class systems. Motion in one-dimensional potentials: and optics. One laboratory period each week. periods and one three-hour laboratory each week. tunneling, particle in a box, harmonic oscillator. Offered spring semester. Pre/corequisite: A Phy Offered fall semester. Prerequisite: A Phy 250. 150N. Offered fall semester only. Prerequisite: A Phy 150N. A Phy 450 (formerly A Phy 421) A Phy 201L Physics and Buddhism A Phy 316 Electronics: Projects (3) Quantum Physics II (3) (3) Independent projects involving laboratory work in Quantum motion in central potentials; angular Parallels between modern physics and Eastern the study of electronic circuits using linear and/or momentum and spin; the hydrogen atom. Identical thought with emphasis on the Buddhist concept of digital devices. (Each student is expected to Particles. The structure of atoms and molecules, the interdependence of all phenomena. undertake a project that requires originality and periodic table. Stationary-state and time-dependent Nonmathematical discussion of ideas of atomic and broadens knowledge of the area.) Special attention is perturbation theory. Scattering theory. Offered particle physics, relativity and quantum theory, in paid to counters, registers, encoders, decoders, and spring semester. Prerequisite: A Phy 440. comparison with the psychology and philosophy of digital applications. Offered spring semester only. Theravada, Zen, and Tibetan Buddhism. May not be A Phy 454 Microprocessor used to satisfy major or minor requirements in A Phy 320 (formerly A Phy 321) Applications Laboratory (3) physics. A Phy 201E is the writing intensive version Classical Mechanics (3) Complements the theoretical development presented of A Phy 201L; only one may be taken for credit. Fundamentals of Newtonian mechanics: conservation in A Phy 353. Centers around practical laboratory May not be offered in 2003-2004. theorems, central forces, motion in non-inertial applications in both hardware and software of a A Phy 201E Physics and Buddhism frames, rigid-body motion. Lagrange’s and particular microprocessor. Students prototype a Hamilton’s equations. Offered fall semester. minimum system and expanded system. (3) Prerequisite: A Phy 250, or permission of the Applications include keyboard, printer, display, May not be used to satisfy major or minor instructor. A/D, D/A, and control functions. A knowledge of a requirements in physics. A Phy 201E is the writing microprocessor and digital logic functions is intensive version of A Phy 201L; only one may be A Phy 330 (formerly A Phy 332) desirable. Prerequisite(s): A Phy 315 or permission taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Electromagnetism (4) of instructor or A Phy 353. [WI] Electrostatics and magnetostatics in vacuum and in material media. Maxwell’s equations. Energy and momentum in the electromagnetic field. 221 University at Albany A Phy 460 (formerly A Phy 431) of conventional course work. A written report is Thermodynamics and Statistical submitted on the work of each semester. May be repeated for credit. S/U graded Physics (3) Thermodynamic systems and variables; the laws of A Phy 498 Honors Seminar in Physics thermodynamics. Thermodynamic potentials and (3) applications, ideal and real gas relations; changes of A seminar specifically designed for students phase, introduction to probability theory; elementary admitted to the department’s honors program. kinetic theory of gases; micro and macro-states of Topics are determined by the Departmental Honors simple quantum-mechanical systems; Fermi-Dirac, Committee. Prerequisite(s): admission to honors Bose-Einstein, and Maxwell-Boltzmann statistics. program. Three class periods each week. Pre/co-requisite: A Phy 440. Prerequisite(s): A Mat 214 and A Phy 250. A Phy 462 (formerly A Phy 362) Physics of Materials (3) The physics of real materials: the structure of crystalline and amorphous solids; x-ray diffraction and electron microscopy; the thermodynamics and kinetics of phase transformations; crystallographic defects and their relation to mechanical properties. Prerequisite(s): A Phy 250. A Phy 464 Materials Characterization (3) A laboratory and lecture course designed to give students experience with modern methods of materials characterization such as electron microscopy, x-ray diffraction, optical absorption, nuclear magnetic resonance, neutron activation, Auger spectroscopy, particle induced x-ray emission, Rutherford backscattering and nuclear reaction analysis. Prerequisite(s): A Phy 362 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Phy 465 Materials Fabrication (3) A laboratory and lecture course designed to give students experience in modern methods of materials fabrication and modification such as thin-film evaporation, sputtering, chemical vapor deposition, electrodeposition, doping by ion implantation and diffusion, and ion beam mixing. Prerequisite(s): A Phy 464 or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Phy 466 X-ray Optics, Analysis and Imaging (3) A broad survey of x-ray optics and their uses. Introduction to the theory of x-ray interaction with matter, including refraction, diffraction, total reflection, image formation, fluorescence, absorption spectroscopy, and the effects of Compton scattering, photo-electric absorption, and surface roughness. Applications include x-ray astronomy, microscopy, lithography, materials analysis and medical imaging. Prerequisite: A Phy 330. A Phy 467 Physics of Semiconductor Devices (3) A survey of state-of-the art semiconductor device manufacture and usage in the electronics industry. Topics covered include basic semiconductor physics (band structure, electron transport, phonon, optical, thermal, and high magnetic field properties) and the operating principles and current manufacturing techniques of various devices (p-n junctions, transistors, CCD’s, photonic devices, and superlattices). Prerequisite(s): A Phy 330 and A Phy 460; corequisite: A Phy 450 A Phy 469 Physics of Nuclei (3) This course will deal with basic properties of nuclei such as size, shape, and nuclear force. Nuclear structure based upon shell and collective models, nuclear reactions induced by nucleons including nuclear fission, nuclear fusion, and nuclear energy. Prerequisite(s): A Phy 330 or permission of Instructor. A Phy 497 Research and/or Independent Study (1-3) Research and/or independent study under the direct supervision of a faculty member with whom the student has made an arrangement. Ambitious students are encouraged to engage in an activity that broadens their experience considerably beyond that 222 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

EPARTMENT OF Assistant Professors D Drew Anderson, Ph.D. Louisiana State University PSYCHOLOGY JeeWon Cheong, Ph.D. University of Arizona Faculty Sharon Danoff-Burg, Ph.D. Distinguished Professors University of Kansas Edward B. Blanchard, Ph.D. John P. Forsyth, Ph.D. Stanford University West Virginia University James J. Jaccard, Ph.D. Mark Muraven, Ph.D. University of Illinois Case Western Reserve University Distinguished Teaching Professor Hazel Prelow, Ph.D. Robert A. Rosellini, Ph.D. University of North Texas DePaul University Sylvia G. Roch Professors Emeritae/i Texas A&M University Donn E. Byrne, Ph.D. Linda Shanock, Ph.D. Stanford University University of Delaware Morris E. Eson, Ph.D. Christine K. Wagner, Ph.D. University of Chicago Michigan State University Richard C. Teevan, Ph.D. Adjuncts: 20 University of Michigan Teaching Assistants: 45 Professors Bruce C. Dudek, Ph.D. The objective of the department is to provide State University of New York at Binghamton undergraduate students with a broad, general V. Mark Durand, Ph.D. background in scientific psychology. The State University of New York at Stony Brook program is designed to prepare students for Laurie B. Feldman, Ph.D. graduate study in psychology as well as a University of Connecticut diversity of other fields requiring knowledge Gordon G. Gallup Jr., Ph.D. of psychological principles. The department Washington State University expects its students to become well-versed in Allen C. Israel, Ph.D. the theories, research, and applications of the State University of New York discipline. at Stony Brook The department offers a full program leading Robert J. McCaffrey, Ph.D. to the B.A.; a graduate program leading to the University of Georgia Ph.D. with several major areas of James H. Neely, Ph.D. concentration and a clinical training program; Yale University and in cooperation with the Department of Bruce B. Svare, Ph.D. Educational Psychology and Statistics in the Rutgers University School of Education, the Certificate of W. Trammell Neill, III, Ph.D. Advanced Study and Psy.D. in school University of Oregon psychology. Frank Vellutino, Ph.D. Catholic University of America Careers Associate Professors Emeritae/i Shirley C. Brown , Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) With the B.A. degree, professional entry-level Wayne University positions are possible in public and private H. Jean Wilkinson, Ph.D. human services systems (health, education, University of Pittsburgh social welfare, parole, probation, gerontology, Associate Professors youth, substance abuse); also, personnel Jeanette Altarriba, Ph.D. administration, and general administrative Vanderbilt University work. Entry-level jobs could involve delivery Cheryl A. Frye, Ph.D. of service, research and/or program planning Tufts University and development. Less traditional occupations Leslie Fay Halpern, Ph.D. include medicine, dentistry, law, optometry, Vanderbilt University urban planning, genetic counseling, and human Monica L. Rodriguez, Ph.D. factors research. State University of New York at Stony Brook Glenn Sanders, Ph.D. Special Programs or Opportunities University of Iowa The department offers opportunities for Marcia E. Sutherland, Ph.D. independent study and research beginning in Howard University the sophomore year. Students involved in Caroline K. Waterman, Ph.D. research activities have supervised access to State University of New York at Buffalo the department’s animal behavior laboratory, Kevin J. Williams, Ph.D. human research laboratories, and off-campus University of South Carolina professional agencies. Edelgard Wulfert, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) University of North Carolina, Greensboro

223 University at Albany Admission Appeals psychology including A Psy 101M or 102M, 210, 211, 310, 399, and 499 (6 credits). In Declaration of the major in psychology must be Students who do not meet the above criteria may addition, students must submit a senior honors made by application to the department. retake courses in the A Psy 101M, A Psy 210 and A Psy 211 sequence in order to achieve the thesis acceptable to the research sponsor and Information on procedures for application is the Honors Committee. available from the Department Advisement minimum grade of C-. The criterion of a 2.50 average in psychology courses at the time of Center (SS 370). Application may be made The program commences with the Honors application to the major will be affected by Seminar (A Psy 399) in the fall semester of the during any semester at any time prior to final duplicated enrollment in the following way: if exam week, or prior to August during summer courses are retaken, calculation of the average in junior year. A Psy 211 must be taken at this sessions, but must be made before the student has psychology will use both grades. time if it has not already been completed. earned 60 credits at the University at Albany. Students who are denied admission to the major The seminar introduces that student to The criteria outlined below will apply to all may appeal the decision by petitioning the (advanced) issues of scientific method and course work completed prior to and including the department chair. Such appeals will be evaluated experimental design. As soon as the student semester during which application is made. The at the beginning of each semester, prior to the has a general idea for the research project, he department will notify students of action on the final date for adding courses. The decision on the or she is encouraged to discuss the project with appeal will be made by the department chair and a potential research sponsor, especially as application before the subsequent semester. the director of the advisement center. A Psy 101M, 210, and 211 may not be taken regards feasibility. By the end of the seminar elsewhere after matriculation at Albany. course, the student should be conversant with a Degree Requirements for the problem area, have arranged a research I. Criteria for Students Admitted as Freshmen to sponsor and be ready to submit a research Albany as of Fall 1991 and thereafter: Major in Psychology proposal. The Honors student will conduct the 1. The student must have completed at least 24 General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 research in two project courses (A Psy 499) hours of college credit (sophomore status). credits in psychology: including A Psy 101M during the second semester of the junior and 2. The student’s cumulative grade point average or 102M, A Psy 210, and A Psy 211; 15 the first semester of the senior year. for all course work at the University at Albany credits in psychology from the following list: must be 2.00 or higher at the time of evaluation A Psy 203, 214, 270, 314, 327, 338, 380, 381, The Honors Thesis written by the end of the of the application. 382, 384, 385, 387; 12 credits of electives with second project course will consist of a review of the literature, the hypothesis to be tested, an 3. The student must have a grade point average of an A Psy prefix. Courses not taken from the 2.50 or higher for all course work completed in previous list may be used as electives. NOTE: experimental design (from the research the University at Albany Psychology Department within the 36 credits required for the major a proposal), data collected, any statistical at the time of evaluation of the application. student must complete at least 12 credits in analysis, and a discussion. 4. The courses A Psy 101M or 102M, A Psy 210 courses numbered 300 or above. Students in the honors program are required to and A Psy 211 must have been completed with a For psychology majors who satisfy the major maintain an overall grade point average of minimum grade of C- in each. Students may be requirements as outlined in this bulletin, A Psy 3.30 or higher during the junior and senior conditionally admitted to the major after 210 and 211 are restricted to A–E grading after years and an overall grade point average of completion of the requirements for A Psy 101M matriculation at Albany. 3.50 or higher for all psychology courses and A Psy 210. A Psy 211 must be completed in applicable toward the major. The work of each the next semester following conditional A maximum of 3 credits in independent study acceptance to be admitted to the major. candidate in the honors program will be courses (A Psy 297, 297Z, 397, 397Z and reviewed at the completion of the junior year II. Criteria for Transfer Students Admitted to 497Z) may be applied to major credit but may by the Departmental Honors Committee. Albany as of Fall 1992 and thereafter: not be used to satisfy the 300-or-above For purposes of declaration of the major, the requirement. No more than 6 additional credits Students not meeting the above-stated department recognizes three categories of transfer in these independent study courses may be standards at that time may be precluded from students. The criteria for admission to the major used for graduation credit. continuing in the program for the senior year. are different for these three categories. Transfer Students who remain below the stated students may not apply transfer credit for A Psy standards throughout their senior year will not 101M, A Psy 210 and A Psy 211 with grades of Honors Program be eligible for a degree with Honors. D toward the major. A psychology major, or double major with After completion of the above requirements, 1. Transfer students who enter the University psychology listed first, may file an application with less than 42 transfer credits or without credit the records of the candidate will be reviewed for admission with the Honors Committee as by the Departmental Honors Committee who for A Psy 101M must fulfill the criteria specified early as the second semester of the sophomore in section I. above. shall recommend, to the department, year or as soon as the minimum requirements candidates for the degree with honors in 2. Transfer students who enter the University for admission to the program have been psychology. with 42 or more transfer credits, have transfer satisfied. The duration of the program is three credit for A Psy 101M and 210 with a grade of semesters and commences only in the fall C- or higher in each, and have a 2.5 average for semester. Combined B.A./M.S. Programs all psychology courses will be conditionally admitted to psychology as a major and receive The minimum requirements for admission The combined B.A./M.S. programs in advisement in the psychology department. Such include completion of A Psy 101M or 102M, psychology/counseling, psychology/ students must complete A Psy 211 in their first 210 and 211. If the student has not been able to rehabilitation counseling, and health semester here with a grade of C- or higher or complete A Psy 211 by the first semester of policy/psychology provide an opportunity for their admission to the major will be withdrawn. the junior year, it is possible to obtain students of recognized academic ability and 3. Transfer students who enter the University permission to take A Psy 211 concurrently educational maturity to fulfill integrated with 42 or more transfer credits, have transfer with the Honors Seminar. A grade point requirements of undergraduate and master’s credit for A Psy 101M, A Psy 210 and A Psy 211 average of 3.30 or higher overall for all course degree programs from the beginning of their with a grade of C- or higher in each, and have a work taken for graduation credit at the junior year. Carefully designed programs can 2.50 average in all psychology courses taken may permit students to earn the B.A. and M.S. immediately declare psychology as a major. University is required, as is a 3.50 grade point average or higher for psychology courses degrees within nine semesters and a summer applicable toward the major. session. Honors students must complete 48 hours in 224 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 Counseling Psychology The combined programs require a minimum of 162 credits, of which at least 54 must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., students must meet all University and college requirements, including the requirements of the undergraduate major described previously, the University minor requirement, the minimum 90-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, the general education requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.S., students must meet all University and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a minimum of 54 graduate credits and any other conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, professional experience, and residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.S. programs. Students are considered as undergraduates until completion of 120 graduation credits and satisfactory completion of all B.A. requirements. Upon meeting B.A. requirements, students are automatically considered as graduate students. Students may be admitted to the combined degree programs at the beginning of their junior year, or after the successful completion of 56 credits, but no later than the accumulation of 100 credits. A cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required for consideration.

Health Policy The combined bachelor’s/master’s degree program in Psychology/Health Policy, Management and Behavior requires a minimum of 156 credits, with at least 48 of which must be graduate credits. Total minimum credits required for the combined undergraduate major and graduate program is 36 credits in the undergraduate psychology major and 48 credits in the Health Policy, Management & Behavior major, all of which must be graduate credits. In qualifying for the undergraduate bachelor’s degree (regardless of discipline), students must meet all university requirements for their major, the minimum 90 liberal arts and sciences requirements, and residency requirements. In qualifying for the M.S. on Health Policy, Management & Behavior, students must meet all university and college requirements as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including the GRE Exam and completion of a minimum of 48 graduate credits.

225 University at Albany Requirements for the M.S. in Health Policy, decisions. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. Management & Behavior include: Principles Courses and Methods of Epidemiology, Principles in A Psy 101M Introduction to Statistical Inference I and II, Health Care Psychology (3) Organization, Delivery, and Finance, Social The basic methods and points of view in the and Behavioral Aspects of Public Health, scientific study of human behavior. Topics include Computer Programming for Data Management biological bases of behavior, personality and Analysis in Public Health, Health Policy, organization, intelligence, motivation, emotions, learning, and social relations. For psychology majors Analysis and Management, Master’s Projects completing their major requirements as outlined in in Health Policy, Management & Behavior, this bulletin or subsequent editions, A Psy 101M is Evaluation of Public Health Programs, HPMB restricted to A–E grading after matriculation at Field Placement, plus 18 required credits in Albany. [SS] specific track: Health Policy and Management A Psy 102M Advanced Introduction or Social Behavior and Community Health. to Psychology (4) Same topics as A Psy 101M, but topics are covered Requirements also include a full-time in greater detail. Three class periods and one internship and a Master’s Workshop project. discussion-laboratory section per week. This course is intended for students who have more than average Students may be admitted to a combined interest in psychology and who are considering degree program at the beginning of their junior becoming psychology majors. Only one of A Psy year and after successful completion of 56 101 or 102 may be taken for credit. [SS] credits, but no later than the accumulation of A Psy 203 Psychology of Child 100 credits. (Interested students should start Development (3) thinking about the combined program at the The genesis of various behavior forms; social, end of their freshman year or at the beginning emotional, and intellectual development in contemporary society; the relationship between of their sophomore year.) A GPA of 3.2 or childhood experience and personality development. higher, three supportive letters of Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. recommendation from faculty (at least one A Psy 210 Statistical Methods in with whom the student took a course), and an Psychology (3) interview with a faculty member from the Methods of analyzing quantitative data in Department of Health Policy, Management & psychology and the behavioral sciences. The relation Behavior. of each of the various methods to the design of experiments. For psychology majors completing their major requirements as outlined in this bulletin or subsequent editions, A Psy 210 is restricted to A– E grading after matriculation at Albany. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. [MS] A Psy 211 Experimental Psychology (3) Topics of psychological research, with emphasis on the manipulation and control of variables, reducing error variance, internal and external validity, the elimination of confounding factors, and social- psychological aspects of experiments. Discussion includes selected topics in the philosophy of science, logical inference, hypothesis testing, theory construction and ethics. For psychology majors completing their major requirements as outlined in this bulletin or subsequent editions, A Psy 211 is restricted to A–E grading after matriculation at Albany. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and 210. A Psy 214 Introduction to Biopsychology and Behavioral Neuroscience (3) An introduction to basic nervous system function and its control of behavior. Examination of the contribution of the field of neuroscience to understanding both normal and abnormal behavior. Topics will include anatomical, neurochemical, physiological, developmental and endocrine aspects of neurobehavioral function. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. A Psy 250 The Psychology of Decision Making (3) An introduction to the psychology of decision making with an emphasis on the cognitive, emotional, and social dynamics of decision making, understanding factors that adversely affect effective decision making, and exploration of strategies that maximize good decision making. A Psy 270 Social Psychology (3) The relation between the individual and the group, the influence of culture and of institutions on human personality, the nature and types of leadership, factors in the development of social attitudes, the psychology of mass movements and of social 226 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Psy 297 Directed Study in A Psy 328 Social Cognition (3) A Psy 341 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3) Introduction to the cognitive processes governing Psychology (3) Provides an opportunity for a sophomore to work on how we think about and make judgments about the Survey of theory, research, and applications in major a project under the supervision of a faculty member. self, other people, and social situations, and how topical areas of industrial/organizational psychology. Open to majors and nonmajors. May be repeated for other people and social situations influence how we Topics include work motivation, job satisfaction, credit. A Psy 297Z is the writing intensive version of think. Reviews classic and current research on causal performance appraisal, leadership, personnel A Psy 297. A maximum of 3 credits in independent attribution, social schemata, person perception, and selection, training and development, communication, study courses (A Psy 297/297Z, 397/397Z, or 497Z) other social inference mechanisms. Prerequisite(s): psychological testing, and organization may be applied to major credit, but may not be used A Psy 101M and 270. May not be offered in 2003- development. A Psy 341Z is the writing intensive to satisfy the 300-or-above requirement. Applicant 2004. version of A Psy 341; only one may be taken for must present a statement which defines the research, A Psy 329 Health Psychology (3) credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M; 210 or lists resources, provides method(s) of evaluating equivalent statistics course approved by the student, and bears the approval by signature of the Survey of psychological theory and research in the instructor, or permission of instructor. faculty supervisor. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and promotion and maintenance of health, the prevention permission of instructor. S/U graded and treatment of illness, and the improvement of A Psy 341Z Industrial/ Organizational health care delivery. Topics include health- Psychology (3) A Psy 297Z Directed Study in enhancing and health-compromising behaviors, A Psy 341Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy Psychology (3) stress and coping, patient-provider communication, 341; only one may be taken for credit. May be repeated for credit. A Psy 297Z is the pain management, and psychosocial aspects of Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M; 210 or equivalent writing intensive version of A Psy 297. A maximum specific illnesses such as cancer, heart disease, and statistics course approved by the instructor, or of 3 credits in independent study courses (A Psy AIDS. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. May not be permission of instructor. WI] 297/297Z, 397, or 497Z) may be applied to major offered in 2003-2004. credit, but may not be used to satisfy the 300-or- A Psy 333 Childhood Behavior A Psy 365 Psychology and Language above requirement. Applicant must present a Disorders (3) (3) statement which defines the research, lists resources, Introduction to problems of linguistic behavior; provides method(s) of evaluating student, and bears Survey of the behavior disorders of childhood. psychological aspects of phonology, syntax, and the approval by signature of the faculty supervisor. including conduct disorders, pervasive semantics; theoretical interpretations of language Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and permission of developmental disorders, and other childhood behavior; relationship of language to cognitive instructor. S/U graded. [WI] problems that are of concern to those who work with processes; study of communication. Prerequisite(s): children. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and 203. A Psy 101M and permission of instructor. May not A Psy 301 (= A Lin 301 = A Phi 301) A Psy 338 Abnormal Psychology (3) be offered in 2003-2004. Introduction to Cognitive Science (3) Survey of the behavior disorders, including the A Psy 368 The Self (3) Cognitive science investigates the nature of the psychoses, psychoneuroses, mental deficiencies, and human mind and cuts across several disciplines (e.g., other forms of psychopathology. A Psy 338Z is the Reviews classic theories and current issues regarding psychology, computer science, philosophy, writing intensive version of A Psy 338; only one the psychology of self and identity. Topics include linguistics). This course examines the approaches may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy the nature and structure of the self-concept and self- these disciplines use to promote our understanding 101M, and 203 or 327. esteem, sources of self-knowledge, self-regulation, of various mental phenomena (e.g., perceiving, public and private motives of the self, and cognitive, reasoning, production and comprehension of A Psy 338Z Abnormal Psychology (3) motivational and emotional effects of the structure language, memory). Only one of A Lin 301, A Phi A Psy 338Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy and content of the self. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M 301 & A Psy 301 may be taken for credit. May not 338; only one may be taken for credit. and 270May not be offered in 2003-2004. be offered in 2003-2004. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M, and 203 or 327. [WI] A Psy 370 Human Aggression (3) A Psy 310 History of Psychology (3) A Psy 339Z Psychological Disorders: Examination of biological, psychoanalytic, and A critical analysis of basic writings which have Psychopathology and Psychotherapy social-psychological approaches to the scientific study of aggression. Application of scientific contributed to the historical development of (3) psychology as a science. A Psy 310Z is the writing explanation for understanding such social problems intensive version of 310; only one may be taken for Advanced course in psychopathology and behavior as child and spouse abuse, homicide, rape, racial and credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. May not be change reviewing principle psychological disorders ethnic hatreds, and war. A Psy 370Z is the writing offered in 2003-2004. in terms of diagnosis, assessment, and treatment intensive version of A Psy 370; only one may be with new specific therapies, both drug and taken for credit. The former A Psy 470 does not A Psy 310Z History of Psychology (3) psychological. This will be a writing-intensive yield writing intensive credit. Prerequisite(s): 6 A Psy 310Z is the writing intensive version of 310; course where students will participate in a self- credits in psychology. May not be offered in 2003- only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): change process, writing up the results. 2004. A Psy 101M. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 338 and permission of [WI] instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] A Psy 370Z Human Aggression (3) A Psy 370Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy A Psy 314 Advanced Biopsychology A Psy 340 The Psychology of Human 370; only one may be taken for credit. The former and Behavioral Neuroscience (3) Sexuality (3) A Psy 470 does not yield writing intensive credit. The role of physiological mechanisms in behavioral In-depth coverage of research and theory on: Prerequisite(s): 6 credits in psychology. May not be processes. Detailed examination of the involvement biological and social causes of sex differences in offered in 2003-2004. [WI] behavior, attraction and love, marriage and of biological systems in feeding and drinking, sexual A Psy 371 (= A Wss 371) Sexual and behavior, sleep and arousal, learning and memory, alternatives, sexual behavior, personality variables psychopathology and psychopharmacology. relating to sexual responsiveness, sexual Physical Abuse (3) Prerequisite(s): A Psy 214 or permission of dysfunction, sexual deviations, effects of erotica, In depth coverage of abuse and neglect of children instructor. and birth control. A Psy 340Z is the writing and elderly people, relationship violence in intensive version of A Psy 340; only one may be heterosexual, lesbian and gay relationships, rape and A Psy 315 Biological Bases of taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. other forms of sexual coercion, sexual abuse of children, child pornography and prostitution and Behavior Laboratory (1) A Psy 340Z The Psychology of Through demonstration and experimentation, sexual harassment. Research and theories from students will explore topics of current research Human Sexuality (3) diverse areas of psychology will be used. Emphasis interest to the Biopsychology faculty. Manipulation A Psy 340Z is the writing intensive version of Psy will be on prevention. A Psy 371Z is the writing of brain systems and quantification of behavioral 340; only one may be taken for credit. intensive version of A Psy 371; only one may be outcomes will be emphasized. Prerequisite(s): A Psy Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. [WI] taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and 314 and permission of instructor. May not be offered A Psy 210 or an equivalent statistics course in 2003-2004. approved by instructor or permission of instructor. A Psy 327 Personality (3) A Psy 371Z (= A Wss 371Z) Sexual Biological and social determinants of personality and Physical Abuse (3) and its development; methods of studying A Psy 371Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy personality; the various systems of psychology and 371; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] their interpretations of personality structure. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M.

227 University at Albany A Psy 380 Learning (3) A Psy 387 Behavior Genetics (3) A Psy 414Z Human Neuropsychology Analysis of basic problems in learning. Examination of the role which heredity plays in (3) Consideration of data resulting from human and individual differences in behavior, and the A Psy 414Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy animal experimentation. A Psy 380Z is the writing mechanisms by which these influences operate. 414; only one may be taken for credit. intensive version of A Psy 380; only one may be Emphasis on the role of genetics in development of Prerequisite(s): A Psy 314 or permission of taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 210 and 211; the organism and its behavior. Prerequisite(s): 9 instructor. [WI] or permission of instructor. credits in psychology including A Psy 101M and A Psy 210; or permission of instructor A Psy 419 Autism I (3) A Psy 380Z Learning (3) This course introduces students to autism spectrum A Psy 380Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy A Psy 388 Introduction to disorders. Included are discussions of the biological 380; only one may be taken for credit. Psychopharmacology (3) bases for the disorders as well as philosophical and Prerequisite(s): A Psy 210 and 211; or permission of Overview of the principles of psycho-pharmacology historical perspectives. Highlighted is recent instructor. [WI]. as relevant to drug use; the biological, research on treatment approaches, including efforts A Psy 381 Memory and Cognition (3) neurochemical and physiological mechanisms to improve communication and social skills as well underlying the actions of drugs; psychiatric as decrease problem behaviors. Prerequisite(s): Examination of both basic and complex information medications and their therapeutic actions and A Psy 101M or its equivalent processing skills of humans. Topics include sensory associated toxicities; and the history, consequences memory, selective attention, pattern recognition, and complexity of drug use and abuse. A Psy 420 Autism II – Introduction to coding processes, short-term and long-term memory Prerequisite(s): A Psy 214. May not be offered in Intervention (3) performance, theories of recognition and recall, and 2003-2004. This course will provide students with an in-depth theories of semantic memory. Prerequisite(s): A Psy knowledge of the empirically validated techniques 101M and 380 or 380Z. A Psy 397 Directed Research in used to treat children with autism. Highlighted will A Psy 382 Sensation and Perception Psychology (3) be programmatic efforts to improve the (3) Provides the opportunity for a junior to work on a language/communication and social skills of these research project under the supervision of a faculty children. Additionally, related research on reducing Consideration of biological and psychophysical member. Open to majors and nonmajors. May be problem behavior, including Functional Behavior aspects of sensory systems and the processes by repeated for credit. A Psy 397Z is the writing Assessment and Positive Supports (as described in which organisms process sensory information and intensive version of A Psy 397. A maximum of 3 the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act) will organize their perceptual worlds. Human perception credits in independent study courses (A Psy be covered. Expanded coverage of behavior analysis, will be stressed. A Psy 382Z is the writing intensive 297/297Z, 397/397Z, or 497Z) may be applied to the application of these basic principles, and ethical version of A Psy 382; only one may be taken for major credit, but may not be used to satisfy the 300- issues related to the delivery of services will be credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 211 or permission of or-above requirement. Each applicant must present a highlighted. Prerequisite(s): Students are required to instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. statement of the intended project which clearly have successfully completed A Psy 319. defines the problem and/or topic, lists resources for A Psy 382Z Sensation and A Psy 421 Autism III – Practicum in Perception (3) the project, provides the basis of student evaluation, and bears the approval by signature of the faculty Intervention (3) A Psy 382Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy adviser. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 210 and 211 and This course will parallel the Introduction to 382; only one may be taken for credit. permission of instructor. S/U graded. Invention course and will involve students being Prerequisite(s): A Psy 211 or permission of engaged in practicum experiences with children instructor. [WI]. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Psy 397Z Directed Research in having autism. Students will be supervised as they A Psy 384 Motivation (3) Psychology (3) work with children with this disorder and will be Will explore current human motivation theories and May be repeated for credit. A Psy 397Z is the required to design and implement a series of plans research, focusing on the social, cognitive, and writing intensive version of A Psy 397. A maximum with the students that support the Individualized emotional processes that initiate, energize, and direct of 3 credits in independent study courses (A Psy Education Plan. The application of behavior analysis behavior. Topics will include: the structure and 297/297Z, 397/397Z, or 497Z) may be applied to principles and the ethical issues involved in their function of goals, examining reasons for engaging in major credit, but may not be used to satisfy the 300- delivery will be covered. or-above requirement. Each applicant must present a activities and the application of theories and research A Psy 450 Selected Topics in findings to various life domains. Prerequisite(s): statement of the intended project which clearly A Psy 101M, 210, 211, and 270. May not be offered defines the problem and/or topic, lists resources for Psychology (3) in 2003-2004. the project, provides the basis of student evaluation, Selected topics from the current literature bearing on and bears the approval by signature of the faculty issues that define the specified fields. Specific areas A Psy 385 Evolutionary Psychology adviser. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 210 and 211 and to be announced at time of offering. May be repeated (3) permission of instructor. S/U graded. [WI]. once for credit. A Psy 450Z is the writing intensive Review of the genetic, ecological, and adaptive version of A Psy 450. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 210 and A Psy 399 Honors Seminar (3) 211 and permission of instructor. correlates of behavior. Topics include the Seminar specifically designed for students admitted comparative development of higher mental A Psy 450Z Selected Topics in processes, aggression, anti-predator behaviors, to the department’s honors program. The course biological constraints on learning, and behavior involves discussion of design problems in a Psychology (3) genetics, with emphasis on animal behavior and particular psychological context, outlining ways in May be repeated once for credit. A Psy 450Z is the evolution as a model for understanding human which psychological science progresses, from the writing intensive version of A Psy 450. behavior. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M. generation of hypotheses to the interpretation of Prerequisite(s): A Psy 210 and 211 and permission information gathered and design and analysis. of instructor. [WI] A Psy 386 Psychology of Aging (3) Discussion will also follow a written evaluation, Theoretical assumptions of the aging process; aging against a number of explicit desiderata, of a paper A Psy 497Z (formerly A Psy 497) as it affects various psychological functions and presented by a member of the group, or one from the Independent Study and Research (3– associated social-psychological processes; literature, or one from a member of the faculty. 6) implications for social and institutional policy. Ethical issues will also be considered, specifically Survey of the research literature and/or conduct of a A Psy 386Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy those that arise from performance of research using research project on a selected methodological, 386; only one may be taken for credit. human subjects. Prerequisite(s): admission to the theoretical, or applied problem. Each student must Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and 203. May not be department’s honors program. have a faculty adviser. Open to majors and offered in 2003-2004. A Psy 414 Human Neuropsychology nonmajors. May be repeated for credit. A maximum A Psy 386Z Psychology of Aging (3) (3) of 3 credits in independent study courses (A Psy 297, 397, or 497Z) may be applied to major credit, A Psy 386Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy Evaluation of the functions of the human brain. but may not be used to satisfy the 300-or-above 386; only one may be taken for credit. Basic brain-behavior relationships are examined requirement. Each applicant must present a Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and 203. [WI]. May not from both brain-impaired populations and nonpatient statement of the intended project which clearly be offered in 2003-2004. groups. A Psy 414Z is the writing intensive version defines the problem and/or topic, lists resources for of A Psy 414; only one may be taken for credit. the project, provides the basis of student evaluation, Prerequisite(s): A Psy 314 or permission of and bears the approval by signature of the faculty instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004.May not adviser. The former A Psy 497 does not yield be offered in 2003-2004. writing intensive credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and 12 additional credits in psychology and permission of instructor; statement of the intended project and a study plan; A Psy 210 and 211 recommended. S/U graded. [WI]

228 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Psy 499 Honors Project in Psychology (3) The design, conduct, analysis, interpretation, and write-up of a research project under the supervision of a faculty mentor. Open to Honors Program students only. Each applicant must present a full proposal of the intended project. May be repeated once for credit. A Psy 499Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy 499. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 399 and permission of the chair. A Psy 499Z Honors Project in Psychology (3) May be repeated once for credit. A Psy 499Z is the writing intensive version of A Psy 499. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 399 and permission of the chair. [WI]

229 University at Albany Degree Requirements for the RELIGIOUS Faculty-Initiated Courses Interdisciplinary Major with a A Rel 100L Introduction to the STUDIES PROGRAM Study of Religion (3) Concentration in Religious Exploration of the religious dimension of life, Faculty Studies with an introduction to the theory and practice of religion, including such topics as myth, Distinguished Service Professor General program B.A.: Religious Studies ritual, belief, reason, revelation, mysticism, Ronald A. Bosco, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) requires a minimum of 36 credits, at least religious organization, etc., and their relation to Department of English 18 of which must be on the 300 and 400 other personal, social and cultural aspects of Paul W. Wallace, Ph.D. human experience, past and present. [DP if Department of Classics level, distributed as follows: taken before Fall 2004; HU] Distinguished Teaching Professors Emeritae/i 1. 15 credits from Breadth Courses, of which A Rel 103L (= A Clg 103L) Gary H. Gossen, Ph.D. the following are required: A Rel 100L, A Phi Introduction to New Testament Department of Anthropology 214, A Ant 363. Greek I (4) Professors Emeritae/i Introduction to the fundamentals of the grammar Jerome Eckstein, Ph.D. Breadth Courses: A Aas 341; A Ant 175L; and vocabulary of the New Testament. Readings Department of Judaic Studies A Cas 222; A Clc 105L (or 105E); A Gog in the gospel of John and the Book of Acts. No Thomas R. Martland, Ph.D. 102M (or 102G), 442Z; A His 235 (or 235Z), previous knowledge of Greek required. Only Department of Philosophy A His 387 (or 387Z), A His 388 (or 388Z); one of A Clg 103L & A Rel 103L may be taken Hans A. Pohlsander, Ph.D. A Jst 150, 253; A Phi 116L, 311, 322, 342, for credit. Department of Classics 344, 346; A Rel 200L, 299, 397; A Soc 352. A Rel 104L (= A Clg 104L) William L. Reese, Ph.D. Introduction to New Testament Department of Philosophy 2. 18 credits from one of the Concentrations: Greek II (4) Professors Religious Creative Expressions (Art, Continuation of A Clg 103L. Only one of A Clg Donald Biggs, Ed.D. Architecture, Music, Literature); Religion and 104L & A Rel 104L may be taken for credit. Department of Counseling Psychology Society; or Critical Issues of Religion. Prerequisite(s): A Clg 103L or permission of Charles Hartman, Ph.D. instructor. Department of East Asian Studies Courses for the Concentration in Religious A Rel 116L (= A Phi 116L) World John Monfasani, Ph.D. Creative Expressions (Art, Architecture, Views (3) Department of History Music, Literature): A Ant 268L; A Arh 170L, Herman P. Salomon, D. Litt. Examination of some of the major systems of 171L, 331, 332, 341, 342Z, 374, 432, 442; assumptions and values humans have used in Department of French Studies A Eac 199; A Cla 207L, 207E, 208L, 307, attempting to understand reality, the meaning of Mary Beth Winn, Ph.D. 402, 460; A Clc 223L; A Eng 221 (or A Jst life, and their dealings with others. World views Department of French Studies studied may vary from semester to semester. Associate Professors 242, or A Rel 221), 289, 348, 421, 432; A Heb Examples are Greek, Judeo-Christian, Marxist Robert M. Garvin, Ph.D. 203, 390; A Ita 421; A Jst 230, 280, 281 (or and libertarian. Only one of A Phi 116L & Department of Philosophy 281Z), 330, 337; A Mus 205, 432Z; A Thr A Rel 116L may be taken for credit. [HU] Daniel Grossberg, Ph.D. 221L. A Rel 155 (= A Jst 155) Judaism: Department of Judaic Studies Traditions and Practices (3) K. Drew Hartzell, Ph.D. Courses for the Concentration in Religion and Society: A Ant 145, 243, 341M or Examines development of normative Jewish Department of Music traditions and practices from rabbinic period to Stanley J. Isser, Ph.D. (341G), 433; A Cas 160 (or 160Z); A Clc present. Major focus is Jewish religious groups Department of Judaic Studies 402, 403, 407; A His 324, 338, 339, 348, and observances in contemporary United States. George A. Levesque, Ph.D. 381, 383, 387, 388, 425A, 463; A Jst 221, Topics include how different Jewish groups Department of Africana Studies 244, 248, 251, 252, 254, 341, 342, 343 (or situate themselves in American society; Jewish calendar and life-cycle observances; impact of Roger W. Stump, Ph.D. 343Z), 344 (or 344Z); A Spn 313. Department of Geography and Planning feminism; social action agendas; role of Israel. Courses for the Concentration in Critical [DP] Issues in Religion: A Est 120; A Jst 291, A Rel 175L (= A Ant 175L) The Religious Studies Program is an 325, 335, 430; A Phy 201L or 201E; A Pos Anthropology and Folklore (3) interdisciplinary program reflecting a wide 358, 359; or A Ssw 220. Introduction to the study of folklore as an aspect variety of academic interests and disciplines. of culture, symbolically expressing people’s Its purpose as a program is to produce a formal 3. Three credits from the senior seminar identity, beliefs and values. The focus is on oral A Rel 499. text traditions—myths, folktales, and legends— structure for the study of the religions of topics in folk custom and ritual, folk music and humankind. NOTE: Courses that conform to the intent folk art are also included. Includes folklore from Western and non-Western cultures. Offered fall “Religion” is that which is to be studied; and content of the program, but are not listed semester only. Only one of A Ant 175L & A Rel “religious studies” is the composite program may be counted towards fulfilling the 175L may be taken for credit. [HU] requirements upon approval of the program and/or the official title for the formal structure A Rel 199 (= A Eac 199) director. A rearrangement of courses into new produced for the study of religion. Religious Introduction to the I-Ching (3) belief will not be necessary in order to take concentrations may be possible upon the The I-Ching, which is probably the oldest book courses or to participate in the program. approval of the program director. in existence, is a repository of concepts basic to Chinese culture and its development of a Religion, one of the most basic of human Students may also complete a minor in uniquely Chinese world view. This course will concerns, has occupied a leading place in the religious studies. focus on the central position of the I-Ching in thought and activities of all peoples from the Chinese intellectual and spiritual life and provide a system of knowledge whereby man earliest civilizations (as shown by can analyze the pattern of changes in life archaeology), through early literate societies, governed by the Immutable Law of Change. (as seen in their religious texts), to the present, Only one of A Rel 199 & A Eac 199 may be where religious beliefs and their consequences taken for credit. continue to shape the daily news.

230 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Rel 200L Introduction to the the founding of the State of Israel, and Jewish of the individual prophet and his impact upon Bible (3) history in the United States. Includes readings Judaism and Western civilization. A Rel 281Z & This course is intended to introduce the student from primary sources and fiction. Only one of A Jst 281Z are the writing intensive versions of to the content, background, and nature of the A Jst 254, 344, 344Z & A Rel 254 may be taken A Jst 281 & A Rel 281; only one of the four writings that constitute the basis of Judeo- for credit. [GC] courses may be taken for credit. Christian culture. Modern methods of research A Rel 256 (= A Jst 256) World Jewry (textual, archaeological) will be discussed, and since the Holocaust (3) class sessions will often be illustrated by slides An examination of the trajectory of the historical and of works of art (statuary, mosaic, painting) demographic changes in Jewish civilization since inspired by the Biblical narrative. May not be World War II and the Holocaust. Investigates offered in 2003-2004. [HU] significant changes in diaspora Jewry as well as the A Rel 203 (= A Heb 203) Biblical emergence of America and Israel as the postwar Hebrew (3) centers of modern Jewish life. One-third of the Methods and research tools of modern Bible course is devoted to changes in American Jewish life study. Grammar and syntax of classical Hebrew and culture. for students familiar with modern Hebrew. Only A Rel 261 (= A Eas 261) Introduction one of A Rel 203 & A Heb 203 may be taken for to the Religions of Japan (3) credit. Prerequisite(s): A Heb 102. An introduction to the major religious traditions of A Rel 214 (= A Phi 214) World Japan, particularly Shinto and Buddhism, this course Religions (3) will cover the major forms of religious expression in Survey of the major religions of the world, Japanese history from the earliest historical records concentrating on those practices and beliefs that to the so-called New Religions which arose in the contribute to their value systems. Religions twentieth century. Discussion will include the include Buddhism, Christianity, Confucianism, philosophical, artistic, social, and political Hinduism, Islam, Judaism and Taoism. Only one dimensions of religion in Japanese society. of A Rel 214 & A Phi 214 may be taken for A Rel 265 (= A Eas 265) Introduction credit. [DP if taken before Fall 2004; GC] to Indian Buddhism (3) A Rel 221 (= A Eng 221 & A Jst An introduction to the story of Buddhism in 242) The Bible as Literature (3) South Asia. Focus is on the evolution of the Literary genres of the Hebrew Bible (Old Buddhist view of sentient life during its first Testament) and the cultures from which they 1500 years on the subcontinent as expressed emerged. Attention to parallel developments in primarily in doctrine, but cultural, artistic, other literatures and to the influence of the social, and political issues will also be Hebrew Bible on Western life and letters. Only considered. one of A Eng 221, A Jst 242 & A Rel 221 may A Rel 266 (= A Eas 266) Introduction be taken for credit. to Religions of Japan (3). A Rel 231 (= A Jst 231) Modern An introduction to the heritage of Buddhism in East Jewish Thought (3) Asia. Focus is on the cultural interaction between Indian Buddhist notions of the human condition and An examination of changes over time in Jewish the traditional religious and philosophical thought and philosophy from the seventeenth assumptions of China and Japan. Discussion will century to the present. Focuses on key Jewish center on doctrine and the history of its transmission thinkers, philosophers, and theologians. One-third of and understanding, including issues in language, the course is devoted to Jewish thought in the artistic expression, and the establishment of the American context. [EU] monastic community. A Rel 252 (= A Jst 252) Jews, A Rel 270 (= A Jst 270) Jewish- Hellenism, and Early Christianity Christian Relations (3) (3) This course compares and contrasts the belief History of the Jewish people from Alexander the systems and historical contacts, both positive Great to the decline of the ancient world. and negative, of Jews and Christians, from the Topics include examination of cultural origins of Christianity to the ecumenical conflict in Judaea and the diaspora, movement in the contemporary United States. confrontation with Greco-Roman Hellenism and Only one of A Jst 270 & A Rel 270 may be early Christianity, sectarianism, and the taken for credit. [DP] beginnings of Rabbinic institutions. Only one of A Jst 252, 342, 342Z & A Rel 252 may be taken A Rel 275 (= E Edu 275) Social for credit. [EU] Morality and Citizenship Education A Rel 253 (= A Jst 253) Medieval in a Pluralistic Society (3) Jews Among Muslims and This course discusses the concepts of good and bad citizens that have given rise to disputes Christians (3) about citizenship and education for citizenship. Studies Jewish history, life and culture in the It considers various historical, philosophical, contexts of the Muslim and Christian civilizations of and cultural perspectives on public virtues and the Middle Ages. Discusses differences among Jews, the concept of the common good in the context Muslims and Christians; emphasizes reactions to of a pluralistic and democratic society. Only one persecution, Jewish autonomy and social life as a of A Rel 275 & A Edu 275 may be taken for minority group in a majority culture, and the credit. [DP] development of Jewish law, literature, philosophy and mysticism. Only one of A Jst 253, 343, 343Z & A Rel 280 (= A Jst 280) The Torah A Rel 253 may be taken for credit. [EU] (3) A Rel 254 (= A Jst 254) The Jews in General introduction to The Five Books of Moses (in English) considered against a background of the Modern World (3) religious, social and philosophical aspects. Studies A survey of modern Jewish history from 1700 to the significance of the Torah in the development of the present, emphasizing the Jewish encounter Judaic civilization. Only one of A Jst 280 & A Rel with modernity in both Western and Eastern 280 may be taken for credit. Europe. Themes include the struggle for enlightenment and civil rights; religious reforms A Rel 281 (= A Jst 281) The in Judaism, the Hasidic movement, reactions to Prophets (3) anti-Semitism, Jewish nationalist and political Survey of the prophets in general (in movements, the Holocaust, events leading up to English), emphasizing the moral and social role 231 University at Albany A Rel 281Z (= A Jst 281Z) The A Rel 322 (= A Phi 322) Philosophy A Rel 363 (= A Ant 363) Ethnology of Prophets (4) of Religion (3) A Rel 281Z & A Jst 281Z are the writing Philosophical analysis of selected religious Religion (3) intensive versions of A Jst 281 & A Rel 281; concepts and programs, based upon the writings Examination of the form and functions of ritual only one of the four courses may be taken for of representative philosophers and theologians. systems as related to myth and world view on a credit. [WI] Focuses on Judeo-Christian tradition. Only one cross-cultural basis. Emphasizes the religions of of A Rel 322 & A Phi 322 may be taken for A Rel 282 (= A Jst 282) Late nonliterate and peasant peoples. Only one of credit. Prerequisite(s): a 100- or 200-level A Ant 363 & A Rel 363 may be taken for credit. Biblical Literature (3) course in philosophy. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 100 or 108M or 108G, or Examination of books in the “Ketuvim” A Phi 214. May not be offered in 2003-2004. (Writings) section of the Hebrew Bible and A Rel 325 (= A Jst 325) Rabbinic some works of the Apocrypha (in English). Literature (3) A Rel 387 (= A His 387) Islam in Topics include stories (Ruth, Judith) poetry A study of one or more works of rabbinic literature the Middle East: Religion & (Psalms Song of Songs) wisdom (Job, from among Mishnah, Talmud, Midrash, Culture I (3) Ecclesiastes) historiography (Chronicles) and commentaries, and codes. Analytical reading of the Social, political, economic and religious apocalyptic (Daniel, II Esdras) and how these texts in English translation and discussion of their dimensions of Islam from the time of works develop themes from earlier biblical religious, legal, historical, and literary implications. Mohammed through the 18th century with literature. Only one of A Rel 282 & A Jst 282 May be repeated for credit if topic differs. emphasis on the intellectual, cultural, and may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 or A Jst 155. educational institutions of the Middle East. A Rel 285 (= A Jst 285) Hero and A Rel 335 (= A Jst 335) The Among topics discussed will be Sunnism- Antihero in Scripture (3) Holocaust in Christian and Jewish Shi’ism and the schools of law, social and economic infrastructure, science and education, An examination of different kinds of heroic figures Theology (3) and reasons for the waning of the Muslim world. in biblical literature, with questions about literary The Christian and Jewish theological and Prerequisite(s): Junior or Senior class standing presentation, religious significance, and historicity. philosophic response to the genocide or 3 credits of history. The course looks at ideal and roguish characteristics committed by the Nazis. Christian theologians of heroic individuals in the biblical text and how deal with Christianity’s role in the Holocaust, and A Rel 388 (= A His 388) Islam in these are treated in later exegesis and modern Jewish theologians examine the problem of God’s the Middle East: Religion & scholarship. A wide variety of men and women from justice. Examines the works of Flannery, the Hebrew Bible, the Apocrypha, and the New Culture II (3) Eckhardt, Littell, Rubenstein, Fackenheim and Social, political, economic and religious Testament are studied, but particular emphasis is Berkovits. Only one of A Jst 335 & A Rel 335 th placed on Moses, David and Jesus. [BE] [OD] changes in the Middle East from the 18 century may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Jst 150 to Ayatollah Khomeini. Among the topics A Rel 286 (= a Jst 286) Jerusalem: or a course in philosophy. discussed will be the impact of the West on the the City and the Idea (3) A Rel 342 (= A Phi 342) Indian Middle East, the role of oil in shaping the global Now the capital of Israel, Jerusalem has been central Philosophies (3) economy, nationalist movements, the crisis in to Jewish history and religion, as well as to Introduction to Indian philosophies from pre- the Persian Gulf, and the rise of Islamic Christianity and Islam. The course surveys its Vedic India to contemporary thought. Only one Revivalism. Prerequisite(s): Junior or Senior physical history, its image in religion, nationalism, of A Rel 342 & A Phi 342 may be taken for class standing or 3 credits of History. literature, and the arts, and its various populations credit. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 214 or A His 176 A Rel 390 (= A Heb 390) Readings and their subgroups. It aims to provide a or A His 177 (or 177Z), or junior or senior class in Biblical Literature (3) sophisticated understanding of the demographics and standing. politics of contemporary Jerusalem. Studies in a selected biblical book or genre A Rel 344 (= A Eac 344 & A Phi emphasizing the tools and concerns of current A Rel 291 (= A 291 and A Jst 291) 344) Chinese Philosophies (3) biblical research as applied to both classical Messiah and Messianism in Judaism Introduction to Chinese philosophies from the (traditional) and modern commentaries. The and Christianity (3) course may be taken more than once if different Chou period to contemporary thought. Only one topics are examined. Prerequisite(s): second- Origins of Jewish and Christian messianism in the of A Phi 344, A Eac 344 & A Rel 344 may be year Hebrew competence, A Heb 203, or Old and New Testaments and related literature. taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 214 or permission of instructor. Topics include the projection of a society’s ultimate A Eac 170 or A His 176 or A His 177 (or 177Z); values, and the tension caused by the actual attempts or junior or senior class standing. A Rel 391 (= A Heb 391) Wisdom to realize those values; i.e., to achieve salvation A Rel 345 (= A Eas 345) Ethical Literature in the Bible (3) through messianic movements. Only one of A study of Proverbs and Ecclesiastes as A His/Jst/Rel 291 may be taken for credit. [GC] Issues in East Asian Thought (3) This is a discussion course that looks at ethical representatives of Biblical Wisdom literature. A Rel 297L (= A His 297L) Religion issues of contemporary significance to the cultures The literary form, cultural tradition and world and Society in History (3) of Asia. Students read contemporary academic outlook of these wisdom books will be This course will focus on the role religion has discussions of how problems such as suicide, examined. Course is conducted in Hebrew. Only played in societies from antiquity to the present. euthanasia, abortion, sexuality, cloning, etc. have one of A Rel 391 & A Heb 391 may be taken for Our examination will include the anointed kings been understood historically and in terms of credit. Prerequisite(s): third-year Hebrew of ancient Israel, the idealized unity of emperor competence, A Heb 203, or permission of and patriarch in Byzantium, the universal claims contemporary social morality in India, China, Tibet, instructor. of the Holy Roman Empire, the role of the and Japan. prophet in Islam, the divinity of the Emperor in A Rel 392 (= A Heb 392) Love China and Japan, the conception of the monarchy A Rel 346 (= A Phi 346) Japanese in Western and Eastern Europe, the anti-religious Religions and Philosophies (3) Poetry in the Bible (3) rhetoric of European revolutions, the separation Introduction to Japanese philosophies and A study of the Song of Songs. The place of this of church and state in contemporary secular religions from the pre-Buddhist period to erotic literature in the Hebrew Bible and the societies, the current revival of fundamentalism, puzzling literary form of the work will be and the persistence of wards based on religion. contemporary Japan. Only one of A Rel 346 & examined. Course in conducted in Hebrew. Only Architecture, music, iconography, and rituals will A Phi 346 may be taken for credit. one of A Rel 392 & A Heb 392 may be taken for be examined for the information they provide. Prerequisite(s): A Phi 214 or A His 176 or credit. Prerequisite(s): third-year Hebrew [GC HU] A His 177 (or 177Z), or junior or senior class standing. competence, A Heb 203, or permission of A Rel 297E (= A His 297E) Religion instructor. and Society in History (4) A Rel 357 (= A Eas 357) Zen A Rel 393 (= A Eas 393) Readings in A Rel 297E is the writing intensive version of Buddhism (3) Buddhist Texts (3) A Rel 297L; only one may be taken for credit. An introduction to the religious, philosophical, and [GC HU WI] artistic tradition of Zen Buddhism in China, Korea, This is an advanced course in the study of Buddhism and Japan and the West. This course looks at the that will focus on the close reading of Buddhist A Rel 299 Topics in Religious birth and subsequent historical evolution of the Zen scriptures in English translation. Prerequisite(s): Studies (1–4) or Ch’an school of Buddhism in East Asia. We will A Eas 265/A Rel 265; A Eas 266/A Rel 266, or Study of a selected topic in religious studies. look at the intersection of :Buddhist and Chinese permission of the instructor. May be taken more than once with different presumptions about spirituality that gave rise to this content. Consult fall and spring schedule of unusual religious form, discussing precisely what is classes for specific topics. and I not iconoclastic about its tenets. The experience of American Zen communities will also be considered. 232 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Rel 394 (= E Eas 394) Readings in Japanese Religious Studies (3) This is an advanced course in the religious traditions of Japan. We will read English translations of religious texts native to the Japanese experience of religion, specifically Buddhist, Shinto, Confucian, and Folk. Prerequisite(s): One of the following: A Eaj 261/A Rel 261; A Eas 266/A Rel 266, A Eas 190, A Eas 357 or permission of the instructor. A Rel 397 Independent Study of Religious Studies (1–4) Independent reading and research on selected topics under the direction of a faculty member. May be repeated for credit when topics differ. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, permission of faculty member, and approval of program director. A Rel 402 (= A Clc 402) Greek and Roman Religion (3) Survey of Greek and Roman religions at large followed by a detailed examination of the so- called mystery religions. Interdisciplinary in nature, it employs not only religious but also philosophical, especially ethical, literary, historical and archaeological materials. Only one of A Rel 402 & A Clc 402 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and some background in either classical or religious studies. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Rel 403 (= A Clc 403) Roman Civilization and Christianity (3) Roman civilization in the late Empire; the relation between pagan and Christian culture ba se d on a study of lite ra r y a nd archaeological sources. Only one of A Rel 403 & A Clc 403 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Clc 134 or A His 235 or 235Z. May not be offered during 2003-2004 A Rel 499 Senior Seminar in Religious Studies (3) Seminar on selected topics in religious studies. Preparation of a paper under the direction of a faculty member. Open to seniors with permission of director.

233 University at Albany

General Program B.A.: Senior seminar A Res 498/Z (3 credits) RUSSIAN AND EAST REES Concentration in Political Science 35 credits as follows: Electives: 3 credits from among: EUROPEAN STUDIES A His 456, 463/Z, 481/Z, 483/Z, or Political Science:18 credits 485/Z (when topic is relevant) PROGRAM R Pos 102M/102G, 370, 371, 354, 356, R Pos 350, 351, 452/Z, 461Z and 452/Z (or other Political Science A Rus 161/Z, 251L, 261L/261E, 270, Program Director courses as advised) 280, 354/Z, 380. Associate Professor Charles Rougle History: 3 credits Slavic and Eurasian Studies A His 355/Z Courses The major in Russian and East European Language: 8 credits from among: Studies offers interdisciplinary training, A Rus 101-102 and/or 200-500 level A Res 498Z Senior Seminar in including necessary language skills, in a courses Russian and East European critically important geographic area. A Pol 101-102 Studies (3) Three concentrations are available: (1) Senior research project done under the A Ukr 101-102 direction of a faculty member participating History, (2) Political Science, (3) Soviet or other East European languages as in the Russian and East European Studies and post-Soviet Russia. The major advised Program. A reading knowledge of one provides excellent preparation for post- European language, preferably East European, is highly recommended. [WI] graduate work in Russian and East Senior Seminar: A Res 498/Z (3 credits) European studies, international law, business, education, foreign affairs and Electives: 6 credits from two prefixes public administration, as well as for from among: professional careers in public or private A His 353/Z, 354/Z, 483/Z organizations involved in international R Pos 350, 351, 461Z activities.

Requirements for the Major in Russian and East European General Program B.A.: Studies REES Concentration in Soviet and post- Soviet Russia 35 credits as follows: General Program B.A.: REES Concentration in History Culture: 6 credits: 35 credits as follows: A Rus 162/Z and 3 credits from among: A Rus 161/Z, Culture: 3 credits 270, 280, 380 A Rus 161/Z or 162/Z History: 6 credits History: 12 credits from A His 354/Z A His 353/Z, 354/Z, 355Z, 483Z A His 355/Z

Political Science: 3 credits: Political Science: 6 credits R Pos 354 R Pos 354 R Pos 356 Language: 8 credits from among: A Rus 101-102 and/or 200-500 level Language: 5 credits of Russian Language courses above A Rus 201 A Pol 101-102 A Ukr 101-102 Literature: 6 credits or other East European languages as A Rus 252L advised A Rus 253L

Senior Seminar: A Res 498/Z (3 credits)

Electives: 6 credits from two prefixes from among: A His 456, 463/Z, 481/Z, 483/Z, or 485/Z (when topic is relevant) or other History courses as advised. R Pos 356, 452/Z

234 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Assistant Professors Department. Upon successful completion of DEPARTMENT OF Thoroddur Bjarnason, Ph.D. the two courses with a grade of C or better in University of Notre Dame, Indiana each, students may apply for admission to the SOCIOLOGY Angie Chung, Ph.D. major. Most entering transfer students have University of California, Los Angeles, completed A Soc 115 (Introduction to Faculty Ronald N. Jacobs, Ph.D. Sociology). Those who have not taken A Soc Distinguished Professors University of California, Los Angeles 115 may take that course their first semester, Richard D. Alba, Ph.D. Adjuncts (estimated): 9 followed in the next semester by the two Columbia University Teaching Assistants (estimated): 6 courses required for admission to the major. John R. Logan, Ph.D. Such students may then apply for admission University of California, Berkeley and, if successful, will be able to complete Distinguished Service Professors remaining major requirements in two or more Richard H. Hall, Ph.D. Careers semesters. Ohio State University A B.A. degree in sociology prepares Glenna D. Spitze, Ph.D. people for positions in business, Degree Requirements for the University of Illinois government, and the human services. Major in Sociology Distinguished Teaching Professors Fields such as health management, public Steven F. Messner, Ph.D. General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 administration, gerontology, and higher Princeton University credits in sociology, including: A Soc educational administration include people Professors Emeritae/i 115M or 115G, 220, 221, 235, one 400- with a sociology B.A. degree. The Raymond Forer, Ph.D. level seminar, and 21 additional credits of undergraduate degree in sociology is Yale University sociology as advised. Of the required 36 excellent preparation for advanced Professors credits in sociology, a minimum of 12 degrees and future careers in business Christine E. Bose, Ph.D. credits must be at the 300 level or above. administration, criminal justice, social Johns Hopkins University Note: the 400-level seminar counts toward welfare, law, education, and the health Donald J. Hernandez, Ph.D. the 12-credit minimum. professions, as well as graduate study in University of California, Berkeley sociology and related disciplines. Sociology majors are restricted to A–E Marvin D. Krohn, Ph.D. grading after matriculation at Albany Florida State University when taking courses to fulfill the Steven Seidman, Ph.D. Admission requirements in research methods (A Soc University of Virginia Application: Students who have completed 220), statistics (A Soc 221), and theory Scott J. South, Ph.D. A Soc 115 (Introduction to Sociology), A Soc (A Soc 235). University of Texas 220 (Introduction to Social Research), and Majors who have satisfactorily completed Russell A. Ward, Ph.D. A Soc 235 (Sociological Theory) with grades University of Wisconsin A Mat 108, A Psy 210, or R Crj 281 will of C or better in the latter two courses may have A Soc 221 waived. In this case, Associate Professors Emeritae/i apply for admission to the major in sociology. Arnold Foster, Ph.D. students must substitute a 3-credit Upon review of the student’s record, the sociology course for A Soc 221. University of London department will admit all applicants who meet Arthur H. Richardson, Ph.D. the specified requirements. Students who do Purdue University not meet the specified criteria for admission Special Programs or Associate Professors may retake either or both courses in order to Opportunities Glenn D. Deane, Ph.D. achieve the minimum grade of C. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill The department provides research opportunities Nancy A. Denton, Ph.D. Appeals: Students denied admission to the for graduate and undergraduate students, a series University of Pennsylvania major may appeal the decision by petition to of colloquia with locally and nationally known Albert C. Higgins, Ph.D. the department chair. The deadline for appeals sociologists, and a local chapter of the national University of North Carolina is the end of the fifth day of classes each sociology honorary society, Alpha Kappa Hayward D. Horton, Ph.D. semester. Appeals will be evaluated prior to Delta. A joint B.A./M.A. program is available Pennsylvania State University the final date for adding or dropping semester- in sociology as well as a joint B.A./M.P.A. in Richard W. Lachmann, Ph.D. length courses each semester. The department sociology and public administration. Harvard University chair and the director of the undergraduate Zai Liang, Ph.D. committee will make the decision on the University of Chicago appeal. Karyn A. Loscocco, Ph.D. Impact on Transfer Students: Transfer Indiana University students who plan to major in sociology but Gwen Moore, Ph.D. have not completed A Soc 220 or A Soc 235 New York University or their equivalents with grades of C or better Lawrence E. Raffalovich, Ph.D. may declare their intention to major in Indiana University sociology but will not be formally admitted to Maurice N. Richter Jr., Ph.D. the major when they enter the University. University of Chicago Students who declare their intention to major Katherine Trent, Ph.D. in sociology will be advised by the Sociology University of Texas David G. Wagner, Ph.D. Stanford University James R. Zetka, Jr., Ph.D. Northwestern University

235 University at Albany Honors Program Sociology/Public Administration. The Combined B.A./M.A. and combined B.A./M.P.A. program in The honors program in sociology B.A./M.P.A. Programs sociology/public administration provides combines recognition of general academic an opportunity for students of recognized excellence with demonstrated achievement Sociology/Sociology. The combined academic ability and educational maturity in sociology. The program is structured to B.A./M.A. program in sociology/sociology to fulfill integrated requirements of provide exposure to the breadth of provides an opportunity for students of undergraduate and master’s degree sociological modes of inquiry, while also recognized academic ability and educational programs from the beginning of their stimulating and supporting original, maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of junior year. A carefully designed program student-initiated exploration of undergraduate and master’s degree programs can permit a student to earn the B.A. and sociological issues. from the beginning of their junior year. The M.P.A. degrees in one less semester than program provides an integrated and focused is normally required. SELECTION AND EVALUATION curriculum in sociology that allows the upper-level student exposure to advanced The combined program requires a The student must have declared sociology as knowledge in theory and substantive areas minimum of 154 credits, of which at least a major and have completed at least 12 and opportunities for participation in 46 must be graduate credits. In qualifying credits of course work in sociology. The research. A carefully designed program can for the B.A., students must meet all student must have an overall grade point permit a student to earn the B.A. and M.A. University and school requirements, average not lower than 3.25 and a 3.50 in degrees within nine semesters. including the requirements of the major sociology is required for admission to the described previously, the minor honors program. The combined program requires a requirement, the minimum 90-credit liberal minimum of 138 credits, of which at least arts and science requirement, general Upon satisfactory completion of the 30 must be graduate credits. In qualifying education requirements, and residency honors curriculum and of courses required for the B.A., students must meet all requirements. In qualifying for the of all majors, students will be University and college requirements, M.P.A., students must meet all University recommended by the Director of the including the requirements of the and school requirements as outlined in the Honors Program to graduate with honors undergraduate major described previously, Graduate Bulletin, including completion of a in sociology. the minor requirement, the minimum 90- minimum of 46 graduate credits and any The student must maintain the same grade credit liberal arts and science requirement, other conditions such as a research point average overall and the same general education requirements, and seminar, thesis, comprehensive average in the major as were required for residency requirements. During their junior examination, professional experience, and admission to the honors program. and senior years students take A Soc 509, residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate 510, 511, and 522. In qualifying for the credits may be applied simultaneously to M.A., students must meet all University both the B.A. and M.P.A. programs. CURRICULUM and college requirements as outlined in A total of 36 credits in sociology, including the Graduate Bulletin, including Students are considered as undergraduates A Soc 115M or 115G, 220, 221, 235, two completion of a minimum of 30 graduate until completion of 120 graduation credits and substantive courses (300 level or higher) credits and any other conditions such as a satisfactory completion of all B.A. directly related to the topic of the honors research seminar, thesis, comprehensive requirements. Upon meeting B.A. requirements, thesis. Research Proposal Seminar (A Soc examination, professional experience, and students are automatically considered graduate 488Z) and a Senior Honors Thesis (A Soc residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate students. 498). credits may be applied simultaneously to Students may apply to the combined both the B.A. and M.A. programs. degree program in sociology/public ADMINISTRATION Students are considered undergraduates administration at the beginning of their until completion of 120 graduation credits junior year or after the successful The undergraduate honors director and satisfactory completion of all B.A. completion of 56 credits, but no later than administers the program, advises students, requirements. Upon meeting B.A. the accumulation of 100 credits. A and helps students in selecting thesis requirements, students are automatically cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or advisers. considered as graduate students. higher and three supportive letters of The thesis is discussed in a forum involving recommendation from faculty are required Students may apply to the Graduate the adviser, the honors director, and other for consideration. Committee for admission to the combined faculty members selected by the student and degree program in sociology at the the adviser upon its completion in the senior beginning of their junior year or after the year. successful completion of 56 credits, but no later than the accumulation of 100 credits. A cumulative grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three supportive letters of recommendation from faculty are required for consideration. The Graduate Committee will thoroughly review the progress and academic standing of students admitted to the program at the end of the junior year.

236 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 Courses A Soc 221 Statistics for A Soc 282M (= A Lcs 282M) Race Sociologists (3) & Ethnicity (3) A Soc 115M Introduction to Introduction to quantitative analysis of The purpose of this course is to provide the Sociology (3) sociological data: methods of summarizing student with an introduction to the sociological Nature of culture and of human society, and describing univariate distributions study of race and ethnicity in the United personality development, groups and group including the use of tables and graphs; States. Specifically, the course emphasizes structure, social institutions, the processes of methods of examining relationships between understanding the social, demographic, social change. A Soc 115G is the writing two or more measures; statistical inference and economic, political and historical forces that intensive version of A Soc 115M; only one hypothesis testing. A Soc 221 is restricted to have resulted in the unique experiences of may be taken for credit. [SS] A–E grading after matriculation at Albany. different groups of Americans. Further, the Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. [MS] student will be provided with the opportunity A Soc 115G Introduction to to analyze and discuss the impact of public Sociology (3) A Soc 235 (formerly A Soc 335) policy on issues that pertain to various racial A Soc 115G is the writing intensive version of Sociological Theory (3) and ethnic groups. [DP SS] A Soc 115M; only one may be taken for credit. [SS Overview of major schools of theory influencing WI] current sociological inquiry. Discussion of selected A Soc 283M (formerly A Soc works of classical and contemporary theorists. The 383M) Juvenile Delinquency (3) A Soc 180M Social Problems (3) influence of values on theorizing and the issue of The purpose of this course is to examine the Applies the concepts, methods, and ethics of value neutrality. An evaluation of the role of theory unique aspects of the juvenile justice system sociology to the analysis of “social problems.” in the growth of the discipline. Prerequisite(s): and theoretical explanations of delinquent A Soc 180G is the writing intensive version of A Soc 115M or 115G. behavior. The course is divided into three A Soc 180M; only one may be taken for credit. sections: 1) conceptual and methodological [SS] A Soc 250 Sociology of Families issues in the study of delinquency; 2) (3) explanations of delinquent behavior; 3) the A Soc 180G Social Problems (3) The family as a social institution; types of control of delinquency. Prerequisite(s): A Soc A Soc 180G is the writing intensive version of family organization; the family as a 115M or 115G. [SS] A Soc 180M; only one may be taken for credit. [SS socializing agency and its interrelations with WI] other institutions; the impact of social change A Soc 289 (= A Lcs 289) Special A Soc 200 (formerly A Soc 354) on the American family with particular Topics in Ethnicity (1–3) reference to the transition from a rural- Intensive examination of the culture and lifestyle Political Sociology (3) agricultural to a predominantly urban- of a single ethnic group within American society. Analyzes the social bases of political power and industrial society. Prerequisite(s): A Soc The specific ethnic group varies from term to the origin, course of development, and duration of 115M or 115G. term and is indicated by course subtitle: e.g., social movements; the role of propaganda, Ethnicity; Italian Americans. A Lcs 289 and communication, and public opinion in political A Soc 255 Mass Media (3) A Soc 289 can be repeated, but the total credits behavior; the structure of political organizations. The role of newspapers, radio, television and earned may not exceed 6 credits under different Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. motion pictures in American society. Changes in subtitles. Departmental permission required for A Soc 210M Sociology of Culture these media and their functional relationship to more than 6 credits. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M education, the economy, the political process and or 115G. May not be offered in 2003-2004. (3) public opinion. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or The social settings within which culture— 115G A Soc 299 Special Topics in literature, painting, theatre, fashion, popular A Soc 260 Social Psychology (3) Sociology (3) magazines, graffiti, television—are produced and Investigation of a special topic in Sociology. consumed. Special attention is paid to the Survey course covering both theories and The topic varies from semester to semester, and development of artistic careers, the forces topical areas in the field. Both sociological and is indicated by the course subtitle. Course may shaping markets for artistic objects and psychological perspectives are represented, be repeated once if topics differ. Prerequisite(s): performances, the effects of censorship, and class although the former is emphasized. Topical areas A Soc 115M or 115G. differences in the consumption of culture. include the self, face-to-face interaction, attitudes, Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. [SS] communication, interpersonal relationships, small A Soc 325 (formerly A Soc 457M & group processes, social structure, and personality. A Soc 217 Alternatives to 457G) Sociology of Science (3) A Soc 260Z is the writing intensive version of A Soc Characteristics of scientific belief systems: Bureaucratic Organization (3) 260; only one may be taken for credit. social background of the development of Whereas some social theorists focus on the Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G, or A Psy science; the social organization of scientific functional aspects of bureaucratic organization, such 101M. activity; the impact of science on society. A Soc as efficiency and impartiality, others view the A Soc 260Z Social Psychology (3) 325Z is the writing intensive version of A Soc specialization and impersonality of bureaucratic 325; only one may be taken for credit. work as incompatible with humanistic values. The A Soc 260Z is the writing intensive version of A Soc 260; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. May not intellectual roots of these two traditions and various be offered in 2003-2004. contemporary versions of them are examined. A Soc Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G, or A Psy 217Z is the writing intensive version of A Soc 217; 101M. [WI] A Soc 325Z (formerly A Soc 457M only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 262M (= A Wss 262M) & 457G) Sociology of Science (3) A Soc 115M or 115G. May not be offered in 2003- A Soc 325Z is the writing intensive version of 2004. Sociology of Gender (3) Culturally defined sex roles: their origins and A Soc 325; only one may be taken for credit. A Soc 217Z Alternatives to their implications for individuals and society. Prerequisite(s) A Soc 115M or 115G. May not Bureaucratic Organization (3) Only one of A Soc 262M and A Wss 262M may be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] A Soc 217Z is the writing intensive version of be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M A Soc 340 Social Control (3) A Soc 217; only one may be taken for credit. or 115G; or permission of instructor. [DP SS] The factors involved in the maintenance of the Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or A Soc 115G. A Soc 270M Social and social order and the making of group decisions. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] Demographic Change (3) The nature of custom, ideology, leadership, public opinion and other types of control. A Soc 220 (formerly A Soc 223) This is a computer-based course that Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. May not Introduction to Social Research investigates how major social, economic and political changes have affected the be offered in 2003-2004. (3) demographic structure of the national Examination of the assumptions and A Soc 341 Social Inequality (3) population in the past four decades. The focus Diverse forms of inequality in human society; techniques of social research: problems of is on gaining an understanding of how major design, data collection, quantitative and causes and consequences of inequality; dimensions of the nation’s social and sociological approaches to the study of qualitative analysis; review of current research in demographic structures have changed from professional journals; the uses of survey research; inequality. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 1950 to the present. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115G. application of concepts through individual and 115M or 115G. May not be offered in 2003- class projects. A Soc 220 is restricted to A–E 2004. grading after matriculation at Albany. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G.

237 University at Albany A Soc 342 Organizations in A Soc 359DM Medical Sociology Society (3) (3) Analysis of the structure and processes of different Comprehensive introduction to sociological factors types of organizations (e.g., banks, schools, in disease etiology and illness behavior and to the government agencies, computer firms); intra- and sociology of the organization of medical practice inter-organizational relationships; organizations and the health professions. A Soc 359G is the and their environments; organizational writing intensive version of A Soc 359M; only one effectiveness. A Soc 342Z is a writing intensive may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M version of A Soc 342; only one may be taken for or 115G. [OD WI] credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. A Soc 359M Medical Sociology (3) A Soc 342Z Organizations in Comprehensive introduction to sociological factors Society (3) in disease etiology and illness behavior and to the A Soc 342Z is a writing intensive version of sociology of the organization of medical practice A Soc 342; only one may be taken for credit. and the health professions. A Soc 359G is the Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. [WI] writing intensive version of A Soc 359M; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc A Soc 344 (= A Wss 344) 115M or 115G. [SS] Sociology of Women in the A Soc 359G Medical Sociology (3) Political Economy (3) A Soc 359G is the writing intensive version of The different economic roles women play. The A Soc 359M; only one may be taken for credit. socio-historical determinants of these roles and Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. May not their implications for the individual and be offered during 2003-2004. [SS WI] society. A Soc 344Z & A Wss 344Z are the writing intensive versions of A Soc 344 and A Soc 360 Processes of A Wss 344; only one of the four courses may Socialization (3) be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc Exploration of socialization processes with 115M or 115G, or permission of instructor. similarities and differences in occurrence in various A Soc 344Z (= A Wss 344 Z) social institutions; aspects of socialization in the life cycle of the individual. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M Sociology of Women in the or 115G; A Soc 260 or 260Z or equivalent. May not Political Economy (3) be offered during 2003-2004. A Soc 344Z & A Wss 344Z are the writing intensive versions of A Soc 344 and A Wss A Soc 362 Sociology of Sexualities 344; only one of the four courses may be taken (3) for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or This course reviews the core of the sociology of 115G, or permission of instructor. May not be sexuality from a sociohistorical perspective. offered during 2003-2004..[WI] Among the topics to be discussed are the theoretical approaches to sexuality, the making of A Soc 345 Industrial and sexual identities, the relationship between Economic Organization (3) sexuality and social institutions, and sexual Examination of the relationship between market politics and ethics. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M developments and patterns of industrial or 115G. organization. The emergence of capitalist market systems and implications for the organization of A Soc 369 (formerly A Soc 469) work. The relationship between markets and Special Topics in Social production systems in developed industrial Psychology (3) economies. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or Basic exploration of a specific area in social 115G. May not be offered during 2003-2004. psychology, with primary emphasis on exposure A Soc 350 Social Movements (3) to relevant theoretical and research literature. Mobilization of social, ethnic, national and gender Topic varies from semester to semester and is groups is the focal concern. Both macro and micro indicated by course subtitle. Course may be approaches will be employed. Motivations, repeated for up to 9 credits if topic differs. resources, ideologies, patterns, and outcomes will Departmental permission required for more than 9 be discussed. Major theoretical models will be credits. Prerequisite(s): 6 credits in sociology and presented and evaluated. Prerequisite(s): A Soc permission of instructor. May not be offered 115M or 115G. during 2003-2004. A Soc 351 (formerly A Soc 444M & A Soc 370 Social Demography (3) The purpose of this course is to provide the student 444G) Social Conflict (3) with an in-depth introduction to the field of Sources and effects of social conflict; stages in the demography and population studies. Specifically, the conflict process; strategies of conflicting parties; course emphasizes the impact of population social control over conflict situations. A Soc 351Z processes and events on human societies. Sociology, is the writing intensive version of A Soc 351; only along with other social science disciplines, will be one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc employed to facilitate the understanding of how 115M or 115G. social and demographic factors interact to create A Soc 351Z (formerly A Soc 444M problems throughout the world. & 444G) Social Conflict (3) A Soc 371 (= A Eco 341 & 341Z) Soc 351Z is the writing intensive version of Urban Economics (3) Soc 351; only one may be taken for credit. Only one of A Soc 371 and A Eco 341 & 341Z Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. May not may be taken for credit. May not be offered be offered during 2003-2004. [WI] during 2003-2004. A Soc 357 Sociology of Work (3) A Soc 373 Community and Urban Nature and outcome of work for the individual Sociology (3) and the society; considerations of gender, age, Approaches to the study of community and urban race, and ethnicity as they interact with form and process. The city as a coercive product employment and unemployment and career and as a social artifact. The impact of patterns; relationships between work and urbanization and other changes on the physical family; the potential for changing work, and and social structure of communities. The impact the role of power in the workplace. of the urban setting upon social institutions, city, Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. metropolis, and megalopolis, the future of cities. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G.

238 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Soc 375 U.S. Urban A Soc 410Z Selected Topics A Soc 460Z Selected Topics Neighborhood Diversity (3) Seminar in the Sociology of Seminar in Social Psychology (3) Examines racial and ethnic diversity in Culture (3) An intensive examination of a specialized neighborhoods in contemporary urban America. An intensive examination of a specialized topic topic in the area of social psychology, Explores various definitions of neighborhood and in the area of the sociology of culture, including analysis of relevant literature and measures used to examine neighborhood including significant exposure to primary critical class discussion. Topic varies from segregation. It discusses the importance of one’s literature and critical class discussion. Possible semester to semester as is indicated by neighborhood in structuring other aspects of life, topics include functions of art in society, the course subtitle. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M including friendships, schools, crime and health. mass media, art, and religion. Prerequisite(s): or 115G; 220, 221, and 235; or permission Attitudes toward integration will be linked to A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, 221, and 235; or of instructor. [WI] neighborhood change and metropolitan wide permission of instructor. May not be offered A Soc 470D Selected Topics patterns of residential segregation. during 2003-2004. [WI] Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G.May not be Seminar in the Sociology of offered during 2003-2004. [DP] A Soc 420Z Selected Topics Families (3) A Soc 380 (formerly A Soc 480) Seminar in Research Methods (3) A specialized course in the sociology of the An intensive examination of a specialized family. Topics might include: work and Sociology of Deviant Behavior (3) topic in sociological research. Topics family, aging families, gender and families, Explores various aspects of deviance: causes of include survey analysis and reporting, cross-cultural studies in the family. deviant behavior, sources and nature of qualitative methods, multivariate analysis, Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, reactions to deviants, impact of social reaction experimental design. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 221, and 235; or permission of instructor. on deviants, relationships between deviance 115M or 115G; 220, 221, and 235; or [OD WI] and social structure. Theories of deviance and permission of instructor. May not be offered selected areas of deviant behavior are during 2003-2004. [WI] A Soc 470Z Selected Topics discussed. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or Seminar in the Sociology of 115G. A Soc 430Z Selected Topics Families (3) A Soc 381 Criminology (3) Seminar in Sociological Theory (3) A specialized course in the sociology of the Introduction to the study of crime, including An intensive examination of a specialized family. Topics might include: work and the development of criminal law, the topic in the area of sociological theory, family, aging families, gender and families, relationship between crime and social including significant exposure to primary cross-cultural studies in the family. structure, and the individual and social causes literature and critical class discussion. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, of crime. Analyzes the criminal justice system: Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, 221, and 235; or permission of instructor. 221, and 235; or permission of instructor. [WI] police, courts, and correctional systems. Only May not be offered during 2003-2004. [WI] one of A Soc 381 and R Crj 200 may be taken A Soc 473Z Selected Topics for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or A Soc 440Z Selected Topics 115G. Seminar in Community and Seminar in Stratification: Race, Urban Sociology (3) A Soc 384 Sociology of Aging (3) Ethnicity, Gender and Class (3) A specialized course in community and Aging as a cultural phenomenon; a An intensive examination of a specialized topic urban sociology. Topics might include comparative study of age structure in society; relating to stratification or inequality among segregation, the under class, American the nature of age strata; relationships of age social groups defined by categories of race, neighborhoods, suburbanization, evolution strata; the consequence of social change for ethnicity, gender, or class. Topics will vary of cities, the third world urbanization, and age definition. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or from term to term. Prerequisite(s): A Soc urban policy. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M 115G. 115M or 115G; 220, 221, and 235; or or 115G; 220, 221, and 235, or permission permission of instructor. [WI] A Soc 385 (formerly A Soc 451) of instructor. [WI] Sociology of Law (3) A Soc 441Z Selected Topics A Soc 475Z Selected Topics The course will examine theoretical and Seminar in Comparative Sociology Seminar in Demography (3) conceptual issues of law and the operation of (3) A specialized course in demography. Topics the criminal justice system. The course is An intensive examination of a specialized topic might include: fertility, mortality, designed to be analytical rather than in the area of sociological theory, including migration, population policy, family descriptive. It emphasizes theoretical and significant exposure to primary literature, and demography, historical demography. research work that has been done on the law critical class discussion. Topics include: Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, and the criminal justice system. comparative peasant societies, the origins of 221, and 235, or permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. capitalism, comparative world religions, [WI] A Soc 389 Special Topics in revolutions and social movements. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, A Soc 481Z Selected Topics Sociology of Culture (3) 221, and 235; or permission of instructor. May Seminar in Crime and Deviance Examination of a specialized topic in the area not be offered during 2003-2004. [WI] (3) of sociology of culture. Topic varies each A Soc 449Z Selected Topics An intensive examination of how to use data term, but might include sociology of the arts, on deviance and crime in evaluating social literature, leisure, religion, or in areas such as Seminar in Work and theories and policies about deviance and Eastern European, Chinese, or Latin American Organizations (3) crime, including significant exposure to culture. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G An intensive examination of a specialized primary literature and critical class A Soc 399 Special Topics in topic in work and organizations (such as discussion. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or Sociology (3) family, comparative organizations, industrial 115G; 220, 221, and 235, or permission of automation). Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or instructor. [WI] Intensive investigation of a specialized topic in 115G; 220, 221, and 235; or permission of Sociology. The topic varies from semester to instructor. [WI] A Soc 484Z Selected Topics semester and is indicated by the course subtitle. Seminar in the Sociology of The course may be repeated once if topics A Soc 450Z Selected Topics differ. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. Aging (3) Seminar in Political Sociology A specialized course in sociology of aging. (3) Topics might include: aging families, cross- An intensive examination of a specialized cultural and sub-cultural differences, work topic in the area of political sociology, and retirement, intergenerational relationships, including significant exposure to primary death and dying, and social policy issues. literature and critical class discussion. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, 221, and 235, or permission of instructor. 221, and 235; or permission of instructor. May not be offered during 2003-2004. [WI] May not be offered during 2003-2004. [WI] A Soc 485Z Selected Topics Seminar in Health and Medicine (3) An intensive examination of a specialized topic in the area of health and medicine, including 239 University at Albany significant exposure to primary literature and A Soc 488Z Research Proposal critical class discussion. Prerequisite(s): A Soc Seminar (3) 115M or 115G; 220, 221, and 235, or This writing intensive seminar is intended for permission of instructor. May not be offered students who wish to acquire experience in during 2003-2004. [WI] sociological research, are considering writing an honors thesis in sociology (A Soc 498), or may be interested in graduate studies in sociology. Topics covered include the choice of a research question, theoretical issues, review of literature, research design, collection and analysis of data, and presentation of results. A research proposal is written under the supervision of a member of the department of sociology. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, 221, and 235; and an overall GPA of 3.25 or higher. A Soc 490A and B Internship in Sociology (3, 3) Individually designed internships for students who wish to acquire experience in a field or area of sociology that interests them. Student-instructor conferences are arranged at regular intervals. May be taken only once for credit. Open to senior sociology majors only, with permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G, 220, 221, 235, one sociology course directly related to the internship and an overall GPA of 3.0. S/U graded. A Soc 495Z Special Topics Seminar in Sociology (3) Intensive examination of a specialized topic in sociology. The special topic varies from semester to semester and is indicated by course subtitle. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G; 220, 221, and 235, or permission of instructor. May not be offered during 2003-2004. [WI] A Soc 497A and B Independent Study in Sociology (1-3) Independent reading or research on a selected experimental, theoretical, or applied problem under the direction of a faculty member. May be taken a second time for an additional 3 credits upon recommendation of the faculty supervisor and with approval of the department chair. Prerequisite(s) for sociology majors: A Soc 115M or 115G, 12 additional credits in sociology, and junior or senior class standing: Prerequisite(s) for non-sociology majors: senior class standing and two courses in sociology. All students must have permission of department and contractual agreement with a departmental instructor to supervise project. A Soc 498 Senior Honors Thesis (3) Honors Thesis written under the supervision of a member of the sociology department. The student presents proposals and periodic progress reports. The thesis is presented to the adviser and Honors Committee in the final semester of the senior year. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 488Z (Research Proposal). A Soc 499 Special Topics in Sociology (3) Intensive examination of a specialized topic in Sociology. The topic varies from semester to semester and is indicated by course subtitle. Course may be repeated once if topics differ. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or 115G. May not be offered during 2003-2004.

240 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

All theatre majors take the following 36-credit DEPARTMENT OF The curriculum of the Theatre Department core sequence of courses: A Thr 135, 201 (2 (which includes its production program) is credits), 202 (2 credits), 210Z, 221L, 222L, THEATRE designed to aid students to reason and write 235L, 240, 250, 322 or 322Z, plus three of the effectively, to acquire intellectual skills following: A Thr 324/A Eng 344 or A Thr necessary to confront a changing world, to Faculty 325/A Eng 345, A Thr 430, A Thr 455, or acquire proficiency in a core of theatre A Thr 456. Professors Emeritae/i knowledge and practice, and to understand the Jarka M. Burian, Ph.D. self-discipline necessary to pursue a life in art. General Program B.A.: Cornell University 36 credits (at least 12 credits must be at the James Leonard, Ph.D. Theatre is a performing art. It is also a major 300 level or above). Students in the general Cornell University area of study through which one may gain a program are required to take the 36-credit core. Albert B. Weiner, Ph.D. liberal arts education. The Department of Yale University Theatre assumed these two views of the theatre Departmental Program B.A.: Professor to be mutually supportive. Design, direction, 54 credits (at least 18 credits must be at the Andi Lyons, M.F.A. acting, writing, technology, history, theory, 300 level or above). Students in the Yale University criticism, and dramatic literature are departmental program are required to take the Associate Professors considered interdependent studies. However, a 36-credit core plus courses as follows, and W. Langdon Brown, Ph.D. degree of specialization is expected of all they do not need to declare a separate minor. students. Cornell University 18 credit Concentration in Theatre Janet M. Sussman, M.F.A. Production: University of Texas, Austin Careers One or two of the following: A Thr 260 or 270 Associate Professors Emeritae/i or 280, 340 or 242 or 244; Albert Asermely, Ph.D. A major in theatre prepares students for City University of New York specialized graduate study in dramatic art or Two or three of the following: A Thr 341, 360, Robert J. Donnelly, M.F.A. conservatory training in performance or 370, 380L; Yale University production. Thus they acquire a wide range of knowledge and skills transferable to a variety Three of the following: A Thr 350, 365, 375, Jerome Hanley, M.F.A. 385, 440, 465, 470, 501. Yale University of career paths. In addition, theatre majors are Edward J. Mendus, M.A. prepared to pursue any career path requiring a University at Albany broad liberal education. Combined B.A./M.A. Program Assistant Professors Our graduates are currently acting and The Combined B.A./M.A. Program in theatre Ruben Arana-Downs, M.F.A. directing in television, film, and on stage in provides an opportunity for students of North Carolina School of Arts New York, and in regional theatres. Graduates recognized academic ability and educational Mark J. Dalton, M.F.A. in design and technical areas have found maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of University of Washington employment in the New York theatre, in undergraduate and master’s degree programs Amy J. Lehman, Ph.D. regional theatres, with touring theatrical and starting from the beginning of their junior Indiana University concert productions and with equipment year. A carefully designed program can permit Eszter Szalczer, Ph.D. manufacturers and distributors. Other a student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees City University of New York graduates have gone into architecture, within nine semesters. Adam Zonder, M.F.A. teaching, journalism, communications, the The combined program requires a minimum of University of Connecticut law, and business. Visiting Assistant Professors 138 credits, of which at least 30 must be James P. Farrell, M.F.A. graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., New York University Casting Policy Statement students will meet all University and college Marna Lawrence, M.F.A. The Department of Theatre, University at requirements, including the requirements for either the general program major or the Indiana University Albany, State University of New York, has departmental program major described Lecturers pledged itself to the goal of achieving cultural previously, the minor requirement, the Ione Beauchamp, M.F.A. diversity in the casting of its productions. New York University minimum 90-credit liberal arts and sciences Kristina Bendikas, MFA, Ph.D. Degree Requirements for the requirement, general education requirements, University of Toronto Major in Theatre and residency requirements. In qualifying for Yvonne Perry-Hulbert, M.A. the M.A., students will meet all University and University at Albany A student may elect either a 36-credit general college requirements as outlined in the Leigh A. Strimbeck, B.F.A. program or a 54-credit departmental program Graduate Bulletin, including completing a New York University in which emphasis in a particular area of minimum of 30 graduate credits, and any Teaching Assistants (estimated): 2 theatre is required. conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, or other A student wishing to concentrate in dramatic professional experience where required, and theory, history, and literature should enroll in residency requirements. the general program and plan a minor to accommodate such interests.

241 University at Albany Up to 12 graduate credits may be applied Courses comprehension begun in A Thr 162. This course will simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. develop an increased movement vocabulary moving A Thr 107L Introduction to Dramatic into more advanced technical combinations programs. The graduate courses which are (rhythmic and non-rhythmic) related to space, time used to satisfy the requirement of “6 credits… Art (3) and energy. Movement exercises will allow students The components of dramatic art; attention to the to work creatively, individually and in groups in theatre department courses in theatre contributions of acting, script, makeup, scenery, history, theory or dramatic literature” may employing movement tasks to develop modern lighting, sound, music and architecture to the theatre dance repertoire. Course assignments may include substitute for appropriate courses in the as a unified creative expression. A Thr 107E is the attendance at public performances, readings, written required 36-credit undergraduate core. In writing intensive version of A Thr 107L; only one journals and an informal performance work will be addition, graduate courses in theatre may be may be taken for credit. [AR] required to complete the unit. Prerequisite(s): A Thr used to satisfy the undergraduate requirement A Thr 107E Introduction to Dramatic 162 of “additional credits as advised.” Graduate Art (3) A Thr 164 Beginning Jazz Dance (3) courses in other departments, if approved by A Thr 107E is the writing intensive version of A Thr An exploration of the basic principles of jazz dance the Director of Graduate Studies in Theatre as 107L; only one may be taken for credit. Will not be technique including body isolations, syncopation and offered in 2003-2004. [AR WI] combinations of basic jazz steps. Readings in the appropriate to the student’s M.A. program history of jazz dance, video and live concert viewing under the rubric “supporting courses, as A Thr 120 Understanding Design for will place jazz dance in a historical context and advised,” may be counted toward the B.A. the Performing Arts (3) create an appreciation of it as an art form. Movement program. An introduction to the creative and historical studies, journals and a final piece for public processes, principles, and practices of design for the performance are required. S/U graded. May not be Students will be considered as undergraduates performing arts. Using theatre as the primary form, offered in 2003-2004. this course provides an overview of scenery, until completion of 120 graduation credits and lighting, costuming, sound, and special effects, A Thr 170 Introduction to Ballet (3) satisfactory completion of all B.A. examining how each plays a role in defining An introduction to theory and techniques of classical requirements. Upon satisfying requirements resolutions to the major issues of live performance ballet as well as appreciation of the art form. May be for the B.A., students will automatically be design. [AR] repeated once for credit. considered as graduate students. A Thr 129 Performance Aerobics (2) A Thr 171 Intermediate Ballet (3) An introduction to aerobic exercise that strengthens Continuation of skill development and Students may apply for admission to the and tones muscles, increases muscle-joint flexibility comprehension begun in A Thr 170. Theory and combined degree program at the beginning of and cardiorespiratory endurance. Emphasis is on techniques of classical ballet as well as appreciation their junior year, or after successful body awareness, alignment, fluidity of movement, of the art form. May be repeated once for credit. projection and performance energy. No previous May not be offered in 2003-2004. completion of 56 credits, but no later than the experience necessary. S/U graded. accumulation of 100 credits. A cumulative A Thr 175 Choreography (3) grade point average of 3.20 or higher and three A Thr 130 Technical Elements of Study and practice of the creation and artistic patterning of movement into dance. Exercises are supportive letters of recommendation from Theatre (3) An introduction to theatrical production, including given to explore movement possibilities and faculty are required for consideration. Students the examination of theatre architecture, scenery, structures based on kinesthetic responses. Students will be admitted to the combined program lighting, costumes, sound, properties, and production make regular in-class presentations of projects-in- upon the recommendation of the Graduate organization. May not be offered in 2003-2004. progress and show the final project in an informal showing. Consideration of the expression of ideas Admissions Committee of the Department of A Thr 135 Introduction to Technical through dance will be integral to students’ Theatre. Theatre (4) development of the choreographic process. Students Examination of the elements of technical theatre, are expected to maintain a journal recording an including function and coordination of theatre outline of their choreographic projects and written Honors Program architecture, scenery, lighting, costume and props. exercises related to allocated compositional tasks. Prerequisite(s) Two of the following three courses: The honors program in theatre is designed to Three hours of lecture, plus assigned laboratory sessions. A Thr 162, A Thr 170 and A Thr 244 or permission give exceptional undergraduates the of the instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Thr 140 Fundamentals of Acting opportunity to take advanced classwork in the A Thr 201 Production and (3) field of theatre studies, and to work more Performance closely with faculty on independent projects Introduction to the art and craft of acting. Exercises in relaxation, concentration and imaging. Lab (1) that might be otherwise possible. Memorized scenes and monologues. Course is Application of theatre study to theatre practice limited to freshman sophomores S/U graded. through participation in the production activities of Requirements for admission to Honors the Department of Theatre. Assignments are Program A Thr 140A Fundamentals of Acting coordinated by the instructor each semester with the (3) productions being presented. Examples of A Thr 210, 221, 222 and 322 completed or in Introduction to the art and craft of acting. Exercises assignments in this course are production shop progress; no fewer than 12 credits toward the in relaxation, concentration and imaging. crews, acting, publicity and dramaturgy. Two major completed; a 3.5 GPA in all theatre Memorized scenes and monologues. This course is semesters required of Theatre majors. Repeatable for courses, overall 3.25 GPA. Submission of offered only through the University in High School credit. A maximum total of six credits from A Thr Program. A/E graded.. 201 and A Thr 202 may be applied toward application/project proposal to honors graduation. committee. A Thr 162 Introduction to Modern Dance (3) A Thr 202 Production and Requirements for completion of Honors An exploration of the fundamentals of modern dance Performance Lab 2 (1) Program technique: body alignment, coordination, strength Application of theatre study to theatre practice and flexibility, locomotion performed in rhythmic through participation in the production crew Overall GPA of 3.25. All requirements for patterns with an emphasis on anatomically efficient activities of the Department of Theatre. Assignments core theatre major with GPA of 3.5 (the movement and energy projection. An investigation are coordinated by the instructor each semester with student may be expelled from the Honors of the elements of movement: space, time and the productions being presented. Examples of energy and the creative and expressive aspects of assignments in this course are production running Program if the GPA drops below the required dance through improvisation, problem solving, crews, and supervisory positions. Two semesters level, or in the case of excessive or unjustified composition and performance. The study of the required of Theatre majors. Repeatable for credit. A incompletes in any course(s), pending the development of modern dance as an art form. This maximum total of six credits from A Thr 201 and judgment of the Honors Committee); 500 or course will include readings in dance theory and A Thr 202 may be applied toward graduation. history, video and live concert viewing, movement 600 level honors seminar (3 cr); honors studies, journals, and a final piece for public A Thr 210Z Play Analysis (3) seminar or independent study in which viewing. No previous experience necessary. Study of approaches to the analysis of dramatic literature. Readings in dramatic literature, criticism, substantial research is done in preparation for A Thr 163 Intermediate Modern theory. Written practice in analyzing plays and other the Honors project (3 cr); Honors project (3cr) Dance (3) assigned readings. [WI] Continuation of skill development and 242 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Thr 221L Development of Theatre understanding and applying the principles of board/staff leadership, programming and budgeting. and Drama I (3) chiaroscuro. Term project required. Only one of A Thr 315 and A Mus 315 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A survey of dramatic literature and theatrical art in A Thr 260 Theatrical Drafting (3) permission of instructor. Will not be offered in ancient Greece and Rome, Asia and Medieval Study and practice of the techniques used in 2003-2004. Europe. This course includes introductory material theatrical drafting including orthographic to provide a foundation for further study in dramatic projections, isometrics, mechanical perspective and A Thr 320 Performance Art in literature and theatre history. [AR EU HU] freehand drawing, which are essential tools of America (3) A Thr 222L Development of Theatre communication for further study in the technical and Performance art has proven to be a radical method of design areas. Will not be offered in 2003-2004. and Drama II (3) establishing cultural and gender identity. This course A survey of dramatic literature and theatrical art A Thr 261 Folk Dance (1) examines the origins of the form in avant garde from the Renaissance to the late 19th century. An introduction to International Folk Dance. Dances European movements of the early twentieth century Prerequisite(s): A Thr 221L. [AR EU HU] from many countries and cultures will be taught and and its vigorous expression in contemporary discussed. The course will prepare the student to join America. Course texts include performance scripts, A Thr 224L Contemporary Issues in recreational folk dance groups and to participate in performance videos and, where possible, live Modern Drama (3) ethnic festivals. S/U graded. May not be offered in performance art. As the content of performance art is 2003-2004. often controversial and sometimes offensive, Exploration of selected themes and ideas represented students in the course will consider issues such as in plays chosen from the modern repertory. Political, A Thr 263 Decorative Arts in Relation social, economic, and/or ethical issues are examined censorship, civil discourse, and the methodology of as dramatists are representing them in today’s plays. to Scenic Design (3) criticizing controversial material. May not be offered Prospective students should consult the instructor for A survey of period styles of furniture, architectural in 2003-2004. current course information and topics. May be ornament, and interior architecture and decoration. A Thr 322 Development of Theatre repeated once for credit when content varies. [AR Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. May not be and Drama III (3) HU]. May not be offered in 2003-2004. offered in 2003-2004. A survey of dramatic literature and theatrical art A Thr 225L American Theatre History A Thr 264 Rendering Techniques for from the end of the 19th century to World War II. A Thr 322Z is the writing intensive version of A Thr (3) Theatre (3) A practical course in rendering for theatre 322; only one may be taken for credit. Development of theatre and drama in the United Prerequisite(s): A Thr 221L. [AR] States from its 17th-century beginnings to the employing a variety of techniques including acrylic, present. [AR HU] watercolor and ink. Projects include rendering light, A Thr 322Z Development of Theatre copying photographs, and applying acrylic paint and Drama III (3) A Thr 228 Voices of Diversity in employing watercolor technique. May not be offered The writing intensive version of A Thr 322; only one Contemporary American Theatre and in 2003-2004. may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 221L. Drama (3) A Thr 266 Scene Painting (3) [AR WI] Concentration on works which are often omitted A practical approach to painting scenery for the A Thr 324 (= A Eng 344) Early Works from the theatrical canon because of their divergent theatre. Students learn a variety of application of Shakespeare (3) aesthetic, ideological or sociological values. techniques employing tools such as sprayers, The development of Shakespeare’s dramatic art, Selections will include, but not be limited to, dramas brushes, brooms, feather dusters, sponges and with emphasis on character, language, theme, form and creative contributions by African-Americans, stamps. Students also study color mixing and the and structure in comedies, histories and tragedies of Latinas and Latinos, Gays and Lesbians, and Native physical properties of paint. May not be offered in the 16th century. Intended primarily for juniors and Americans. [DP]. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 2003-2004. seniors. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. A Thr 230L Great Drama on Film and A Thr 270 Technical Theatre Practice A Thr 325 (= A Eng 345) Later Works Video (3) (3) of Shakespeare (3) A study of major works of drama through the ages Introduction to the materials and techniques used in with emphasis on their values as works of dramatic the construction and handling of theatrical scenery The development of Shakespeare’s dramatic art, literature as well as crucial raw material for complex and lighting. Topics include equipment, rigging, focusing on works from the 17th century—the embodiment in theatre and film performance. [AR mechanical devices, basic electricity, and translation mature tragedies (including Hamlet,) the “dark” HU]. May not be offered in 2003-2004. of theatrical drafting. Emphasis on application comedies, and the dramatic romances—with within the theatrical environment. May not be emphasis on character, language, theme, form and A Thr 235L Fundamentals of offered in 2003-2004. structure, as well as dramatic history. Intended Theatrical Design (3) primarily for juniors and seniors. Prerequisite(s): Exploration of the elements of design and principles A Thr 280 Costume Technology (3) Permission of instructor. of composition, especially as they relate to the visual Introduction to the use of materials and techniques in A Thr 340 Acting II (3) aspects of theatre. Lectures will emphasize scenic the preparation and construction of theatrical Developing a role through script analysis. The and costume design, with projects, exercises and costumes. Topics include patterning, draping, basic course focuses on learning and applying a practical classroom discussions aimed at developing visual theatrical sewing, budgeting, dyeing, and fabrics. method of analyzing a script for character action. awareness and imagination. [AR Emphasis on application within the theatrical Exercises include scene work, monologue environment. preparation, and audition technique. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 240 Acting I (3) A Thr 300 Plays in Process (3) Development of the actor’s instrument: voice, body A Thr 240 and permission of instructor [OD]. and imagination. Topics include vocabulary, This course examines the arc of the dramatic event A Thr 341 Acting III (3) analysis for action, discipline, artistic focus, and from its genesis in the mind of the playwright to its Developing and opening up the student actor’s rehearsal skills. Exercises include improvisations presentation before an audience. Particular attention instrument through performing Shakespearean and scripted performance. The purpose of this course is paid to source material and its relationship to the scenes. Exploration of acting technique beyond the is to encourage students to take artistic risks and development of the script. The contributions of psychological realism of contemporary theatre build confidence in their ability to perform. interpreters such as dramaturg, director, designers practice. Exploration of action and character defined Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. [OD] and actors are also explored. Students are exposed, by language. Physical and vocal exercises in as directly as possible, to aspects of the creative addition to scene work and script analysis employing A Thr 242 Voice l (3) process that makes theatre happen. May not be scansion technique. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 340, 242 Study of voice production employing exercises in offered in 2003-2004. or 244, and permission of instructor. [OD] relaxation, breathing, resonation, and the discovery A Thr 310 Reader’s Theatre (3) of the individual’s optimum voice. Exercises in A Thr 343 Voice II (3) projection in a variety of performance spaces. Study and practice in the performance techniques Study of speech and articulation. Exercises Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. [OD] and materials appropriate to reader’s theatre. emphasize gaining proficiency in standard stage Particular attention to the development of vocal English and in working with classical texts. A Thr 244 Movement I (3) expressiveness by the individual performer as well Prerequisite(s): A Thr 242 and permission of A movement class focusing on alignment, centering as readers in concert. May not be offered in 2003- instructor. Will not be offered in 2003-2004. [OD] and preparing the body for work on the stage. 2004. [OD] Employs techniques from the Alexander, A Thr 315 (= A Mus 315) Arts A Thr 345 Movement II (3) Feldenkrais, and Suzuki training systems. Development of physical characterization through Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. Management (3) movement. Employs techniques such as Laban, An overview of the conceptual and practical Essentics, and animal mask. Exercises in character A Thr 250 Stage Makeup (1) management structures and systems in professional, creation through script analysis. Prerequisite(s): Exploration of the art and technique of makeup not-for-profit arts and cultural organizations. The A Thr 244 and permission of instructor. May not be design. Includes exercises in the technique of course focuses on areas of prime importance to the offered in 2003-2004. modeling the planes of the face. Special emphasis on arts manager: organizational structure, planning, 243 University at Albany A Thr 350 Directing I (3) A Thr 386 Costume Crafts and A Thr 442 Voice III (3) An exploration of the art and craft of directing for Properties (3) A voice class stressing voice and speech as the theatre. Includes methods of approaching the Intensive study of the techniques, materials, and embodiments of textual styles. Prerequisite(s): A Thr text, organizing the rehearsal process and composing tools used in the more specialized areas of theatrical 343 and permission of instructor. May not be offered the production. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 221L, 235L costuming such as armor, hats, and jewelry. in 2003-2004. and 240, and permission of instructor. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 130 or 135. May not be A Thr 444 Movement III (3) A Thr 351 Directing II (3) offered in 2003-2004. Instruction in stage combat. Study of personal A continuation of study begun in A Thr 350 for A Thr 390 Internship with New York combat and types of weapons employed in combat. advanced students. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 350 and State Theatre Institute (3–15) Exercises in basic safety measures and combat permission of instructor. May not be offered in movement with a variety of weapons. Students will 2003-2004. Individually arranged apprenticeship employing be examined in a minimum standard repertoire of experiences in the Theatre’s current schedule of combat moves upon completion of the course. A Thr 359 (= A Rus 359 & 359Z) productions and school residencies. Emphasis on Optional certification by the Society of American Russian Drama in English interdisciplinary learning, theatre production, education, and aesthetic, technical, and business Fight Directors will be available to some students Translation (3) aspects of the arts. Internships are open only to with the instructor’s recommendation. Surveys major trends in Russian drama and analyzes qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall Prerequisite(s): A Thr 244 and permission of major works from the comedies of Fonvizin and grade point average of 2.50 or higher. instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. Griboedov satirizing the Russian social scene to the Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded. A Thr 446 Special Studies in Voice twilight melancholy of Chekhov and the theatre of 20th-century Soviet Russia. Conducted in English. A Thr 397 Independent Study in (1–3) Offered in alternate years. Only one of A Thr 359, Theatre (2–4) Intensive work in a particular aspect of vocal A Rus 359 & 359Z may be taken for credit. Directed reading and conferences on selected topics. production; e.g., musical theatre, dialects, oral Prerequisite(s): A Rus 251L or junior or senior class A student may take the course once as strictly interpretation. May be repeated up to a total of 6 standing, or permission of instructor. May not be research and once as a production-related study, but credits. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 242 and permission of offered in 2003-2004. not repeat one or the other. Prerequisite(s): junior or instructor. Will not be offered in 2003-2004. A Thr 360 Theatre Production senior class standing, and permission of instructor A Thr 447 Special Studies in and department chair. Technology (3) Movement (1–3) The theories and practices of technical production, A Thr 406Z (= A Eng 404) Playwriting Intensive work in a particular aspect of stage and the application of graphics techniques to the (3) movement; e.g., stage combat, period movement, communication of ideas. Topics include technical Workshop dealing with the craft of playwriting. mime. May be repeated up to a total of 6 credits. organization and planning, budgeting, theatre Focuses on preparing a stageworthy script; some of Prerequisite(s): A Thr 244 and permission of architecture, principles of theatre technology, these scripts may be considered for production. instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. drafting, rigging and model building. Prerequisite(s): Limited enrollment. Only one of A Thr 406Z & A Thr 448 Special Studies in Design A Thr 135 or 130, and 260. May not be offered in A Eng 404 may be taken for credit. A Thr 406Z may 2003-2004. and Technical Production (1–3) be repeated once for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Thr Intensive work in a particular aspect of design or A Thr 365 Scene Design (3) 322Z or 322 or equivalent, and permission of technical production; e.g., scene painting, stage The applications of the principles of design to instructor. [WI] properties, computerized lighting systems, special scenery for the theatre. Focus on the analysis of the A Thr 407 Scriptwriting (3) effects. May be repeated for a total of 6 credits. script in visual terms and the translation of this into This workshop course introduces students to the Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and the design for a setting. Model-making, drawing and elements of screenwriting: story, plot, conflict, permission of instructor. May not be offered in rendering techniques will be explored as methods of theme, dialogue, structure, and characterization. 2003-2004. communicating design ideas. Prerequisite(s): A Thr Students learn to create screenplays through 235L and 360. Will not be offered in 2003-2004. A Thr 449 Topics in Acting (3) exercises which develop familiarity with these Special topics and exercises selected to address A Thr 370 Stage Lighting Technology screenwriting tools. The format and special character of the screenplay are explored through in-class particular needs and interests of advanced students. (3) presentation of the on-going work from semester This course may be repeated once when topic varies. Introduction to stage lighting technology, and to length projects. Examples of projects (which vary as Prerequisite(s): A Thr 440 or permission of principles relating to the safe operation of rigging appropriate to student skills) include short (ten instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. and maintenance. Topics include basic optics, minute) screenplays, screenplay editing and longer A Thr 455 Seminar in Theatre History electricity, equipment, the physics of light and screenplays where length is determined by the nature (3) interpretation of lighting plans and symbols. of the story. Limited enrollment. Will not be offered Prerequisite(s): A Thr 135 or 130. Considers a particular research topic in theatre in 2003-2004. history. May be repeated once when content varies. A Thr 371 Theatre and Sound (3) A Thr 430 Contemporary Theatre (3) Prerequisite(s): Thr 322 or 322Z, junior or senior Sound technology, including reproduction, The course explores the most significant trends and class standing, and permission of instructor. reinforcement, and recording as applied to theatrical developments in contemporary Western drama and A Thr 456 Seminar in Dramatic production. Topics include the various types of theatre from World War II to the present in the equipment required to assemble and troubleshoot a context of historical background and critical and Literature (3) complete sound system, safe installation and philosophical thought. Readings change to keep the Examines a particular genre, movement, period or operation of a sound system in a theatrical course abreast of current thought. Representative author. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 322 or 322Z, junior or environment. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 260 or readings may include dramatists such as Berthold senior class standing, and permission of instructor. permission of instructor. May not be offered in Brecht, Jean-Paul Sartre, Heiner Müller, Caryl May be repeated once when content varies. 2003-2004. Churchill, and Maria Irene Fornes, as well as A Thr 465 Technical Design and A Thr 375 Lighting Design (3) theoretical and critical essays that address epic theatre, existentialism, theatre of the absurd, Production Planning (3) The study of light as a design element in theatrical interculturalism, feminism, and postmodern The application of theatre technology to problem production. Topics include script analysis in terms of performance. Filmed productions such as those by solving in a theatrical organization. Advanced study lighting, the phenomena of color as applied to Peter Brook, Jerzy Growtowski, Tadeusz Kantor, of equipment, methods, materials and the principles lighting, the various methods available for lighting and Robert Wilson are also analyzed by the class. governing their use. Technical innovation, planning, the stage, advanced consideration of lighting control Prerequisite(s): A Thr 221, 222, 322/Z or permission structural design, and advanced drafting considered systems and their effect on design, and the of instructor. as functions of the technical director/production preparation of lighting plots. Prerequisite(s): A Thr manager. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 360. May not be 260 and 370. A Thr 440 Acting IV (3) offered in 2003-2004. A Thr 380L History of Costume (3) Development of the student actor’s ability to portray characters in studies and styles of acting. Exercises A Thr 470 Stage Management (3) Survey of Western clothing history, fashion and in identifying rules of social behavior, tastes, mores, Investigation of the theories and techniques of stage style from primitive times to the 20th century. [AR] self image, etc. characteristic of a playwright’s management, including a thorough examination of A Thr 385 Costume Design (3) world and applying this knowledge to the creation of the varied functions and duties performed by stage The theory and application of the principles of a character. Exercises in rehearsal methods explore managers in professional, educational, commercial, theatrical costume design. Practice in developing the actor’s need to consider audience response in and community theatres. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 135 necessary graphic skills through study of drawing creating the performance. Prerequisite(s): A Thr 341 or 130, junior or senior class standing, and and rendering techniques. Prerequisite(s): A Thr and permission of instructor. [OD] permission of instructor. 235L and 380L. A Thr 480 Drama in Production (2–3) Specific projects under the direction of an 244 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 appropriate faculty member in one or more phases of production related to current Theatre Department activity; may include supervised research in appropriate critical or historical background and theory. May be repeated once with a different primary production emphasis. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing, and permission of instructor. A Thr 490 Internship (3–12) Apprenticeship program with professional theatrical organizations for qualified seniors. Internships are open only to qualified seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): senior class standing and permission of department chair. S/U graded.

245 University at Albany

and innovative teaching for undergraduates. Honors Program DEPARTMENT OF Students may take a major or minor in Women’s Studies or may enroll in individual courses. Students may file an application for admission to the honors program in the department office in WOMEN’S STUDIES the second semester of the sophomore year or in Careers the junior year. Junior transfers may apply at the Faculty time of their admission to the University. Distinguished Teaching Professor A concentration in Women’s Studies prepares Judith Fetterley, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) students for graduate and professional training in The minimum requirements for admission Indiana University a variety of fields. Like other B.A. graduates, include completion of at least 12 credits of course Professor Emeritae/i Women’s Studies majors may enroll in work applicable to the major, a minimum overall Francine W. Frank, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) professional study at the graduate level in law, grade point average of 3.25, and a minimum 3.50 University of Illinois social welfare, education, public administration, grade point average for all courses applicable June Hahner, Ph.D. and health care; they also find employment and toward the major. continue on-the-job training in business, social Cornell University Students in the program are required to complete Professors services, public affairs, publishing, and private nonprofit organizations. Experience in critical all of the requirements for the major in Women’s Edna Acosta-Belén, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Studies. As part of their elective credits for the Columbia University thinking and writing and intensive reflection concerning issues of diversity and major, students must also complete 3 credits of Judith E. Barlow, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) intensive work culminating in an independent University of Pennsylvania multiculturalism prepare Women’s Studies graduates with qualities that employers actively research or creative honors project. Typically the Iris Berger, Ph.D. project begins as a paper the student writes for an University of Wisconsin seek. Some Women’s Studies graduates find employment with community agencies (women’s upper-division Women’s Studies course no later Roberta M. Bernstein, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) than spring of the junior year. During the senior Columbia University centers, counseling centers, battered women’s shelters, rape crisis centers, women’s health year, honors students fulfill the requirements for Christine Bose, Ph.D. the honors program by enrolling in AWSS 495 John Hopkins University centers, women’s vocational agencies), in affirmative action and diversity education (in Honors Project during the fall semester Judith E. Johnson, B.A. concurrently with AWSS 490Z, Research Barnard College schools, government agencies, and business), and with campus-based women’s programs. Seminar in Women’s Studies. Alternatively, Marjorie Pryse, Ph.D. (Department Chair) students who have been admitted into the honors University of California, Santa Cruz program during their sophomore year may enroll Glenna Spitze, Ph.D. Degree Requirements for the in AWSS 490Z in the fall semester of their junior University of Illinois Major in Women’s Studies year in preparation for completion of the honors Associate Professors Emeritae/i sequence during the subsequent two semesters. Joan E. Schulz, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 University of Illinois credits distributed as follows. A course may not Students in the honors program are required to Associate Professors be used to fulfill more than one requirement: maintain overall grade point averages of 3.25 or Vivien W. Ng, Ph.D. 1. 9 credits introductory course requirement: higher during the junior and senior years and University of Hawaii Both A Wss 220M or A Wss 220G and A Wss overall grade point averages of 3.50 or higher for Bonnie Spanier, Ph.D. 240; select 1 additional course from the all courses applicable toward the major. Students Harvard University following: A Wss 101 or A Wss 101Z, A Wss not meeting the above standards may be unable Assistant Professors 109N, or A Wss 202. to complete the honors program. Maia Boswell, Ph.D. 2. 3 credits women in historical perspective After completion of the above requirements, the University of North Carolina records of the candidate will be reviewed by the Janell C. Hobson, Ph.D. requirement. One history of women or history of feminism course selected from among A Wss department, which will recommend candidates Emory University for the degree with honors in Women’s Studies. Senior Assistant Librarian 260, A Wss 412, A Wss 440, A His 256, A His Deborah LaFond, M.L.I.S. 293, or other history course when approved. Combined Bachelor’s/Master’s in University of California, Berkeley (Near 3. 3 credits women in a global, international, or Women’s Studies Eastern Specialization) cross-cultural context requirement. Select at Internship Director least one from among A Wss 308, A Wss330 or The combined B.A./M.A. program provides an Bonnie Spanier, Ph.D. 330Z, A Wss 381 or 381Z, A Wss 412, A Wss opportunity for students with outstanding Harvard University 451, or other course when approved. academic abilities to receive both a B.A. and an Affiliated Faculty (estimated): 10 M.A. degree in five years (ten semesters). 4. 3 credits feminist theory requirement. A Wss Adjuncts (estimated): 3 The combined program demands a minimum of Teaching Assistants (estimated): 2 360 is required of all members of the Women’s Studies Teaching Internship. All other majors 142 credits, of which 32 must be graduate credits. Students must fulfill all university, college, and Women’s Studies encourages students to select at least one from A Wss 360, A Wss 465, or other course when approved. department requirements for both the reexamine their own lives and the world around undergraduate major and the M.A. in Women’s them in relation to gender, race, class, and 5. 6 credits feminist research and internship. Studies. sexuality. The curriculum reflects new subjects, Two-semester sequence, usually taken during theories, and methodologies based on a cross- the fall and spring of the senior year: A Wss Students accepted into the combined B.A./M.A. cultural, multidisciplinary approach to the study 490Z, and A Wss 492. program apply up to 10 credits of graduate work of women. In the creation of new knowledge, toward both their undergraduate and graduate Women’s Studies provides a critique of social, 6. 12 credits of electives, at least 9 or more credits degree requirements. Students take two 4-credit cultural, and institutional structures that include at the 300 level or above, to be selected from graduate courses in addition to WSS 510 (2 the traditional disciplines. Women’s Studies sees Women’s Studies courses, cross-listed courses, or credits), “Advanced Feminist Pedagogy and itself as connected to the social and political courses listed in other departments and approved Theory,” to fulfill this requirement. by the Women’s Studies Department. environment outside the university. Opportunities Undergraduate students who have completed a are available for internships, independent study, minimum of 60 credits with a GPA of 3.2 or 246 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 above are eligible to apply. Students submit A Wss 202 Introduction to Lesbian applications for the B.A./M.A. program in and Gay Studies (3) Women’s Studies directly to the Office of Topics may include the history of lesbian and gay Graduate Admissions. Students will be admitted culture(s) in the U.S., lesbian and gay civil rights movements, questions of sexual identity formation upon the recommendation of the department’s in historical and cultural contexts, lesbian and gay Graduate Admissions Committee, whose literature, and how these communities have decision will be based on the student’s grade responded to societal issues such as racism, point average, statement of purpose, writing classism, sexism, healthcare crises, and anti-gay violence. A Wss 202Z is the writing intensive sample, and supportive letters of version of A Wss 202; only one may be taken for recommendation from faculty. credit. [DP] A Wss 202Z Introduction to Lesbian Courses and Gay Studies (3) A Wss 202Z is the writing intensive version of A Wss 101 Introduction to A Wss 202; only one may be taken for credit. [DP Feminisms (3) WI] The origins and development of feminist thought, with emphasis on the political, social, and economic A Wss 210 Current Issues in conditions of contemporary women’s lives in the Women’s Studies (3) United States and abroad. Emphasis on student An introduction to issues of concern to exploration of issues that confront women and men contemporary women and men. Within the context across the range of their differences in race, class of difference identified by race, class, and sexuality, and sexual orientation, and that produce multiple the course is organized around a variety of topics, orientations to feminism. Based on a pedagogy of which may include the following: body politics; peer-learning; co-facilitated by undergraduate relationships, families, and households; living in a members of the Women’s Studies Teaching global economy; work, wages, and welfare; Internship working under the supervision of women’s health; women and crime; environmental Women’s Studies faculty and graduate students from concerns; masculinities; artistic and musical related departments. A Wss 101Z is the writing expression; and making change in one’s community. intensive version of A Wss 101; only one may be Designed for but not limited to non-majors taken for credit. [DP] A Wss 217L (= A Mus 217L) A Wss 101Z Introduction to Women and Music (3) Feminisms (3) An examination of the contributions of women in A Wss 101Z is the writing intensive version of music through a historical survey of Western art A Wss 101; only one may be taken for credit. [DP music and a brief survey of popular and non- WI] Western musics. Works by women composers as well as other phases of women’s activities as A Wss 106 U.S. Women Who musicians will be studied. Live performances and Changed Our World (3) interviews will be arranged when possible. May not American women have a long history of great be offered in 2003-2004. achievements despite social constraints based on gender, racial-ethnic heritage, social class, sexual A Wss 220M Introduction to Feminist preference, age, and ableness. This course introduces Theory (3) students to U.S. women whose lives and work have Offers multidisciplinary, introductory perspectives had a significant impact on our world. With the on intersectional feminist theory and considers the women’s own words through documentary videos range of frameworks for analysis from the and primary and secondary sources, students will beginnings of “second wave” feminism to the connect women from our past to today’s women in present, including liberal, lesbian/radical, politics, sports, medicine, the law, music, art, socialist/materialist, women of color, literature, social activism, education, science, psychoanalytic, standpoint, and ecofeminist architecture, or journalism. May not be offered in perspectives. [SS] 2003-2004. [DP US*] A Wss 220G Perspectives on Women A Wss 109N Women, Biology and (3) Health (3) A Wss 220G is the writing intensive version of This introduction to an integrated approach to A Wss 220M; only one of A Wss 220M & 220G women’s biology analyzes biological and social may be taken for credit. [SS WI] influences affecting women’s physical and mental health. Attention is given to similarities and A Wss 240 (= A Aas 240 & A Lcs 240) differences in biology and health across gender, Classism, Racism and Sexism: Issues racial/ethnic, and class groupings. Intended for (3) freshmen and sophomores. [NS] Analyzes the connections between and among classism, racism and sexism, their mutually A Wss 171L (= A Rus 171L) Women reinforcing nature, and the tensions arising from in Russian Culture (3) their interrelations. Particular attention will be given The course will examine the roles of women in to the ideological and personal aspects of these Russian culture through a study of film, as well as phenomena, as well as to their institutional guises in literary works by and about women. Only one of American society. A Wss 240Z is the writing A Rus 171L & A Wss 171L may be taken for credit. intensive version of A Wss 240; only one of A Wss May not be offered in 2003-2004. 240/240Z, A Aas 240, & A Lcs 240 may be taken A Wss 190 (= A Rus 190) Women for credit. [DP] Writers in Russian Literature (3) A Wss 240Z Classism, Racism and The course examines Russian women’s writings Sexism: Issues (3) beginning with the 18th century to the present. The A Wss 240Z is writing intensive version of A Wss texts are studied in the context of Russian literature 240; only one of A Wss 240/240Z, A Aas 240, & in general and women’s writings in particular. It A Lcs 240 may be taken for credit. [DP WI] includes: autobiographies by Catherine the Great, Alexandra Durova and Nadezda Mandelshtam; prose works by Karolina Pavlovana, Elena Guro, Tatjana Tolstaia, and the plays by Liudmila Petrushevskaia. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 247 University at Albany A Wss 248 (= A Jst 248) Women in Jewish Life and Literature (3) Examines the various roles of women and diverse ways they have been represented in Jewish life and literature from the biblical period through the 20th century. Texts will include biblical passages, talmudic legislation and interpretation, medieval documents, early modern memoirs, and modern letters, poetry and fiction. Only one of A Wss 248 & A Jst 248 may be taken for credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. A Wss 260 (= A His 259) History of Women and Social Change (3) With an emphasis on the diversity of U.S. women, this course examines the social, historical, and economic forces that have shaped U.S. women’s lives from about 1800-1970 and the contexts within which women have participated in and sometimes led social and political movements. [US*] A Wss 262M (= A Soc 262M) Sociology of Gender (3) Culturally defined sex roles; their origins and their implications for individuals and society. Only one of A Wss 262M & A Soc 262M may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Soc 115M or permission of instructor. [DP SS] A Wss 270 (= A Eas 270) Women in East Asian Literature (3) Female persona in East Asian literature will be examined in relation to their cultural background as well as the genres in which they appear. Women as rulers and lovers; as goddesses and prostitutes; exemplars and shrews. Conducted in English; no knowledge of the East Asian languages or cultures is required. Only one of A Eas 270 & A Wss 270 may be taken for credit. A Wss 280 Society’s Nightmare: Images of Gender, Race, and Class in Horror Fiction (3) Horror fiction and film are among the most popular genres, as well as the most powerful and disturbing, in American cultural life. Stephen King, Anne Rice, and others have risen to success by creating finely- crafted expressions of the nightmare of the inner lives of their readers. This course explores what 20th century horror fiction and films tell us about the inner life of the century. May not be offered in 2003- 2004. A Wss 281 Constructed Image: Women and the Media (3) This course will focus on the widespread and insidious influence the media has over constructing women’s images of Self and Other. We will discuss the ways in which sexuality is constructed and how it intersects with issues of race, class, gender, and heterosexism in the media, specifically television and film images. A Wss 299 Topics in Women’s Studies (3) Consideration of topics or issues in women’s studies. May be taken more than once if content varies. Consult semester schedules for specific topics and prerequisites. A Wss 308 Global Perspectives on Women (3) The course addresses women’s issues in the local context of women’s movements in several regions and countries around the world as articulated by feminist scholars within those countries, with some attention to the relationship between U.S. women and global feminist struggles. Interdisciplinary readings, including fiction and feminist theory, bring the perspective of gender to global/international political and economic structures. Prerequisite: junior or senior class standing. [GC]

248 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Wss 310 Introduction to versions of A Soc 344 & A Wss 344; only one of the Feminist Pedagogy (4) four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): In-depth study of issues central to contemporary A Soc 115M or permission of instructor. feminism, with special emphasis on group process, A Wss 344Z (= A Soc 344Z) self-motivated learning and social change through Sociology of Women in the Political education. For students who wish to prepare to co- facilitate A Wss 101 or 101Z as members of the Economy (3) Women’s Studies Teaching Internship. A Soc 344Z & A Wss 344Z are the writing intensive Prerequisite(s): A Wss 101 or 101Z and either versions of A Soc 344 & A Wss 344; only one of the A Wss 220 or A Wss 360, which may be taken four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): concurrently with A Wss 310, and permission of A Soc 115M or permission of instructor. May not be Cbair of Women’s Studies Department. S/U graded. offered in 2003-2004. [WI] A Wss 311Z (= A Clc 310Z) Women A Wss 346 (=R Pos 346) Law, Civil in Antiquity (3) Rights, and Sexual Orientation (3) The literary, historical and archaeological evidence The course will examine relevant court cases as well concerning the lives and roles of women in Greek as local, state, and federal laws that define the boundaries for legal recognition of sexual orientation and Roman society. Only one of A Wss 311Z & th A Clc 310Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite: and personal sexuality in the 20 Century. junior or senior class standing. [EU WI] A Wss 350 (= A Phi 350) Philosophy A Wss 320 Feminist Pedagogy in and Feminism (3) Theory (3) Examination of the theories of the oppression of Continuation of A Wss 310 for students who are women and proposals for solutions. Particular members of the Women’s Studies Teaching attention will be paid to existentialism, biological Internship. Theory is discussed in the context of determinism, Marxism and feminist psychology and students serving as facilitators in sections of A Wss epistemology. Only one of A Wss 350 & A Phi 350 101 and 101Z. Students work under supervision in a may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course collaborative, collective mode of shared in philosophy or women’s studies. May not be responsibility and leadership. Taken concurrently offered in 2003-2004. with A Wss 322. Prerequisite(s): A Wss 310 and A Wss 357 (= A Eac 357, A His 357) 360, and permission of chair. Chinese Women and Modernity (3) A Wss 322 Feminist Pedagogy in Chinese women and their search for and encounter Practice (3) with modernity will be the focus of this class. What With preparation from A Wss 310 and, concurrently have been the concerns of Chinese women? What A Wss 320, students serve as facilitators in sections forms have women’s movements taken in the of A Wss 101 and 101Z under faculty supervision. Chinese context? What has been the role of women This course can be taken only once for credit. in creating a modern Chinese state and society? Prerequisite(s): A Wss 310 and 360, and permission These and other questions will be examined over the of Chair of Women’s Studies. [OD] course of the semester. A Wss 328 (= A Gog 328/A Pln328) A Wss 360 Feminist Social and Gender, Space and Place (3) Political Thought (3) Power relations and categories of social difference Study of the sources of contemporary feminist are reflected by dramatic inequalities in local thought and the directions feminism has taken since environments, and in the quantity and quality of the sixties. Contemporary feminism analyzed both as available space. This course examines, through the a historical movement and as a body of political lenses of feminist geography and planning, how theory. Particular attention will be paid to diversity space is invested with social meaning. It discusses within feminist theory and its differences with how the built environment affects and reflects traditional political theory. Prerequisite(s): A Wss relations of gender, sexuality and ethnicity, and 101 or 101Z or 220M or 220G or R Pos 101M or considers how these social classifications produce permission of instructor. “geographies of difference.” Gender is also related A Wss 362L (= A Eng 362L) Critical to nationalism, colonialism, “geographic skills,” and feminist research methodologies. Prerequisite(s): Approaches to Gender and Sexuality A Gog 125 or A Pln 220 or permission of instructor in Literature (3) Examination of the role of literary texts from any A Wss 330 Gender, Class and period(s) or geographical region(s) in the Community in Modern China (3) construction of gender and sexuality, with an This course examines the meanings of gender, class, emphasis on study of interpretive strategies provided and community in the Chinese cultural context. by various critical discourses. Topics to be Topics include: construction and representations of discussed, among others: aesthetic movements; gender and sexuality in modern China; family and historical problems; cultural texts; political kinship systems; media and consumer culture; questions. Course analyzes different images of urbanization and modernism. Developments in women in texts, the relationship of these images to Taiwan will be included where appropriate. May not the form and content of the works studied, and the be offered in 2003-2004. connections between individual works and cultural or critical history. Intended primarily for juniors and A Wss 333 (= R Pos 333) Women and seniors. Only one of A Wss 362L & A Eng 362L the Law (3) may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level The various specific ways in which the law affects English literature course or permission of instructor. women by discriminating on the basis of sex and of [HU] the relationship between law and social norms regarding sex roles. Only one of A Wss 333 & R Pos A Wss 365 (= A Ant 365) The 333 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos Anthropology of New Reproductive 101M and junior or senior class standing, or Technologies (3) permission of instructor. A cross-cultural perspective on how new A Wss 344 (= A Soc 344) Sociology reproductive technologies (including invitro- fertilization, surrogacy, ultrasound, prenatal of Women in the Political Economy screening for disability, sex selection, fetal surgery, (3) and neonatal intensive care) are transforming the The different economic roles women play. The experience of procreation and challenging cultural socio-historical determinants of these roles and their notions of kinship, personhood, and what it means to implications for the individual and society. A Soc be human. Prerequisite(s): 3 credits in anthropology, 344Z & A Wss 344Z are the writing intensive philosophy, or women’s studies. 249 University at Albany A Wss 366 (= Eng A 366) Critical Approaches to Ethnicity in Literature (3) Examination of constructions of “race” and/or “ethnicity” as presented in literature. Topics to be discussed may include, among others: how markers of nationality are related to issues of sexuality, class, and other cultural-historical ways of accounting for the complex questions that surround identity. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. May be repeated once for credit when content varies. A Wss 368L (= A Eng 368L) Women Writers (3) Selected works of English and/or American women writers in the context of the literary and cultural conditions confronting them. The course focuses on the development of a female tradition in literature and on the narrative, poetic, and/or dramatic styles of expression, voice, and values of women writers. May be repeated for credit with change in topic. Prerequisite(s): a 100-level English literature course or permission of the instructor. [HU] A Wss 371 (= A Psy 371) Sexual and Physical Abuse (3) In depth coverage of abuse and neglect of children and elderly people; relationship violence in heterosexual, lesbian and gay relationships; rape and other forms of sexual coercion; sexual abuse of children; child pornography and prostitution; and sexual harassment. Research and theories from diverse areas of psychology will be used. Emphasis will be on prevention. A Wss 371Z is the writing intensive version of A Wss 371; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and A Psy 210 or an equivalent statistics course approved by instructor or permission of instructor. A Wss 371Z (= A Psy 371Z) Sexual and Physical Abuse (3) A Wss 371Z is the writing intensive version of A Wss 371; only one may be taken for credit. [WI] A Wss 381 (= A Ant 381) Anthropology of Gender (3) Cross-cultural analysis of gender roles. Focuses on non-Western societies, using data from other societies to better understand the gender system of our own culture. Issues include status of women and men, the meaning of “femaleness” and “maleness”, and women and health care systems. A Ant 381Z & A Wss 381Z are the writing intensive versions of A Ant 381 & A Wss 381; only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course in anthropology or sociology. A Wss 381Z (= A Ant 381Z) Anthropology of Gender (3) A Ant 381Z & A Wss 381Z are the writing intensive versions of A Ant 381 & A Wss 381; only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): one course in anthropology or sociology. [WI] A Wss 397 Independent Study (1–4) Study by a student in an area of special interest not treated in courses currently offered. Work performed under direction of a professor chosen by the student on a topic approved by the. May be repeated with approval. Prerequisite(s): permission of the Women’s Studies Department Chair of the Women’s Studies Department. A Wss 399 Topics in Women’s Studies (1–3) Consideration of topics or issues in women’s studies selected on the basis of faculty and student interest. May be taken more than once with different content. Consult fall and spring schedule of classes for specific topics and prerequisites.

250 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 A Wss 401 Sex/uality, Race, and A Wss 430Z (=A Wss 530) headed households, and women’s political Class in Science and Health (3) Environmental Justice: Racism, participation. Prerequisite(s): any course in Latin American Studies and/or Women’s Studies. Only This seminar will investigate the rich and Classism, Sexism (3) one of A Wss 451 & A Lcs 451 may be taken for problematic relationship between the sciences and In this course we will explore how racism, classism, and credit. May not be offered in 2003-2004. issues of sex/gender, sexuality, race, class, and sexism affect current environmental events, including ableness, including cultural biases in science and environmental policy-making, public health outcomes, A Wss 465 Feminist Theory (3) health. Within an historical context, the course will and the rhetoric and politics of environmentalism. The course will examine key changes in feminist emphasize the impact of antiracist feminism on the Surveying the development of environmental awareness theory from the late 1960’s to the present. It will sciences and health in the past three decades. Key among the public, philosophies behind such awareness assess changes in the way feminists have thought analytical questions include: How is scientific and resulting shifts in policy, we will focus on the about such topics as: motherhood, sexuality, the knowledge made, believed, and used? What forces growth of the environmental justice movement, and will origin and nature of women’s oppression, class, race, control its production and use? What constitutes consider how various groups have addressed and differences among women. Attention will be evidence in science—for scientists and for citizens, environmental degradation and injustice. Also under given to the political implications of changes in and how is that decided? What role do “western” consideration will be a set of related issues: how theory. Prerequisite(s): One of A Wss 220M, A Wss science and technology play in globalization and its globalization has affected these events, the feminist 240, or A Wss 360, or permission of instructor. impact on people’s lives within the U.S. and critique of science and its impact, relationships between throughout the world? What forces are working to grass-roots activism (for example, Native American A Wss 475 (= A Arh 475; formerly transform science to increase social, political, and activists and other environmental justice groups) and A Wss 455) Women in Art (3) economic justice? What theoretical and practical between these groups and more scholarly approaches, Survey of women artists from 1550 to the present, insights accrue from intersectional feminist analyses and contributions by artists, labor-rights groups, including Artemesia Gentileschi, Elizabeth Vigee- (working with the intersections of sex/gender, religious leaders, animal rights activists, and deep Lebrun, Mary Cassatt, Alice Neel. Also includes a racial/ethnic heritage, class, ableness, and global ecologists. Prerequisite(s): All students, at whatever feminist analysis of images of women in art since status) of science and health? What is the potential level, are welcome. The requirements will differ for the Renaissance. A Arh 475Z & A Wss 475Z are the for feminist science studies to transform the sciences graduate and undergraduate students. For example, writing intensive versions of A Arh 475 & A Wss and health? Examples of specific topics that may be graduate students will be reading more theoretical 475; only one of the four courses may be taken for addressed are biological determinism, environmental articles, and will be responsible for explaining these to credit. Prerequisite(s): A Arh 171L and junior or pollution, and breast cancer science and politics. the undergraduate students. In addition, graduate senior class standing, or permission of instructor. This seminar will examine the rich and problematic students will be required to submit a final research paper May not be offered in 2003-2004. relationship between women and that is much longer (12-20 pages) than that required for science/technology. Drawing on the new scholarship undergraduate students. A Wss 433 (= R Pos 433) A Wss 475Z (= A Arh 475Z; formerly about women in the sciences in this country, we will Women, Politics and Power (3) A Wss 455Z) Women in Art (3) investigate the changing status and activities of A Arh 475Z & A Wss 475Z are the writing intensive women over the past two centuries and the Examines the role of women within American society; versions of A Arh 475 & A Wss 475; only one of the consequences for the sciences and technology. identifies the systematic factors that have contributed to four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Wss 401Z is the writing intensive version of women’s sociopolitical exclusion; investigates selected A Arh 171L and junior or senior class standing, or A Wss 401; only one may be taken for credit. -May contemporary ideologies that posit a redefinition of the permission of instructor. [WI] not be offered in 2003-2004. power relationships within society as the primary political objective. R Pos 433Z & A Wss 433Z are the A Wss 490Z Research Seminar in A Wss 401Z Sex/uality, Race, and writing intensive versions of R Pos 433 & A Wss 433; Women’s Studies (3) only one of the four courses may be taken for credit. Class in Science and Health (3) Seminar in the theory and practice of women’s studies A Wss 401Z is the writing intensive version of Wss Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or permission of instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004. research to examine what distinguishes women’s studies 401; only one may be taken for credit. May not be from other disciplines; the relationship between feminist offered in 2003-2004..[WI] A Wss 433Z (= R Pos 433Z) Women, research and community/political activism; how A Wss 412 Race, Gender and Cultural Politics and Power (3) feminist research is changing the traditional disciplines R Pos 433Z & A Wss 433Z are the writing intensive and the methods used in research. Prerequisite(s): senior Politics in Asian America (3) standing or permission of instructor. [WI] With an emphasis on historical perspectives as well versions of R Pos 433 & A Wss 433; only one of the as the intersections of gender, class, and four courses may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): A Wss 492 Internship in Women’s race/ethnicity, this course studies the experience of R Pos 101M or permission of instructor. May not be Studies (3) offered in 2003-2004. [WI] Asians in the U.S. Topics include: immigration laws; The Internship in Women’s Studies has two labor and work; family and community formation; A Wss 440 (= A Aas 440 and A His components. (1) Work experience in a placement the processes of reconstructing history and memory; 440) Black Women in United States related to student’s interests in career development politics of media representation. Prerequisite: junior and social justice. Interns are expected to spend eight or senior class standing. History (3) (8) hours per week at their placements. Each student This seminar will examine the history of black A Wss 413 (= A His 413) Sexual works closely with a feminist mentor who provides women in the United States from the slave era guidance on projects as well as an analysis of the Politics in Chinese History (3) through the post World War II reform movements. It structure and function of the organization and its role This course examines sexual politics in the Chinese will focus upon the range of demands black women in social change. (2) Academic seminar where historical/cultural context. Issues discussed and faced during the Gilded and Progressive eras—their students meet together weekly for 80 minutes to apply analyzed include: constructions of gender and participation in the suffrage movement, black feminist theory, praxis, and analysis to their sexuality (including homosexuality); “policing” of struggles for liberation, cultural expressions, labor placement. Assignments include preparing a resume, family and kinship structures; ideological force, etc. Only one of A Wss 440, A Aas 440 and analyzing current issues of workplace and economic indoctrination through education and other means; A His 440 may be taken for credit. justice, career development, assessing skills for and rape laws; sex crimes; forms of dissent or protest. A Wss 450 The Literature of barriers to career development, and planning for Readings include literature in translation. graduate or professional school. The Internship is a Prerequisite(s): Junior or senior standing. May not Feminism: An Interdisciplinary requirement for the major but is open to any be offered in 2003-2004. Seminar (3) responsible junior or senior who has taken a course in A Wss 416 (= A Eng 416) Topics in Draws upon the entire body of writing (fictional and Women’s Studies. Permission of Internship Director is nonfictional) that concerns feminism. In different required; placements must be arranged during Gender, Sexuality, Race, or Class (3) semesters, focuses on different themes, periods, advanced registration. Internships are open only to Focused examination of topics in the study of ideas, or issues related to feminism. Combines qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall gender, sexuality, race and/or class, as they are readings, lectures, seminar discussions, and research. grade point average of 2.50 or higher. S/U graded. positioned and defined in literary or other texts from May be repeated for credit when topics differ. any period(s) or geographic region(s). Individual Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. May not be A Wss 495 Honors Project (3) semesters may focus on, among other areas: a offered in 2003-2004. Independent research project required for successful particular historical period, genre, or theme; theories completion of Women’s Studies Honors. In order to of gender, sexuality, race, and/or class as related to A Wss 451 (= A Lcs 451) Gender & register for this course, students must present a literary or other forms of representation; a particular Class in Latin American Development written prospectus of their project to the Director of cultural problem. May be repeated once for credit (3) the Women’s Studies Honors Program. Students when content varies. Prerequisite(s): senior class complete their Honors Project under the supervision standing, at least one literature course, and The study of the interplay of cultural, ideological, of the Director of the Honors Program and an permission of instructor. May not be offered in and structural factors affecting women’s lives during Honors Project Advisor. Honors students will 2003-2004. the course of Latin America’s growing present their projects to Women’s Studies faculty industrialization, from the perspective of gender and and students upon completion of their work. class analysis. The topics covered are: household Prerequisite(s): Admission to Women’s Studies work, paid work, migration, growth of female Honors Program; A Wss 490Z (may be taken 251 University at Albany concurrently). A Wss 498 Topics in Women’s Studies (3) Considers topics or issues in women’s studies selected on the basis of faculty and student interest. May be repeated with different content. Consult fall and spring schedule of classes for specific topics and prerequisites.

252 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Jakov J. Crnkovic, Ph.D. Laurie Jackson, M.B.A. SCHOOL OF University of Belgrade, Yugoslavia University at Albany William D. Danko, Ph.D. Peter J. Ross, M.B.A. BUSINESS Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute University at Albany Peter Duchessi, Ph.D. Dean Union College Adjuncts (estimated): 15 Richard A. Highfield, Ph.D. Saurav K. Dutta, Ph.D. Teaching Doctoral Assistants (estimated): 5-6 University of Chicago University of Kansas Associate Dean Cecilia Falbe, Ph.D. Giri Kumar Tayi Columbia University The School of Business offers degree programs Jagdish Gangolly, Ph.D. Assistant Dean at the undergraduate and graduate levels that University of Pittsburgh Albina Y. Grignon prepare students to enter managerial and Hal G. Gueutal, Ph.D. professional careers. All programs are Assistant Dean Purdue University accredited by the American Assembly of Linda M. Krzykowski Raef A. Lawson, Ph.D. Collegiate Schools of Business. New York University Assistant Dean John S. Levato David J. Marcinko, Ph.D. All School of Business courses are preceded Boston College by the prefix letter B. The following School of Assistant to the Dean Nicholas Mastracchio, Jr., Ph.D. Melissa Johnson Business courses are considered “Liberal Arts Union College and Sciences” courses by the University: B Bus Assistant to the Dean Paul Miesing, Ph.D. 250, B Law 200, B Law 220, B Mgt 341, Susan Maloney University of Colorado B Mgt 343, B Mgt 465, B Mgt 481, B Mkt Assistant to the Dean Lakshmi Mohan, Ph.D. 351, B Msi 215, B Msi 220. Ellie Moore Columbia University Faculty Paul H. Schurr, Ph.D. No more than six credits from these courses Distinguished Professor Emeritae/i Northwestern University may be counted as “Liberal Arts and William K. Holstein, Ph.D. Indushoba Chengalur-Smith, Ph.D. Sciences” courses by students majoring in Purdue University Virginia Tech business administration or accounting. Professors Emeritae/i David M. Smith, Ph.D. Virginia Tech At the undergraduate level, the school offers Donald D. Bourque, Ph.D. Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degrees in University of Washington Scott I. Tannenbaum, Ph.D. accounting and in business administration. Hugh T. Farley, J.D. Old Dominion University American University Assistant Professors The B.S. degree is granted only to students Ronald W. Forbes, Ph.D. Deborah Archambeault, Ph.D. who have been formally admitted to the State University of New York at Buffalo University of Alabama School of Business prior to taking their upper Richard Hughes, Ph.D. Wendy S. Becker, Ph.D. division courses in business. Pennsylvania State University Purdue University At the graduate level, the school offers a Master Professors Christophe Faugere, Ph.D. University of Rochester of Business Administration (M.B.A.), a Master of Michael J. Kavanagh, Ph.D. Science in Accounting (M.S.), and a Master of Iowa State University Ingrid Fisher, Ph.D. Science in Taxation (M.S.). The M.B.A. is a two- Paul A. Leonard, Ph.D. (Collins Fellows) University at Albany University of Oregon Sanjay Goel, Ph.D. year program open primarily to non-business Giri Kumar Tayi, Ph.D. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute undergraduates. A combined B.S.-M.B.A. Carnegie Mellon University Janet H. Marler, Ph.D. program (five years) is available to business Charles M. Schaninger, Ph.D. Cornell University students (Preprofessional Program). In addition, University of Rochester Eliot H. Rich, Ph.D. the School offers a Ph.D. in Organizational Hany A. Shawky, Ph.D. State University of New York at Albany Studies and participates in the Information Ohio State University Kinsun Tam, Ph.D. Sciences Ph.D. Both programs are offered in Thomas D. Taber, Ph.D. University of Connecticut cooperation with other academic units. University of Illinois Sang-Gyung Jun, Ph.D. Information on these graduate programs in the Gary A. Yukl, Ph.D. University at Buffalo School of Business is available in the Graduate University of California Visiting Assistant Professors Bulletin. Associate Professors Emeritae/I Martin L. Fogelman, Ph.D. Donald D. Ballou, Ph.D. University at Albany The School of Business at Albany has University of Michigan Lester Hadsell, Ph.D. developed a national reputation for the Harold L. Pazer, M.B.A. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute quality of its undergraduate programs. The University of Washington Lecturers school is unable to accommodate all John P. Seagle, Ph.D. Thomas Collura, J.D. undergraduate students who wish to enroll as Stanford University Albany Law School of Union University upper-division majors. Associate Professors Valentin A. DeMarco, Jr., M.B.A. Salvatore Belardo, Ph.D. University at Albany Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Rita Biswas, Ph.D. Texas A. & M. W. Christian Buss, Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania

253 University at Albany Application and Admission Students in the School of Business who have Subsequent Admission to the School of attained junior standing (i.e., 56 degree Business: The following guidelines have been applicable credits) and who have met all the Students who did not declare their major as developed as a means of selecting the best- retention standards shall be eligible to enroll “School of Business” by the deadlines stated qualified students to study accounting or in the upper division School of Business above but whose basis of admission is business administration. courses. “FRESHMAN” or who were admitted to the Initial Admission of Freshmen to the School of University as a “TRANSFER” with fewer Business: All students admitted to the than 24 degree-applicable credits (freshman Initial Admission of Transfers with University for summer 1995 or thereafter standing) may directly apply (or reapply) for Sophomore Standing or Above to the School whose basis of admission is “FRESHMAN” admission to the School of Business once of Business: can be admitted to the School of Business by they have attained junior standing (i.e., 56 declaring their major as “School of Business.” All students admitted to the University for degree applicable credits) and have To do so, they must sign a School of Business summer 1995 or thereafter whose basis of satisfactorily completed all seven of the major declaration form and submit this to their admission is “TRANSFER” can be admitted admission core course categories. These Advisement Services Center/Undergraduate to the School of Business by declaring their categories are: (1) B Acc 211, (2) B Msi 215 Studies (ASC/US) or Educational major as either Accounting or Business or A Csi 101N or A Csi 201N, (3) A Mat 108 Opportunities Program (EOP) academic Administration at the time of their application or B Msi 220 or A Eco 320; (4) A Eco 110M, adviser. to the University as long as they will have (5) A Eco 111M, (6) A Psy 101M, and (7) Most students who declare a major in the School met the following criteria: A Soc 115G or 115M or A Ant 108G or 108M. of Business do so during their initial meeting Students must have completed a total of at with their academic adviser at orientation. least 24 degree applicable credits by the end Applicants must have maintained a B (3.0) However, students who fill out the form by of the spring semester preceding their overall average at the University at Albany th st December 15 of a fall semester or May 1 of a summer or fall admission to the University, and at least a B- (2.7) average for the spring semester will also be considered during the or by the end of the fall semester preceding designated admission core course categories next review for admission to junior standing in their spring admission to the University. They taken at Albany. (Note: all core course the School of Business. must also have a final cumulative average of categories not completed prior to To remain a School of Business major during B (3.00) or higher and have maintained at matriculation must be taken at the University the freshman and sophomore years, each least a B- (2.70) average in any designated and graded on an A–E basis.) student must meet the retention standards set core course categories completed elsewhere by the School of Business. These standards prior to matriculation. Other “TRANSFER” students who were require students to maintain a B (3.00) To remain a School of Business major, each admitted with 24 or more degree-applicable overall average at the University at Albany student must meet the retention standards set credits but who were not initially admitted and at least a B- (2.70) average for the by the School of Business. These standards to the School of Business may still be designated admission core course categories require students to maintain a B (3.00) considered for admission within the taken at Albany. overall average at the University at Albany following guidelines: To remain a School of Business major, and at least a B- (2.70) average for the students must also have satisfactorily designated admission core course categories a. Students who can demonstrate that completed any five of the seven admission taken at Albany. their previous transfer record would have qualified them for admission had core course categories after three semesters To remain a School of Business major, they applied initially to the School of at the University, and all seven (7) of the students must also have satisfactorily Business will be admitted under the admission core course categories after four completed all seven of the admission core conditions and criteria described (4) semesters at the University. (Note: all course categories after two semesters at the above for other sophomore or junior core course categories not completed prior University. These categories are: (1) B Acc transfers. to matriculation must be taken at the 211, (2) B Msi 215 or A Csi 101N or A Csi University and graded on an A–E basis.) 201N, (3) A Mat 108 or B Msi 220 or A Eco b. Students who do not initially qualify These categories are: (1) B Acc 211, (2) 320; (4) A Eco 110M, (5) A Eco 111M, (6) for admission as a transfer student to B Msi 215 or A Csi 101N or A Csi 201N, A Psy 101M, and (7) A Soc 115G or 115M or the School of Business may contact (3) A Mat 108 or B Msi 220 or A Eco 320; A Ant 108G or 108M. (Note: all core course the school for individual consideration. (4) A Eco 110M, (5) A Eco 111M, (6) categories not completed prior to Some students may be granted A Psy 101M, and (7) A Soc 115G or 115M matriculation must be taken at the University conditional status, with admission to or A Ant 108G or 108M. In addition, and graded on an A–E basis.) They must also the school contingent upon students must have completed a total of at have achieved 56 degree applicable degree satisfactory completion of a specific least 56 degree applicable credits after four credits after two semesters at the University. academic contract. semesters at the University to remain a School of Business major. Students in the School of Business who have attained junior standing (i.e., 56 degree Appeals: Students’ records will be evaluated after their applicable credit) and who have met all the second semester, and those falling below the retention standards shall be eligible to enroll Special Admissions: Students not retention standards will receive a warning in the upper division School of Business admissible by any of the established letter indicating they are in jeopardy of losing courses. criteria but who believe they have their status as a School of Business major. extenuating circumstances may write a Students’ records will again be evaluated letter of appeal to the School of Business. after their third and fourth semester to Contact the Assistant Dean in the Office determine that all of the above retention of Student Services, BA-361A for the standards have been met. procedure.

254 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

255 University at Albany Degree Requirements for the Major in Accounting

Liberal Arts and Sciences Requirements Business Requirements Writing (A writing intensive course B Acc 211 and 222 Financial outside the School of Business) 3 and Managerial Accounting 6 Social and Behavioral Sciences B Fin 300 Financial Management 3 A Psy 101M Intro to Psychology 3 B Fin 301 or Eco 350 3 A Soc 115M or 115G Intro to B Law 220 Business Law 3 Sociology or A Ant 108M or 108G B Law 321 Law of Business Organization 3 Intro to Cultural Anthropology 3 B Msi 215 Computer Applications A Eco 110M and 111M in Business (or A Csi 101N or Principles of Economics 6 A Csi 201N) 3 A Eco 300 Intermediate Theory 1: B Msi 220 Introduction to Business Microeconomics 3 Statistics (or A Mat 108 or A Eco 320) 3 Mathematics: Calculus A Mat 106, B Acc 422 Statistical Applications 111, 112, 118 or equivalent 3 in Accounting and Auditing 3 B Mgt 341 Behavioral Foundations B Msi 330 Operations Research of Management 3 Applications I 3 24 B Mkt 310 Marketing Principles and Policies 3 General Education Requirements B Mgt 481 Strategic Management 3 Additional credits required of an accounting 36 major to fulfill completely the University’s General Education requirements. Additional Accounting Requirements Other Liberal Arts and Sciences electives B Acc 311 and 312 Financial 36 Accounting Theory I and II 6 B Acc 331 Cost Accounting 3 Total Liberal Arts & Sciences credits 60 B Acc 381 Financial Information Systems 3 B Acc 411 Financial Accounting Theory III 3 B Acc 441 Income Tax Accounting I 3 B Acc 442 Income Tax Accounting II 3 B Acc 461Z Auditing 3 24

Total business credits 60

Total credits (minimum) 120*

NOTE: The following courses are not acceptable toward the CPA exam requirements: physical education courses; health courses; Information Science and Policy courses; School of Education courses; and courses not classified by the School of Business as liberal arts and sciences.

*NOTE: CPA Examination--New York State is planning to adopt the 150-credit requirement for admission to the CPA Examination. Students planning to take this examination will be asked to take the additional credit beyond the 120 currently required. You should consult your adviser for details on this change.

256 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

257 University at Albany Degree Requirements for the Major in Business Administration

The programs in business administration, combining a major-minor sequence, are designed for students planning careers in management science, marketing, and finance or combinations of these three major areas.

Liberal Arts and Sciences Requirements Writing (A writing intensive course Approved Concentration* outside the School of Business) 3 Financial Analysis Social and Behavioral Sciences A Psy 101M Intro to Psychology 3 Management Information Systems A Soc 115M or 115G Intro to Sociology or A Ant 108M or 108G Intro to Management Science Cultural Anthropology 3 A Eco 110M and 111M Marketing Principles of Economics 6 Economics elective at the 300- Combinations (from level or above where A Eco 110M two of the above categories) and 111M are prerequisites, excluding A Eco 320, 458, 496 and 497 3 15-18 Mathematics: Calculus A Mat 106, 111, 112, 118 or equivalent 3 21 Unrestricted Electives (These may be Liberal Arts and Sciences courses or other General Education Requirements Electives.) 12-15 Additional credits required of a business administration major to fulfill completely Business + Unrestricted total . 60 the University’s General Education requirements, Other Liberal Arts and Sciences electives Total credits (minimum) 120 39 Total Liberal Arts & Sciences credits 60

*For more detailed information on Business Requirements concentrations, courses, departments, B Acc 211 and 222 Financial placement and other services to and Managerial Accounting 6 students that are available in the B Fin 300 Financial Management 3 B Law 200 Legal Environment of University at Albany’ School of Business or B Law 220 Business Law 3 Business, please visit the school web B Mkt 310 Marketing Principles page: and Policies 3 B Msi 215 Computer Applications www.albany.edu/business/ in Business (or A Csi 101N or A Csi 201N) 3 B Msi 220 Introduction to Business Statistics (or A Mat 108 or A Eco 320) 3 B Msi 330 Operations Research Applications I 3 B Mgt 341 Behavioral Foundations of Management 3 B Mgt 481 Strategic Management 3 30

258 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Preprofessional Program Admission Requirements Approved Bachelor’s This program is designed for outstanding 1. By May of the junior year, an applicant Degree/Master’s of Business Business Administration majors who wish to must have completed the Graduate Administration Programs obtain the M.B.A. degree in five years. A Management Admission Test and achieved a formal application to the coordinated senior minimum score of 575. College of Arts and Sciences year must be submitted during the second 2. During the fall of the junior year, students African/Afro-American Studies (General semester of the junior year. Students must may make an appointment to see Susan Program: B.A.) submit a Graduate Management Admission Maloney, Assistant to the Dean for Student Anthropology (General Program: B.A.) Test Score as a part of their application. Those Services to discuss the application/admission Art (General and Departmental Programs: interested in this program should contact the criteria. B.A.) Assistant Dean for Student and Alumni Asian Studies (General Program: B.A.) Services, Office of Student Services, BA- 3. During the spring of the student’s junior Biology (General Program: B.A. degree only) 361A, for more specific information. year, the student must submit an application Chinese Studies (General Program: B.A.) for admission to the early admission M.B.A. Computer Science (General Program: B.A.) Liberal Arts and Sciences Requirements option. Applications are available in the Economics (General Program: B.A. degree Students should complete the following liberal Graduate Studies Office in the University only) arts courses to be considered for admission to Administration Building Room 121 (all English (General Program: B.A.) the program—A Eco 110M and 111M; A Mat application criteria in effect for the M.B.A. French (General Program: B.A.) 106 or 111 or 112 or 118 or equivalent; A Psy Program must be followed). Geography (General Program: B.A.) 101M; A Ant 108M or 108G or A Soc 115M 4. At the conclusion of the junior year, an Greek and Roman Civilization (General or A Soc 115G, upper level Eco course, a applicant for the early-admission program Program: B.A.) writing intensive course, and additional must have achieved a cumulative GPA at the History (General Program: B.A.) required General Education courses. University at Albany of 3.30. Interdisciplinary Studies (General Program: B.A. or B.S.) Italian (General Program: Business Requirements 5. Students may not be admitted to this option B.A.) B Acc 211 Financial Accounting 3 if 100 or more undergraduate degree credits Latin American Studies (General Program: B Acc 222 Managerial Accounting 3 have been accumulated. B.A.) B Fin 300 Financial Management 3 6. Completed applications must be returned to Linguistics (General Program: B.A.) B Law 200 or 220 Business Law 3 the Graduate Studies Office in the University Mathematics (General Program: B.A.) B Mgt 341 Behavioral Foundations Music (General and Departmental Programs: of Management 3 Administration Building Room 121. All applications will be reviewed and processed by B.A.) B Mkt 310 Marketing Principles Philosophy (General Program: B.A.) and Policies 3 the Graduate Affairs Committee. Applicants B Msi 215 Computer Applications will be interviewed by the GAC as part of an Psychology (General Program: B.A.) in Business (or A Csi 101N or 201N) 3 admission process. Puerto Rican Studies (General Program: B Msi 220 Introduction to B.A.) Business Statistics (or A Eco 320 7. At the end of the 120 credits used for the Rhetoric and Communication (General or A Mat 108) 3 BA, the cumulative grade point average at Program: B.A.) B Msi 322 Statistics for Albany must be at least 3.00. Russian (General Program: B.A.) Business Research 3 Russian and East European Studies (General B Msi 330 Operations Research Liberal Arts and Sciences Program: B.A.) Sociology (General Applications 3 Requirements Program: B.A.) 30 Spanish (General Program: B.A.) Combined Bachelor’s/ Master’s in Students should complete the following liberal arts courses to be considered for admission to Theatre (General Program: B.A.) Business Administration Program the program: A Eco 110M and 111M; A Mat Women’s Studies (General Program: B.A.) The early M.B.A. option is designed for 106 or 112 or equivalent; A Psy 101M; A Ant 108G or 108M or A Soc 115M or A Soc students majoring in selected areas of the liberal School of Criminal Justice arts and sciences who wish to obtain the M.B.A. 115G; upper level Eco course; a writing degree in five years. Undergraduates at the intensive course, and additional General Criminal Justice (General Program: B.A.) University at Albany may apply for early Education requirements. admission to the School of Business M.B.A. program during their junior year. Students Requirements: Undergraduate Courses Nelson A. Rockefeller College interested in this option are encouraged to 1. General Education Requirements (24 Political Science (General Program: B.A.) contact Susan Maloney during their sophomore credits) Courses in the Disciplines (18 credits); year. Two courses (6 credits) each in Humanities and the Arts, Natural Sciences, and Social Sciences. One course in Human Diversity (3 credits). One course in Cultural and Historical Perspectives (3 credits). 2. Major Requirements (30 to 36 credits)

259 University at Albany Courses in Accounting topics in managerial accounting and auditing. B Fin 375 Money and Capital Prerequisite(s): B Acc 311 and 331. Offered in Fall Markets (3) B Acc 211 Financial Accounting (3) semester only. Rigorous examination of the U.S. financial A thorough introduction to basic financial statements system, stressing the importance of financial including the balance sheet, income statement, and markets, financial securities, and market statement of cash flows, and to the principles B Acc 441 Income Tax Accounting I participants. Emphasizes the factors that influence underlying their construction. Tools of analysis are (3) the level and structure of interest rates, including introduced to help the student evaluate the ability of Concepts of taxation and of taxable income. monetary policy actions of the Federal Reserve financial statements to reveal the underlying Interpretation and application of present tax laws as System and financial regulation. Develops models economic values of the entities they describe. they pertain to taxpayers. Tax savings and planning. for the pricing and analysis of bonds and various Generally accepted principles of financial Prerequisite(s): B Acc 211 and Senior standing. fixed income derivative instruments. Extensive accounting are critically examined in light of their computer spreadsheet assignments. Prerequisite(s): ability to reflect the economic values of assets, B Acc 442 Income Tax Accounting II B Fin 300. Offered spring semesters only. liabilities, and equities. Not open to freshmen. (3) Intended accounting and business majors should Theory and practice of taxation as applied to B Fin 380 Investment Valuation enroll in B Acc 211 in the first semester of their partnership, corporate entities, and fiduciaries. and Analysis (3) sophomore year. Offered fall semester only. Prerequisite(s): B Acc 441. Intensive course in valuation of fixed income, equity, and derivative securities, and principles of B Acc 222 Accounting Systems for B Acc 461Z Auditing (3) portfolio management. Topics include bond pricing Managerial Decisions (3) Fundamental analysis of auditing and its and yield analytics, various forms of equity Emphasizes the uses of accounting data by contribution to financial reporting, with primary valuation, option pricing, hedging, and speculation management. Budgeting, cost concepts and analysis, emphasis upon the independent public accountant’s methods, creation of investment policy statements, cost-volume-profit relationships, and funds flow attest function. Application of audit tools; e.g., construction of performance benchmarks, analysis. Prerequisite(s): B Acc 211. Offered spring systems flowcharting, statistical sampling, and EDP, performance attribution methods, and development semester only. integrated with the coverage of audit working of effective regulatory compliance procedures. papers. Study of specific industry risks. Analyzes Skills such as the use of financial modeling B Acc 311 Financial Accounting problems of legal liability. Emphasis on business software, teamwork, and oral and written Theory I (3) communications with research papers and group communication are emphasized heavily. General theory and concepts of financial accounting presentations. Prerequisite(s): B Acc 311 and 381. Prerequisite(s) B Fin 300. Open only to students and the generally accepted principles as applied to B Acc 495Q Independent Study in whose concentration is “Finance,” or “Financial assets, liabilities, and related income items. Analysis.” Exposure to related official financial accounting Accounting (3) pronouncements. Prerequisite(s): B Acc 211 or Individual study plan in a selected area as B Fin 400 Financial Case Problems equivalent. approved by the instructor and the department (3) chair in conference with the student. Written and Intensive case analyses of and discussions about B Acc 312 Financial Accounting oral progress reports required. Prerequisite(s): organizations facing a variety of financial issues, Theory II (3) Open only to qualified senior accounting students including value maximization, measurement of cost Continues the in-depth examination (begun in B Acc in the School of Business. May not be repeated of capital, analysis of capital projects, evaluation of 311) of the Generally Accepted Accounting for credit. An application must be filed through merger opportunities, capital structure and dividend Principles guiding the preparation of corporate the Office of Student Services. S/U graded. decisions, and risk management, among others. financial statements. The topics addressed include Skills such as the use of spreadsheet macros and advanced issues in accounting for Stockholder’s user-defined functions, teamwork, and oral and Equity, the calculation and disclosure of earnings per written communication are emphasized heavily. share, investments, revenue recognition issues, Prerequisite(s): B Acc 312, B Fin 380. Open only to accounting for income taxes, pensions, leases, and students whose concentration is “Finance,” or the accounting for and disclosure of accounting Courses in Finance/Financial “Financial Analysis.” changes. Prerequisite(s): B Acc 311. Analysis B Fin 436Z International Financial B Acc 331 Cost Management B Fin 300 Financial Management Management (3) Systems (3) (3) Designed to expose students to the problems Emphasizes contemporary developments in cost and Introductory course that covers the basic faced by financial managers of multinational management accounting. Topics include activity concepts essential to a comprehensive firms. The basics of currency risk will be based costing, target costing, life-cycle costing, in understanding of financial management. discussed with emphasis on exchange rate addition to the traditional topics of job-order costing, Topics to be covered include valuation models, determination and hedging practices. absorption costing, and variable costing. Also financial statement analysis, operating and Elements of working capital management, focuses on business processes as it relates to supply financial leverage, capital budgeting, cost of capital budgeting, and financing aspects will be chain management and quality management. capital, and working capital management. discussed in an international context. Includes Prerequisite(s): B Acc 222, B Msi 215 or A Csi 101, Prerequisite(s): B Acc 211. lectures and case studies. Students will be A Mat 108, or A Msi 220. Offered in spring required to prepare a paper dealing with an semester only. B Fin 301 Corporate Financial important aspect of international financial Policy and Strategy (3) management. Prerequisite(s): B Fin 300 and B Acc 381 Financial Information Continuation of B Fin 300, focusing on financial 301. [WI] Systems (3) statement analysis and various investment and B Fin 470Z Special Topics in Analyzing, designing, implementing, and evaluating financing decisions of the firm. Topics include computer-based and non-computer-based financial financial analysis, risk measurement, and capital Finance (3) information systems. Blending and combining budgeting, capital structure, and dividend policy Integrates the tools and concepts developed in accounting, computers, information, management decisions made in an environment of uncertainty. preceding finance courses. Topics vary by semester and organization, and the systems approach to a Case course supplemented with a text and extensive and instructor., and may include equity and fixed unified body of knowledge and practice. computer spreadsheet assignments. Prerequisite(s): income analysis, derivatives, portfolio Prerequisite(s): B Acc 222 and B Msi 215 or B Fin 300. management, investment banking, financial case equivalent. Offered in fall semester only. studies, or bank management, among others. Heavy B Fin 333 Investment Management emphasis on computer applications of financial B Acc 411 Financial Accounting (3) concepts. Prerequisite(s): B Fin 333, 375. May be Theory III (3) Development of the fundamental approach to the repeated once for credit when topic is different. Examination of generally accepted accounting valuation of equity securities. Examines the [WI] principles as applied to entities and in respect to institutional environment in which investment B Fin 475Z Management of financial reporting disclosures. Topics include decisions are made. Reviews the concept of portfolio consolidations, earnings per share, interim, and theory, and contrasting theories of the behavior of Financial Institutions (3) segmented financial statements. Emphasizes the equity securities prices. Develops various models for Comprehensive examination of the major official financial accounting pronouncements. the pricing of common stock and equity derivative financial institutions that comprise the U.S. Prerequisite(s): B Acc 312. instruments. Term project requiring written and oral financial system. The course focuses on the presentation of a securities analysis. Extensive management concepts and issues central to all B Acc 422 Statistical Applications computer spreadsheet assignments. Prerequisite(s): financial institutions, including asset-liability in Accounting and Auditing (3) B Fin 300 and 301. management, liquidity and capital management, Introduces decision theory and statistical sampling and investment securities portfolio management. techniques. Applies these techniques to selected The management policies of commercial banks 260 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 are emphasized. Management concepts are B Mgt 430 Management of Human B Mgt 471 Human Resource applied through case studies. Prerequisite(s): Resources (3) Information System (3) B Fin 300 and B Fin 375. May not be offered in Introduces the concepts and techniques of human Focuses on the interface of the Human Resource 2003-2004. [WI] resource management, with an emphasis on Management function of organizations with B Fin 490Z Financial Analysis knowledge relevant for practicing managers. computer technology. Examines the use of Seminar and Thesis (3) Topics may include human resource planning, computers as tools to analyze and assist in human resource information systems, employee decision regarding the effective utilization of The first half of the course prepares students for recruitment and selection, employment human resources of any organization. Explores thesis development. Seminars present leading- interviewing, equal opportunity and affirmative specific human resource topics in depth using edge financial topics, review basic research action, compensation and benefits, incentive computer analysis as a managerial decision aid in methods, and introduce various financial programs, performance appraisal, training and area such as strategy, selection, employment databases. Thesis development is accompanied development, quality of work-life programs, discrimination, training, and compensation. by work-site tours, and mock interviews with employee counseling and career planning, labor B Mgt 471Z is the writing intensive version of University at Albany alumni. At semester’s end, relations, safety, ethical and legal issues in HRM, B Mgt 471; only one may be taken for credit. students present their completed theses to and international differences in HRM. Prerequisite Offered only in the Spring. Prerequisite(s): B Mgt faculty and alumni, on the Albany campus. or corequisite: B Mgt 341. Offered spring semester 341 and B Mgt 430. Skills such as spreadsheet use, teamwork, and only. oral and written communication are emphasized B Mgt 471Z Human Resource heavily. Prerequisite(s): B Acc 312, B Fin 380. B Mgt 450Z Managerial Leadership Information System (3) Open only to students whose concentration is and Decision Making (3) Focuses on the interface of the Human Resource “Finance,” or “Financial Analysis.”[WI] Builds on concepts in B Mgt 341. Review of Management function of organizations with major concepts and findings in managerial computer technology. Examines the use of leadership, with a focus on the functions and computers as tools to analyze and assist in decision skills of middle and lower-level managers. regarding the effective utilization of human Topics may include nature of managerial work, resources of any organization. Explores specific Courses in Law managerial skills and behavior, motivating and human resource topics in depth using computer influencing people, leading decision groups, analysis as a managerial decision aid in areas such B Law 200 Legal Environment of participative leadership and delegation, as strategy, selection, employment discrimination, Business (3) management by objectives, action planning, training, and compensation. B Mgt 471Z is the Stresses the basic legal concepts around which problem solving and crisis management, time writing intensive version of B Mgt 471; only one our society is structured; their applications in management, managing conflict, team building, may be taken for credit. Offered only in the modern business society; legal procedures; and transformational leadership. Prerequisite(s): Spring. Prerequisite(s): B Mgt 341 and B Mgt 430. terminology, and legal principles in operation. B Mgt 341. Not offered in2003-2004. [WI] [WI] B Law 220 Business Law (3) B Mgt 470 Motivation, Productivity, B Mgt 480 Special Topics in Legal principles underlying business relations, and Change Management (3) Management (3) including contracts, commercial paper, This course will focus on theory and practice Study of selected topics involving the effective significant articles of the Uniform Commercial involved with motivation, productivity, and management of organizations, with the emphasis on Code, and government and business. Accounting change management in the work environment. In improvement of organizational effectiveness in large majors must complete this course and not B Law the management of any organization, motivation and small businesses. Topics may include 200. and productivity of both management and management of technology and innovation, executive the employees is of central concern to the leadership and decision making, entrepreneurship and B Law 321 Law of Business effectiveness of the organization. How to intrapreneurship, organization culture, diagnosis of Organization (3) improve employee motivation and productivity is organizational effectiveness, design of organizations, Legal concept of agency, partnership, the focus of change management. Topics will organization change, management of company-wide corporations and bankruptcy, the Uniform include major theories on motivation work, productivity and quality improvement programs, and Partnership Act, and Business Corporation Law. practical techniques of change management such international management. B Mgt 480Z is the writing as action research and survey-guided feedback, intensive version of B Mgt 480. May be repeated once B Law 421 Law of Property (3) and practical techniques to increase employee for credit with change in topic. Prerequisite(s): B Mgt Law of real and personal property, including involvement and motivation such as Total Quality 341 and B Mgt 430. mortgages and conveyances, landlord and tenant Management (TQM), garnishing, employee relationships. Prerequisite(s): B Law 220. ownership, and self management teams. B Mgt B Mgt 480Z Special Topics in 470Z is the writing intensive version of B Mgt Management (3) B Law 422 Trust and Estate Law (3) 470; only one may be taken for credit. . Offered Study of selected topics involving the effective Covers presentation of material concerning living in Fall only. Prerequisite(s): B Mgt 341. management of organizations, with the emphasis on and testamentary trusts; analysis of the improvement of organizational effectiveness in large requirements of a will, including its preparation, B Mgt 470Z Motivation, and small businesses. Topics may include execution, and probate; administration of estates of Productivity, and Change management of technology and innovation, executive individuals dying with and without wills. Management (3) leadership and decision making, entrepreneurship and This course will focus on theory and practice intrapreneurship, organization culture, diagnosis of involved with motivation, productivity, and organizational effectiveness, design of organizations, change management in the work environment. In organization change, management of company-wide the management of any organization, motivation and productivity and quality improvement programs, and Courses in Management productivity of both management and employees is international management. B Mgt 480Z is the writing B Mgt 341 Behavioral Foundations of central concern to the effectiveness of the intensive version of B Mgt 480. May be repeated once organization. How to improve employee for credit with change in topic. Prerequisite(s): B Mgt of Management (3) motivation and productivity is the focus of 341 and B Mgt 430. [WI] This survey course provides an overview of change management. Topics will include major B Mgt 481 Strategic Management research and theory about behavior in theories on motivation at work, practical techniques organizations. Specific topics may include of change management such as action research and (3) decision making, communication, group survey-guided feedback, and practical techniques to This capstone course develops an overall processes, power and influence, motivation and increase employee involvement and motivation such management viewpoint and integrates various job attitudes, conflict and cooperation, as Total Quality Management (TQM), garnishing, specialized functions such as Marketing, Finance, organizational politics, leadership, organization employee ownership, and self-management Accounting, Management Information Systems, structure, organization change and development, teams.. B Mgt 470Z is the writing intensive and Human Resource Management. Topics and international differences affecting behavior in version of B Mgt 470; only one may be taken for include industry analysis, global competitiveness, organizations. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and credit. Offered in Fall only. Prerequisite(s): international management, strategies for adjusting either A Soc 115M or A Soc 115G or A Ant 108M B Mgt 341. [WI] to the social, political and economic environment, or A Ant 108G. approaches for developing and implementing strategic plans in organizations, managerial values and ethics, and social issues in business. Prerequisite(s): senior standing in the School of Business and permission of the Office of Student Services. [OD]

261 University at Albany Courses in Management Science B Msi 390 Operations & Business B Mkt 312 Marketing Research (3) Process Management (3) The tasks of introducing new products or modifying This course brings a strong modeling orientation to existing products regularly challenge decision- B Msi 215 Computer Applications in bear on the process of obtaining and exploiting makers in a firm. To this end, the main purpose of resources to produce and deliver useful goods and this course is to provide an overview of marketing Business (3) services so as to meet the goals of the organization. research issues so that decision-makers can avoid The role of information systems in business and the Decision-oriented models such as linear costly mistakes by “getting it right the first time.” A fundamentals of computer hardware and software. programming, system simulation, inventory control, project that requires data collection, hypothesis Introduction to spreadsheets, databases, and and material and enterprise resource planning are testing and applied statistics with SPSS is a key elementary computer programming concepts such as discussed and then implemented utilizing selected element of the course. Prerequisite(s): B Mkt 310 variables, control structures, functions, and I/O. software products. Prerequisite(s): B Msi 322. and B Msi 220 or equivalent. Hands-on experience developing business-oriented Offered in spring only. applications using common software tools such as B Mkt 351 Buyer Behavior (3) Excel, Access, and Visual Basic/VBA. Only one of B Msi 391Z Decision Support This is a marketing course, not a consumer psychology B Msi 215 and A Csi 101N may be taken for credit. Systems (3) course. It focuses on how a company develops its basic Not open to freshmen. Offered fall and spring. strategy—identifying, evaluating, and targeting market This writing intensive course includes the topics segments whose needs are not currently being met by B Msi 220 Introduction to of database modeling, systems analysis, information resource management, and existing products. The main goal of this course is to Business Statistics (3) decisions support systems. Experience with provide a broad, content based, “gestalt” understanding This course will cover the fundamentals of statistical computer modeling is gained through group of macro consumer segments and how to best market analysis oriented towards business problems. Topics projects with integrate database technology with and communicate with them. As such, it is intended to covered include: data collection, data presentation in modeling techniques such as simulation. provide the platform from which more advanced tables and charts, numerical descriptive measures, Prerequisite: Good standing in 3/2 program and courses in marketing are developed. Prerequisite(s): frequency distributions, simple linear regression and MSI 390.Note: This course is taken as a B Mkt 310 and either A Psy 101M or A Soc 115M or correlation concepts, elementary probability theory, replacement for MSI 331. Completion of this A Soc 115G. estimation and introductory hypothesis testing. course with a grade of B or higher waives B Msi Prerequisite(s): intermediate algebra or A Mat 100. B Mkt 376 International Marketing 520 and B Msi 521. May not be offered in 2003- (3) May not be taken for credit by students with credit 2004. [WI] for A Eco 320. Only one of B Msi 220 and A Mat This course extends marketing principles to the 108 may be taken for credit. Offered fall (may not be B Msi 415Z Systems Analysis and global arena. Through active participation and offered every fall). Design (3) projects, you will learn about the problems of implementing a marketing mix globally and how B Msi 322 Quantitative Analysis for This course covers the planning, design, and implementation of computer-based information to evaluate the social, legal, political, and Business Decisions (3) systems. Topics include techniques for analyzing ethical concerns in operating a global enterprise. This course is designed to expose students to and specifying system requirements, advanced Prerequisite(s): B Mkt 310. decision making in the face of uncertainty. Statistical concepts in database management with applications concepts such as probability and sampling will be B Mkt 411Z Marketing as well as behavioral and economic aspects of Management (3) taught with the aid of software packages. Business system design and implementation. Prerequisite(s): problems including inventory, forecasting, and B Msi 331 and B Msi 322. Offered fall. [WI] To survive, every organization needs customers. quality control systems will also be covered. Risk Marketers develop, price, promote, and distribute analysis will be taught through Monte Carlo B Msi 416 Communications, products and services for the purpose of creating simulation. Prerequisite(s): B Msi 220 or its Networking, and Security (3) equitable exchanges with customers. As such, equivalent and Calculus. Offered fall and spring. marketing is a long-term process that focuses on This course provides an introduction to integrative customer needs and the ability of the firm to satisfy B Msi 330 Business Information business strategy, practice, and enabling technologies. Topics include telecommunication those needs. A key assignment in this course is to Systems & Technologies (3) (concepts, protocols, and hardware), computer develop a defensible business plan. Prerequisite(s): This course offers an introduction to the networks (client-server, LAN, and OSI), computer B Mkt 351. [WI] fundamentals of information systems and security (Security Threats and Vulnerabilities, B Mkt 430Z Sales Management (3) information technology in business. It focuses on Network Security, Cryptography, and Privacy), and models for modern business processes, integration of In this course, you will learn how to create related emerging technologies. Prerequisite(s): relationships with customers, meet practitioners, and business functions, and the tasks and techniques for B Msi 331. Offered spring. developing computer-based information systems. learn about the negotiation process. Topics include Topics such as project planning, time, risk, and B Msi 434 Business Application how styles of interpersonal communication differ; prospecting, presenting, and closing a sale; and resource management in various business Implementation (3) applications will be supported by software tools, integrative negotiation techniques. Prerequisite(s) This is a project-based course where students work B Mkt 310. [WI] such as Microsoft Project. Elements of database in teams to develop model-based decision support management, information systems building and systems for clients in the local or regional B Mkt 432 Integrated Marketing prototyping will be introduced using popular end- community. Enrollment is limited and by user software packages such as Access and Excel. Communications (3) application. Prerequisite(s): B Msi 415 or Through projects and active participation in this Prerequisite(s): A Mat 106 and B Msi 215 or their concurrent enrollment. Offered fall. equivalents; B Msi 220 or A Mat 108 or A Eco 320. course, you will learn how people receive and Offered fall and spring. process messages; why some efforts work while others fail; how to integrate your efforts and B Msi 331 Business Application target an audience through advertising, public Development (3) relations, direct marketing, and information Introduction and application of object-oriented and Courses in Marketing systems; how to assess communication options Web programming to business problems. systematically and formulate integrated Application-driven approach and tools such as Java B Mkt 310 Marketing Principles (3) marketing communication plans; and how an and XML will be employed. This course will Effective marketing policy is the key determinant of integrated marketing communication plan can win introduce basic syntax and semantics, classes, success in business. This course is designed to provide a and keep customers. Prerequisite(s) B Mkt 351. objects, arrays and pointers, graphics and GUI broad-based foundation to the 4 P’s of marketing: B Mkt 437 Business Marketing (3) through business cases and solutions. The course product development, pricing, promotion, and places of Helps students understand how organizations will introduce cutting-edge topics and applications distribution. In addition, students are exposed to interact with one another. Marketing analysis, of emerging technologies in such areas as e- and m- marketing research, marketing strategy, Internet and planning, and strategy is studied in business-to- commerce. Prerequisite(s): B Msi 215 or its global marketing, consumer and organizational business buying and selling situations. The equivalent, pre or co B Msi 330. Offered spring. behavior, retailing, and market segmentation. environment of business marketing and the process of organizational buying are examined. Traditional topics, such as target marketing and the marketing mix, are often combined with advanced topics such as negotiation, relationship development, quality control, logistics, and international marketing. Prerequisite(s): B Mkt 310. May not be offered in 2003-2004.

262 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 B Mkt 460Z Internet Marketing Special Courses B Bus 497 Internship in Business I Strategy (3) (1-3) In this course you will learn how to think and plan as Internships involving off-campus participation in a Web marketing manager. You will create an Students interested in independent study the work of an agency, institution, or corporate Internet strategy that builds on the strength of body other than the University, with collateral existing marketing programs, build a brand on the in business (B Bus 495Q and B Bus academic study. Prerequisite(s): Contingent on Web using techniques for Internet marketing 496Q) should contact the Office of the approval of a University at Albany School of strategy, recognize the situations in which a Web Student Services in the School of Business full-time instructor willing to supervise strategy will work, and make improvements to Business (BA-361A) for application the study and evaluate on-site reports of the functioning sites that are not achieving expected student’s progress. Approval of the results. Prerequisite(s): Open only to senior School forms and requirements. Undergraduate Affairs Committee also required. of Business majors. Permission of School of Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.00. Open only Business. [WI] to School of Business majors with a minimum B Bus 200 Selected Topics in of 75 completed degree credits who have B Mkt 480 Selected Topics in Business (3) completed the 300-level foundations courses. Marketing (3) This course is devoted to selected topics in S/U graded. Intensive study of topics in marketing. Topics business, strategic management, career may include project management, new product management, and/or organizational behavior. B Bus 498 Internship in Business II development, management of innovation, use of This course may not be repeated for credit, nor (1-3) microcomputers for marketing decisions, does it yield liberal arts and sciences credit. Not Internships involving off-campus participation in retailing, and industrial marketing. May be open to freshmen. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M or the work of an agency, institution, or corporate repeated for credit when topic differs. Open G, A Soc 115M or G, or 3 credits of economics. body other than the University, with collateral only to senior business administration majors. Will not be offered in 2003-2004. academic study. Prerequisite(s): Contingent on Prerequisite(s): permission of School of the approval of a University at Albany School of Business. B Bus 250 Business in Society (3) Business full-time instructor willing to supervise This course examines economic value systems the study and evaluate on-site reports of the B Mkt 480Z Selected Topics in and structures and their impact on society. student’s progress. Approval of the Marketing (3) Business fundamentals are examined Undergraduate Affairs Committee is also Intensive study of topics in marketing. Topics particularly as they relate to the development of required. Minimum cumulative GPA may include project management, new product American cultural values. The course will also requirement is 3.00. Open only to School of development, management of innovation, use of analyze the relationship between literature, Business majors with a minimum of 75 microcomputers for marketing decisions, philosophy, sociology, psychology and successful completed degree credits. Internship experience retailing, and industrial marketing. May be business practices. Does not yield credit toward must be different from that of B Bus 497. S/U repeated for credit when topic differs. Open the Accounting or Business Administration graded. only to senior business administration majors. majors. Prerequisite(s): A Ant 108M or G or Prerequisite(s): permission of School of A Psy 101M or G or A Soc 115M or G. Will not Business. [WI] be offered in 2003-2004. B Bus 398 Business Consulting Services (1–3) Classroom instruction on the practical aspects of computing on the personal, network and mainframe computer environment, including word processing, data communications, networking and various operating systems. Training is followed by continuing consulting work experience in the public user rooms. Work schedules are determined on an individual basis during the first two weeks of class. May be repeated for a total of six (6) credits. Does not yield liberal arts and sciences credit toward graduation. Not open to accounting majors. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor, junior status, and School of Business major. S/U graded. Will not be offered in 2003-2004. B Bus 495Q Independent Study in Business I (1–3) Individual study plan in a selected area as approved by the instructor and the dean in conference with the student. Written and oral progress reports required. Prerequisite(s): Open only to qualified students who have senior status in the School of Business. May not be repeated for credit. May not be used in the concentration. An application must be filed through the Office of Student Services, BA-361A. Open only to students with senior status. S/U graded. B Bus 496Q Independent Study in Business II (1–3) Advanced or expanded individual study plan in a selected area as approved by the instructor and the dean in conference with the student. Written and oral progress reports required. Prerequisite(s): B Bus 495Q. May not be repeated for credit. May not be used in the concentration. An application must be filed with the Office of Student Services. BA-361A. Open only to students with senior status. S/U graded.

263 University at Albany

Even as crime declines from the high levels Admission Requirements SCHOOL OF of the 1970’s and 1980’s, it remains an urgent social problem and policy issue. As Criminal justice is a restricted major with CRIMINAL JUSTICE welcome as the decrease in crime has been, limited enrollment. Applications for it has prompted debate about the forces that admission to the criminal justice major are reviewed by the School’s Undergraduate Dean produced it—such as demographic and Admissions and Awards Committee. Julie Horney, Ph.D. economic changes, or more effective Applicants must have completed at least 42 University of California, San Diego policing and tougher sentencing—and it has raised corollary questions about whether and graduation credits prior to application and Faculty how the trend can be sustained. Well- 56 credits at the time of admission, and they Distinguished Professors founded judgments and prudent policy must have earned a B or higher in R Crj 200 David H. Bayley, Ph.D. choices about crime and justice require an (or A Soc 381), R Crj 201 or R Crj 202. Princeton University understanding of crime, criminal behavior, Transfer applicants must have completed the Terence P. Thornberry, Ph.D. criminal justice processes, and the law. The equivalent of R Crj 200, or 201 or 202 with University of Pennsylvania study of criminal justice at the University at a grade of B or better. Hans H. Toch, Ph.D. Albany is concerned with these phenomena. Applications will be evaluated against the Princeton University The faculty are drawn from several following criteria: academic disciplines, including criminal Distinguished Teaching Professor  Overall grade point average. Graeme R. Newman, Ph.D. justice, public policy, sociology, University of Pennsylvania psychology, political science, and law, and  Breadth and quality of liberal arts its members are nationally and Professor Emeritae/i background. The committee will view internationally recognized for their research favorably students who have strong Fred Cohen, LL.M. on delinquency, violence, sentencing, Yale University records in history, mathematics, policing, capital punishment, and other English, languages, and/or natural Robert H. Hardt, Ph.D. topics. The School of Criminal Justice offers sciences. Syracuse University graduate programs that lead to the degrees Vincent O’Leary, M.A. of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy,  Statement by student of reason for University of Washington and which are widely regarded as among the seeking to undertake a criminal Marguerite Q. Warren, Ph.D. best in the nation. justice major. University of California, Berkeley The baccalaureate program is a multi- It should be noted that because this program Professors disciplinary, liberal arts curriculum intended to is not intended for persons interested in James R. Acker, J.D. develop students’ capacities to think critically, police science, criminalistics, etc., transfer Duke University; communicate effectively, and engage in students who have taken courses in such Ph.D., University at Albany reasoned problem-solving. The major includes areas may expect such credits not to be David E. Duffee, Ph.D. not only courses in criminal justice but also a transferable into the major. Transfer University at Albany concentration in a disciplinary field related to students must also fulfill concentration Alan J. Lizotte, Ph.D. criminal justice, and majors are urged to take requirements. Articulation of such courses University of Illinois additional courses in history, English, and will be processed on a case-by-case basis. Colin Loftin, Ph.D. mathematics. Criminal justice majors acquire Application Dates: University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill knowledge of: the nature, incidence, For fall admission, applications must be David McDowall, Ph.D. explanations, and individual and social received by February 14. Northwestern University consequences of crime and criminal behavior; Associate Professors the criminal justice process, including the For spring admission, applications must be Frankie Bailey, Ph.D. social, psychological, organizational, and received by September 20. University at Albany political influences on the discretionary Alissa Pollitz Worden, Ph.D. decisions of criminal justice actors, and the Degree Requirements for the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill effectiveness, equity, and responsiveness of Major in Criminal Justice Robert E. Worden, Ph.D. criminal justice policy; the law and its General Program B.A.: The major in University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill application to criminal justice; and social science methodology. The School’s graduates criminal justice requires a minimum of 36 Assistant Professors go on to graduate or professional education, or credits distributed as follows: Dana Peterson, Ph.D. directly into positions with criminal justice or 12 credits from any 200, 300, or 400 level University of Nebraska at Omaha related agencies. Greg Pogarsky, Ph.D. criminal justice courses and/or A Soc 283M. Carnegie Mellon University 9 credits from any 400-level criminal justice J.D. University of Pittsburgh courses. Piyusha Singh, Ph.D. Carnegie Mellon University 3 credits of statistics, either R Crj 281, A Soc 221; A Psy 210, or A Mat 108; and 3 Adjuncts (estimated): 7 credits in research methods, either R Crj Teaching Assistants (estimated): 9 282, A Soc 220 , or A Psy 211.

264 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 9 credits, including at least 6 at or above the Courses R Crj 302 Punishment and 300 level, in an approved concentration Corrections (3) area, either American Government, Law, R Crj 200 Introduction to the Interdisciplinary review of the history of criminal Psychology, Sociology, African/Afro- Nature of Crime and Its Control (3) punishment, analyzing the main changes that Multidisciplinary analysis of criminal and have occurred and their causes. Examines the American Studies, Latin delinquent behavior. Special attention to the dominant justifications used for punishing American/Caribbean Studies, Anthropology, definition, nature and scope of crime and offenders, such as deterrence, retribution and History, Philosophy, or Women’s Studies. delinquency in the United States and the rehabilitation. Special attention is given to the Please see department for list of approved explanations which evolved to account for these implications of the different justifications of phenomena. Includes historical analysis of punishment for current penological practice courses. criminological thought and strategies of social such as prison, jail, probation, parole, other Students are also advised that only one of control, with special emphasis on the law, which alternative ways of dealing with offenders and underpins current (and past) penal codes and sentencing. Reform is then discussed within this R Crj 200 and A Soc 381 may be taken for correctional practices. NOTE: Only one of R Crj historical and interdisciplinary context. credit. 200 and A Soc 381 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200 or 201. R Crj 201 Introduction to the R Crj 308 Juvenile Justice Combined B.A./M.A. Program Criminal Justice Process (3) Administration (3) Analysis of the decisions made in the process The law of juvenile delinquency and the The combined B.A./M.A. program in whereby citizens become suspects, suspects administration of the juvenile justice system. criminal justice provides an opportunity for become defendants, some defendants are Examines the historical development of the students of recognized academic ability and convicted and in turn become probationers, concept of delinquency, the special status of inmates and parolees. Analysis of operational juveniles before the law and juvenile justice educational maturity to fulfill integrated practices at the major criminal justice decision procedural law. Considers the structure and requirements of undergraduate and master’s stages. Analysis of innovative programs and the operations of the major components of juvenile degree programs from the beginning of their dilemmas of change in policing, diversion, court justice systems and contemporary reform efforts junior year. administration, sentencing and community in juvenile justice. Examines recent correctional programs. developments in law reform concerning The combined program requires a minimum delinquency and dependency, along with change R Crj 202 Introduction to Law and and reform in the youth corrections systems. of 141 credits, of which at least 30 must be Criminal Justice (4) Prerequisite(s): R Crj 201, or junior or senior graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., Students will study judicial decisions involving class standing. students must meet all University and college constitutional and other legal issues relevant to R Crj 351 Policing in a Free Society requirements, including the requirements of criminal justice, including the government’s power (3) the undergraduate major described to define conduct as criminal, procedural rights, defenses, the rights of juveniles, and punishment. In Introduction to the study of the local police in the previously, the minor requirement, the addition to class meetings, students will enroll in a United States, which provides the basis for a minimum 90-credit liberal arts and sciences discussion section where they will engage in legal continuing study of policing. Also for the requirement, the general education writing and moot court exercises. individual whose concern is to be an informed citizen dealing effectively with the problems requirements and residency requirements. In R Crj 210 Policies of Crime in which policing in America does raise. Policing is qualifying for the M.A., students must meet Heterogeneous Societies (3) seen from three perspectives: the police -officer- all University and college requirements as This course examines the implementation of citizen interaction, the agency-community outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including policies of crime control in heterogeneous relationship, and the legal and ethical questions completion of a minimum of 30 graduate societies, with concentration on the United States. of policing in a democratic society. Considers the Criminal and distributive justice is explored. The background of policing, the problems it must credits and any other conditions such as a effects of crime control measures across racial meet in the future, the police task, the major research seminar, thesis, comprehensive and ethnic groups are then examined. [DP] kinds of police work, and the system relationships examination, professional experience and that tie the police to the community and the R Crj 281 Introduction to Statistics criminal justice system. Prerequisite(s): junior or residency requirements. Up to 9 graduate in Criminal Justice (3) senior class standing. credits may be applied simultaneously to both Provides an introduction to statistical methods the B.A. and M.A. programs. useful for analyzing the types of data most often R Crj 353 (= R Pos 363) American encountered in criminal justice research, and it is Criminal Courts (3) Students are considered as undergraduates intended primarily for criminal justice Examines the organization and operations of state until completion of 120 graduation credits undergraduates. The course has a “practitioner” and local criminal court systems from the and satisfactory completion of all B.A. orientation, emphasizing how to understand and perspective of social science research and public use statistics rather than how to create them. A policy analysis. Major issues include: the role of requirements. Upon meeting B.A. variety of widely used statistical methods will be courts in American society; bail and pre-trial requirements, students are automatically considered, including descriptive statistics, procedures; the roles and decisions of considered as graduate students. correlation and regression, hypothesis testing prosecutors, judges and the defense bar; selection (inferential statistics,) and contingency tables. A and operation of grand juries and trial juries; Students may be admitted to the combined working knowledge of high school algebra will be sentencing of criminal defendants; and others. The degree program at the beginning of their assumed. May not be taken for credit by students operations of juvenile and adult courts are compared, with credit for A Soc 221. [MS] and efforts directed toward court reform are junior year, or after the successful completion assessed. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class of 56 credits, but no later than the R Crj 282 Introduction to Research standing. accumulation of 100 credits. A cumulative Design in Criminal Justice (3) R Crj 399 Seminar in Criminal grade point average of 3.20 or higher and The practical aspect of doing theoretically informed Justice (3) three supportive letters of recommendation criminological research. The course should provide students with 1) the methods of research available to Covers a variety of topics in the criminal justice from faculty are required for consideration criminologists, 2) the connection between theory and system. Content varies with each offering. (but does not guarantee admission). Students data, and 3) how to make criminological sense out of R Crj 401 Crime Deviation and will be admitted upon the recommendation of a body of data. It will cover a variety of design Conformity (3) the Graduate Admissions Committee of the issues, methodological issues and analytic techniques. The techniques provide a springboard Crime and criminal behavior is viewed as one of School. for the discussion of important methodological the many forms of deviation from political, moral issues: the relationship between theory and data, the and conduct norms of the majority culture. logic of inference, causality, data collection, model Studies the parallel genesis of crime and other specification, standardized versus unstandardized parallel forms of deviance, and the relationship data and many others. May not be taken for credit by between some forms of deviance (such as mental students with credit for A Soc 223 (formerly A Soc illness and political extremism) and some forms 220). Prerequisite(s): R Crj 281. of criminality. Studies the forces that produce conformity and indirectly promote deviation. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200.

265 University at Albany R Crj 404 Crime and the Mass R Crj 416Z Current Issues in Media (3) Delinquency (4) This course examines the interrelationships This course examines a number of current issues in between crime, criminal justice, and the mass the field of juvenile delinquency research including media. It explores the history of these linkages, the causes of delinquency, the nature of delinquent research, and the current issues. The possible careers and the effectiveness of efforts to prevent impact of media images of crime and criminal and treat delinquency. Emphasis is placed on justice on individuals, groups, and public policy is analyzing recent developments in the area and, examined. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200 or 201; junior since it is a writing intensive course, presenting or senior class standing or permission of instructor. written critiques of the research. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200 and 201. May not be offered in 2003- R Crj 405 Drugs, Crime and 2004. [WI] Criminal Justice (3) R Crj 423 Student Legal Services This course examines the extent of illicit drug Internship Seminar (4) use and drug dealing in the United States; the Interns work in the Legal Service Office on impact of illicit drugs on individuals, campus under the supervision of a practicing communities, and the criminal justice system; attorney gaining valuable first-hand experience correlates of and influences on illicit drug use; with the legal process. Interns must take R Crj and the connections between illicit drug use and 424 or 425 during the fall semester. During the other forms of criminal behavior. Efforts to spring semester participation in a weekly seminar reduce the supply of and demand for illicit covering various areas of substantive law is drugs, including street-level law enforcement, required in addition to office hours. Internships military intervention, education, treatment, and are open only to qualified juniors and seniors drug testing are reviewed. Legal issues in drug who have an overall grade point average of policy, including the drug legalization debate, 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 424 or 425 are considered. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200 or 201 and permission of instructor. or permission of instructor or junior or senior R Crj 424 Introduction to class standing. Substantive Criminal Law (4) R Crj 408 Ideology and Crime (3) The general principles of substantive criminal The nature of ideology; the relevance of a wide law studied through analysis of judicial range of political theories to the exploration of opinions, text and, where appropriate, social crime; the comparative influence of various science research. Principles such as mens rea, ideologies upon criminological research; the causation, harm, and actus reus are of recurring paradigmatic view of science in relation to research importance. They are considered both in the in criminal justice; the problem of objectivity; the context of the definition of substantive criminal problem of progress; the role of the criminologist offenses, such as murder, assault and as researcher and practitioner; an introduction to conspiracy, and with respect to such defenses as the ideology of law. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200. insanity, duress, self defense, mistake of fact or law and others. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior R Crj 411 The Community and class standing. Corrections (3) Examines the relationship between the R Crj 425 Introduction to the Law community and the correctional system, focusing of Criminal Procedure (4) on the relationships between prisons and the The study of judicial opinions provides the community as well as community-based opportunity for students to become familiar with alternatives to incarceration. The historical fundamental principles and rules of development of major correctional programs based constitutional criminal procedure, and their in the community is examined, as is the current application within specific factual settings. philosophy of community corrections. Questions Where relevant, textual materials and social about the effectiveness of community-based science research bearing on the legal issues are correctional alternatives are also considered. considered. Anticipated topics include: the Prerequisite(s): R Crj 201 or 302. functioning of the adversarial system of proof, including the respective obligations and duties of R Crj 413 Victims of Crime (3) prosecuting attorneys and criminal defense Examination of the multifaceted problem of crime lawyers; the fifth amendment and compulsory self- victimization. Focuses on the incidence of criminal incrimination issues; the fourth amendment and victimization, social characteristics of crime the law of search and seizure; issues in capital victims, the treatment of the victim in the criminal punishment; and other, related matters. justice system, and efforts designed to alleviate Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. the consequences of criminal victimization and provide support to victims. Prerequisite(s): R Crj R Crj 495 Special Topics in Criminal 200. Justice (2–3) R Crj 414Z Order and Disorder in This variable credit (2–3) course examines specialized topics in criminal justice. Topics may Society (4) vary from semester to semester. May be repeated An examination of problems of social control in when subject matter differs. Differential credit is different cultural settings and historical epochs. awarded according to requirements defined by Students gain insight into the variety of instructor. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200 or 201 and solutions that have been devised for the junior or senior class standing; or permission of problems of crime and disorder and thereby instructor. begin to understand the potentialities as well as the constraints in social ordering. Key questions R Crj 496Z Special Topics in addressed are: what kinds of disorder problems Criminal Justice (4) did a particular society face?, and what was the Intensive examination of specialized topics in preferred solution adopted? Reading will be criminal justice. Topics may vary from semester historical, literary and social scientific. to semester. May be repeated when subject matter Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. differs. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200 or 201 or [WI] permission of instructor or junior or senior class standing. [WI]

266 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 R Crj 497 Special Topics in Criminal

Justice (3) Intensive examination of specialized topics in criminal justice. Topics may vary from semester to semester. May be repeated when subject matter differs. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200 or 201 or permission of instructor or junior or senior class standing. R Crj 498 Independent Study in Criminal Justice (1–3) Independent study or research on selected topics in criminal justice under the direction of a faculty member. The student is responsible for locating a faculty member who is willing to direct the independent study. May be repeated for credit but no more than 3 credits may be accumulated. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor and undergraduate program director, and junior or senior class standing. S/U graded. R Crj 499 Senior Seminar in Criminal Justice (3) Covers a variety of topics in the criminal justice system. Content varies with each offering. May be repeated for up to 9 credits when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): R Crj 200 or 201 or permission of instructor. S/U graded.

267 University at Albany

Courses in Education E Edu 402 Prevention and Care of SCHOOL OF Athletic Injuries (3) E Edu 275 (= A Rel 275) Social Accepted procedures in recognizing, preventing, and Morality & Citizenship Education in a caring for common injuries—with laboratory EDUCATION Pluralistic experience. May not be taken for credit by students Society (3) with credit for the former D Pec 402. Interim Dean This course critically examines issues of public Susan D. Phillips, Ph.D. morality (conflicts over individual rights and Columbia University responsibilities). Students consider pro and con views on these issues. They are also provided cases Associate Dean in which they make collective moral judgments Azara Santiago-Rivera, Ph.D. about the actions of the actors and their impact on Wayne State University the rights and welfare of others. [DP] E Edu 300A Independent Study (1–3) Assistant Dean Independent study with variable credit. Contingent Michael S. Green, Ph.D. upon the consent and willingness of instructor(s) to Syracuse University function as adviser(s) and the dean, School of Education, or designate(s). The credits may be The School of Education is organized into four apportioned in whole or in part as major credit, departments: Educational and Counseling second field credit, or elective credit as Psychology, Educational Administration and appropriate and as determined by the student’s major department. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class Policy Studies, Educational Theory and Practice, standing. A–E Graded. and Reading. E Edu 300B Independent Study (1–3) The School of Education offers undergraduate Independent study with variable credit. minor programs: General Educational Studies; Contingent upon the consent and willingness of instructor(s) to function as adviser(s) and the and Urban Education. The Urban Education dean, School of Education, or designate(s). The minor provides students with an understanding of credits may be apportioned in whole or in part as the changing nature of urban life in the U.S. and major credit, second field credit, or elective its impact on schools, an understanding of the credit as appropriate and as determined by the student’s major department. Prerequisite(s): cultural and ethnic backgrounds of urban children junior or senior class standing. S/U graded. and an understanding of school and community factors that are related to healthy development of E Edu 375 Social Responsibility and urban youth. Citizenship Education in a Pluralistic Society (3) As of the Spring 2002 semester, the Teacher This course critically examines the concept of the Education minor is no longer accepting Public Good in a democratic, pluralistic society. Students consider pro and con views on issues applications. Undergraduate students are involving the Public Good. They are provided cases advised that to obtain teacher certification at in which they make collective moral judgments the University at Albany, students must about the actions of actors and their impact on the complete a BA/BS with an appropriate community. [DP] academic major plus an appropriate MA/MS E Edu 390 Community Service in Education. These changes are due to Projects (3–6) revisions in the New York State Education Special projects involving community activities Department regulations for teacher and collateral study, to be approved as designated by the dean, School of Education. Prerequisite(s): certification, and a decision to provide the best junior or senior class standing. S/U graded. This quality teacher education programs. Students course may be repeated for a maximum of 6 currently in the minor are advised they credits. must successfully complete all requirements E Edu 400 Fieldwork in Urban for their major and the Teacher Education Education (3) minor by December, 2003 if they wish to This course provides opportunities for students for a obtain provisional teacher certification. variety of professional fields to acquire supervised experiences in schools or agencies serving youth Students interested in teaching as a profession from central city neighborhoods. Students are should contact the Academy for Initial Teacher required to complete a minimum of 105 hours of field experience in at least two of the following Preparation at 442-5144 to discuss their options. areas: instruction, administration, personnel services, and after school programs. Students will meet once a The following undergraduate courses offered by week in a fieldwork seminar with their University the School of Education are considered liberal supervisor. Prerequisites(s): junior or senior standing arts and sciences courses for the purpose of and E Edu 427. S/U graded. requirements for the B.A. and B.S. degrees: E Edu 401 Internship in Urban E Edu 275, 375; E Est 120, 300, 301, 497; E Psy Education ((3) 420, 460; E Tap 233L, 402, 455. This course provides opportunities for undergraduate students in a variety of professional fields to acquire All courses in this section are preceded by the supervised internship in schools or agencies serving prefix letter E. youth from central city neighborhoods. Students are required to complete 105 hours of organized internship experiences relevant to their academic interest and career goals. The internship is intended to utilize, refine and enhance the skills gained in the fieldwork component offered in E EDU 400. S/U graded.

268 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 E Edu 403 Advanced Athletic Training (3) A more in-depth continuation of the basic prevention and care of athletic injuries. The course presents a useful and scientifically accurate discussion of anatomy and physiology; the pathologic potential, and step-by-step description of the physical examination and assessment of athletic injuries. May not be taken for credit by students with credit for the former D Pec 403. Prerequisite(s): E Edu 402. E Edu 427 Issues in Urban Education (3) This course explores how social, political and economic conditions impact schools serving children and youth from inner city neighborhoods. Special attention is paid to individual, family, community assets and the development of school/community programs that enhance the academic strengths of urban children and youth. Students are involved in group investigations of local schools that serve urban youth from inner city neighborhoods. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. E Edu 440 “Teaching in Urban Schools: Strategies for Implementing the New York State Learning Standards” (3) An examination of effective instructional strategies for meeting the New York State Learning Standards in urban schools. The course will review the Learning Standards, demonstrate pertinent strategies that may be appropriate in urban schools and provide practical experiences in developing lesson plans. Subject area will vary E Edu 487 Institute in Education (1- 3) Special course, not part of regular course offerings, designed to meet particular, nonrecurring needs. Courses in Educational and Social Thought E Est 120 Toleration (3) Interdisciplinary study of the theory, practice, and problems of tolerance. Stressing the historical origins of, the theoretical justifications for, and the sociopolitical conditions conducive to tolerance as well as those factors impeding it. May not be offered in 2003-2004. E Est 300 Social Foundations of Education (3) Inquiry into educational policies, purposes, and ideas based upon the resources and insights of the humanities and the social sciences. Only one of E Est 300 and E Est 301 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. E Est 301 Issues in American Education (3) Study of the structure and function of American education in the light of contemporary problems. Only one of E Est 300 and E Est 301 may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. E Est 497 Independent Study in Educational and Social Thought (3–6) Independent reading, study, and research in educational and social thought. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and consent of department.

269 University at Albany consent of Department of Educational Theory and interpersonal skills. Interpersonal skill development and DEPARTMENT OF Practice. understanding of relevant theoretical concepts. Optional individual research projects. Prerequisite(s): E Cpy 301 DUCATIONAL HEORY and permission of instructor. E T DEPARTMENT OF AND RACTICE P EDUCATIONAL AND Faculty OUNSELING Professors C Arthur N. Applebee, Ph.D. PSYCHOLOGY University of London Audrey B. Champagne, Ph.D. Division of Counseling Psychology University of Pittsburgh Judith A. Langer, Ph.D. Faculty Hofstra University Professors Istvan Kesckes, Ph.D. Donald A. Biggs, Ed.D. Hungarian Academy of Sciences University of California, Los Angeles Associate Professors Monroe A. Bruch, Ph.D. Jane M. Agee, Ph.D. University of Missouri, Columbia University of Georgia Myrna L. Friedlander, Ph.D. Robert Bangert-Drowns, Ph.D. Ohio State University University of Michigan Richard F. Haase, Ph.D. Joseph Bowman, Jr., Ed.D. Colorado State University Columbia University Susan D. Phillips, Ph.D. Vicky L. Kouba, Ph.D. Columbia University University of Wisconsin, Madison Associate Professors Carla J. Meskill, Ed.D. Michael V. Ellis, Ph.D. Brown University Ohio State University Robert P. Yagelski, Ph.D. Sheldon A. Grand, Ph.D. Ohio State University University of Buffalo Assistant Professors Azara L. Santiago-Rivera, Ph.D. Miriam Raider-Roth,, Ed.D. Wayne State University Harvard University Assistant Professor Carol Rodgers, Ed.D. Madelyn Nicole Coleman, Ph.D. Harvard University University of Missouri, Columbia LaRae M. Jome, Ph.D. University of Akron Courses in Educational Theory and Matthew P. Martens, Ph.D. University of Missouri, Columbia Practice Marcia Josiah Moody, Ph.D. E Tap 201 Exploring Teaching as a University of Wisconsin - Madison Profession (3) Review and exploration of contemporary education Courses in Counseling Psychology with a major focus on the secondary school. Emphasis on concepts of schooling, changing role of teachers, E Cpy 120 (= U Uni 100) The restructuring schools and teaching as a career. Examine Psychology of Academic and theories of teaching and learning for the purpose of Personal Effectiveness (3) challenging assumptions about today’s schools and Examination and application of psychological theory extending expectations concerning tomorrow’s schools. and research in learning, memory, motivation, May not be offered during 2003-2004. decision making, behavioral self-control, and young E Tap 402Q Child Abuse ID and adult development with implications for academic performance and personal effectiveness. Open only to Reporting (0) freshmen, and other students by permission of the This zero-credit, fee-based (a fee will be assessed) department. seminar satisfies the New York State Education Department requirement (for people seeking E Cpy 204 Principles of Career and initial/provisional teacher certification) of two clock hours Life Planning (3) of coursework or training regarding the identification and Review of theories of decision-making career reporting of suspected child abuse or maltreatment. It is development, occupational choice, and job satisfaction. conducted by a certified trainer, and involves instruction, Additional topics: vocational measurement and readings, and an exam. The seminar is a “shared assessment, evaluation and use of occupational resources” seminar and is taught in conjunction with E information, and strategies of life-span planning. Some Tap 502Q. Undergraduate students should register for E sections restricted to freshmen and sophomores only. Tap 402Q. Graduate students should register for 502Q. May not be offered during 2003-2004. E Cpy 301 Methods in Peer Helping I E Tap 487 Institute in Education (2– (2) Introduction to the counseling theories and skills used 9) in a variety of helping roles. Opportunities to develop A special program, not part of the pattern of regular basic relationships and communication skills. Case offerings, designed to meet particular nonrecurring studies that examine motivational variables in helping needs. Available for department use and subject to activities. Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and permission department approval. of instructor. E Tap 497 Independent Study in E Cpy 302 Methods in Peer Helping II Teacher Education (2–6) (2) Independent reading, study, and research in teacher Group activities for greater understanding of education. Prerequisite(s): senior class standing and 270 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 E Cpy 303 Methods in Peer Helping Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and E Psy 420 Child and Adolescent III (2) permission of instructor. Development (3) Theories and research concerning young adult Theory and research in social, emotional, physical, development. Practice with both individual and Division of Educational Psychology and intellectual development and its application to group helping skills. Research projects related to instruction. Emphasis on the late childhood through young adult development. Prerequisite(s): E Cpy and Methodology middle adolescence. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior 301, E Cpy 302 and permission of instructor. Faculty class standing. E Cpy 311 Helping Skills in Human Professors E Psy 440 Evaluation (3) Services: Sexuality and Young Donald A. Biggs, Ed.D. Evaluation considered as a process beginning with Adults (3) the planning stage. Provides experiences to develop University of California, Los Angeles competencies (e.g., writing objectives, choosing Introduction to the major theories and research Deborah C. May, Ed.D. regarding human sexuality and young adults. appropriate means of evaluation, constructing test Opportunities are provided for students to develop Columbia University items, analyzing data). Discussion of related issues Robert F. McMorris, Ph.D. (e.g., testing for mastery, uses of standardized tests, helping skills in the area of human sexuality. accountability, grading practices). Prerequisite(s): Prerequisite(s): A Psy 101M and permission of Syracuse University junior or senior class standing. instructor Robert M. Pruzek, Ph.D. E Cpy 387 Institute (1-9) University of Wisconsin E Psy 441 Social Issues in Testing (3) Social issues related to the use of tests for critical A special course, not part of the regular pattern of Frank A. Vellutino, Ph.D. employment, admissions, and competency offerings, designed to meet non-recurring needs. Catholic University Available for division use and subject to division decisions. Considers legal, ethical, and psychometric approval. Associate Professors aspects of such issues as test bias, open admissions, Lynn M. Gelzheiser, Ed.D. privacy, and truth-in-testing. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. E Cpy 400 Theory and Practice in Columbia University Peer Counseling and Education I (3) Deborah K. Kundert, Ph.D. E Psy 480 Educational Psychology: Introduction to the basic principles of peer Independent Study (3–6) counseling and peer education. Includes University of Wisconsin, Madison development of communication skills, workshop Dianna L. Newman, Ph.D. Designed to allow the student to learn how to conduct preparation and presentation, and knowledge about educational psychological research by participating as University of Nebraska-Lincoln an assistant to a faculty member in an ongoing faculty issues such as alcohol and substance abuse, rape and Joan Newman, Ph.D. sexual assault and other topics of concern to college project in areas such as children’s learning, child students’ adjustment and development. Also includes University at Albany development, special education, evaluation, etc. Regular basic working knowledge of crisis intervention Kevin P. Quinn, Ph.D. meetings with faculty mentor are required. E Psy 480Z is the writing intensive version of E Psy 480. techniques. Prerequisite(s): introduction to psychology Northern Illinois University or social welfare. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing and Assistant Professors permission of instructor. Heidi G. Andrade, Ed.D. E Cpy 401 Theory and Practice in E Psy 480Z Educational Psychology: Harvard University Peer Counseling and Education II (3) Independent Study (3–6) This is the second course in the Peer David Dai, Ph.D. E Psy 480Z is the writing intensive version of E Psy Counseling/Education sequence. Emphasis is on skill Purdue University development through practice and supervision. 480. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing Prerequisite(s): E Cpy 400. Bruce T. Saddler, Ph.D. and permission of instructor. [WI] University of Maryland E Cpy 402 Theory and Practice in Zheng Yan, Ed.D. Division of Special Education Peer Counseling and Peer Education Harvard University Faculty: III (3) Adjunct Professors In this course, a companion to E Cpy 401a, b, and c, Professors students will have the opportunity to practice peer Michael S. Green, Ph.D. counseling and peer education supervision skills Syracuse University Deborah C. May, Ed.D. through practical experiences which will occur on Visiting Professors Columbia University the Middle Earth hotline and in the Middle Earth Frank Salamone, Psy.D. Associate Professors outreach education service. Students will also Lynn M. Gelzheiser, Ed.D. participate in weekly supervision groups facilitated University at Albany by instructional staff. A primary strength of this Columbia University course is that learning takes place in the context of a Courses in Educational Psychology Kevin P. Quinn, Ph.D. campus service agency, allowing students the and Statistics Northern Illinois University opportunity to apply skills they have learned. Assistant Professors Prerequisite(s): E Cpy 400 and E Cpy 401. E Psy 200 Introduction to the Bruce T. Saddler. Ph.D. E Cpy 421 Introduction to Counseling Psychological Process of Schooling University of Maryland Psychology (3) (3) Coordinator of Training Programs Critical analysis of the psychological process of The history, philosophy, and organization of Jane Domaracki, Ph.D. counseling psychology both as an academic schooling. Interpretive survey of the literature and discipline and as a helping profession are research in learning, motivation, development, and University at Albany explored. Emphasizes understanding of personal, intelligence and their impact on American education academic, and professional aspects of counseling and society. Observation and participation in school psychology in the context of modern economic and and community agencies are required. Two class Courses in Special Education social influences. For the student considering a periods. Two laboratory discussion periods. Intended career in the helping professions. Prerequisite(s): for sophomores and juniors. E Spe 369 Special Education for A Psy 101. Students with Emotional and E Psy 387 Institute (1-9) Behavioral Problems (3) E Cpy 462 Psychology of Disability A special course, not part of the regular pattern of Presentation of theoretical positions, (3) offerings, designed to meet non-recurring needs. assessment techniques; planning procedures, and Study of the psychological aspects of disability. Available for division use and subject to division teaching methods relevant to students with Emphasizes physical disability, but also includes approval. emotional and behavioral disorders. other disabling conditions. Topics include E Psy 400 Instructional Psychology Emphasizes current educational practice in the reactions to disability, adjustment to disability, (3) least restrictive environment. Prerequisite(s): rehabilitation approaches, community resources and junior or senior class standing. affirmative action policies. Prerequisite(s): A Psy Intensive investigation of theories and research in 101 or its equivalent. learning and motivation as they apply to classroom E Spe 387 Institute (1-9) instruction. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class A special course, not part of the regular pattern of E Cpy 497 Independent Study (3–6) standing. offerings, designed to meet non-recurring needs. Designed to meet needs of undergraduate students Available for division use and subject to division who possess interest in counseling or counseling approval. psychology and plan for graduate education. 271 University at Albany E Spe 460 Introduction to Human narrative and why certain topics/themes appear Exceptionality (3) repeatedly in stories of all cultures and periods. Characteristics of individuals whose cognitive, The course will also spend time thinking about DEPARTMENT OF physical, or emotional development differs from the role of language in thinking and how typical individuals. Special education history and language serves to limit expression. [WI] laws are discussed, as is the process leading to the EDUCATIONAL development of individualized education plans and special education services. Selected strategies for ADMINISTRATION & students with special needs are also presented. [DP] POLICY STUDIES E Spy 387 Institute (1-9) A special course, not part of the regular pattern of offerings, designed to meet non-recurring needs. Faculty Available for division use and subject to division Distinguished Professors approval. Daniel C. Levy, Ph.D. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill DEPARTMENT OF Professors M. I. Berger, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) READING Columbia University Hal Lawson, Ph.D. Faculty University of Michigan Professors Sanford H. Levine, J.D. Sean A. Walmsley, Ed.D. Syracuse University Harvard University Cornelius V. Robbins, Ed.D. James Collins, Ph.D. University of Pennsylvania University of California, Berkeley Alan P. Wagner. Ph.D. Peter H. Johnston, Ph.D. University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign Associate Professors Rose-Marie Weber, Ph.D. Anthony M. Cresswell, Ed.D. Cornell University Columbia University Associate Professors Ray O’Connell Ed.D. Virginia J. Goatley, Ph.D. University at Albany Michigan State University Heinz-Dieter Meyer, Ph.D. George Kamberelis, Ph.D. Cornell University University of Michigan Assistant Professors Assistant Professor Kevin Kinser, Ed.D. Cheryl Dozier, Ph.D. Columbia University University at Albany Kathryn S. Schiller, Ph.D. Kai Lonnie Dunsmore, Ph.D. University of Chicago Michigan State University Gilbert A. Valverde, Ph.D. Mark Jury, Ph.D. University of Chicago University of California, Berkeley Sandra M. Vergari, Ph.D. Margaret Sheehy Michigan State University Ohio State University Courses in Educational Donna Scanlon, Ph.D. University at Albany Administration and Policy Studies Visiting Professor E Aps 400 United States Educational Haley W. Jiron, M.Ed. Governance, Policy and University of Vermont Administration (3) Historical and current trends in educational Courses in Reading governance, policymaking, and administration. Analyses of K-12 and higher education issues at the federal, state, and local levels. Special emphasis on E Rdg 402 Reading in Secondary education reform issues specific to New York State. [SS] Schools (3) Introduction to theory and practice of reading E Aps 470 Introduction to Law and instruction in secondary schools. Examination of Education (3) the contexts in which reading occurs, of the Legal rights and responsibilities of professional various philosophical approaches to secondary personnel and students in K–12 American reading instruction, and of the major practices education, with an emphasis on constitutional and procedures typically employed in reading principles. Topics include: public-private instruction. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class distinction, freedom of speech, free exercise of standing. May not be offered during 2003-2004. religion, academic freedom and tenure, and due E Rdg 487Z Literature Thinking (3) process and equal protection guarantees. This class is designed to strengthen the reading, writing and critical thinking skills of participants using a variety of challenging texts and rigorous writing exercises. Beginning with a discussion of folk tales and creation myths, the class will move through a variety of texts (including short fiction, novels, poetry, essays, journalism, and film) to examine how “story” addresses and expresses human experience. Throughout the semester the course examines why humans are drawn to 272 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

EDUCATIONAL Educational Opportunities EOP Supportive Service Unit Program It is the obligation of an educational institution OPPORTUNITIES The University at Albany has an EOP to contribute to the development of the “total” Program serving all of its academic units. individual. As such, the EOP staff insures that PROGRAM The program is jointly sponsored by New all channels of supportive service are available York State, the Office of Special Programs, to the members of the EOP population. The Associate Vice President and the University at Albany. It is designed EOP Office is the hub from which all EOP Carson Carr, Jr., Ed.D. to serve students of all races who are services radiate. Inherent in the agreement to Assistant Deans residents of New York State, but who are accept students into the EOP Program is the Maritza Martinez, M.S.W. normally academically non-admissible and understanding that the EOP staff commits its Virginia Rifenberick, M.A. economically disadvantaged. The ultimate energies to the positive academic and social University Developmental Lecturers goal of the program is to make higher adjustment of the individual students who Paul Cummings, Ph.D. education possible for students who lack select the program. Craig Hancock, D.A. the normal credentials for college Claudia Ricci, Ph.D. admissions, but who have the potential and Academic Services Silke Van Ness, Ph.D. motivation for academic success. More Academic Counselor (MRP/TSAP) than 3,000 bachelor’s degrees have been The EOP Complex serves as the administrative Chris Fernando, M.S. awarded by the University at Albany to unit through which academic assistance is EOP Counselors students admitted through the EOP. Over provided to all EOP students. EOP seeks to Monica Hope, M.S. 15 percent of these degree recipients promote scholarship and to insure the Abdul Jarvis, B.A. graduated with honors. graduation of those students. The EOP Patrick Romain, M.S. Program incorporates basic social and Virginia Rifenberick, M.A. educational techniques to meet the different Julio Serna, M.P.A. Pre-College Summer Component needs. James Thomas, M.P.H. Each summer, incoming EOP Frosh Computer Coordinator students participate in a 4-week residential Developmental Course Dennis Karius, B.S. Eng. experience on the college campus. The Programming Study Skills Specialist program begins in July and ends in early Mary Kay Skrabalak, M.A.. August. The full cost of tuition, fees, room Incoming freshmen admitted to EOP are and board, and books is paid for through an evaluated, their weaknesses and strengths EOP Grant. Small classroom instruction is defined, and their special needs established. Introduction offered to remediate, enrich, and provide a As mentioned above, the developmental course The Educational Opportunities Program better start for university courses that will curriculum offers developmental courses in seeks to provide admission opportunities be taken in the fall semester. Students are mathematics and writing. If needed, students are for economically and educationally also exposed to numerous academic and required to take a maximum of two levels of disadvantaged students who wish to enroll nonacademic survival skills, extensive developmental courses during their pre-college in one of the many undergraduate individual and group counseling sessions, summer program and during their first two departments at the University at Albany. and personal and educational advisement. semesters. During the academic year, along with While students and families are expected to Other priorities during the summer include the developmental courses, students also choose assist themselves financially as much as extensive study skill enrichment and career university courses. Although students receive possible, the university realizes that most awareness sessions. transcript credit (not graduation credit) for students admitted to EOP require almost The summer instructional staff includes enrollment in the developmental courses, the full support through available grants, university lecturers who exclusively teach individual growth acquired can insure success in scholarships, jobs and loans. All EOP our EOP students during the academic regular university courses. students are guaranteed enough financial year. The academic subjects involve pre- aid to pay for university charges, books, The curriculum in writing is designed to develop college work in writing, reading, and and increase student awareness of the value of and personal costs. The program provides mathematics. EOP counselors who supportive services designed to help writing, and to encourage participation in the coordinate the extensive counseling experience through writing in various modes and students who need assistance in academic, sessions are experienced and trained. They financial, social or personal matters. across the curriculum. The course work consists develop a unique personal relationship with of a two semester sequence in which students One objective of EOP is to see that each students, and this relationship continues increase their confidence and fluency in writing, student admitted is provided with all the during the matriculation years. In addition learn to cope with writing in the academic world, services and assistance necessary for to the instructors and counselors, student and learn the essentials of how to structure and success in whatever degree program he or assistants are also totally involved in the write a college-level essay. she is to complete. It is anticipated that pre-college summer experience. These peer tutors and lay counselors not only live in through a spirit of cooperation and Counseling Services sincerity among all those interested in their the residential halls with the students, but education, students in the EOP Program also assist in the instructional process. EOP seeks to offer its students a will experience significant changes in their multidimensional approach to individual lives while attending the University at development. Fundamental to each student’s Albany. successful adjustment is the availability of comprehensive, competent counseling. Because the University at Albany presents a very demanding, competitive, and in most cases unfamiliar environment, the EOP staff counselors make every endeavor to reduce anxiety and to help students in adapting to university life. 273 University at Albany Counseling staff members advise and counsel University Developmental students in academic, social, emotional, and Courses vocational areas in order to help resolve student problems. Consultation links are sustained This instructional component consists of between the EOP counseling unit, the university developmental courses and is Advisement Services Center, the Campus Health open to any matriculated student seeking Center, and other university service offices. help in writing skills and mathematics skills. These courses do not carry Peer Tutorial Program graduation credit because they foster the development of skills required for regular The tutorial program aims to provide a well university courses. structured peer tutorial support system to assist O Eop 12 Written World (0) student academic progress in University at Basic course in essay writing and critical Albany course work. This tutorial program reading skill. Offered only to EOP pre-college plays a vital part in contributing to the students during the summer. S/U graded. academic success of the University’s EOP O Eop 12A Writing Skills I (0) population. Recommended by university Students gain competence and confidence through faculty members, upper-class and graduate extensive writing practice with informal and formal students are selected to tutor undergraduates in assignments. Course work is highly individualized through extensive revision and frequent the University’s many departments. To insure student/teacher conferences. Attention is paid to all more effectiveness, tutoring is usually done on aspects of the writing process. S/U graded. a one-to-one basis. Although tutoring is O Eop 12B Writing Skills II (0) optional, it is strongly urged that students take Students gain competence and confidence in advantage of this service before any academic academic writing through reading based difficulty is incurred. Tutors will usually work assignments and practice with standard as many hours as needed. academic discourse conventions. Students explore the connection between personal expression and public discourse. Final course Other Student Services project is a research paper and research based class presentation. S/U graded. O Eop 13A Math I (0) Computer Lab Primarily a review course in basic arithmetic and EOP students have access to the Office’s own elementary algebra. It stresses the fundamental operations and application of whole numbers, computer lab usage room. Staffed at all times decimal numbers, directed numbers, fractions (both with a computer specialist, EOP students can numerical and algebraic), percent algebraic receive technical assistance for word expressions, solutions of various types of first- processing purposes. degree equations, and some verbal problems. Other selected topics from algebra are also treated. S/U graded. [MS] Personal/Career Growth O Eop 13B Math II (0) Workshops A terminal course in intermediate algebra with additional topics in trigonometry, logarithms and A number of personal growth workshops are selected topics from analytic geometry. Mastery in held yearly to aid EOP students with career solving linear and quadratic equations, graphing, and performing the fundamental operations with choices and personal enrichment. Facilitated fractions, exponents, and radicals are included. The by the EOP counselors and University aim of this course is to prepare students for the personnel, these career workshops improve a math courses and math-related courses offered by student’s understanding of the academic the various departments at the University. S/U departments and of prospective career goals. graded. [MS] Also, personal workshops focus on coping O Eop 13C Math III (0) skills, study skills, time management, financial Another terminal course in trigonometry and pre-calculus topics. Satisfactory completion of aid, and graduate school entrance. the course will prepare the students for the Mathematics 101 sequence. Only offered in the summer to pre-college EOP students. S/U Liaison Relationships graded. [MS] To assist the EOP staffers with a better understanding of individual academic departments, the EOP Office has a list of key faculty members who act as liaisons with EOP and that particular department. In addition, the faculty members periodically update the EOP staffers on departmental changes.

University-Wide Services The EOP student is also encouraged to take full advantage of all academic and student services campus-wide.

274 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Adjunct Faculty SCHOOL OF Theodor J. Borys, M.S. Faculty-Initiated Interdisciplinary University at Albany Major with a Concentration in INFORMATION Meredith A. Butler, M.A./M.L.S. Information Science Ohio State University/Syracuse University CIENCE AND Guy J. Cortesi, Ph.D. The School of Information Science and S University at Albany Policy has developed a Faculty-Initiated Jennifer G. Powers, Ph.D. Interdisciplinary Major with a Concentration POLICY University at Albany in Information Science with other faculty in Pamela C. Smith, M.P.A. Computer Science, Communication, Faculty Marist College Linguistics and Cognitive Science, Dean Adjuncts (estimated): 6 Philosophy and Psychology. The major is Philip B. Eppard, Ph.D. Teaching Assistants (estimated): 0 concerned with five curricular strands: Brown University characteristics and properties of information; the Distinguished Professor Emeritus flow of information from its origination to Vincent J. Aceto, M.L.S. (Collins Fellow) Professional courses in information utilization; personal, economic, political and University at Albany science and policy are usually taken on social value of information; the cognitive, Professors Emeritae/i the graduate level. However, as a means intellectual and technological structures that Thomas J. Galvin, Ph.D. of providing undergraduate students with govern information transfer; the public and Case Western Reserve University information and library skills which may be private organizational environments where William A. Katz, Ph.D. of value in their studies or for the purpose of information exchange has taken place. University of Chicago providing a general introduction to the field, Irving Klempner, D.L.S. a number of programs are available to Admission: Students must obtain the Columbia University undergraduates. These include a Faculty- approval of the program director before Millicent Lenz, Ph.D. Initiated Interdisciplinary Major in they can officially declare this Faculty- Northern Illinois University Information Science and a combined initiated interdisciplinary program as Ben-Ami Lipetz, Ph.D. B.A./M.L.S. or B.S./M.L.S. program. Both their major. Cornell University of these programs are described below in Joseph H. Morehead, Jr., Ed.D. greater detail. Degree Requirements for the Faculty-Initiated Interdisciplinary University of California, Berkeley The school offers a broad program of Susan Smith, Ed.D. study which prepares students for careers Major with a Concentration in Columbia University as information management specialists in Information Science Lucille Whalen, D.L.S. corporate, governmental and public General Program B.A. A minimum of 43 Columbia University service agencies, or as librarians, media Professors credits including a 28 credit core: A Csi specialists and information professionals 201N; R Isp 100, 301, 433, (or substitute Stephen E. DeLong, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) in schools, public libraries, colleges, and University of Texas at Austin from list below), 468, 499Z; A Mat 108 other organizations concerned with (or substitute statistics course from the Philip B. Eppard, Ph.D. providing reference, research, recreational Brown University list below); A Psy 101M or 102M; A Lin resources, and information services. 220M.* Associate Professor Emeritae/i Undergraduate students contemplating a Pauline Vaillancourt, D.L.S. career in this field are encouraged to 3 credits from: A Lin 301, 325 Columbia University review professional opportunities and 3 credits from: A Phi 210L, 332 Richard S. Halsey, Ph.D. undergraduate preparation for admission 3 credits from: A Psy 270, 380, 381, 382 Case Western Reserve University, to graduate study with the school’s 3 credits from: A Csi 100, 102, 103, Norman E. Hoyle, Ph.D. administrative staff. Interested students 120, 198, 300Z, R Isp 395 Duke University should also consult graduate bulletin or the 3 credits from: A Csi 203, 204, 205, Associate Professors web page (http://www.albany.edu/sisp/ba/) 310; 416, B Msi 330; R Isp 523 Hemalata Iyer, Ph.D. describing the school’s programs and faculty. University of Mysore, India R Isp 433 substitutes: R Isp 361, 640, 658 Assistant Professor Emeritae/i A Mat 108 substitutes: R Crj 281, A Eco David Mitchell, M.L.S. 320, B Msi 220, A Psy 210, A Soc 221 University at Albany Lillian Orsini, M.S.L.S. The following undergraduate courses University at Albany offered by the School of Information Assistant Professors Science and Policy are considered liberal Deborah Lines Anderson, Ph.D. arts and science courses for purposes of University at Albany degree requirements for the B.A. or B.S. Thomas P. Mackey, Ph.D. degrees: R Isp 100, 301, 361, and 499Z. University at Albany Courses listed in this section are preceded Terrence A. Maxwell, Ph.D. by the school’s letter R. University at Albany * Appropriate substitutions may be made William J. McIver, Ph.D. with the approval of the program director. University of Colorado, Boulder Lokman I. Meho, M.S. North Carolina Central University Joette Stefl-Mabry, Ph.D. Long Island University Rong Tang, Ph.D. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill 275 University at Albany

Combined B.A./M.L.S. or Additionally, students will complete a R Isp 395 Internet Practicum (3-6) B.S./M.L.S. Program minor in information science and policy The course provides students the opportunity including, as a minimum, the following to work as a teaching aide and lab assistant in information science. Students will hold weekly The combined B.A./M.L.S. or B.S./M.L.S. courses: A Csi 201, R Isp 601, R Isp 603, lab assistant hours, monitor and respond to program in information science and policy R Isp 605, R Isp 611, and an elective student questions on the class listserv, and provides a unique opportunity for capable, R Isp course. provide feedback to the course instructor. May highly motivated students to pursue any be repeated for credit up to a total of 6 credits undergraduate liberal arts major while at the In qualifying for the master’s degree, with permission of school. Prerequisite(s): a students will meet all University and grade of B or higher in R Isp 100 and same time beginning their professional permission of instructor. S/U graded. preparation for a career in the rapidly school requirements, including completing R Isp 423 Networking Essentials expanding information management a minimum of 42 graduate credits, and (3) fields. The emphasis of the program is on any conditions such as a research seminar, thesis, comprehensive examination, or Covers the fundamentals of computer networking the planning, provision and administration concepts and implementation and the client and of information systems and services in other professional experience, and server operating systems that run on networked libraries and information centers. A residency requirements. The combined PCs. Special emphasis is placed on network distinctive feature of the curriculum is the program allows students to complete 12 protocols and how they operate at all layers of the graduate credits as an undergraduate that networking model. Emphasis also is placed on the stress placed upon user and human as well interoperability of networks that run on multiple as technological factors. Students will be are applied to both the undergraduate and protocols, platforms, and operating systems. graduate degrees. able to combine academic study with work R Isp 424 Hardware and experience in a locally based major Students will be considered as Operating Systems Essentials (3) corporation’s information handling undergraduates until completion of 120 Covers the fundamentals of personal computer facility such as IBM, GE, or a college and graduation credits and satisfactory internal system components, storage systems, and university, public, hospital, newspaper, completion of all B.A. or B.S. peripheral devices, including problems associated with them and the procedures for servicing them. school, bank or law library in the tri-city area requirements. Upon meeting the (Albany, Troy, Schenectady). baccalaureate requirements, students will R Isp 433 Information Storage and Retrieval (3) Graduates will be prepared for employment automatically be considered as graduate students. Methods of analyzing, storing, retrieving in a wide variety of public and private sector information and their relationship to perceived settings within business, industry, law, costs and benefits in information service humanities, health and human services, and Courses R Isp 452 State and Local education where they will function as R Isp 100 Internet and Government Sources of librarians, information systems specialists, Information Access (3) Information (3) information analysts or information officers Introduction to the Internet and World Wide Examination of the basic sources that provide a and managers. Web. Information literacy in technology and structure for accessing state and local online information resources. Using, finding, government information. Consideration of state The school is especially strong in five evaluating, and producing information on the government resources nationwide and an areas: (1) information and public policy, Internet. [IL] analysis of local government entities nationwide will be followed by a focus on New (2) reference resources and processes, (3) R Isp 101 Technology Tools for York State information sources. Students will archives/records administration, (4) Information Management (3) gain hands-on familiarity with online sources indexing and abstracting, and (5) data Introduction to information organization and through an assignment involving researching storage technologies. management software tools. Class includes state cases and state statutes on WESTLAW introduction to word processing, spreadsheets, and LEXIS-NEXIS, the two largest legal Students may be admitted to the combined databases, and presentation software for use in databases in the United States. program at the beginning of their junior information organization and management. R Isp 457 Introduction to Legal year or after successful completion of 56 R Isp 102 Networking Tools for Research (3) credits, but no later than the accumulation Information Management (3) Examination and analysis of the basic and of 100 credits. A carefully designed Introduction to networking technology skills for specialized information sources that provide a program can enable the student to earn the information management. Classes include structure for legal research. Topics include court reports, digests, annotations, constitutions, B.A. or B.S. and M.L.S. within 10 networked computing, electronic mail, file transfers, web browsers, and web development Shepard’s citations, loose-leaf reporters, legal semesters. A cumulative grade point software for use in information organization and encyclopedias and periodicals. Assignments in average of 3.20 or higher and three management. WESTLAW and LEXIS-NEXIS online databases supportive letters of recommendation are will provide hands-on familiarity with computer- R Isp 301 (The Information assisted legal research (CALR). required. The Graduate Record Exam is Environment (3) R Isp 468 Internship in Information not required for admission. In qualifying Introduction to information science. Definitions for the baccalaureate, students will meet and properties of information, production, transfer, Science (3-6) all University and school requirements, classification, formatting, evaluation, and use. Role Supervised field placement in a public or private organizational environment where including existing major and minor of information organizations including the print and electronic publishing, traditional and digital information exchange takes place. Requires requirements, general education libraries and archives. [IL] preparation of biweekly reports and a major requirements, minimum liberal arts and project. Internships are open only to sciences requirements, and residency R Isp 361 Web Development (3) qualified juniors and seniors who have an Design and development of producing information overall grade point average of 2.50 or requirements. for the world wide web. Lectures include the basic higher. Concurrent registration in R Isp499 is program languages for web development and web- required. S/U graded. authoring software. Design, planning, security, administration and management of web sites will R Isp 469 Independent Study & also be examined. Prerequisite(s): R Isp 100 or Policy (1-3) permission of instructor. Student-initiated research policy under faculty guidance. May be repeated for credit up to a total of 6 credits with permission of school. R Isp 469Z is the writing intensive version of R Isp 469. Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor. S/U graded.

276 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 R Isp 469Z Independent Study & Graduate Courses Policy (1-3) Student-initiated research policy under faculty Please note that the graduate course guidance. May be repeated for credit up to a described below are available only to total of 6 credits with permission of school. students who meet certain criteria. Please R Isp 469Z is the writing intensive version of R Isp 469. Prerequisite(s): Permission of consult the academic rules and regulations instructor. S/U graded. [WI] portion of this bulletin for the rules R Isp 473Z The History of governing when an undergraduate may Children’s Literature (3) enroll in a graduate course. Selected literature for children in English from R Isp 501 History of Books and the beginnings to the early 20th century. Texts are selected to represent different historical Printing (3) periods and diversity of authorial perspectives; History of the development of books and the key considerations are the quality of the libraries from ancient times to the present in literature and its historical significance. relation to the society of which they were a Attention is given to changing attitudes toward part. May not be offered in 2003-2004. children as reflected in the books provided for R Isp 523 Fundamentals of them. Writing assignments will range from historical/critical analyses to reader-response Information Technology (1–6) essays. May not be offered in 2003-2004. [WI] This course consists of three five-week modules teaching basic skills in information R Isp 499Z Senior Seminar in management. Topics include: introduction to Information Science (3) programming, data structures, and overview of Development of professional skills in information data base applications. In addition, students science. This course includes development of may elect up to three additional modules student presentation skills including interviewing, chosen from topics such as UNIX and web development, resume, and oral presentation networking, UNIX software development tools skills. Prerequisite(s): Information Science major. (for students who already have significant [OD, WI] prior programming), introduction to programming in C, and new direction in information science. R Isp 546 Fundamentals of Record Management (3) Basic concepts and practices of records management in governmental, institutional, and corporate agencies, including those areas of communication, administration and computer technology that relate to the efficient and effective flow of information from its generation to its final disposition. Includes records inventory, active and inactive records control, manual and automated systems, vital records protection, the records center, micrographics technology and applications, and legal and ethical aspects of records management. R Isp 554 Contemporary Publishing (3) Structure and problems of the publishing industry (including print and nonprint materials); production and distribution systems and their implications for libraries and other information agencies; legal and economic aspects and technological developments. R Isp 560 Information and Public Policy (3) Analysis and evaluation of public policies affecting the production, dissemination, and access to information generated by or for the federal government. Topics and issues include concepts of intellectual freedom, the public’s right to be informed, freedom of information and privacy legislation, policies on dissemination of information in nonprint formats, national security classification, privatizing of government information, issues of equity, and related policy matters. R Isp 562 Economics of Information Management (3) Principles and theory of economics of managing libraries, archives and other information services. Provides students with the tools of cost benefit, regression and applied microeconomic analysis necessary for management of information systems and information services. The library user fee debate, the economics of journal subscription prices and costs and benefits of on-line searching are examined. May not be offered in 2003-2004. 277 University at Albany R Isp 571 Literature for Children (3) Introductory survey of literature for children with emphasis on twentieth-century authors and illustrators. Problems and trends in writing and publishing. Class discussion and written critical evaluations based on extensive readings. R Isp 578 Literature for Young Adults (3) Introductory survey of literature for young adults (ages thirteen through eighteen) with emphasis on authors from the latter half of the twentieth- century. Includes characteristics, needs, and reading interests of teenagers, critical study of the literature, an overview of basic selection tools, and practice in booktalking. R Isp 601 The Information Environment (3) The evolving social, political and institutional environments within which information services are and can be organized. R Isp 603 Information Processing (3) The nature of documents, their bibliographic description, indexing and classification. Controlled and natural vocabularies for document access. Major taxonomies. Information retrieval theory. R Isp 605 Information Sources and Services (3) Consideration of reference/information services, the types of knowledge, the kinds of formats in which knowledge is recorded, and the ways in which it is pursued and retrieved. R Isp 611 Information Systems and Technology Applications (3) Introduction to information systems and dominant supportive technologies. Emphasis on reprography (printing, replication, micrographic processes,) computing and communications. Applications to library/ information systems administration, technical services, reference services, document delivery systems. R Isp 633 Information Storage and Retrieval (3) Methods of analyzing, storing, and retrieving information and their relationship to perceived costs and benefits in information service. Prerequisite: R Isp 603. Recommended: R Isp 607. R Isp 640 Abstracting and Indexing (3) Characteristics and applications of abstracts and indexes and techniques for their creation. Impact and implications of recent technology. Recommended: R Isp 603. May not be offered in 2003-2004. R Isp 658 Microcomputer Database Development (3) Database principles for microcomputers, with emphasis on relational database management systems (DBMS) for applications development in the library and information fields. Database design, creation, and maintenance: the user interface; programming concepts. Creation of the working database system.

278 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Iceland INTERNATIONAL A six-week program from mid-June through July in Arctic biology and geology, held in cooperation with the University of Iceland and Denmark’s EDUCATION: International Studies Program (DIS). Participants take courses in arctic marine and terrestrial biology. Prerequisite(s): The program is open to STUDY ABROAD juniors and seniors with a 3.0 cumulative grade point average and at least one year of college-level biology or one year of geology and one semester of AND EXCHANGES chemistry. 8 credits Officers Ireland Renée Lucier, M.A. Three to six week program offered in Irish language and cultural studies at the University of Galway. 6 credits James M. Pasquill, II, M.A. Margaret J. Reich, M.A.T. Israel Joan N. Savitt, Ph.D. Topics of special interest organized by Israeli universities (Ben Gurion, Haifa, Hebrew U. and Students in all majors may apply for an Tel Aviv). international program that will complement Japan/Tokyo their studies at Albany. Study abroad allows Cultural and business studies in English and students to experience other cultures and to Japanese language at all levels at the Tokyo develop new academic perspectives. The State University of Foreign Studies, 12 credits University of New York offers opportunities to Korea study in most regions of the world. The seven-week program at Yonsei University offers Korean language courses at three levels and The State University of New York offers over more than twenty-five courses in twelve disciplines 350 international programs. Listed here are the taught in English. 6 or 9 credits programs administered by the University at Russia Albany on behalf of the State University of A six-week program held in July and August at New York system. A complete listing of Moscow State University, offers Russian language instruction at various levels. 6 credits programs and detailed information about them are available in the International Education: South Africa/Durban and Study Abroad and Exchanges office, LI-66. Pietermaritzburg University of Natal’s International School offers E-mail [email protected] or phone 518- programs on two campuses. In Durban students may 442-3525 for more information (Web: take courses on multi-lingualism, South African history, African music, politics, literature, theatre, albany.edu/intled). and Zulu. In Pietermaritzburg courses are offered in policy issues and community service, KwaZulu- Natal history, and Zulu language, art and culture. 8 SUMMER PROGRAMS ABROAD credits. Students on summer programs abroad Spain/Valencia normally register for 6-10 credits. Courses taught in English and Spanish at the AIP Language Institute for students of all levels, including Denmark/Copenhagen graduate. Courses include Spanish language and culture. Several six week programs (June-July) in humanities Prerequisite(s): Language requirement varies depending and social sciences, including art, European culture, on desired level of study. 6 credits Nordic mythology; international business; and a longer program (June-August) in architecture and Wales design. 6-9 credits, depending upon curriculum. Five-week internships (late May – late June) in a variety of fields including education, business, Dominican Republic health care, the arts, and the environment. 3 credits A program with the PUCMM University. Intensive Spanish language study and Caribbean and African-American Studies taught in English. SERVICE LEARNING 9 credits France/Montpellier Tanzania or Thailand Language and cultural studies at all levels at the Institut Mediterraneen de Langues. Prerequisite(s): Supervised internships in various fields including none for elementary level, appropriate preparation health care, teaching English, and sustainable for others. 6 credits agriculture. In cooperation with Global Service Corps. Length of program varies; 3-9 credits. Germany/Braunschweig The six-week Braunschweig program held in July and August offers intermediate through ACADEMIC YEAR/SEMESTER advanced language courses. Prerequisite(s): One PROGRAMS ABROAD year of college-level German or the equivalent is required. Excursions are an integral part of Academic year/semester programs administered the program. 6 credits by the University at Albany offer opportunities Germany/Würzburg in a wide variety of disciplines. Undergraduates The ten-week Würzburg program held from late May normally register for 15–18 credits during the through July offers intermediate through advanced semester or 30–36 credits during the academic language courses and courses taught in English on German and European history, economics, and year. literature. Excursions are an integral part of the Unless noted, students may participate on these program. Prerequisite(s): One year of college-level German or the equivalent is required. 10 credits programs for one semester or a full academic year.

279 University at Albany Other four-year State University of New York campuses offer additional programs for which Albany students are eligible. Students participating in one of these programs register on the Albany campus, which permits them to maintain eligibility for financial aid. Students participating in two-year community college, contract college, or non-SUNY programs during the academic year request a leave for approved study from the Albany campus for the duration of the program.

Programs in Africa Albany/Brockport—Ghana Program with the University of Ghana in Legon for the academic year or fall semester. Qualified students enroll in regular undergraduate courses taught in English in liberal arts, social and non- laboratory natural sciences, and African Studies. Prerequisite(s): junior standing, 3.00 cumulative average. South Africa/Cape Town Direct enrollment at the University of Cape Town in regular university courses taught in English in business, humanities, education, engineering, social sciences, and science. American students may also participate in a structured Community Service program. Prerequisite(s): Open to juniors, seniors and exceptional sophomores with a minimum cumulative average of 3.0. South Africa/Durban and Pietermaritzburg Students enroll directly into regular university courses at the University of Natal. Courses taught in English are offered in architecture, business, social sciences, education, engineering, humanities, science and Zulu. Prerequisite(s): Open to juniors, seniors, and exceptional sophomores with a minimum cumulative average of 3.0. Programs in Continental Europe Denmark/Copenhagen Students enroll in courses offered by Denmark’s International Study Program. Courses are taught in English by Danish faculty in the humanities, environmental sciences, Danish language, international business, and architecture and design. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing with a minimum overall cumulative average of 3.0. Finland/Oulu Students may enroll in regular courses at the University of Oulu, in Finland if they are proficient in Finnish, or they may choose courses offered in English in the subject areas of: Japanese Studies, Northern Cultures and Societies, Scandinavian Studies, Environmental Studies, and other areas in Humanities, the Social Sciences and Natural Sciences. Prerequisite(s): Open to students with above average academic standing. France/Montpellier Coursework taught in English or French on French culture, business and economics at the University of Montpellier. French language at all levels. Direct enrollment in language and literature at M II or business program at M III possible for students with advanced French. No language prerequisite Germany/Würzburg Qualified students may enroll in regular courses offered at the University of Würzburg, including humanities, social and natural sciences, and education. Prerequisite(s): above-average academic record, and two years of college-level German or equivalent. Program includes pre-session language course.

280 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 Netherlands/Nijmegen Korea Courses conducted in English in linguistics, Courses conducted in English in Korean culture, Programs in Russia teaching English as a second language, business, economics, history, philosophy, political linguistics and teaching methodology at science, and sociology at Yonsei University. Korean Russia Hogeschool in Nijmegen. Prerequisite(s): Junior language at all levels. Students who are fluent in A program with Moscow State University that offers standing and above average academic record. Korean may enroll in regular university courses. qualified students the opportunity to study the Prerequisite(s): junior standing (or exceptionally Russian language. Students already proficient in Netherlands/Tilburg qualified sophomores), above average academic Russian may enroll in course work in all academic Courses conducted in English in business record. areas. Prerequisite(s): one year of college-level administration, economics, international studies, and Russian or equivalent, and above-average academic social science at Tilburg University. Singapore record. Prerequisite(s): junior standing, above average Courses conducted in English at the National academic record. University of Singapore in Southeast Asian Studies and liberal arts. Intensive Chinese language study is Programs in the United Kingdom Norway/Bergen also available. Prerequisite(s): junior standing, Courses offered in English at the University of superior academic record. and Ireland Bergen in Scandinavian Area Studies. There is no language requirement, but students with sufficient England/Hull language skills may enroll directly into regular Programs in the Middle East Direct enrollment at the University of Hull. university courses. Prerequisite(s): junior Qualified students may choose from programs in the standing, minimum cumulative average of 3.0. Israel humanities, engineering, business, and social and Study is offered at Ben Gurion University of the natural sciences. Prerequisite(s): junior standing, Spain/Las Palmas Negev in Beer Sheva, the University of Haifa in above average academic record. Direct enrollment at the University of Las Palmas de Haifa, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, and Tel England/London Gran Canaria in humanities, marine science, Aviv University in Tel Aviv. Several programs are physical education, natural and social sciences. offered and may include courses in Judaic, Israeli, and Direct enrollment in regular university courses at the Minimum 5 semester of college-level Spanish. 3.0 Middle East Studies, Hebrew language and the liberal American Intercontinental University in London in GPA humanities, social sciences, arts and design, and arts, natural science, psychology, archaeological business. Spain/Madrid digs, internships, community service, and Kibbutz Undergraduate courses for American students at stay. Students who are fluent in Hebrew may take England/Nottingham the International Institute in Madrid. Courses are courses in all subject areas. Prerequisite(s): sophomore Direct enrollment at the University of Nottingham. offered in Spanish language, literature, art, history, standing and above-average scholastic aptitude. Qualified students may choose from programs in the politics, and commercial Spanish. Prerequisite(s): 5 Program includes pre-semester Ulpan. humanities, engineering, business, and social and semesters of college-level Spanish or the United Arab Emirates/Dubai natural sciences. Prerequisite(s): junior standing, equivalent, and above-average scholastic record. Direct enrollment in regular university courses at above-average academic record Well-qualified sophomores may also participate. the American Intercontinental University in Dubai England/Plymouth Spain/Valencia in humanities, social sciences, arts and design, and Direct enrollment at the University of Plymouth for Coursework taught in English on the culture, business. the academic year only. Qualified students may literature, history, business, economy, and art of choose from programs in engineering, business, and Spain at the AIP Language Institute. Spanish social and natural sciences. Prerequisite(s): junior Programs in the Caribbean and standing, above-average academic record. language at all levels. Open to sophomores and Latin America above. No language prerequisite. Ireland/Galway Spain/Valencia Brazil Direct enrollment at the University of Galway. Direct enrollment at the Polytechnic Institute of Regular university courses in Portuguese literature and Qualified students enroll in courses in the Valencia possible for students with advanced linguistics and liberal arts at the State University of humanities, natural and social sciences, business, Spanish. Coursework in engineering, architecture, Campinas (UNICAMP). Prerequisite(s): junior economics, education, engineering, health, fine and studio arts. standing, above-average academic record, minimum information technology, and Celtic studies. of two and one-half years of college-level Portuguese. Prerequisite(s): junior standing, 3.0 cumulative Sweden/Göteborg average. Courses taught in English at Göteborg University in Costa Rica fine arts, natural and social sciences, and business. Students enroll in regular university courses at the Scotland/Glasgow There is no language requirement, but students with University of Costa Rica in San José in Spanish Direct enrollment at the University of Glasgow. sufficient language skills may enroll directly into literature and linguistics, Latin American area studies, Qualified students enroll in regular undergraduate regular university courses. Prerequisite(s): junior and liberal arts. Program includes pre-session course. courses within programs in the humanities, divinity, standing, minimum cumulative average of 3.0 Prerequisite(s): junior standing (or exceptionally engineering, natural sciences, and social sciences. qualified sophomores), above-average academic Prerequisite(s): junior standing, above-average academic record. Programs in Asia record, minimum of two and one-half years of college-level Spanish or equivalent. Wales/Swansea China Dominican Republic Direct enrollment at the University of Wales, Programs at Fudan University, Peking University, and Courses conducted in English on Caribbean and Swansea in courses in the humanities, natural and Beijing Normal University. Courses in Chinese African-American studies at the PUCMM University social sciences, and engineering. Prerequisite(s): language and culture. Linguistically qualified students in Santo Domingo. Intensive Spanish language junior class standing, above-average academic may choose from courses in the humanities and social instruction. Community service opportunities. record. sciences, including art history, archaeology, Chinese No language prerequisite. Direct enrollment in language and literature, Chinese history, political regular university courses also available for students science, and philosophy at one of the above universities. with fluent Spanish. Prerequisite(s): sophomore standing, above-average academic record, one year of college-level Mandarin Puerto Rico Chinese or equivalent; one year recommended for Students enroll in regular university courses at the Beijing Normal University program. Students are Universidad del Sagrado Corazón in humanities, and strongly urged to enroll for the academic year, but may communications. Prerequisite(s): junior standing (or register for one semester only. exceptionally qualified sophomores), above-average academic record, minimum of two and one half years Japan/Osaka of college-level Spanish or equivalent. Courses conducted in English at Kansai Gaidai (Kansai University of Foreign Studies) on Japanese language and literature, Asian studies, economics, history, politics, and sociology. Coursework in spoken and written Japanese at all levels. Prerequisite(s): junior standing (or exceptionally qualified sophomores), above average academic record.

281 University at Albany University of California, Berkley Special Programs or Opportunities NELSON A. Robert T. Nakamura, Ph.D. University of California, Berkeley Recognizing the fact that a lawyer must be ROCKEFELLER Charles D. Tarlton, Ph.D. politically knowledgeable, many prelaw University of California, Los Angeles students major in political science. Individuals OLLEGE OF UBLIC Frank J. Thompson, Ph.D. engaged in the practice of law automatically C P University of California, Berkeley are involved in "political" activities because of Joseph F. Zimmerman, Ph.D. their dealings with the executive, legislative, AFFAIRS AND POLICY Syracuse University and judicial branches of government. Associate Professors Dean The location of the Graduate School of Public Scott W. Barclay, Ph.D. Affairs in the capital city of the Empire State Frank Thompson, Ph.D. Northwestern University University of California, Berkeley affords students of political science unusual Thomas A. Birkland, Ph.D. opportunities to observe and study the The Rockefeller College of Public Affairs and University of Washington executive, judicial and legislative branches of Policy offers two undergraduate majors: Peter D. Breiner, Ph.D. the state government, the second largest public political science and public policy. In addition, Stanford University employer in the United States. With a few students may pursue course work in Public José E. Cruz, Ph.D. exceptions, the principal office of each state Administration. CUNY Graduate Center department, division, and office is located in Benjamin Fordham, Ph.D. Albany. All undergraduate courses offered by the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill Rockefeller College except R Pad 110, 111, Sally Friedman, Ph.D. Internship opportunities are available for 210 and 211 are considered liberal arts and University of Michigan juniors and seniors to work in legislative and sciences courses for purposes of degree Anne M. Hildreth, Ph.D. other governmental offices in Albany, and a requirements. University of Iowa new internship and educational program has All courses listed in this section are understood to Gregory P. Nowell, Ph.D. been established for political science honors be preceded by the prefix letter R. Massachusetts Institute of Technology students in Washington, DC. See R Pos 338, Morton Schoolman, Ph.D. 341, 342, and 495Z. Brown University Library resources to support research in New DEPARTMENT OF Alissa Worden, Ph.D. York State government are excellent. Students University of North Carolina have access to the New York State Library, POLITICAL Assistant Professors with one of the largest collections in the world. Cheng Chen, Ph.D. State departments, divisions and offices also CIENCE University of Pennsylvania have specialized libraries containing S Jennifer Jensen, Ph.D. information not commonly housed in University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill university or public libraries. Faculty Thomas Walker, Ph.D. Distinguished Professors Rutgers University John G. Gunnell, Ph.D. Adjuncts (estimated): 5 Degree Requirements for the University of California, Berkeley Teaching Assistants (estimated): 18 Major in Political Science Richard P. Nathan, Ph.D. Harvard University General Program B.A.: A minimum of 36 Political science is concerned with the activity credits in political science including R Pos Professors Emeritae/I and organization of society for the realization Carlos A. Astiz, Ph.D. 101M or 101G and 102M or 102G and of public goals and values. The study of 103M or 103G; at least 18 credits from Pennsylvania State University political science is designed to prepare the Webb S. Fiser, Ph.D. courses at or above the 300 level (including student for responsible and effective the concentration-see below); and at least 3 University of Chicago citizenship, political participation, and Walter Goldstein, Ph.D. credits from courses at the 400 level that advanced academic or professional studies. require a major research or writing project. University of Chicago The student of political science may gain an Bernard K. Johnpoll Ph.D. understanding and appreciation of political Majors in Political Science must pick an State University of New York at Albany values, institutions and processes operating in upper-division area of concentration in Alvin Magid, Ph.D. American, foreign, and international systems. American Politics, Global Politics, Public Michigan State University Law, or Political Theory and take at least James A Riedel, Ph.D. four courses in this area of concentration at University of Chicago Careers the 300 or 400 level. It is recommended, Stephen L. Wasby, Ph.D. While a major in the Department of Political but not required, that students take the 400- University of Oregon Science may be used as preparation for level writing intensive course that is part of Lewis P. Welch, Ph.D. graduate programs in law, public the major in their area of concentration. Syracuse University administration, public affairs or other Theodore P. Wright Jr., Ph.D. The list of courses for each area of professional study, the major can also lead to concentration follows: Yale University entry-level employment in government or Professors industry training programs and the programs Thomas W. Church, Ph.D. provide a basis for effective citizen Cornell University participation in public affairs, whether or not a Martin Edelman, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) student pursues further professional training. University of California, Berkeley The most common careers are in law, Erik P. Hoffmann, Ph.D. government service, teaching, business, and Indiana University journalism. Michael J. Malbin, Ph.D. Cornell University Bruce L. Miroff, Ph.D. 282 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 American Politics Political Theory R Pos 320 R Pos 301 R Pos 321 (R Pub 321) R Pos 302 R Pos 323 R Pos 306 R Pos 324 (A Lcs 375) R Pos 307 R Pos 325 (R Pub 325) R Pos 308 R Pos 329 (R Pad 329) R Pos 310 R Pos 331 R Pos 313 R Pos 332 R Pos 314 R Pos 334 R Pos 419Z R Pos 337 R Pos 339 Public Law R Pos 341 R Pos 328 (R Pub 328) R Pos 365 R Pos 330 R Pos 402Z (R Pub 402Z) R Pos 333 (A Wss 333) R Pos 406Z (R Pub 406Z) R Pos 335 R Pos 411Z (R Pub 411Z) R Pos 336 R Pos 424 R Pos 346 R Pos 430 R Pos 363 R Pos 433 (A Wss 433) R Pos 410Z (R Pub 410Z) R Pos 433Z (A Wss 433Z) R Pos 426Z R Pos 435Z R Pos 427Z R Pos 438Z R Pos 428 R Pos 439 R Pos 429Z R Pos 439Z R Pos 437Z R Pos 495Z R Pos 449 R Pos 449Z Global Politics R Pos 350 (R Pub 350) Internships cannot be used to satisfy the 400-level R Pos 351 course requirement, but honors seminars or independent studies can be counted if they are R Pos 352 appropriate and with permission. R Pos 353 R Pos 354 Independent study courses are used to deal with R Pos 355 topics not covered by regular departmental R Pos 356 offerings and after classroom courses dealing with the same subject have been completed. Prior R Pos 357 (A Lcs 357) to registering for independent study, students R Pos 358 must have their proposed research project R Pos 359 (A Jst 359) approved by a faculty member willing to direct R Pos 370 the research. The student's prospectus must R Pos 371 outline the topic of the proposed research, R Pos 373 indicate its importance to political science, and R Pos 374 describe the methodology to be employed and R Pos 375 methodological problems that may be R Pos 376 encountered. Students may not register for R Pos 380 independent study unless a copy of the prospectus, properly signed, has been filed with R Pos 383 the department; independent study courses may R Pos 384 not be used in lieu of classroom courses. R Pos 395 (R Pub 395) R Pos 396 (R Pub 396) Public Administration courses other than R Pad R Pos 398 (R Pub 398) 110, 111, 210 and 111, Public Policy courses and Criminal Justice 353 and 414 are acceptable as R Pos 444 political science courses in meeting the 36-credit R Pos 444Z requirement in political science, but R Pad and R R Pos 452Z Crj 400- level courses cannot be used to satisfy R Pos 461Z the requirement of a 400-level course which R Pos 469 requires a major research or writing project. R Pos 469Z The Political internship (R Pos 338) is open R Pos 472Z only to juniors and seniors with a minimum R Pos 473Z overall average of 2.5 or higher. A maximum R Pos 479 of 3 credits from R Pos 338, the former R Pos R Pos 479Z 431; and U Uni 390, 391 and 392 will be applied toward a major in Political Science. Approval of the undergraduate coordinator is required prior to enrollment. 283 University at Albany The Department recommends that students courses and the 400-level honors course or Political Science/Public Administration take the 200-level survey and topical courses. honors thesis can be used to fulfill this The combined B.A./M.P.A. program in requirement. The Department offers a two-course sequence political science/public administration (R Pos 416Z and 417Z) in empirical Maintenance of a minimum grade point provides an opportunity for students of methodology for social scientists. R Pos 416Z average of 3.25 overall and 3.50 in political recognized academic ability and educational and R Pos 417Z are both required for all science to continue in the program in the maturity to fulfill integrated requirements of Public Affairs majors. They will satisfy some senior year and to graduate with honors. undergraduate and master's degree programs of the requirements for a minor in computing from the beginning of the junior year. A in the social sciences. Combined B.A./M.A. Programs carefully designed program can permit a student to earn the B.A. and M.P.A. degrees in Honors Program Political Science/Political Science one less semester than is normally required. The combined B.A./M.A. program in This program is designed to provide serious The combined program requires a minimum of political science/political science provides an students of politics with the opportunity for a 154 credits, of which at least 46 must be opportunity for students of recognized special educational experience in small graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., academic ability and educational maturity to seminars where they can develop their writing, students must meet all University and school fulfill integrated requirements of discussion and analytical skills. requirements, including the requirements of undergraduate and master's degree programs the major described previously, the minor Majors may apply for admission to the Faculty from the beginning of the junior student to requirement, the minimum 90-credit liberal Honors Committee at the end of the earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees within nine arts and sciences requirement, general sophomore year, or for junior transfers, upon semesters. education requirements, and residency admission to the University. The requirements The combined program requires a minimum of requirements. for admission include: 143 credits, of which at least 32 must be In qualifying for the M.P.A., students must Overall cumulative grade point average of graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., meet all University and school requirements, 3.25, with special attention paid to grades in students must meet all University and school as outlined in the Graduate Bulletin, including political science courses. requirements, including the requirements of completion of a minimum of 46 graduate the major described previously, the minor Completion of 9 credits in political science credits and any other conditions such as a requirement, the minimum 90-credit liberal (including, normally, R Pos 101M or 101G, R research seminar, thesis, comprehensive arts and sciences requirement, general Pos 102M or 102G, and R Pos 103M or 103G) examination, professional experience and education requirements, and residency before beginning the program. residency requirements. Up to 12 graduate requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., credits may be applied simultaneously to both Submission of a one-page typed statement of students must meet all University and school the B.A. and M.P.A. programs. purpose, a transcript of courses taken, and a requirements as outlined in the Graduate letter of support from one member of the Bulletin, including completion of a minimum Students are considered as undergraduates faculty or a teaching assistant. of 38 graduate credits and any other conditions until completion of 120 graduation credits and such as field seminars and Master's Essay (R satisfactory completion of all B.A. requirements. Upon meeting B.A. Honors Program Requirements Pos 698), professional experience, and residency requirements. Up to 9 graduate requirements, students are automatically The Honors Program will require 16 credits of credits may be applied simultaneously to both considered as graduate students. honors work. the B.A. and M.A. programs. Students may apply to the combined degree All students beginning the Honors Program Students are considered as undergraduates program in political science/public will take Great Ideas in Political Science (R until completion of 120 graduation credits and administration at the beginning of their junior Pos 496Z). This seminar will be taught each satisfactory completion of all B.A. year or after the successful completion of 56 fall and will be restricted to honors students requirements. Upon meeting B.A. credits, but no later than the accumulation of only. requirements, students are automatically 100 credits. To be eligible for admission, the considered as graduate students. student must have completed at least one Students in the honors program must take two semester in residency at this University. The 4-credit honors versions of existing 300-level Students may apply to the combined degree student must also have completed at least 6 courses (R Pos 300-level + 1 credit R Pos program in political science/political science at credits of course work in political science at 300). In addition to attending classes and the beginning of their junior year or after the this University. A cumulative grade point doing the same assignments as the other successful completion of 56 credits, but no average of 3.20 or higher, a grade point students in the course, they will earn the later than the accumulation of 100 credits. To average of 3.20 or higher in course work additional fourth credit through a tutorial with be eligible for admission, the student must completed at Albany, and three supportive the faculty member teaching the course that have completed at least one semester in letters of recommendation from faculty are will include extra reading and writing residency at this University. required for consideration. The Graduate assignments. The student must also have completed at least Record Exam is not required. Of the 36 credits Students in the honors program will have the 6 credits of course work in political science at required for the B.A. degree in political option of capping their studies with either a 4- this University. A cumulative grade point science, at least 18 credits must be from credit honors thesis (R Pos 499Z) written average of 3.20 or higher, a grade point courses taken in political science on this under the supervision of a faculty member or a average of 3.20 or higher in course work campus. 4-credit version of an existing 400-level course completed at Albany, and three supportive in which the honors student will undertake a letters of recommendation from faculty are major writing project (R Pos 400-level + 1 required for consideration. credit R Pos 400) or R Pos 495Z. Honors students will need to have an upper- division area of concentration in American Politics, Global Politics, Public Law, or Political Theory. The two 300-level honors 284 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 Political Science/Public Affairs and R Pos 103M Political Theory (3) credit. Policy An introductory course in the history of political R Pos 323 Urban Government (3) theory with an emphasis on understanding political Examines governmental patterns in major urban The combined BA/MA joins the undergraduate ideas and concepts and applying them to perennial areas of the United States. Considers the nature of a major (BA) in Political Science (POS) with the issues of political life. R Pos 103G is a writing municipal corporation, forms of government, state- Master of Arts in Public Affairs and Policy intensive version of R Pos 103M. [HU SS] local relations, and urban politics. (MA) in the Department of Public R Pos 103G Political Theory (4) R Pos 324 (= A Lcs 375) Latino Administration and Policy. This program will An introductory course in the history of political theory with an emphasis on understanding political ideas and Politics in the United States (3) allow a student to earn a BA in POS and the concepts and applying them to perennial issues of Examines Mexican, Puerto Rican, and Cuban MA in Public Affairs and Policy in political life. R Pos 103G is a writing intensive version political participation, perspectives, and values. Each approximately one less semester than of R Pos 103M. [HU SS WI] sub-group is analyzed and compared to African Americans and whites. The approach of the course is otherwise would be required. theoretical, historical, and interpretive. Survey and Topical Courses In order to complete the combined degree R Pos 325 (= R Pub 325) The program, students would need to meet all the R Pos 140 (= R Pub 140) Government and Politics of New York requirements for the BA in Political Science, Introduction to Public Policy (3) State (3) including all major requirements, the Introduction to theories of how democracies make Introduction to the major political governmental minimum liberal arts and science graduation public policy. Describes the roles of government institutions in New York. Examines the executive, credit requirement, the residency requirement, institutions, the media, and interest groups in the legislative and judicial branches of government; the policy process. Reviews current theories of how nature of parties and election, and of selected policy the General Education requirement, and a 400- problems are identified and how policies are questions. Only one of R Pos 325 & R Pub 325 may level writing intensive course. Students could formulated, enacted, and implemented to address be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 321. take up to 12 graduate credits during the senior public problems. Prerequisite(s): Only one of R Pub 240 & R Pos 240 may be taken for credit. R Pos 329 (= R Pad 329) year which would be applied toward the Bureaucratic Politics (3) credits required for the BA in Political R Pos 203 Political Thought (3) Examination of political behavior within and among Science, as well as to the 40 credits required Original works in the history of Western political administrative agencies, focusing on the sources of for the MA degree. Finally, students would thought, emphasizing the relevance of this material for power in the bureaucracy and the ways in which understanding political concepts, reflecting on need to meet the requirements for the MA. agencies use their political resources to shape public political problems, and critically analyzing policy. Only one of R Pos 329 and R Pad 329 may Applicants to the program would need to have contemporary political institutions and ideas. be taken for credit. a 3.2 GPA and, as in the case of the other R Pos 204 Selected Problems in programs, the GRE would be waived. R Pos 331 American Legislatures (3) Political Science (3) Examination of the legislative function in the Selected problems pertaining to political science American political system. Inquiry into the sources and/or public policy. May be repeated if the selected of legislative power, the institutions involved in Introductory Courses problem is substantially changed. R Pos 204Z is a formulating legislation, and the people who R Pos 100 Introduction to Political writing intensive version of R Pos 204. participate in the legislative process. This course is recommended for students contemplating a Science (3) R Pos 204Z Selected Problems in legislative internship. This course introduces students to political science Political Science (3) and its major fields: American politics, comparative May be repeated if the selected problem is R Pos 332 The Presidency (3) politics, international relations and political theory. substantially changed. R Pos 204Z is a writing The principal institutions, functions and problems of The course seeks to expose students to the study of intensive version of R Pos 204. [WI] the executive branch of government. Emphasizes social science, to introduce students to college the President as political leader, head of state, and learning. R Pos 340 (= R Pub 340) administrator, as well as on his relations with R Pos 101M American Politics (3) Introduction to Policy Analysis (3) Congress. Introduction to the study of politics, focusing on Policy analysis involves advising policy makers R Pos 334 American Political Parties American national government. Includes some about political, technical, and implementation feasibility of their options. This course will and Groups (3) discussion of theoretical questions (such as Examination of the theory, organizational forms and authority, representation and consent) and some introduce students to different roles played by analysts, techniques of analysis, and to the range of dynamics of political group formation and activity, illustrative examples from the area of comparative with special attention given to the political party and international politics. R Pos 101G is a writing generic policy implements. Only one of R Pos 340 & R Pub 340 may be taken for credit. [SS] system, interest groups, political leadership and intensive version of R Pos 101M. [SS US] electoral behavior. R Pos 101G American Politics (4) R Pos 337 Campaigns and Elections Introduction to the study of politics, focusing on Courses in American Politics American national government. Includes some in U.S. (3) discussion of theoretical questions (such as R Pos 320 American Federalism (3) This course will examine how people run for office authority, representation and consent) and some This course focuses on the theoretical, in the United States. We will examine elections for illustrative examples from the area of comparative constitutional, and political dimensions of American the presidency, Congress, etc. Topics will include and international politics. R Pos 101G is a writing federalism, including the tensions between the planes the decision to run prenomination and general intensive version of R Pos 101M. [SS US WI] of government, interstate relations, and the problem- election campaigns; the role of parties; interest solving capabilities of the federal system. Particular groups; media; campaign finance; advertising and R Pos 102M Comparative and emphasis is placed upon the formal powers of each other campaign techniques. The assignments also International Politics (3) plane of government and the limitations upon these include historical comparisons to consider what The characteristics and development of statehood powers. The reasons for and the political significance makes some elections more significant than others. and power; conditions of stability; constitutions and of the increasing use of preemption powers by the We need to ask what elections really decide besides the comparative political processes; the international Congress will be examined. who holds office. Ultimately, the basic issue is order and the nation-state system. R Pos 102G is the whether the structure and content of U.S. elections R Pos 321 (= R Pub 321; formerly R fosters or distorts democratic representation. writing intensive version of R Pos 102M. [GC SS] Pos 205) State and Local R Pos 102G Comparative and Government (3) R Pos 341 Washington in Perspective International Politics (3) Course focus is on intergovernmental relations; the (3) The characteristics and development of statehood interdependent roles of governors, legislatures, and A course using current government and politics to and power; conditions of stability; constitutions and courts in policy making and implementation; the evaluate political science treatments of the the comparative political processes; the international organization, functions, and jurisdiction of local subject. Offered as part of the department's order and the nation-state system. R Pos 102G is the governments; interaction of political parties and interest spring Washington Semester program. writing intensive version of R Pos 102M. [GC WI] groups with formal institutions and processes; and Admission by application. Preference given Pos problems in selected functional areas. Emphasis will be Honors students; other majors and nonmajors placed upon socio-economic trends leading to change in admitted up to enrollment cap. Brochures, state and local governments, consequent issues raised, applications, informational meeting dates, and proposals made in response to such issues. Only available from department. Deadlines and one of R Pos 321 and R Pub 321 may be taken for interviews in the early fall. Prerequisites: R Pos 285 University at Albany 101M or 101G, one 300 course in American the Presidency is recommended. [WI] individuals in African political systems. Examines government, junior class standing. Co-requisites: implications of these factors for African political R Pos 342 and 495Z. Counts toward a political R Pos 438Z Political Behavior (3) behaviors (domestic and international). [GC] science major or minor. Politically relevant behaviors are discussed in terms of their psychological and sociological determinants. R Pos 356 Russian Foreign Policy (3) R Pos 365 Government and the Mass Emphasizes manifest and latent political training in Survey of Soviet and Russian activities in international Media (3) numerous contexts. [WI] relations, 1917 to the present. Attention is focused on the Soviet Union's relations with Western Europe, Study of the relation of the mass media to the R Pos 439 Topics in American American political process, including an Eastern Europe, China, the developing nations, and the examination of the effect of the mass media on Politics (3) United States, and contemporary Russian policy. legislative actions, the executive, voting behavior Special topics course in American politics. Topics will Previous study of Soviet internal politics is desirable, and the bureaucracy. vary from semester to semester. but not a prerequisite. R Pos 406Z (= R Pub 406Z) R Pos 439Z Topics in American R Pos 357 (= A Lcs 357) Latin Implementation and Impact (3) Politics (3) American Politics (3) Examination of the process by which policies are put R Pos 439Z is the writing intensive version of R Pos The domestic political institutions, the forces which into effect, alterations during that process; effects, 439; only one may be taken for credit. Special topics shape the quest for power, and the processes by intended and unintended; and feedback into further course in American politics. Topics will vary from which public policies are determined in Latin policy making. Implementation and impact of semester to semester. [WI] America. Only one of R Pos 357 & A Lcs 357 may be taken for credit. legislative, administrative and judicial policies, in R Pos 495Z Research and Writing in particular policy areas. Only one of R Pos 406Z & R R Pos 359 (= A Jst 359) Israeli Pub 406Z may be taken for credit. [WI] Washington (4) This is the term paper research and writing Politics (3) R Pos 410Z (= R Pub 410Z) component of the department's spring Washington In-depth study of the political system of Israel: its Minorities and the Politico-Legal Semester program. Admission by application. history, social and political cleavages, governing Preference given Pos Honors students; other majors institutions and persistent problems. Only one of R System (3) Pos 359 & A Jst 359 may be taken for credit. Selected minority problems that appear in connection and nonmajors admitted up to enrollment cap. with the politico-legal system. Considers legislative, Brochures, applications, informational meeting dates, available from department. Deadlines and interviews R Pos 370 International Relations: administrative and judicial responses and explores in the early fall. Prerequisites: R Pos 101M or 101G, Theory (3) alternative public policy options. Only one of R Pos 410Z one 300 course in American government, junior class The uses of theory in observing the interaction & R Pub 410Z may be taken for credit. [WI] standing. Co-requisites: R Pos 341 and 342. Counts as patterns found in the international system. Examines R Pos 424 Community Politics (3) an honors seminar or writing intensive course toward concepts of equilibrium, conflict and nationalism. Examines the bases of power at the local level. a political science major or minor.[WI] Theoretical propositions about power, war and Political power, social stratification and technology diplomacy are tested and counter-theories formulated. [GC] are discussed within a historical and contemporary Courses in Global Politics context. Recommended: prior course in state and local R Pos 371 International Relations: government. R Pos 350 (= R Pub 350) Practice (3) R Pos 430 Founding the American Comparative Public Policy (3) Fundamental procedures of interstate and Comparison of the processes, content and impact transnational relations. The historical evolution of National Government (3) the international system, statecraft, the use of force, Many contemporary disputes in American politics of public policy in both developed and underdeveloped, socialist and nonsocialist negotiation and diplomacy, alliance formation, and reflect ongoing debates that were first articulated nationalism and imperialism. Note: R Pos 370 is not clearly during the drafting and ratification of the countries. Only one of R Pos 350 & R Pub 350 may a prerequisite for R Pos 371. [GC] Constitution in 1787. (Some examples: war powers, be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or small versus large government, governmental concern 101G or R Pos 240 or R Pub 240, or junior or senior R Pos 373 Government and Politics with character formation or morality, factions and the class standing. in the People's Republic of China (3) common good, direct democracy versus R Pos 351 European Politics (3) Examination of the origins of the Communist representation, the role of "elites", etc.) This course Politics and political change in contemporary movement in China against the backdrop of the will examine the founding debates closely, linking decline of dynastic rule and the era of Western specific decisions to some of the broad themes just Europe, as reflected in ideology, organization and imperialism. The implications of ideology, mentioned. It will also use student papers to carry the leadership. Both Western and Eastern Europe are institutions, and individuals of ideology, institutions disputes through the early years of the government. treated in a common, comparative framework. and individuals for public policy in the People's The course will require interpretive papers based on R Pos 352 Politics of France: Ancien Republic of China. [BE] assigned reading, and one research paper based on Regime to Present (3) R Pos 375 International Organization primary source documentation. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. A broad survey of French politics from the (3) revolution to the present. Historical, economic, The structure and processes of the United Nations R Pos 433 (= A Wss 433) Women, literary and political themes will be addressed. evaluated in terms of its historical antecedents and Politics, and Power (3) Comparative political topics also will include the challenges that face it. The operational Examines the role of women within American society; revolution, class conflict, multiparty systems, urban- foundations of the specialized agencies and such identifies the systematic factors that have contributed to rural conflict, industrialization, corporatism, other governmental organizations as are universal in women's sociopolitical exclusion; and investigates religious conflict, and international power struggles character. Close attention to the forces and interest selected contemporary ideologies that posit a among nations. groups of international scope to which the United redefinition of the power relationships within society as R Pos 353 Developing Political Nations and related organizations respond. the primary political objective. R Pos 433Z & A Wss Systems (3) R Pos 376 The Foreign Policy of the 433Z are the writing intensive versions of R Pos 433 & A Wss 433; only one of the four courses may be taken A study of political development and People's Republic of China (3) for credit. modernization in The Third World of Asia, Africa The post-1949 foreign policy of the People's Republic and Latin America; the meanings and of China, especially vis-à-vis the United States, the R Pos 433Z (= A Wss 433Z) Women, measurement of the concepts; groups involved in the Soviet Union, Western Europe, Japan and an array of Politics, and Power (3) process such as the military, bureaucracies, developing countries. intellectuals, minorities and charismatic leaders. R Pos 433Z & A Wss 433Z are the writing intensive R Pos 380 Basics of International versions of R Pos 433 & A Wss 433; only one of the R Pos 354 Russian Domestic Politics four courses may be taken for credit. [WI] Law (3) (3) Analytical survey of the precedents and limitations of R Pos 435Z Congress and the In-depth study of Russian and Soviet internal politics, world law. The uses of law for the pacific settling of Presidency (3) 1861 to the present. Emphasizes the activities of the disputes and wars using varied texts, cases and Communist party of the Soviet Union-political, documents. An examination of the dynamic political inter- economic and ideological-and changing characteristics relationship between the elected branches of of the Soviet political system. Equal attention to the R Pos 383 American Foreign Policy government. Specific topics may vary from year to origins of the Communist party and to the Lenin, Stalin, year, but typical ones would include: the President's Khrushchev, Brezhnev, Andropov, Gorbachev and (3) legislative role; Congress's role in foreign and national Yeltsin eras. An examination of the patterns of American foreign security policy; the budget as a vehicle for interbranch policy in economic and security issues from the turn of conflict; and proposals for institutional reform. Short, R Pos 355 Government and Politics the century through the end of the Cold War. This theme papers and a longer research paper will be in Sub-Saharan Africa (3) analysis provides the basis for discussion of the required. Some previous course work on Congress or The relationship between ideologies, institutions and prospects for American foreign policy as we move into 286 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 the 21st century. control, foreign policy, and super power relations in R Pos 314 Problems of Political the global threat system. Prerequisite(s): R Pos Inquiry (3) R Pos 384 Formulation of American 101M or 101G, 102M, 370 or 371, and junior or Foreign Policy (3) senior class standing. [WI] Introduction to the discipline of political science and Introduction to the political institutions and values of contemporary approaches to the study of politics. the American foreign policy process. Issues R Pos 473Z Economic Relations in R Pos 419Z Seminar in Political considered: American national character; the search the Global System (3) Theory (3) for national interests; the role of interest groups and An inquiry into international trade relations, energy public opinion; the Congress; the presidency; the and foreign economic policies adopted by industrial Special topics in political theory and philosophy. military-industrial complex; the policy system in and developing nations, and the exchange relations Prerequisite(s): two courses in political theory or times of peace and Cold War. that govern the course of transnational politics. permission of instructor. [WI] Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G, 102M, and R Pos 395 (= R Pub 395) junior or senior class standing. [GC WI] Courses in Public Law International Political Economy (3) Examines world trade conflicts and impact of R Pos 479 Topics in International R Pos 328 (= R Pub 328) Law and economic nationalism on global economy. Relations (3) Policy (3) Emphasizes U.S. policy formulation in recent decades Special topics course in International Relations. R Pos Examination of the role of the of the courts in the and trade protection and economic nationalism as 479Z is the writing intensive version of R Pos 479; only public policy process and in substantive policy exercised in U.S. domestic and foreign policy. Only one one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): two courses fields; integrates the literature of law and policy and of R Pub 395 & R Pos 395 may be taken for credit. in International Relations or permission of instructor. applies it to such areas as mental health care, R Pos 396 (= R Pub 396) Energy R Pos 479Z Topics in International corrections, human resources, education, and Policy, Domestic and International Relations (3) housing policy. (3) Special topics course in International Relations. R R Pos 330 Law, Courts and Politics Analyzes present and future shortfall of energy Pos 479Z is the writing intensive version of R Pos (3) supplies, availability of fuel sources to replace 479; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): The structure and function of the courts in the imported oil or U.S. energy production, and conflicts two courses in International Relations or permission of American political system with special attention to between OPEC, OECD consumers, and U.S. instructor. [WI] staffing, the decision-making process, judicial policy government. Projections of future conflict over energy making, and checks upon judicial power. controls within and between nation states. Only one of Courses in Political Theory R Pos 333 (= A Wss 333) Women and R Pub 396 & R Pos 396 may be taken for credit. R Pos 301 History of Political Theory Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G or R Pos 240 or the Law (3) R Pub 240, or junior or senior class standing. I (3) Examination of the various specific ways in which An examination of classical texts in political theory R Pos 398 (= R Pub 398) the law affects women by discriminating on the basis from ancient Greece to the 15th century. [EU] of sex and of the relationship between law and social Comparative National Security Policy R Pos 302 History of Political Theory norms regarding sex roles. Only one of R Pos 333 & (3) A Wss 333 may be taken for credit. The purpose of this course is to introduce students to II (3) the major theoretical explanations for the foundation An examination of classical text in modern political and implementation of national security policy. The thought from the Renaissance to the 19th century. course will focus on two central questions. First, what [EU] determines the basic security strategy of different R Pos 306 Contemporary Democratic states? Second, once this strategy is mapped, how do different states translate strategy into particular Theory (3) defense policies? A variety of historical cases will be An historical and analytical examination of modern used to determine which theories best answer these conceptions of democracy. The course will focus on questions. Only one of R Pos 398 & R Pub 398 may the meaning of democracy, the justifications for be taken for credit. democratic self- governments and the variety of models that have been offered as the realization of a R Pos 452Z Communist and Post- democratic society and their forms of democratic Communist Political Systems (3) legitimization. [HU] The characteristics of East European regimes in the R Pos 307 American Political Theory modern world: the role of the political parties; the state and bureaucracy, mostly after World War II and in the (3) aftermath of the collapse of communism; relations of The development of political thought and action in the these states in the world political system. [WI] American experience. R Pos 461Z Comparative Ethnicity R Pos 308 Theorists and Theorizing (3) (3) The composition and problems of various ethnic and This course will focus on the work of a single religious minorities: their origins, characteristics, political theorist. Students will become acquainted political mobilization, and degree of integration into the with the major writings of one theorist who has been social and political systems of the new nations of Asia, chosen both for the historical and contemporary Africa and Latin America examined against a significance of his/her thought and for the purpose of background of European, American and Soviet learning the value of in-depth study of works that experience. [GC WI] have such a significance. Along with studying the work of a major theorist, students may examine the R Pos 469 Topics in Comparative different interpretations of that work and the Politics (3) conflicts and problems that arise in the practice of Special topics course in Comparative Politics. R Pos interpretation. May be repeated for credit if topic 469Z is the writing intensive version of R Pos 469; varies. only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): two R Pos 310 Contemporary Political courses in Comparative Politics or permission of instructor. Philosophy (3) Analysis of selected perspectives in the political and R Pos 469Z Topics in Comparative social thought of the 19th and 20th centuries. Politics (3) R Pos 313 Feminist Social and Special topics course in Comparative Politics. R Pos 469Z is the writing intensive version of R Pos 469; Political Thought (3) only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): The major documents of American, English and two courses in Comparative Politics or Continental feminist thought. Emphasizes permission of instructor. [WI] chronological development and continuity and change in feminist theory. Particular attention to the R Pos 472Z International Conflict directions feminism has taken since the 1960's. and Resolution (3) An inquiry that includes strategic studies, arms 287 University at Albany R Pos 335 The American Supreme in Public Law or permission of instructor. [WI] Court (3) The role of the Supreme Court in American political Courses in Empirical Methodology life. Topics include: access to the court; the nature of Supreme Court decision making; the selection of R Pos 416Z Research Methods in Supreme Court justices; the relationship between Political Science I (3) the Supreme Court and the executive and legislative Introduction to research design, statistics, and branches of government; and the major substantive computer usage in political science and public issues with which the Supreme Court has been affairs with an emphasis on the interpretation of concerned. results. Students examine experimental and quasi- R Pos 336 Civil Liberties (3) experimental and nonexperimental research The ways in which the courts have interpreted the designs, summarize and present univariate Constitution with respect to individual freedoms. distributions, perform bivariate and multivariate Examines a range of source materials to assess the analyses including simple cross-tabulations and role of the judiciary in arbitrating between the multiple regression analysis, and learn to use a individual and the state, and its implications in computer to perform statistical and data American political life. management operations. Required for public affairs majors. [MS WI] R Pos 346 (= A Wss 346) Law, Civil Rights, and Sexual Orientation (3) R Pos 417Z Research Methods in The course will examine relevant court cases as Political Science II (3) well as local, state, and federal laws that define Continuation of R Pos 416Z. It is expected that the boundaries for legal recognition of sexual students will have taken R Pos 416Z during the first orientation and personal sexuality in the 20 th semester of the current academic year in which they Century. enroll for this course. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 416Z. [WI] R Pos 363 (= R Crj 353) American Criminal Courts (3) Examines the organization and operations of state Independent Study, Tutorials, and local criminal court systems from the Seminars, and Internships perspective of social science research and public policy analysis. Major issues include: the role of R Pos 300 Honors Tutorial in courts in American society; bail and pre-trial Political Science (1) procedures; the roles and decisions of prosecutors, A one-credit honors tutorial accompanying a 300- judges and the defense bar; selection and operation level political science course. Open only to students of grand juries and trial juries; sentencing of in the Political Science Honors Program. criminal defendants; and others. The operations of Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. May be juvenile and adult courts are compared, and efforts repeated for credit. directed toward court reform are assessed. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. R Pos 338 Political Internship (3) Active participation in the political process through R Pos 426Z American Constitutional working in a staff position of recognized political Law (3) organizations or institutions. Interested students Examination of basic cases in their historical settings should contact the coordinator of undergraduate and analysis in terms of legal or constitutional issues studies in Political Science. Internships are open and judicial doctrines, including judicial review, only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an separation of powers, division of power, interstate overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. May relations, the power to tax and spend, war powers be taken only once for credit. S/U graded. and treaty powers. [US* WI] R Pos 342 Washington Internship (8) R Pos 427Z American Constitutional This is the internship component of the department's Law (3) spring Washington Semester program. Admission by Examination of basic cases in their historical settings application. Preference given Pos Honors students; and analysis in terms of legal or constitutional issues other majors and nonmajors admitted up to enrollment and judicial doctrines, civil and political rights, the cap. Brochures, applications, informational meeting privileges and immunities of citizenship, due process dates, available from department. Deadlines and and equal protection. [WI] interviews in the early fall. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall R Pos 428 Comparative Legal grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Prerequisite(s): Systems (3) R Pos 101M or 101G, one 300- level course in Examination of basic cases in their historical settings American government. Co- requisites: R Pos 341 and and analysis in terms of legal or constitutional issues 495Z. Does not count toward a political science major and judicial doctrines in the area of criminal justice, or minor. S/U grading. including search and seizure, self- incrimination, the R Pos 399 (= R Pub 399) Selected right to counsel, and the right of a fair trial Topics (3) R Pos 437Z Law and Society (3) Investigation of selected topics in political science Examination of central aspects of the legal process, and/or public policy. Specific topics selected and focusing primarily on Anglo-American common announced by the instructor when offered. May be law. Attention to the meaning of law and law's repeated once if the selected topic is substantively functions; legal education and practice; basic changed. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G and procedural matters, and exposure to the law of 102M, and permission of instructor. manufacturer's liability, contracts and labor management relations (injunctions and R Pos 400 Honors Tutorial in administrative law. [WI] Political Science (1) A one-credit honors tutorial accompanying a 400- R Pos 449 Topics in Public Law (3) level political science course. Open only to students Special topics course in Public Law. R Pos 449Z is in the Political Science Honors Program. the writing intensive version of R Pos 449; only one Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. May be may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): two courses repeated for credit. in Public Law or permission of instructor. R Pos 449Z Topics in Public Law (3) Special topics course in Public Law. R Pos 449Z is the writing intensive version of R Pos 449; only one may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): two courses 288 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

R Pos 496Z Great Ideas in Political Sharon Dawes, Ph.D. Science (4) EPARTMENT OF University at Albany This course is designed to provide students beginning D Helen Desfosses, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) the Honors Program with a high level seminar on the Boston University major theories, approaches and issues in the field of PUBLIC Political Science. It will concentrate on the most James W. Fossett, Ph.D. prominent and challenging ideas in Political University of Michigan Theory, Global Politics, American Politics, Public ADMINISTRATION AND Judith Saidel, Ph.D. Law, and Public Policy. There will be extensive University at Albany, SUNY reading and the writing assignments will meet University requirements for a writing intensive POLICY Holly Sims, Ph.D. course. [WI] University of California, Berkeley Distinguished Service Professor R Pos 498 Independent Study (1-6) James H. Wyckoff, Ph.D. David F. Andersen, Ph.D. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill Reading, research and intensive writing course work Massachusetts Institute of Technology in a one-on-one relationship with a faculty member. Julian E. Zelizer, Ph.D. To be overseen by the Chair of the Department. R Public Service Professors John Hopkins University Pos 498Z is the writing intensive version of R Pos Patrick J. Bulgaro, M.A Assistant Professors 498. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G and R Pos Siena College Gerald R. Marschke, Ph.D. 102M, or junior or senior class standing, and Paul Castellani, Ph.D. permission of instructor and department chair. S/U University of Chicago or A-E graded. Syracuse University R. Karl Rethemeyer, Ph.D. Thomas Constantine, M.A. Harvard University R Pos 498Z Independent Study (1-6) University at Albany Reading, research and intensive writing course work Research Professors in a one-on-one relationship with a faculty member. Dall Forsythe, Ph.D. Terrence A. Maxwell, Ph.D. To be overseen by the Chair of the Department. R Columbia University University at Albany Pos 498Z is the writing intensive version of R Pos Frank Mauro, M.P.A. Theresa Pardo, Ph.D. 498. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G and R Pos Syracuse University 102M, or junior or senior class standing, and University at Albany permission of instructor and department chair. S/U Robert McEvoy, M.P.A. Thomas Stewart, Ph.D. or A-E graded. [WI] Syracuse University University of Illinois R Pos 499Z Honors Thesis (4) Steven G. Poskanzer, J.D. Lecturers Reading, research and intensive writing course work Harvard University Sydney S. Gatto-Cresswell, M.A. for an Honors Thesis, under the direction of an Peter D. Salins, Ph.D. University at Albany individual faculty member, as part of the Honors Syracuse University Adjuncts (estimated): 7 Student Program. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or Distinguished Teaching Professors 101G, R Pos 102M or 102G, R Pos 103M or 103G, Honors Student Status and permission of instructor David P. McCaffrey, Ph.D. or Department Chair. [WI] State University of New York at Stony Brook Public administration and public policy are Professor Emeritae/I concerned with the formulation and Walter L. Balk, Ph.D. implementation of governmental policies and Cornell University programs. The approach of the department is James J. Heaphey, Ph.D. interdisciplinary, drawing on various social University of California, Berkeley and behavioral sciences. The courses focus on Lester G. Hawkins, Ph.D. such topics as the role of bureaucracy in Massachusetts Institute of Technology society, management of finances in the public Joseph M. Heikoff, Ph.D. sector, organizational theory and development, University of Chicago the political and legal environment of Byron Hipple, M.A administration, and public policy research and Syracuse University analysis. Richard I. Nunez, Ph.D. Syracuse University The B.A. in Public Policy Lewis Welch, Ph.D. Syracuse University The B.A. in Public Policy is offered by the Professors Department of Public Administration and Abdo I. Baaklini, Ph.D. Policy. The Public Policy program is a joint University at Albany major/minor program designed to help Sue R. Faerman, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) intellectually mature and motivated students University at Albany understand and respond to changes in Irene Lurie, Ph.D. government and society. The program helps University of California, Berkeley students understand how public problems are Jeryl L. Mumpower, Ph.D. defined, and how policies are made and University of Colorado implemented to address those problems. George P. Richardson, Ph.D. Public policy making affects everyone and Massachusetts Institute of Technology involves questions of politics, economics, John W. Rohrbaugh, Ph.D. administration and management. A B.A. in University of Colorado public policy will help the student develop a Frank Thompson, Ph.D. broad interdisciplinary understanding of the University of California, Berkeley forces that affect what government does and Associate Professors why. Mitchel Abolafia, Ph.D. State University of New York at Stony Brook Combining a student-designed concentration Thomas A. Birkland, Ph.D. with field experience, the combined major and University of Washington minor in Public Policy assists students through an interdisciplinary approach to develop analytic ability, research skills, and substantive 289 University at Albany competence in a specific public policy area. public policy major shall take 18 credits (of i) Student-Defined Concentration Student-selected technical and theoretical which at least 9 credits must be at or above the With the agreement of the Director of the courses help develop skills and background 300-level) in one of the following nine Undergraduate Public Policy Program, a desirable to future employers. concentrations. No course may count toward student may create a concentration that both the concentration and as an elective combines a set of existing policy-related course. The student-defined concentration Concentrations subjects to establish a coherent program of must be approved by the Director of the Public study in a defined area of public policy to form Typical policy concentrations include Policy Program. business-government relations, civil rights a concentration composed of 18 credits. policy, criminal justice policy, environmental Concentrations Administration policy, foreign policy and international relations, health policy, labor relations and a) Public Administration The Director of the Undergraduate Public personnel policy, law and policy, policy and Policy Program administers the honors 18 credits chosen from: B Law 220, A Com politics, public administration and program, advises students, and helps students 204, R Pad 304 or R Pub 303 or R Pos 303, management, social welfare policy, urban in selecting thesis advisers. The thesis is R Pad 307, R Pad 324, R Pub 325 or R Pos policy, and women and public policy. Students discussed in a forum involving the adviser, the 325, R Pad 302 or B Mgt 341 or A Soc 342, may work with their adviser to develop a honors director, and other faculty members A Soc 345, A Eco 355, A Soc 357, R Pad 414, concentration in other issue areas. selected by the student and the adviser upon its R Pad 424. completion in the senior year. Careers b) Study of Society The Public Policy curriculum combines a strong 18 credits chosen from: R Pos 101 or A Soc Major Honors Program in academic program with opportunities to develop 115, A Soc 180, A Aas 219, A Soc 200, R Pos Public Policy expertise in a particular policy area and hone 320, R Pos 321, R Pos 325 or R Pub 325, communications and analytical skills. The R Pos 328 or R Pub 328, R Pub 330, R Pos program is excellent preparation for graduate 339, R Pos 365, R Pad 302 or B Mgt 341 or The honors program in public policy combines study, law school, or employment in the public, A Soc 342, A Soc 344, A Soc 350, A Wss recognition of general academic excellence with private or nonprofit sectors. Graduates of the 360, R Pub 410, A Aas 435, R Pos 438Z. demonstrated achievement in a specific area of Public Policy program are employed in the state c) Urban Issues public policy. legislature, the executive branch, and have gone Selection and Evaluation on to graduate study and careers in business, 18 credits chosen from: R Pos 101 or A Soc law, and management. 115, A Soc 180, A Gog 102M, A Gog 125M, The student must have declared public policy as a A Gog 220M, A Pln 220M, A Gog 225Z, major/minor and have completed at least 12 credits A His 317, R Pos 321, A Gog 321, R Pos 323, of course work in the major/minor in public policy. Internships A Aas 333, A Eco 341, A Eco 355, A Eco 356, The student must have an overall grade point The internship is an integral part of the Public A Soc 373, A Soc 375, R Pos 424. average not lower than 3.25 and a grade point Policy degree. The University's location in the d) Economics average of 3.50 in the core subjects in public policy state capital affords students with unique is required for admission to the honors program. The opportunities for internships directly related to 18 credits chosen from: A Eco 300, A Eco student may apply to the Honors Program during the their fields of interest. These internships can 301, A Eco 330, A Eco 350, A Eco 370, sophomore or during the first semester of their junior be in the legislature, state agencies, private A Eco 341, A Eco 355, A Eco 356, A Eco year. firms, and nonprofit organizations. The 357, A Eco 360. Upon satisfactory completion of the honors internship can give students practical e) Women, Gender & Policy curriculum and of courses required of all majors, experience, useful recommendations, and students will be recommended by the Director of substantial advantages in graduate admissions 18 credits chosen from: A Soc 115, A Wss Public Policy to graduate with honors in public and job placement. 220, A Wss 240, A Wss 260, A Wss 262, A Wss 360, R Pos/A Wss 333, A Soc 344, policy. The student must maintain at least the same R Pos 346, A Wss/R Pos 433, A Aas 440. grade point average overall and the same average in Degree Requirements for the the major as were required for admission to the Major in Public Policy f) International honors program to graduate with honors. 18 credits chosen from: R Pos 102, A Lcs 100 Thesis Requirements General Program B.A.: or A Lcs 102 or A Lcs 150, A Aas 150, R Pos The major in public policy is a combined 351, A Lcs 357, R Pos 359, A Lcs 360, A Eco Each student must complete a 25 to 30 page honors major and minor program requiring a 360, A Eco 361, R Pos 370, R Pos 371, R Pos thesis. This paper should involve original research minimum of 54 credits as follows: Required 373, R Pos 375, R Pos 383, R Pos 395, A Wss on a topic related to public policy. It should have a courses (30 credits): 330, R Pub 398, A Wss 451, R Pos 473. clearly defined thesis statement, a review of the existing literature on the chosen topic, original R Pub 140 ,A Eco 110M A Eco 111M, R Pad g) Environment and Society 204, R Pad 303, R Pub 316, R Pad 329, R Pub evidence offered to support the thesis, consideration 340, R Pub 397 (or R Pos 342), R Pub 499 (or 18 credits chosen from: A Ant 119, A Atm 100 of alternative rival hypothesis, and a conclusion of R Pos 495Z). or A Atm 101 or A Atm 102N, A Atm 107, the consequence for public policy research of these A Bio 230P, A Geo 100N, A Geo 250, A Geo findings. The paper is to be created in conjunction Plus two elective courses (6 credits) must be 260, A Gog 101N, A Phy 202, A Atm 300Z, with a faculty mentor approved by the Director of selected from the following courses: A Atm 304, A Atm 307Z, A Bio 311, A Bio Public Policy (and the paper may be co-authored R Pad 302, R Pub 303 /R Pad 304, R Pad 307, 319, A Bio 320, A Atm 408B, A Atm 414. with the chosen faculty mentor). The paper is to be submitted to the Director of the Undergraduate R Pub 321, R Pad 324, R Pub 325 or R Pos h) Education Policy 325, R Pub 328 or R Pos 328, R Pub 330, Public Policy Program. R Pub 399, R Pad 414/R Pub 414, R Pad 424. 18 credits chosen from: A Soc 180M, A Aas 220, A Aas 240, E Edu 275, E Est 300, E Est Course Requirements Approved concentration (18 credits): In 301, A Eco 341, A Eco 380, R Crj 308, E Psy addition to the 36 credits of core courses, each Students are required to take 63 credits. These 63 441, E Aps 400, E Aps 470. credits include: 290 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 Three 4-credit honors versions of existing 300-level 18 credits chosen from: Combined B.A./M.A. Program courses (R Pad 300-level + 1-credit R Pub 300 or R Pos 101 or A Soc 115, A Soc 180, A Gog 102M, R Pad 300-level + 1-credit R Pub 300). In addition A Gog 125M, A Gog 220M, The combined B.A./M.A. program provides an to attending classes and doing the same assignments opportunity for students of recognized as the other students in the course, they will earn the academic ability and educational maturity to additional fourth credit through a tutorial with the A Pln 220M, A Gog 225Z, A His 317, R Pos 321, fulfill integrated requirements of faculty member teaching the course that will include A Gog 321, R Pos 323, A Aas 333, A Eco 341, undergraduate and master's degree programs extra reading and writing assignments. A Eco 355, A Eco 356, A Soc 373, A Soc 375, from the beginning of the junior year. A R Pos 424. carefully designed program can permit a Pub 494 Honors Research –(at least 3 credit and student to earn the B.A. and M.A. degrees taken in the Fall of the Senior year or the Spring of d) Economics within 10 semesters. the Junior year) to engage in research with a faculty 18 credits chosen from: member designated by student and approved by the The combined program requires a minimum of A Eco 300, A Eco 301, A Eco 330, A Eco 350, Director of Undergraduate Public Policy Program in 148 credits, of which at least 40 must be A Eco 370, A Eco 341, A Eco 355, A Eco 356, order to generate the research necessary to complete graduate credits. In qualifying for the B.A., A Eco 357, A Eco 360. their honors thesis. students must meet all University and school requirements, including the requirements of R Pub 495 Honors Seminar – a 3 credit class that e) Women, Gender & Policy the major described previously, the minimum highlights the dominant intellectual arguments 18 credits chosen from: 90-credit liberal arts and sciences requirement, occurring currently in the area of public policy A Soc 115, A Wss 220, A Wss 240, A Wss 260, general education requirements, and residency research. A Wss 262, A Wss 360, R Pos/A Wss 333, A Soc requirements. In qualifying for the M.A., 344, R Pos 346, A Wss/R Pos 433, A Aas 440. R Pub 496 Honors Thesis – a 3-credit class designed students must meet all University and school to facilitate students in constructing their honors requirements as outlined in the Graduate f) International thesis into the appropriate format. Bulletin, including completion of a minimum 18 credits chosen from: of 40 graduate credits and any other conditions Honors Program B.A.: The Honors in Public Policy R Pos 102, A Lcs 100 or A Lcs 102 or A Lcs 150, such as a research seminar, thesis, professional is a combined major and minor program requiring a A Aas 150, R Pos 351, A Lcs 357, R Pos 359, A Lcs experience, and residency requirements. Up to minimum of 63 credits as follows: Required courses 360, A Eco 360, A Eco 361, R Pos 370, R Pos 371, 12 graduate credits may be applied (39 credits): R Pos 373, R Pos 375, R Pos 383, R Pos 395, A Wss simultaneously to both the B.A. and M.A. 330, R Pub 398, A Wss 451, R Pos 473. R Pub 140, A Eco 110M, A Eco 111M, R Pad 204, programs. R Pub 300 Honors Credit (on 3 separate occasions), g) Environment and Society Students are considered as undergraduates R Pad 303, R Pub 316, R Pad 329, R Pub 340, R Pub 18 credits chosen from: until completion of 120 graduation credits and 397, R Pub 494, R Pub 495, R Pub 496. A Ant 119, A Atm 100 or A Atm 101 or A Atm satisfactory completion of all B.A. Plus two elective courses (6 credits) must be selected 102N, A Atm 107, A Bio 230P, A Geo 100N, A Geo requirements. Upon meeting B.A. from the following courses: R Pad 302, R Pub 250, A Geo 260, A Gog 101N, A Phy 202, A Atm requirements, students are automatically 303/R Pad 304, R Pad 307, R Pub 321, R Pad 324, 300Z, A Atm 304, A Atm 307Z, A Bio 311, A Bio considered as graduate students. R Pub 325, R Pub 328, R Pub 330, R Pub 399, 319, A Bio 320, A Atm 408B, A Atm 414. Students may apply to the combined degree R Pad 414/R Pub 414, R Pad 424. program at the beginning of their junior year h) Education Policy Approved Concentration (18 credits): In addition to or after the successful completion of 56 18 credits chosen from: the 36 credits of core courses, each public policy credits, but no later than the accumulation of A Soc 180M, A Aas 220, A Aas 240, E Edu 275, major shall take 18 credits (of which at least 9 100 credits. A cumulative grade point average E Est 300, E Est 301, A Eco 341, A Eco 380, R Crj credits must be at or above the 300-level) in one of of 3.20 or higher and three letters of 308, E Psy 441, E Aps 400, E Aps 470. the following nine concentrations. No course may recommendation from faculty are required for count toward both the concentration and as an consideration. i) Student-Defined Concentration elective course. The student-defined concentration With the agreement of the Director of the must be approved by the Director of the Public Undergraduate Public Policy Program, a student Policy Program. may create a concentration that combines a set of existing policy-related subjects to establish a coherent program of study in a defined area of CONCENTRATIONS public policy to form a concentration composed of a) Public Administration 18 credits. 18 credits chosen from: B Law 220, A Com 204, R Pad 304 or R Pub 303 or Administration R Pos 303, R Pad 307, R Pad 324, R Pub 325 or The Director of the Undergraduate Public R Pos 325, R Pad 302 or B Mgt 341 or A Soc 342, A Soc 345, A Eco 355, A Soc 357, R Pad 414, Policy Program administers the honors R Pad 424. program, advises students, and helps students in selecting thesis advisers. The b) Study of Society thesis is discussed in a forum involving the 18 credits chosen from: adviser, the honors director, and other R Pos 101 or A Soc 115, A Soc 180, A Aas 219, faculty members selected by the student A Soc 200, R Pos 320, R Pos 321, R Pos 325 or and the adviser upon its completion in the R Pub 325, R Pos 328 or R Pub 328, R Pub 330, senior year. R Pos 339, R Pos 365, R Pad 302 or B Mgt 341 or A Soc 342, A Soc 344, A Soc 350, A Wss 360, R Pub 410, A Aas 435, R Pos 438Z. c) Urban Issues 291 University at Albany University of Michigan contemporary policy science. Prerequisite(s): R Pos PUBLIC POLICY Sally Friedman, Ph.D. 101M or 101G and R Pos 240 or R Pub 240. University of Michigan R Pub 303 (= R Pad 304 & R Pos 303) PROGRAM Richard F. Hamm, Ph.D. Public Policy in Theory and Practice University of Virginia (3) Distinguished Professors Hamilton Lankford, Ph.D. Examines the theoretical foundations of public policy University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill research, of alternative models of public policy Richard Alba, Ph.D. formation, their methodologies, and the relationship Columbia University Paul Miesing, Ph.D. between the theory and practice of the policy sciences. David F. Anderson, Ph.D. University of Colorado Inquiries into the practice of public policy; focuses on Massachusetts Institute of Technology William D. Roth, Ph.D. actual policies in a substantive area. Only one of R Pad University of California, Berkeley 304, R Pub 303 & R Pos 303 may be taken for credit. John G. Gunnell, Ph.D. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G or R Pos 240 or R University of California, Berkeley Holly Sims, Ph.D. Pub 240, or junior or senior class standing. University of California, Berkeley John Logan, Ph.D. R Pub 316 Methodological Tools for University of California, Berkeley Robert Worden, Ph.D. University of North Carolina Public Policy (3) Distinguished Public Service Professors Introduction to research design, statistics, and computer Paul Castellani, Ph.D. James Wyckoff, Ph.D. usage in public policy with an emphasis on the Syracuse University University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill interpretation of results. Students examine experimental, Frank Mauro, M.P.A. Julian E. Zelizer, Ph.D. quasi-experimental and nonexperimental research Johns Hopkins University designs, summarize and present univariate distributions, Syracuse University perform bivariate and multivariate analyses including Professor Emeritae/i Assistant Professors simple cross-tabulations and multiple regression Walter Goldstein, Ph.D. Jennifer Jensen, Ph.D. analysis, and learn to use a computer to perform University of Chicago University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill statistical and data management operations. Required for public affairs majors. Prerequisite(s): R Pad 204. Professors Gerald R. Marschke, Ph.D. Ray Bromley, Ph.D. University of Chicago R Pub 321 (= R Pos 321; formerly R Cambridge University Kathryn Schiller, Ph.D. Pub 205) State and Local Government David O. Carpenter, M.D. University of Chicago (3) Harvard Medical College Research Professors Course focus is on intergovernmental relations; the Judith Saidel, Ph.D. interdependent roles of governors, legislatures, and Thomas W. Church, Ph.D. courts in policy making and implementation; the Cornell University University at Albany organization, functions, and jurisdiction of local Thomas L. Daniels, Ph.D. Adjuncts (estimated): 2 governments; interaction of political parties and interest Oregon State University groups with formal institutions and processes; and The Rockefeller College of Public Affairs and problems in selected functional areas. Emphasis will be Jan L. Hagen, Ph.D. placed upon socio-economic trends leading to change in University of Minnesota Policy offers two undergraduate majors: political state and local governments, consequent issues raised, Edward J. Hannan, Ph.D. science and public policy. In addition, students and proposals made in response to such issues. University of Massachusetts may pursue course work in Public Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G. Only one of R Pos 321 and R Pub 321 may be taken for credit. John Kekes, Ph.D. Administration. R Pub 325 (= R Pos 325) The Australian National University All undergraduate courses offered by the Government and Politics of New York Irene Lurie, Ph.D. Rockefeller College except R Pad 110, 111, 210 State (3) University of California, Berkeley and 211 are considered liberal arts and sciences David P. McCaffrey, Ph.D. Introduction to the major political governmental courses for purposes of degree requirements. institutions in New York. Examines the executive, State University of New York at Stony Brook legislative and judicial branches of government; the David L. Markell, J.D. All courses listed in this section are understood to nature of parties and election, and of selected policy University of Virginia School of Law be preceded by the prefix letter R. questions. Only one of R Pos 325 & R Pub 325 may be Jeryl L. Mumpower, Ph.D. taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 205. University of Colorado Public Policy Courses R Pub 328 (= R Pos 328) Law and Robert T. Nakamura, Ph.D. Public Policy (3) University of California, Berkeley R Pub 140 (= R Pos 140) Examination of the role of the courts in the public policy Richard P. Nathan, Ph.D. Introduction to Public Policy (3) process and in substantive policy fields; integrates the Introduction to theories of how democracies make literature of law and policy and applies it to such areas as Harvard University public policy. Describes the roles of government mental health care, corrections, human resources, George P. Richardson, Ph.D. institutions, the media, and interest groups in the education, and housing policy. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 240 Massachusetts Institute of Technology policy process. Reviews current theories of how or junior or senior class standing. John W. Rohrbaugh, Ph.D. problems are identified and how policies are formulated, enacted, and implemented to address R Pub 330 Topics in American University of Colorado public problems. Prerequisite(s): Only one of R Pub Public Policy History (3) Bonnie Steinbock, Ph.D. 240 & R Pos 240 may be taken for credit. The course will introduce students to the field of public University of California, Berkeley policy history. The specific issues covered will vary by R Pub 300 Public Administration and Frank Thompson, Ph.D. semester, but they will include the history of key domestic Policy (1) programs since the New Deal as well as the evolution of University of California, Berkeley For Honors students, R Pub credit used to central policymaking institutions such as the U.S. Alan Wagner, Ph.D. designate an existing 300-level Pub or Pad Congress. S/U grading. University of Illinois course as taken for honors credit and entailing R Pub 340 (= R Pos 340) Introduction Associate Professors an additional research and writing component to be determined by course instructor. Must be taken 3 to Policy Analysis (3) Scott W. Barclay, Ph.D. separate occasions in at least 3 separate 300 level or Policy analysis involves advising policy makers about Northwestern University above Pub or Pad classes to meet Honors political, technical, and implementation feasibility of Thomas A. Birkland, Ph.D. requirements. Prerequisite(s): Must accompany their options. This course will introduce students to University of Washington enrollment in Pub or Pad 300-level course. different roles played by analysts, techniques of analysis. and to the range of generic policy implements. Sharon Dawes, Ph.D. R Pub 301 The Philosophy of Public Only one of R Pos 340 & R Pub 340 may be taken for University at Albany Policy (3) credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G. Helen Desfosses, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Examination of the various theoretical approaches to R Pub 350 (= R Pos 350) Boston University the study of public policy and of the ethical, epistemological, ideological, and logical problems Comparative Public Policy (3) James Fossett, Ph.D. encountered in an examination of the claims of Comparison of the processes, content, and impact of 292 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 public policy in both developed and underdeveloped, R Pub 494 Honors Research (3-6) techniques in various climates and environments. socialist and nonsocialist countries. Only one of R Pub To be taken in the Fall of the Senior year or the The course is designed to instill confidence in a 350 & R Pos 350 may be taken for credit. Spring of the Junior year. Student will engage in student’s ability to survive in any climate. An Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G or R Pos 240 or R guided research mentored by a faculty member action-oriented course, the laboratory introduces the Pub 240, or junior or senior class standing. designated by student and approved by the Director students to map reading, land navigation, communication techniques, and first aid in survival R Pub 395 (= R Pos 395) International of Undergraduate Public Policy Program in order to generate the research necessary to complete their situations. Not open to juniors and seniors without Political Economy (3) honors thesis. Prerequisite(s): Pub Honors standing. instructor approval. Prerequisite(s): R Pad 110 or Examines world trade conflicts and impact of economic permission of instructor. S/U graded/ nationalism on global economy. Emphasizes U.S. R Pub 495 Honors Seminar (3) policy formulation in recent decades, trade protection To be taken in the fall of the senior year or the R Pad 204 Computer Modeling For and economic nationalism as exercised in U.S. domestic spring of the junior year. A seminar designed to Decision Support (3) and foreign policy. Only one of R Pub 395 & R Pos 395 explain the nature of research, including developing Making tough decisions – can computers help? may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or a thesis, applying a research design, and collecting Students will learn to use Internet technologies as 101G or R Pos 101M or R Pub 240, or junior or senior data to support hypotheses. The seminar develops well as techniques in computer modeling for critical class standing. these skills while highlighting the dominant thinking, policy analysis, and decision support. intellectual arguments occurring currently in the area Topics include a review of quantitative methods for R Pub 396 (= R Pos 396) Energy of public policy research. Prerequisite(s): PUB strategic analysis, tools for helping make tough Policy, Domestic and International (3) Honors standing. decisions, and a survey of formal modeling Analyzes present and future shortfall of energy supplies, techniques. availability of fuel sources to replace imported oil or R Pub 496 Honors Thesis (3-6) U.S. energy production, and conflicts between OPEC, To be taken in the fall or spring of the senior year. R Pad 210 History of Military OECD consumers, and U.S. government. Projects Each student must complete a 25 to 30 page honors Applications of Technology (1) future conflict over energy controls within and between thesis. This paper should involve original research Introduction to the impact of technology on the nation states. Only one of R Pub 396 & R Pos 396 may on a topic related to public policy. It should have a military. Course will focus on land forces and trace be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or clearly defined thesis statement, a review of the the history of military technology through the armies 101G or R Pos 240 or R Pub 240, or junior or senior existing literature on the chosen topic, original that employed it. The role of current and future class standing. evidence offered to support the thesis, consideration technologies and their military application are of alternative rival hypothesis, and a conclusion of discussed. The student is introduced to white water R Pub 398 (= R Pos 398) the consequence for public policy research of these rafting, rappelling, and map and compass Comparative National Security Policy findings. The paper is to be created in conjunction techniques. Not open to juniors and seniors without (3) with a faculty mentor approved by the Director of instructor approval. Prerequisite(s): R Pad 111 or Public Policy (and the paper may be co-authored permission of instructor. S/U graded/ The purpose of this course is to introduce students to with the chosen faculty mentor). Prerequisite(s): Pub the major theoretical explanations for the foundation Honors standing. R Pad 211 Applied Leadership (1) and implementation of national security policy. The An introduction to leadership concepts and course will focus of two central questions. First, R Pub 497 Independent Study (1-6) applications suited to both military and civilian what determines the basic security strategy of Reading or research under the direction of sectors. Discussion of human needs, values and different states? Second, once this strategy is appropriate faculty. Prerequisite(s): R Pub 240 or R attitudes with examples and case studies. Students mapped, how do different states translate strategy Pos 240, or junior or senior class standing; and participate in group discussions on leadership styles into particular defense policies? A variety of permission of instructor and department chair. historical cases will be used to determine which and techniques. In the laboratory, the students will R Pub 498 Internship in Public develop and use leadership skills, participate in theories best answer these questions. Prerequisite(s): practical exercises using military equipment, such as none. Only one of R Pos 398 & R Pub 398 may be Affairs (3) radios, weapons and camouflage devices. Not open taken for credit. Complements the selected core concentration of the to juniors and seniors without instructor approval. R Pub 399 (= R Pos 399) Selected public affairs major. By participating with specific Prerequisite(s): R Pad 210 or permission of learning objectives in an agency or organization, the instructor. S/U graded/ Topics (3) student is afforded an opportunity to test—in a Investigation of selected topics in political science nonacademic setting—the concepts and theoretical R Pad 302 (formerly R Pad 201) and/or public policy. Specific topics selected and orientations examined in the classroom. Students are Understanding Public Organizations announced by the instructor when offered. May be expected to take advantage of the internship (3) repeated once if the selected topic is substantively opportunity to relate their experience to the changed. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M and 102M, generalized literature in the field. Limited to students The major objective of this course is to provide and permission of instructor. students with an opportunity to explore basic in the public affairs major and is normally taken in ideas about how people work in large (work) R Pub 406Z (= R Pos 406Z) the last year of the program. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an organizations, and the processes and structures Implementation and Impact (3) overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. that operate day to day in such organizations. The Examination of the process by which policies are put Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. S/U graded. course examines how people act and interact into effect and alterations during that process; within organizations and attempt to change those effects, intended and unintended; and feedback into R Pub 499 (= R Pad 499) Senior organizations, and how organizations react to the further policy making. Implementation and impact Seminar in Public Affairs (3) individuals who comprise the organization. The of legislative, administrative and judicial policies, in Intensive examination of selected problems in public course uses multiple perspectives or frames as a particular policy areas. Only one of R Pub 406Z & R affairs. Students are expected to write a substantial way of understanding of individual and Pos 406Z may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R research paper demonstrating analytic sophistication organizational behavior in work organizations. Pos 101M or 101G and R Pos 240 or R Pub 240. and knowledge of the relevant scholarly literature. Prerequisite(s): Only one of R Pad 302 & R Pub [WI] Specific topics are designated by arrangement with 302 may be taken for credit. R Pub 410Z (= R Pos 410Z) the instructor. Limited to public affairs majors. Only R Pad 303 Public Administration and one of R Pub 499 & R Pad 499 may be taken for Management (3) Minorities and the Politico-Legal credit. Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. System (3) Introduction to the field of public administration as Selected minority problems that appear in its theory and practice have developed in the United connection with the politico-legal system. Considers Public Administration Courses States, emphasizing current trends and problems of legislative, administrative, and judicial responses organization and management in such areas as and explores alternative public policy options. Only R Pad 110 Fundamentals of Military personnel policy, budget making, policy research, one of R Pub 410Z & R Pos 410Z may be taken for Science 1 (1) and planning. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or 101G, or Techniques to improve leadership, time management standing. junior or senior class standing. [WI] and organizational skills are discussed. Additionally R Pad 304 (= R Pos 303 & R Pub 303) customs and traditions, rank and structure, and unit Public Policy in Theory and Practice R Pub 414 (= R Pad 414) Analysis in organization of the military are discussed. An action- Public Administration (3) oriented course, the laboratory introduces students to (3) Overview of operations and techniques used in marksmanship, white water rafting, rappelling, and Examines the theoretical foundations of public systems analysis. Examples are used to demonstrate map and compass techniques. Not open to juniors policy research, of alternative models of public how these analytical methods can be employed to and seniors without instructor approval. S/U graded/ policy formation, their methodologies, and the make more informed policy decisions. Only one of relationship between the theory and practice of the R Pub 414 & R Pad 414 may be taken for credit. R Pad 111 Fundamentals of Military policy series. Inquiries into the practice of public Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. Science ll (1) policy; focuses on actual policies in a substantive This course introduces students to survival area. Only one of R Pad 304, R Pos 303, & R Pub 293 University at Albany 303 may be taken for credit. R Pad 307 Professional Applications for Public Administration and Policy (3) Course emphasizes the early development of professional skills, the ability to work in teams, career planning, and an awareness of trade-offs in modern administration. Prerequisite(s): R Pad 204.

294 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 R Pad 324 Policy Analysis in The undergraduate courses H Sph 101 and Complex Systems (3) H Epi 460 offered by the School of Public System Dynamics applies computer simulation to SCHOOL OF Health are considered “liberal arts and the study of feedback-rich systems in the social, sciences” courses for the purposes of meeting behavioral, environmental, and management sciences. This course teaches the basic principles of PUBLIC HEALTH B.A. and B.S. degree requirements. system dynamics with a hands-on approach Courses in the School of Public Health are involving frequent problem sets and case studies. Dean preceded by the school’s letter H. Students will learn the basic principles governing Peter J. Levin systems modeling as well as how to create computer-based simulation models. Prerequisites(s): R Pad 204 Associate Dean Courses Nancy Alfred Persily R Pad 329 (= R Pos 329) H Sph 201 Introduction to Public Bureaucratic Politics (3) Health Policy, Management & Behavior Health (3) Examination of political behavior within and among Faculty A general introduction to what public health is, its administrative agencies, focusing on the sources of importance for everybody’s health, and how it power in the bureaucracy, and the ways in which Professor & Department Chair functions as a combination of science and politics. agencies use their political resources to shape public Edward Hannan, Ph.D. The role of the public health system will be policy. Only one of R Pad 329 & R Pos 329 may be University of Massachusetts illustrated by describing issues confronting New taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): R Pos 101M or York State and what is being done about them. 101G and 102M, or junior or senior class standing. Associate Professor Diane Dewar, Ph.D. H Sta 271 Medical Informatics (3) R Pad 411 Special Topics in Public University of Albany, SUNY Medical Informatics covers the use of computers to Administration: Program Evaluation manage healthcare data, decision support for Assistant Professors Training (1) diagnosis and treatment, and the use of artificial This class will introduce participants to the concepts J Mary Applegate, M.D. intelligence for patient care and clinical John Hopkins University investigations. Course taught on-line. Contact that are essential to evaluation. Topics discussed will Donald Parsons at (518) 474-7047. include: program measures (methods, management Mary Gallant, Ph.D., M.P.H. characteristics, etc.), participant measures, University of Michigan H Epi 460 Participatory Action intervening measures (changes in economy, Research (3) management, demographics, etc.), impact measures, Timothy Hoff, Ph.D. University at Albany/SUNY Theory, methods, and practice of Participatory different viewpoints of evaluation (program Action Research (PAR), for identifying collective participants, program staff, policy makers, etc.), and Kristen Krahnstoever Davison, Ph.D. social problems, negotiating, implementing and measurement levels (individual vs. agency vs. Pennsylvania State University society). This course is the shared resources evaluating possible solutions. Issues of power; equivalent of the graduate course R Pad 511. S/U Shadi Saleh, Ph.D. principles of equity/democracy; politics of the University of Iowa conduct/products of sciences; university-community graded. partnerships, with applications in public health, Benjamin Shaw, Ph.D. R Pad 414 (= R Pub 414) Policy education, social welfare, ecology, community University of Michigan Analysis in Public Administration (3) planning, labor and business development are Overview of operations and techniques used in Wendy Weller, Ph.D. discussed. Permission of instructor required. Contact systems analysis. Examples are used to demonstrate John Hopkins University Professor Donna Armstrong at (518) 402-0372. how these analytical methods can be employed to make more informed policy decisions. Only one of R Pad 414 & R Pub 414 may be taken for credit. Public Health is the science and art of Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing. preventing disease, prolonging life, and R Pad 424 Systems Thinking and promoting physical health through organized Strategy Development (4) community efforts. It is focused on protecting The course represents a set of concepts and tools for populations from disease and injuries. thinking through complex system-wide problems that challenge government managers' ability to The University at Albany and the New York design and manage cross-agency and State Department of Health have entered into a intergovernmental policies and programs. Students formal arrangement to administer will learn to diagnose and solve complex system- level problems by applying systems thinking and cooperatively the School of Public Health and strategic planning tools to case examples. to offer graduate and professional programs in Prerequisite(s): permission of instructor. Health Policy, Management & Behavior, R Pad 499 (= R Pub 499) Program Biomedical Sciences, Biometry, Seminar-Energy: Crisis and Policy (3) Environmental Health & Toxicology, and Exploration of the nature and future of the energy Epidemiology. Undergraduate students problem. Public policies (e.g., production, interested in graduate study should contact our regulation, development of alternative sources, Office of Student Affairs at (518) 402-0283. conservation, foreign trade, and public safety) are emphasized. Only one of R Pad 499 & R Pub 499 The Department of Health Policy, may be taken for credit. Prerequisite(s): junior or Management & Behavior at the School of senior class standing. Public Health has developed exciting joint study opportunities for undergraduate economics, sociology, and psychology majors. Students majoring in these areas can earn an undergraduate degree along with a masters degree in 5 years of full-time study, including the summer prior to the fifth year. Interested undergraduates are encouraged to contact Health Policy, Management & Behavior at (see above for list of key faculty) (518) 402- 0333 for more information.

295 University at Albany

Associate Professors Adjuncts (estimated): 2 SCHOOL OF SOCIAL Julie S. Abramson, Ph.D. Teaching Assistants (estimated): 1 Bryn Mawr College WELFARE Barry M. Loneck, Ph.D. Case Western Reserve University The objective of the undergraduate social work Dean Phillip McCallion, Ph.D. major (B.S.) is to prepare students for Katharine Briar-Lawson, Ph.D. University at Albany beginning social work. The program serves the University of California, Berkeley William D. Roth, Ph.D. liberal education needs for students interested Associate Deans University of California, Berkeley in the social sciences and human services professions. Part-time study is possible. The Anne E. Fortune, Ph.D. Carolyn Smith, Ph.D. B.S. in social work qualifies graduates for University of Chicago University at Albany advanced standing in some M.S.W. programs. Janet D. Perloff, Ph.D. Assistant Professors University of Chicago Sandra Austin, Ed.D. The Master in Social Welfare (M.S.W.) Director, Undergraduate Program University of Massachusetts, Amherst prepares students for advanced social work Nancy Claiborne, Ph.D. Julie S. Abramson, Ph.D. practice. These positions generally require University of Houston Bryn Mawr College advanced theoretical, practice, research, Zvi Gellis, Ph.D. Faculty management and/or policy analysis skills. University of Toronto Distinguished Professor Eric Hardiman, Ph.D. The School of Social Welfare offers programs William J. Reid, D.S.W. University of Calilfornia, Berkeley leading to a Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree Columbia University Lani Jones, Ph.D. in social welfare, a Master of Social Welfare Distinguished Service Professor Boston College (M.S.W.) degree, and a Doctor of Philosophy Shirley J. Jones, D.S.W. (Collins Fellow) Robert Miller, Ph.D. (Ph.D.) degree. The School of Social Welfare Columbia University Columbia University also sponsors the Institute of Gerontology, Susan R. Sherman, Ph.D. (Collins Fellow) Blanca Ramos, Ph.D. Social Work Education Consortium, The University of California, Berkley University at Albany Center for Human Services Research, The Community and Public Service Program, and Distinguished Teaching Professor Brenda Smith, Ph.D. the Technology Education Consultation for Jan L. Hagen, Ph.D. University of Chicago Human Services (TECH Center). University of Minnesota Starr Wood, Ph.D. Professors Emeritae/i Smith College Both the B.S. and M.S.W. degree programs are Neil J. Cervera, Ph.D. Lecturers accredited by the Council on Social Work New York University Mary L. McCarthy, M.S.W. Education, the national accrediting body for all Donald L. Cohen, M.S.W. University at Albany schools of social work. Columbia University Public Service Professors Maureen Didier, Ph.D. Laura Bronstein, Ph.D. Degree Requirements for the Smith College Barry University Major in Social Welfare Steven Pflanczer, Ph.D. Matthew Janickj, Ph.D. Loyola University University at Buffalo, SUNY General Program B.S.:A combined major and Aaron Rosenblatt, D.S.W. Ed Kramer, M.A. minor sequence consisting of a minimum of 65 Columbia University New York University credits as follows: Edmund Sherman, Ph.D. William Reynolds, D.D.S. Of the 65 credits: (a) 15–16 credits represent Bryn Mawr College University of Michigan the elementary base; (b) 18 credits represent Max Siporin, D.S.W. Daniel Tobin, M.D. the advanced base; (c) the remaining 32 credits University of Pittsburgh Albany Medical College constitute the core requirements for a major in Sheldon S. Tobin, Ph.D. Evelyn Williams, M.S.W. social welfare. University of Chicago State University of New York at Stony Brook Professors Affiliated Faculty In addition, it is recommended that prospective Katharine Briar-Lawson, Ph.D. Oscar Best, M.S.W. social welfare majors elect R Ssw 290 University of California, Berkley Columbia University (Community Service) in their sophomore year. Bonnie E. Carlson, Ph.D. Regina Bures, Ph.D. Elementary Base: 15–16 credits, required University of Michigan Brown University courses; as many as possible to be taken prior Anne E. Fortune, Ph.D. Deborah Doolittle, M.A. to admission to the program. University of Chicago John Hopkins University Burton Gummer, Ph.D. Linda Mertz, M.S.W. A Bio 110F or N (or A Bio 102N, A Bio Bryn Mawr College 209N, A Ant 102, A Ant 119N, A Ant 313, Boston College A Ant 319, A Ant 411, A Ant 412, A Ant Hal Lawson, Ph.D. David Pettie, M.S.W. 450). University of Michigan University at Albany Janet D. Perloff, Ph.D. Barbara Rio, M.S.W. A Psy 101M or Psy 102M University of Chicago Hunter College A Soc 115M or G Theodore J. Stein, D.S.W. Victoria Rizzo, M.S.W. R Pos 101M or G University of California, Berkeley University at Albany Ronald W. Toseland, Ph.D. Crystal Rogers, M.S.W. R Ssw 210 University of Wisconsin University at Albany Lynn Videka-Sherman, Ph.D., Bonita W. Sanchez, M.S.W. (Collins Fellow) University at Albany University of Chicago Tamara Smith, B.A. University at Albany

296 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 Advanced Base: 18 credits, required courses Field Instruction The following undergraduate courses that build upon the elementary base. offered by the school are considered This course is an integral part of the total liberal arts and sciences courses for the A Mat 108 (or A Psy 210, A Soc 221, B Msi educational process. It offers a student the purpose of requirements for the B.A. 220, R Crj 281. opportunity to develop, apply and integrate the and B.S. degrees: A Psy 270 or A Soc 260 necessary knowledge, skills and attitudes for work in social welfare settings. During the R Ssw 200, 210, 220, 299M, 301, 320, A Psy 338 senior year each student is provided field 322, 350, 408, 409, 450, 499. A Soc 180M instruction by a qualified instructor in an All courses listed in this section are agency designated by the school. Placements understood to be preceded by the A Soc 282M or G (or A Aas 213, A Aas 220, are selected by the school for the students on school’s letter R. A Aas 240, A Ant 100, A Ant 172, A Ant 351, the basis of their educational needs and, A Cas 131, A Cas 141, A Cas 150, A Jst 225, wherever possible, their area of interest. The A Jst 275, A Gog 240,A His 158, A Phi 328, field placements represent a variety of settings A Soc 375, R Ssw 220, A Wss 101). under public and private auspices and are Elective as Advised: students select a course of located throughout the Capital District. Courses personal interest that specifically addresses Students are responsible for the expenses involved in placement. R Ssw 200 The Functioning of issues facing a gender, ethnic, racial or American Social Systems (3) religious group that is different from the Students are provided with an overview of the student’s own background. (A Aas 219, 331, functions and relationships of various systems 333, 370, 400, 432, 435; A Ant 240M; A Eas within contemporary American society. The TYPICAL PROGRAM configuration of values underlying system 180;A Eco 130; A Eng 240; A Fre 208, 281; activities is examined, including methods of A Gog 125, 240; A His 300Z; A Jst 150, 155, changing human systems. A social systems 221, 254, 260, 270, 344Z, 351Z; A Lcs 201, OF CORE COURSES FOR perspective is used as the theoretical framework 269; A Phi 214; A Rel 100L; A Soc 262M for the course. 375; U Uni 230; A Wss 101, 202, 210, 262M, JUNIOR AND SENIOR R Ssw 210 Social Welfare in the 308). Students are also encouraged to review United States (3) the Undergraduate Bulletin and discuss with SOCIAL WELFARE Within the context of societal responsiveness to their adviser other courses of personal interest human needs, this course examines U.S. social MAJORS welfare policies and programs as influenced by that may satisfy this required elective. economic, political and social changes. Core Requirements: (32 credits); R Ssw 301, Addresses current public and private social welfare efforts and underlying value issues. 305, 306, 322, 400, 405Z, 406, 408, 409, 410. J U N I O R Y E A R Examines the role of professional social work A grade of C (S) or higher in all core courses within social welfare. Open to sophomores, is required. juniors and seniors only. F A L L S P R I N G R Ssw 220 Value Issues in Social Admission Requirements Welfare (3) The course considers implicit and explicit Students interested in the social welfare major R S s w 3 0 1 R S s w 3 0 6 values of societal responses to human needs. must complete an application process. From an examination of selected topics in social welfare, the course considers social, economic, Admission to the program is competitive. ethical, religious, and/or personal values as they Applications are accepted in the Spring R S s w 3 0 5 R S s w 3 2 2 affect and are affected by social welfare. May semester of the student’s sophomore year for not be offered in 2003-2004. [DP] entrance into the Fall semester of the junior R Ssw 290 Community and Public year. Transfer students who will have ( 6 c r e d i t s ) ( 6 c r e d i t s Service Program (3) completed 56 credits should apply during the This course requires a minimum of 100 hours Spring of the year for which they are seeking per semester (about 7 1/2 hours per week) of Fall admission. volunteer work in public or private agencies which provide service to the community. A It is strongly recommended that those wishing S E N I O R Y E A R supervised evaluation and seminars are required. to enter the major complete as much of the Prerequisite(s): sophomore standing and permission of instructor. S/U graded. required elementary base as possible prior to entrance into the program in the junior year. F A L L S P R I N G R Ssw 291 Human Service in the Admissions decisions are based on the Community (2) following criteria: This course requires a minimum of 60 hours a R S s w 4 0 0 R S s w 4 0 6 quarter volunteer work in public or private Adequacy of the liberal arts base agencies that provide service to the community. A supervised evaluation and Application essay seminars are required. May not be taken for Progress toward completion of elementary R S s w 4 0 5 Z R S s w 4 0 9 credit by students with credit for R Ssw 390. base requirements or their equivalents Prerequisite(s): sophomore standing and permission of instructor. S/U graded. Grade point average Personal/professional references R S s w 4 0 8 R S s w 4 1 0 Social welfare/human service experience The relative merit of any one criterion is considered in light of all others when ( 1 0 c r e d i t s ) ( 1 0 c r e d i t s ) admissions decisions are made. The overall quality of the application will provide the basis for admissions.

297 University at Albany R Ssw 299M Families in Middle R Ssw 390 Community and Public R Ssw 450 Independent Study in Age and Late Life (3) Service Program (3) Social Welfare (3) This course covers issues of the family in our This course involves volunteer work in public or Independent reading or research on a selected aging society. Some of the topics to be covered private agencies involving service to the community. experimental, theoretical or applied problem is include mutual assistance between generations, A minimum of 100 hours per semester (about 7 1/2 planned under the direction of a faculty member. diversity in older families, family caregiving for hours per week) must be spent in the agency, Prerequisite(s): written permission of instructor and the elderly, grandparenthood and great- together with seminars examining some aspects of chair of undergraduate program. May be repeated grandparenthood, sibling relationships in later voluntarism and roles of participating agencies. with different content. life, divorce and stepfamilies, widowhood. May Prerequisite(s): R Ssw 290 and permission of not be offered in 2003-2004. instructor. S/U graded. R Ssw 499 Special Areas of Social Welfare (3) R Ssw 301 Human Behavior and R Ssw 400 Field Instruction in Consideration of a topic or issue in the field of social The Social Environment (3) Social Welfare I (4) work knowledge or practice is selected on the basis Knowledge of human behavior and the social Internship in an approved social welfare agency. of faculty and student interest. May be repeated environment as a basis for generalist practice with Hours per week are set to meet acceptable when topic differs. Prerequisite(s): permission of individuals, families, groups and communities. professional standards. Must be taken concurrently instructor. Includes theoretical and empirical knowledge with R Ssw 405. S/U graded. Prerequisite(s): about the range of normal bio-psycho-social permission of instructor; for majors only; grade of C development and the nature and impact of or higher in R Ssw 301, 305, 306, 322; concurrent oppression and discrimination on individuals and with R Ssw 405; attendance of weekly seminar is families throughout the life course. Prerequisite(s): required. permission of instructor. For majors only. R Ssw 405Z Social Work Practice III R Ssw 305 Social Work Practice I (3) (3) Continuation of Social Work Practice II. Introduction to social work practice. Overview of Intervention theories and skills for generalist social generalist social work practice; history, values and work practice with an individual, family, group, and ethics of social work; role of social work; the community. Assessment and intervention skills at all helping process in a systems framework; self- levels and with diverse clients. Includes professional awareness and professional use of self; use of self and written communication in social work introduction to basic communication skills and practice. Emphasis on application of skills in social work practice skills with diverse clients; concurrent field placement. Prerequisite(s): R Ssw effects of oppression and social injustice. For majors 306. Corequisite: R Ssw 400. For majors only.[WI] only. R Ssw 406 Social Work Practice IV R Ssw 306 Social Work Practice II (3) (3) Continuation of Social Work Practice I: Extends Continuation of Social Work Practice III. topics for R Ssw 305 with greater emphasis on Intervention theories and skills for generalist social intervention theories and practice skills for work work practice with an individual, family, group, and with an individual, family, group, and community; community. Intervention, evaluation and termination the contexts and settings of social work practice. skills at all levels and with diverse clients. Emphasis Prerequisite(s): R Ssw 301 and 305. For majors only. on application of skills in concurrent field R Ssw 320 Child Welfare (3) placement. Prerequisite(s): Grade of C or higher in Covered in this course are the child welfare services R Ssw 405Z. Corequisite: R Ssw 410. For majors employed in dealing with the problems of only. dependent, neglected, delinquent children. Scope, R Ssw 408 Organizational and method, problems and trends are reviewed with Community Theory (3) regard to each of the services; child welfare in other An introduction to social work practice at the countries; and sociology of the child welfare worker. organizational and community levels, with emphasis Prerequisite(s): R Ssw 200. May not be offered in on oppressed populations. Includes the history of 2003-2004. communities, organizations and macro-practice in R Ssw 322 Introductory Research social work; major approaches to organizational Methods in Social Welfare (3) behavior and community dynamics; the nature of Introduction to quantitative and qualitative research non-clinical social work; the organizational and methods in social work, including content on: community contexts for the provision of social defining social work research problems, developing services; and skills for working in organizations and and testing hypotheses, the logic of causal inference, communities. Prerequisite(s): Permission of sampling, measurement (including reliability and instructor, R Ssw 210 and 301. For majors only. validity), basic skills in data analysis and research R Ssw 409 Introduction to Social utilization, the ethics of research, and research issues Policy Analysis (3) concerning human diversity and power. Emphasizes Within an historical context, current social welfare methods and content relevant to social work practice policies and programs will be examined in terms of and the problems of social welfare. Prerequisite(s): their rationale, implementation, and effectiveness. permission of instructor. For majors only. The strengths, limitations and alternatives to R Ssw 350 Community Law and governmental intervention in social welfare. Client Advocacy (3) Emphasis on concepts and frameworks for analyzing This course explains the role of attorneys, social social welfare policies and programs, with special workers and other advocates in our legal system. attention to their differential impact on at-risk and Examination is made of the legal rights of clients as oppressed populations. Prerequisite(s): permission of parents, juveniles, employees, tenants, consumers, instructor, R Ssw 408. For majors only. welfare clients, the aged and mental patients. R Ssw 410 Field Instruction in Functioning of the courts and administrative Social Welfare II (4) agencies in resolving client problems is discussed, as Continuation of R Ssw 400. Must be taken is legal advocacy as a tool. Prerequisite(s): concurrently with R Ssw 406. S/U graded. permission of instructor. May not be offered in Prerequisite(s): Permission of instructor, R Ssw 2003-2004. 400, concurrent with R Ssw 406; grade of C or higher in A Ssw 405Z and A Ssw 408.

298 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

UNIVERSITY-WIDE Internships Independent Study and U Uni 390 Internship (1–15; as Research Courses OFFERINGS approved) U Uni 170, 171 Summer and Winter Internships involving off-campus participation in Directed Reading (2, 2) The Interdisciplinary Studies Committee of the work of an agency, institution, or corporate A course of reading under the direct supervision of the Undergraduate Academic Council has body other than the University, with collateral academic study. Contingent on the approval of a a member of the faculty to explore a significant the primary responsibility for establishing University at Albany full-time faculty member problem, issue or interest. The student registers for and maintaining liaisons with all University the course in the fall or spring semester, typically willing to supervise the study and evaluate on-site completing the readings in the subsequent winter schools and colleges and other appropriate reports of the student’s progress. U Uni 390 or summer break respectively. Open only to campus offices for the purposes of internships are usually taken for 1–9 credits. Under extraordinary circumstances, a student may undergraduates who have been designated encouraging, promoting, and coordinating petition the committee for a maximum of 15 “Presidential Scholars.” Prerequisite(s): consent of interdisciplinary studies on a campus-wide a member of the teaching faculty and permission of credits. Internships are open only to qualified the Dean of Undergraduate Studies. May be basis. This committee reviews and acts upon juniors and seniors who have an overall grade repeated if content varies. Graded A–E or S/U at all requests for Faculty-Initiated Majors and point average of 2.50 or higher. May be repeated, but each registration must be for an the discretion of the faculty supervisor. Minors, and all student requests for approved project. Application forms may be U Uni 180 Undergraduate individually designed interdisciplinary obtained from the Office of Undergraduate Supervised Research (3) majors and minors. In addition, the Studies, LC-30. Prerequisite(s): approval of the Individual supervised research working with committee recommends and monitors Interdisciplinary Studies Committee. Application deadlines: May 1st for summer and fall; faculty in on-going research projects registered University course offerings to facilitate December 1st for spring. S/U graded. with the Dean of Undergraduate Studies. serious independent study, research, and Prerequisite(s): consent of a member of the U Uni 391 Senate Session teaching faculty and permission of the Dean of internships not provided through other Undergraduate Studies. Graded A–E or S/U at the course offerings as well as specific courses Assistants Program (15) A full-time internship program in the New York discretion of the instructor. Open to sophomores taught by faculty from more than one school State Senate. Session assistants work as staff and juniors. Contact the Office of the Dean of or college. members in senators’ offices for a minimum of 30 Undergraduate Studies for further information. hours per week and complete a required academic U Uni 397 Independent Study and All “U Uni” undergraduate courses except component including seminars, readings, short Research (1–6; as approved) U Uni 100 are defined as liberal arts and papers, book reports, and term paper. Offered Independent study course with variable credit sciences courses for purposes of degree spring semester only. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an designed for the independent study of a subject requirements for the B.A. and B.S. degrees. overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher beyond the introductory or survey level, Of “U Unl” courses, only U Unl 205 is a through a competitive selection process. particularly study which builds upon a student’s liberal arts and sciences course. Application deadline in early fall through the prior academic achievement and experience. campus liaison officer (LC-30). Contingent on the consent of an instructor willing The University offers several undergraduate to supervise the study. May be repeated, but each Prerequisite(s): selection process, permission of registration must be for an approved project. The courses designed to facilitate serious campus liaison officer. S/U graded. normal credit load for this course is 3 credits and independent study and research as well as U Uni 392 Assembly Session Intern students desiring more than 3 credits should internship opportunities that cannot be Program (15) present special justification. Prerequisite(s): undertaken through regular course work or approval of the Interdisciplinary Studies A full-time internship program in the New York Committee. Further information and application through existing offerings of the colleges and State Assembly. Interns are assigned to work with forms may be obtained from Mr. Richard Collier schools. Students interested in the courses members of the Assembly or its committees and research staff for a minimum of 30 hours per in the Office of the Dean of Undergraduate described in this section may obtain further week and complete a required academic Studies, AD 214. Application deadlines: May 1st information and application forms from the component including seminars, readings, short for summer and fall; December 1st for spring. Advisement Services Center/ Undergraduate papers, mini courses, and term paper. Offered Studies (ASC/US), LI 36 or from the spring semester only. Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an Office of the Dean of Undergraduate overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher Studies, LC 30. through a competitive selection process. Application deadline in early fall through the Credits earned through these courses are campus liaison officer. Prerequisite(s): selection generally applied to the degree as liberal arts process, permission of campus liaison officer and sciences elective credits. However, (LC-30). S/U graded. when appropriate, such credits may be U Uni 393 Washington Center applied as major credits or minor credits as Internship (15) determined by the student’s respective major A full-time internship program arranged through or minor departments. Students are advised the Washington Center. Students are placed in internships in which they work four-and-one-half to check with the department for particular days a week and participate in a once-a-week policies or prerequisites regarding the seminar. Placements are in a wide variety of approval of major or minor credit. Washington, D.C. agencies. Specific information is available in LC-30 Internships are open only to qualified juniors and seniors who have an overall grade point average of 2.50 or higher. Additional prerequisite(s): formal application and acceptance by the Washington Center. Application deadlines: April 15 for fall semesters; October 15 for spring semesters. Additional fee required. S/U graded. Application forms may be obtained from the Office of Undergraduate Studies, LC-30.

299 University at Albany University Tutors Faculty-Initiated U Uni 499 University Tutors (3) The University Tutors are an organized group of Interdisciplinary Courses volunteers to assist the facilitators in the Study Groups The Interdisciplinary Studies Committee has set up by Academic Support Services. They are trained to assist students on an individual and group approved the following Faculty-Initiated basis. The course for which study groups are available Interdisciplinary Courses. Some are not offered to undergraduates are: A Bio 110F, 111N; A Chm on a regular basis and, therefore, the schedule of 120N, 121N; A Eco 110M, 111M; A Mat 101, 106, classes should be consulted to determine if a 108, 112 or 113; A Phy 105N, 108N; 140N, 150N; A Psy 101M; and A Soc 115M. Candidates are course is being offered. The instructor should be expected to have an overall academic average of 3.25, contacted for further information about the be enrolled for 12 credits, earned a grade of A or B in course. the Study Group course, pass the personal interview, and secured two letters of faculty recommendation. U Uni 150 Selected S/U graded. Interdisciplinary Topics (1–4; as The Freshman Year Experience approved) Experimental class, the subject varying with U Uni 100 (= E Cpy 120) The instructors and the term offered. Course is designed to present a large body of information Freshman Year Experience (3) without expecting a mastery of detail (e.g., as in a The purpose of this course is to help you become a survey course) or to present general theoretical or more effective student. During the course of the methodological approaches (e.g., as in a semester, you will learn about the college experience foundations course). See special announcements —experiences unique to first year students, of courses to be offered under this heading. May transitional stages that you may undergo, and coping be repeated when content differs. Prerequisite(s): strategies that can help you pass through this phase Topic must be approved by the Dean of of college life. You will learn how to use and locate Undergraduate Studies; permission of instructor important campus resources,. You will learn about to register for the class. who you are and how that information helps you choose a major and a career. Finally, you will learn U Uni 160N Mathematics, Art, and how to increase your chances of succeeding at the the Creative Process (3) University at Albany as your transition through this Systematic examination of the creative process as most critical first year. Only one of U Uni 100 and the development of an idea from intuitive roots to E Cpy 120 and U Uni 300 may be taken for credit. abstract formalism. Offers many opportunities for [IL] the comparative study of art and mathematics, U Uni 300 The Transfer Experience through readings and more direct experience. The course is concerned with seeing and intuition, (1)w how they occur in art and mathematics, and how This course is designed to help transfer students as these fields interact. they make their transition to the University at Albany. It is a web-based course that is only offered to U Uni 230 An Introduction to students as they enter. The course has two primary Disability Studies (3) foci. First, the course focuses on helping students An interdisciplinary introduction to the study learn more about themselves and their learning styles of disability with particular attention to social, so they can improve their study habits. Second, the political, legal, artistic, ethical, and cultural course focuses on helping students learn about the aspects of people with disabilities considered learning resources available to students at the as constituting one of a multitude of diverse University. Students also complete several writing groups. [DP] assignments and receive feedback on their writing skills. Students must successfully complete all five U Uni 310N (= A Bio 311N and modules to pass the class. Students are expected to A Gog 310N) World Food Crisis (3) complete the course within five weeks after their Interdisciplinary approach to understanding world orientation on campus. Only one of U Uni 100 and food problems through analyses of social, political, E Cpy 120 and U Uni 300 may be taken for credit. economic, nutritional, agricultural, and S/U graded. environmental aspects of world hunger. Faculty from several departments in the sciences, The Foundations of Great Ideas humanities, and social and behavioral sciences Program present approaches from various disciplines. Prerequisite(s): junior or senior class standing or U Uni 101Z Foundations of Great permission of instructor. Ideas I (4) U Uni 350 Selected This interdisciplinary course deals with key ideas and primary texts–from both Western and other Interdisciplinary Topics (1–4; as cultures–in the arts and sciences. Based on a selected approved) set of issues in intellectual history, the general Experimental class, the subject varying with organizational scheme focuses upon the universal instructors and the term offered. Course content distinction between order and chaos in these areas: should be beyond the introductory or survey level cosmic and divine order, physical order, the order of and the course should require prior academic life and nature, and the order of mind and society. achievement and/or experience related to the topic. Prerequisite(s): Presidential or College Scholar See special announcements of courses to be offered status. [HU WI] under this heading. May be repeated when content differs. Prerequisite(s): Topic must be approved by U Uni 301Z Foundations of Great the Dean of Undergraduate Studies; permission of Ideas II (4) instructor to register for the class. This interdisciplinary course, drawing on ideas and texts from both Western and other cultures, examines globalization as a phenomenon with broad-ranging consequences across political, economic, cultural, and disciplinary boundaries. Globalization is discussed as a theoretical concept, a popular catch-phrase, a cultural category as well as an economic category, Prerequisite(s): Presidential or College Scholar status. [OD WI] 300 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003 University Library Courses U Unl 205 Information Literacy (1) One-quarter course to acquaint students with the processes of finding, organizing, using, producing, and distributing information in print, electronic, and other formats. Students will learn about the flow of information in a variety of disciplines, how to be effective at the research process, how to access information in a variety of formats, and how to formulate effective searches on electronic databases and the Internet. Students will be taught to evaluate the quality of Web-based and print information, and will become familiar with practical, social, and ethical issues relating to information.. Only one course from U Unl 205 and U Unl 206 may be applied toward graduation. [IL] U Unl 206 Information Literacy and the Sciences (1) Using examples from scientific, technical, and medical literatures, this quarter course will introduce students to the basic principles and processes of finding, organizing, using, producing, and evaluating information resources in all media and formats. Students will learn about information flow in the sciences, at all levels of presentation, and how to access, search, and retrieve information in a variety of formats. They will learn to formulate effective searching on electronic databases and the Internet, and how to evaluate the quality of the information that they retrieve. They will become familiar with the practical, social and ethical issues relating to the use of information, with special emphasis on the role of scientific information in an increasingly technological society. Only one course from U Unl 205 and U Unl 206 may be applied toward graduation. [IL] U Unl 489 Topics in Advanced Library Research (1) Special topics course designed to provide students with a more sophisticated level of library skills than the basic U Unl 205 course, either through increased familiarity with reference sources of their particular discipline (e.g., humanities, social sciences, sciences) or through experience in using particular types of sources (e.g., government publications). May be repeated for credit when content differs. Prerequisite(s): U Unl 205 or permission of the instructor. May not be offered in 2003-2004.

University Seminars U Fsp 100 University Seminar (1) A class that meets once per week over the fall semester with a member of the teaching faculty. Course enrollment is limited to 20 students per section. Course topics vary. Open only to first- semester freshmen. S/U or A–E graded. Consult schedule of classes for individual seminar topics. May not be offered in 2003-2004.

301 University at Albany

Other features of both programs include the U Uni 155 Human Identity and PROJECT use of contemporary computer technology Technology I (3) for communication and research and, in Examines how writing, literature, the arts and some cases, a community service religion have represented the changing RENAISSANCE manifestations of our understanding of human experience. identity. Stephen E. DeLong, Director Course configuration and thematic focus U Uni 156 Human Identity and Professor of Geology (Collins Fellow) may vary year by year. For example: Technology I (3) Explores the historical development of the how human identity or the “self” is concept of human identity from prehistory Project Renaissance is a year-long understood in relation to groups, through the eighteenth century. [HU] living/learning program for first-year cultures, and institutions; U Uni 157 Human Identity and students at the University . Participating human identity in relation to issues of Technology II (3) students live together in shared residence racial and ethnic diversity and gender Examines contemporary approaches to issues halls and take team-taught or linked, of human identity, particularly as it relates to difference and also cultural society. [OD SS] interdisciplinary courses that satisfy 12 definitions of the individual in credits of General Education requirements relation to nature; U Uni 158 Human Identity and (6 credits per semester) and that also fulfill Technology II (3) the following requirements: lower-level the formation of traditional concepts Explores contemporary understandings of writing intensive, information literacy, and, and challenges to them from early human identify from Darwinian evolution through contemporary genetics. [NS] in some cases, oral discourse. history through the early modern period; and Students must register for 6 credits each semester, with the first semester prerequisite in the context of the last two centuries, for the second; 6 credits may be awarded to the impact contemporary academic students who complete the first semester but disciplines, especially the natural and opt not to continue in the second semester. social sciences, have had on the way Each of the integrated, full-year programs we regard our humanity, our function examines, through an interdisciplinary in society, and our place in the world. approach, the relationship between human identity and technology as expressed in or resulting from fields such as literature, philosophy, history, sociology, political science, religion, art, and science. Courses Students choosing the General Program U Uni 151 Human Identity and study with a team of ProjRen faculty from Technology I (3) Brings writing, language, literature, and the several academic disciplines. This program arts to bear on issues of human identity as the is open to students interested in any major, “self” is understood in relation to groups, as well as those who are undecided. culture, and institutions. [HU] Students choosing a Track take a U Uni 152 Human Identity and Departmental “linked” course directly Technology I (3) Explores the questions of how individual related to that track and a 3-credit ProjRen identity is understood in relation to groups, course complementary to the track (so that cultures, and institutions and how that the two courses together offer an understanding is produced through various interdisciplinary experience similar to the technologies. [SS] General Program). The linked course is U Uni 153 Human Identity and typically a larger class that ProjRen students Technology II (3) attend with other students. Each track is Explores human identity as it relates to issues appropriate for students considering a of racial and ethnic diversity and gender- related concerns in the United States; explores number of different majors. In 2003-2004, as well how human identity is related to there are five tracks (linked Departments in sociopolitical concerns and their aesthetic parentheses): representations. [DP OD] ● Arts & Humanities (Art History, U Uni 154 Human Identity and History) Technology II (3) Examines cultural definitions of the individual ●Pre-Business (Economics) in relation to nature; questions of the origin of life and the fate of Homo sapiens will be ●Pre-Health (Biology) explored, along with study of the environment. [NS] ●Psychology/Sociology (Psychology, Sociology) ● Pre-Law (Philosophy, Business Law)

302 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Richard G. Wilkinson, Anthropology Marijo Dougherty, University Art Gallery STATE UNIVERSITY 1991–92 Gerald Parker, Nelson A. Rockefeller College Graham Barker-Benfield, History of Public Affairs and Policy OF NEW YORK Roberta Bernstein, Art 1991–92 Bonnie Spanier, Women’s Studies Carson Carr, Academic Support Services 1992–93 Robert D. McFarland, Science & Mathematics CHANCELLOR’S Judith Baskin, Judaic Studies Richard Sauers, Physical Education Sandra Fischer, English 1992–93 AWARDS Gail H. Landsman, Anthropology Gwen Fuller, Career Development Center 1993–94 Roger D. Gifford, University Libraries Deborah C. May, Educational Psychology & Zheng Hu, University Art Gallery Excellence in Teaching Statistics 1993–94 1972–73 John S. Pipkin, Geography & Planning Nelson A. Armlin, Capital Area School Herbert Brown, Mathematics 1994–95 Development Association, School of Education Edoho Edoho, Africana Studies Jacquelyn Fetrow, Biological Sciences Kathleen A. Turek, Computing & Network Hugh Maclean, English Gary H. Gossen, Anthropology Services Warren Roberts, History Richard W. Lachmann, Sociology Roberto J. Vives, Physical Education 1973–74 Susan D. Phillips, Counseling Psychology 1994–95 William Bray, Business Morton Schoolman, Political Science Patrick Romain, Educational Opportunities Josiah Gould, Philosophy Lillian S. Williams, Women’s Studies Program Edward Thomas, Jr., Mathematics 1998-99 Betty Patterson Shadrick, Graduate Studies Robert Wesser, History Jan L. Hagan, School of Social Welfare Steven A. Thomson, International Student 1975–76 Andi Lyons, Theatre Services Stephen Brown, Biology David P. McCaffrey, Public Admin & Policy 1998-99 Josiah Gould, Philosophy Karin B. Reinhold, Mathematics and Statistics Laurie M. Garafola, Residential Life 1976–77 Paul J. Toscano, Chemistry Sheila A. Mahan, Academic Affairs John Aronson, Chemistry Kanzellar (Kim) Sprague, Student Accounts Keith Ratcliff, Physics Excellence in Professional Service Excellence in Librarianship 1977–78 1976–77 Frederick Beharriell, German Robert H. Gibson, University College 1976–77 Walter Farmer, Teacher Education JoAnn Krause, Computing Center Sara D. Knapp Lanny Fields, History John D. Welty, Residence Anne Roberts Richard Kelly, Biology 1977–78 1977–78 Robert Meyers, Philosophy Martin J. Coffey, Counseling Center Mark R. Yerburgh 1978–79 Arthur W. Haberl, Physics Matthew Elbow, History 1978–79 Howard D. Woodruff, Residence Tae Moon Lee Margaret Farrell, Teacher Education 1978–79 Bruce Marsh, Physics 1979–80 Roger J. Cheng, ASRC Dorothy Christiansen John Therrien, Mathematics and Statistics John S. Levato, Registrar’s Office 1985–86 1979–80 1979–80 Sharon Bonk Helen Horowitz, Economics Raymond E. Falconer, ASRC 1988–89 Robert Lanni, Physics Nancy H. Liddle, University Art Gallery Jogindar Uppal, Economics Hedi McKinley, Community Service Program Judith Hudson 1980–81 Earl Nagle, Science and Mathematics Marjorie Benedict Donald P. Cushman, Rhetoric & Communication Kathryn A. Nusbaum, Student Activities 1989–90 Martin Edelman, Political Science Nancy D. Perlman, Center for Women in Steven Atkinson Helen Regueiro Elam, English Government Richard Irving Thomas J. Larkin, Rhetoric and Communication 1981–82 1990–91 Colbert Nepaulsingh, Hispanic and Italian David Long, Educational Communications Center Eleanor Gossen 1982–83 Mario Prividera, Physics Henry N. Mendelsohn Sung Bok Kim, History 1985–86 1991–92 Hans Pohlsander, Classics Margaret Aldrich, Office of Campus Life Michael Knee 1985–86 1986–87 Barbara Via Harold Story, Physics Jonathan Bartow, School of Education 1992–93 1986–87 Andrew Landon, Sr., Atmospheric Science Heather Miller Jeffrey Berman, English 1987–88 1994–95 Nathaniel Friedman, Mathematics and Statistics Jacqueline S. DiStefano, Sponsored Funds Trudi E. Jacobson 1988–89 John M. Murphy, Residential Life David A. Tyckoson Edna Acosta-Belén, Latin American and Yolanda S. Nix, Minority Student Services Caribbean Studies 1988–89 Shelton Bank, Chemistry Georgiana M. Cietek, Computing Services Raymond Benenson, Physics John A. Martone, Office of Residential Life Peter Bloniarz, Computer Science Gregory I. Stevens, College of Humanities & Arts Philip Cooper, Political Science 1989–90 Marvin Krohn, Sociology Thomas Kinney, Rockefeller College 1989–90 Barbara Schoonmaker, Student Affairs Judith Fetterley, English Wayne Skala, Physics Roger Stump, Geography and Planning 1990–91 1990–91 Victor DeSantis, Career Development Center Bonnie Carlson, Social Welfare 303 University at Albany Excellence in Graduate Teaching 1992–93 UNIVERSITY AT Judith Baskin, Judaic Studies 1981–82 Sandra K. Fischer, English Eugene Garber, English ALBANY Akira Inomata, Physics Gail H. Landsman, Anthropology 1982–83 Richard H. Kendall, History PRESIDENT’S Lance Bosart, Atmospheric Science James W. Wessman, Latin American Caribbean Graeme Newman, Criminal Justice Studies and Anthropology 1993–94 AWARDS Excellence in Professional Service Deborah C. May, Educational Psychology & 1982–83 Statistics Excellence in Teaching Kathryn Gibson, Continuing Studies John S. Pipkin, Geography & Planning Harvey Huth, Student Accounts 1994–95 1981–82 Louise Tornatore, Psychology Jacquelyn Fetrow, Biological Sciences Donald Arnold, Business Gary H. Gossen, Anthropology Donald Birn, History Richard W. Lachmann, Sociology Hans Pohlsander, Classics UNIVERSITY AT Susan D. Phillips, Counseling Psychology Joan Schulz, English Morton Schoolman, Political Science 1982–83 LBANY TATE Lillian S. Williams, Women’s Studies Judith Barlow, English A , S 1995–96 Richard Goldman, English John W. Delano, Geological Sciences Sung Bok Kim, History UNIVERSITY OF NEW Helmut V. B. Hirsch, Biological Sciences Jack Smith, Physics Linda Pershing, Women’s Studies Edward Turner, Mathematics and Statistics YORK UNIVERSITY Louisa Slowiaczek, Psychology Excellence in Support Service 1996-97 AWARDS Sekharipuram S. Ravi, Computer Science 1978–79 Ernest Scatton, Slavic Languages & Literatures Stephen Busch, Maintenance and Physical Plant Edelgard Wulfert, Psychology Michael Vayo, Public Affairs Excellence in Teaching 1997-98 1979–80 and Advising Lee S. Bickmore, Anthropology Joan A. Breen, CASDA Helen Ghiradella, Biological Sciences 1983–84 Jacquelyn M. Jones, Social Welfare Richard F. Hamm, History Robert Cartmell, Art Maxine H. Peacock, Residence Katherine Trent, Sociology Sarah B. Cohen, English 1980–81 1998-99 Joe W. Jenkins, Mathematics and Statistics Pasquale Auricchio, Communications Services Jan L. Hagan, School of Social Welfare Frank Kolmin, Business Donald A. Dapo, Physical Plant Andi Lyons, Theatre 1984–85 Susan C. Pero, Physics Karin B. Reinhold, Mathematics and Statistics Nathan Gottschalk, Music 1981–82 Paul J. Toscano, Chemistry Albert C. Higgins, Sociology Catherine Felter, Office of Financial 1999-2000 Harold S. Story, Physics Management Jeanette Altarriba, Psychology Caroline K. Waterman, Psychology Leslie Siegel, Physical Education & Athletics Sue Faerman, Public Administration & Policy 1986–87 Linda Rider, Student Services Center Marjorie Pryse, English Jeffrey Berman, English 1982–83 2000-01 Nathaniel Friedman, Mathematics and Statistics Thomas McLaughlin, Purchasing David McCaffrey, Public Admin & Policy Bruce Miroff, Political Science Richard Pierce, Public Safety Charles Rougle, Languages, Lits, and Cultures Robert Rosellini, Psychology Ruth Sammo, Accounting 2001-02 1987–88 Jagdish S. Gangolly, School of Business Edna Acosta-Belén, Latin American & Excellence in Academic Richard H. Hall, Sociology Caribbean Studies Paul A. Leonard, School of Business Advisement Shelton Bank, Chemistry Marilyn A. Masson, Anthropology Raymond E. Benenson, Physics 1980–81 2002-03 1988–89 Richard Hauser, Biology James Acker, School of Criminal Justice Peter Bloniarz, Computer Science 1981–82 George Richardson, Public Administration Philip Cooper, Political Science John Levato, School of Business Howard Stratton, School of Public Health Ivan Steen, History Marvin Krohn, Sociology 1982–83 1989–90 Excellence in Professional Service William Reedy, History Judith Fetterley, English John Kimball, Physics 1983–84 Excellence in Research Roger Stump, Geography and Planning Charles Heller, Chemistry 1990–91 J. Paul Ward, Student Services Center 1981–82 Bonnie Carlson, Social Welfare Nancy Belowich, Student Services Center Tsoo King, Chemistry V. Mark Durand, Psychology 1984–85 John Monfasani, History Karyn Loscocco, Sociology Richard L. Collier, Center for Undergraduate Boris Korenblum, Mathematics and Statistics Leonard Slade, Africana Studies Education Michael Hindelang, Criminal Justice Richard G. Wilkinson, Anthropology Michele Deasy, Division of Continuing Studies 1982–83 1991–92 Sanford J. Neer, Educational Comm Center Walter Gibson, Physics Graham Barker-Benfield, History 1985–86 Henry Kuivila, Chemistry Roberta Bernstein, Art Margaret Aldrich, Office of Campus Life Joseph Woelfel, Rhetoric and Communication Steven Messner, Sociology Nan Carroll, Center for Women in Government Bonnie Spanier, Women’s Studies Frank DiSanto, Office for Research 304 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

1986–87 Maritza Martinez, Educational Oppor. Prog. Statistics Jonathan Bartow, School of Education 2001-02 Ellen M. Nolan, Registrar’s Office Lauran Kazakiewicz, Humanities and Fine Arts Shai L. Brown, Residential Life 1995–96 Andrew R. Landor, Atmospheric Science Joanne T. Casabella, Sponsored Programs Diane Cardone, Affirmative Action 1987–88 Albina Y. Grignon, School of Business Michele Fox, Arts & Sciences Jacqueline S. DeStefano, Sponsored Funds Harriet V. Temps, History Alan Wilson, Custodial Services John M. Murphy, Residential Life 2002-03 1996-97 Yolanda S. Nix, Minority Student Services Shirley Downey, Career Development Center Deborah A. Bourassa, Department of 1988–89 Dawn Kakumba, Advisement Services Communication Georgiana M. Cietek, Computing Services Cheryl Savini, Office for Sponsored Programs Linda Healey, Graduate Studies John A. Martone, Office of Residential Life Fannie L. Washington, UAS Food Service Gregory I. Stevens, College of Humanities and Excellence in Support Services 1997-98 Fine Arts 1983–84 Marlene F. Boland, Center for Legislative 1989–90 Joan A. Charnews, Career Development Development Thomas Kinney, Rockefeller College Ronaline S. Dyson, Affirmative Action Eileen D’Alessandro, School of Education Barbara Schoonmaker, Student Affairs Muriel A. Hausler, Physics Kathleen Hornberger, Undergraduate Admissions Wayne Skala, Physics 1984–85 1998-99 1990–91 Gwendolyn Deiber, University Library Doriane S. Brown, Public Administration & Policy Victor DeSantis, Career Development Center Hazel H. Farrell, English Karl G. Kilts, Department of Public Safety Marijo Dougherty, University Art Gallery Raymond H. Keys, Plant Department Debra E. Neuls, History Gerald Parker, Nelson A. Rockefeller College Robert J. Lounello, Computing Center 1999-2000 of Public Affairs and Policy Regina A. Peterson, Teacher Education Ida Canty, Academic Affairs 1991–92 1985–86 Robert Morawski, Residence Hall & Carson Carr, Academic Support Services Ellen Diange, Physical Education Maintenance Equipment Robert D. McFarland, Science and Mathematics Virginia Dollar, Chemistry Addie Napolitano, Public Administration & Richard Sauers, Physical Education Athletics & Linda Sajan, Humanities and Fine Arts Policy Recreation Peter Vonnegut, University Libraries 2000-01 1992–93 1986–87 Ellen B. Kelly, Department of Physics Zheng Hu, University Art Museum Normajean Bennett, Finance and Business Josephine Smith, Dean’s Office, Rockefeller Roger D. Gifford, University Library Francis Hoban, Maintenance College Gwen W. Fuller, Career Development Center Delores Iacobelli, Equipment Management Mary Unser, Department of Reading 1993–94 Carol Ann Koz, School of Education 2001-02 Nelson A. Armlin, Capital Area School 1987–88 Judy Coleman, Parking Management Development Association, School of Education Anthony DiDomenico, Nancy Dame, Grounds Kathleen A. Turek, Computing and Network Printing & Stores Management Eleanor J. Leggieri, Political Science Services Joanne V. Lue, University Art Gallery 2002-03 Roberto J. Vives, Physical Education Eileen Pellegrino, Sociology Pamela Laverty, School of Social Welfare 1994–95 1988–89 Kathy Plunkett, Center for Excellence in Patrick Romain, Educational Opportunities Catherine Cackowski, Rockefeller College Teaching and Learning Program Michelle A. Christie, Records and Registration Walter Wunsch, Physical Plant Betty Patterson Shadrick, Graduate Studies Diane Potts, Purchasing Excellence in Research Steven A. Thomson, International Student 1989–90 Services Christine D’Amico, Residential Life and Housing 1983–84 1995–96 Carrie Gamble, University Library Tara P. Das, Physics M. Dolores Cimini, University Counseling Center Arthur Gledhill, Custodial Services Corrado Baglioni, Biology Michael S. Green, School of Education Theresa Wallace, Custodial Services Nathaniel Friedman, Mathematics and Statistics Carl G. Martin, Student Services 1990–91 1984–85 1996-97 Emily Bliss, Financial Aid Manuel Alvar, Hispanic and Italian Studies William B. Hedberg, Academic Affairs Ellen Faust, Chemistry Eric Block, Chemistry Henry G. Kirchner, Student Affairs Barbara Fritz, Registrar’s Office William J. Haboush, Mathematics and Statistics Kathryn K. Lowery, Financial Management 1991–92 Lawrence S. Wittner, History 1997-98 Patricia J. Buccigrossi, Telephone Systems 1985–86 Richard J. Farrell, University Registrar Ava Eccleston, Department of Hispanic and Edward Blanchard, Psychology Alice Jacklet, Biological Sciences Italian Studies William Reid, Social Welfare Hank Shuford, Undergraduate Admissions Mary Tarsa, Center for Undergraduate Education Chih Ree Sun, Physics 1998-99 1992–93 1986–87 Laurie M. Garafola, Residential Life Jane N. Brough, Registrar’s Office Donn E. Byrne, Psychology Sheila A. Mahan, Academic Affairs Norah S. Davis, Two Year College William A. Lanford, Physics Kanzellar (Kim) Sprague, Office of Student Development Center Rodney K. Murphey, Biological Sciences Accounts Thomas J. Kilcullen, Public Safety 1987–88 1999-2000 1993–94 David Barlow, Psychology Lisa-Anne Donohue, Environmental Health & Carmelinda M. Colfer, School of Education Kenneth Karlin, Chemistry Safety Librada Pimentel-Brown, Latin American & Joseph Strelka, German Wendell Lorang, Institutional Research Caribbean Studies 1988–89 Carol Stenger, Counseling Center Richard J. Sweet, Physical Plant Alicia de Colombi-Monguio, Hispanic & Italian 2000-01 1994–95 John Kekes, Philosophy J. Philippe Abraham, Advisement Services William Krone, Chemistry Nan Lin, Sociology Anne E. Boehm, Biology Sheila Meissner, Educational Psychology and Charles Scholes, Physics 305 University at Albany 1989–90 Steven Seidman, Sociology Frank M. Hauser, Chemistry John Gunnell, Political Science Mary Beth Winn, Lang, Lits, and Cultures 1999-2000 Philip Foster, Educational Admin and Policy Timothy Lance, Mathematics & Statistics Kajal Lahiri, Economics Excellence in Academic Service Louis Roberts, Classics Jon Zubieta, Chemistry 1983–84 2000-01 1990–91 Hassaram Bakhru, Nuclear Accelerator Lab David P. McCaffrey, Public Administration Berel Lang, Philosophy John Gerber, English Charles P. Rougle, Languages, Literature & John Logan, Sociology Seth Spellman, Africana Studies Cultures Frank Maley, Biomedical Sciences Edward Cowley, Art 2001-02 Gladys Maley, Biomedical Sciences 1984–85 Anne E. Fortune, Social Welfare Daniel Rosenkrantz, Computer Science Edna Acosta-Belén, Puerto Rican, Latin Edelgard Wulfert, Psychology 1991–92 American and Caribbean Studies 2002-03 Judith E. Johnston, English Kendall A. Birr, History Iris Berger, Department of History Sheldon Tobin, Social Welfare Harold L. Cannon, Business Janet Perloff, School of Social Welfare Frank R. Vellutino, Education M. E. Grenander, English David Strogatz, School of Public Health Gary Yukl, School of Business 1985–86 1992–93 Shirley Brown, Psychology Excellence in Librarianship James J. Jaccard, Psychology Findlay Cockrell, Music 1984–85 Terence P. Thornberry, Criminal Justice Francine Frank, Hispanic and Italian Studies William F. Young Joel Meyers, Educational Psychology & Statistics 1986–87 1985–86 Mohammad Sajjad Alam, Physics John S. Pipkin, Geography and Planning Sharon Bonk 1993–94 William L. Reese, Philosophy 1986–87 Richard D. Alba, Sociology 1987–88 Sally Stevenson Dean Falk, Anthropology Richard Hall, Sociology 1987–88 Joseph Sedransk, Biometry & Statistics Colbert Nepaulsingh, Latin American & Bonita Bryant Wei Chyung Wang, Atmospheric Sciences Caribbean Studies Research Center 1988–89 Donald Newman, Criminal Justice Judith Hudson 1994–95 1988–89 Marjorie Benedict Richard L. Allington, Reading Vincent J. Aceto, Information Science and Policy David H. Bayley, Criminal Justice 1989–90 Helen Desfosses, Public Administration & Policy Steven Atkinson David L. Martin, Environmental Health and Paul D. Marr, Geography and Planning Toxicology Richard Irving 1989–90 Glenna Spitze, Sociology and Women’s Studies 1990–91 Ronald Bosco, English Eleanor Gossen 1995–96 Christine Bose, Sociology Arthur Applebee, Educational Theory and Practice Henry N. Mendelsohn 1990–91 Edward L. Hannan, Health Policy & Management 1991–92 Judith Barlow, English Frank Hauser, Chemistry Michael Knee Donald Reeb, Economics Daniel C. Levy, Educational Administration & Barbara Via Ernest A. Scatton, Slavic Languages & Literatures Policy Studies 1992–93 1991–92 1996-97 Heather S. Miller Martha T. Rozett, English Kenneth Able, Biological Sciences 1994–95 Glenna D. Spitze, Sociology Robert Carmack, Anthropology Trudi E. Jacobson 1992–93 Judith Langer, Educational Theory & Practice David A. Tyckoson James T. Fleming, Education Winthrop Means, Earth and Atmospheric Sciences 1995–96 Cyril H. Knoblauch, English 1997-98 Judith Place Susan R. Sherman, Social Welfare Deepak Kapur, Computer Science 1996-97 Russell, A. Ward, Sociology Stewart Tolnay, Sociology Gillian M. McCombs 1993–94 Ronald Toseland, School of Social Welfare 1997-98 Carlos E. Santiago, Latin American & Cathy Spatz Widom, School of Criminal Justice Geoffrey Williams Caribbean Studies 1998-99 1999-2000 Christopher J. Smith, Geography & Planning June E. Hahner, History Catherine Dwyer Paul W. Wallace, Classics Allen E. Liska, Sociology 2000-01 1994–95 John E. Molinari, Earth & Atmospheric Sciences Otis A. Chadley John Logan, Sociology Richard S. Zitomer, Biological Sciences Laura B. Cohen John H. Rosenbach, Ed Psych and Statistics 1999-2000 2001-02 1995–96 Marlene Belfort, Biomedical Sciences Mary Jane Brustman Steven Messner, Sociology Jerram Brown, Biological Sciences 2002-03 Bonnie Spanier, Women’s Studies Myrna Friedlander, Counseling Psychology Carol Anderson, University Libraries Mary Beth Winn, French Studies 2000-01 1996-97 Lance F. Bosart, Earth & Atmospheric Sci. Excellence in Scholarship and Lilian B. Brannon, English, Center for Joachim Frank, Biomedical Science Creative Service Excellence in Teaching & Learning Norma Riccucci, Public Administration Sue R. Faerman, Public Admin & Policy 2001-02 2001-02 1997-98 David M. Janower, Music Henryk Baran, Languages, Lits and Cultures Richard Alba, Sociology Lindsay N. Childs, Mathematics and Statistics Eloise Brière, French Studies Betty C. Daniel, Economics Ray Bromley, Geography and Planning John S. Justeson, Anthropology 1998-99 2002-03 David F. Andersen, Public Administration Dale Morse, Epidemiology 306 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

OLLINS Peter Bloniarz C Center for Excellence in Teaching & FELLOWS Learning Ronald A. Bosco, English The COLLINS AWARD recognizes faculty members Christine Bose, who, over a sustained period Sociology of time, have exhibited Shirley C. Brown, extraordinary devotion to the Psychology University and the people in it. Harold Cannon, Business In carrying out their Frank Carrino, responsibilities a number of Hispanic & Italian Studies faculty have given of Richard Clark, themselves to a singular School of Education degree to the life of the R. Findlay Cockrell, institution. Music Arthur Collins, The award bears the name of English Evan Revere Collins, who was president of the Stephen E. Delong, Geological Sciences institution from 1949–69 and led the campus’s evolution Helen Desfosses, from a college to a university. Public Administration and Policy Martin Edelman, Political Science Sue R. Faerman, Collins Fellows Recipients Public Administration and Policy Vincent J. Aceto, Margaret Farrell, School of Information Science and Teacher Education Policy Judith Fetterley, Edna Acosta-Belén, English Latin American & Caribbean Studies James Fleming, Allan Ballard School of Education History Francine Frank, Judith E. Barlow, Linguistics and Cognitive Science English Helen Horowitz, Judith Baskin, Economics Judaic Studies Shirley J. Jones, M. I. Berger, Social Welfare Educational Administration and Policy Sung Bok Kim, Studies History Roberta Bernstein Paul A. Leonard, Art School of Business Kendall Birr, Eugene McLaren, History Chemistry John S. Pipkin, Geography and Planning 307 University at Albany Donald Reeb, Economics Warren E. Roberts, History Martha Rozett English Carlos Santiago, Latin American and Caribbean Studies Joan E. Schulz, English Susan Sherman, School of Social Welfare Harold Story, Physics Lynn Videka-Sherman School of Social Welfare Edelgard Wulfert, Department of Psychology Daniel L. Wulff, Biological Sciences

308 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

The University offers a wide diversity of The State University motto is: STATE UNIVERSITY OF what are considered the more conventional career fields, such as business, engineering, “To Learn—To Search—To Serve.’’ NEW YORK medicine, teaching literature, dairy, farming, medical technology, accounting, social State University of New York’s 64 work, forestry and automotive technology. Chancellor geographically dispersed campuses bring Additionally, its responsiveness to progress Robert L. King, B.A., J.D. educational opportunity within in all areas of learning and to tomorrow’s commuting distance of virtually all New developing societal needs has resulted in York citizens and comprise the nation’s concentrations which include pollution, Special Assistant to the Chancellor largest, centrally managed system of urban studies, computer science, Andrea E. Benshoff public higher education. immunology, preservation of national resources, and microbiology. When founded in 1948, the University Vice Chancellor for Business and Industry consolidated 29 state-operated, but SUNY programs for the educationally and Relations unaffiliated institutions. In response to economically disadvantaged have become R. Wayne Diesel, B.A. M.P.A. need, the University has grown to a point models for delivering better learning where its impact is felt educationally, opportunities to a once-forgotten segment University Counsel culturally and economically the length and of society. Educational opportunity centers D. Andrew Edwards, Jr., B.A., J.D.. breadth of the state. offer high school equivalency and college preparatory courses to provide young More than 400,000 students are pursuing people and adults with the opportunity to Vice Chancellor and Chief Operating Officer traditional study in classrooms or are begin college or to learn marketable skills. Richard P. Miller, Jr., B.A. working at home, at their own pace, In addition, campus-based educational through such innovative institutions as opportunity programs provide counseling, Vice Chancellor and Secretary of the University Empire State College, whose students developmental education, and financial aid John J. O’Connor, B.A., M.S. follow individualized and often to disadvantaged students in traditional nontraditional paths to a degree. Of the degree programs. total enrollment, more than 100,000 Vice Chancellor for Community Colleges students are 24 years or older, reflecting Overall, at its EOC’s, two-year colleges, Preston Pulliams, A.S., B.S., M.A., Ed.D. State University’s services to specific four-year campuses and university and constituencies, such as refresher courses medical centers, the University offers Vice Chancellor and Chief Financial Officer for the professional community, continuing 3,600 academic programs. Degree David T. Richter, B.A. educational opportunities for returning opportunities range from two-year service personnel, and personal enrichment associate programs to doctoral studies Provost and Vice Chancellor for Academic for more mature persons. offered at 12 senior campuses. Affairs State University’s research contributions The 30 two-year community colleges Peter D. Salins, B.Arch., M.R.P., Ph.D. are helping to solve some of modern operating under the program of State society’s most urgent problems. It was a University play a unique role in the State University scientist who developed expansion of educational opportunity. They Senior Associate Vice Chancellor and the MRI, and another who made the provide local industry with trained Executive Director, State Relations connection between automobile and technicians in a wide variety of Michael C. Trunzo, B.A., M.P.A. occupational curriculums, and offer industrial exhaust combining to cause Board of Trustees transfer options to students who wish to go changes in weather patterns. Other Thomas F. Egan, Chair, New York; Randy A. on and earn advanced degrees. University researchers continue important Daniels, Vice Chair, New York; Steven L. studies in such wide-ranging areas as The University has graduated more than Alfasi, Bronx; Aminy I. Audi, Manlius; Edward immunology, nanotechnology, 2.5 million alumnae. The majority of F. Cox, New York; Father John J. Cremins, bioinformatics, cyber security, and organ SUNY graduates pursue careers in Forest Hills; Candace de Russy, Bronxville; transplantation. communities across the State. Gordon R. Gross, Buffalo; Daniel J. Hogarty, Jr., Troy;; Lou Howard, Amityville; Pamela R. More than 1,000 public service activities State University is governed by a Board of Jacobs, Buffalo; George H. Pape, Albany; are currently being pursued on State Trustees, appointed by the Governor, Celine R. Paquette, Champlain Ronald B. University campuses. Examples of these which directly determines the policies to be Stafford, Plattsburgh; Patricia Elliott Stevens, efforts include special training courses for followed by the 34 state-supported Albany; Harvey F. Wachsman, M.D., J.D., local government personnel, State civil campuses. Community colleges have their L.L.P. Great Neck. service personnel, and the unemployed; own local boards of trustees whose participation by campus personnel in joint relationship to the SUNY board is defined community planning or project work, and by law. The state contributes one-third of campus community arrangements for their operating cost and one-half of their community use of campus facilities. capital costs. A distinguished faculty includes nationally and internationally recognized figures in all major disciplines. Their efforts are recognized each year in the form of such prestigious awards as the Nobel Prize, Fulbright-Hayes, Guggenheim, and Danforth fellowships.

309 University at Albany University Centers Jefferson Community College at Specialized Colleges Watertown University at Albany, State University of New York College of Environmental Science and Mohawk Valley Community College at Forestry at Syracuse Utica State University of New York at Binghamton Maritime College at Fort Schuyler Monroe Community College at Rochester State University of New York at Buffalo College of Technology at Farmingdale Nassau Community College at Garden City State University of New York at Stony Institute of Technology at Utica/Rome Brook. (Fashion Institute of Technology at New Niagara County Community College at York City).+ Sanborn University Colleges North Country Community College at Saranac Lake Empire State College Statutory Colleges+ Onondaga Community College at State University College at Brockport College of Agricultural and Life Sciences at Cornell University Syracuse State University College at Buffalo College of Ceramics at Alfred University Orange County Community College at State University College at Cortland Middletown College of Human Ecology at Cornell State University College at Fredonia University Rockland Community College at Suffern State University College at Geneseo School of Industrial and Labor Relations Schenectady County Community College at Schenectady State University College at New Paltz at Cornell University Suffolk County Community College at State University College at Old Westbury College of Veterinary Medicine at Cornell University Selden State University College at Oneonta Sullivan County Community College at State University College at Oswego Community Colleges Loch Sheldrake State University College at Plattsburgh (Locally sponsored two-year colleges Tompkins Cortland Community College at Dryden State University College at Potsdam- under the program of State University) Ulster County Community College at State University College at Purchase. Adirondack Community College at Glens Falls Stone Ridge Colleges and Centers for the Broome Community College at Westchester Community College at Health Sciences Binghamton Valhalla Cayuga County Community College at Health Science Center at Brooklyn Auburn * Centers at Buffalo and Stony Brook are Health Science Center at Syracuse operated under the administration of their Clinton Community College at Plattsburgh respective University Centers. College of Optometry at New York City Columbia-Greene Community College at (Health Sciences Center at Buffalo)* Hudson + While authorized to offer such baccalaureate and master’s degree (Health Sciences Center at Stony Brook)*. Finger Lakes Community College at programs as may be approved pursuant to Canandaigua the provisions of the Master Plan, in University Colleges of Corning Community College at Coming addition to the associate degree, the Technology Fashion Institute of Technology is Dutchess Community College at financed and administered in the manner College at Alfred Poughkeepsie provided for community colleges. College at Canton Erie Community College at Williamsville, Buffalo, and Orchard Park College at Cobleskill + These operate as “contract colleges” Fashion Institute of Technology at New on the campuses of independent College at Delhi York City universities. College at Farmingdale Fulton-Montgomery Community College College at Maritime at Johnstown College at Morrisville Genesee Community College at Batavia College at Utica/Rome Herkimer County Community College at Herkimer Hudson Valley Community College at Troy Jamestown Community College at Jamestown

310 Undergraduate Bulletin 2002-2003

Note concerning General Education entries in the University at Albany’s Undergraduate Bulletin 20032004

The New General Education Program (pp. 48-56)

The New General Education Program applies to all students admitted to the University with basis of admission “FRESHMAN” in fall 2000 and thereafter and, for transfers who were not matriculated at a college or university prior to fall 2000, students with basis of admission “TRANSFER” in fall 2002 and thereafter.

Students who must complete the New General Education requirements do not use the lists in this bulletin that relate to the Continuing General Education program. However, any course ending with the suffix letters E, F, G, or Z will fulfill a Writing Intensive requirement in both the New and the Continuing General Education programs.

At the end of course descriptions in this bulletin, the following abbreviations are used, within brackets, to indicate any of the New General Education Requirement categories met by the course:

[AR]= Arts [MS] = Mathematics/Statistics [BE] = Regions Beyond Europe [NS]= Natural Sciences [DP]= U.S. Diversity and Pluralism [OD] = Oral Discourse [EU]= Europe [SS] = Social Sciences [FL] = Foreign Language [US]= U.S. History [GC] = Global/Cross-Cultural [US*] = U.S. History expanded list [HU]= Humanities [WI] = Writing Intensive [IL] = Information Literacy

The Continuing (1992) General Education Program (pp. 57-62)

The Continuing (1992) General Education Program applies to all students admitted to the University with basis of admission “FRESHMAN” before fall 2000 and with basis of admission “TRANSFER” before fall 2002 and with basis of admission “TRANSFER” if the student matriculated at another college or university before fall 2000.

Additional information about the University at Albany’s courses, programs, policies and regulations can be found at the web sites of the various departments, schools and offices mentioned in this bulletin, all of them just a click or two away from the University at Albany’s home page: www.albany.edu

311

Load more

  311

Copy Link